diff options
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 1 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | Documentation/mobile-manual.html.git | 1582 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | Documentation/mobile-manual_es.html.git | 1626 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | Documentation/user-manual.html.git | 13362 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | Documentation/user-manual_es.html.git | 13910 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | Documentation/user-manual_fr.html.git | 6656 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | Documentation/user-manual_ru.html.git | 12384 |
7 files changed, 24761 insertions, 24760 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes index 2b45716e4..ca450ba95 100644 --- a/.gitattributes +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -1,2 +1,3 @@ .gitignore export-ignore .gitattributes export-ignore +Documentation/*.html.git text=auto diff --git a/Documentation/mobile-manual.html.git b/Documentation/mobile-manual.html.git index 451db0f8c..835ad63f3 100644 --- a/Documentation/mobile-manual.html.git +++ b/Documentation/mobile-manual.html.git @@ -1,791 +1,791 @@ -<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
- "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd">
-<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en">
-<head>
-<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="application/xhtml+xml; charset=UTF-8" />
-<meta name="generator" content="AsciiDoc 8.6.9" />
-<title></title>
-<style type="text/css">
-/*
- * compact_subsurface.css, a special style sheet for Subsurface,
- * modified by Willem Ferguson and derived from:
- * compact.css, version 1.3 by Alex Efros <powerman@powerman.name>
- * Licence: Public Domain
- *
- * Usage: asciidoc -a theme=compact_subsurface ...
- */
-
-* { padding: 0; margin: 0; }
-img { border: 0; }
-
-/*** Layout ***/
-
-body { margin: 10px 20px; }
-#header br { display: none; }
-#revnumber { display: block; }
-#toc { margin: 1em 0; }
-.toclevel2 { margin-left: 1em; }
-.toclevel3 { margin-left: 2em; }
-#footer { margin-top: 2em; }
-
-#preamble .sectionbody,
-h2,
-h3,
-h4,
-h5 { margin: 1em 0 0 0; }
-
-.admonitionblock,
-.listingblock,
-.sidebarblock,
-.exampleblock,
-.tableblock,
-.literalblock { margin: 1em 0; }
-.admonitionblock td.icon { padding-right: 0.5em; }
-.admonitionblock td.content { padding-left: 0.5em; }
-.listingblock .content { padding: 0.5em; }
-.sidebarblock > .content { padding: 0.5em; }
-.exampleblock > .content { padding: 0 0.5em; }
-.tableblock caption { padding: 0 0 0.5em 0; }
-.tableblock thead th,
-.tableblock tbody td,
-.tableblock tfoot td { padding: 0 0.5em; }
-.quoteblock { padding: 0 2.0em; }
-
-.paragraph { margin: 1em 0 0 0; }
-.sidebarblock .paragraph:first-child,
-.exampleblock .paragraph:first-child,
-.admonitionblock .paragraph:first-child { margin: 0; }
-
- .ulist, .olist, .dlist, .hdlist, .qlist { margin: 1em 0; }
-li .ulist, li .olist, li .dlist, li .hdlist, li .qlist,
-dd .ulist, dd .olist, dd .dlist, dd .hdlist, dd .qlist { margin: 0; }
-ul { margin-left: 1.5em; }
-ol { margin-left: 2em; }
-dd { margin-left: 3em; }
-td.hdlist1 { padding-right: 1em; }
-
-/*** Fonts ***/
-
-body { font-family: Verdana, sans-serif; }
-#header { font-family: Arial, sans-serif; }
-#header h1 { font-family: Arial, sans-serif; }
-#footer { font-family: Georgia, serif; }
-#email { font-size: 0.85em; }
-#revnumber { font-size: 0.75em; }
-#toc { font-size: 0.9em; }
-#toctitle { font-weight: bold; }
-#footer { font-size: 0.8em; }
-
-h2, h3, h4, h5, .title { font-family: Arial, sans-serif; }
-h2 { font-size: 1.5em; }
-.sectionbody { font-size: 0.85em; }
-.sectionbody .sectionbody { font-size: inherit; }
-h3 { font-size: 159%; } /* 1.35em */
-h4 { font-size: 141%; } /* 1.2em */
-h5 { font-size: 118%; } /* 1em */
-.title { font-size: 106%; /* 0.9em */
- font-weight: bold;
- }
-
-tt, .monospaced { font-family: monospace; font-size: 106%; } /* 0.9em */
-dt, td.hdlist1, .qlist em { font-family: Times New Roman, serif;
- font-size: 118%; /* 1em */
- font-style: italic;
- }
-.tableblock tfoot td { font-weight: bold; }
-
-/*** Colors and Backgrounds ***/
-
-h1 { color: #527bbd; border-bottom: 2px solid silver; }
-#footer { border-top: 2px solid silver; }
-
-h2 { color: #527bbd; border-bottom: 2px solid silver; }
-h3 { color: #5D7EAE; border-bottom: 2px solid silver; }
-h3 { display: inline-block; }
-h4,h5 { color: #5D7EAE; }
-
-.admonitionblock td.content { border-left: 2px solid silver; }
-.listingblock .content { background: #f4f4f4; border: 1px solid silver; border-left: 5px solid #e0e0e0; }
-.sidebarblock > .content { background: #ffffee; border: 1px solid silver; border-left: 5px solid #e0e0e0; }
-.exampleblock > .content { border-left: 2px solid silver; }
-.quoteblock { border-left: 5px solid #e0e0e0; }
-.tableblock table {
- border-collapse: collapse;
- border-width: 3px;
- border-color: #527bbd;
-}
-.tableblock table[frame=hsides] { border-style: solid none; }
-.tableblock table[frame=border] { border-style: solid; }
-.tableblock table[frame=void] { border-style: none; }
-.tableblock table[frame=vsides] { border-style: none solid; }
-.tableblock table[rules=all] tbody tr *,
-.tableblock table[rules=rows] tbody tr * {
- border-top: 1px solid #527bbd;
-}
-.tableblock table[rules=all] tr *,
-.tableblock table[rules=cols] tr * {
- border-left: 1px solid #527bbd;
-}
-.tableblock table tbody tr:first-child * {
- border-top: 1px solid white; /* none don't work here... %-[] */
-}
-.tableblock table tr *:first-child {
- border-left: none;
-}
-.tableblock table[frame] thead tr *,
-.tableblock table[frame] thead tr * {
- border-top: 1px solid white;
- border-bottom: 2px solid #527bbd;
-}
-.tableblock table tr td p.table,
-.tableblock table tr td p.table * {
- border: 0px;
-}
-
-tt, .monospaced { color: navy; }
-
-li { color: #a0a0a0; }
-li > * { color: black; }
-
-span.aqua { color: aqua; }
-span.black { color: black; }
-span.blue { color: blue; }
-span.fuchsia { color: fuchsia; }
-span.gray { color: gray; }
-span.green { color: green; }
-span.lime { color: lime; }
-span.maroon { color: maroon; }
-span.navy { color: navy; }
-span.olive { color: olive; }
-span.purple { color: purple; }
-span.red { color: red; }
-span.silver { color: silver; }
-span.teal { color: teal; }
-span.white { color: white; }
-span.yellow { color: yellow; }
-
-span.aqua-background { background: aqua; }
-span.black-background { background: black; }
-span.blue-background { background: blue; }
-span.fuchsia-background { background: fuchsia; }
-span.gray-background { background: gray; }
-span.green-background { background: green; }
-span.lime-background { background: lime; }
-span.maroon-background { background: maroon; }
-span.navy-background { background: navy; }
-span.olive-background { background: olive; }
-span.purple-background { background: purple; }
-span.red-background { background: red; }
-span.silver-background { background: silver; }
-span.teal-background { background: teal; }
-span.white-background { background: white; }
-span.yellow-background { background: yellow; }
-
-span.big { font-size: 2em; }
-span.small { font-size: 0.6em; }
-
-span.underline { text-decoration: underline; }
-span.overline { text-decoration: overline; }
-span.line-through { text-decoration: line-through; }
-
-/*** Misc ***/
-
-.admonitionblock td.icon { vertical-align: top; }
-.attribution { text-align: right; }
-
-ul { list-style-type: disc; }
-ol.arabic { list-style-type: decimal; }
-ol.loweralpha { list-style-type: lower-alpha; }
-ol.upperalpha { list-style-type: upper-alpha; }
-ol.lowerroman { list-style-type: lower-roman; }
-ol.upperroman { list-style-type: upper-roman; }
-.hdlist td { vertical-align: top; }
-
-
-</style>
-<script type="text/javascript">
-/*<+'])');
- // Function that scans the DOM tree for header elements (the DOM2
- // nodeIterator API would be a better technique but not supported by all
- // browsers).
- var iterate = function (el) {
- for (var i = el.firstChild; i != null; i = i.nextSibling) {
- if (i.nodeType == 1 /* Node.ELEMENT_NODE */) {
- var mo = re.exec(i.tagName);
- if (mo && (i.getAttribute("class") || i.getAttribute("className")) != "float") {
- result[result.length] = new TocEntry(i, getText(i), mo[1]-1);
- }
- iterate(i);
- }
- }
- }
- iterate(el);
- return result;
- }
-
- var toc = document.getElementById("toc");
- if (!toc) {
- return;
- }
-
- // Delete existing TOC entries in case we're reloading the TOC.
- var tocEntriesToRemove = [];
- var i;
- for (i = 0; i < toc.childNodes.length; i++) {
- var entry = toc.childNodes[i];
- if (entry.nodeName.toLowerCase() == 'div'
- && entry.getAttribute("class")
- && entry.getAttribute("class").match(/^toclevel/))
- tocEntriesToRemove.push(entry);
- }
- for (i = 0; i < tocEntriesToRemove.length; i++) {
- toc.removeChild(tocEntriesToRemove[i]);
- }
-
- // Rebuild TOC entries.
- var entries = tocEntries(document.getElementById("content"), toclevels);
- for (var i = 0; i < entries.length; ++i) {
- var entry = entries[i];
- if (entry.element.id == "")
- entry.element.id = "_toc_" + i;
- var a = document.createElement("a");
- a.href = "#" + entry.element.id;
- a.appendChild(document.createTextNode(entry.text));
- var div = document.createElement("div");
- div.appendChild(a);
- div.className = "toclevel" + entry.toclevel;
- toc.appendChild(div);
- }
- if (entries.length == 0)
- toc.parentNode.removeChild(toc);
-},
-
-
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Footnotes generator
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-/* Based on footnote generation code from:
- * http://www.brandspankingnew.net/archive/2005/07/format_footnote.html
- */
-
-footnotes: function () {
- // Delete existing footnote entries in case we're reloading the footnodes.
- var i;
- var noteholder = document.getElementById("footnotes");
- if (!noteholder) {
- return;
- }
- var entriesToRemove = [];
- for (i = 0; i < noteholder.childNodes.length; i++) {
- var entry = noteholder.childNodes[i];
- if (entry.nodeName.toLowerCase() == 'div' && entry.getAttribute("class") == "footnote")
- entriesToRemove.push(entry);
- }
- for (i = 0; i < entriesToRemove.length; i++) {
- noteholder.removeChild(entriesToRemove[i]);
- }
-
- // Rebuild footnote entries.
- var cont = document.getElementById("content");
- var spans = cont.getElementsByTagName("span");
- var refs = {};
- var n = 0;
- for (i=0; i<spans.length; i++) {
- if (spans[i].className == "footnote") {
- n++;
- var note = spans[i].getAttribute("data-note");
- if (!note) {
- // Use [\s\S] in place of . so multi-line matches work.
- // Because JavaScript has no s (dotall) regex flag.
- note = spans[i].innerHTML.match(/\s*\[([\s\S]*)]\s*/)[1];
- spans[i].innerHTML =
- "[<a id='_footnoteref_" + n + "' href='#_footnote_" + n +
- "' title='View footnote' class='footnote'>" + n + "</a>]";
- spans[i].setAttribute("data-note", note);
- }
- noteholder.innerHTML +=
- "<div class='footnote' id='_footnote_" + n + "'>" +
- "<a href='#_footnoteref_" + n + "' title='Return to text'>" +
- n + "</a>. " + note + "</div>";
- var id =spans[i].getAttribute("id");
- if (id != null) refs["#"+id] = n;
- }
- }
- if (n == 0)
- noteholder.parentNode.removeChild(noteholder);
- else {
- // Process footnoterefs.
- for (i=0; i<spans.length; i++) {
- if (spans[i].className == "footnoteref") {
- var href = spans[i].getElementsByTagName("a")[0].getAttribute("href");
- href = href.match(/#.*/)[0]; // Because IE return full URL.
- n = refs[href];
- spans[i].innerHTML =
- "[<a href='#_footnote_" + n +
- "' title='View footnote' class='footnote'>" + n + "</a>]";
- }
- }
- }
-},
-
-install: function(toclevels) {
- var timerId;
-
- function reinstall() {
- asciidoc.footnotes();
- if (toclevels) {
- asciidoc.toc(toclevels);
- }
- }
-
- function reinstallAndRemoveTimer() {
- clearInterval(timerId);
- reinstall();
- }
-
- timerId = setInterval(reinstall, 500);
- if (document.addEventListener)
- document.addEventListener("DOMContentLoaded", reinstallAndRemoveTimer, false);
- else
- window.onload = reinstallAndRemoveTimer;
-}
-
-}
-asciidoc.install(3);
-/*]]>*/
-</script>
-</head>
-<body class="article">
-<div id="header">
-</div>
-<div id="content">
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="mobile-images/banner.jpg" alt="Banner" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><span class="big">Subsurface-mobile for Android: USER MANUAL</span></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Manual author</strong>: Willem Ferguson</p></div>
-<div id="toc">
- <div id="toctitle">Table of Contents</div>
- <noscript><p><b>JavaScript must be enabled in your browser to display the table of contents.</b></p></noscript>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><span class="blue"><em>Version 1.0, March 2016</em></span></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Welcome as a user of <em>Subsurface</em>, advanced dive logging software with
-extensive infrastructure to describe, organize, interpret and print scuba
-and free dives. <em>Subsurface</em> offers many advantages over other similar
-software solutions, including compatibility with Windows, Mac-OS/X, Linux (many
-distributions) and Android (iOS under development). In addition, <em>Subsurface</em> is
-open-source software that allows downloading dive
-information from most dive computers.</p></div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_introducing_subsurface_mobile">1. Introducing Subsurface-mobile</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface-mobile</em> is an extension of <em>Subsurface</em> on laptop and
-tabletop computers. It runs on Android smartphone and tablet devices and is a
-tool for viewing or sharing dive information at dive sites where a larger
-computer is not useful. <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> also allows
-the gathering of GPS locations where dives are performed.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>A version of <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> for iOS is under development but not yet
-ready for testing.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>While <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> allows one to enter and save dive information
-using an Android device, users of <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> typically use the
-mobile app as an extension of the laptop/desktop version of <em>Subsurface</em>.
-This allows the storage of dive logs on the Internet and which
-can be shared by the Android version as well as the desktop version.
-While the desktop version of <em>Subsurface</em> shows much more detailed information
-for each dive, the mobile version allows one to have a more accessible dive log
-on a dive trip, useful for proving dive experience to dive shops or to review
-previous dives.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface-mobile</em> allows one to:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Download existing dive log information from the Internet.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-View this information on an Android device.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Edit many of the dive log data fields, e.g. divemaster, buddy,
- equipment or notes about a dive.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Create and add new dive records to one’s dive log.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Store the updated dive log on the Internet.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Record, store and apply GPS positions of dives.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-View the localities of recorded GPS positions and of dives
- on a map.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>These items are discussed in greater detail in the following text.
-What <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> does not support (at this time) is downloading
-dive data directly from a dive computer. That still has to happen with
-<em>Subsurface</em> on a desktop or laptop computer. We are investigating ways
-to support downloading from a subset of the supported dive computers on
-Android devices, but this is not yet ready for testing.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_installing_em_subsurface_mobile_em_on_an_android_device">2. Installing <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> on an Android device</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Find <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> in the <em>Google
-Play Store</em>. Search for <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> and install it.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_using_em_subsurface_mobile_em_for_the_first_time">3. Using <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> for the first time</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Upon starting <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> for the first time, a Subsurface
-splash screen is shown while the program loads. On some devices this
-may take several seconds. After loading, the <em>Cloud Credentials screen</em> appears
-(see image below).</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="mobile-images/landingscreen.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Mobile landing screen" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Since <em>Subsurface</em> is largely dependent on a dive log saved on the Internet,
-provide a user-ID and password for access to the <em>Subsurface Cloud</em>. These
-credentials are obtained by opening the desktop version of <em>Subsurface</em> and
-by clicking <em>File → Preferences → Network</em>, explained in detail in the
-user manual for the <em>Subsurface</em> desktop version. Once the account has
-been created and verified using the desktop version one can use <em>Subsurface-mobile</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>When entering a password, it is possible to check
-a checkbox that enables the text of the password to be shown. Checking the
-check box labelled "Remember" allows <em>Susburface-mobile</em> to keep the
-credentials for subsequent logins (see image above).
-Having entered the credentials, tap the disk icon at the bottom of the screen.
-<em>Subsurface-mobile</em> attempts to download the existing dive log from the_Subsurface_ cloud
-server. Appropriate messages are shown onscreen. Finally
-a list of dives are shown.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_local_copy_of_the_dive_log_and_synchronisation_with_internet">4. Local copy of the dive log and synchronisation with Internet</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Once the dive
-list has been downloaded from the Internet, <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> keeps a local
-copy on the mobile device. This means that, if there is no Internet connection
-at a dive site, one can still access the local copy and view and manipulate
-dive information. If there is Internet connectivity, <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> accesses
-the Internet-based dive log to verify that the local copy is still the
-same as the Internet-stored copy. If not, the local copy and the copy on
-the server are synchronised.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_a_few_remarks_about_the_user_interface">5. A Few Remarks About The User Interface</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>At the bottom of many Subsurface-mobile screens is a round button that provides for
-several actions and which allows the selection of the main affirmative action
-(see image above and image below).
-On Android devices, use the Android Back
-button for "cancel", "discard" or "back" actions. For example, when
-editing dive information, tapping the action button saves the changes, the
-Android back button can be used to cancel the edit without saving changes.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="mobile-images/actionbutton.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Action Button" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Instead of the more traditional "hamburger" menu button in the top left or
-right corner of the screen to open menus, <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> uses a
-different user interaction philosophy based on the Kirigami framework
-developed by the Plasma developers. To open the main menu one has
-three options:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Tap on the right-arrow symbol in the lower left corner of the screen
- (easy to reach for hand held devices)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Swipe towards the right across the left edge of the screen
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Drag the action button visible on most screens with the main action to
- the right
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="mobile-images/menu.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Dive management subpanel" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The images above indicate some of the important features of the menu system.
-On the left is the main menu that is activated as described above. In the middle is
-the menu that opens if one taps the <em>GPS</em> option on the main menu. On the right is
-the menu that opens if one taps the <em>Manage Dives</em> option on the main menu.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Similarly, the context menu (currently only available on the dive details screen) can be
-opened one of these three ways:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Tap on the left-arrow symbol in the lower right corner of the screen
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Swipe to the left across the right edge of the screen
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Drag the action button to the left
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_viewing_the_dive_list">6. Viewing the Dive List</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Most of the actions of <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> center around the dives on the
-dive list. While the dive list is loading from the cloud,
-a message appears at the bottom of the screen, indicating that the cloud is
-being accessed (see image on left, below). Once the list is loaded one can scroll up and down.
-Tapping a dive on the list brings up a display of <em>Details View</em> for that dive (see image on right below).
-This includes the dive profile as well as additional information and notes.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="mobile-images/divelist.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Dive list screen" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>One can view other dives by swiping the <em>Details view</em> to the right (for the
-previous dive) or to the left (following dive).</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_editing_dive_details">7. Editing dive details.</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>At the bottom of the dive details screen the <em>Action Button</em> contains a pencil (image on right, above).
-Tapping the button brings up a panel with edit boxes that allows one to
-change the existing dive information, e.g. adding text to the dive notes
-or changing the names or values of some of the information (see image below).
-It may be necessary to scroll the window to access all the information.
-At the bottom of the edit screen is a <em>Save</em> action button. Tap this to save
-the new information. Having saved the data, the dive list screen is
-updated and shown. To cancel any edits, tap the Android Back Button.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="mobile-images/editdive.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Dive edit screen" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_adding_a_new_dive_to_the_dive_list">8. Adding a new dive to the dive list</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>It is also possible to add an additional dive to the existing dive list. On the
-main menu tap <em>Manage dives → Add dive manually</em>. This opens a screen that is
-identical to the editing screen discussed above. When a dive is added manually, one
-cannot directly add a dive profile from a dive computer. However, if one does not use a
-dive computer, the duration, depth and several other bits of information about
-the new dive can be entered. The <em>Action button</em> at the bottom of the screen
-contains a disk symbol. Tap this to save the new dive. To cancel any edits, tap the Android Back Button.
-The left-hand image below shows a screenshot of a dive being created and the right-hand image shows
-the same dive in <em>Details View</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="mobile-images/createdive.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Dive edit screen" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_deleting_a_dive">9. Deleting a dive</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>details view</em> of a dive has a context menu on the right-hand side that can be activated as described above
-(e.g. by tapping the arrow icon at the bottom right of the screen or by dragging the <em>Action Button</em> to the left).
-The context menu has a single item: "Delete dive". If this option is tapped, the dive shown in the <em>Details View</em>
-is deleted. One has a brief opportunity to undo the delete by tapping the <em>undo</em> message that appears at the bottom of
-the screen. If the <em>undo</em> message is not tapped, the dive is deleted.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_dive_log_management">10. Dive log management</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>A central part of <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> is the ability to store the dive
-log using the <em>Subsurface</em> cloud storage.
-This provides security against loss or damage to the dive information caintained in a local copy of
-the dive log and allows the desktop version of <em>Subsurface</em> to
-access changes made using the mobile device. This ability is accessed
-throug the main menu (by dragging the Action Button to the right, or
-alternatively tap the right angle button at the bottom left of the screen).
- Tap the option <em>Manage dives</em>, enabling a number of options:</p></div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_add_new_dive_manually">10.1. Add new dive manually</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This is described above under the section dealing with the dive list.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_upload_dive_log_to_the_em_subsurface_em_cloud_storage">10.2. Upload dive log to the <em>Subsurface</em> cloud storage</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>One can upload the dives contained on the mobile device
-to the <em>Subsurface</em> cloud storage by tapping the option <em>Upload to cloud</em>.
-This synchronizes the local changes to
-the dive log with the cloud storage.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_download_dive_log_from_the_cloud_storage">10.3. Download dive log from the cloud storage</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>In the dive management subpanel, tap the option <em>Refresh</em>, causing
-the local divelog to be refreshed from the cloud so that the cloud
-and local versions are synchronised.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_changing_the_login_credentials_on_the_em_subsurface_em_cloud">10.4. Changing the login credentials on the <em>Subsurface</em> cloud</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>It may be necessary to change one’s login credentials, for instance if one’s email
-address (initially used as a credential) has changed. To change the credentials,
-open the main menu and tap <em>Cloud credentials</em>. This opens the setup screen
-for specifying new credentials.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_recording_dive_locations_using_gps">11. Recording dive locations using GPS.</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The fact that most smartphones have GPS facilities allows one to record
-the locations of dives. One can take the smartphone on the dive boat
-during a dive and locations will be automatically recorded at regular intervals.
-These locations can then be applied to dives in the dive list. Here is how it’s done:</p></div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_setting_up_the_gps">11.1. Setting up the GPS</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Open the main menu and tap <em>GPS → Preferences</em>. Now specify the way
-in which GPS data need to be automatically collected (image on right, below). One can specify that
-data are collected at regular intervals, e.g. every 10 minutes, or at regular
-distances, e.g. after the boat has moved more than 200m, or a combination of
-both of the above approaches. Provide the appropriate information and
-tap the <em>Save</em> action button. The program is now ready to collect GPS positions.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="mobile-images/gpssetup.jpg" alt="FIGURE: GPS setup screen" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_collecting_gps_positions">11.2. Collecting GPS positions</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Ensure that the GPS on the Android device has been activated. At the bottom
-of the GPS submenu is a check box <em>Run location service</em> (image on left, above).
-Check this box
-and <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> starts to collect GPS locations automatically,
-following the preferences specified as described above. After
-the dive one can deactivate the collection of GPS data by de-activating
-the same check box at the bottom of the main menu.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_storing_the_gps_data_on_the_em_subsurface_em_cloud">11.3. Storing the GPS data on the <em>Subsurface</em> cloud</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Activate the main menu and select the <em>GPS</em> option that brings up the submenu of GPS-related actions
-(image on left, above). Tap <em>Upload GPS data</em> that saves the GPS data
-on the <em>Subsurface</em> cloud server. These GPS data are saved <strong>separately</strong>
-from the other dive log data. All collected GPS data are kept on the
-Android device, independent of whether they have been uploaded or not.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_downloading_gps_data_from_the_em_subsurface_em_cloud">11.4. Downloading GPS data from the <em>Subsurface</em> cloud</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Download the GPS data that have been saved on the cloud by
-selecting <em>Download GPS Data</em> from the GPS subpanel.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_viewing_gps_data">11.5. Viewing GPS data</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>From the GPS submenu (image on left, above) select <em>Show GPS fixes</em>. This brings
-up a list of GPS positions obtained using the location service (image
-on left, below). Two actions are possible for each of the locations, enabled if
-one taps the handle (the three horisontal stripes on the right, see image on left, below) and
-then drags the specific item to the left (image on right, below). This exposes two
-options. Tapping the dustbin deletes this particular GPS location. Tapping the
-teardrop-shaped icon (actually a Google Maps pin) opens up Google Maps with a pin
-indicating the exact map position of the GPS record being viewed. The two above
-options can be hidden by drawing the GPS record to the right, again using the handle.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="mobile-images/gpsmanagement.jpg" alt="FIGURE: GPS management" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_applying_gps_data_to_dives_in_the_dive_log">11.6. Applying GPS data to dives in the dive log</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Assuming that all the dives have been entered into the dive log or have
-been downloaded from the <em>Subsurface</em> cloud, one can apply the GPS positions to
-these dives. GPS positions can therefore only be applied to dives in the dive list.
-From the GPS subpanel, tap <em>Apply GPS fixes</em>. The dive list contains the start
-and end times of each dive. Now, <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> applies the first
-GPS position that falls within the dive period of each dive. This results
-in a GPS position for each dive that is saved as part of the dive list.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div id="footnotes"><hr /></div>
-<div id="footer">
-<div id="footer-text">
-Last updated 2016-03-10 08:57:35 PST
-</div>
-</div>
-</body>
-</html>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"> +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en"> +<head> +<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="application/xhtml+xml; charset=UTF-8" /> +<meta name="generator" content="AsciiDoc 8.6.9" /> +<title></title> +<style type="text/css"> +/* + * compact_subsurface.css, a special style sheet for Subsurface, + * modified by Willem Ferguson and derived from: + * compact.css, version 1.3 by Alex Efros <powerman@powerman.name> + * Licence: Public Domain + * + * Usage: asciidoc -a theme=compact_subsurface ... + */ + +* { padding: 0; margin: 0; } +img { border: 0; } + +/*** Layout ***/ + +body { margin: 10px 20px; } +#header br { display: none; } +#revnumber { display: block; } +#toc { margin: 1em 0; } +.toclevel2 { margin-left: 1em; } +.toclevel3 { margin-left: 2em; } +#footer { margin-top: 2em; } + +#preamble .sectionbody, +h2, +h3, +h4, +h5 { margin: 1em 0 0 0; } + +.admonitionblock, +.listingblock, +.sidebarblock, +.exampleblock, +.tableblock, +.literalblock { margin: 1em 0; } +.admonitionblock td.icon { padding-right: 0.5em; } +.admonitionblock td.content { padding-left: 0.5em; } +.listingblock .content { padding: 0.5em; } +.sidebarblock > .content { padding: 0.5em; } +.exampleblock > .content { padding: 0 0.5em; } +.tableblock caption { padding: 0 0 0.5em 0; } +.tableblock thead th, +.tableblock tbody td, +.tableblock tfoot td { padding: 0 0.5em; } +.quoteblock { padding: 0 2.0em; } + +.paragraph { margin: 1em 0 0 0; } +.sidebarblock .paragraph:first-child, +.exampleblock .paragraph:first-child, +.admonitionblock .paragraph:first-child { margin: 0; } + + .ulist, .olist, .dlist, .hdlist, .qlist { margin: 1em 0; } +li .ulist, li .olist, li .dlist, li .hdlist, li .qlist, +dd .ulist, dd .olist, dd .dlist, dd .hdlist, dd .qlist { margin: 0; } +ul { margin-left: 1.5em; } +ol { margin-left: 2em; } +dd { margin-left: 3em; } +td.hdlist1 { padding-right: 1em; } + +/*** Fonts ***/ + +body { font-family: Verdana, sans-serif; } +#header { font-family: Arial, sans-serif; } +#header h1 { font-family: Arial, sans-serif; } +#footer { font-family: Georgia, serif; } +#email { font-size: 0.85em; } +#revnumber { font-size: 0.75em; } +#toc { font-size: 0.9em; } +#toctitle { font-weight: bold; } +#footer { font-size: 0.8em; } + +h2, h3, h4, h5, .title { font-family: Arial, sans-serif; } +h2 { font-size: 1.5em; } +.sectionbody { font-size: 0.85em; } +.sectionbody .sectionbody { font-size: inherit; } +h3 { font-size: 159%; } /* 1.35em */ +h4 { font-size: 141%; } /* 1.2em */ +h5 { font-size: 118%; } /* 1em */ +.title { font-size: 106%; /* 0.9em */ + font-weight: bold; + } + +tt, .monospaced { font-family: monospace; font-size: 106%; } /* 0.9em */ +dt, td.hdlist1, .qlist em { font-family: Times New Roman, serif; + font-size: 118%; /* 1em */ + font-style: italic; + } +.tableblock tfoot td { font-weight: bold; } + +/*** Colors and Backgrounds ***/ + +h1 { color: #527bbd; border-bottom: 2px solid silver; } +#footer { border-top: 2px solid silver; } + +h2 { color: #527bbd; border-bottom: 2px solid silver; } +h3 { color: #5D7EAE; border-bottom: 2px solid silver; } +h3 { display: inline-block; } +h4,h5 { color: #5D7EAE; } + +.admonitionblock td.content { border-left: 2px solid silver; } +.listingblock .content { background: #f4f4f4; border: 1px solid silver; border-left: 5px solid #e0e0e0; } +.sidebarblock > .content { background: #ffffee; border: 1px solid silver; border-left: 5px solid #e0e0e0; } +.exampleblock > .content { border-left: 2px solid silver; } +.quoteblock { border-left: 5px solid #e0e0e0; } +.tableblock table { + border-collapse: collapse; + border-width: 3px; + border-color: #527bbd; +} +.tableblock table[frame=hsides] { border-style: solid none; } +.tableblock table[frame=border] { border-style: solid; } +.tableblock table[frame=void] { border-style: none; } +.tableblock table[frame=vsides] { border-style: none solid; } +.tableblock table[rules=all] tbody tr *, +.tableblock table[rules=rows] tbody tr * { + border-top: 1px solid #527bbd; +} +.tableblock table[rules=all] tr *, +.tableblock table[rules=cols] tr * { + border-left: 1px solid #527bbd; +} +.tableblock table tbody tr:first-child * { + border-top: 1px solid white; /* none don't work here... %-[] */ +} +.tableblock table tr *:first-child { + border-left: none; +} +.tableblock table[frame] thead tr *, +.tableblock table[frame] thead tr * { + border-top: 1px solid white; + border-bottom: 2px solid #527bbd; +} +.tableblock table tr td p.table, +.tableblock table tr td p.table * { + border: 0px; +} + +tt, .monospaced { color: navy; } + +li { color: #a0a0a0; } +li > * { color: black; } + +span.aqua { color: aqua; } +span.black { color: black; } +span.blue { color: blue; } +span.fuchsia { color: fuchsia; } +span.gray { color: gray; } +span.green { color: green; } +span.lime { color: lime; } +span.maroon { color: maroon; } +span.navy { color: navy; } +span.olive { color: olive; } +span.purple { color: purple; } +span.red { color: red; } +span.silver { color: silver; } +span.teal { color: teal; } +span.white { color: white; } +span.yellow { color: yellow; } + +span.aqua-background { background: aqua; } +span.black-background { background: black; } +span.blue-background { background: blue; } +span.fuchsia-background { background: fuchsia; } +span.gray-background { background: gray; } +span.green-background { background: green; } +span.lime-background { background: lime; } +span.maroon-background { background: maroon; } +span.navy-background { background: navy; } +span.olive-background { background: olive; } +span.purple-background { background: purple; } +span.red-background { background: red; } +span.silver-background { background: silver; } +span.teal-background { background: teal; } +span.white-background { background: white; } +span.yellow-background { background: yellow; } + +span.big { font-size: 2em; } +span.small { font-size: 0.6em; } + +span.underline { text-decoration: underline; } +span.overline { text-decoration: overline; } +span.line-through { text-decoration: line-through; } + +/*** Misc ***/ + +.admonitionblock td.icon { vertical-align: top; } +.attribution { text-align: right; } + +ul { list-style-type: disc; } +ol.arabic { list-style-type: decimal; } +ol.loweralpha { list-style-type: lower-alpha; } +ol.upperalpha { list-style-type: upper-alpha; } +ol.lowerroman { list-style-type: lower-roman; } +ol.upperroman { list-style-type: upper-roman; } +.hdlist td { vertical-align: top; } + + +</style> +<script type="text/javascript"> +/*<+'])'); + // Function that scans the DOM tree for header elements (the DOM2 + // nodeIterator API would be a better technique but not supported by all + // browsers). + var iterate = function (el) { + for (var i = el.firstChild; i != null; i = i.nextSibling) { + if (i.nodeType == 1 /* Node.ELEMENT_NODE */) { + var mo = re.exec(i.tagName); + if (mo && (i.getAttribute("class") || i.getAttribute("className")) != "float") { + result[result.length] = new TocEntry(i, getText(i), mo[1]-1); + } + iterate(i); + } + } + } + iterate(el); + return result; + } + + var toc = document.getElementById("toc"); + if (!toc) { + return; + } + + // Delete existing TOC entries in case we're reloading the TOC. + var tocEntriesToRemove = []; + var i; + for (i = 0; i < toc.childNodes.length; i++) { + var entry = toc.childNodes[i]; + if (entry.nodeName.toLowerCase() == 'div' + && entry.getAttribute("class") + && entry.getAttribute("class").match(/^toclevel/)) + tocEntriesToRemove.push(entry); + } + for (i = 0; i < tocEntriesToRemove.length; i++) { + toc.removeChild(tocEntriesToRemove[i]); + } + + // Rebuild TOC entries. + var entries = tocEntries(document.getElementById("content"), toclevels); + for (var i = 0; i < entries.length; ++i) { + var entry = entries[i]; + if (entry.element.id == "") + entry.element.id = "_toc_" + i; + var a = document.createElement("a"); + a.href = "#" + entry.element.id; + a.appendChild(document.createTextNode(entry.text)); + var div = document.createElement("div"); + div.appendChild(a); + div.className = "toclevel" + entry.toclevel; + toc.appendChild(div); + } + if (entries.length == 0) + toc.parentNode.removeChild(toc); +}, + + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Footnotes generator +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/* Based on footnote generation code from: + * http://www.brandspankingnew.net/archive/2005/07/format_footnote.html + */ + +footnotes: function () { + // Delete existing footnote entries in case we're reloading the footnodes. + var i; + var noteholder = document.getElementById("footnotes"); + if (!noteholder) { + return; + } + var entriesToRemove = []; + for (i = 0; i < noteholder.childNodes.length; i++) { + var entry = noteholder.childNodes[i]; + if (entry.nodeName.toLowerCase() == 'div' && entry.getAttribute("class") == "footnote") + entriesToRemove.push(entry); + } + for (i = 0; i < entriesToRemove.length; i++) { + noteholder.removeChild(entriesToRemove[i]); + } + + // Rebuild footnote entries. + var cont = document.getElementById("content"); + var spans = cont.getElementsByTagName("span"); + var refs = {}; + var n = 0; + for (i=0; i<spans.length; i++) { + if (spans[i].className == "footnote") { + n++; + var note = spans[i].getAttribute("data-note"); + if (!note) { + // Use [\s\S] in place of . so multi-line matches work. + // Because JavaScript has no s (dotall) regex flag. + note = spans[i].innerHTML.match(/\s*\[([\s\S]*)]\s*/)[1]; + spans[i].innerHTML = + "[<a id='_footnoteref_" + n + "' href='#_footnote_" + n + + "' title='View footnote' class='footnote'>" + n + "</a>]"; + spans[i].setAttribute("data-note", note); + } + noteholder.innerHTML += + "<div class='footnote' id='_footnote_" + n + "'>" + + "<a href='#_footnoteref_" + n + "' title='Return to text'>" + + n + "</a>. " + note + "</div>"; + var id =spans[i].getAttribute("id"); + if (id != null) refs["#"+id] = n; + } + } + if (n == 0) + noteholder.parentNode.removeChild(noteholder); + else { + // Process footnoterefs. + for (i=0; i<spans.length; i++) { + if (spans[i].className == "footnoteref") { + var href = spans[i].getElementsByTagName("a")[0].getAttribute("href"); + href = href.match(/#.*/)[0]; // Because IE return full URL. + n = refs[href]; + spans[i].innerHTML = + "[<a href='#_footnote_" + n + + "' title='View footnote' class='footnote'>" + n + "</a>]"; + } + } + } +}, + +install: function(toclevels) { + var timerId; + + function reinstall() { + asciidoc.footnotes(); + if (toclevels) { + asciidoc.toc(toclevels); + } + } + + function reinstallAndRemoveTimer() { + clearInterval(timerId); + reinstall(); + } + + timerId = setInterval(reinstall, 500); + if (document.addEventListener) + document.addEventListener("DOMContentLoaded", reinstallAndRemoveTimer, false); + else + window.onload = reinstallAndRemoveTimer; +} + +} +asciidoc.install(3); +/*]]>*/ +</script> +</head> +<body class="article"> +<div id="header"> +</div> +<div id="content"> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="mobile-images/banner.jpg" alt="Banner" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><span class="big">Subsurface-mobile for Android: USER MANUAL</span></p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Manual author</strong>: Willem Ferguson</p></div> +<div id="toc"> + <div id="toctitle">Table of Contents</div> + <noscript><p><b>JavaScript must be enabled in your browser to display the table of contents.</b></p></noscript> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><span class="blue"><em>Version 1.0, March 2016</em></span></p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Welcome as a user of <em>Subsurface</em>, advanced dive logging software with +extensive infrastructure to describe, organize, interpret and print scuba +and free dives. <em>Subsurface</em> offers many advantages over other similar +software solutions, including compatibility with Windows, Mac-OS/X, Linux (many +distributions) and Android (iOS under development). In addition, <em>Subsurface</em> is +open-source software that allows downloading dive +information from most dive computers.</p></div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_introducing_subsurface_mobile">1. Introducing Subsurface-mobile</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface-mobile</em> is an extension of <em>Subsurface</em> on laptop and +tabletop computers. It runs on Android smartphone and tablet devices and is a +tool for viewing or sharing dive information at dive sites where a larger +computer is not useful. <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> also allows +the gathering of GPS locations where dives are performed.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>A version of <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> for iOS is under development but not yet +ready for testing.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>While <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> allows one to enter and save dive information +using an Android device, users of <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> typically use the +mobile app as an extension of the laptop/desktop version of <em>Subsurface</em>. +This allows the storage of dive logs on the Internet and which +can be shared by the Android version as well as the desktop version. +While the desktop version of <em>Subsurface</em> shows much more detailed information +for each dive, the mobile version allows one to have a more accessible dive log +on a dive trip, useful for proving dive experience to dive shops or to review +previous dives.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface-mobile</em> allows one to:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Download existing dive log information from the Internet. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +View this information on an Android device. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Edit many of the dive log data fields, e.g. divemaster, buddy, + equipment or notes about a dive. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Create and add new dive records to one’s dive log. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Store the updated dive log on the Internet. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Record, store and apply GPS positions of dives. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +View the localities of recorded GPS positions and of dives + on a map. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>These items are discussed in greater detail in the following text. +What <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> does not support (at this time) is downloading +dive data directly from a dive computer. That still has to happen with +<em>Subsurface</em> on a desktop or laptop computer. We are investigating ways +to support downloading from a subset of the supported dive computers on +Android devices, but this is not yet ready for testing.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_installing_em_subsurface_mobile_em_on_an_android_device">2. Installing <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> on an Android device</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Find <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> in the <em>Google +Play Store</em>. Search for <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> and install it.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_using_em_subsurface_mobile_em_for_the_first_time">3. Using <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> for the first time</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Upon starting <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> for the first time, a Subsurface +splash screen is shown while the program loads. On some devices this +may take several seconds. After loading, the <em>Cloud Credentials screen</em> appears +(see image below).</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="mobile-images/landingscreen.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Mobile landing screen" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Since <em>Subsurface</em> is largely dependent on a dive log saved on the Internet, +provide a user-ID and password for access to the <em>Subsurface Cloud</em>. These +credentials are obtained by opening the desktop version of <em>Subsurface</em> and +by clicking <em>File → Preferences → Network</em>, explained in detail in the +user manual for the <em>Subsurface</em> desktop version. Once the account has +been created and verified using the desktop version one can use <em>Subsurface-mobile</em>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>When entering a password, it is possible to check +a checkbox that enables the text of the password to be shown. Checking the +check box labelled "Remember" allows <em>Susburface-mobile</em> to keep the +credentials for subsequent logins (see image above). +Having entered the credentials, tap the disk icon at the bottom of the screen. +<em>Subsurface-mobile</em> attempts to download the existing dive log from the_Subsurface_ cloud +server. Appropriate messages are shown onscreen. Finally +a list of dives are shown.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_local_copy_of_the_dive_log_and_synchronisation_with_internet">4. Local copy of the dive log and synchronisation with Internet</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Once the dive +list has been downloaded from the Internet, <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> keeps a local +copy on the mobile device. This means that, if there is no Internet connection +at a dive site, one can still access the local copy and view and manipulate +dive information. If there is Internet connectivity, <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> accesses +the Internet-based dive log to verify that the local copy is still the +same as the Internet-stored copy. If not, the local copy and the copy on +the server are synchronised.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_a_few_remarks_about_the_user_interface">5. A Few Remarks About The User Interface</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>At the bottom of many Subsurface-mobile screens is a round button that provides for +several actions and which allows the selection of the main affirmative action +(see image above and image below). +On Android devices, use the Android Back +button for "cancel", "discard" or "back" actions. For example, when +editing dive information, tapping the action button saves the changes, the +Android back button can be used to cancel the edit without saving changes.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="mobile-images/actionbutton.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Action Button" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Instead of the more traditional "hamburger" menu button in the top left or +right corner of the screen to open menus, <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> uses a +different user interaction philosophy based on the Kirigami framework +developed by the Plasma developers. To open the main menu one has +three options:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Tap on the right-arrow symbol in the lower left corner of the screen + (easy to reach for hand held devices) +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Swipe towards the right across the left edge of the screen +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Drag the action button visible on most screens with the main action to + the right +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="mobile-images/menu.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Dive management subpanel" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The images above indicate some of the important features of the menu system. +On the left is the main menu that is activated as described above. In the middle is +the menu that opens if one taps the <em>GPS</em> option on the main menu. On the right is +the menu that opens if one taps the <em>Manage Dives</em> option on the main menu.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Similarly, the context menu (currently only available on the dive details screen) can be +opened one of these three ways:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Tap on the left-arrow symbol in the lower right corner of the screen +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Swipe to the left across the right edge of the screen +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Drag the action button to the left +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_viewing_the_dive_list">6. Viewing the Dive List</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Most of the actions of <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> center around the dives on the +dive list. While the dive list is loading from the cloud, +a message appears at the bottom of the screen, indicating that the cloud is +being accessed (see image on left, below). Once the list is loaded one can scroll up and down. +Tapping a dive on the list brings up a display of <em>Details View</em> for that dive (see image on right below). +This includes the dive profile as well as additional information and notes.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="mobile-images/divelist.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Dive list screen" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>One can view other dives by swiping the <em>Details view</em> to the right (for the +previous dive) or to the left (following dive).</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_editing_dive_details">7. Editing dive details.</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>At the bottom of the dive details screen the <em>Action Button</em> contains a pencil (image on right, above). +Tapping the button brings up a panel with edit boxes that allows one to +change the existing dive information, e.g. adding text to the dive notes +or changing the names or values of some of the information (see image below). +It may be necessary to scroll the window to access all the information. +At the bottom of the edit screen is a <em>Save</em> action button. Tap this to save +the new information. Having saved the data, the dive list screen is +updated and shown. To cancel any edits, tap the Android Back Button.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="mobile-images/editdive.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Dive edit screen" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_adding_a_new_dive_to_the_dive_list">8. Adding a new dive to the dive list</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>It is also possible to add an additional dive to the existing dive list. On the +main menu tap <em>Manage dives → Add dive manually</em>. This opens a screen that is +identical to the editing screen discussed above. When a dive is added manually, one +cannot directly add a dive profile from a dive computer. However, if one does not use a +dive computer, the duration, depth and several other bits of information about +the new dive can be entered. The <em>Action button</em> at the bottom of the screen +contains a disk symbol. Tap this to save the new dive. To cancel any edits, tap the Android Back Button. +The left-hand image below shows a screenshot of a dive being created and the right-hand image shows +the same dive in <em>Details View</em>.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="mobile-images/createdive.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Dive edit screen" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_deleting_a_dive">9. Deleting a dive</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>details view</em> of a dive has a context menu on the right-hand side that can be activated as described above +(e.g. by tapping the arrow icon at the bottom right of the screen or by dragging the <em>Action Button</em> to the left). +The context menu has a single item: "Delete dive". If this option is tapped, the dive shown in the <em>Details View</em> +is deleted. One has a brief opportunity to undo the delete by tapping the <em>undo</em> message that appears at the bottom of +the screen. If the <em>undo</em> message is not tapped, the dive is deleted.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_dive_log_management">10. Dive log management</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>A central part of <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> is the ability to store the dive +log using the <em>Subsurface</em> cloud storage. +This provides security against loss or damage to the dive information caintained in a local copy of +the dive log and allows the desktop version of <em>Subsurface</em> to +access changes made using the mobile device. This ability is accessed +throug the main menu (by dragging the Action Button to the right, or +alternatively tap the right angle button at the bottom left of the screen). + Tap the option <em>Manage dives</em>, enabling a number of options:</p></div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_add_new_dive_manually">10.1. Add new dive manually</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>This is described above under the section dealing with the dive list.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_upload_dive_log_to_the_em_subsurface_em_cloud_storage">10.2. Upload dive log to the <em>Subsurface</em> cloud storage</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>One can upload the dives contained on the mobile device +to the <em>Subsurface</em> cloud storage by tapping the option <em>Upload to cloud</em>. +This synchronizes the local changes to +the dive log with the cloud storage.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_download_dive_log_from_the_cloud_storage">10.3. Download dive log from the cloud storage</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>In the dive management subpanel, tap the option <em>Refresh</em>, causing +the local divelog to be refreshed from the cloud so that the cloud +and local versions are synchronised.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_changing_the_login_credentials_on_the_em_subsurface_em_cloud">10.4. Changing the login credentials on the <em>Subsurface</em> cloud</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>It may be necessary to change one’s login credentials, for instance if one’s email +address (initially used as a credential) has changed. To change the credentials, +open the main menu and tap <em>Cloud credentials</em>. This opens the setup screen +for specifying new credentials.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_recording_dive_locations_using_gps">11. Recording dive locations using GPS.</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The fact that most smartphones have GPS facilities allows one to record +the locations of dives. One can take the smartphone on the dive boat +during a dive and locations will be automatically recorded at regular intervals. +These locations can then be applied to dives in the dive list. Here is how it’s done:</p></div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_setting_up_the_gps">11.1. Setting up the GPS</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Open the main menu and tap <em>GPS → Preferences</em>. Now specify the way +in which GPS data need to be automatically collected (image on right, below). One can specify that +data are collected at regular intervals, e.g. every 10 minutes, or at regular +distances, e.g. after the boat has moved more than 200m, or a combination of +both of the above approaches. Provide the appropriate information and +tap the <em>Save</em> action button. The program is now ready to collect GPS positions.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="mobile-images/gpssetup.jpg" alt="FIGURE: GPS setup screen" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_collecting_gps_positions">11.2. Collecting GPS positions</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Ensure that the GPS on the Android device has been activated. At the bottom +of the GPS submenu is a check box <em>Run location service</em> (image on left, above). +Check this box +and <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> starts to collect GPS locations automatically, +following the preferences specified as described above. After +the dive one can deactivate the collection of GPS data by de-activating +the same check box at the bottom of the main menu.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_storing_the_gps_data_on_the_em_subsurface_em_cloud">11.3. Storing the GPS data on the <em>Subsurface</em> cloud</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Activate the main menu and select the <em>GPS</em> option that brings up the submenu of GPS-related actions +(image on left, above). Tap <em>Upload GPS data</em> that saves the GPS data +on the <em>Subsurface</em> cloud server. These GPS data are saved <strong>separately</strong> +from the other dive log data. All collected GPS data are kept on the +Android device, independent of whether they have been uploaded or not.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_downloading_gps_data_from_the_em_subsurface_em_cloud">11.4. Downloading GPS data from the <em>Subsurface</em> cloud</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Download the GPS data that have been saved on the cloud by +selecting <em>Download GPS Data</em> from the GPS subpanel.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_viewing_gps_data">11.5. Viewing GPS data</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>From the GPS submenu (image on left, above) select <em>Show GPS fixes</em>. This brings +up a list of GPS positions obtained using the location service (image +on left, below). Two actions are possible for each of the locations, enabled if +one taps the handle (the three horisontal stripes on the right, see image on left, below) and +then drags the specific item to the left (image on right, below). This exposes two +options. Tapping the dustbin deletes this particular GPS location. Tapping the +teardrop-shaped icon (actually a Google Maps pin) opens up Google Maps with a pin +indicating the exact map position of the GPS record being viewed. The two above +options can be hidden by drawing the GPS record to the right, again using the handle.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="mobile-images/gpsmanagement.jpg" alt="FIGURE: GPS management" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_applying_gps_data_to_dives_in_the_dive_log">11.6. Applying GPS data to dives in the dive log</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Assuming that all the dives have been entered into the dive log or have +been downloaded from the <em>Subsurface</em> cloud, one can apply the GPS positions to +these dives. GPS positions can therefore only be applied to dives in the dive list. +From the GPS subpanel, tap <em>Apply GPS fixes</em>. The dive list contains the start +and end times of each dive. Now, <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> applies the first +GPS position that falls within the dive period of each dive. This results +in a GPS position for each dive that is saved as part of the dive list.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div id="footnotes"><hr /></div> +<div id="footer"> +<div id="footer-text"> +Last updated 2016-03-10 08:57:35 PST +</div> +</div> +</body> +</html> diff --git a/Documentation/mobile-manual_es.html.git b/Documentation/mobile-manual_es.html.git index 2c5700463..e9af75571 100644 --- a/Documentation/mobile-manual_es.html.git +++ b/Documentation/mobile-manual_es.html.git @@ -1,813 +1,813 @@ -<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
- "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd">
-<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en">
-<head>
-<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="application/xhtml+xml; charset=UTF-8" />
-<meta name="generator" content="AsciiDoc 8.6.9" />
-<title></title>
-<style type="text/css">
-/*
- * compact_subsurface.css, a special style sheet for Subsurface,
- * modified by Willem Ferguson and derived from:
- * compact.css, version 1.3 by Alex Efros <powerman@powerman.name>
- * Licence: Public Domain
- *
- * Usage: asciidoc -a theme=compact_subsurface ...
- */
-
-* { padding: 0; margin: 0; }
-img { border: 0; }
-
-/*** Layout ***/
-
-body { margin: 10px 20px; }
-#header br { display: none; }
-#revnumber { display: block; }
-#toc { margin: 1em 0; }
-.toclevel2 { margin-left: 1em; }
-.toclevel3 { margin-left: 2em; }
-#footer { margin-top: 2em; }
-
-#preamble .sectionbody,
-h2,
-h3,
-h4,
-h5 { margin: 1em 0 0 0; }
-
-.admonitionblock,
-.listingblock,
-.sidebarblock,
-.exampleblock,
-.tableblock,
-.literalblock { margin: 1em 0; }
-.admonitionblock td.icon { padding-right: 0.5em; }
-.admonitionblock td.content { padding-left: 0.5em; }
-.listingblock .content { padding: 0.5em; }
-.sidebarblock > .content { padding: 0.5em; }
-.exampleblock > .content { padding: 0 0.5em; }
-.tableblock caption { padding: 0 0 0.5em 0; }
-.tableblock thead th,
-.tableblock tbody td,
-.tableblock tfoot td { padding: 0 0.5em; }
-.quoteblock { padding: 0 2.0em; }
-
-.paragraph { margin: 1em 0 0 0; }
-.sidebarblock .paragraph:first-child,
-.exampleblock .paragraph:first-child,
-.admonitionblock .paragraph:first-child { margin: 0; }
-
- .ulist, .olist, .dlist, .hdlist, .qlist { margin: 1em 0; }
-li .ulist, li .olist, li .dlist, li .hdlist, li .qlist,
-dd .ulist, dd .olist, dd .dlist, dd .hdlist, dd .qlist { margin: 0; }
-ul { margin-left: 1.5em; }
-ol { margin-left: 2em; }
-dd { margin-left: 3em; }
-td.hdlist1 { padding-right: 1em; }
-
-/*** Fonts ***/
-
-body { font-family: Verdana, sans-serif; }
-#header { font-family: Arial, sans-serif; }
-#header h1 { font-family: Arial, sans-serif; }
-#footer { font-family: Georgia, serif; }
-#email { font-size: 0.85em; }
-#revnumber { font-size: 0.75em; }
-#toc { font-size: 0.9em; }
-#toctitle { font-weight: bold; }
-#footer { font-size: 0.8em; }
-
-h2, h3, h4, h5, .title { font-family: Arial, sans-serif; }
-h2 { font-size: 1.5em; }
-.sectionbody { font-size: 0.85em; }
-.sectionbody .sectionbody { font-size: inherit; }
-h3 { font-size: 159%; } /* 1.35em */
-h4 { font-size: 141%; } /* 1.2em */
-h5 { font-size: 118%; } /* 1em */
-.title { font-size: 106%; /* 0.9em */
- font-weight: bold;
- }
-
-tt, .monospaced { font-family: monospace; font-size: 106%; } /* 0.9em */
-dt, td.hdlist1, .qlist em { font-family: Times New Roman, serif;
- font-size: 118%; /* 1em */
- font-style: italic;
- }
-.tableblock tfoot td { font-weight: bold; }
-
-/*** Colors and Backgrounds ***/
-
-h1 { color: #527bbd; border-bottom: 2px solid silver; }
-#footer { border-top: 2px solid silver; }
-
-h2 { color: #527bbd; border-bottom: 2px solid silver; }
-h3 { color: #5D7EAE; border-bottom: 2px solid silver; }
-h3 { display: inline-block; }
-h4,h5 { color: #5D7EAE; }
-
-.admonitionblock td.content { border-left: 2px solid silver; }
-.listingblock .content { background: #f4f4f4; border: 1px solid silver; border-left: 5px solid #e0e0e0; }
-.sidebarblock > .content { background: #ffffee; border: 1px solid silver; border-left: 5px solid #e0e0e0; }
-.exampleblock > .content { border-left: 2px solid silver; }
-.quoteblock { border-left: 5px solid #e0e0e0; }
-.tableblock table {
- border-collapse: collapse;
- border-width: 3px;
- border-color: #527bbd;
-}
-.tableblock table[frame=hsides] { border-style: solid none; }
-.tableblock table[frame=border] { border-style: solid; }
-.tableblock table[frame=void] { border-style: none; }
-.tableblock table[frame=vsides] { border-style: none solid; }
-.tableblock table[rules=all] tbody tr *,
-.tableblock table[rules=rows] tbody tr * {
- border-top: 1px solid #527bbd;
-}
-.tableblock table[rules=all] tr *,
-.tableblock table[rules=cols] tr * {
- border-left: 1px solid #527bbd;
-}
-.tableblock table tbody tr:first-child * {
- border-top: 1px solid white; /* none don't work here... %-[] */
-}
-.tableblock table tr *:first-child {
- border-left: none;
-}
-.tableblock table[frame] thead tr *,
-.tableblock table[frame] thead tr * {
- border-top: 1px solid white;
- border-bottom: 2px solid #527bbd;
-}
-.tableblock table tr td p.table,
-.tableblock table tr td p.table * {
- border: 0px;
-}
-
-tt, .monospaced { color: navy; }
-
-li { color: #a0a0a0; }
-li > * { color: black; }
-
-span.aqua { color: aqua; }
-span.black { color: black; }
-span.blue { color: blue; }
-span.fuchsia { color: fuchsia; }
-span.gray { color: gray; }
-span.green { color: green; }
-span.lime { color: lime; }
-span.maroon { color: maroon; }
-span.navy { color: navy; }
-span.olive { color: olive; }
-span.purple { color: purple; }
-span.red { color: red; }
-span.silver { color: silver; }
-span.teal { color: teal; }
-span.white { color: white; }
-span.yellow { color: yellow; }
-
-span.aqua-background { background: aqua; }
-span.black-background { background: black; }
-span.blue-background { background: blue; }
-span.fuchsia-background { background: fuchsia; }
-span.gray-background { background: gray; }
-span.green-background { background: green; }
-span.lime-background { background: lime; }
-span.maroon-background { background: maroon; }
-span.navy-background { background: navy; }
-span.olive-background { background: olive; }
-span.purple-background { background: purple; }
-span.red-background { background: red; }
-span.silver-background { background: silver; }
-span.teal-background { background: teal; }
-span.white-background { background: white; }
-span.yellow-background { background: yellow; }
-
-span.big { font-size: 2em; }
-span.small { font-size: 0.6em; }
-
-span.underline { text-decoration: underline; }
-span.overline { text-decoration: overline; }
-span.line-through { text-decoration: line-through; }
-
-/*** Misc ***/
-
-.admonitionblock td.icon { vertical-align: top; }
-.attribution { text-align: right; }
-
-ul { list-style-type: disc; }
-ol.arabic { list-style-type: decimal; }
-ol.loweralpha { list-style-type: lower-alpha; }
-ol.upperalpha { list-style-type: upper-alpha; }
-ol.lowerroman { list-style-type: lower-roman; }
-ol.upperroman { list-style-type: upper-roman; }
-.hdlist td { vertical-align: top; }
-
-
-</style>
-<script type="text/javascript">
-/*<+'])');
- // Function that scans the DOM tree for header elements (the DOM2
- // nodeIterator API would be a better technique but not supported by all
- // browsers).
- var iterate = function (el) {
- for (var i = el.firstChild; i != null; i = i.nextSibling) {
- if (i.nodeType == 1 /* Node.ELEMENT_NODE */) {
- var mo = re.exec(i.tagName);
- if (mo && (i.getAttribute("class") || i.getAttribute("className")) != "float") {
- result[result.length] = new TocEntry(i, getText(i), mo[1]-1);
- }
- iterate(i);
- }
- }
- }
- iterate(el);
- return result;
- }
-
- var toc = document.getElementById("toc");
- if (!toc) {
- return;
- }
-
- // Delete existing TOC entries in case we're reloading the TOC.
- var tocEntriesToRemove = [];
- var i;
- for (i = 0; i < toc.childNodes.length; i++) {
- var entry = toc.childNodes[i];
- if (entry.nodeName.toLowerCase() == 'div'
- && entry.getAttribute("class")
- && entry.getAttribute("class").match(/^toclevel/))
- tocEntriesToRemove.push(entry);
- }
- for (i = 0; i < tocEntriesToRemove.length; i++) {
- toc.removeChild(tocEntriesToRemove[i]);
- }
-
- // Rebuild TOC entries.
- var entries = tocEntries(document.getElementById("content"), toclevels);
- for (var i = 0; i < entries.length; ++i) {
- var entry = entries[i];
- if (entry.element.id == "")
- entry.element.id = "_toc_" + i;
- var a = document.createElement("a");
- a.href = "#" + entry.element.id;
- a.appendChild(document.createTextNode(entry.text));
- var div = document.createElement("div");
- div.appendChild(a);
- div.className = "toclevel" + entry.toclevel;
- toc.appendChild(div);
- }
- if (entries.length == 0)
- toc.parentNode.removeChild(toc);
-},
-
-
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Footnotes generator
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-/* Based on footnote generation code from:
- * http://www.brandspankingnew.net/archive/2005/07/format_footnote.html
- */
-
-footnotes: function () {
- // Delete existing footnote entries in case we're reloading the footnodes.
- var i;
- var noteholder = document.getElementById("footnotes");
- if (!noteholder) {
- return;
- }
- var entriesToRemove = [];
- for (i = 0; i < noteholder.childNodes.length; i++) {
- var entry = noteholder.childNodes[i];
- if (entry.nodeName.toLowerCase() == 'div' && entry.getAttribute("class") == "footnote")
- entriesToRemove.push(entry);
- }
- for (i = 0; i < entriesToRemove.length; i++) {
- noteholder.removeChild(entriesToRemove[i]);
- }
-
- // Rebuild footnote entries.
- var cont = document.getElementById("content");
- var spans = cont.getElementsByTagName("span");
- var refs = {};
- var n = 0;
- for (i=0; i<spans.length; i++) {
- if (spans[i].className == "footnote") {
- n++;
- var note = spans[i].getAttribute("data-note");
- if (!note) {
- // Use [\s\S] in place of . so multi-line matches work.
- // Because JavaScript has no s (dotall) regex flag.
- note = spans[i].innerHTML.match(/\s*\[([\s\S]*)]\s*/)[1];
- spans[i].innerHTML =
- "[<a id='_footnoteref_" + n + "' href='#_footnote_" + n +
- "' title='View footnote' class='footnote'>" + n + "</a>]";
- spans[i].setAttribute("data-note", note);
- }
- noteholder.innerHTML +=
- "<div class='footnote' id='_footnote_" + n + "'>" +
- "<a href='#_footnoteref_" + n + "' title='Return to text'>" +
- n + "</a>. " + note + "</div>";
- var id =spans[i].getAttribute("id");
- if (id != null) refs["#"+id] = n;
- }
- }
- if (n == 0)
- noteholder.parentNode.removeChild(noteholder);
- else {
- // Process footnoterefs.
- for (i=0; i<spans.length; i++) {
- if (spans[i].className == "footnoteref") {
- var href = spans[i].getElementsByTagName("a")[0].getAttribute("href");
- href = href.match(/#.*/)[0]; // Because IE return full URL.
- n = refs[href];
- spans[i].innerHTML =
- "[<a href='#_footnote_" + n +
- "' title='View footnote' class='footnote'>" + n + "</a>]";
- }
- }
- }
-},
-
-install: function(toclevels) {
- var timerId;
-
- function reinstall() {
- asciidoc.footnotes();
- if (toclevels) {
- asciidoc.toc(toclevels);
- }
- }
-
- function reinstallAndRemoveTimer() {
- clearInterval(timerId);
- reinstall();
- }
-
- timerId = setInterval(reinstall, 500);
- if (document.addEventListener)
- document.addEventListener("DOMContentLoaded", reinstallAndRemoveTimer, false);
- else
- window.onload = reinstallAndRemoveTimer;
-}
-
-}
-asciidoc.install(3);
-/*]]>*/
-</script>
-</head>
-<body class="article">
-<div id="header">
-</div>
-<div id="content">
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="mobile-images/banner.jpg" alt="Banner" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><span class="big">Subsurface-mobile para Android: MANUAL DE USUARIO</span></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Manual author</strong>: Willem Ferguson</p></div>
-<div id="toc">
- <div id="toctitle">Table of Contents</div>
- <noscript><p><b>JavaScript must be enabled in your browser to display the table of contents.</b></p></noscript>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><span class="blue"><em>Version 1.0, Marzo 2016</em></span></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Bienvenido a <em>Subsurface</em> un avanzado programa de registro de inmersiones con
-extensa infraestructura para describir, organizar, interpretar e imprimir
-inmersiones, con botella o a pulmón. <em>Subsurface</em> ofrece muchas ventajas sobre
-otras soluciones de software similares, entre ellas se incluye la
-compatibilidad con Windows, Mac-OS/X, Linux (muchas distribuciones) y también
-Android (en desarrollo un versión para iOS). Además, <em>Subsurface</em> es un
-software de código abierto que permite descargar información de inmersiones
-desde la mayoría de los ordenadores de buceo.</p></div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_presentación_de_subsurface_mobile">1. Presentación de Subsurface-mobile</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface-mobile</em> es una extensión del <em>Subsurface</em> que ejecutamos en
-ordenadores portátiles o de sobremesa. Corre en teléfonos y tabletas Android y
-es una herramienta para ver o compartir información de buceo en el mismo lugar
-de la inmersión, donde no suele ser posible disponer de un ordenador completo.
-También permite recoger las posiciones GPS donde se realizan las inmersiones.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Está en desarrollo una versión de <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> para iOS pero aún no
-está lista para probarla.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Aunque <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> nos permite introducir y guardar información de
-buceo utilizando un dispositivo android, los usuarios de <em>Subsurface-mobile</em>
-utilizan, habitualmente, la app como una extension de la versión para
-ordenadores de <em>Subsurface</em>. Esto permite el almacenamiento de divelogs en
-Internet, que pueden compartirse entre las versiones para Android y PC. Aunque
-la versión para ordenador muestra una información mucho más detallada de cada
-inmersión, la versión para móvil nos permite tener esta información más
-accesible durante un viaje, lo que puede resultar util para demostrar nuestra
-experiencia de buceo en tiendas o centros, o simplemente revisar inmersiones
-anteriores.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface-mobile</em> nos permite:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Descargar la información del divelog desde internet.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Visualizar esta información en un dispositivo Android.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Editar muchos de los campos de datos del registro, por ejemplo, el
- dive-master, el compañero, las anotaciones, etc.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Crear y añadir nuevas inmersiones a nuestro divelog. Guardar el divelog
- actualizado en Internet.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Registrar y aplicar las posiciones GPS de las inmersiones.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Visualizar las localizaciones de las posiciones GPS en un mapa.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Todas estas posibilidades se comentan con más detalle en el texto siguiente.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Lo que <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> no soporta (en estos momentos) es descargar datos
-directamente desde el ordenador de buceo. Esto aún debe realizarse desde un
-PC. Estamos investigando formas de descargar desde una parte de los
-ordenadores de buceo soportados a los dispositivos Android, pero esta parte
-aún no esta lista para ser probada.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_instalar_em_subsurface_mobile_em_en_un_dispositivo_android">2. Instalar <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> en un dispositivo Android</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Encuentra Subsurface-mobile_ en el Play Store de Google. Busca
-<em>Subsurface-mobile</em> e instalalo.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_utilizar_em_subsurface_mobile_em_por_primera_vez">3. Utilizar <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> por primera vez</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Al iniciar <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> se muestra una pantalla de presentación
-mientras se carga el programa. En algunos dispositivos esto puede llevar
-algunos segundos. Tras haber cargado, aparecerá una <em>pantalla de credenciales
-de la nube</em> (ver la imagen de la izquierda, a continuación).</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="mobile-images/landingscreen.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Pantalla inicial" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Dado que <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> es totalmente dependiente del registro guardado
-en Internet, introduce una dirección de correo electrónico y la password para
-acceder al servidor de almacenamiento en la nube de <em>Subsurface</em>. Estas
-credenciales se obtienen abriendo la versión de <em>Subsurface</em> para ordenador y
-pulsando <em>Archivo → Preferencias → Red</em>, y se explica en detalle en el manual
-de la versión de ordenador de <em>Subsurface</em>. Una vez que se ha creado y
-verificado utilizando la versión de ordenador, se puede utilizar
-<em>Subsurface-mobile</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Al introducir la password, es posible seleccionar la casilla "Recordar" que
-permite a <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> guardar las credenciales para próximas
-conexiones (ver la imagen anterior), Tras haber introducido las credenciales,
-pulsa el icono del disco, en la parte inferior de la pantalla.
-<em>Subsurface-mobile</em> intentará descargar la información guardada en el servidor
-y, finalmente, se mostrará una lista de inmersiones (imagen a la izquierda a
-continuación).</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_copia_local_del_divelog_y_sincronización_con_internet">4. Copia local del divelog y sincronización con Internet</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Una vez que se haya descargado la lista de inmersiones desde Internet,
-<em>Subsurface-mobile</em> guardará una copia en el dispositivo móvil. Esto
-significa que, si no hay conexión a Internet en el punto de buceo, aún se
-puede acceder a la copia local y manipular la información. Si existe conexión
-a Internet, <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> accede al registro guardado en la nube para
-verificar si la copia local es aún la misma que la remota. Si no fuera así, la
-copia local se sincronizará con la versión del servidor.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_algunas_observaciones_sobre_la_interfaz_de_usuario">5. Algunas observaciones sobre la interfaz de usuario</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>En la parte inferior de muchas de las pantallas de <em>Subsurface-mobile</em>,
-aparece un botón redondo que habilita varias acciones y permite la selección
-de la principal acción afirmativa (ver las imágenes anterior y a
-continuación). En dispositivos Android, se utiliza el botón "Volver" para
-realizar las acciones de cancelar, descartar o volver. Por ejemplo, al editar
-una inmersión, pulsar el <em>botón de acciones</em> guarda los cambios, mientras que
-el botón "Volver" de Android, puede utilizarse para cancelar la edición sin
-guardar los cambios.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="mobile-images/actionbutton.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Action Button" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Para abrir menús, en vez del tradicional botón tipo "hamburgesa" en la esquina
-superior derecha de la pantalla, <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> utiliza una filosofía de
-interacción con el usuario diferente, basada en el sistema Kirigami, diseñado
-por el equipo de desarrolladores de Plasma. Para abrir el menú principal se
-dispone de tres opciones:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Pulsar el símbolo de flecha-derecha en la parte inferior izquierda de la
- pantalla (fácil de alcanzar con una sola mano en dispositivos tipo
- smartphone).
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Desplazar hacia la derecha desde el borde de la pantalla.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Arrastrar hacia la derecha el <em>botón de acciones</em> visible en la mayoría de
- pantallas.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="mobile-images/menu.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Dive management subpanel" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Las imágenes anteriores muestran algunas de las características más
-importantes del sistema de menús. A la izquierda está el menú principal que
-se activa como se ha explicado antes. En el centro está el menú que se abre al
-pulsar la opción <em>GPS</em> desde el principal. A la derecha, el menú que se abre
-al pulsar la opción _Manage Dives_desde el principal.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>De forma similar, el menú contextual (actualmente solo disponible en la
-pantalla de detalles de la inmersión) puede abrirse de una de estas tres
-formas:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Pulsando en el símbolo de la flecha-izquierda en la esquina inferior derecha
- de la pantalla.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Desplazando hacia la izquierda desde el borde de la pantalla.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Arrastrando el "botón de acciones" hacia la izquierda.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_visualizar_la_lista_de_inmersiones">6. Visualizar la lista de inmersiones</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>La mayoría de las acciones de <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> se centran alrededor de las
-inmersiones de la lista. Mientras se carga la lista desde la nube, aparece un
-mensaje en la parte inferior de la pantalla, indicando que se está accediendo
-a la misma (ver imagen izquierda a continuación). Una vez que la lista se ha
-cargado, nos podemos desplazar arriba y abajo.
-Al pulsar una inmersión de la lista aparecerá una pantalla de <em>Vista de
-Detalles</em> para dicho buceo (ver imagen derecha a continuación). En ella se
-incluye el perfil de la inmersión, información adicional y notas.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="mobile-images/divelist.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Dive list screen" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Se pueden visualizar otras inmersiones desplazando la <em>Vista de Detalles</em>
-hacia la derecha, para el buceo posterior, o hacia la izquierda para el
-anterior.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_editar_los_detalles_de_la_inmersión">7. Editar los detalles de la inmersión.</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>En la parte inferior de la pantalla, el <em>Botón de Acciones</em> contiene un lápiz
-(imagen anterior derecha).
-Pulsar el botón hará que se muestre un panel con casillas de edición que nos
-permitirán modificar la información existente, p.e. añadiendo texto a las
-notas o cambiando nombres o valores en otras casillas (ver imagen a
-continuación). Puede ser necesario desplazar la ventana para poder acceder a
-toda la información. En la parte inferior de la pantalla de edición, el
-<em>Botón de Acciones</em> mostrará un icono de <em>Guardar</em>. Púlsalo para guardar los
-cambios efectuados. Tras haberlos guardado, la pantalla de la lista de
-inmersiones se actualizará y mostrará. Si se desea cancelar la edición se
-pulsa el botón "Volver" de Android.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="mobile-images/editdive.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Dive edit screen" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_añadir_una_nueva_inmersión_a_la_lista">8. Añadir una nueva inmersión a la lista</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>También es posible añadir una inmersión adicional a la lista existente. Desde
-el menú principal, pulsar <em>Manage dives → Add dive manually</em>. Esto abrirá una
-pantalla idéntica a la de edición comentada anteriormente. Al añadir
-manualmente una inmersión, no se puede añadir un perfil del ordenador de
-buceo. Sin embargo, si no se usa un ordenador de buceo, la duración,
-profundidad y varias otras informaciones pueden ser introducidas.
-El <em>Botón de acciones</em>, en la parte inferior de la pantalla, contendrá el
-icono de un disco. Púlsalo para guardar la nueva inmersión. Para cancelar las
-ediciones pulsa el botón "Volver" de Android.
-La imagen de la izquierda, a continuación, muestra una captura de pantalla de
-una inmersión que está siendo creada, y la imagen de la derecha muestra la
-misma inmersión en la <em>Vista de detalles</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="mobile-images/createdive.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Dive edit screen" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_borrar_una_inmersión">9. Borrar una inmersión</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>La <em>Vista de detalles</em> de una inmersión tiene un menú contextual en el lado
-derecho que puede activarse como se ha descrito anteriormente (p.e. pulsando
-el icono de flecha en la parte inferior derecha de la pantalla o arrastrando
-el <em>Botón de acciones</em> hacia la izquierda).
-El menú contextual contiene una sola opción: "Delete dive". Si se pulsa esta
-opción, la inmersión mostrada en la <em>Vista de detalles</em> será borrada. Se
-dispone de una breve posibilidad de anular el borrado pulsando el botón <em>undo</em>
-en el mensaje que aparecerá en la parte inferior de la pantalla. Si no se
-pulsa dicho botón la inmersión se borrará.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_mantenimiento_del_divelog">10. Mantenimiento del divelog</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Una parte central de <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> es su capacidad para guardar la
-información de buceo haciendo uso del almacenamiento en la nube de
-<em>Subsurface</em>. Esto proporciona seguridad frente a los daños o la perdida de
-la copia del divelog guardada localmente y permite a la versión de sobremesa
-de <em>Subsurface</em> acceder a los cambios realizados con el dispositivo móvil.
-Se accede a esta capacidad a través del menú principal (arrastrando el <em>Botón
-de acciones</em> hacia la derecha, o pulsando la flecha en la parte inferior
-izquierda de la pantalla).
-Pulsa la opción <em>Manage dives</em> que nos permitirá un nuevo número de acciones:</p></div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_añadir_manualmente_una_nueva_inmersión">10.1. Añadir manualmente una nueva inmersión</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Se ha descrito anteriormente en la sección referida a la lista de inmersiones.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_subir_el_divelog_al_almacenamiento_en_la_nube_de_em_subsurface_em">10.2. Subir el divelog al almacenamiento en la nube de <em>Subsurface</em></h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Se pueden subir las inmersiones contenidas en el dispositivo móvil al
-almacenamiento en la nube de <em>Subsurface</em> pulsando la opción <em>Upload to
-cloud</em>. Esto sincronizará los cambios efectuados localmente con el divelog en
-el almacenamiento en la nube.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_descargar_el_divelog_desde_internet">10.3. Descargar el divelog desde internet</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>En el subpanel <em>Dive managements</em>, pulsa la opción <em>Refresh</em> . Con esto se
-consigue que la copia local del dispositivo Android se sincronice con la copia
-del divelog en la nube.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_cambiar_las_credenciales_de_acceso_a_la_nube_de_em_subsurface_em">10.4. Cambiar las credenciales de acceso a la nube de <em>Subsurface</em></h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Puede que sea necesario cambiar las credenciales de acceso, por ejemplo si
-nuestro correo electrónico (usado como credencial) ha cambiado. Para modificar
-los datos en <em>Subsuface-mobile</em>, abre el menú principal y pulsa <em>Cloud
-credentials</em>. Esto abrirá la pantalla de ajustes para especificar las nuevas
-credenciales.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_registrar_puntos_de_buceo_usando_el_gps">11. Registrar puntos de buceo usando el GPS</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>El hecho de que la mayoría de smartphones dispongan de GPS nos permite
-registrar las ubicaciones de las inmersiones. Se puede llevar el teléfono en
-el barco de buceo durante la inmersión y se registrarán automáticamente
-posiciones a intervalos regulares.
-Estas posiciones pueden ser aplicadas a inmersiones de la lista. A
-continuación se explica como:</p></div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_ajustar_el_gps">11.1. Ajustar el GPS</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Abre el menú principal y pulsa <em>GPS → Preferences</em>. Ahora especifica la forma
-en que se deben recoger automáticamente las posiciones (imagen derecha a
-continuación). Se puede especificar que los datos se recojan a intervalos
-regulares, p.e. cada 10 minutos, o a distancias regulares, p.e. después de que
-el barco se haya desplazado más de 200 metros, o una combinación de ambas
-opciones. Introduce los parámetros deseados y pulsa el botón "Guardar". El
-app está preparada para recoger posiciones GPS.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="mobile-images/gpssetup.jpg" alt="FIGURE: GPS setup screen" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_recoger_posiciones_gps">11.2. Recoger posiciones GPS</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Asegúrate de que el GPS del dispositivo Android está activado. En la parte
-inferior del menú principal y del submenú <em>GPS</em> hay una casilla seleccionable
-<em>Run location service</em> (imagen derecha a continuación). Selecciona la casilla y
-<em>Subsurface-mobile</em> comenzará a tomar lecturas de las posiciones GPS siguiendo
-las indicaciones guardadas en las preferencias, como se ha indicado
-anteriormente. Despues de la inmersión se puede detener el servicio,
-deseleccionando la misma casilla que se había marcado antes.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_guardar_los_datos_del_gps_en_la_nube_de_em_subsurface_em">11.3. Guardar los datos del GPS en la nube de <em>Subsurface</em></h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Activa el menú principal y selecciona la opción <em>GPS</em> que despliega el menú de
-acciones relacionadas con el GPS (imagen anterior izquierda). Pulsa <em>Upload
-GPS data</em> con ello, los datos recogidos en el dispositivo móvil se guardarán
-en la nube de <em>Subsurface</em>. Estas posiciones GPS se guardan <strong>separadamente</strong>
-del resto de datos del divelog. Todas las posiciones GPS recogidas se
-conservan en el dispositivo móvil, independientemente de que se hayan subido o
-no.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_visualizar_datos_gps">11.4. Visualizar datos GPS</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Desde el menú GPS (imagen izquierda anterior) seleccionar <em>Show GPS fixes</em>.
-Esto mostrará una lista de posiciones GPS recogidas usando en servicio de
-ubicación (imagen izquierda a continuación). Se pueden efectuar dos acciones
-para cada una de las posiciones, habilitadas si se pulsa el botón (las tres
-bandas horizontales de la derecha, ver imagen izquierda a continuación) y se
-arrastra la posición hacia la izquierda (imagen derecha a continuación). Esta
-acción muestra dos opciones. Pulsar la papelera borra esta posición GPS en
-concreto. Pulsar el icono con forma de lágrima (un pin de Google maps) abre
-Google Maps en el navegador con un pin que indica la posición exacta en el
-mapa de las coordenadas GPS que se están visualizando. Las dos opciones
-indicadas, pueden ocultarse de nuevo arrastrando el registro de posición hacia
-la derecha.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="mobile-images/gpsmanagement.jpg" alt="FIGURE: GPS management" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_aplicar_los_datos_gps_a_las_inmersiones_del_divelog">11.5. Aplicar los datos GPS a las inmersiones del divelog</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Suponiendo que se hayan introducido a mano o descargado desde la nube de
-<em>Subsurface</em> todas las inmersiones del divelog, se pueden aplicar las
-posiciones GPS a dichas inmersiones. Las posiciones GPS solo pueden aplicarse
-a inmersiones que estén en la lista de inmersiones.
-Desde el subpanel <em>GPS</em>, pulsar <em>Apply GPS fixes</em>. La lista de inmersiones
-contiene la hora de inicio y fin de cada inmersión. <em>Subsurface-mobile</em>
-aplicará la primera posición que se encuentre dentro del periodo de duración
-del buceo, o la inmediatamente anterior al inicio si no hubiera ninguna dentro
-del periodo.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div id="footnotes"><hr /></div>
-<div id="footer">
-<div id="footer-text">
-Last updated 2016-03-13 12:43:54 PDT
-</div>
-</div>
-</body>
-</html>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"> +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en"> +<head> +<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="application/xhtml+xml; charset=UTF-8" /> +<meta name="generator" content="AsciiDoc 8.6.9" /> +<title></title> +<style type="text/css"> +/* + * compact_subsurface.css, a special style sheet for Subsurface, + * modified by Willem Ferguson and derived from: + * compact.css, version 1.3 by Alex Efros <powerman@powerman.name> + * Licence: Public Domain + * + * Usage: asciidoc -a theme=compact_subsurface ... + */ + +* { padding: 0; margin: 0; } +img { border: 0; } + +/*** Layout ***/ + +body { margin: 10px 20px; } +#header br { display: none; } +#revnumber { display: block; } +#toc { margin: 1em 0; } +.toclevel2 { margin-left: 1em; } +.toclevel3 { margin-left: 2em; } +#footer { margin-top: 2em; } + +#preamble .sectionbody, +h2, +h3, +h4, +h5 { margin: 1em 0 0 0; } + +.admonitionblock, +.listingblock, +.sidebarblock, +.exampleblock, +.tableblock, +.literalblock { margin: 1em 0; } +.admonitionblock td.icon { padding-right: 0.5em; } +.admonitionblock td.content { padding-left: 0.5em; } +.listingblock .content { padding: 0.5em; } +.sidebarblock > .content { padding: 0.5em; } +.exampleblock > .content { padding: 0 0.5em; } +.tableblock caption { padding: 0 0 0.5em 0; } +.tableblock thead th, +.tableblock tbody td, +.tableblock tfoot td { padding: 0 0.5em; } +.quoteblock { padding: 0 2.0em; } + +.paragraph { margin: 1em 0 0 0; } +.sidebarblock .paragraph:first-child, +.exampleblock .paragraph:first-child, +.admonitionblock .paragraph:first-child { margin: 0; } + + .ulist, .olist, .dlist, .hdlist, .qlist { margin: 1em 0; } +li .ulist, li .olist, li .dlist, li .hdlist, li .qlist, +dd .ulist, dd .olist, dd .dlist, dd .hdlist, dd .qlist { margin: 0; } +ul { margin-left: 1.5em; } +ol { margin-left: 2em; } +dd { margin-left: 3em; } +td.hdlist1 { padding-right: 1em; } + +/*** Fonts ***/ + +body { font-family: Verdana, sans-serif; } +#header { font-family: Arial, sans-serif; } +#header h1 { font-family: Arial, sans-serif; } +#footer { font-family: Georgia, serif; } +#email { font-size: 0.85em; } +#revnumber { font-size: 0.75em; } +#toc { font-size: 0.9em; } +#toctitle { font-weight: bold; } +#footer { font-size: 0.8em; } + +h2, h3, h4, h5, .title { font-family: Arial, sans-serif; } +h2 { font-size: 1.5em; } +.sectionbody { font-size: 0.85em; } +.sectionbody .sectionbody { font-size: inherit; } +h3 { font-size: 159%; } /* 1.35em */ +h4 { font-size: 141%; } /* 1.2em */ +h5 { font-size: 118%; } /* 1em */ +.title { font-size: 106%; /* 0.9em */ + font-weight: bold; + } + +tt, .monospaced { font-family: monospace; font-size: 106%; } /* 0.9em */ +dt, td.hdlist1, .qlist em { font-family: Times New Roman, serif; + font-size: 118%; /* 1em */ + font-style: italic; + } +.tableblock tfoot td { font-weight: bold; } + +/*** Colors and Backgrounds ***/ + +h1 { color: #527bbd; border-bottom: 2px solid silver; } +#footer { border-top: 2px solid silver; } + +h2 { color: #527bbd; border-bottom: 2px solid silver; } +h3 { color: #5D7EAE; border-bottom: 2px solid silver; } +h3 { display: inline-block; } +h4,h5 { color: #5D7EAE; } + +.admonitionblock td.content { border-left: 2px solid silver; } +.listingblock .content { background: #f4f4f4; border: 1px solid silver; border-left: 5px solid #e0e0e0; } +.sidebarblock > .content { background: #ffffee; border: 1px solid silver; border-left: 5px solid #e0e0e0; } +.exampleblock > .content { border-left: 2px solid silver; } +.quoteblock { border-left: 5px solid #e0e0e0; } +.tableblock table { + border-collapse: collapse; + border-width: 3px; + border-color: #527bbd; +} +.tableblock table[frame=hsides] { border-style: solid none; } +.tableblock table[frame=border] { border-style: solid; } +.tableblock table[frame=void] { border-style: none; } +.tableblock table[frame=vsides] { border-style: none solid; } +.tableblock table[rules=all] tbody tr *, +.tableblock table[rules=rows] tbody tr * { + border-top: 1px solid #527bbd; +} +.tableblock table[rules=all] tr *, +.tableblock table[rules=cols] tr * { + border-left: 1px solid #527bbd; +} +.tableblock table tbody tr:first-child * { + border-top: 1px solid white; /* none don't work here... %-[] */ +} +.tableblock table tr *:first-child { + border-left: none; +} +.tableblock table[frame] thead tr *, +.tableblock table[frame] thead tr * { + border-top: 1px solid white; + border-bottom: 2px solid #527bbd; +} +.tableblock table tr td p.table, +.tableblock table tr td p.table * { + border: 0px; +} + +tt, .monospaced { color: navy; } + +li { color: #a0a0a0; } +li > * { color: black; } + +span.aqua { color: aqua; } +span.black { color: black; } +span.blue { color: blue; } +span.fuchsia { color: fuchsia; } +span.gray { color: gray; } +span.green { color: green; } +span.lime { color: lime; } +span.maroon { color: maroon; } +span.navy { color: navy; } +span.olive { color: olive; } +span.purple { color: purple; } +span.red { color: red; } +span.silver { color: silver; } +span.teal { color: teal; } +span.white { color: white; } +span.yellow { color: yellow; } + +span.aqua-background { background: aqua; } +span.black-background { background: black; } +span.blue-background { background: blue; } +span.fuchsia-background { background: fuchsia; } +span.gray-background { background: gray; } +span.green-background { background: green; } +span.lime-background { background: lime; } +span.maroon-background { background: maroon; } +span.navy-background { background: navy; } +span.olive-background { background: olive; } +span.purple-background { background: purple; } +span.red-background { background: red; } +span.silver-background { background: silver; } +span.teal-background { background: teal; } +span.white-background { background: white; } +span.yellow-background { background: yellow; } + +span.big { font-size: 2em; } +span.small { font-size: 0.6em; } + +span.underline { text-decoration: underline; } +span.overline { text-decoration: overline; } +span.line-through { text-decoration: line-through; } + +/*** Misc ***/ + +.admonitionblock td.icon { vertical-align: top; } +.attribution { text-align: right; } + +ul { list-style-type: disc; } +ol.arabic { list-style-type: decimal; } +ol.loweralpha { list-style-type: lower-alpha; } +ol.upperalpha { list-style-type: upper-alpha; } +ol.lowerroman { list-style-type: lower-roman; } +ol.upperroman { list-style-type: upper-roman; } +.hdlist td { vertical-align: top; } + + +</style> +<script type="text/javascript"> +/*<+'])'); + // Function that scans the DOM tree for header elements (the DOM2 + // nodeIterator API would be a better technique but not supported by all + // browsers). + var iterate = function (el) { + for (var i = el.firstChild; i != null; i = i.nextSibling) { + if (i.nodeType == 1 /* Node.ELEMENT_NODE */) { + var mo = re.exec(i.tagName); + if (mo && (i.getAttribute("class") || i.getAttribute("className")) != "float") { + result[result.length] = new TocEntry(i, getText(i), mo[1]-1); + } + iterate(i); + } + } + } + iterate(el); + return result; + } + + var toc = document.getElementById("toc"); + if (!toc) { + return; + } + + // Delete existing TOC entries in case we're reloading the TOC. + var tocEntriesToRemove = []; + var i; + for (i = 0; i < toc.childNodes.length; i++) { + var entry = toc.childNodes[i]; + if (entry.nodeName.toLowerCase() == 'div' + && entry.getAttribute("class") + && entry.getAttribute("class").match(/^toclevel/)) + tocEntriesToRemove.push(entry); + } + for (i = 0; i < tocEntriesToRemove.length; i++) { + toc.removeChild(tocEntriesToRemove[i]); + } + + // Rebuild TOC entries. + var entries = tocEntries(document.getElementById("content"), toclevels); + for (var i = 0; i < entries.length; ++i) { + var entry = entries[i]; + if (entry.element.id == "") + entry.element.id = "_toc_" + i; + var a = document.createElement("a"); + a.href = "#" + entry.element.id; + a.appendChild(document.createTextNode(entry.text)); + var div = document.createElement("div"); + div.appendChild(a); + div.className = "toclevel" + entry.toclevel; + toc.appendChild(div); + } + if (entries.length == 0) + toc.parentNode.removeChild(toc); +}, + + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Footnotes generator +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/* Based on footnote generation code from: + * http://www.brandspankingnew.net/archive/2005/07/format_footnote.html + */ + +footnotes: function () { + // Delete existing footnote entries in case we're reloading the footnodes. + var i; + var noteholder = document.getElementById("footnotes"); + if (!noteholder) { + return; + } + var entriesToRemove = []; + for (i = 0; i < noteholder.childNodes.length; i++) { + var entry = noteholder.childNodes[i]; + if (entry.nodeName.toLowerCase() == 'div' && entry.getAttribute("class") == "footnote") + entriesToRemove.push(entry); + } + for (i = 0; i < entriesToRemove.length; i++) { + noteholder.removeChild(entriesToRemove[i]); + } + + // Rebuild footnote entries. + var cont = document.getElementById("content"); + var spans = cont.getElementsByTagName("span"); + var refs = {}; + var n = 0; + for (i=0; i<spans.length; i++) { + if (spans[i].className == "footnote") { + n++; + var note = spans[i].getAttribute("data-note"); + if (!note) { + // Use [\s\S] in place of . so multi-line matches work. + // Because JavaScript has no s (dotall) regex flag. + note = spans[i].innerHTML.match(/\s*\[([\s\S]*)]\s*/)[1]; + spans[i].innerHTML = + "[<a id='_footnoteref_" + n + "' href='#_footnote_" + n + + "' title='View footnote' class='footnote'>" + n + "</a>]"; + spans[i].setAttribute("data-note", note); + } + noteholder.innerHTML += + "<div class='footnote' id='_footnote_" + n + "'>" + + "<a href='#_footnoteref_" + n + "' title='Return to text'>" + + n + "</a>. " + note + "</div>"; + var id =spans[i].getAttribute("id"); + if (id != null) refs["#"+id] = n; + } + } + if (n == 0) + noteholder.parentNode.removeChild(noteholder); + else { + // Process footnoterefs. + for (i=0; i<spans.length; i++) { + if (spans[i].className == "footnoteref") { + var href = spans[i].getElementsByTagName("a")[0].getAttribute("href"); + href = href.match(/#.*/)[0]; // Because IE return full URL. + n = refs[href]; + spans[i].innerHTML = + "[<a href='#_footnote_" + n + + "' title='View footnote' class='footnote'>" + n + "</a>]"; + } + } + } +}, + +install: function(toclevels) { + var timerId; + + function reinstall() { + asciidoc.footnotes(); + if (toclevels) { + asciidoc.toc(toclevels); + } + } + + function reinstallAndRemoveTimer() { + clearInterval(timerId); + reinstall(); + } + + timerId = setInterval(reinstall, 500); + if (document.addEventListener) + document.addEventListener("DOMContentLoaded", reinstallAndRemoveTimer, false); + else + window.onload = reinstallAndRemoveTimer; +} + +} +asciidoc.install(3); +/*]]>*/ +</script> +</head> +<body class="article"> +<div id="header"> +</div> +<div id="content"> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="mobile-images/banner.jpg" alt="Banner" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><span class="big">Subsurface-mobile para Android: MANUAL DE USUARIO</span></p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Manual author</strong>: Willem Ferguson</p></div> +<div id="toc"> + <div id="toctitle">Table of Contents</div> + <noscript><p><b>JavaScript must be enabled in your browser to display the table of contents.</b></p></noscript> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><span class="blue"><em>Version 1.0, Marzo 2016</em></span></p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Bienvenido a <em>Subsurface</em> un avanzado programa de registro de inmersiones con +extensa infraestructura para describir, organizar, interpretar e imprimir +inmersiones, con botella o a pulmón. <em>Subsurface</em> ofrece muchas ventajas sobre +otras soluciones de software similares, entre ellas se incluye la +compatibilidad con Windows, Mac-OS/X, Linux (muchas distribuciones) y también +Android (en desarrollo un versión para iOS). Además, <em>Subsurface</em> es un +software de código abierto que permite descargar información de inmersiones +desde la mayoría de los ordenadores de buceo.</p></div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_presentación_de_subsurface_mobile">1. Presentación de Subsurface-mobile</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface-mobile</em> es una extensión del <em>Subsurface</em> que ejecutamos en +ordenadores portátiles o de sobremesa. Corre en teléfonos y tabletas Android y +es una herramienta para ver o compartir información de buceo en el mismo lugar +de la inmersión, donde no suele ser posible disponer de un ordenador completo. +También permite recoger las posiciones GPS donde se realizan las inmersiones.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Está en desarrollo una versión de <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> para iOS pero aún no +está lista para probarla.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Aunque <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> nos permite introducir y guardar información de +buceo utilizando un dispositivo android, los usuarios de <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> +utilizan, habitualmente, la app como una extension de la versión para +ordenadores de <em>Subsurface</em>. Esto permite el almacenamiento de divelogs en +Internet, que pueden compartirse entre las versiones para Android y PC. Aunque +la versión para ordenador muestra una información mucho más detallada de cada +inmersión, la versión para móvil nos permite tener esta información más +accesible durante un viaje, lo que puede resultar util para demostrar nuestra +experiencia de buceo en tiendas o centros, o simplemente revisar inmersiones +anteriores.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface-mobile</em> nos permite:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Descargar la información del divelog desde internet. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Visualizar esta información en un dispositivo Android. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Editar muchos de los campos de datos del registro, por ejemplo, el + dive-master, el compañero, las anotaciones, etc. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Crear y añadir nuevas inmersiones a nuestro divelog. Guardar el divelog + actualizado en Internet. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Registrar y aplicar las posiciones GPS de las inmersiones. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Visualizar las localizaciones de las posiciones GPS en un mapa. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Todas estas posibilidades se comentan con más detalle en el texto siguiente.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Lo que <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> no soporta (en estos momentos) es descargar datos +directamente desde el ordenador de buceo. Esto aún debe realizarse desde un +PC. Estamos investigando formas de descargar desde una parte de los +ordenadores de buceo soportados a los dispositivos Android, pero esta parte +aún no esta lista para ser probada.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_instalar_em_subsurface_mobile_em_en_un_dispositivo_android">2. Instalar <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> en un dispositivo Android</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Encuentra Subsurface-mobile_ en el Play Store de Google. Busca +<em>Subsurface-mobile</em> e instalalo.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_utilizar_em_subsurface_mobile_em_por_primera_vez">3. Utilizar <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> por primera vez</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Al iniciar <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> se muestra una pantalla de presentación +mientras se carga el programa. En algunos dispositivos esto puede llevar +algunos segundos. Tras haber cargado, aparecerá una <em>pantalla de credenciales +de la nube</em> (ver la imagen de la izquierda, a continuación).</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="mobile-images/landingscreen.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Pantalla inicial" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Dado que <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> es totalmente dependiente del registro guardado +en Internet, introduce una dirección de correo electrónico y la password para +acceder al servidor de almacenamiento en la nube de <em>Subsurface</em>. Estas +credenciales se obtienen abriendo la versión de <em>Subsurface</em> para ordenador y +pulsando <em>Archivo → Preferencias → Red</em>, y se explica en detalle en el manual +de la versión de ordenador de <em>Subsurface</em>. Una vez que se ha creado y +verificado utilizando la versión de ordenador, se puede utilizar +<em>Subsurface-mobile</em>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Al introducir la password, es posible seleccionar la casilla "Recordar" que +permite a <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> guardar las credenciales para próximas +conexiones (ver la imagen anterior), Tras haber introducido las credenciales, +pulsa el icono del disco, en la parte inferior de la pantalla. +<em>Subsurface-mobile</em> intentará descargar la información guardada en el servidor +y, finalmente, se mostrará una lista de inmersiones (imagen a la izquierda a +continuación).</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_copia_local_del_divelog_y_sincronización_con_internet">4. Copia local del divelog y sincronización con Internet</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Una vez que se haya descargado la lista de inmersiones desde Internet, +<em>Subsurface-mobile</em> guardará una copia en el dispositivo móvil. Esto +significa que, si no hay conexión a Internet en el punto de buceo, aún se +puede acceder a la copia local y manipular la información. Si existe conexión +a Internet, <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> accede al registro guardado en la nube para +verificar si la copia local es aún la misma que la remota. Si no fuera así, la +copia local se sincronizará con la versión del servidor.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_algunas_observaciones_sobre_la_interfaz_de_usuario">5. Algunas observaciones sobre la interfaz de usuario</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>En la parte inferior de muchas de las pantallas de <em>Subsurface-mobile</em>, +aparece un botón redondo que habilita varias acciones y permite la selección +de la principal acción afirmativa (ver las imágenes anterior y a +continuación). En dispositivos Android, se utiliza el botón "Volver" para +realizar las acciones de cancelar, descartar o volver. Por ejemplo, al editar +una inmersión, pulsar el <em>botón de acciones</em> guarda los cambios, mientras que +el botón "Volver" de Android, puede utilizarse para cancelar la edición sin +guardar los cambios.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="mobile-images/actionbutton.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Action Button" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Para abrir menús, en vez del tradicional botón tipo "hamburgesa" en la esquina +superior derecha de la pantalla, <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> utiliza una filosofía de +interacción con el usuario diferente, basada en el sistema Kirigami, diseñado +por el equipo de desarrolladores de Plasma. Para abrir el menú principal se +dispone de tres opciones:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Pulsar el símbolo de flecha-derecha en la parte inferior izquierda de la + pantalla (fácil de alcanzar con una sola mano en dispositivos tipo + smartphone). +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Desplazar hacia la derecha desde el borde de la pantalla. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Arrastrar hacia la derecha el <em>botón de acciones</em> visible en la mayoría de + pantallas. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="mobile-images/menu.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Dive management subpanel" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Las imágenes anteriores muestran algunas de las características más +importantes del sistema de menús. A la izquierda está el menú principal que +se activa como se ha explicado antes. En el centro está el menú que se abre al +pulsar la opción <em>GPS</em> desde el principal. A la derecha, el menú que se abre +al pulsar la opción _Manage Dives_desde el principal.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>De forma similar, el menú contextual (actualmente solo disponible en la +pantalla de detalles de la inmersión) puede abrirse de una de estas tres +formas:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Pulsando en el símbolo de la flecha-izquierda en la esquina inferior derecha + de la pantalla. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Desplazando hacia la izquierda desde el borde de la pantalla. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Arrastrando el "botón de acciones" hacia la izquierda. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_visualizar_la_lista_de_inmersiones">6. Visualizar la lista de inmersiones</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>La mayoría de las acciones de <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> se centran alrededor de las +inmersiones de la lista. Mientras se carga la lista desde la nube, aparece un +mensaje en la parte inferior de la pantalla, indicando que se está accediendo +a la misma (ver imagen izquierda a continuación). Una vez que la lista se ha +cargado, nos podemos desplazar arriba y abajo. +Al pulsar una inmersión de la lista aparecerá una pantalla de <em>Vista de +Detalles</em> para dicho buceo (ver imagen derecha a continuación). En ella se +incluye el perfil de la inmersión, información adicional y notas.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="mobile-images/divelist.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Dive list screen" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Se pueden visualizar otras inmersiones desplazando la <em>Vista de Detalles</em> +hacia la derecha, para el buceo posterior, o hacia la izquierda para el +anterior.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_editar_los_detalles_de_la_inmersión">7. Editar los detalles de la inmersión.</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>En la parte inferior de la pantalla, el <em>Botón de Acciones</em> contiene un lápiz +(imagen anterior derecha). +Pulsar el botón hará que se muestre un panel con casillas de edición que nos +permitirán modificar la información existente, p.e. añadiendo texto a las +notas o cambiando nombres o valores en otras casillas (ver imagen a +continuación). Puede ser necesario desplazar la ventana para poder acceder a +toda la información. En la parte inferior de la pantalla de edición, el +<em>Botón de Acciones</em> mostrará un icono de <em>Guardar</em>. Púlsalo para guardar los +cambios efectuados. Tras haberlos guardado, la pantalla de la lista de +inmersiones se actualizará y mostrará. Si se desea cancelar la edición se +pulsa el botón "Volver" de Android.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="mobile-images/editdive.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Dive edit screen" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_añadir_una_nueva_inmersión_a_la_lista">8. Añadir una nueva inmersión a la lista</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>También es posible añadir una inmersión adicional a la lista existente. Desde +el menú principal, pulsar <em>Manage dives → Add dive manually</em>. Esto abrirá una +pantalla idéntica a la de edición comentada anteriormente. Al añadir +manualmente una inmersión, no se puede añadir un perfil del ordenador de +buceo. Sin embargo, si no se usa un ordenador de buceo, la duración, +profundidad y varias otras informaciones pueden ser introducidas. +El <em>Botón de acciones</em>, en la parte inferior de la pantalla, contendrá el +icono de un disco. Púlsalo para guardar la nueva inmersión. Para cancelar las +ediciones pulsa el botón "Volver" de Android. +La imagen de la izquierda, a continuación, muestra una captura de pantalla de +una inmersión que está siendo creada, y la imagen de la derecha muestra la +misma inmersión en la <em>Vista de detalles</em>.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="mobile-images/createdive.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Dive edit screen" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_borrar_una_inmersión">9. Borrar una inmersión</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>La <em>Vista de detalles</em> de una inmersión tiene un menú contextual en el lado +derecho que puede activarse como se ha descrito anteriormente (p.e. pulsando +el icono de flecha en la parte inferior derecha de la pantalla o arrastrando +el <em>Botón de acciones</em> hacia la izquierda). +El menú contextual contiene una sola opción: "Delete dive". Si se pulsa esta +opción, la inmersión mostrada en la <em>Vista de detalles</em> será borrada. Se +dispone de una breve posibilidad de anular el borrado pulsando el botón <em>undo</em> +en el mensaje que aparecerá en la parte inferior de la pantalla. Si no se +pulsa dicho botón la inmersión se borrará.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_mantenimiento_del_divelog">10. Mantenimiento del divelog</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Una parte central de <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> es su capacidad para guardar la +información de buceo haciendo uso del almacenamiento en la nube de +<em>Subsurface</em>. Esto proporciona seguridad frente a los daños o la perdida de +la copia del divelog guardada localmente y permite a la versión de sobremesa +de <em>Subsurface</em> acceder a los cambios realizados con el dispositivo móvil. +Se accede a esta capacidad a través del menú principal (arrastrando el <em>Botón +de acciones</em> hacia la derecha, o pulsando la flecha en la parte inferior +izquierda de la pantalla). +Pulsa la opción <em>Manage dives</em> que nos permitirá un nuevo número de acciones:</p></div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_añadir_manualmente_una_nueva_inmersión">10.1. Añadir manualmente una nueva inmersión</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Se ha descrito anteriormente en la sección referida a la lista de inmersiones.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_subir_el_divelog_al_almacenamiento_en_la_nube_de_em_subsurface_em">10.2. Subir el divelog al almacenamiento en la nube de <em>Subsurface</em></h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Se pueden subir las inmersiones contenidas en el dispositivo móvil al +almacenamiento en la nube de <em>Subsurface</em> pulsando la opción <em>Upload to +cloud</em>. Esto sincronizará los cambios efectuados localmente con el divelog en +el almacenamiento en la nube.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_descargar_el_divelog_desde_internet">10.3. Descargar el divelog desde internet</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>En el subpanel <em>Dive managements</em>, pulsa la opción <em>Refresh</em> . Con esto se +consigue que la copia local del dispositivo Android se sincronice con la copia +del divelog en la nube.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_cambiar_las_credenciales_de_acceso_a_la_nube_de_em_subsurface_em">10.4. Cambiar las credenciales de acceso a la nube de <em>Subsurface</em></h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Puede que sea necesario cambiar las credenciales de acceso, por ejemplo si +nuestro correo electrónico (usado como credencial) ha cambiado. Para modificar +los datos en <em>Subsuface-mobile</em>, abre el menú principal y pulsa <em>Cloud +credentials</em>. Esto abrirá la pantalla de ajustes para especificar las nuevas +credenciales.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_registrar_puntos_de_buceo_usando_el_gps">11. Registrar puntos de buceo usando el GPS</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>El hecho de que la mayoría de smartphones dispongan de GPS nos permite +registrar las ubicaciones de las inmersiones. Se puede llevar el teléfono en +el barco de buceo durante la inmersión y se registrarán automáticamente +posiciones a intervalos regulares. +Estas posiciones pueden ser aplicadas a inmersiones de la lista. A +continuación se explica como:</p></div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_ajustar_el_gps">11.1. Ajustar el GPS</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Abre el menú principal y pulsa <em>GPS → Preferences</em>. Ahora especifica la forma +en que se deben recoger automáticamente las posiciones (imagen derecha a +continuación). Se puede especificar que los datos se recojan a intervalos +regulares, p.e. cada 10 minutos, o a distancias regulares, p.e. después de que +el barco se haya desplazado más de 200 metros, o una combinación de ambas +opciones. Introduce los parámetros deseados y pulsa el botón "Guardar". El +app está preparada para recoger posiciones GPS.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="mobile-images/gpssetup.jpg" alt="FIGURE: GPS setup screen" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_recoger_posiciones_gps">11.2. Recoger posiciones GPS</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Asegúrate de que el GPS del dispositivo Android está activado. En la parte +inferior del menú principal y del submenú <em>GPS</em> hay una casilla seleccionable +<em>Run location service</em> (imagen derecha a continuación). Selecciona la casilla y +<em>Subsurface-mobile</em> comenzará a tomar lecturas de las posiciones GPS siguiendo +las indicaciones guardadas en las preferencias, como se ha indicado +anteriormente. Despues de la inmersión se puede detener el servicio, +deseleccionando la misma casilla que se había marcado antes.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_guardar_los_datos_del_gps_en_la_nube_de_em_subsurface_em">11.3. Guardar los datos del GPS en la nube de <em>Subsurface</em></h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Activa el menú principal y selecciona la opción <em>GPS</em> que despliega el menú de +acciones relacionadas con el GPS (imagen anterior izquierda). Pulsa <em>Upload +GPS data</em> con ello, los datos recogidos en el dispositivo móvil se guardarán +en la nube de <em>Subsurface</em>. Estas posiciones GPS se guardan <strong>separadamente</strong> +del resto de datos del divelog. Todas las posiciones GPS recogidas se +conservan en el dispositivo móvil, independientemente de que se hayan subido o +no.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_visualizar_datos_gps">11.4. Visualizar datos GPS</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Desde el menú GPS (imagen izquierda anterior) seleccionar <em>Show GPS fixes</em>. +Esto mostrará una lista de posiciones GPS recogidas usando en servicio de +ubicación (imagen izquierda a continuación). Se pueden efectuar dos acciones +para cada una de las posiciones, habilitadas si se pulsa el botón (las tres +bandas horizontales de la derecha, ver imagen izquierda a continuación) y se +arrastra la posición hacia la izquierda (imagen derecha a continuación). Esta +acción muestra dos opciones. Pulsar la papelera borra esta posición GPS en +concreto. Pulsar el icono con forma de lágrima (un pin de Google maps) abre +Google Maps en el navegador con un pin que indica la posición exacta en el +mapa de las coordenadas GPS que se están visualizando. Las dos opciones +indicadas, pueden ocultarse de nuevo arrastrando el registro de posición hacia +la derecha.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="mobile-images/gpsmanagement.jpg" alt="FIGURE: GPS management" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_aplicar_los_datos_gps_a_las_inmersiones_del_divelog">11.5. Aplicar los datos GPS a las inmersiones del divelog</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Suponiendo que se hayan introducido a mano o descargado desde la nube de +<em>Subsurface</em> todas las inmersiones del divelog, se pueden aplicar las +posiciones GPS a dichas inmersiones. Las posiciones GPS solo pueden aplicarse +a inmersiones que estén en la lista de inmersiones. +Desde el subpanel <em>GPS</em>, pulsar <em>Apply GPS fixes</em>. La lista de inmersiones +contiene la hora de inicio y fin de cada inmersión. <em>Subsurface-mobile</em> +aplicará la primera posición que se encuentre dentro del periodo de duración +del buceo, o la inmediatamente anterior al inicio si no hubiera ninguna dentro +del periodo.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div id="footnotes"><hr /></div> +<div id="footer"> +<div id="footer-text"> +Last updated 2016-03-13 12:43:54 PDT +</div> +</div> +</body> +</html> diff --git a/Documentation/user-manual.html.git b/Documentation/user-manual.html.git index ba678a6ef..dc2e19dc4 100644 --- a/Documentation/user-manual.html.git +++ b/Documentation/user-manual.html.git @@ -1,6681 +1,6681 @@ -<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
- "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd">
-<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en">
-<head>
-<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="application/xhtml+xml; charset=UTF-8" />
-<meta name="generator" content="AsciiDoc 8.6.9" />
-<title></title>
-<style type="text/css">
-/*
- * compact_subsurface.css, a special style sheet for Subsurface,
- * modified by Willem Ferguson and derived from:
- * compact.css, version 1.3 by Alex Efros <powerman@powerman.name>
- * Licence: Public Domain
- *
- * Usage: asciidoc -a theme=compact_subsurface ...
- */
-
-* { padding: 0; margin: 0; }
-img { border: 0; }
-
-/*** Layout ***/
-
-body { margin: 10px 20px; }
-#header br { display: none; }
-#revnumber { display: block; }
-#toc { margin: 1em 0; }
-.toclevel2 { margin-left: 1em; }
-.toclevel3 { margin-left: 2em; }
-#footer { margin-top: 2em; }
-
-#preamble .sectionbody,
-h2,
-h3,
-h4,
-h5 { margin: 1em 0 0 0; }
-
-.admonitionblock,
-.listingblock,
-.sidebarblock,
-.exampleblock,
-.tableblock,
-.literalblock { margin: 1em 0; }
-.admonitionblock td.icon { padding-right: 0.5em; }
-.admonitionblock td.content { padding-left: 0.5em; }
-.listingblock .content { padding: 0.5em; }
-.sidebarblock > .content { padding: 0.5em; }
-.exampleblock > .content { padding: 0 0.5em; }
-.tableblock caption { padding: 0 0 0.5em 0; }
-.tableblock thead th,
-.tableblock tbody td,
-.tableblock tfoot td { padding: 0 0.5em; }
-.quoteblock { padding: 0 2.0em; }
-
-.paragraph { margin: 1em 0 0 0; }
-.sidebarblock .paragraph:first-child,
-.exampleblock .paragraph:first-child,
-.admonitionblock .paragraph:first-child { margin: 0; }
-
- .ulist, .olist, .dlist, .hdlist, .qlist { margin: 1em 0; }
-li .ulist, li .olist, li .dlist, li .hdlist, li .qlist,
-dd .ulist, dd .olist, dd .dlist, dd .hdlist, dd .qlist { margin: 0; }
-ul { margin-left: 1.5em; }
-ol { margin-left: 2em; }
-dd { margin-left: 3em; }
-td.hdlist1 { padding-right: 1em; }
-
-/*** Fonts ***/
-
-body { font-family: Verdana, sans-serif; }
-#header { font-family: Arial, sans-serif; }
-#header h1 { font-family: Arial, sans-serif; }
-#footer { font-family: Georgia, serif; }
-#email { font-size: 0.85em; }
-#revnumber { font-size: 0.75em; }
-#toc { font-size: 0.9em; }
-#toctitle { font-weight: bold; }
-#footer { font-size: 0.8em; }
-
-h2, h3, h4, h5, .title { font-family: Arial, sans-serif; }
-h2 { font-size: 1.5em; }
-.sectionbody { font-size: 0.85em; }
-.sectionbody .sectionbody { font-size: inherit; }
-h3 { font-size: 159%; } /* 1.35em */
-h4 { font-size: 141%; } /* 1.2em */
-h5 { font-size: 118%; } /* 1em */
-.title { font-size: 106%; /* 0.9em */
- font-weight: bold;
- }
-
-tt, .monospaced { font-family: monospace; font-size: 106%; } /* 0.9em */
-dt, td.hdlist1, .qlist em { font-family: Times New Roman, serif;
- font-size: 118%; /* 1em */
- font-style: italic;
- }
-.tableblock tfoot td { font-weight: bold; }
-
-/*** Colors and Backgrounds ***/
-
-h1 { color: #527bbd; border-bottom: 2px solid silver; }
-#footer { border-top: 2px solid silver; }
-
-h2 { color: #527bbd; border-bottom: 2px solid silver; }
-h3 { color: #5D7EAE; border-bottom: 2px solid silver; }
-h3 { display: inline-block; }
-h4,h5 { color: #5D7EAE; }
-
-.admonitionblock td.content { border-left: 2px solid silver; }
-.listingblock .content { background: #f4f4f4; border: 1px solid silver; border-left: 5px solid #e0e0e0; }
-.sidebarblock > .content { background: #ffffee; border: 1px solid silver; border-left: 5px solid #e0e0e0; }
-.exampleblock > .content { border-left: 2px solid silver; }
-.quoteblock { border-left: 5px solid #e0e0e0; }
-.tableblock table {
- border-collapse: collapse;
- border-width: 3px;
- border-color: #527bbd;
-}
-.tableblock table[frame=hsides] { border-style: solid none; }
-.tableblock table[frame=border] { border-style: solid; }
-.tableblock table[frame=void] { border-style: none; }
-.tableblock table[frame=vsides] { border-style: none solid; }
-.tableblock table[rules=all] tbody tr *,
-.tableblock table[rules=rows] tbody tr * {
- border-top: 1px solid #527bbd;
-}
-.tableblock table[rules=all] tr *,
-.tableblock table[rules=cols] tr * {
- border-left: 1px solid #527bbd;
-}
-.tableblock table tbody tr:first-child * {
- border-top: 1px solid white; /* none don't work here... %-[] */
-}
-.tableblock table tr *:first-child {
- border-left: none;
-}
-.tableblock table[frame] thead tr *,
-.tableblock table[frame] thead tr * {
- border-top: 1px solid white;
- border-bottom: 2px solid #527bbd;
-}
-.tableblock table tr td p.table,
-.tableblock table tr td p.table * {
- border: 0px;
-}
-
-tt, .monospaced { color: navy; }
-
-li { color: #a0a0a0; }
-li > * { color: black; }
-
-span.aqua { color: aqua; }
-span.black { color: black; }
-span.blue { color: blue; }
-span.fuchsia { color: fuchsia; }
-span.gray { color: gray; }
-span.green { color: green; }
-span.lime { color: lime; }
-span.maroon { color: maroon; }
-span.navy { color: navy; }
-span.olive { color: olive; }
-span.purple { color: purple; }
-span.red { color: red; }
-span.silver { color: silver; }
-span.teal { color: teal; }
-span.white { color: white; }
-span.yellow { color: yellow; }
-
-span.aqua-background { background: aqua; }
-span.black-background { background: black; }
-span.blue-background { background: blue; }
-span.fuchsia-background { background: fuchsia; }
-span.gray-background { background: gray; }
-span.green-background { background: green; }
-span.lime-background { background: lime; }
-span.maroon-background { background: maroon; }
-span.navy-background { background: navy; }
-span.olive-background { background: olive; }
-span.purple-background { background: purple; }
-span.red-background { background: red; }
-span.silver-background { background: silver; }
-span.teal-background { background: teal; }
-span.white-background { background: white; }
-span.yellow-background { background: yellow; }
-
-span.big { font-size: 2em; }
-span.small { font-size: 0.6em; }
-
-span.underline { text-decoration: underline; }
-span.overline { text-decoration: overline; }
-span.line-through { text-decoration: line-through; }
-
-/*** Misc ***/
-
-.admonitionblock td.icon { vertical-align: top; }
-.attribution { text-align: right; }
-
-ul { list-style-type: disc; }
-ol.arabic { list-style-type: decimal; }
-ol.loweralpha { list-style-type: lower-alpha; }
-ol.upperalpha { list-style-type: upper-alpha; }
-ol.lowerroman { list-style-type: lower-roman; }
-ol.upperroman { list-style-type: upper-roman; }
-.hdlist td { vertical-align: top; }
-
-
-@media screen {
- body {
- max-width: 50em; /* approximately 80 characters wide */
- margin-left: 16em;
- }
-
- #toc {
- position: fixed;
- top: 0;
- left: 0;
- bottom: 0;
- width: 13em;
- padding: 0.5em;
- padding-bottom: 1.5em;
- margin: 0;
- overflow: auto;
- border-right: 3px solid #f8f8f8;
- background-color: white;
- }
-
- #toc .toclevel1 {
- margin-top: 0.5em;
- }
-
- #toc .toclevel2 {
- margin-top: 0.25em;
- display: list-item;
- color: #aaaaaa;
- }
-
- #toctitle {
- margin-top: 0.5em;
- }
-}
-</style>
-<script type="text/javascript">
-/*<+'])');
- // Function that scans the DOM tree for header elements (the DOM2
- // nodeIterator API would be a better technique but not supported by all
- // browsers).
- var iterate = function (el) {
- for (var i = el.firstChild; i != null; i = i.nextSibling) {
- if (i.nodeType == 1 /* Node.ELEMENT_NODE */) {
- var mo = re.exec(i.tagName);
- if (mo && (i.getAttribute("class") || i.getAttribute("className")) != "float") {
- result[result.length] = new TocEntry(i, getText(i), mo[1]-1);
- }
- iterate(i);
- }
- }
- }
- iterate(el);
- return result;
- }
-
- var toc = document.getElementById("toc");
- if (!toc) {
- return;
- }
-
- // Delete existing TOC entries in case we're reloading the TOC.
- var tocEntriesToRemove = [];
- var i;
- for (i = 0; i < toc.childNodes.length; i++) {
- var entry = toc.childNodes[i];
- if (entry.nodeName.toLowerCase() == 'div'
- && entry.getAttribute("class")
- && entry.getAttribute("class").match(/^toclevel/))
- tocEntriesToRemove.push(entry);
- }
- for (i = 0; i < tocEntriesToRemove.length; i++) {
- toc.removeChild(tocEntriesToRemove[i]);
- }
-
- // Rebuild TOC entries.
- var entries = tocEntries(document.getElementById("content"), toclevels);
- for (var i = 0; i < entries.length; ++i) {
- var entry = entries[i];
- if (entry.element.id == "")
- entry.element.id = "_toc_" + i;
- var a = document.createElement("a");
- a.href = "#" + entry.element.id;
- a.appendChild(document.createTextNode(entry.text));
- var div = document.createElement("div");
- div.appendChild(a);
- div.className = "toclevel" + entry.toclevel;
- toc.appendChild(div);
- }
- if (entries.length == 0)
- toc.parentNode.removeChild(toc);
-},
-
-
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Footnotes generator
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-/* Based on footnote generation code from:
- * http://www.brandspankingnew.net/archive/2005/07/format_footnote.html
- */
-
-footnotes: function () {
- // Delete existing footnote entries in case we're reloading the footnodes.
- var i;
- var noteholder = document.getElementById("footnotes");
- if (!noteholder) {
- return;
- }
- var entriesToRemove = [];
- for (i = 0; i < noteholder.childNodes.length; i++) {
- var entry = noteholder.childNodes[i];
- if (entry.nodeName.toLowerCase() == 'div' && entry.getAttribute("class") == "footnote")
- entriesToRemove.push(entry);
- }
- for (i = 0; i < entriesToRemove.length; i++) {
- noteholder.removeChild(entriesToRemove[i]);
- }
-
- // Rebuild footnote entries.
- var cont = document.getElementById("content");
- var spans = cont.getElementsByTagName("span");
- var refs = {};
- var n = 0;
- for (i=0; i<spans.length; i++) {
- if (spans[i].className == "footnote") {
- n++;
- var note = spans[i].getAttribute("data-note");
- if (!note) {
- // Use [\s\S] in place of . so multi-line matches work.
- // Because JavaScript has no s (dotall) regex flag.
- note = spans[i].innerHTML.match(/\s*\[([\s\S]*)]\s*/)[1];
- spans[i].innerHTML =
- "[<a id='_footnoteref_" + n + "' href='#_footnote_" + n +
- "' title='View footnote' class='footnote'>" + n + "</a>]";
- spans[i].setAttribute("data-note", note);
- }
- noteholder.innerHTML +=
- "<div class='footnote' id='_footnote_" + n + "'>" +
- "<a href='#_footnoteref_" + n + "' title='Return to text'>" +
- n + "</a>. " + note + "</div>";
- var id =spans[i].getAttribute("id");
- if (id != null) refs["#"+id] = n;
- }
- }
- if (n == 0)
- noteholder.parentNode.removeChild(noteholder);
- else {
- // Process footnoterefs.
- for (i=0; i<spans.length; i++) {
- if (spans[i].className == "footnoteref") {
- var href = spans[i].getElementsByTagName("a")[0].getAttribute("href");
- href = href.match(/#.*/)[0]; // Because IE return full URL.
- n = refs[href];
- spans[i].innerHTML =
- "[<a href='#_footnote_" + n +
- "' title='View footnote' class='footnote'>" + n + "</a>]";
- }
- }
- }
-},
-
-install: function(toclevels) {
- var timerId;
-
- function reinstall() {
- asciidoc.footnotes();
- if (toclevels) {
- asciidoc.toc(toclevels);
- }
- }
-
- function reinstallAndRemoveTimer() {
- clearInterval(timerId);
- reinstall();
- }
-
- timerId = setInterval(reinstall, 500);
- if (document.addEventListener)
- document.addEventListener("DOMContentLoaded", reinstallAndRemoveTimer, false);
- else
- window.onload = reinstallAndRemoveTimer;
-}
-
-}
-asciidoc.install(3);
-/*]]>*/
-</script>
-</head>
-<body class="article">
-<div id="header">
-</div>
-<div id="content">
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Subsurface4Banner.jpg" alt="Banner" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><span class="big">USER MANUAL</span></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Manual authors</strong>: Willem Ferguson, Jacco van Koll, Dirk Hohndel, Reinout Hoornweg,
-Linus Torvalds, Miika Turkia, Amit Chaudhuri, Jan Schubert, Salvador Cuñat, Pedro Neves</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><span class="blue"><em>Version 4.5, October 2015</em></span></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Welcome as a user of <em>Subsurface</em>, an advanced dive logging program with
-extensive infrastructure to describe, organize, interpret and print scuba
-and free dives. <em>Subsurface</em> offers many advantages over other similar
-software solutions:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Do you need a flexible way of logging dives using recreational equipment,
- even without a dive computer?
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Do you use two different dive computer brands, each with its own proprietary
- software for downloading dive logs? Do you dive with rebreathers as well
- as open circuit or recreational equipment? Do you use a Reefnet Sensus time-depth
- recorder along with a dive computer? <em>Subsurface</em> offers a standard
- interface for downloading dive logs from all of these different pieces of
- equipment, storing and analyzing the dive logs within a unified system.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Do you use more than one operating system? <em>Subsurface</em> is fully compatible
- with Mac, Linux and Windows, letting you access your dive log on each
- operating system using a single application.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Do you use Linux or Mac, but your dive computer has only Windows- based software
- for downloading dive information (e.g. Mares)? <em>Subsurface</em> provides a way of
- downloading and analyzing your dive logs on other operating systems.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Do you need an intuitive graphical dive planner that integrates with, and takes
- into account, dives you’ve already logged?
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Do you need a way of storing or backing up your dive log on the Internet, letting
- you view your dive log from anywhere using an Internet browser?
-<em>Subsurface</em> binaries are available for Windows PCs (Win XP or later), Intel
-based Macs (OS/X) and many Linux distributions. <em>Subsurface</em> can be built for
-many more hardware platforms and software environments where Qt and
-libdivecomputer are available.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This manual explains how to use the <em>Subsurface</em> program. To install
-the software, consult the <em>Downloads</em> page on the
-<a href="http://subsurface-divelog.org/"><em>Subsurface</em> web site</a>.
-Please discuss issues with this program by sending an email to
-<a href="mailto:subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org">our mailing list</a> and report bugs at
-<a href="http://trac.hohndel.org">our bugtracker</a>. For instructions on how to build the
-software and (if needed) its dependencies please consult the INSTALL file
-included with the source code.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Audience</strong>: Recreational Scuba Divers, Free Divers, Tec Divers, Professional
-Divers</p></div>
-<div id="toc">
- <div id="toctitle">Table of Contents</div>
- <noscript><p><b>JavaScript must be enabled in your browser to display the table of contents.</b></p></noscript>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_using_this_manual">1. Using this manual</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>When opened from within <em>Subsurface</em>, this manual does not have external controls for
-paging or selecting previous pages. However, two facilities are provided:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-The <em>SEARCH</em> function is activated by pressing control-F or command-F on
-the keyboard. A text box appears at the bottom right-hand of the window (see image below).
-For instance, typing the word "<em>weights</em>" into the search text
-box, searches throughout the user manual. To the right of the
-search text box are two arrows pointing up and down. These find
-the previous and the next occurrence of the search term.
-<span class="image">
-<img src=":images/usermanualfunctions.jpg" alt="User manual functions" />
-</span>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>PREVIOUS/NEXT LINK</em>. Move between links (underlined words that
-jump to specific sections in the user manual) by right-clicking on the text of the manual.
-This brings up a context menu to previous links selected.
-(see image above). For instance if a link has been selected, then the option
-to <em>Go Back</em> shows the text at the last link selected
-(similar to the Previous Page button in a browser). Conversely the <em>Go Forward</em> option
-jumps to the
-text seen before selecting the <em>Go Back</em> option. The <em>Reload</em>
-option reloads the complete user manual into the window.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_UserSurvey">2. The user survey</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>In order to develop <em>Subsurface</em> to serve its users in the best possible way,
-it’s important to have user information. Upon launching <em>Subsurface</em>
-and using the software for a week or so, a one-box user survey pops up. It is entirely
-optional and the user controls what, if any, data are sent to the <em>Subsurface</em> development
-team. All data the user sends is useful, and will only be
-used to steer future development and to customize the software to fit the needs of
-the <em>Subsurface</em> users. If you complete the survey, or click the option not to
-be asked again, that should be the last communication of this type you receive.
-However, if your diving and/or subsurface habits change and you wish to fill in
-another survey, just launch <em>Subsurface</em> with the <em>--survey</em> option on the command line.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_StartUsing">3. Start Using the Program</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>Subsurface</em> window is usually divided into four panels with a <strong>Main
-Menu</strong> (File Import Log View Help) at the top of the window (for Windows
-and Linux) or the top of the screen (for Mac and Ubuntu Unity). The four panels are:</p></div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-The <strong>Dive List</strong> on the bottom left, showing all the dives in the
-user’s
-dive log. A dive can be selected and highlighted on the dive list by clicking on
-it. In most situations the up/down keys can be used to switch
-between dives. The <strong>Dive List</strong> is an important tool for manipulating a dive log.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The <strong>Dive Map</strong> on the bottom right, showing the user’s dive sites on a world map
-and centered on the site of the last dive selected in the <strong>Dive List</strong>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The <strong>Info</strong> on the top left, giving more detailed information on the
-dive selected in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, including some statistics for the selected dive or for all
-highlighted dive(s).
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The <strong>Dive Profile</strong> on the top right, showing a graphical dive profile of the
-selected dive in the <strong>Dive List</strong>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The dividers between panels can be dragged to change the size of any of
-the panels. <em>Subsurface</em> remembers the position of the dividers, so the next
-time <em>Subsurface</em> starts it uses the positions of the dividers from the last time the program was used.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If a single dive is selected in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, the dive location, detailed information
-and profile of
-the <em>selected dive</em> are shown in the respective panels. If
-several dives are selected, the last highlighted dive is the <em>selected
-dive</em>, but summary data of all <em>highlighted dives</em> is shown in the <strong>Stats</strong> tab
-of the <strong>Info</strong> panel (maximum, minimum and average depths, durations, water
-temperatures and SAC; total time and number of dives selected).</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" id="S_ViewPanels" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/main_window_f22.jpg" alt="The Main Window" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The user decides which of the four panels are displayed by selecting the
-<strong>View</strong> option on the main menu. This feature has several choices of display:</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>All</strong>: show all four of the panels as in the screenshot above.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divelist</strong>: Show only the Dive List.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Profile</strong>: Show only the Dive Profile of the selected dive.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Info</strong>: Show only the Notes about the last selected dive and statistics for
-all highlighted dives.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Globe</strong>: Show only the world map, centered on the last selected dive.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Like other functions that can be accessed via the Main Menu, these options
-can also be triggered using keyboard shortcuts. The shortcuts for a particular system
-are shown with an underline in the main menu entries. Since different Operating
-Systems and the user’s chosen language may cause <em>Subsurface</em> to use different
-shortcut keys, they are not listed in this user manual.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>When the program is started for the first time, it shows no
-information at all, because it does not have any dive information available. In the
-following sections, the procedures to create a new logbook will be explained.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_NewLogbook">4. Creating a new logbook</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Select <em>File → New Logbook</em> from the main menu. All existing dive data are
-cleared so new information can be added. If there are unsaved data in an
-open logbook, the user is asked whether the open logbook should be
-saved before a new logbook is created.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_GetInformation">5. Storing dive information in the logbook</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Now that a new logbook is created, it is simple to add dive data it.
-<em>Subsurface</em> allows several ways of adding dive data to a logbook.
-1) If the user has a handwritten divelog, a spreadsheet or another form of
- manually maintained divelog, dive data can be added to the logbook using
- one of these approaches:
- - Enter dive information by hand. This is useful if the diver didn’t
- use a dive computer and dives were recorded in a written logbook. See:
- <a href="#S_EnterData">Entering dive information by hand</a></p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Import dive log information that has been maintained either as a spreadsheet
- or as a CSV file. Refer to: <a href="#S_Appendix_D">APPENDIX D: Exporting a spreadsheet to CSV format</a> and
- to <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importing dives in CSV format</a>.
-2) If a dive is recorded using a dive computer, the depth profile
-and a large amount of additional information can be accessed.
-These dives can be imported from:
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The dive computer itself. See: <a href="#S_ImportDiveComputer">Importing new dive information from a Dive Computer</a> or
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Proprietary software distributed by manufacturers of dive computers. Refer
- to: <a href="#S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs">Importing dive information from other digital data sources or other data formats</a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Spreadsheet or CSV files containing dive profiles.
- See: <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importing dives in CSV format from dive computers or other dive log software</a>
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_EnterData">5.1. Entering dive information by hand</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This is usually the approach for dives without a dive computer. The basic record
-of information within <em>Subsurface</em> is a dive. The most important information
-in a simple dive logbook usually includes dive type, date, time, duration,
-depth, the names of your dive buddy and the dive master or dive guide, and
-some remarks about the dive. <em>Subsurface</em> can store much more
-information for each dive. To add a dive to a dive log, select <em>Log
-→ Add Dive</em> from the Main Menu. The program then shows three panels
-on which to enter
-information for a dive: two tabs in the <strong>Info</strong> panel (<strong>Notes</strong> and
-<strong>Equipment</strong>), as well as the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel that displays a graphical profile
-of each dive. These panels are respectively marked <span class="red">A</span>, <span class="red">B</span> and
-<span class="red">C</span>
-in the figure below. Each of these tabs will now be explained for data entry.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/AddDive1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Add dive" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>When you edit a field in Notes or Equipment panels, <em>Subsurface</em> enters <strong>Editing Mode</strong>,
-indicated by the message in the blue box at the top of the <strong>Notes</strong> panel (see the image below). This message is
-displayed in all the panels under Notes and Equipment when in <strong>Editing Mode</strong>.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/BlueEditBar_f22.jpg" alt="Blue edit bar" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>Apply changes</em> button should only be selected after all the parts of a dive have been entered.
-When entering dives by hand, the <em>Info</em>, <em>Equipment</em> and <em>Profile</em> tabs should be completed
-before saving the information. By selecting the <em>Apply changes</em> button, a local copy of the information
-for this specific dive is saved in memory. The <em>Apply changes</em> button should ONLY be selected after all parts
-of a dive have been entered. When you close Subsurface, the program will
-ask again, this time whether the complete dive log should be saved on disk or not.</p></div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_CreateProfile">5.1.1. Creating a Dive Profile</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>Dive Profile</strong> (a graphical representation of the depth of the dive as a
-function of time) is shown in the panel on the top right hand of the
-<em>Subsurface</em> window. When a dive is manually added to a logbook, <em>Subsurface</em>
-presents a default dive profile that needs to be modified to best represent the
-dive described:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DiveProfile1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Initial dive profile" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Modifying the dive profile</em>: When the cursor is moved around the dive profile,
-its position is shown by two right-angled red lines as seen below.
-The time and depth
-represented by the cursor are indicated at the top of the black information box
-(@ and D). The units (metric/imperial) on the axes are determined by the
-<strong>Preference</strong> settings. The dive profile itself comprises several
-line segments demarcated by waypoints (white dots on the profile, as shown
-above). The default dive depth is 15 m.
-If the dive depth was 20 m then you need to drag the appropriate waypoints
-downward to 20 m. To add a waypoint, double-click on
-any line segment. To move an additional waypoint, drag it.
-To remove a waypoint, right-click on it and choose "Remove this point" from the
-context menu. Drag the waypoints to represent an
-accurate
-time duration for the dive. Below is a dive profile for a dive
-to 20 m for 30 min, followed by a 5 minute safety stop at 5 m.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DiveProfile2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Edited dive profile" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Specifying the gas composition:</em> The gas composition used is indicated
-along the line segments of the dive profile. This defaults to the first gas
-mixture specified in the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab, which was air in the case of the
-profile above. The gas mixtures of segments of the dive profile can
-be changed by right-clicking on the particular
-waypoint and selecting the appropriate gas from the context menu. Changing
-the gas for a waypoint affects the gas shown in the segment <em>to the left</em> of
-that
-waypoint. Note that only the gases defined in the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab appear in the
-context menu (see image below).</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DiveProfile3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Gas composition context menu" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>With the profile now defined, more details must be added to have
-a fuller record of the dive. To do this,
-the <strong>Notes</strong> and the <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs on the top left hand of the
-<em>Subsurface</em> window should be used. Click on
-<a href="#S_Notes_dc"><strong>this link</strong></a> for instructions on how to use these tabs.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_ImportDiveComputer">5.2. Importing new dive information from a Dive Computer</h3>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_connecting_and_importing_data_from_a_dive_computer">5.2.1. Connecting and importing data from a dive computer.</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The use of dive computers allows the collection of a large amount of
-information about
-each dive, e.g. a detailed record of depth, duration, rates of ascent/descent
-and of gas partial pressures. <em>Subsurface</em> can capture this information,
-using dive details from a wide range of dive computers. The latest list of supported
-dive computers can be found at:
-<a href="http://subsurface-divelog.org/documentation/supported-dive-computers/">
-Supported dive computers</a>.</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/warning2.png" alt="Warning" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Several dive computers consume more power when they are in
-PC-Communication mode. <strong>This could drain the dive computer’s battery</strong>. We
-recommend the user checks to be sure the dive computer is charged when
-connected to the USB port of a PC. For example, several Suunto and Mares dive
-computers do not recharge through the USB connection. Users should refer to
-the dive computer’s manual
-if they are unsure whether the dive computer recharges its batteries
-while connected to the USB port.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>To import dive information from a dive computer to a computer with
-<em>Subsurface</em>,
-the two pieces of equipment must communicate with one another.
-This
-involves setting up the communications port (or mount point) of the computer
-with <em>Subsurface</em> that communicates with the dive computer. To set up
-this communication, users need to find the appropriate information to
-instruct
-<em>Subsurface</em> where and how to import the dive information.
-<a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">Appendix A</a>
-provides the technical information to help the user achieve this for different
-operating
-systems and
-<a href="#_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">Appendix B</a>
-has dive computer specific information.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>After this, the dive computer can be hooked up to the user’s PC using these steps:</p></div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-The interface cable should be connected to a free USB port (or the Infra-red
- or Bluetooth connection set up as described later in this manual)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The dive computer should be placed into PC Communication mode.
- (Refer to the manual of the specific dive computer)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-In <em>Subsurface</em>, from the Main Menu, select <em>Import → Import
- From Dive Computer</em>.
- Dialogue <strong>A</strong> in the figure below appears:
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DC_import_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Download dialogue 1" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Dive computers tend to keep a certain number of dives in memory, even
-though these dives have already been imported to <em>Subsurface</em>. For that reason, if
-the dive computer allows this,
-<em>Subsurface</em> only imports dives that have not been uploaded before. This makes
-the download process faster on most dive computers and also saves battery power
-of the dive computer (at least for those not charging while connected via USB).</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-The dialogue has two drop-down lists, <strong>Vendor</strong> and <strong>Dive Computer</strong>. On the
- <strong>vendor</strong> drop-down list select the make of the computer, e.g.
- Suunto, Oceanic,
- Uwatec, Mares. On the <strong>Dive Computer</strong> drop-down list, the model name of
- the dive computer must be selected, e.g. D4 (Suunto), Veo200 (Oceanic), or Puck
- (Mares).
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The <strong>Device or Mount Point</strong> drop-down list contains the USB or Bluetooth port
- name that <em>Subsurface</em> needs in order to communicate with the dive computer.
- The appropriate port name must be selected. Consult
- <a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">Appendix A</a>
- and
- <a href="#_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">Appendix B</a>
- for technical details on how to find the appropriate port information for a
- specific dive
- computer and, in some cases, how to do the correct settings to the operating
- system of the computer on which <em>Subsurface</em> is running.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-If all the dives on the dive computer need to be downloaded, check the
- checkbox <em>Force download of all dives</em>. Normally, <em>Subsurface</em> only downloads
- dives after the date-time of the last dive in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel. If one
- or more of your dives in <em>Subsurface</em> has been accidentally deleted or if there
- are older dives that still need to be downloaded from the dive computer, this
- box needs to be checked. Some dive computers (e.g. Mares Puck) do not provide
- a contents list to <em>Subsurface</em> before the download in order to select only new dives.
- Consequently, for these dive computers, all dives are downloaded
- irrespective of the status of this check box.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-If the checkbox <em>Always prefer downloaded dives</em>
- has been checked and, during download, dives with identical date-times exist on
- the dive computer and on the <em>Subsurface</em>
- <strong>Dive List</strong> panel, the dive in the <em>Subsurface</em> divelog will be overwritten
- by the dive record from the computer.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The checkbox marked <em>Download into new trip</em> ensures that, after upload, the downloaded dives
- are grouped together as a new trip(s) in the <strong>Dive List</strong>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Do <strong>not</strong> check the checkboxes labelled <em>Save libdivecomputer logfile</em> and
- <em>Save libdivecomputer dumpfile</em>. These are only used as diagnostic tools
- when there are problems with downloads(see below).
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Then select the <em>Download</em> button.
- With communication established, you can see how the data are
- retrieved from the dive computer.
- Depending on the make of the dive computer and/or number of recorded dives, this
- could take some time. Be patient. The <em>Download</em> dialogue
- shows a
- progress bar at the bottom of the dialogue. Remember for some dive computers
- progress information could be inaccurate since the program doesn’t know how much
- downloadable data there is until the download is complete. After successful download, Dialogue <strong>B</strong>
- in the figure above appears.
- After the dives have been downloaded, they appear in a tabular format on the right-hand
- side of the dialogue (see image <strong>B</strong>, above). Each dive comprises a row in the table, with the date, duration
- and depth shown. Next to each dive is a checkbox: check all the dives that need to
- be transferred to the <strong>Dive List</strong>. In the case of the image above, the last six dives are
- checked and will be transferred to the <strong>Dive List</strong>. Then
- click the <em>OK</em> button at the bottom of the dialogue. All the imported dives appear
- in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, sorted by date and time. Disconnect and
- switch off the dive
- computer to conserve its battery power.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Then click the OK button.
-The checked dives are transferred to the <strong>Dive List</strong>.</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-If there is a problem in communicating with the dive computer, an error
- message will be shown, similar to this text: "Unable to open /dev/ttyUSB0 Mares
- (Puck Pro)". Refer to the text in the box below.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="sidebarblock">
-<div class="content">
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>PROBLEMS WITH DATA DOWNLOAD FROM A DIVE COMPUTER?</strong></p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Check the following:</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Is the dive computer still in PC-communication or
- Upload mode?
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Is the dive computer’s battery fully charged? If not then charge or replace it.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Is the connecting cable faulty? Does the cable work using other
- software? Has it worked before, or is this the first time the cable is being used? Are the contacts
- on the dive computer and the cable clean?
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Consult
- <a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">Appendix A</a>
- to be sure the correct Mount Point
- was specified (see above).
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-On Unix-like operating systems, does the user have write permission to the
- USB port? If not, consult
- <a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">Appendix A</a>
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If the <em>Subsurface</em> computer does not recognize the USB adaptor by
-showing an appropriate device name next to the Mount Point, then there is a
-possibility the cable or USB adaptor is faulty. A faulty cable is the most
-common cause of communication failure between a dive computer and <em>Subsurface</em>
-computer. It’s also possible the <em>Subsurface</em> computer cannot interpret
-the data. Perform a download for diagnostic purposes with the following
-two boxes checked in the download dialogue discussed above:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>Save libdivecomputer logfile
-Save libdivecomputer dumpfile</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Important</strong>: These check boxes are only used when problems are encountered
-during the download process. Under normal circumstances they should not be checked.
-When checking these boxes, the user is prompted to select a folder where the information will be saved. The default folder is the one in which the
-<em>Subsurface</em>
-dive log is kept.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Important:</strong> <em>After downloading with the above checkboxes
-checked, no dives are added to the
-<strong>Dive List</strong> but two files are created in the folder selected above</em>:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>subsurface.log
-subsurface.bin</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>These files should be send to the <em>Subsurface</em> mail list:
-<em>subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org</em> with a
-request for the files to be analyzed. Provide the dive computer
-make and model
-as well as contextual information about the dives recorded on the dive computer.</p></div>
-</div></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_Bluetooth">5.2.2. Connecting <em>Subsurface</em> to a Bluetooth-enabled dive computer</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Bluetooth is becoming a more common way of communication between dive computers
-and <em>Subsurface</em>, for or instance, the Shearwater Petrel
-Mk2 and the OSTC Mk3. <em>Subsurface</em> provides a largely operating system independent
-Bluetooth interface. Setting up <em>Subsurface</em> for Bluetooth communication requires
-four steps:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Be sure Bluetooth is activated on the host computer running <em>Subsurface</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Be sure <em>Subsurface</em> sees the Bluetooth adapter on the host computer.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Be sure the Bluetooth-enabled dive computer is Bluetooth-discoverable and in PC upload mode.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Be sure <em>Subsurface</em> is paired with the Bluetooth-enabled dive computer.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Select the Download dialogue by selecting
-<em>Import → Import from dive computer</em> from the <strong>Main Menu</strong>. If you check the
-box labelled <em>"Choose Bluetooth download mode"</em>, the dialogue below appears.
-===== On Linux or MacOS:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DC_import_Bluetooth.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Download Bluetooth" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>On the <em>Linux</em> or <em>MacOS</em> platforms the name
-of the <em>Subsurface</em> computer and its Bluetooth address are shown on the right hand side,
-On the left hand side, if the
-computer has connected more than one local Bluetooth devices the user can use
-the list box to indicate which one needs to connect to <em>Subsurface</em>.
-The power state (on/off) of the Bluetooth adapter is shown below
-the address and can be changed by checking the <em>Turn on/off</em> box.
-If the Bluetooth address is not shown, then <em>Subsurface</em> does not see the local
-Bluetooth device. Be sure the Bluetooth driver is installed correctly on the
-<em>Subsurface</em> computer and check if it can be used by other Bluetooth utilities like
-<em>bluetoothctl</em> or <em>bluemoon</em>. This finishes the first two steps above.
-Be sure the Bluetooth-enabled dive computer is in PC-upload mode and it
-is discoverable by other Bluetooth devices. Consult the manual of the dive
-computer for more information. Now the third item in the list above has been finished.
-Select the <em>Scan</em> button towards the bottom left of the dialogue above. After
-searching, the dive computer should be listed
-(perhaps as one of a number of Bluetooth devices) in the main list box on the
-lefthand side of the dialogue (see image above). If this does not work, select
-the <em>Clear</em> button, then scan again for Bluetooth devices using the <em>Scan</em>
-button. After taking these actions <em>Subsurface</em> should see the dive computer.
-The label of the discovered dive computer contains the name of the device, its
-address and its pairing status. If the device is not paired and has a red
-background color, a context menu can be opened by selecting the item with a
-right-click.
-Select the the <em>Pair</em> option and wait for the task to complete. If this dive computer
-is being paired to Subsurface for the first time, it’s possible Subsurface will
-request a Pass Code or PIN number. The most commonly-used Pass Code is 0000,
-and this works for the Shearwater Petrel. If necessary, consult the user manual of the
-dive computer being used.</p></div>
-<div class="sidebarblock">
-<div class="content">
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Currently <em>Subsurface</em> does not support Bluetooth pairing with dive
-computers that require a custom PIN code. In order to pair the devices, use other
-OS utilities as suggested below.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>One way to achieve this is to use <code>bluetoothctl</code>:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>$ bluetoothctl
-[bluetooth]# agent KeyboardOnly
-Agent registered
-[bluetooth]# default-agent
-Default agent request successful
-[bluetooth]# pair 00:80:25:49:6C:E3
-Attempting to pair with 00:80:25:49:6C:E3
-[CHG] Device 00:80:25:49:6C:E3 Connected: yes
-Request PIN code
-[agent] Enter PIN code: 0000</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>After the devices are paired, press the <em>Save</em> button of the dialogue.
-This closes the Bluetooth dialogue. Now select <em>Download</em> in the <em>Download from
-dive computer</em> dialogue which should still be open. The downloaded dives are
-shown on the righthand side of the download dialogue.</p></div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_on_windows">On Windows:</h5>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DC_import_Bluetooth_Windows.png" alt="FIGURE: Download Bluetooth on Windows" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>On <em>Windows</em> platforms the <em>Local Bluetooth device details section</em> on the right is not displayed as
-is the case on the Linux/Mac systems.
-To start a scan (by pressing the <em>Scan</em> button)
-check that the Bluetooth device on the <em>Subsurface</em> computer is turned on by selecting
-the dive computer from the list of available Bluetooth devices (see image above). If the dive computer
-is being accessed by Subsurface for the first time, it’s possible Subsurface will
-request a Pass Code or PIN number. Supply the Pass Code recommended in the user manual of the dive computer.
-A Pass Code or PIN of 0000 is often the default.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The pairing step is checked and done automatically during
-the download process. If the devices have never been paired the system will ask
-for your permission and put a message on the right side of the screen: <em>Add a
-device, Tap to set up your DC device</em>. Always allow this pairing. After a
-discovered item is selected, select the <em>Save</em> button.
-Finally select the <em>Download</em> button on the <em>Download</em> dialogue and wait for the process to complete.</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Currently <em>Subsurface</em> works only with local Bluetooth
-adapters which use Microsoft Bluetooth Stack. If the local device uses
-<em>Widcomm</em>, <em>Stonestreet One Bluetopia Bluetooth</em> or <em>BlueSoleil</em> drivers it
-will not work. However, Bluetooth hardware/dongles from these manufacturers
-(e.g. iSonic) that support the Microsoft Bluetooth Stack do work.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>A log message on the bottom left of the <em>Remote Bluetooth device selection</em>
-shows details about the current status of the Bluetooth agent. To
-select another dive computer for download using the "Remote Bluetooth selection dialogue"
-press the three-dots button from the <em>"Choose Bluetooth download mode"</em> option.</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
-</td>
-<td class="content"><strong>IN CASE OF PROBLEMS</strong>: If the Bluetooth adapter from the <em>Subsurface</em> computer
-gets stuck and the <em>Download</em> process fails repeatedly,
- <em>unpair</em> the devices and then repeat the above steps. If this is not successful,
- <a href="#S_HowFindBluetoothDeviceName"><em>Appendix A</em></a> contains
-information for manually setting up and inspecting the Bluetooth connection
-with <em>Subsurface</em>.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_DeviceNames">5.2.3. Changing the name of a dive computer</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>It may be necessary to distinguish between different dive computers used to
-upload dive logs to <em>Subsurface</em>. For instance if a buddy’s dive computer is the
-same make and model as your own and dive logs are uploaded from both dive computers
-to the same <em>Subsurface</em> computer, then
-you might like to call one "Alice’s Suunto D4" and the other
-"Bob’s Suunto D4". Alternatively, consider a technical diver who dives with two or more
-dive computers of the same model, the logs of both (or all) being uploaded.
-In this case it might be prudent to call one of them
-"Suunto D4 (1)" and another "Suunto D4 (2)". This is easily done in <em>Subsurface</em>.
-On the <strong>Main Menu</strong>, select <em>Log → Edit device names</em>. A dialog box opens, showing the
-current Model, ID and Nickname of the dive computers used for upload. Edit the Nickname
-field for the appropriate dive computer. After saving the Nickname, the dive logs
-show the nickname for that particular device instead of the model name,
-allowing easy identification of devices.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_EditDiveInfo">5.2.4. Updating the dive information imported from the dive computer.</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>With the uploaded dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, the information from the dive
-computer is not complete and more details must be added to have
-a full record of the dives. To do this,
-the <strong>Notes</strong> and the <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs on the top left hand of the
-<em>Subsurface</em> window should be used.</p></div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="S_Notes_dc">Notes</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>To have a more complete dive record, the user needs to add
-additional information by hand. The procedure
-below is virtually identical for hand-entered dives and for dives downloaded from a dive computer.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>In some cases,
-you must provide the date and time of the dive, for example when entering a dive by hand or when a
-dive computer doesn’t provide the date and time of the dive.
-(Usually the date and time of the dive, gas mixture and water temperature are
-shown as obtained from the dive computer)
-If the contents of the <strong>Notes tab</strong> is changed or edited in any way, the message in a blue box at
-the top of the panel shows the dive is being edited. If you
-click on the <strong>Notes</strong> tab, the following fields are
-visible (left hand image, below):</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/AddDive3_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: The Notes tab" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The right hand image, above, shows a <strong>Notes tab</strong> filled with dive information.
-The <strong>Time</strong> field reflects the date and time of the dive. By clicking
-the date, a calendar is displayed from which
-you can choose the correct date. Press ESC to close the calendar.
-The time values (hour and minutes) can also be
-edited directly by clicking on each of them in the text box and by over-typing the
-information displayed.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Air/water temperatures</strong>: Air and water temperatures during the dive are shown
-in text boxes to the right of the Start time. Many dive computers supply water
-temperature information and this box may have information.
-If air temperature isn’t provided by the dive computer, the first temperature reading
-might be used for the air temperature. Generally this is close to the real air temperature.
-If editing is required, only a value is required, the units of temperature will be
-automatically supplied by
-<em>Subsurface</em> (following the <em>Preferences</em>, metric or imperial units will
-be used).</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Location</strong>:</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/warning2.png" alt="Warning" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Dive locations are managed as a <strong>separate</strong> part of the dive log.
-The dive information in the <strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs can therefore NOT be edited at the same
-time as the dive site information. Save all the other dive information (e.g.
-divemaster, buddy, protective gear, notes about the dive) by selecting <em>Apply changes</em> on the
-<strong>Notes</strong> tab BEFORE editing the dive site information. Then supply a dive site name in the
-textbox labelled <em>Location</em> on the <strong>Notes</strong> tab.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Type in the name of the dive site, e.g. "Tihany, Lake Balaton, Hungary".
-If several dives are
-made at the same location, the site information for the first dive is re-used.
-Existing dive locations
-can be edited by selecting (on the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel) a dive done at that site
-and by opening the location information. Click the globe button on the
-right of the location name (see image on the right, above). When entering a dive location name, auto location of
-dive site names makes it easy to select an existing dive site name.
-When typing the name of a dive site,
-a dropdown list appears showing all sites with similar names. If the dive
-site has been used before, click on the already-existing name.
-The dive site names in the dropdown list contain either a globe symbol (indicating
-existing dive sites in the <em>Subsurface</em> database)
-or a <strong>+</strong> symbol (indicating dive site names that appear consistent with the
-current dive site name but which haven’t been added to the dive site database).
-If the present
-dive site has not been used before, a message appears as follows (image <strong>A</strong> below):</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Locations1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Location description panel" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Doubleclick on the new dive site name. A panel appears to enter the coordinates and
-other information about the site (image <strong>B</strong>, above). The most important
-items are the coordinates of the site. There are three ways to specify coordinates:</p></div>
-<div class="olist loweralpha"><ol class="loweralpha">
-<li>
-<p>
-Use the world map in the bottom right hand part
- of the <em>Subsurface</em> window. The map displays an orange bar indicating "No location
- data - Move the map and double-click to set the dive location". Doubleclick
- at the appropriate place, and the orange bar disappears and the coordinates are
- stored.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Use the <em>Subsurface</em> Companion app if you
- have an Android or iPhone device with GPS and if the dive site coordinates
- were stored using it.
- <a href="#S_Companion">Click here for more information</a>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Enter by hand if the coordinates are known, using one of
- four formats with latitude followed by longitude:
-</p>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>ISO 6709 Annex D format e.g. 30°13'28.9"N 30°49'1.5"E
-Degrees and decimal minutes, e.g. N30° 13.49760' , E30° 49.30788'
-Degrees minutes seconds, e.g. N30° 13' 29.8" , E30° 49' 1.5"
-Decimal degrees, e.g. 30.22496 , 30.821798</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Southern hemisphere latitudes are given with a <strong>S</strong>, e.g. S30°, or with a
-negative value, e.g. -30.22496. Similarly western longitudes are given with a
-<strong>W</strong>, e.g. W07°, or with a negative value, e.g. -7.34323. Some keyboards
-don’t have the degree sign (°). It can be replaced by a <strong>d</strong> like this: N30d W20d.
-If both a dive site name and coordinates have been provided, save the
-dive site information by selecting the button <em>Apply changes</em> at the top of
-the panel.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Important</strong>: GPS coordinates of a dive site are linked to the location
-name - so <strong>saving</strong> a dive site with only coordinates and no name
-causes problems. (Subsurface will think all of these
-dives have the same location and try to keep their GPS coordinates the
-same).</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Dive site name lookup:</strong> If coordinates have been typed into the appropriate
-text box, you can do an automated name lookup based on the coordinates.
-This is done when <em>Subsurface</em> uses the Internet to find the name of the dive site
-based on the coordinates that were typed. If a name has been found, it is
-automatically inserted into the tags box. The list box
-(Titled <em>Dive sites on same coordinates</em>") at the bottom
-of the dive site panel contains the names of other dives sites used at the
-current location. For instance if the dive site is "Blue Hole" and there are several
-sites named "Blue Hole", all of them are listed.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Enter any other contextual information about the dive site (Description and Notes),
-then select <em>Apply Changes</em> to save the geolocation for this dive site.
-The dive site information can later be edited by clicking the globe icon to the right of the
-dive site name in the <strong>Notes tab</strong>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Dive mode</strong>: This is a dropdown box allowing you to choose the type of dive
-performed. The options are OC (Open Circuit SCUBA, the default setting, for most recreational dives),
-Freedive (dive without SCUBA equipment), CCR (Closed-circuit
-rebreather) and pSCR (Passive semi-closed rebreather).</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemaster</strong>: The name of the divemaster or dive guide should be
-entered in this field
-which offers auto selection based on the list of dive masters in
-the current logbook.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Buddy</strong>: In this field, enter the name(s) of the buddy or buddies
-(separated with commas) who were on the
-dive. Auto selection based on the list of buddies in the current logbook is
-offered.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Suit</strong>: Here the type of dive suit used can be entered.
-Auto selection of the suit description is available.
-Some dry-suit users may choose to use this field to record what combination of
-suit and thermal under suit was used.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Rating</strong>: You can provide a subjective overall rating of the dive on a
-5-point scale by clicking the appropriate star on the rating scale.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Visibility</strong>: You can provide a rating of visibility during the
-dive on a
-5-point scale by clicking the appropriate star.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Tags</strong>: Tags that describe the type of dive done can be entered
-here (separated by commas). Examples of common tags are boat, drift, training,
-cave, etc.
-<em>Subsurface</em> has many built-in tags. If you starts typing a tag, the
-program
-will list the tags that correspond to the typing. For instance, by typing
-<code>cav</code>, the tags <strong>cave</strong> and <strong>cavern</strong> are shown to choose from.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Notes</strong>: Any additional information for the dive can be entered here.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>Apply changes</em> and <em>Discard changes</em> buttons are used to save all the information for tabs
-in the <strong>Info</strong> panel and in the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel. Use them
-when <strong>ALL</strong> other information has been added. The image <a href="#S_Notes_dc">at the beginning of this section</a>
-shows an example of a <strong>Notes tab</strong> after completing the dive information.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_equipment">Equipment</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The Equipment tab lets you enter information about the type of
-cylinder and gas used, as well as the weights used for the dive. The
-message in the blue box at the top of the panel:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/BlueEditBar_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Blue edit bar" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>shows the dive is being edited. This is a highly interactive part of
-<em>Subsurface</em> and the information on
-cylinders and gases (entered here) determines the behavior of the <strong>Dive profile</strong>
-(top right-hand panel).</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph" id="cylinder_definitions"><p><strong>Cylinders</strong>: The cylinder information is entered through a dialogue that looks
-like this:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DC_gas-dialogue1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Initial cylinder dialogue" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>For hand-entered dives, this information needs to be typed in. For dive computers,
-<em>Subsurface</em> often gets the gas used from the dive computer and
-automatically inserts the gas composition(% oxygen or % helium) in the table. The + button
-at the top right lets you add more cylinders for this dive. The dark
-dust bin icon on the left lets you delete information for a cylinder.
-Note that it is not possible to delete a cylinder if it is used during the
-dive. A cylinder might be implicitly used in the dive, even without a gas change event.
-Start by selecting a cylinder type on the left-hand side of the
-table. To select a cylinder, the <em>Type</em> box should be clicked. This
-brings up a list button that can be used to display a dropdown list of
-cylinders:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DC_gas-dialogue2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: The cylinder drop-down list button" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The drop-down list can then be used to select the cylinder type that was used
-for this dive, or just start typing in the box which shows the available
-options for the entered characters. The
-<strong>Size</strong> of the cylinder as well as its working pressure (<em>Work.press</em>) will
-automatically be shown in the dialogue.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Next, indicate the starting pressure and the ending pressure of the
-specified gas during the dive. The unit of pressure (metric/imperial)
-corresponds to the settings chosen in the <em>Preferences</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Finally, provide the gas mixture used. If air was used, the
-value of 21% can be entered or this field can be left blank. If nitrox or
-trimix were used, their percentages of oxygen and/or helium should be entered.
-Any inappropriate fields should be left empty. After typing the
-information for the cylinder, save the data
-either by pressing <em>ENTER</em> on the keyboard or by clicking outside the cell
-containing
-the cursor. Information for any additional cylinders can be added by using the<br />
-button at the top right hand. The following is an example of a complete description
-for a dive using two cylinders (air and EAN50):</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/CylinderDataEntry3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: a completed cylinder dive information table" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Weights</strong>: Information about the weight system used can be entered
-using a dialogue similar to that of the cylinder information. If you
-click
-the + button on the top right of the weights dialogue, the table looks like
-this:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE:The Weights dialogue" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>By clicking on the <em>Type</em> field, a drop-down list becomes accessible through a
-down-arrow:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Weights type drop-down list button" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This can be used to select the type of weight system
-used during the dive or just may start typing in the box
-to specify a different weighting mechanism that will be saved by <em>Subsurface</em>.
-In the <strong>Weight</strong>
-field, type in the amount of weight used during the dive. After
-specifying the weight
-system, save the data by pressing <em>ENTER</em> on the keyboard or by clicking outside the
-cell with the cursor.
-It’s possible to enter information for more than one weight system by adding
-an additional system
-using the + button on the top right hand. Weight systems can be deleted using
-the dust bin icon on the left hand. Here is an example of information for a dive
-with two types of weights: integrated as well as a weight belt:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: A completed weights information table" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_editing_several_selected_dives_simultaneously">5.2.5. Editing several selected dives simultaneously</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>METHOD 1</em>: After uploading dives from
-a dive computer, the dive profiles of each is shown in the <strong>Dive profile</strong> tab, as well
-as a few items of information
-in the <strong>Notes</strong> tab (e.g. water temperature) and in the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab (e.g. gas pressures
-and gas composition). Other fields remain empty.
-It may be useful to simultaneously edit some of the
-fields in the <strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs. For instance, it’s possible
-that a diver performed several dives during a single day, using identical equipment at the same
-dive site, or with the same divemaster and/or buddy or tags. Instead
-of completing the information for each
-dive separately, select all the dives for that day in the <strong>Dive List</strong> and
-insert the same information in the <strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong> fields that need
-identical information. This is done by editing the dive notes or the equipment for any one
-of the selected dives.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Simultaneous editing only works with fields that do not already contain information.
-This means if some fields have been edited for a particular dive among the selected dives,
-these are not changed while
-editing the dives simultaneously. Technically, the rule for editing several dives simultaneously is:
-if the data field being edited contains <em>exactly the same information</em> for all the dives that have been
-selected, the new, edited information is substituted for all the selected dives. Otherwise only the
-edited dive is
-changed, even though several dives have been selected in the <strong>Dive List</strong>. This speeds
-up the completion of the dive log after several similar dives.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph" id="S_CopyComponents"><p><em>METHOD 2</em>:There is a different way of achieving the same goal. Select a dive with all the appropriate information
-typed into the <strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs. Then, from the main menu, select <em>Log → Copy dive components</em>.
-A box is presented with a selection of check boxes for most of the fields in the <strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs.
-Select the fields to be copied from the currently selected dive, then select <em>OK</em>. Now, in the <strong>Dive List</strong>,
-select the dives
-into which this information is to be pasted. Then, from the main menu, select <em>Log → Paste dive components</em>.
-All the selected dives now contain the data initially selected in the original source dive log.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_adding_bookmarks_to_a_dive">5.2.6. Adding Bookmarks to a dive</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Many divers wish to annotate dives with text that indicate particular events,
-e.g. "Saw dolphins", or "Released surface buoy". This is easily
-done:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Right-click at the appropriate point on the dive profile.
- This brings up the dive profile context menu. Select <em>Add bookmark</em>. A red flag is
- placed on the dive profile at that point (see <strong>A</strong> below).
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Right-click on the red flag. This brings up the context menu (see <strong>B</strong> below). Select <em>Edit name</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-A text box is shown. Type the explanatory text for the bookmark (see <strong>C</strong> below). Select <em>OK</em>.
- This saves the text associated with the bookmark.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Hovering the mouse over the red bookmark, the appropriate text is shown at
- the bottom of the information box (see <strong>D</strong> below).
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Bookmarks.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Bookmark dialog" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_saving_the_updated_dive_information">5.2.7. Saving the updated dive information</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The information entered in the <strong>Notes</strong> tab and the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab can be
-saved by using the
-two buttons on the top right hand of the <strong>Notes</strong> tab. If the <em>Apply changes</em> button
-is clicked,
-the dive data are saved in the memory image of the dive. If the <em>Discard changes</em>
-button is clicked, the newly entered dive data are
-erased from the computer memory, although the dive profile is
-retained. When the user exits <em>Subsurface</em> there is a final prompt to confirm
-the new data should now be saved permanently on the computer disk.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_importing_dive_information_from_other_digital_data_sources_or_other_data_formats">5.3. Importing dive information from other digital data sources or other data formats</h3>
-<div class="paragraph" id="S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs"><p>If you’ve been diving for some time, it’s possible several dives were
-logged using other dive log software. These dive logs can probably be
-imported into <em>Subsurface</em>. <em>Subsurface</em> will import dive logs from a range of
-other
-dive log software. While some software is supported natively, for
-others you will need to
-export the logbook(s) to an intermediate format so they can then be imported
-by <em>Subsurface</em>.
-Currently, <em>Subsurface</em> supports importing CSV log files from several sources.
-APD LogViewer, XP5, Sensus and Seabear files are
-preconfigured, but because the import is flexible, users can configure their own
-imports.
-Manually kept log files (e.g. a spreadsheet) can also be imported by
-configuring the CSV import.
-<em>Subsurface</em> can also import UDDF and UDCF files used by some dive log
-software and some dive computers, like the Heinrichs & Weikamp DR5. Finally,
-for some dive log software like Mares Dive Organizer we currently recommend you
-import the logbooks first into a web service like <em>divelogs.de</em> and then import
-from there with
-<em>Subsurface</em>. Divelogs.de supports a few additional logbook formats that
-<em>Subsurface</em> currently cannot handle.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If the format of other software is supported natively on Subsurface, select
-either <em>Import → Import log files</em> or <em>File → Open log file</em>. <em>Subsurface</em> supports the data formats
-of many dive computers, including Suunto and Shearwater. When importing dives, <em>Subsurface</em>
-tries to detect multiple records for
-the same dive and merges the information as best as it can. If
-there are no time zone issues (or other reasons that would cause the
-beginning time of the dives to be significantly different) <em>Subsurface</em>
-will not create duplicate entries. Below is more specific information
-to import data to <em>Subsurface</em>.
-==== Using the universal import dialogue</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph" id="Unified_import"><p>Importing dives from other software is done through a universal interface
-activated by selecting <em>Import</em> from the Main Menu, then clicking on
-<em>Import Log Files</em>. This brings up dialogue <strong>A</strong>, below.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Import1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Import dialogue: step 1" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Towards the bottom right is a dropdown selector with a default label
-of <em>Dive Log Files</em> which accesses different types of direct imports
-available, as in dialogue <strong>B</strong>, above. Currently these are:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-XML-formatted dive logs (DivingLog 5.0, MacDive and several other dive log systems)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Cochran dive logs
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-UDDF-formatted dive logs (e.g. Kenozoooid)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-UDCF-formatted dive logs
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Poseidon MkVI CCR logs
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-APD Inspiration/Evolution CCR logs
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-LiquiVision logs
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-divelog.de logs
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-OSTC Tools logs
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-JDiveLog
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Suunto Dive Manager (DM3 and DM4)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-CSV (text-based and spreadsheet-based) dive logs, including APD CCR logs
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Selecting the appropriate format and then the specific log file in the large window
-containing the file list on the right of the dialogue, opens
-the imported dive log in the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive List</strong>. Some other formats not
-accessible through the Import dialogue are also supported, as explained below.</p></div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_importing_from_ostctools">5.3.1. Importing from OSTCTools</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>OSTC Tools</em> is a Microsoft-based suite of dive download and dive management tools for the OSTC
-family of dive computers. <em>OSTC Tools</em> downloads dive data from the dive computer and stores it
-as a binary file with file extension <em>.dive</em> . Subsurface can directly import these files when using
-the universal import dialogue. From the dropdown list at the bottom right select
-<em>OSTCTools Files (.dive .DIVE)</em>. This makes the <em>OSTC Tools</em> dive logs visible in the file list
-panel. Select one or more dive, then click the <em>Open</em> button. The OSTC dives are shown in the
-<strong>Dive List</strong> panel.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>All H&W devices supported by OSTCTools can be imported to <em>Subsurface</em>. This includes
-OSTC, OSTC Mk2, OSTC 2N/2C, OSTC3, OSTC Sport, and probably although untested, Frog, OSTC2 and
-OSTC CR.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Please remember that OSTCTools is <strong>not</strong> a true diving log software, but rather a useful set of tools
-for analysis and management of OSTC devices. Only raw dive computer data will be
-imported to <em>Subsurface</em>; you have to manually complete the rest of the
-data you want (buddies, equipment, notes, etc).</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_importing_from_mares_dive_organizer_v2_1">5.3.2. Importing from Mares Dive Organizer V2.1</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Since Mares uses proprietary Windows software not compatible with
-multi-platform applications, these dive logs cannot be
-directly imported into
-<em>Subsurface</em>. Mares dive logs need to be imported using a three-step process,
-using <em>www.divelogs.de</em> as a gateway to extract the dive log information.</p></div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-Export the dive log data from Mares Dive Organizer to your
- desktop, using
- a <em>.sdf</em> file name extension. Refer to <a href="#Mares_Export">Appendix C</a> for more
- information.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Data should then be imported into <em>www.divelogs.de</em>. You will first need to create a user
- account in
- <em>www.divelogs.de</em>. Log into that web site, then
- select <em>Import Logbook → Dive Organizer from the menu on the left hand side.
- The instructions must be carefully followed to transfer the dive information
- (in _.sdf</em> format) from the Dive Organizer database to <em>www.divelogs.de</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Finally, import the dives
- from <em>divelogs.de</em> to <em>Subsurface</em>, using the instructions below.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_ImportingDivelogsDe">5.3.3. Importing dives from <strong>divelogs.de</strong></h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Importing dive information from <em>divelogs.de</em> is simple, using a single
-dialogue box. The <em>Import → Import from Divelogs.de</em> option should be selected
-from the Main Menu. This
-brings up a dialogue box (see image <strong>A</strong> below). Enter a
-user-ID and password for <em>divelogs.de</em> and then
-select
-the <em>Download</em> button. Download from <em>divelogs.de</em> starts immediately,
-displaying a progress bar in the dialogue box. At the end of the download, the
-success status is shown (see image <strong>B</strong>, below). The
-<em>Apply</em> button should then be selected, after which the imported dives appear in the
-<em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive List</strong> panel.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Divelogs1.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Download from Divelogs.de" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_ImportingCSVData">5.3.4. Importing data in CSV format</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>A comma-separated file (.csv) can be used to import dive information either as dive profiles
-(as in the case of the APD Inspiration and Evolution closed circuit rebreathers) or as dive
-metadata (in case the user keeps dive data in a spreadsheet). The <em>CSV</em> format is a universal
-simplified format that allows easy information exchange between different computers or
-software packages. For an introduction to CSV-formatted files see <a href="#S_CSV_Intro">A Diver’s
-Introduction To CSV Files</a>. <em>Subsurface</em> dive logs can also be exported in <em>CSV</em> format to
-other software that reads this format. See <a href="#S_Appendix_D">APPENDIX D: Exporting a spreadsheet
-to CSV format</a> for information that may be helpful for importing spreadsheet-based data
-into <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="S_ImportingCSVDives">Importing dives in CSV format from dive computers or other dive log software</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>You can view a <em>CSV</em> file by using an ordinary text editor. It’s normally organized into
-a single line that provides the headers (or <em>field names</em> or <em>column headings</em>) of the data
-columns, followed by the data, one record per line.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>There are two types of <em>CSV</em> dive logs that can be imported into <em>Subsurface</em>:</p></div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>CSV dive details</em>: This dive log format contains similar information to that of a
- typical written dive log, e.g. dive date and time, dive depth, dive duration, names of
- buddy and divemaster and information about cylinder pressures before and
- after the dive, as well as comments about the dive. All the data for a single
- dive go on a single line of text, following the order of the column headings.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>CSV dive profile</em>: This dive log format includes much more information about a single
- dive. For instance there may be information at 30-second intervals, indicating depth, water
- temperature, and cylinder pressure at that moment in time. Each line contains
- the information for a single instant in time during the dive, 30 seconds after that
- of the previous instant. Many lines
- are required to complete the depth profile information for a single dive. This is a common
- export format used by closed-circuit rebreather (CCR) dive equipment and many software
- packages that handle dive computer data and/or dive logs.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Before being able to import the <em>CSV</em> data to <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>you needs to know a few
-things about the data being imported</strong>:</p></div>
-<div class="olist loweralpha"><ol class="loweralpha">
-<li>
-<p>
-Which character separates the different columns within a single line of
- data? This field separator should be either a comma (,) a semicolon (;) or a TAB character.
- This can be determined by opening the file with a text editor. If it is
- comma-delimited or semicolon-delimited, the comma or semicolon
- characters between the values are clearly visible. If these are not evident and
- the numbers are aligned in columns,
- the file is probably TAB-delimited (i.e. it uses a TAB as a field separator).
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Which data columns need to be imported into <em>Subsurface</em>? Is it a <em>CSV dive details</em>
- file or a <em>CSV dive profile</em> file? Open the file using a text editor and note
- the titles of the columns to be imported and their column positions.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Is the numeric information (e.g. dive depth) in metric or in imperial units?
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>With this information, importing the data into <em>Subsurface</em> is
-straightforward. Select
-<em>Import → Import Log Files</em> from the main menu. In the resulting file
-selection menu, select <em>CSV files</em> (towards the bottom right). This shows all .CSV files in the selected
-directory. Select the file that needs to be imported. A configuration panel
-appears as depicted below:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/csv_import1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CSV download dialogue 1" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>At the top left, there is a dropdown list containing pre- configured
-settings for common dive computers and software packages.
- If the <em>CSV</em> file being imported originated from any of
-these pre-configured items, select it. Otherwise use the <em>Manual Import</em>
-option. The configuration panel also has dropdown lists for the specification of the appropriate
-field separator (Tab, comma or semicolon), the date format used in the <em>CSV</em> file,
-the time units (seconds, minutes or minutes:seconds), as well as the unit system
-(metric or imperial). Selecting the appropriate options among these is critical for
-the successful data import.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Complete this by ensuring that all the data columns have the appropriate
-column headings. The top blue row of the data table contains the column
-headings found in the <em>CSV</em> data file. The blue row of balloons immediately above these
-contains the names understood by <em>Subsurface</em>. These balloons can be moved using a drag-and-drop action. For
-instance, <em>Subsurface</em> expects the column heading for Dive number (" # ") to be "Dive # ". If
-the column heading that <em>Subsurface</em> expects is not in the blue row, drag the
-appropriate balloon from the upper area and drop it in the appropriate blue
-cell at the top of the table. To indicate the correct column for "Dive #", drag
-the ballooned item labelled "Dive # " and drop it in the blue
-cell immediately above the white cell containing " # ". This is depicted in
-the image below.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/csv_import2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CSV download dialogue 2" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Continue in this way to ensure all the column headings in the blue row of
-cells correspond to the headings listed in the top part of the dialogue.
-When finished, select the <em>OK</em> button on the bottom right of the dialogue.
-The data from the <em>CSV</em> file are imported and shown in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel.</p></div>
-<div class="sidebarblock" id="S_CSV_Intro">
-<div class="content">
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>A Diver’s Introduction to <em>CSV</em> Files</strong></p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
-</td>
-<td class="content"><em>CSV</em> is an abbreviation for a data file format: <em>Comma-Separated Values</em>. It is a
-file format that lets you view or edit information using a text editor like
-Notepad (Windows), gedit (Linux) or TextWrangler (OS/X). There are two main advantages of
-the <em>CSV</em> format. First, the data are easily editable as text without any proprietary software.
-Second, all information is human-readable, not obscured by any custom or
-proprietary attributes that proprietary software inserts into files.
-Because of its simplicity the <em>CSV</em> format is used
-as an interchange format between many software packages, e.g. between
-spreadsheet, statistical, graphics, database and diving software. Within <em>Subsurface</em>, <em>CSV</em> files can also
-be used to import information from other sources like spreadsheet-based dive logs and
-some dive computers.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>CSV</em> files can be created or edited with a normal text editor. The most important attribute of a
-<em>CSV</em> file is the <em>field separator</em>, the character used to separate fields within a single line. The
-field separator is frequently a comma, a colon, a SPACE character or a TAB character. When exporting data from
-spreadsheet software, the field separator needs to be specified in order to create the <em>CSV</em> file. <em>CSV</em> files are
-normally organized into a single line that provides the headers (or <em>field names</em>) of the data columns,
-followed by the data, one record per line. Note that each field name
-may comprise more than one word separated by spaces; for instance <em>Dive site</em>, below. Here is an example of
-dive information for four dives using a comma as a field separator:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>Dive site,Dive date,Time,Dive_duration, Dive_depth,Dive buddy
-Illovo Beach,2012-11-23,10:45,46:15,18.4,John Smith
-Key Largo,2012-11-24,09:12,34:15,20.4,Jason McDonald
-Wismar Baltic,2012-12-01,10:13,35:27,15.4,Dieter Albrecht
-Pulau Weh,2012-12-20,09:46,55:56,38.6,Karaeng Bontonompo</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The above data are not easily read by a human. Here is the same information in TAB-delimited format:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>Dive site Dive date Time Dive_duration Dive_depth Dive buddy
-Illovo Beach 2012-11-23 10:45 46:15 18.4 John Smith
-Key Largo 2012-11-24 09:12 34:15 20.4 Jason McDonald
-Wismar Baltic 2012-12-01 10:13 35:27 15.4 Dieter Albrecht
-Pulau Weh 2012-12-20 09:46 55:56 38.6 Karaeng Bontonompo</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>It is clear why many people prefer the TAB-delimited format to the comma-delimited format. The
-disadvantage is that one cannot see
-the TAB characters. For instance, the space between <em>Dive</em> and <em>date</em> in the top line may be
-a SPACE character or a TAB character (in this case it is a SPACE character: the tabs are before and
-after <em>Dive date</em>). If the field names in the first line are long, the alignment with data in the other lines
-cannot be maintained. Here is a highly simplified and shortened TAB-delimited example of a <em>CSV</em> dive log
-from an APD closed-circuit rebreather (CCR) dive computer:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>Dive Time (s) Depth (m) pO₂ - Setpoint (Bar) pO₂ - C1 Cell 1 (Bar) Ambient temp. (Celsius)
-0 0.0 0.70 0.81 13.1
-0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.1
-0 0.0 0.70 0.71 13.1
-0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.2
-0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.1
-10 1.6 0.70 0.72 12.7
-20 1.6 0.70 0.71 12.6
-30 1.7 0.70 0.71 12.6
-40 1.8 0.70 0.68 12.5</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>When a <em>CSV</em> file is selected for import, <em>Subsurface</em> displays the column headers as well as some of the data
-in the first few lines of the <em>CSV</em> file, making it much easier to work with <em>CSV</em> files.
-<em>CSV</em> files can be used in many contexts for importing data into a <em>Subsurface</em> dive log.
-Knowing a few basic things about the content of the <em>CSV</em> file helps with a smooth import
-of the dives into <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
-</div></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">But, the <em>CSV</em> import has a couple of caveats. Avoid some special characters
-like ampersand (&), less than (<), greater than (>) and double quotes (") as part
-of the numbers or text within a cell. The
-file should use UTF-8 character set, if using non-ASCII characters. Also the
-size of the <em>CSV</em> file might cause problems. Importing 100 dives at a time
-(<em>CSV dive details</em>) works, but larger files might exceed
-the limits of the parser used. When encountering problems with <em>CSV</em> imports, first try with
-a smaller file to make sure everything works.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_Companion">5.4. Importing GPS coordinates with the <em>Subsurface Companion App</em> for mobile phones</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Using the <strong>Subsurface Companion App</strong> on an <em>Android device</em> or
-<a href="#S_iphone"><em>iPhone</em></a> with GPS, the coordinates
-for the diving
-location can be automatically passed to the <em>Subsurface</em> dive log. The Companion App
-stores dive locations on a dedicated Internet server. <em>Subsurface</em> can collect
-the locations from the server.
-To do this:</p></div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_create_a_companion_app_account">5.4.1. Create a Companion App account</h4>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Register on the <a href="http://api.hohndel.org/login/"><em>Subsurface companion web page</em></a>.
- A confirmation email with instructions and a personal <strong>DIVERID</strong> will be sent,
- a long number giving you access to the file server and Companion App capabilities.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Download the app from
- <a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=org.subsurface">Google Play Store</a>
- or from
- <a href="http://f-droid.org/repository/browse/?fdfilter=subsurface&fdid=org.subsurface">F-Droid</a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_using_the_subsurface_companion_app_on_an_android_smartphone">5.4.2. Using the Subsurface companion app on an Android smartphone</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>On first use the app has three options:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Create a new account.</em> Equivalent to registering in the <em>Subsurface</em> companion
- page using an Internet browser. You can request a <strong>DIVERID</strong> using this option,
- but it’s supplied via email and followed up by interaction with the
- <a href="http://api.hohndel.org/login/"><em>Subsurface companion web page</em></a> to
- activate the account.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Retrieve an account.</em> If users forget their <strong>DIVERID</strong> they will receive an email
- to recover the number.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Use an existing account.</em> Users are prompted for their <strong>DIVERID</strong>. The app saves
- this <strong>DIVERID</strong> and doesn’t ask for it again unless you use the <em>Disconnect</em> menu
- option (see below).
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">In the <em>Subsurface</em> main program, the <strong>DIVERID</strong> should also be entered on the
-Default Preferences
-panel, by selecting <em>File → Preferences → Defaults</em> from the main menu
-in <em>Subsurface</em> itself.
-This helps synchronization between <em>Subsurface</em> and the Companion App.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_creating_new_dive_locations">Creating new dive locations</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Now you are ready to get a dive position and
-send it to the server. The Android
-display will look like the left hand image (<strong>A</strong>) below, but without any dives.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Touch the "+" icon on the top right to add a new dive site, a menu
-shows with 3 options:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Current: A prompt for a place name (or a request to activate the GPS if it is turned
- off) will be displayed, after which the current location is saved.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Use Map: This option lets you fix a position by searching a world map. A
- world map is shown (see <strong>B</strong> below) on which you can show the desired position
- with a <em>long press</em> on the touch
- sensitive screen (if the marked location is wrong, simply choose a new location)
- and select the check symbol in the upper right. A dialog is shown letting you enter the
- name of the dive location and the date and time of the dive (see <strong>C</strong> below). In order to import this
- dive location in <em>Subsurface</em> you should set the time to agree with the time of
- that dive on the dive computer.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Companion_5.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Companion App, add location using map" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Import local GPX file: The android device searches for .gpx files and located
- archives will be shown. The selected .gpx file is opened and the stored
- locations shown. Now select the appropriate locations, then select the
- tab in the upper right, after which the locations will be sent to the web service
- and added to the list on the Android device.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_dive_lists_of_dive_locations">Dive lists of dive locations</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The main screen shows a list of dive locations, each with a name, date and
-time (see <strong>A</strong> below). Some locations may have an arrow-up icon over the selection box to the left
-showing they need to be uploaded to the server. You
-can select individual dive locations from the list. A selected location has a
-check mark in the selection box on the left. Group operations (like <em>Delete</em> or <em>Send</em>)
-are performed on several selected locations.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Dive locations in this list can be viewed in two ways: a list of locations or a
-map showing them. The display mode (List or Map) is changed by
-selecting <em>Dives</em> at the top left of the screen (see <strong>A</strong> below) and then selecting
-the display mode. The display mode can be changed either from the list
-of locations or from the map (see <strong>B</strong> below). If you select a location (on the list
-or on the map), an editing
-panel opens (see <strong>C</strong> below) where the dive description or other details may be changed.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Companion_4.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Companion App, add location using map" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>When you select a dive (<strong>not</strong> selecting the check box), the
-name given to it, date/time and GPS coordinates will be shown, with two options at the top
-of the screen:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Edit (pencil): Change the text name or other characteristics of the dive location.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Maps: Display a map showing the dive location.
-After editing and saving a dive location (see <strong>C</strong> above),
-upload it to the web
-service, as explained below.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_uploading_dive_locations">Uploading dive locations</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>There are several ways to send locations to the server.
-The easiest is simply
-selecting the locations (See <strong>A</strong> below) and then touching the right arrow at the
-top right of the screen.</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Be careful! The trash icon on the right means exactly what it should;
-it deletes the selected dive location(s).</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Companion_1.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Screen shots (A-B) of companion app" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>After a dive trip using the Companion App, all dive locations are ready to be
-downloaded to a <em>Subsurface</em> dive log (see below).</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_settings_on_the_companion_app">Settings on the Companion App</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Selecting the <em>Settings</em> menu option results in the right hand image above (<strong>B</strong>).</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_server_and_account">Server and account</h5>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Web-service URL.</em> This is predefined (<a href="http://api.hohndel.org/">http://api.hohndel.org/</a>)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>User ID.</em> The DIVERID obtained by registering as described above. The easiest way to
- get it is to copy and paste from the confirmation email or just type it in.
-===== Synchronisation
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Synchronize on startup</em>. If selected, dive locations in the Android device and those
- on the web service synchronize each time the app is started.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Upload new dives.</em> If selected, each time the user adds a dive location it is
- automatically sent to the server.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_background_service">Background service</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Instead of entering an unique dive location, you can leave the service running
-in the background of your Android device, allowing a continuous collection of GPS locations.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The settings below define the behavior of the service:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Min duration.</em> In minutes. The app will try to get a location every X minutes
- until stopped by the user.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Min distance.</em> In meters. Minimum distance between two locations.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Name template.</em> The name the app will use when saving the locations.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/info.jpg" alt="Tip" />
-</td>
-<td class="content"><em>How does the background service work?</em> Assuming the diver sets 5 minutes and 50
-meters in the settings above, the app will start by recording a location at the current
-location, followed by another one at every 5 minutes <strong>or</strong> every time one moves 50 m
-from previous location.
-If subsequent locations are within a radius of 50 meters from the previous one,
-a new location is not saved. If the diver is not moving, only one location is saved.
-If the diver is moving, a trace of the route is obtained by saving a
-location every 50 meters.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_other">Other</h5>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Mailing List.</em> The mail box for <em>Subsurface</em>. Users can send an email to the
-Subsurface mailing list.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Subsurface website.</em> A link to the URL of Subsurface web
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Version.</em> Displays the current version of the Companion App.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_search">Search</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Search the saved dive locations by name or by date and time.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_start_service">Start service</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Starts the <em>background service</em> following the previously defined settings.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_disconnect">Disconnect</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This is admittedly a badly named option that disconnects the app from the server.
-It resets the user ID in the app, showing the first screen where an account
-can be created, retrieve the ID for an existing account or use the users own
-ID. The disconnect option
-is useful if your Android device was used to download the dive locations
-of another registered diver.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_send_all_locations">Send all locations</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This option sends all locations stored in the Android device to the server.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_iphone">5.4.3. Using the Subsurface companion app on an <em>iPhone</em> to record dive locations</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The iPhone interface is quite simple. Type the user ID (obtained
-during registration) into the space reserved for it, then select "Dive in"
-(see left part of the image below) and start collecting dive location information.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/iphone.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Using iPhone companion application" width="640" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Dives can be added automatically or manually. In manual mode, a dive location or waypoint is added to the GPS input stream. In automatic
-mode, a continuous path of GPS locations is created from which,
-after import, Subsurface can select the appropriate GPS
-locations based on the times of dives. The default mode for the
-<em>iphone</em> is automatic. When adding a dive, the
-location service is started automatically and a red bar appears at the bottom
-of the screen. After the dive, click on the red
-bar to end the location service. While the location
-service is running you can only add dives manually.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>You can edit the site name afterwards by selecting the dive
-from the dive list and clicking on the site name. There are no other
-editable fields. The dive list is automatically uploaded from the iPhone
-to the web service. There isn’t an option to
-trigger upload manually.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_downloading_dive_locations_to_the_em_subsurface_em_divelog">5.4.4. Downloading dive locations to the <em>Subsurface</em> divelog</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Download dive(s) from a dive computer or enter them manually into
-<em>Subsurface</em> before obtaining the GPS coordinates from the server. The download
-dialog can be reached via <em>Ctrl+G</em> or from the <em>Subsurface</em> Main Menu <em>Import
-→ Import GPS data from Subsurface Service</em>, resulting in the image on the
-left (<strong>A</strong>), below. On first use the DIVERID text box is blank. Provide a
-DIVERID, then select the <em>Download</em> button to start the download process, after
-which the screen on the right (<strong>B</strong>) below appears:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DownloadGPS.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Downloading Companion app GPS data" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Note that the <em>Apply</em> button is now active. By clicking on it, you can update the locations
-of the newly entered or uploaded dives in <em>Subsurface</em>. That applies the
-coordinates and names entered on the app to all the new dives that match the
-date-times of the uploaded GPS localities. If you have entered the name of the dive
-location in <em>Subsurface</em> before downloading the GPS coordinates, this name will take
-precedence over downloaded one.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Since <em>Subsurface</em> matches GPS locations from the Android device and dive information from the
-dive computer based on date-time data, automatic assignment of GPS data to dives depends
-on agreeing date-time information between the two devices. Although <em>Subsurface</em> has
-a wide range tolerance, it may not be able to identify the appropriate dive if there’s
-a large difference between the time in the dive computer and that of the Android device.
-That results in no updates.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Similar date-times may not always be possible and there may be many reasons for this (e.g. time zones).
-<em>Subsurface</em> may also be unable to decide which is the correct position for a dive (e.g. on repetitive
-dives while running <em>background service</em> there may be several locations that would be
-included in the time range that fit not only the first dive, but one or more subsequent dives as well).
-A workaround to manually edit the date-time of a dive in the <em>Subsurface</em>
-Dive List <strong>before</strong> downloading the GPS data and then to change the date-time back again <strong>after</strong>
-downloading GPS data.</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/info.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">TIPS:</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Background service</em> may fill the location list with
- unnecessary locations that don’t correspond to the exact dive point but do correspond to the boat’s route.
- Right now, these locations are difficult to delete from the server. In some situations it
- is better to clean up the list on the Android device before sending the dive points to the web
- server by simply deleting the inappropriate locations. This might be necessary, for
- instance, if you want to keep the location list clear to see dives in the web service map display (see above).
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-It may also make sense to give informative names to the locations sent to the web server, or at least
- to use an informative name in the <em>Name Template</em> setting while running the <em>background service</em>,
- especially on a dive trip with many dives and dive locations.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_LoadImage">5.5. Adding photographs to dives</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Many (if not most) divers take a camera with them and take photographs
-during a dive. To match each photograph with a specific
-dive, <em>Subsurface</em> lets you load photos into a dive. Photos are superimposed
-on the dive profile, from where they can be viewed.</p></div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_loading_photos_and_synchronizing_between_dive_computer_and_camera">5.5.1. Loading photos and synchronizing between dive computer and camera</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Left-lick on a dive or on a group of dives on the dive list. Then right-click on this
-dive or group of dives and choose the option <em>Load Images</em>:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/LoadImage1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Load images option" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The system file browser appears. Select the folder and photographs that need
-to be loaded into <em>Subsurface</em> and click the <em>Open</em> button.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/LoadImage2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Load images option" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This brings up the time synchronization dialog, shown below. But be
-aware that the time
-synchronization is not perfect between the dive computer used during a dive,
-and the camera used during that same dive. These two devices
-often differ by several minutes. If <em>Subsurface</em> can synchronize,
-then the exact times of photographs can be used to position photographs on
-the dive profile.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> synchronizes in three ways:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Pro-actively</strong>: Before the dive, ensure synchronization of the dive computer time settings with
- the time settings of the camera by changing the date-time settings on one or both of these devices.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Manually</strong>: If you wrote down the exact camera time at the start of a dive, the
- difference in time between the two devices can be determined. As long as the device
- settings for time has not been changed in either device, you could write down the times of
- both devices after the dive or even at the end of the day. You can then manually set the time
- difference in the <em>Time shift</em> dialog. Towards the top of the dialog is a time setting tool
- immediately under the heading <em>Shift times of image(s) by</em>, shown in figure <strong>A</strong> below.
- If the camera time is 7 minutes later than that of the dive computer, set the time setting
- tool to a value of 00:07. Select either the <em>earlier</em> or <em>later</em> radio button.
- In the above example, the <em>earlier</em> option is appropriate, since the photos need to be shifted
- 7 minutes earlier (camera is 7 minutes ahead of dive computer). Ignore any "AM" or "PM" suffix
- in that tool. Click the <em>OK</em> button and synchronization is done.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/LoadImage3b_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Synchronization dialog" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>By photograph</strong>: There is a very slick way of synchronizing. If you take a
- photograph of the face of the dive computer showing the time, then <em>Subsurface</em> can get
- the exact time the photograph was taken, using the metadata the camera stores within
- each photo. To do this, use the bottom half of the <em>Time shift</em> dialog. If you use
- the bottom part, the top part of the dialog is ignored. Click on
- the horizontal bar called "<em>Select image of dive computer showing time</em>. This brings up
- a file browser letting you select the photograph of the dive computer time. Select the
- photograph using the file browser and click on <em>OK</em>. This photograph of the dive computer
- appears in the bottom panel of the <em>Shift times</em> dialog. Now <em>Subsurface</em> knows exactly
- when the photograph has been taken. Now set the date-time dialog to the left of the photo
- so it reflects the date and time of the dive computer in the photo. When the
- date-time tool has been set, <em>Subsurface</em> knows exactly what the time difference between
- camera and dive computer is, and it can synchronize.
- Image <strong>B</strong> above shows a photograph of the face of the dive computer and with the date-time tool set to the
- date-time.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If the timestamp of a photograph is more than 30 minutes before or after the dive, it is not placed on
-the dive profile.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_viewing_the_photos">5.5.2. Viewing the photos</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>After the images have been loaded, they appear in two places:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-the <em>Photos</em> tab of the <strong>Notes</strong> panel.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-as tiny icons (stubs) on the dive profile at the appropriate positions reflecting the time
- each photograph was taken.
- To view the photos on the dive profile, activate the <em>show-photos</em> button in the tool bar
- to the left of the dive profile:
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:left;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/icons/ShowPhotos_f20.png" alt="FIGURE:Show photos toolbar button" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This results in a profile display as in the image below:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/LoadImage4_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Photos on dive profile" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If you hover the mouse over any of the photo icons, a thumbnail photo
-is shown of the appropriate photo. See the image below:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/LoadImage5_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Thumbnail photo on dive profile" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Clicking on the thumbnail brings up a full size
-photo overlaid on the <em>Subsurface</em> window. This allows good viewing of
-the added photographs. (see the image below). Note that the thumbnail
-has a small dustbin icon in the bottom right hand corner (see image above). Selecting
-the dustbin removes the image from the dive. Be careful
-when clicking on a thumbnail. Images
-can also be deleted using the <em>Photos</em> tab (see text below).</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/LoadImage6_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Full-screen photo on dive profile" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_the_em_photos_em_tab">5.5.3. The <em>Photos</em> tab</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Photographs associated with a dive are shown as thumbnails in the <em>Photos</em> tab of the <em>Notes</em>
-panel. Photos taken in rapid succession during a dive (therefore sometimes with large
-overlap on the dive profile) can easily be accessed in the <em>Photos</em> tab. This tab serves as
-a tool for individually accessing the photos of a dive, while the stubs on the dive profile
-show when during a dive a photo was taken. By single-clicking on a thumbnail in
-the <em>Photos</em> panel, a photo is selected. By double-clicking a thumbnail, the full-sized image is
-shown, overlaying the <em>Subsurface</em> window. A photo can be deleted from the <em>Photos</em> panel by selecting
-it (single-click) and then by pressing the <em>Del</em> key on the keyboard. This removes the photo BOTH
-from the <em>Photos</em> tab as well as the dive profile.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_photos_on_an_external_hard_disk">5.5.4. Photos on an external hard disk</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Most underwater photographers store photos on an external drive. If such a drive can be mapped by the operating system
-(almost always the case) the photos can be directly accessed by <em>Subsurface</em>. This eases the interaction
-between <em>Subsurface</em> and an external repository of photos. When associating a dive profile with photos from an
-external drive, the normal procedure of selection and synchronization (see text above) is used.
-After the external drive has been disconnected, <em>Subsurface</em> cannot access these photos any more.
-If the display of photos is activated (using the toolbox to the left of the <em>Dive Profile</em>), the
-program only shows a small white dot where each photo should be on the dive profile.
-In addition the <em>Photos</em> tab only shows the file names of the photos.
-If the external drive with the photos is re-connected, the photos can be seen in the normal way.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_FindMovedImages">5.5.5. Moving photographs among directories, hard disks or computers</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>After a photograph has been loaded into <em>Subsurface</em> and associated with a specific dive, the directory
- where the photo lies is stored, letting <em>Subsurface</em> find the photograph when the dive is
- opened again. If the photo or the whole photo collection is moved to another drive or to a different
- machine, the directory structure will be different to that of the original uploaded
- photo. When this happens, <em>Subsurface</em> looks for the photos at their original location before they were moved,
- cannot find them and cannot display them. Because after moving photos, large numbers of photos
- may need to be deleted and re-imported from the new location, <em>Subsurface</em> has a mechanism that eases the
- process of updating the directory information for each photo: automatic updates using fingerprints.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>When a photo is loaded into <em>Subsurface</em>, a fingerprint for the image is calculated and stored with the
- other reference information for that photo. After moving a photo collection (that has already been loaded
- into <em>Subsurface</em>) to a different directory, disk or computer, <em>Subsurface</em> can:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-look through a particular directory (and all its subdirectories recursively) where photos have been moved
-to,
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-calculate fingerprints for all photos in this directory, and
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-if there is a match between a calculated fingerprint and the one originally calculated when a photo was
- loaded into <em>Subsurface</em> (even if the original file name has changed), automatically update the
- directory information so that <em>Subsurface</em> can find the photo in the new moved directory.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This is done by selecting from the Main Menu: <em>File → Find moved images</em>. This brings up a window within
- which the NEW directory of the photos needs to be specified. Select the appropriate directory and click
- the <em>Scan</em> button towards the bottom right of the panel. The process may require several minutes to
- complete, after which <em>Subsurface</em> will show the appropriate photographs when a particular dive is opened.</p></div>
-<div class="sidebarblock" id="Image_fingerprint_upgrade">
-<div class="content">
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Upgrading existing photo collections without fingerprints</strong></p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
-</td>
-<td class="content"><em>Subsurface</em> automatically calculates fingerprints for all images that it can access.
-When manipulating images, be sure all the images associated with the dive log can be accessed by <em>Subsurface</em>.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> automatically checks and, if necessary, updates the fingerprints associated with a single dive if:
-- The images associated with that dive are visible as thumbnails on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>.
-- If you edit anything in the <strong>Notes tab</strong> panel and save the edits by selecting <em>Apply changes</em>.</p></div>
-</div></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_logging_special_types_of_dives">5.6. Logging special types of dives</h3>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_MulticylinderDives">5.6.1. Multicylinder dives</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> easily handles dives involving more than one cylinder. Multi-cylinder diving usually happens
-(a) if a diver doesn’t have enough gas for the complete dive in a single cylinder; (b) if a diver
-needs more than one gas mixture because of the depth or the decompression needs of the dive. For this reason
-multi-cylinder dives are often used by technical divers who dive deep or long. As far
-as <em>Subsurface</em> is concerned, there are only two types of information that need to be provided:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Describe the cylinders used during the dive</strong> This is performed in the <strong>Equipment tab</strong> of
- the <strong>Info</strong> panel, as <a href="#cylinder_definitions">described above</a>. Enter the cylinders one by one,
- specifying each’s characteristics and the gas composition within it.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Record the times at which the switch from one cylinder to another was done:</strong> This is information
- tracked by some dive computers (provided the diver indicated these changes to the dive computer
- by pressing specific buttons). If the dive computer does not provide the information, the diver has to
- record these changes using a different method, e.g. writing it on a slate.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Record the cylinder changes on the dive profile</strong>: If the latter option
- was followed, the diver needs to indicate the gas change event by right-clicking at the appropriate point
- in time on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel and indicating the cylinder to which the change was made. After
- right-clicking, follow the context menu to "Add gas change" and select the appropriate cylinder from
- those defined during the first step, above (see image below). If the
- <strong>tank bar</strong> button in the toolbar has been activated, the cylinder switches are also indicated in the
- tank bar.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>When this is complete, <em>Subsurface</em> indicates the appropriate use of cylinders in the dive profile.
-Below is a multi-cylinder dive, starting off with EAN28, then changing cylinders to EAN50 after 26 minutes
-for decompression.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/multicylinder_dive.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Multicylinder profile" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_sidemount_dives">5.6.2. Sidemount dives</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Sidemount diving is just another form of multi-cylinder diving, often with both or all cylinders having
-the same gas mixture. Although it’s a popular configuration for cave divers, Sidemount
-diving can be done by recreational divers who’ve completed the appropriate training. sidemount
-dive logging involves three steps, exactly as with multi-cylinder dives above:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>During the dive, record cylinder switch events</strong>. Since sidemount diving normally involves two
- cylinders with air or with the same gas mixture, <em>Subsurface</em> distinguishes between these different
- cylinders. In contrast, many dive computers that allow gas switching only distinguish between different
- <em>gases</em> used, not among different <em>cylinders</em> used. This means when sidemount dives are downloaded
- from these dive computers, the switching event between cylinders with the same gas is not downloaded. This may mean
- that a diver may have to keep a written log of cylinder switch times using a slate, or (if the dive computer
- has the capability) marking each cylinder switch with a bookmark that can be retrieved later. Returning
- from a dive with the times of cylinder changes is the only tricky part of logging sidemount dives.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Within <em>Subsurface</em> describe the cylinders used during the dive</strong>. The diver needs to provide the
- specifications of the different cylinders, using the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab of the <strong>Info Panel</strong> (see
- image below where two 12 litre cylinder were used).
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Indicate cylinder change events on the <em>Subsurface</em> dive profile</strong>. Once the dive log has been imported
- from a dive computer into <em>Subsurface</em>, the cylinder switch events need to be shown on the dive profile.
- Cylinder changes are recorded by right-clicking at the appropriate point on the dive profile, then
- selecting <em>Add gas change</em>. A list of the appropriate cylinders is shown with the
- currently used cylinder greyed out. In the image below Tank 1 is greyed out, leaving only Tank 2
- to be selected. Select the appropriate cylinder. The cylinder change is then shown on the dive
- profile with a cylinder symbol. If the <strong>Tank Bar</strong> is activated using the toolbar to the left of the
- profile, then the cylinder change is also shown on the Tank Bar (see image below). After all
- the cylinder change events have been recorded on the dive profile, the correct cylinder pressures
- for both cylinders are shown on the dive profile, as in the image below.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/sidemount1.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Sidemount profile" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This section gives an example of the versatility of <em>Subsurface</em> as a dive logging tool.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_sSCR_dives">5.6.3. Semi-closed circuit rebreather (SCR) dives</h4>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/halcyon_RB80.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Passive semi-closed rebreathers (pSCR) are a technical advance in diving equipment that
-recirculates the breathing gas a diver uses, while removing carbon dioxide from
-the exhaled gas. While a small amount (typically a tenth) of the exhaled breathing gas is released into the water,
-a small amount of fresh gas is released from the back gas cylinder (typically containing nitrox).
-A diver using a single cylinder of breathing gas can therefore dive for much longer periods than
-using a recreational open-circuit configuration. With pSCR equipment, a very small amount of breathing
-gas is released every time the diver inhales. With active SCR (aSCR) equipment, in contrast, a small amount of
-breathing gas is released continuously from the back cylinder.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>To log pSCR dives, no special procedures are required. Use the normal steps outlined above:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Select pSCR in the <em>Dive Mode</em> dropdown list on the <strong>Info</strong> panel.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-pSCR diving often involves gas changes, requiring an additional cylinder.
- Define all the appropriate cylinders as described above
- and indicate the cylinder/gas changes as described above in the section on <a href="#S_MulticylinderDives">multicylinder dives</a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If a pSCR <em>Dive Mode</em> has been selected, the dive ceiling for that is adjusted for the oxygen
-drop across the mouthpiece, which often requires longer decompression periods. Below is a dive profile
-of a pSCR dive using EAN36 on the back cylinder and oxygen for decompression. Note that this dive lasted
-over two hours.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/pSCR_profile.jpg" alt="FIGURE: pSCR profile" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_CCR_dives">5.6.4. Closed circuit rebreather (CCR) dives</h4>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/APD.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Closed system rebreathers use advanced technology to recirculate
-gas that has been breathed. They also do two things to maintain a
-breathable oxygen concentration:
-a) remove carbon dioxide from the exhaled gas
-b) regulate the oxygen concentration to remain within safe diving limits.
-The CCR interface of <em>Subsurface</em> is currently experimental
-and under active development. Subsurface currently supports Poseidon MkVI
-and APD Discovery/Evolution dive computers. In contrast to a conventional recreational
-dive computer, a CCR system computer does not allow the download of a log
-containing multiple dives. Rather, each dive is stored independently. This
-means that <em>Subsurface</em> cannot download a dive log directly from a CCR
-dive computer, but that it imports CCR dive logs in the same way it
-imports dive log data from other digital databases: one dive at a time.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_import_a_ccr_dive">Import a CCR dive</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>See the section dealing with <a href="#S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs">Importing dive information from other
-digital sources</a>. From the main menu of <em>Subsurface</em>, select <em>Import → Import
-log files</em> to bring up the <a href="#Unified_import">universal import dialogue</a>. As
-explained in that section, the bottom right
-hand of the import dialogue contains a dropdown list (labled <em>Filter:</em>) of appropriate devices
-that currently include(Poseidon) MkVI or APD log viewer files. Import for other
-CCR equipment is under active development. Having selected the appropriate CCR format and
-the directory where the original dive logs have been stored from the CCR dive
-computer, select a particular dive log file (in the case of the MkVI
-it is a file with a .txt extension). After selecting the appropriate dive log,
-click the <em>Open</em> button at the bottom right hand of the universal import dialogue.
-The selected dive is imported to the <em>Subsurface</em> dive list.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_displayed_information_for_a_ccr_dive">Displayed information for a CCR dive</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Partial pressures of gases</em>: The graph of oxygen partial pressure shows the
-information from the oxygen sensors of the CCR equipment. In contrast to recreational
-equipment (where pO<sub>2</sub> values are calculated based on gas composition and dive depth),
-CCR equipment provide actual measurements of pO<sub>2</sub>, derived from oxygen sensors.
-In this case the graph for oxygen partial pressure
-should be fairly flat, reflecting the setpoint settings during the dive. The mean
-pO<sub>2</sub> is NOT the mean oxygen partial pressure as given by the CCR equipment, but
-a value calculated by <em>Subsurface</em> as follows:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-For TWO O<sub>2</sub> sensors the mean value of the two sensors are given.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-For THREE-sensor systems (e.g. APD), the mean value is also used. However
- differences of more than 0,1 bar in the simultaneous readings of different sensors are
- treated as false. If one of the three sensors provides false data, it is ignored.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-If no sensor data are available, the pO<sub>2</sub> value is assumed to be equal to the setpoint.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The mean pO<sub>2</sub> of the sensors is indicated with a green line,</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The oxygen setpoint values as well as the readings from the individual
-oxygen sensors can be shown. The display of additional CCR information is turned on by
-checking the appropriate boxes in the <em>Preferences</em> panel (accessible by
-selecting <a href="#S_CCR_options"><em>File → Preferences → Graph</em></a>). This part of
-the <em>Preferences</em> panel is shown in the image below, representing two checkboxes that modify
-the display of pO<sub>2</sub> when the appropriate toolbar button on the Dive Profile
-has been checked.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/CCR_preferences_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR preferences panel" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Checking any of these boxes allows the display of additional oxygen-related
-information whenever the pO<sub>2</sub> toolbar button on the <em>Profile</em> panel is activated.
-The first checkbox allows the display of setpoint information. This is a red line
-superimposed on the green oxygen partial pressure graph and allows a comparison of the
-mean measured oxygen partial pressure and the setpoint values, as shown below.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/CCR_setpoint_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR setpoint and po2 graph" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The second checkbox allows the display of the data from each individual oxygen sensor
-of the CCR equipment. The data for each sensor is colour-coded as follows:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Sensor 1: grey
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Sensor 2: blue
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Sensor 3: brown
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The mean oxygen pO<sub>2</sub> is indicated by the green line. This allows the direct comparison
-of data from each of the oxygen sensors, useful for detecting abnormally low or erratic
-readings from a particular sensor.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/CCR_sensor_data_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR sensor data graph" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The setpoint data can be overlaid on the oxygen sensor data by activating both of the above
-check boxes. Partial pressures for nitrogen (and helium, if applicable) are shown in the
-usual way as for open circuit dives.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Events</em>: Several events are logged, e.g. switching the mouthpiece to open circuit.
-These events are indicated by yellow triangles and, if one hovers over a triangle,
-a description of that event is given as the bottom line in the <a href="#S_InfoBox">Information Box</a>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Cylinder pressures</em>: Some CCR dive computers like the Poseidon MkVI record the
-pressures of the oxygen and diluent cylinders. The pressures of these two cylinders
-are shown as green lines overlapping the depth profile. In addition, start and
-end pressures for both oxygen and diluent cylinders are shown in the <em>Equipment Tab</em>.
-Below is a dive profile for a CCR dive, including an overlay
-of setpoint and oxygen sensor data, as well as the cylinder pressure data. In this
-case there is agreement from the readings of the two oxygen sensors.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/CCR_dive_profile_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR dive profile" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Equipment-specific information</em>: Equipment-specific information gathered by
-<em>Subsurface</em> is shown in the <a href="#S_ExtraDataTab">Extra data tab</a>. This may include setup information
-or metadata about the dive.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The deco ceiling calculated by Subsurface is not very accurate because the precise pressure of nitrogen
-in the loop can usually not be determined from the dive log imported from the CCR equipment. Many CCR dive
-computers, however, report an internally-calculated deco ceiling that is reported in the dive log,
-reflecting a more accurate assessment. The display of this ceiling is activated
-by clicking the appropriate button to the left of the dive profile:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/icons/cceiling.jpg" alt="DC ceiling icon" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The default color of the computer-generated deco ceiling is white. This can be set to red
-by checking the appropriate check box after selecting <em>File → Preferences → Graph</em>.
-Below is a dive profile indicating the dive computer-generated deco ceiling:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/CCR_dive_ceilingF22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR computer-generated deco ceiling" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>More equipment-specific information for downloading CCR dive logs for
-Poseidon MkVI and APD equipment can be found in <a href="#_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">Appendix B</a>.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_obtaining_more_information_about_dives_entered_into_the_logbook">6. Obtaining more information about dives entered into the logbook</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_the_strong_info_strong_tab_for_individual_dives">6.1. The <strong>Info</strong> tab (for individual dives)</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The Info tab gives some summary information about a particular dive that
-has been selected in the <strong>Dive List</strong>. Useful information here includes the
-surface interval before the dive, the maximum and mean depths of the dive, the
-gas volume consumed, the surface air consumption (SAC) and the number of oxygen
-toxicity units (OTU) incurred.</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/info.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Gas consumption and SAC calculations:
-<em>Subsurface</em> calculates SAC and Gas consumption taking in account gas
-incompressibility, particularly at tank pressures above 200 bar, making them more accurate.
-Users should refer to <a href="#SAC_CALCULATION">Appendix F</a> for more information.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_ExtraDataTab">6.2. The <strong>Extra Data</strong> tab (usually for individual dives)</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>When using a dive computer, it often reports several data items that cannot easily be
-presented in a standardised way because the nature of the information differs from one
-dive computer to another. These data often comprise setup information, metadata about
-a dive, battery levels, no fly times, or gradient factors used during the dive. When
-possible, this information is presented in the <strong>Extra Data</strong> tab. Below is an
-image showing extra data for a dive using a Poseidon rebreather.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/ExtraDataTab_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Extra Data tab" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_the_strong_stats_strong_tab_for_groups_of_dives">6.3. The <strong>Stats</strong> tab (for groups of dives)</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The Stats tab gives summary statistics for more than one dive, assuming that
-more than one dive has been selected in the <strong>Dive List</strong> using the standard
-Ctrl-click or Shift-click of the mouse. If only one
-dive has been selected, figures for only that dive are given. This tab
-shows the number of dives selected, the total amount of dive time in these
-dives,
-as well as the minimum, maximum and mean for the dive duration,
-water temperature and surface air consumption (SAC). It also shows the depth of the
-shallowest and deepest dives of those selected.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_DiveProfile">6.4. The <strong>Dive Profile</strong></h3>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Profile2.jpg" alt="Typical dive profile" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Of all the panels in <em>Subsurface</em>, the Dive Profile contains the most detailed
-information about each dive. The Dive Profile has a <strong>button bar</strong> on the left hand side
-that lets you control several display options. The functions of these
-buttons are described below. The main item in the Dive
-Profile is the graph of
-dive depth as a function of time. In addition to
-depth, it also shows the ascent and descent rates compared to the recommended
-speed of going up or down in the water column. This information is given using
-different colors:</p></div>
-<div class="tableblock">
-<table rules="all"
-width="100%"
-frame="border"
-cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
-<col width="33%" />
-<col width="33%" />
-<col width="33%" />
-<tbody>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Color</strong></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Descent speed (m/min)</strong></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Ascent speed (m/min)</strong></p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Red</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">> 30</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">> 18</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Orange</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">18 - 30</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">9 - 18</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Yellow</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">9 - 18</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">4 - 9</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Light green</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">1.5 - 9</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">1.5 - 4</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Dark green</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">< 1.5</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">< 1.5</p></td>
-</tr>
-</tbody>
-</table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The profile also includes depth readings for the peaks and troughs in the graph.
-So users should see the depth of the deepest point and other peaks. Mean depth
-is plotted as a grey line, indicating mean dive depth up to a particular moment during the dive.</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/scale.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">In some cases the dive profile does not fill the whole area of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>
-panel. Clicking the <strong>Scale</strong> button in the toolbar on the left of the dive profile
-increases the size of the dive profile to fill the area of the panel.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Water temperature</strong> is displayed with its own blue line with temperature values
-placed adjacent to significant changes.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The dive profile can include graphs of the <strong>partial pressures</strong>
-of O<sub>2</sub>, N<sub>2</sub>, and He during the dive (see figure above) as well as a calculated and dive computer
-reported deco ceilings (only visible for deep, long, or repetitive dives).
-Partial pressures of oxygen are indicated in green, nitrogen in black,
-and helium in dark red. These
-partial pressure graphs are shown below the profile data.</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/O2.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Clicking this button allows display of the partial pressure of <strong>oxygen</strong> during the
-dive. This is shown below the dive depth and water temperature graphs.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/N2.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Clicking this button allows display of the partial pressure of <strong>nitrogen</strong> during the dive.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/He.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Clicking this button allows display of the partial pressure of <strong>helium</strong> during the dive.
-This is only important to divers using Trimix, Helitrox or similar breathing gasses.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>air consumption</strong> graph displays the tank pressure and its change during the
-dive. The air consumption takes depth into account so that even when manually
-entering the start and end pressures the graph, is not a straight line.
-Like the depth graph, the slope of the tank pressure gives you information
-about the
-momentary SAC rate (Surface Air Consumption) when using an air integrated dive computer.
-Here the color
-coding is not relative to some absolute values but relative to the average
-normalized air consumption during the dive. So areas that are red or orange
-indicate
-times of increased normalized air consumption while dark green reflects times
-when the diver was using less gas than average.</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/Heartbutton.png" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Clicking on the heart rate button will allow the display of heart rate information
-during the dive if the dive computer was attached to a heart rate sensor.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>It is possible to <strong>zoom</strong> into the profile graph. This is done either by using
-the scroll wheel / scroll gesture of your mouse or trackpad. By default
-<em>Subsurface</em> always shows a profile area large enough for at least 30 minutes
-and 30m
- (100ft) – this way short or shallow dives are easily recognizable;
-something free divers won’t care about.
-<span class="image">
-<img src=":images/MeasuringBar.png" alt="FIGURE: Measuring Bar" />
-</span></p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/ruler.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Measurements of <strong>depth or time differences</strong> can be achieved by using the
-<strong>ruler button</strong> on the left of the dive profile panel.
-The measurement is done by dragging the red dots to the two points
-on the dive profile that you wish to measure. Information is then given
-in the horizontal white area underneath the
-two red dots.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/ShowPhotos.png" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Photographs that have been added to a dive can be shown on the profile
-by selecting
-the <strong>Show-photo</strong> button. The position of a photo on the profile
-shows the exact time when this photo was taken. If this button is not active,
-the photos are hidden.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The profile can also include the dive computer reported <strong>ceiling</strong> (more
-precisely, the deepest deco stop that the dive computer calculated for each
-particular moment in time) as a red overlay on the dive profile. Ascent ceilings
-occur when a direct ascent to the surface increases
-the risk of a diver suffering from decompression sickness (DCS) and it is necessary
-to either ascend
-slower or to perform decompression stop(s) before ascending to the surface. Not
-all dive computers record this information and make it available for download;
-for example none of the Suunto dive computers make these data
-available to divelog software. <em>Subsurface</em> also calculates ceilings independently,
-shown as a green overlay on the dive profile.
-Because of the differences in algorithms used
-and amount of data available (and other factors taken into consideration at the time
-of the calculation) it’s unlikely that ceilings from dive computers and from <em>Subsurface</em>
-are the same, even if the same algorithm and <em>gradient factors</em> (see below) are used.
-It’s also quite common that <em>Subsurface</em> calculates a ceiling for
-non-decompression dives when the dive computer stayed in non-deco mode during
-the whole dive (represented by the <span class="green">dark green</span> section in the profile
-at the beginning of this section). This is because <em>Subsurface’s</em>
-calculations describe the deco obligation at each moment during a dive,
-while dive computers usually take the upcoming ascent into account. During the
-ascent some excess nitrogen (and possibly helium) are already breathed off so
-even though the diver technically encountered a ceiling at depth, the dive still does
-not require a specific deco stop. This feature lets dive computers offer
-longer non-stop bottom times.</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/cceiling.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">If the dive computer itself calculates a ceiling and makes it available to
-<em>Subsurface</em> during upload of dives, this can be
-shown as a red area by checking <strong>Dive computer reported ceiling</strong> button on the Profile Panel.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/ceiling1.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">If the <strong>Calculated ceiling</strong> button on the Profile Panel is clicked, then a ceiling,
-calculated by <em>Subsurface</em>, is shown in green if it exists for
-a particular dive (<strong>A</strong> in figure below). This setting can be modified in two ways:</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/ceiling2.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">If, in addition, the <strong>show all tissues</strong> button on the Profile Panel is clicked, the ceiling is shown for the tissue
-compartments following the Bühlmann model (<strong>B</strong> in figure below).</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/ceiling3.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">If, in addition, the <strong>3m increments</strong> button on the Profile Panel is clicked, then the ceiling is indicated in 3 m increments
-(<strong>C</strong> in figure below).</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Ceilings2.jpg" alt="Figure: Ceiling with 3m resolution" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/ShowCylindersButton.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">By selecting this icon, the different cylinders used during a dive can be represented as a colored bar at the bottom
-of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. In general oxygen is represented by a green bar, nitrogen a yellow bar and helium a
-red bar. The image below shows a dive which first uses a trimix cylinder (red and green), followed by a switch to a nitrox cylinder
-(yellow and green) after 23 minutes. Cylinders with air are shown as a light blue bar.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/ShowCylinders_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Cylinder use graph" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/tissues.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Display inert gas tissue pressures relative to ambient inert gas pressure (horizontal grey line).
-Tissue pressures are calculated using the Bühlmann ZH-L16 algorithm and are displayed as lines ranging from
-green (faster tissues) to blue (slower tissues).
-The black line, graphed above the ambient pressure, is the maximum allowable tissue supersaturation (pressure limit) derived
-from the gradient factors specified in the <strong>Preferences</strong>. For
-divers doing planned decompression diving, efficient rates of offgassing are obtained with tissue pressures
-between the ambient inert gas pressure (grey line) and the pressure limit (black line). This display is a representation
-of the tissue pressures during the whole dive. In contrast, the <a href="#S_gas_pressure_graph">Gas Pressure Graph</a> in the <strong>Information Box</strong>
-on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> is an instantaneous reflection of tissue pressures at the moment in
-time, at the position of the cursor on the dive profile.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/tissuesGraph.jpg" alt="Figure: Inert gas tissue pressure graph" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Gradient Factor settings strongly affect the calculated ceilings and their depths.
-For more information about Gradient factors, see the section on <a href="#S_GradientFactors">Gradient Factor Preference settings</a>. The
-currently used gradient factors (e.g. GF 35/75) are shown above the depth profile if the appropriate toolbar buttons are activated.
-<strong>N.B.:</strong> The indicated gradient factors are NOT the gradient factors in use by the dive computer,
-but those used by <em>Subsurface</em> to calculate deco obligations
-during the dive. For more information external to this manual see:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html">Gradient factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts</a>
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_the_dive_profile_context_menu">6.5. The Dive Profile context menu</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The context menu for the Dive Profile is accessed by right-clicking while the
-mouse cursor is over the Dive Profile panel. The menu lets you create
-Bookmarks, Gas Change Event markers, or manual CCR set-point changes
-other than the ones that might have been
-imported from a Dive Computer. Markers are placed against the depth profile line,
-with the time of the event set by where the mouse cursor was when the right
-mouse button was first clicked to bring up the menu. Gas Change events
-involve a selection of which gas is being switched TO. The list of choices is based on
-the available gases defined in the <strong>Equipment</strong> Tab. Setpoint change
-events open a dialog letting you choose the next setpoint value. As
-in the planner, a setpoint value of zero shows the diver is
-breathing from an open circuit system while any non-zero value
-shows the use of a closed circuit rebreather (CCR).
-By right-clicking while over
-an existing marker a menu appears, adding options to allow deletion of the
-marker, or to allow all markers of that type to be hidden. Hidden events can be
-restored to view by selecting Unhide all events from the context menu.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_InfoBox">6.6. The <strong>Information Box</strong></h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The Information box displays a large range of information about the dive
-profile. Normally the Information Box is located to the top left of the <strong>Dive
-Profile</strong> panel. If the mouse points outside of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel, then
-only the top line of the Information Box is visible (see left-hand part of
-figure (<strong>A</strong>) below). The Information Box can be moved around in the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>
-panel by click-dragging it with the mouse so that it is not obstructing
-important detail. The position of the Information Box is saved and used again
-during subsequent dive analyses.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/InfoBox2.jpg" alt="Figure: Information Box" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>When the mouse points inside the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel, the information box expands and
-shows many data items. In this situation, the data reflect the time point along
-the dive profile shown by the mouse cursor (see right-hand part of figure (<strong>B</strong>) above
-where the Information Box reflects the situation at the position of the cursor
-[arrow] in that image). Moving the cursor horizontally lets the Information Box show information for any point
-along the
-dive profile.
-In this mode, the Information Box gives extensive statistics about depth, gas
-and ceiling characteristics of the particular dive. These include: Time period
-into the dive (indicated by a @), depth, cylinder pressure (P), temperature,
-ascent/descent rate, surface air consumption (SAC), oxygen partial pressure,
-maximum operating depth, equivalent air depth (EAD), equivalent narcotic depth
-(END), equivalent air density depth (EADD), decompression requirements at that
-instant in time (Deco), time to surface (TTS), the calculated ceiling, as well
-as the calculated ceiling for several Bühlmann tissue compartments.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The user has control over the display of some statistics, shown as four
-buttons on the left of the profile panel. These are:</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/MOD.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Clicking this button causes the Information Box to display the <strong>Maximum Operating Depth
-(MOD)</strong> of the dive, given the
-gas mixture used. MOD is dependent on the oxygen concentration in the breathing gas.
-For air (21% oxygen) it is around 57 m if a maximum pO<sub>2</sub> of 1.4 is specified in the <strong>Preferences</strong> section
-(select <em>File</em> → Preferences → Graph_ and edit the text box <em>Max pO<sub>2</sub> when showing MOD</em>.
-Below the MOD there is a markedly increased
-risk of exposure to the dangers of oxygen toxicity.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/NDL.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Clicking this button causes the Information Box to display either the <strong>No-deco Limit (NDL)</strong> or the
-<strong>Total Time to Surface (TTS)</strong>. NDL is the time duration that a diver can continue with a
-dive, given the present depth, that does not require decompression (that is, before an
-ascent ceiling appears). Once a diver has exceeded the NDL and decompression is required (that
-is, there is an ascent ceiling above the diver) then TTS gives the number of minutes
-required before the diver can surface. TTS includes ascent time as well as decompression
-time. TTS is calculated assuming an ascent surface air consumption (SAC) for
-the gas currently used. Even if the profile contains several gas
-switches, TTS at a specific moment during the dive is calculated using the current gas.
-TTS longer than 2 hours is not accurately calculated and Subsurface only indicates <em>TTS > 2h</em>.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/SAC.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Clicking this button causes the Information Box to display the <strong>Surface Air Consumption (SAC)</strong>.
-SAC is an indication of the surface-normalized respiration rate of a diver. The value of SAC
-is less than the real
-respiration rate because a diver at 10m uses breathing gas at a rate roughly double that of
-the equivalent rate at the surface. SAC gives an indication of breathing gas consumption rate
-independent of the depth of the dive, so the respiratory rates of different dives
-can be compared. The units for SAC is liters/min or cubic ft/min.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/EAD.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Clicking this button displays the <strong>Equivalent Air Depth (EAD)</strong> for
-nitrox dives as well as the <strong>Equivalent
-Narcotic Depth (END)</strong> for trimix dives. These are
-important to divers breathe gases other than air. Their
-values are dependent on the composition of the breathing gas. The EAD
-is the depth of a hypothetical air dive that has the same partial
-pressure of nitrogen as the current depth of the nitrox dive at
-hand. A nitrox dive leads to the same decompression obligation as an
-air dive to the depth equalling the EAD. The END is the depth of a
-hypothetical air dive that has the same sum of partial pressures of
-the narcotic gases nitrogen and oxygen as the current trimix dive. A
-trimix diver can expect the same narcotic effect as a diver breathing
-air diving at a depth equalling the END.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Figure (<strong>B</strong>) above shows an information box with a nearly complete set of data.</p></div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_gas_pressure_graph">6.6.1. The Gas Pressure Bar Graph</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>On the left of the <strong>Information Box</strong> is a vertical bar graph showing the
-pressures of the nitrogen (and other inert gases, e.g. helium, if applicable) that the diver
-was inhaling <em>at a particular instant during the dive</em>. It is shown by the position
-of the cursor on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. The drawing on the left below indicates the
-meaning of the different parts of the Gas Pressure Bar Graph.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/GasPressureBarGraph.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Gas Pressure bar Graph" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-The light green area indicates the total gas, with the top margin of the light green
- area showing the total gas pressure inhaled by the diver and measured from the bottom
- of the graph to the top of the light green area. This pressure has a <em>relative</em> value in the graph
- and does not indicate absolute pressure.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The horizontal black line underneath the light green margin indicates the equilibrium pressure
- of the inert gases inhaled by the diver, usually nitrogen. In
- the case of trimix, it is the pressures of nitrogen and helium combined. In this example,
- the user is diving with EAN32, so the inert gas pressure is 68% of the distance from the
- bottom of the graph to the total gas pressure value.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The dark green area at the bottom of the graph represents the pressures of inert gas in each
- of the 16 tissue compartments, following the Bühlmann algorithm, the fast tissues being on the
- left hand side.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The top black horizontal line indicates the gradient factor that applies to the depth of
- the diver at the particular point on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. The gradient factor shown is an
- interpolation between the GFLow and GFHigh values specified in the Graph tab of the <strong>Preferences
- Panel</strong> of <strong>Subsurface</strong>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The bottom margin of the red area in the graph indicates the Bühlman-derived M-value. That is the
- pressure value of inert gases at which bubble formation is expected to be severe, resulting
- in decompression sickness.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>These five values are shown on the left in the graph above. The way the Gas Pressure Bar Graph changes
-during a dive can be seen on the right hand side of the above figure for a diver using EAN32.</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Graph <strong>A</strong> indicates the start of a dive with the diver at the surface. The pressures in all
- the tissue compartments are still at the equilibrium pressure because no diving has taken place.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Graph <strong>B</strong> indicates the situation after a descent to 30 meters. Few of the tissue compartments have had
- time to respond to the descent, so their gas pressures are far below the equilibrium gas pressure.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Graph <strong>C</strong> represents the pressures after 30 minutes at 30 m. The fast compartments have attained
- equilibrium (i.e. they have reached the hight of the black line indicating the equilibrium pressure). The
- slower compartments (towards the right) have not reached equilibrium and are in the process of slowly
- increasing in pressure.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Graph <strong>D</strong> shows the pressures after ascent to a depth of 4.5 meters. Since during ascent the total
- inhaled gas pressure has decreased strongly from 4 bar to 1.45 bar, the pressures in the different tissue
- compartments now exceed that of the total gas pressure and approach the gradient factor value (i.e.
- the top black horizontal line). Further ascent will result in exceeding the gradient
- factor value (GFHigh), endangering the diver.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Graph <strong>E</strong> indicates the situation after remaining at 4.5 meters for 10 minutes. The fast compartments
- have decreased in pressure. As expected, the pressures in the slow compartments have not changed much.
- The pressures in the fast compartments do not approach the GFHigh value any more and the diver is safer
- than in the situation indicated in graph <strong>D</strong>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_organizing_the_logbook_manipulating_groups_of_dives">7. Organizing the logbook (Manipulating groups of dives)</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_the_dive_list_context_menu">7.1. The Dive List context menu</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Several actions on either a single dive, or a group of dives, can be performed using the Dive List
-Context Menu. It is found by selecting either a single dive or a group of dives and then right-clicking.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/ContextMenu.jpg" alt="Figure: Context Menu" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The context menu is used in many functions described below.</p></div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_customizing_the_columns_showed_in_the_strong_dive_list_strong_panel">7.1.1. Customizing the columns showed in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel</h4>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DiveListOptions.jpg" alt="Example: Dive list info options" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The default information in the <strong>Dive List</strong> includes, for each dive, Dive_number, Date, Rating, Dive_depth,
-Dive_duration and Dive_location. This information can be controlled and changed by right-clicking on the
-header bar of the <strong>Dive List</strong>. For instance, a right-click on the <em>Date</em> header brings up a list of items
-that can be shown in the dive list (see above). Select an item to be shown in the <strong>Dive List</strong> or be
-deleted (reflected by the check symbols) and the list is immediately updated. Preferences for information
-shown in the <strong>Dive List</strong> are saved and used when <em>Subsurface</em> is re-opened.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_Renumber">7.2. Renumbering the dives</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Dives are normally numbered incrementally from non-recent dives (low sequence
-numbers) to recent dives (higher sequence numbers). Numbering
-of dives is not always consistent. For instance, when non-recent dives are
-added, correct numbering does not automatically follow on because
-of the dives that are more recent in date/time than the newly-added dive with
-an older date/time. So you may need to renumber the dives.
-Do this by selecting (from the Main Menu) <em>Log → Renumber</em>. Users are
-given a choice of the lowest sequence number to be used.
-This results in new sequence numbers (based on date/time)
-for the dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>You can also renumber a few selected dives in the dive list. Select the dives that
-need renumbering. Right-click on the selected list and use the Dive List Context Menu
-to perform the renumbering. A popup window appears letting the user specify
-the starting number for the process.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_Group">7.3. Grouping dives into trips and manipulating trips</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>For regular divers, the dive list can rapidly become very long. <em>Subsurface</em>
-can group dives into <em>trips</em>. It does this by grouping dives that have
-date/times not separated in time by more than two days, so creating
-a single heading for each diving trip represented in the dive log. Below is an
-ungrouped dive list (<strong>A</strong>, on the left) as well as the corresponding grouped dive
-list of five dive trips (<strong>B</strong>, on the right):</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Group2.jpg" alt="Figure: Grouping dives" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Grouping into trips allows a rapid way of accessing individual dives without
-having to scan a long lists of dives. To group the dives in a dive list,
-(from the Main Menu) select <em>Log → Autogroup</em>. The <strong>Dive List</strong> panel
-now shows only the titles for the trips.</p></div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_editing_the_title_and_associated_information_for_a_particular_trip">7.3.1. Editing the title and associated information for a particular trip</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Normally, in the dive list, minimal information is included in the trip title.
-More information about a trip can be added by selecting its trip title from
-the <strong>Dive List</strong>. This shows a <strong>Trip Notes</strong> tab in the <strong>Notes</strong> panel. Here
-you can add or edit information about the date/time, the trip location and any
-other general comments about the trip as a whole (e.g. the dive
-company that was used, the general weather and surface conditions during the trip, etc.).
-After entering this
-information, select <strong>Save</strong> from the buttons at the top right
-of the <strong>Trip Notes</strong>
-tab. The trip title in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel should now reflect the
-edited information.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_viewing_the_dives_during_a_particular_trip">7.3.2. Viewing the dives during a particular trip</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Once the dives have been grouped into trips, you can expand one or more
-trips by clicking the arrow-head on the left of each trip title. This expands
-the selected trip, revealing individual dives done during the trip.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_collapsing_or_expanding_dive_information_for_different_trips">7.3.3. Collapsing or expanding dive information for different trips</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting a particular trip in the dive list, the
-context menu allows several options to expand or collapse dives
-within trips. This includes expanding all trips and collapsing all trips.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_merging_dives_from_more_than_one_trip_into_a_single_trip">7.3.4. Merging dives from more than one trip into a single trip</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting a trip title, the context menu allows the merging
-of trips by either merging the selected trip with the trip below or with the
-trip above. (Merge trip with trip below; Merge trip with trip above)</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_splitting_a_single_trip_into_more_than_one_trip">7.3.5. Splitting a single trip into more than one trip</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If a trip includes ten dives, you can split this trip into two trips (trip 1:
-top 4 dives; trip 2: bottom 6 dives) by selecting and right-clicking the top
-four dives. The resulting context menu lets the user create a new trip by
-choosing the option <strong>Create new trip above</strong>. The top four dives are then
-grouped
-into a separate trip. The figures below show the selection and context menu
-on the left (A) and
-the completed action on the right (B):</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/SplitDive3a.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Split a trip into 2 trips" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_manipulating_single_dives">7.4. Manipulating single dives</h3>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_delete_a_dive_from_the_dive_log">7.4.1. Delete a dive from the dive log</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Dives can be permanently deleted from the dive log by selecting and
-right-clicking them to bring up the context menu, then selecting <strong>Delete
-dive(s)</strong>. Typically this would apply to a case where a user wishes to delete
-workshop
-calibration dives of the dive computer or dives of extremely short duration.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_unlink_a_dive_from_a_trip">7.4.2. Unlink a dive from a trip</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>You can unlink dives from the trip to which they belong. To do this,
-select and right-click
-the relevant dives to bring up the context menu. Then select the option <strong>Remove dive(s)
-from trip</strong>. The dive(s) now appear immediately above or below the trip to
-which they belonged, depending on the date and time of the unlinked dive.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_add_a_dive_to_the_trip_immediately_above">7.4.3. Add a dive to the trip immediately above</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Selected dives can be moved from the trip to which they belong and placed within
-a separate trip. To do this, select and right-click
-the dive(s) to bring up the context menu, and then select <strong>Create new trip above</strong>.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_shift_the_start_time_of_dive_s">7.4.4. Shift the start time of dive(s)</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Sometimes it’s necessary to adjust the start time of a dive. This may apply to
-situations where dives are done in different time zones or when the dive
-computer has a wrong time. To do this, select and right-click
-the dive(s) to be
-adjusted. This brings up the context menu on which the <strong>Shift times</strong>
-option should be selected. You must then specify the
-time
-(in hours and minutes) by which the dives should be adjusted and click on the
-option of whether the time adjustment should be earlier or later.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_merge_dives_into_a_single_dive">7.4.5. Merge dives into a single dive</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Sometimes a dive is briefly interrupted, for example, if a diver returns to the surface
-for a few minutes. That results in two or more dives being recorded by the dive
-computer and appearing as different dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel. You can
-merge these dives onto a single dive by selecting the appropriate dives,
-right-clicking them to bring up the context menu and then selecting <strong>Merge selected
-dives</strong>. It may be necessary to edit the dive information in the <strong>Notes</strong>
-panel to reflect events or conditions that apply to the merged dive. The figure
-below shows the depth profile of two dives that were merged:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/MergedDive.png" alt="Example: Merged dive" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_undo_dive_manipulations">7.4.6. Undo dive manipulations</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Important actions on dives or trips, described above, can be undone or redone.
-This includes: <em>delete dives</em>, <em>merge dives</em>, <em>renumber dives</em> and <em>shift dive times</em>.
-To do this after performing any of these actions, from the <strong>Main Menu</strong> select
-<em>Edit</em>. This brings up the possibility to <em>Undo</em> or <em>Redo</em> an action.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_Filter">7.5. Filtering the dive list</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel can be filtered, so you can select only some
-of the dives based on their attributes, e.g. dive tags, dive site, dive master, buddy or protective
-clothing. For instance, filtering lets you list the deep dives at a particular
-dive site, or otherwise the cave dives with a particular buddy.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>To open the filter, select <em>Log → Filter divelist</em> from the main menu. This opens the
-<em>Filter Panel</em> at the top of the <em>Subsurface</em> window. Three icons are located at the top
-right hand of the filter panel (see image below). The <em>Filter Panel</em> can be reset
-(i.e. all current filters cleared) by selecting the <strong>yellow angled arrow</strong>. The <em>Filter Panel</em> may also be
-minimized by selecting the <strong>green up-arrow". When minimized, only these three icons are shown.
-The panel can be maximized by clicking the same icon that minimized it. The filter may also be
-reset and closed by selecting the *red button</strong> with the white cross.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Filterpanel.jpg" alt="Figure: Filter panel" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Four filter criteria may be used to filter the dive list: dive tags, person (buddy / divemaster), dive site
-and dive suit. Each of these is represented by a check list with check boxes. Above
-each check list is a second-level filter tool, allowing the listing of only some
-attributes within that check list. For instance, typing "<em>ca</em>" in the filter
-text box above the tags check list, results in the list being reduced
-to "<em>cave</em>" and "<em>cavern</em>". Filtering the check list helps to rapidly find
-search terms for filtering the dive list.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>To activate filtering of the dive list, check at least one check box in one of
-the four check lists. The dive list is then shortened to include
-only the dives that pertain to the criteria specified in the check lists.
-The four check lists work as a filter with <em>AND</em> operators. Subsurface
-filters therefore for <em>cave</em> as a tag AND <em>Joe Smith</em> as a buddy. But the
-filters within a category are inclusive - filtering for <em>cave</em> and <em>boat</em>
-shows those dives that have either one OR both of these tags.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_ExportLog">8. Exporting the dive log or parts of the dive log</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>There are two ways to export dive information from Subsurface:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Export dive information to <em>Facebook</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_Export_other">Export dive information to other destinations or formats</a>
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_facebook">8.1. Exporting dive information to <em>Facebook</em></h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Export of dives to <em>Facebook</em> is handled differently from other types of export because
-a connection to <em>Facebook</em> is required, needing a <em>Facebook</em> userID and password.
-If, from the <strong>Main Menu</strong>, you select <em>File → Preferences → Facebook</em>, a login screen comes up.
-(image <strong>A</strong> to the left, below). Provide a <em>Facebook</em> userID and password.
-Once logged into to <em>Facebook</em> , the panel
-in image <strong>B</strong>, below is shown, including a <em>Disconnect from Facebook</em> button to close the
-<em>Facebook</em> connection.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/facebook1_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Facebook login" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>From the <em>Subsurface</em> window it’s easy to determine whether <em>Subsurface</em> has a valid connection to <em>Facebook</em>
-From the <strong>Main Menu</strong>, select <em>Share on → Facebook</em> (image <strong>A</strong>, below). Normally, the <em>Facebook</em> option is greyed out. But
-if there is a connection to <em>Facebook</em>, this option is active (i.e. in black color and can be selected).</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Having established a login to <em>Facebook</em>, transferring a dive profileto a <em>Facebook</em> timeline is easy.
-Be sure the dive to be transferred to the timeline is shown in the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel. If, from the <strong>Main Menu</strong>, you
-select <em>Share on → Facebook</em> (see image <strong>A</strong> below), a dialogue box is shown, determining the amount of additional information transferred along
-with the dive profile (image <strong>B</strong>, below). To transfer a dive profile to <em>Facebook</em>, the name of a
-<em>Facebook</em> album is needed. The checkboxes on the left hand side let you decide how much
-additional information should be transferred with the dive profile. This information is shown in the text box
-on the right hand side of the panel (image <strong>B</strong>, below). You can easily edit the message that will be posted
-with the dive profile. After specifying the additional information and verifying the text, select
-the <em>OK</em> button that triggers the transfer to <em>Facebook</em>. After the transfer
-is done, an acknowledgement dialogue appears, indicating it was successful.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Both the album created and the post to your timeline will be marked as
-private. In order for friends to be able to see it,
-change its permissions from a regular Facebook login either in a
-browser or a Facebook app.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/facebook2_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Facebook login" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If required, then close the <em>Facebook</em> connection by either closing <em>Subsurface</em> or by selecting <em>File → Preferences → Facebook</em> from
-the Main Menu, and clicking the appropriate button on the Facebook Preferences panel.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_Export_other">8.2. Export dive information to other destinations or formats</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>For non-<em>Facebook exports</em>, the export function can be found by selecting <em>File → Export</em>, which brings up
-the Export dialog. This dialog always gives two options: save ALL dives, or save only
-the dives selected in <strong>Dive List</strong> panel of <em>Subsurface</em>. Click the appropriate
-radio button (see images below).</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Export_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Export dialog" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>A dive log or part of it can be saved in three formats:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Subsurface XML</em> format. This is the native format used by <em>Subsurface</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Universal Dive Data Format (<em>UDDF</em>). Refer to <em>http://uddf.org</em> for more information.
- UDDF is a generic format that enables communication among many dive computers
- and computer programs.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Divelogs.de</em>, an Internet-based dive log repository. In order to upload to <em>Divelogs.de</em>,
- you need a user-ID as well as a password for <em>Divelogs.de</em>. Log into <em>http://en.divelogs.de</em>
- and subscribe to this service to upload dive log data from <em>Subsurface</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>DiveShare</em> is also a dive log repository on the Internet focusing on recreational
- dives. To upload dives, you need a user ID, so registration with
- <em>http://scubadiveshare.com</em> is required.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>CSV dive details</em>, that includes the most critical information of the dive
- profile. Included information of a dive is: dive number, date, time, buddy,
- duration, depth, temperature and pressure: in short, most of the information
- that recreational divers enter into handwritten log books.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>CSV dive profile</em>, that includes a large amount of detail for each dive, including
- the depth profile, temperature and pressure information of each dive.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>HTML</em> format, in which the dive(s) are stored in HTML files, readable
- with an Internet browser. Most modern web browsers are supported, but JavaScript
- must be enabled. The HTML export cannot be changed or edited.
- It contains most of the information recorded in the dive log. However, it does not show the
- calculated values in the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel, e.g. calculated cylinder pressure, gas
- pressures and MOD. The HTML export contains a search
- option to search the dive log. HTML export is specified on the second tab of the
- Export dialog (image <strong>B</strong> above). A typical use of this option is to export all one’s
- dives to a smartphone or a tablet where it would serve as a portable record
- of dives. That is useful for dive companies that wish to verify the dive history of a diver,
- often doing away with the need to carry an original logbook
- when doing dives with dive companies.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Worldmap</em> format, an HTML file with a world map upon which each dive and
- some information about it are indicated. This map is not editable. If you select any
- of the dive sites on the map, a summary of the dive is available in text, as shown
- in the image below.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/mapview_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: HTML Map export view" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Image depths</em>, which creates a text file that contains the file names of all
- photos or images attached
- to any of the selected dives in the <em>Dive List</em>, together with the depth underwater where
- of each of those photos was taken.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>General Settings</em>, under the HTML tab, provides the following options:
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Subsurface Numbers: if this option is checked, the dive(s) are exported with the
- numbers associated with them in Subsurface, Otherwise the dive(s) will be numbered
- starting from 1.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Export Yearly Statistics: if this option is checked, a yearly statistics table will
- be attached to the HTML exports.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Export List only: a list of dives only (date, time, depth, duration) will be exported
- and the detailed dive information, e.g. dive profile, will not be available.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Under <em>Style Options</em> some style-related options are available like font
- size and theme.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Export to other formats can be done through third party facilities, for
-instance <em>www.divelogs.de</em>.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_Cloud_access">9. Keeping a <em>Subsurface</em> dive log in the Cloud</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>For each diver, dive log information is highly important. Not only is it a record
-of diving activities for one’s own pleasure, but it’s important information required
-for admission to training courses or sometimes even diving sites. The
-security of the dive log is critical. To have a dive log that is
-resistant to failure of a home computer hard drive, loss or theft of equipment, the
-Cloud is an obvious solution. This also has the added benefit that you can access your dive
-log from anywhere in the world. For this reason, facilities such as <em>divelogs.de</em> and <em>Diving Log</em> offer to store
-dive log information on the Internet.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> includes access to a transparently integrated cloud storage
-back end that is available to all Subsurface users. Storing and retrieving a dive log
-from the cloud is no more difficult than accessing the dives on the local hard disk.
-The only requirement is that you should first register as a user on the cloud.
-To use <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> , follow these steps:</p></div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_create_a_cloud_storage_account">9.1. Create a cloud storage account</h3>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Open the <strong>Network Preferences</strong> by selecting <em>File</em> → <em>Preferences</em> → <em>Network</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-In the section headed <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em>, enter an email address that
- <em>Subsurface</em> can use for user registration.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Enter a novel password that <em>Subsurface</em> will use to store the
- dive log in the cloud.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Click <em>Apply</em> to send the above email address and password to the
- (remote) cloud server. The server responds by sending a verification PIN to
- the above email address (This is the <strong>only</strong> occasion that <em>Subsurface</em> uses the
- email address provided above). The <strong>Network Preferences</strong> dialog now has a new PIN text
- box, not visible previously.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Enter the PIN in the corresponding text box in the <strong>Network Preferences</strong> dialog
-(this field is only visible while the server is waiting for email
-address confirmation)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Click <em>Apply</em> again. The <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> account
-will be marked as verified and the <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> service is initialised for use.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_using_em_subsurface_cloud_storage_em">9.2. Using <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em></h3>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Once the cloud storage has been initialized, two new items appear in the
- <em>File</em> menu of the main menu system: <em>Open cloud storage</em> and <em>Save to cloud storage</em>.
-These options let you load and save data to the <em>Subsurface
-cloud storage</em> server.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-In the <em>Defaults Preferences</em> tab, you can select to use the <em>Subsurface cloud
-storage</em> data as the default data file by checking the box marked <em>Cloud storage default file</em>.
- This means the data from
-the <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> is loaded when <em>Subsurface</em> starts and saved there when <em>Subsurface</em> closes.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Subsurface</em> keeps a local copy of the data and the cloud facility remains fully
-functional even if used while disconnected to the Internet. <em>Subsurface</em> simply synchronizes the
-data with the cloud server the next time the program is used while the computer is
-connected to the Internet.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_Cloud_storage">9.3. Web access to <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em></h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>One of the nice side benefits of using <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> is that
-you can also access your dive data from any web browser. Simply open
-<a href="https://cloud.subsurface-divelog.org"><em>https://cloud.subsurface-divelog.org</em></a>,
-log in with the same email and password, and you can see an HTML export of
-the last dive data that was synced to <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em>. The dive information
-shown is only the contents of the recorded dive logs, NOT the calculated values
-shown in the <strong>Profile</strong> panel,
-including some cylinder pressures, deco ceilings and O<sub>2</sub>/He/N<sub>2</sub> partial pressures.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_other_cloud_services">9.4. Other cloud services</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If you prefers not to use the integrated cloud storage of dive logs (and
-don’t need the web access), it’s simple to store
-dive logs in the cloud using several of the existing facilities on the
-Internet.
-For instance
-<a href="http://www.dropbox.com/"><em>Dropbox</em></a>
-offers a free application that allows
-files on the Dropbox servers to be seen as a local folder on a desktop computer.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Cloud.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Dropbox folder" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>Dropbox</em> program creates a copy of the <em>Dropbox</em> Internet Cloud content on your
-desktop computer. When the computer is connected to the Internet, the Internet
-content is automatically updated. Therefore both the <em>Open</em> and <em>Save</em> of dive logs are done
-using the local copy of the dive log in the local <em>Dropbox</em> folder, so there’s no need
-for a direct internet connection. If the local copy is modified, e.g. by adding a dive,
-the remote copy in the <em>Dropbox</em> server in the Cloud will be automatically updated whenever
-Internet access is available.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>In this way a dive log in
-your <em>Dropbox</em> folder can be accessed seamlessly from the Internet and can
-be accessed anywhere with Internet access. Currently there are no costs
-involved for this service. Dropbox (Windows, Mac
-and Linux) can be installed by accessing the
-<a href="http://www.dropbox.com/install"><em>Install Page on the Dropbox website</em></a>
-. Alternatively you can use <em>Dropbox</em> as a way back up your dive log. To
-Store a dive log on <em>Dropbox</em>, select <em>File → Save as</em> from the <em>Subsurface</em> main menu,
-navigate to the <em>Dropbox</em> folder and select the <em>Save</em> button. To access the dive log
-in <em>Dropbox</em>, select <em>File → Open Logbook</em> from the <em>Subsurface</em>
-main menu and navigate to the dive log file in the <em>Dropbox</em> folder and select the
-<em>Open</em> button.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Several paid services exist on the Internet (e.g. Google, Amazon) where the same
-process could be used for the Cloud-based storage of dive logs.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_PrintDivelog">10. Printing a dive log</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> provides a simple and flexible way to print a whole dive log or only a few selected dives.
- Pre-installed templates or a custom written template can be used to choose where the data are fitted into the page.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Some decisions need to be made before printing:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Should the whole dive log be printed or only part of it? If only part
- is required, select the required dives from the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-If the dive profiles are printed, what gas partial pressure information should be shown? Select
- the appropriate toggle-buttons on the button bar to the left of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If <em>File → Print</em> is selected from the Main menu, the dialogue below (image <strong>A</strong>) appears. Three
-specifications are needed to get the desired information and page layout:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Print1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print dialogue" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-Under <em>Print type</em> select one of two options:
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Dive list print</em>: Print dives from the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel with profiles and other information.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Statistics print</em>: Print yearly statistics of the dives.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Under <em>Print options</em> select:
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Printing only the dives selected from the dive list before
- activating the print dialogue by checking the box <em>Print only
- selected dives</em>. If this check box is <strong>not</strong> checked ALL dives in
- the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel are printed.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Printing in color, done by checking the box with _Print in color. If this check box
- is not checked, printing is in black and white.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Under <em>Template</em> select a template to be used as the page layout. There are several choices.
-(see image <strong>B</strong>, above).
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Table</em>: This prints a summary table of all dives selected (see below).
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Print_summarylist_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print summary table" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Flow layout</em>: Print the text associated with each dive without printing the dive profiles
- of each dive (see below):
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Print_flow_layout_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print flow layout" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>One Dive</em>: Print one dive per page, also showing the dive profile (see below)
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/print2_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print one dive / page" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Two Dives</em>: Print two dives per page, also showing the dive profiles.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Six Dives</em>: Print six dives per page, also showing the dive profiles.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>You can <em>Preview</em> the printed page by selecting the <em>Preview</em> button on the
-dialogue (see image <strong>A</strong> at the start of this section). After preview, you can change
-the options in the print dialogue, so the layout fits personal taste.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Next, select the <em>Print</em> button (see image <strong>A</strong> at the start of this section). This activates the regular print
-dialogue used by the operating system,
-letting you choose a printer and set its properties (see image below):</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Print_print_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print dialog" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Set the print resolution of the printer to an appropriate value by changing
-the printer <em>Properties</em>. Finally, select the <em>Print</em> button to print the dives.
-Below is a (rather small) example of the output for one particular page.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Printpreview.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print preview page" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_writing_a_custom_print_template_advanced">10.1. Writing a custom print template (advanced)</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Writing a custom template is an effective way to produce highly customized printouts. Subsurface uses HTML templates
-to render printing. You can create a template, export a new template, import an existing template and delete an existing template by using
-the appropriate buttons under the <em>Template</em> dropdown list in the print dialogue. See <a href="#S_APPENDIX_E">APPENDIX E</a> for information on how
-to write or modify a template.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_Configure">11. Configuring a dive computer</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> lets you configure a dive computer. Currently the Heinrichs-Weikamp (OSTC 2, OSTC 3) and
-Suunto Vyper (Stinger, Mosquito, D3, Vyper, Vytec,
-Cobra, Gekko and Zoop) family of dive computers are supported. A large number of settings of these dive computers
-can be read and changed to different values. To begin, be sure the appropriate hardware driver
-is installed for the dive computer (also required for downloading dives) and the device name of the dive computer is known.
-See <a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive _information_from_a_dive_computer">APPENDIX A</a> for information on how to do this.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Once the dive computer is connected to the <em>Subsurface</em> computer, select <em>File → Configure dive
-computer</em> from the <em>Main Menu</em>. Provide the appropriate device name in the text box at the
-top of the configuration panel and select the appropriate dive
-computer model from the panel on the left-hand (see image below).</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Configure_dc_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Configure dive computer" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Using the appropriate buttons on the configuration panel, the following actions can be done:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Retrieve available details</strong>. This loads the existing configuration from the dive computer
- to <em>Subsurface</em>, showing it in the configuration panel.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Save changes to device</strong>. This changes the configuration of the
- dive computer to correspond to the information shown in the configuration panel.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Backup</strong>. This saves the configuration data to a file. <em>Subsurface</em> asks for
- a file location and file name for the saved information.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Restore backup</strong>. This loads the information from a backup file and displays it
- in the configuration panel.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Update firmware</strong>. If new firmware is available for the dive computer, this is
- loaded into the dive computer.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_Preferences">12. Setting user <em>Preferences</em> for <em>Subsurface</em></h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>There are several user-definable settings within <em>Subsurface</em>, found by selecting
-<em>File → Preferences</em>. The settings are in
-seven groups: <strong>Defaults</strong>, <strong>Units</strong>, <strong>Graph</strong>, <strong>Language</strong> and <strong>Network</strong>, <strong>Facebook</strong> and <strong>Georeference</strong>.
-All operate on the same principles: the user must specify settings that are to be changed, then
-save them using the <strong>Apply</strong> button. After applying all the new settings users can then
-leave the settings panel by selecting <strong>OK</strong>. If <strong>Discard</strong> is selected, changes to the preferences
-are not saved.</p></div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_defaults">12.1. Defaults</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>There are several settings in the <strong>Defaults</strong> panel:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Pref1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences defaults page" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Lists and tables</strong>: Here you can specify the font type and font size of the
- <strong>Dive Table</strong> panel: By decreasing the font size of the <strong>Dive Table</strong>, you can see more dives on a screen.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Dives</strong>: For the <em>Default Dive File</em> you need to specify the directory and
- file name of your
- electronic dive log book. This is a file with filename extension of either <em>.xml</em> or <em>.ssrf</em>. When
- launched, <em>Subsurface</em> will automatically load the specified dive log book. There are three options:
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>No default file</em>: When checked, <em>Subsurface</em> does not automatically load a dive log at startup.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Local default file</em>: When checked, <em>Subsurface</em> automatically loads a dive log from the local hard disk
- as described above.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Cloud storage default file</em>: When checked, <em>Subsurface automatically loads the dive log from the cloud
- device that was initialized using the <strong>Preferences</strong> _Network</em> tab (see below).
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Display invalid</strong>: Dives can be marked as invalid (when a user wishes to hide
- dives that he/she doesn’t consider valid dives, e.g. pool dives, but still want to
- keep them in the dive log). This controls whether those dives are displayed in
- the dive list.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Default cylinder</strong>: Specify the default cylinder listed in
- the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab of the <strong>Notes</strong> panel.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Animations</strong>: Some actions in showing the dive profile are performed using
- animations. For instance, the axis values for depth and time change from dive to
- dive. When viewing a different dive, these changes in axis characteristics do not
- happen instantaneously, but are animated. The <em>Speed</em> of animations can be controlled
- by setting this slider
- with faster animation speed to the left, and a 0 value representing no animation
- at all.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Clear all settings</strong>: As indicated in the button below this heading, all settings are
- cleared and set to default values.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_units">12.2. Units</h3>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Pref2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Units page" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Here you can choose between metric and imperial units of depth, pressure,
-volume, temperature and mass. By selecting the Metric or Imperial radio button
-at the top, you can specify that all units are in the chosen measurement system.
-Alternatively, if you select the <strong>Personalize</strong> radio button, units can be selected
-independently, with some in the metric system and others in imperial.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Regardless
-of the above settings, dive time measurements can be either in seconds or minutes.
-Choose the appropriate option. GPS coordinates can be represented either as
-traditional coordinates (degrees, minutes, seconds) or as decimal degrees
-Choose the appropriate option.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_graph">12.3. Graph</h3>
-<div class="imageblock" id="S_CCR_options" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Pref3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Graph page" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph" id="S_GradientFactors"><p>This panel allows two type of selections:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Show</strong>: Here you can specify the amount of information shown as part of
- the dive profile:
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Thresholds: <em>Subsurface</em> can display the nitrogen, oxygen and the helium partial pressures during
- the dive, done by using the toolbar on the left hand side of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>
- panel. For each of these graphs you can specify a threshold value on the right-hand side of the
- Preferences panel. If any of the graphs go above the specified threshold level, the graph is
- highlighted in red, indicating the particular partial pressure threshold has been exceeded.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-_Max pO<sub>2</sub> is used for calculating the MOD when displaying the maximum operative depth (MOD)
- for a dive. Specify an appropriate partial pressure. A value of 1.4 is commonly used.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Draw dive computer reported ceiling red</em>: This checkbox does exactly what it says. By default
- the computer reported ceiling is shown in white.
- Not all dive computers report ceiling values. If the dive computer does report it, it may differ
- from the ceilings calculated by <em>Subsurface</em> because of the different algorithms and
- gradient factors, as well as the dynamic way a
- dive computer calculates ceilings during a dive.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Show unused cylinders in Equipment Tab</em>: This checkbox allows display of information about unused cylinders when viewing the
-<strong>Equipment Tab</strong>. If this box is not checked, and if any cylinders entered using the <strong>Equipment Tab</strong> are not used (e.g. there
-was no gas switch to such a cylinder), then these cylinders are omitted from that list.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Show average depth</em>: If this box is checked, the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel contains a grey line that shows
- the mean depth of the dive, up to any time instant during the dive. Normally this is a u-shaped line indicating the deepest mean depth just before
- ascent.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Misc</strong>:
-</p>
-<div class="ulist" id="GradientFactors_Ref"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Gradient Factors (GFLow and GFHigh):* Set the <em>gradient factors</em> used while diving. GF_Low is
- the gradient factor at depth and GF_High is used just below the surface.
- At intermediate depths gradient factors between GF_Low and GF_High are used.
- Gradient factors add conservatism to nitrogen exposure during a dive, in a
- similar way that many dive computers have a conservative setting. The lower
- the value of a gradient factor, the more conservative the calculations are with
- respect to nitrogen loading and the deeper the ascent ceilings are. Gradient
- factors of 20/60 are considered conservative and values of 70/90 are considered
- harsh. Checking the <strong>GFLow at max depth</strong> box causes GF_Low to be used at the
- deepest depth of a dive. If this box is not checked, GF_Low is applied at
- all depths deeper than the first deco stop. For more information see:
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html">Gradient factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts</a>
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>CCR: Show setpoints when viewing pO2:</em> With this checkbox activated, the pO<sub>2</sub>
- graph on the dive profile has an overlay in red which indicates the CCR setpoint
- values. See the section on <a href="#S_CCR_dives">Closed Circuit Rebreather dives</a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>CCR: Show individual O<sub>2</sub> sensor values when viewing pO<sub>2</sub>:</em> Show the pO<sub>2</sub>
- values associated with each of the individual oxygen sensors of a CCR system.
- See the section on <a href="#S_CCR_dives">Closed Circuit Rebreather dives</a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Configuring dive planning using rebreather equipment:</strong>
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Default CCR setpoint for dive planning:</em> Specify the O<sub>2</sub> setpoint for a
- CCR dive plan. This determines the pO<sub>2</sub> maintained
- during a particular dive. Setpoint changes during the dive can be added via the
- profile context menu.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>pSCR O<sub>2</sub> metabolism rate:</em> For a semi-closed rebreather (pSCR) system, this is the
- volume of oxygen used by a diver during a minute. Set this value for pSCR dive planning
- and decompression calculations.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>pSCR ratio:</em> For pSCR equipment the dump ratio is the ratio of gas released to the
- environment to that of the gas recirculated to the diver. Set this value for a
- pSCR dive plan. A 1:10 ratio is commonly used.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_language">12.4. Language</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Choose a language that <em>Subsurface</em> will use.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Pref4_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Language page" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>A checkbox lets you use the <em>System Default</em> language which in most cases
-will be the correct setting; with this <em>Subsurface</em> simply runs in the same
-language / country settings as the underlying operating system.
-To change it, uncheck this checkbox and pick a language / country
-combination from the list of locations. The <em>Filter</em> text box
-lists similar languages. For instance there are several system variants of English
-or French. <strong>This particular preference requires a restart of <em>Subsurface</em> to take
-effect</strong>.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_network">12.5. Network</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This panel facilitates communication between <em>Subsurface</em> and data sources on the Internet.
-This is important, for instance, when <em>Subsurface</em> needs to communicate with web
-services such as Cloud storage or the <a href="#S_Companion"><em>Subsurface Companion app</em></a>. These Internet requirements are determined by your type of
-connection to the Internet and by the Internet Service Provider (ISP) used.
-Your ISP should provide the appropriate information.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Pref5_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Network page" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This dialogue has three sections:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Proxy type</em>:
-If a proxy server is used for Internet access, the type of proxy needs to be selected from the dropdown list,
-after which the IP address of the host and the appropriate port number should
-be provided. If the proxy server uses authentication, the appropriate userID and
-password are required so that <em>Subsurface</em> can automatically pass
-through the proxy server to access the Internet. This information is usually obtained
-from one’s ISP.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Subsurface cloud storage</em>: To store your dive log in the cloud, a valid email address
- and password are required. This lets <em>Subsurface</em> email security information
- regarding cloud storage to you, and to set up cloud storage appropriately.
- Two additional options are given:
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Sync to cloud in the background</em>: This option allows saving of dive information to the cloud storage
- while you do other things within <em>Subsurface</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Save password locally</em>: This allows local storage of the cloud storage password. Note that this
- information is saved in raw text form, not encoded in any way.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Subsurface web service</em>: When you subscribe to the <a href="#S_Companion">Subsurface web service</a>, a very
- long and hard-to-remember userID is issued. This is the place to save that userID. By
- checking the option <em>Save User ID locally?</em>, you ensure a local copy of that userID is saved.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_Facebook">12.6. Facebook Access</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This panel lets you log into a Facebook account in order to transfer information
-from Subsurface to Facebook.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Pref6_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Facebook login panel" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If you provide a valid Facebook userID and password, a
-connection to Facebook is created. That connection is closed when one
-closing down Subsurface. Currently the checkbox labelled "Keep me logged in to Subsurface",
-on the login screen has no effect.
-See the section <a href="#S_facebook">Exporting dive profiles to Facebook</a>
-for more information.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_georeference">12.7. Georeference</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> provides a geo-lookup service (that is, given the coordinates of a dive site) derived from
-a click on the <strong>Dive Map panel</strong> at the bottom right of the <em>Subsurface</em> window, or from a GPS instrument or
-from the <em>Subsurface</em> Companion app). A search on the Internet is done to find
-the name of the closest known location. This function only works if <em>Subsurface</em> has an
-Internet connection. The preference of the dive site name can be configured, e.g. <em>Country/State/City</em>
-or <em>City/State/Country</em> (see image below).</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Pref7_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Facebook login panel" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_DivePlanner">13. The <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Dive planning is an advanced feature of <em>Subsurface</em>, accessed by selecting
-<em>Log → Plan Dive</em> from the main menu. It allows calculation of
-nitrogen load during a dive by using the Bühlmann ZH-L16 algorithm with the addition
-of gradient factors as implemented by Erik Baker.</p></div>
-<div class="sidebarblock">
-<div class="content">
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/warning2.png" alt="Warning" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">The <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner IS CURRENTLY EXPERIMENTAL
-and assumes the user is already familiar with the <em>Subsurface</em>
-user interface. It is explicitly used under the following conditions:</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-The user is conversant with dive planning and has the necessary training to perform
- dive planning.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The user plans dives within his/her certification limits.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Dive planning makes large assumptions about the characteristics of the <em>average person</em>
- and cannot compensate for individual physiology or health or personal history or
- life style characteristics.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The safety of a dive plan depends heavily on the way in which the planner is used.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The user is familiar with the user interface of <em>Subsurface</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-A user who is not absolutely sure about any of the above requirements should not use
- this feature.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div></div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_the_em_subsurface_em_dive_planner_screen">13.1. The <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner screen</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Like the <em>Subsurface</em> dive log, the planner screen is divided into several sections (see image below). The <strong>setup</strong>
-parameters for a dive are entered into the sections on the left hand side of the screen.
-They are: Available Gases, Rates, Planning, Gas Options and Notes.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>At the top right hand is a green <strong>design panel</strong> on which the profile of the dive can be
-manipulated directly by dragging and clicking as explained below. This feature makes the
-<em>Subsurface</em> dive planner unique in ease of use.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>At the bottom right is a text panel with a heading of <em>Dive Plan Details</em>. This is where the details of
-the dive plan are provided in a way that can easily be copied to other software. This is also where
-any warning messages about the dive plan are printed.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/PlannerWindow1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Dive planner startup window" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_open_circuit_dives">13.2. Open circuit dives</h3>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Towards the center bottom of the planner (circled in blue in the image above) is a dropbox with three options. Select the appropriate one of these:
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Open Circuit (the default)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-CCR
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-pSCR
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Choose the Open Circuit option.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-In the top left-hand area of the planning screen, be sure the constant dive parameters are
- appropriate. These are: Start date and time of the intended dive, Atmospheric Pressure and Altitude
- above sea level of the dive site. The atmospheric pressure can also be entered as an altitude
- in meters, assuming a sea-level atmospheric pressure of 1.013 bar.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-In the table labelled <em>Available Gases</em>, add the information of the cylinders to be used
- as well as the gas composition within that cylinder. This is done in a similar way as for
- <a href="#cylinder_definitions">providing cylinder data for dive logs</a>. Choose the cylinder type by
- double clicking the cylinder type and using the dropdown list, then specify the work
- pressure of this cylinder. By leaving the oxygen concentration (O2%) filed empty,
- the cylinder is assumed to contain air. Otherwise enter the oxygen and/or helium
- concentration in the boxes provided in this dialogue. Add additional cylinders by using the
- "+" icon to the top right-hand of the dialogue.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The profile of the planned dive can be created in two ways:
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Drag the waypoints
- (the small white circles) on the existing dive profile to represent the dive. Additional
- waypoints can be created by double-clicking the existing dive profile. Waypoints can be deleted
- by right-clicking a particular waypoint and selecting the <em>delete</em> item from the resulting
- context menu.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The most efficient way to create a dive profile is to enter the appropriate values into the table
- marked <em>Dive planner points</em>. The first line of the table represents the duration and the final
- depth of the descent from the surface. Subsequent segments describe the bottom phase of the dive.
- The <em>CC set point</em> column is only relevant for closed circuit divers.
- The ascent is usually not specified because this is what the planner is supposed to calculate.
- Add additional segments to the profile by selecting the "+" icon at the top right hand of the
- table. Segments entered into the <em>Dive planner points</em> table automatically appear in the <strong>Dive
- Profile</strong> diagram.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_recreational_dives">13.2.1. Recreational dives</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Recreational mode is what comes closest to planning a dive based on the non-decompression limit (NDL).
-It computes the maximum time a diver can stay at the current depth without needing mandatory decompression
-stops and without using more than the existing gas (minus a reserve). The planner automatically takes
-into account the nitrogen load incurred in previous dives. But conventional dive tables are also used in a
-way that can take into account previous dives. Why use a dive planner for recreational dives? Using
-recreational dive tables, the maximum depth of a dive is taken into account. But few dives are
-done at a constant depth corresponding to the maximum depth (i.e. a "square" dive profile). This means
-dive tables overestimate the nitrogen load incurred during previous dives. The <em>Subsurface</em>
-dive planner calculates nitrogen load according to the real dive profiles of all uploaded previous dives,
-in a similar way as dive computers calculate nitrogen load during a dive. This means that the diver gets <em>credit,</em>
-in terms of nitrogen load, for not remaining at maximum depth during
-previous dives, so a longer subsequent dive can be planned.
- For the planner to work it’s crucial to upload all previous dives
-onto <em>Subsurface</em> before doing dive planning.
-To plan a dive, the appropriate settings need to be defined.</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Ensure the date and time is set to that of the intended dive. This allows calculation of
-the nitrogen load incurred during previous dives.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Immediately under the heading <em>Planning</em> are two checkboxes <em>Recreational</em> and <em>Safety Stop</em>.
- Check these two boxes.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Then define the cylinder size,
- the gas mixture (air or % oxygen) and the starting cylinder pressure in the top left-hand
- section of the planner under <em>Available gases</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The planner calculates whether the specified cylinder contains enough air/gas to complete
- the planned dive. In order for this to be accurate, under <em>Gas options</em>, specify an appropriate
- surface air consumption (SAC) rate for <em>Bottom SAC</em>. Suitable values are between 15 l/min and 30 l/min,
- with novice divers or difficult dives requiring SAC rates closer to 30l/min.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Define the amount of gas the cylinder must have at the end of the bottom section of the
- dive just before ascent. A value of 50 bar is often used. The reason for this reserve gas is to provide for the possible
- need to bring a buddy to the surface using gas sharing. How much gas is used in
- sharing depends on the depth of the ascent. This can be difficult to estimate, so most agencies assume a
- fixed amount of gas, or actually of pressure e.g. 40 or 50 bar or 25% or 33% (rule of thirds). But <em>Subsurface</em> can do better
- because it knows about the ascent and that is why we add the amount of gas during the ascent (i.e. the "deco gas“).
- Subsurface still uses a fixed pressure "reserve" but that’s supposed to be for the additional gas used when
- there’s a problem and your pulse rate goes up when you start to buddy breathe. This reserve amount is user configurable.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Define the depth of the dive by dragging the waypoints (white dots) on the dive profile or
- (even better) defining the appropriate depths using the table under <em>Dive planner points</em> as
- desribed under the previous heading. If
- this is a multilevel dive, set the appropriate dive depths to represent the dive plan by adding
- waypoints to the dive profile or by adding appropriate dive planner points to the <em>Dive Planner Points</em>
- table. <em>Subsurface</em> will automatically extend the bottom section of the dive to the maximum
- duration within the no-decompression limits (NDL).
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The ascent speed can be changed. The default ascent speeds are those considered safe for recreational
- divers.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The dive profile in the planner shows the maximum dive time within no-deco limits using the
-Bühlmann ZH-L16 algorithm and the gas and depth settings specified as described above. The <em>Subsurface</em> planner
-allows rapid assessment of dive duration as a function of dive depth, given the nitrogen load incurred during previous dives. The
-dive plan includes estimates of the amount of air/gas used, depending on the cylinder settings specified
-under <em>Available gases</em>. If the initial cylinder pressure is set to 0, the dive duration shown is the
-true no-deco limit (NDL) without taking into account gas used during the dive. If the surface above the dive profile is RED
-it means that recreational dive limits are exceeded and either the dive duration or the dive depth needs to be reduced.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Below is an image of a dive plan for a recreational dive at 30 meters. Although the no-deco limit (NDL) is 23
-minutes, the duration of the dive is limited by the amount of air in the cylinder. That is shown in the
-text box at the bottom right of the panel, requiring sufficient air for buddy-sharing during ascent.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/rec_diveplan.jpg" alt="FIGURE: A recreational dive plan: setup" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_non_recreational_open_circuit_dives_including_decompression">13.2.2. Non-recreational open circuit dives, including decompression</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Non-recreational dive planning involves exceeding the no-deco limits and/or using multiple breathing gases.
-These dives are planned in three stages:</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>a) Nitrogen management</strong>: This is done by specifying the rates for descent and ascent,
-as well as the deco model (GFLow, GFHigh or Conservatism level) under the headings <em>Rates</em> and <em>Planning</em>
-to the bottom left of the planning screen. Two deco models are supported the Bühlmann model and the VPM-B
-model. Select one of the two models. When selecting the Bühlmann model, the gradient factors (GF_high and GF_low
-need to be specified. Initially, the GFHigh and GFLow values in the <em>Preferences</em>
-panel of <em>Subsurface</em> is used. If these are changed within the planner (see <em>Gas Options</em> within
-the planner), the new values are
-used without changing the original values in the <em>Preferences</em>.
-Gradient Factor settings strongly affect the calculated ceilings and their depths.
-A very low GFLow value brings on decompression stops early during the dive.
- ** For more information about Gradient factors, see the section on <a href="#S_GradientFactors">Gradient Factor Preference settings</a>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If the VPM-B model is selected, the Conservatism_level needs to be specified on a scale of 0 (least conservative) to 4 (most conservative).
-This model tends to give deco stops at deeper levels than the Bühlmann model and often results in slightly shorter
-dive durations than the Bühlmann model. When selecting one of these models, keep in mind they are NOT exact physiological models but
-only mathematical models that appear to work in practice.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>For more information external to this manual see:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html">Gradient factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts</a>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="http://www.amazon.com/Deco-Divers-Decompression-Theory-Physiology/dp/1905492073/ref=sr_1_1?s=books&ie=UTF8&qid=1403932320&sr=1-1&keywords=deco+for+divers"><em>Deco for Divers</em>, by Mark Powell (2008). Aquapress</a> Southend-on-Sea, UK. ISBN 10: 1-905492-07-3.
-An excellent non-technical review that discusses both the Bühlmann deco model and the VPM-B model.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The ascent rate is critical for nitrogen off-gassing at the end of the dive and is specified
-for several depth ranges, using the average (or mean) depth as a yardstick. The mean depth
-of the dive plan is shown by a light grey line on the dive profile. Ascent rates
-at deeper levels are often in the range of 8-12 m/min, while ascent rates near the surface are
-often in the range of 4-9 m/min. The descent rate is also specified. If the option <em>Drop to first depth</em>
-is activated, the descent phase of the planned dive will be at the maximal descent rate specified
-in the <em>Rates</em> section of the dive setup.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>b) Oxygen management</strong>: In the <strong>Gas Options</strong> part of the dive specification, the maximum partial
-pressure for oxygen needs to be specified for the
-bottom part of the dive (<em>bottom po2</em>) as well as for the decompression part of the dive (<em>deco po2</em>).
-The most commonly
-used values are 1.4 bar for the bottom part of the dive and 1.6 bar for any decompression
-stages. Normally, a partial pressure of 1.6 bar is not exceeded. PO2 settings and the depth at which switching to a gas takes place can also be edited in the
-<em>Available Gases</em> dialog. Normally the planner decides on switching to a new gas when, during
-ascent, the partial pressure of the new gas has increased to 1.6 bar.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>c) Gas management</strong>: With open-circuit dives this is a primary
-consideration. Divers need to keep within the limits of the amount of
-gas within the dive
-cylinder(s), allowing for an appropriate margin for a safe return to the surface, possibly
-sharing with a buddy. Under the <em>Gas Options</em> heading, specify the best (but conservative) estimate
-of your surface-equivalent air consumption (SAC, also termed RMV) in
-liters/min (for the time being, only SI units are supported). Specify the SAC during the
-bottom part of the dive (<em>bottom SAC</em>) as well as during the decompression or safety stops of the
-dive (<em>deco SAC</em>). Values of 15-30 l/min are common. For good gas management, a guess
-is not sufficient and you needs to
-monitor gas consumption on a regular basis, dependent on different dive conditions and/or equipment.
-The planner calculates the total volume of gas used during the dive and issues a warning
-if you exceeds the total amount of gas available. Good practice demands that divers not dive to
-the limit of the gas supply but that an appropriate reserve is kept
-for unforeseen circumstances.
-For technical diving, this reserve can be up to 66% of the total available gas.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Now you can start the detailed time-depth planning of the dive. <em>Subsurface</em> offers an unique
-graphical interface for doing planning. Themechanics are
-similar to hand-entering a dive profile in the dive log part of <em>Subsurface</em>. Upon activating the
-planner, a default dive of depth 15 m for 40 min is offered in the blue design surface to the top
-right hand of the screen. The white dots (waypoints) on the
-profile can be dragged with a mouse. Create more waypoints by double-clicking on the profile
-line and ensuring the profile reflects the intended dive. Drag the waypoints to represent
-the depth and duration of the dive. It is NOT necessary to specify the ascent part of the dive
-since the planner calculates this, based on the settings that have been specified.
-If any of the management limits (for nitrogen, oxygen or gas) are exceeded, the surface
-above the dive profile changes from BLUE to RED.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Each waypoint on the dive profile creates a <em>Dive Planner Point</em> in the table on the
-left of the dive planner panel. Be sure the <em>Used Gas</em> value in each row
-of that table corresponds to one of the gas mixtures specified in the <em>Available Gases</em> table.
-Add new waypoints until the main features of the dive have been completed, e.g. the
-bottom time segment and deep stops (if these are implemented). Leave the remaining
-waypoints on the ascent to <em>Subsurface</em>. In most cases <em>Subsurface</em>
-computes additional way points in order to fulfill decompression requirements for that
-dive. A waypoint can be moved by selecting it and by using the arrow keys.
-The waypoints listed in the <em>Dive Planner Points</em> dialogue can be edited by hand in
-order to get a precise presentation of the dive plan. In fact, you can create the
-whole dive profile by editing the <em>Dive Planner Points</em> dialog.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Show any changes in gas cylinder used by indicating gas changes as explained
-in the section <a href="#S_CreateProfile">hand-creating a dive profile</a>. These changes should
-reflect the cylinders and gas compositions defined in the table with <em>Available Gases</em>.
-If two or more gases are used, automatic gas switches will be suggested during the ascent to
-the surface. These changes can be deleted by right-clicking the gas change and
-manually creating a gas change by right-clicking on the appropriate
-waypoint.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>A non-zero value in the "CC set point" column of the table of dive planner points
-indicates a valid setpoint for oxygen partial pressure and that the segment
-is dived using a closed circuit rebreather (CCR). If the last manually entered
-segment is a CCR segment, the decompression phase is computed assuming the diver
-uses a CCR with the specified set-point. If the last segment (however
-short) is on open circuit (OC, indicated by a zero set-point) the
-decompression is computed in OC mode. The planner only considers gas
-changes in OC mode.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Below is an example of a dive plan to 45m using EAN26, followed by an ascent using EAN50
-and using the settings as described above.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DivePlanner2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Planning a dive: setup" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Once the above steps have been completed, save by clicking the <em>Save</em> button
-towards the top middle of the planner. The saved dive plan will appear
-in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel of <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>The dive plan details</strong></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>On the bottom right of the dive planner, under <em>Dive Plan Details</em>, the exact details
-of the dive plan are provided. These details may be modified by checking any of the
-options under the <em>Notes</em> section of the dive planner, immediately to the left
-of the <em>Dive Plan Details</em>. If a <em>Verbatim dive plan</em>
-is requested, a detailed sentence-level explanation of the dive plan is given. If any
-of the management specifications have been exceeded during the planning, a warning
-message is printed underneath the dive plan information.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If the option <em>Display segment duration</em> is checked, then the duration of each depth
-level is indicated in the <em>Dive Plan Details</em>. This duration INCLUDES the transition
-time to get to that level. However, if the <em>Display transition in deco</em> option is checked,
-the transitions are shown separately from the segment durations at a particular level.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_planning_pscr_dives">13.3. Planning pSCR dives</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>To plan a dive using a passive semi-closed rebreather (pSCR), select <em>pSCR</em> rather than
-<em>Open circuit</em> in the dropdown list.
-The parameters of the pSCR dive can be set by selecting <em>File → Preferences → Graph</em>
-from the main menu, where the gas consumption calculation takes into account the pSCR dump
-ratio (default 10:1) as well as the metabolism rate. The calculation also takes the oxygen drop
-accross the mouthpiece of the rebreather into account. If the
-pO<sub>2</sub> drops below what is considered safe, a warning appears in the <em>Dive plan
-details</em>. A typical pSCR configuration is with a single cylinder and one or more bail-out
-cylinders. Therefore the setup of the <em>Available gases</em> and the <em>Dive planner points</em> tables
-are very similar to that of a CCR dive plan, described below. However, no oxygen setpoints
-are specified for pSCR dives. Below is a dive plan for a pSCR dive. The dive is comparable
-to that of the CCR dive below, but note the longer ascent duration due to the lower oxygen
-in the loop due to the oxygen drop across the mouthpiece of the pSCR equipment.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Planner_pSCR1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Planning a pSCR dive: setup" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_planning_ccr_dives">13.4. Planning CCR dives</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>To plan a dive using a closed circuit rebreather, select the <em>CCR</em> option in the dropdown
-list, circled in blue in the image below.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Available gases</strong>: In the <em>Available gases</em> table, enter the cylinder information for the
-diluent cylinder and for any bail-out cylinders. Do NOT enter the information for the oxygen
-cylinder since it is implied when the <em>CCR</em> dropdown selection is made.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Entering setpoints</strong>: Specify a default setpoint in the Preferences tab, by selecting <em>File → Preferences → Graph</em> from
-the main menu. All user-entered segments in the <em>Dive planner points</em> table
-use the default setpoint value. Then, different setpoints can be specified for dive segments
-in the <em>Dive planner points</em> table. A zero setpoint
-means the diver bails out to open circuit mode for that segment. Decompression is always calculated
-using the setpoint of the last manually entered segment. So, to plan a bail out ascent for a
-CCR dive, add a one-minute dive segment to the end with a setpoint value of 0. The decompression
-algorithm does not switch deco-gases automatically while in CCR mode (i.e. when a positive setpoint is specified) but
-this is calculated for bail out ascents.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The dive profile for a CCR dive may look something like the image below.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Planner_CCR1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Planning a CCR dive: setup" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Note that, in the <em>Dive plan details</em>, the gas consumption for a CCR segment is not calculated,
-so gas consumptions of 0 liters are the norm.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_Replan">13.5. Modifying an existing dive plan</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Normally, when a dive plan has been saved, it is accessible from the <strong>Dive List</strong>, like any
-other dive log. Within the <strong>Dive List</strong> there is no way to change a saved dive plan.
-To change a dive plan, select it on the <strong>Dive List</strong>. Then, in the main menu,
-select <em>Log → Re-plan dive</em>. This will open the selected dive plan within the dive planner,
-letting changes be made and saved as usual.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>In addition, there is the option "Save new". This keeps the original
-planned dive and adds a (possibly modified) copy to the dive list. If
-that copy is saved with the same start time as the original, the two
-dives are considered two versions of the same dive and do not
-influence other each during decompression calculation (see next section).</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_planning_for_repetitive_dives">13.6. Planning for repetitive dives</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Repetitive dives can easily be planned if the dates and start times of the
-repetitive dive set
-are specified appropriately in the top left-hand <em>Start Time</em> field. <em>Subsurface</em>
-calculates the gas loading figures and the affect of the first dive is
-evaluated on later dives.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If you have just completed a long/deep dive and are planning
-another dive, then highlight, in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, the dive that has just been done
-then activate the planner. Depending on the start time of the planned dive,
-the planner takes into account the gas loading during the completed dive
-and plans accordingly.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If only a few standard configurations are used (e.g. in GUE), then a template dive can
-be created conforming to one of the configurations. If you want to plan a dive using
-this configuration, highlight the template dive in the <strong>Dive List</strong> and activate the
-planner: the planner takes into account the configuration in the highlighted dive.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_printing_the_dive_plan">13.7. Printing the dive plan</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Selecting the <em>Print</em> button in the planner allows printing of the <em>Dive Plan Details</em>
-for wet notes. You can also cut and paste the <em>Dive Plan Details</em> to
-include in a text file or word processing document.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Dive plans have many characteristics in common with dive logs (dive profile, dive notes, etc).
-After a dive plan has been saved, the dive details and gas calculations are saved in
-the <strong>Notes</strong> tab. While a dive plan is being designed, it can be printed using
-the <em>Print</em> button in the dive planner. This prints the dive details and gas calculations
-in the <em>Dive Plan Details</em> panel of the dive planner. However, after the plan has been saved, it is
-represented in a way very similar to a dive log and the gas calculations cannot be
-accessed in the same way as during the planning process. The only way to print the
-dive plan is to use the <em>File → Print</em> function on the main menu in the
-same way as for dive logs or by copy and paste to a word processor.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_description_of_the_subsurface_main_menu_items">14. Description of the Subsurface Main Menu items</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This section describes the functions and operation of the items in the Main Menu
-of Subsurface. Several of the items below are links to sections of this manual
-dealing with the appropriate operations.</p></div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_file">14.1. File</h3>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_NewLogbook"><em>New Logbook</em></a> - Close the currently open dive logbook and
- clear all dive information.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Open logbook</em> - Open the file manager to select a dive
- logbook to open.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Open cloud storage</em> - Open the dive log previously saved in <a href="#S_Cloud_storage"><em>Cloud storage</em></a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Save</em> - Save the dive logbook currently open.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Save to cloud storage</em> - Save the current dive log to <a href="#S_Cloud_storage"><em>Cloud storage</em></a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Save as</em> - Save the current logbook under a different file name.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Close</em> - Close the dive logbook currently open.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_ExportLog"><em>Export</em></a> - Export the currently open dive logbook (or
- the selected dives in the logbook) to one of several formats.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_PrintDivelog"><em>Print</em></a> - Print the currently open logbook.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_Preferences"><em>Preferences</em></a> - Set the <em>Subsurface</em> preferences.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_FindMovedImages"><em>Find moved images</em></a> - If photos taken during dives have been moved to
- a different disk or directory, locate them and link them to the appropriate dives.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_Configure"><em>Configure dive computer</em></a> - Edit the configuration of a dive computer.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Quit</em> - Quit <em>Subsurface</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_import">14.2. Import</h3>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_ImportDiveComputer"><em>Import from dive computer</em></a> - Import dive information
- from a dive computer.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#Unified_import"><em>Import Log Files</em></a> - Import dive information from a file in
- in a <em>Subsurface</em>-compatible format.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_Companion"><em>Import GPS data from Subsurface web service</em></a> - Load GPS
- coordinates from the <em>Subsurface</em> mobile phone app.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_ImportingDivelogsDe"><em>Import from Divelogs.de</em></a> - Import dive information
- from <em>www.Divelogs.de</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_log">14.3. Log</h3>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_EnterData"><em>Add Dive</em></a> - Manually add a new dive to the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Edit dive</em> - Edit a dive where the profile was entered by hand and not from a dive computer.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_DivePlanner"><em>Plan Dive</em></a> - Plan dives.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_Replan"><em>Edit dive in planner</em></a> - Edit a dive plan that has been saved into the <strong>Dive List</strong>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_CopyComponents"><em>Copy dive components</em></a> - Copy information
- from several fields of a dive log onto the clipboard.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Paste dive components</em> - Paste, into the selected dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong>,
- the information copied using the <em>Copy dive components</em> option.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_Renumber"><em>Renumber</em></a> - Renumber the dives listed in the <strong>Dive List</strong>
- panel.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_Group"><em>Auto Group</em></a> - Group the dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel into dive
- trips.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_DeviceNames"><em>Edit Device Names</em></a> - Edit the names of dive computers to coordinate your logs.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_Filter"><em>Filter divelist</em></a> - Select only some dives, based on specific tags or dive criteria.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_view">14.4. View</h3>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>All</em></a> - View the four main <em>Subsurface</em> panels
- all at once.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Dive List</em></a> - View only the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Profile</em></a> - View only the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Info</em></a> - View only the <strong>Notes</strong> panel.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Globe</em></a> - View only the <strong>World Map</strong> panel.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Yearly Statistics</em> - Display summary statistics about dives during this and past
- years.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Prev DC</em> - Switch to data from previous dive computer, if a single dive was logged from more than one.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Next DC</em> - Switch to next dive computer.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Full Screen</em> - Toggles Full Screen mode.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_share_on">14.5. Share on</h3>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_Facebook"><em>Facebook</em></a> - Share the currently selected dive on your Facebook timeline.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_help">14.6. Help</h3>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>About Subsurface</em> - Show a panel with the version number of <em>Subsurface</em> as
- well as licensing information.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Check for updates</em> - Find out whether a newer version of Subsurface is available
- on the <a href="http://subsurface-divelog.org/"><em>Subsurface</em> web site</a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_UserSurvey"><em>User survey</em></a> - Help to make <em>Subsurface</em> even better by taking part in our user survey
- or by completing another survey if your diving habits have changed.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>User manual</em> - Open a window showing this user manual.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">15. APPENDIX A: Operating system specific information for importing dive information from a dive computer.</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_make_sure_that_the_os_has_the_required_drivers_installed">15.1. Make sure that the OS has the required drivers installed</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/drivers.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">The operating system of the desktop computer needs the appropriate drivers in
-order to communicate with the dive computer, the way the dive
-computer prefers (e.g. Bluetooth, USB, infra-red).</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-On Linux users need to have the correct kernel
- module loaded. Most distributions will do this automatically, so the
- user does not need to load kernel modules. However, some communication
- protocols require an additional driver, especially for rarely used
- technology such as infra-red.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-On Windows, the OS should offer to download the correct
- driver once the user connects the dive computer to the USB port and
- operating system sees the equipment for the first time.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-On a Mac users sometimes have to manually hunt for the correct
- driver. For example the correct driver for the Mares Puck
- devices or any other dive computer using a USB-to-serial interface
- based on the Silicon Labs CP2101 or similar chip can be found as
- <em>Mac_OSX_VCP_Driver.zip</em> at the
-<a href="http://www.silabs.com/support/pages/document-library.aspx?p=Interface&f=USB%20Bridges&pn=CP2101">Silicon Labs document and software repository</a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_HowFindDeviceName">15.2. How to Find the Device Name for USB devices and set its write permission</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/usb.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">When connecting a dive computer by using a USB connector, usually
-<em>Subsurface</em> will either propose a drop down list with the
-correct device name (or mount point for the Uemis Zurich), or it will
-disable the device select drop down if no device name is needed at
-all. In the rare cases where this doesn’t work, here are some
-ways to find out what the device name is:</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">On Windows:</div><p>Simply try COM1, COM2, etc. The drop down list should contain all connected COM
-devices.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">On MacOS:</div><p>The drop down box should find all connected dive computers.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">On Linux:</div><p>There is a definitive way to find the port:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Disconnect the USB cable from the dive computer
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Open a terminal
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Type the command: <em>dmesg</em> and press enter
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Plug in the USB cable of the dive computer
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Type the command: <em>dmesg</em> and press enter
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>A message similar to this one should appear:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>usb 2-1.1: new full speed USB device number 14 using ehci_hcd
-usbcore: registered new interface driver usbserial
-USB Serial support registered for generic
-usbcore: registered new interface driver usbserial_generic
-usbserial: USB Serial Driver core
-USB Serial support registered for FTDI USB Serial Device
-ftdi_sio 2-1.1:1.0: FTDI USB Serial Device converter detected
-usb 2-1.1: Detected FT232BM
-usb 2-1.1: Number of endpoints 2
-usb 2-1.1: Endpoint 1 MaxPacketSize 64
-usb 2-1.1: Endpoint 2 MaxPacketSize 64
-usb 2-1.1: Setting MaxPacketSize 64
-usb 2-1.1: FTDI USB Serial Device converter now attached to ttyUSB3
-usbcore: registered new interface driver ftdi_sio
-ftdi_sio: v1.6.0:USB FTDI Serial Converters Driver</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The third line from the bottom shows that the FTDI USB adapter is
-detected and connected to <code>ttyUSB3</code>. This information can now be used in
-the import settings as <code>/dev/ttyUSB3</code> which directs Subsurface to the correct
-USB port.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Ensuring the user has write permission to the USB serial port:</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>On Unix-like operating systems the USB ports can only be accessed by users who
-are members
-of the <code>dialout</code> group. If one is not root, one may not be a member of
-that group and
-won’t be able to use the USB port. Let us assume one’s username is <em>johnB</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-As root, type: <code>usermod -a -G dialout johnB</code> (Ubuntu users: <code>sudo usermod
--a -G dialout johnB</code>)
-This makes johnB a member of the <code>dialout</code> group.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Type: <code>id johnB</code> This lists all the groups that johnB belongs to and
-verifies that
-the appropriate group membership has been created. The <code>dialout</code> group should
-be listed
-among the different IDs.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Under some circumstances this change takes only effect (eg. on Ubuntu) after
-one logs out and then logs in again.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>With the appropriate device name (e.g. <code>dev/ttyUSB3</code>) and with write permission
-to the USB
-port, the dive computer interface can connect and one should be able to import
-dives.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_HowFindBluetoothDeviceName">15.3. Manually setting up Bluetooth enabled devices</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/bluetooth.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">For dive computers communicating through Bluetooth like the Heinrichs
-Weikamp Frog or the Shearwater Predator, Petrel and Nerd there is a
-different procedure to get the device’s name to communicate with
-<em>Subsurface</em>. Follow these steps:</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>For the dive computer, after enabling Bluetooth, be sure it is in Upload mode.</strong>
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>For Bluetooth pairing of the dive computer, refer to the
-manufacturer’s user guide. When using a Shearwater Predator/Petrel/Nerd, select
-<em>Dive Log → Upload Log</em> and wait for the <em>Wait PC</em> message.</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Pair the <em>Subsurface</em> computer with the dive computer.</strong>
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_on_windows_2">15.3.1. On Windows:</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Bluetooth is most likely already enabled. For pairing with the dive computer choose
-<em>Control Panel → Bluetooth Devices → Add Wireless Device</em>.
-This should bring up a dialog showing your dive computer (which should be in Bluetooth mode) and
-allowing pairing. Right click on it and choose <em>Properties→ COM
-Ports</em> to identify the port used for your dive computer. If there are several
-ports listed, use the one saying "Outgoing" instead of "Incoming".</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>For downloading to <em>Subsurface</em>, the <em>Subsurface</em> drop-down list should contain
-this COM port already. If not, enter it manually.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Note: If there are issues afterwards when downloading from the dive computer using
-other software, remove the existing pairing with the dive computer.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_on_macos">15.3.2. On MacOS:</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Click on the Bluetooth symbol in the menu bar and select <em>Set up
-Bluetooth Device…</em>. The dive computer should then show up in the list of devices. Select it and go
-through the pairing process. This step should only be needed once for
-initial setup.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Once the pairing is complete, the correct device is shown in the
-<em>Device or Mount Point</em> drop-down in the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Import</strong> dialog.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_on_linux">15.3.3. On Linux</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Be sure Bluetooth is enabled on the <em>Subsurface</em> computer.
-On most common distributions this should be true out of the box and
-pairing should be straightforward. For instance, Gnome3 shows a
-Bluetooth icon on the right of the toolbar at the top of the screen.
-Users have reported difficulties with some Bluetooth controllers. If you have an onboard controller,
-try that first. It is simplest if you remove any USB Bluetooth dongles. If you have a USB dongle that
-came with your dive computer, try that before any others.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Setting up a connection to download dives from your Bluetooth-enabled device, such as the
-<em>Shearwater Petrel</em>, is not yet an automated process and will generally require the command prompt.
-It is essentially a three step process.</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Enable the Bluetooth controller and pair your dive computer
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Establish an RFCOMM connection
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Download the dives with Subsurface
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Ensure the dive computer is in upload mode. On the <em>Shearwater Petrel</em>, <em>Petrel 2</em> and <em>Nerd</em>
-cycle through the menu, select <em>Dive Log</em>, then <em>Upload Log</em>. The display will read <em>Initializing</em>, then
-<em>Wait PC 3:00</em> and will countdown. Once the connection is established, the display reads <em>Wait CMD …</em>
-and the countdown continues. When downloading the dive from Subsurface, the display reads <em>Sending</em> then
-<em>Sent Dive</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>To establish the connection, establish root access through <code>sudo</code> or <code>su</code>.
-The correct permission is required to download the dives in the computer. On most Linux systems this means becoming
-a member of the dialout group (This is identical as for many dive computers using a Linux USB port, described
-in the previous section). On the command terminal, enter:</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><code>sudo usermod -a -G dialout username</code></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Then log out and log in for the change to take effect.</p></div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_enabling_the_bluetooth_controller_and_pairing_your_dive_computer">Enabling the Bluetooth controller and pairing your dive computer</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Attempt to set up the Bluetooth controller and pair your dive computer using the graphical
-environment of the operating system. After setting the dive computer to upload mode, click the Bluetooth icon in the system tray
-and select <em>Add new device</em>. The dive computer should appear. If asked for a password, enter 0000.
-Write down or copy the MAC address of your dive computer - this needed later and should be in the form 00:11:22:33:44:55.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If the graphical method doesn’t work, pair the device from the command line. Open a terminal
-and use <code>hciconfig</code> to check the Bluetooth controller status</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>$ hciconfig
-hci0: Type: BR/EDR Bus: USB
- BD Address: 01:23:45:67:89:AB ACL MTU: 310:10 SCO MTU: 64:8
- *DOWN*
- RX bytes:504 acl:0 sco:0 events:22 errors:0
- TX bytes:92 acl:0 sco:0 commands:21 errors:0</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This indicates a Bluetooth controller with MAC address 01:23:45:67:89:AB, connected as hci0.
-Its status is <em>DOWN</em>, i.e. not powered. Additional controllers will appear as hci1, etc.
-If there is not a Bluetooth dongle plugged in upon booting the computer, hci0 is probably the onboard.
-Now power on the controller and enable authentication:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>sudo hciconfig hci0 up auth+ (enter password when prompted)
-hciconfig
-hci0: Type: BR/EDR Bus: USB
- BD Address: 01:23:45:67:89:AB ACL MTU: 310:10 SCO MTU: 64:8
- *UP RUNNING PSCAN AUTH*
- RX bytes:1026 acl:0 sco:0 events:47 errors:0
- TX bytes:449 acl:0 sco:0 commands:46 errors:0</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Check that the status now includes <code><em>UP</em>, <em>RUNNING</em> AND <em>AUTH</em></code>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If there are multiple controllers running, it’s easiest to off the unused controller(s). For example, for <code>hci1</code>:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>sudo hciconfig hci1 down</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Next step is to <em>trust</em> and <em>pair</em> the dive computer. On distros with Bluez 5, such as Fedora 22,
-one can use a tool called <code>blutootctl</code>, which will bring up its own command prompt.</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>bluetoothctl
-[NEW] Controller 01:23:45:67:89:AB localhost.localdomain [default]
-[bluetooth]# agent on
-Agent registered
-[bluetooth]# default-agent
-Default agent request successful
-[bluetooth]# scan on <----now set your dive computer to upload mode
-Discovery started
-[CHG] Controller 01:23:45:67:89:AB Discovering: yes
-[NEW] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Petrel
-[bluetooth]# trust 00:11:22:33:44:55 <----you can use the tab key to autocomplete the MAC address
-[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Trusted: yes
-Changing 00:11:22:33:44:55 trust succeeded
-[bluetooth]# pair 00:11:22:33:44:55
-Attempting to pair with 00:11:22:33:44:55
-[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Connected: yes
-[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 UUIDs: 00001101-0000-1000-8000-0089abc12345
-[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Paired: yes
-Pairing successful
-[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Connected: no</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If asked for a password, enter 0000. It’s ok if the last line says <em>Connected: no</em>. The important part
-is the line above, <code>Pairing successful</code>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If the system has Bluez version 4 (e.g. Ubuntu 12.04 through to 15.04), there is probably not a
-<code>bluetoothctl</code>, but a script called <code>bluez-simple-agent</code> or just <code>simple-agent</code>.</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>hcitool -i hci0 scanning
-Scanning ...
- 00:11:22:33:44:55 Petrel
- bluez-simple-agent hci0 00:11:22:33:44:55</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Once ther dive computer is pired, set up the RFCOMM connection</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_establishing_the_rfcomm_connection">Establishing the RFCOMM connection</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The command to establish an RFCOMM connection is:</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><code>sudo rfcomm -i <controller> connect <dev> <bdaddr> [channel]</code></p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<code><controller></code> is the Bluetooth controller, <code>hci0</code>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<code><dev></code> is the RFCOMM device file, <code>rfcomm0</code>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<code><bdaddr></code> is the dive computer’s MAC address, <code>00:11:22:33:44:55</code>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<code>[channel]</code> is the dive computer’s Bluetooth channel we need to connect to.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If one omits it, channel 1 is assumed. Based on a limited number of user reports,
-the appropriate channel for the dive computer is probably:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Shearwater Petrel 1</em>: channel 1
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Shearwater Petrel 2</em>: channel 5
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Shearwater Nerd</em>: channel 5
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Heinrichs-Weikamp OSTC Sport</em>: channel 1
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>E.g. to connect a <em>Shearwater Petrel 2</em>, set the dive computer to upload mode and enter:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>sudo rfcomm -i hci0 connect rfcomm0 00:11:22:33:44:55 5 (enter a password, probably 0000, when prompted)</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This gives the response:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>Connected /dev/rfcomm0 to 00:11:22:33:44:55 on channel 5
-Press CTRL-C for hangup</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>To connect a _Shearwater Petrel 1+ or + HW OSTC Sport+, set the dive computer to upload mode and enter:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>sudo rfcomm -i hci0 connect rfcomm0 00:11:22:33:44:55 (enter a password, probably 0000, when prompted)
-Connected /dev/rfcomm0 to 00:11:22:33:44:55 on channel 1
-Press CTRL-C for hangup</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If the specific channel the dive computer needs is not known, or the channel in the list above doesn’t
-work, the command <code>sdptool records</code> should help determine the appropriate channel. The output
-below is for a <em>Shearwater Petrel 2</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>sdptool -i hci0 records 00:11:22:33:44:55
-Service Name: Serial Port
-Service RecHandle: 0x10000
-Service Class ID List:
- "Serial Port" (0x1101)
- Protocol Descriptor List:
- "L2CAP" (0x0100)
- "RFCOMM" (0x0003)
- Channel: 5</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>For a Bluetooth dive computer not in the list above, or if the channel listed is not correct, please
-let the Subsurface developers know on the user forum or the developer mailing list <em>subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org</em>.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_download_the_dives_with_subsurface">Download the dives with Subsurface</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>After establishing the RFCOMM connection and while the dive computer’s upload mode countdown is still running, go to_Subsurface_, select <em>Import→Import from dive computer</em> and enter appropriate Vendor (e.g. <em>Shearwater</em>), Dive Computer (<em>Petrel</em>), Device or Mount Point (<em>/dev/rfcomm0</em>) and click <em>Download</em>.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">16. APPENDIX B: Dive Computer specific information for importing dive data.</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_ImportUemis">16.1. Importing from Uemis Zurich</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/iumis.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content"><em>Subsurface</em> downloads the information
-stored on the SDA (the built-in file system of the Uemis) including
-information about dive spots and
-equipment. Buddy information is not yet downloadable.
-Things are very similar to a normal USB-connected dive computer
-(the Uemis is one of those that recharge when connected to the USB port).
-The main difference is that you don’t enter a
-device name, but instead the location where the UEMISSDA file system is
-mounted once connected to the dive computer. On Windows this is a drive letter (
-often <em>E:</em> or <em>F:</em>), on a Mac this is
-<em>/Volumes/UEMISSDA</em> and on Linux systems this differs depending on the
-distribution. On Fedora it usually is
-<em>/var/run/media/<your_username>/UEMISSDA</em>. In all cases <em>Subsurface</em>
-should suggest the correct location in the drop down list.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting the above device name, download the
-dives from the Uemis Zurich. One technical issue with the Uemis Zurich
-download implementation (this is a Uemis firmware limitation, not a
-<em>Subsurface</em> issue) is that you cannot download more than about 40-50
-dives without running out of memory on the SDA. This will usually only
-happen the very first time you download dives from the Uemis Zurich.
-Normally when downloading at the end of a day or even after a dive
-trip, the capacity is sufficient. If <em>Subsurface</em> displays an error
-that the dive computer ran out of space, the solution is straightforward.
-Disconnect the SDA, turn it off and on again, and reconnect
-it. You can now retry (or start a new download session) and the
-download will continue where it stopped previously. You
-may have to do this more than once, depending on how many dives are
-stored on the dive computer.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_ImportingGalileo">16.2. Importing from Uwatec Galileo</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/Galileo.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">The Uwatec Galileo dive computers use infra red (IrDA) communication
-between the dive computer and Subsurface. The Uwatec hardware uses
-a USB dongle based on the serial infra-red (SIR) protocol and the
-MSC7780 IrDA controller manufactured by MosChip
-and marketed by Scubapro and some electronics companies.
-Under Linux, the kernel
-already provides for communication using the IrDA protocol. However,
-the user additionally needs to load a driver for the IrDA interface
-with the dive computer. The easiest way is to load the <strong>irda-tools</strong>
-package from the <a href="http://irda.sourceforge.net/docs/startirda.html">Linux IrDA Project</a>.
-After the installation of the irda-tools, the <strong>root user</strong> can specify a device name
-from the console as follows:
-<code>irattach irda0</code></td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>After executing this command, Subsurface will recognize the Galileo
-dive computer and download dive information.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Under Windows, a similar situation exists. Drivers for the MCS7780 are
-available from some Internet web sites e.g.
-<a href="http://www.drivers-download.com/Drv/MosChip/MCS7780/">www.drivers-download.com</a>. Windows-based IrDA
-drivers for the Uwatec can also be downloaded from the ScubaPro web site, with drivers located on
-the download page for the ScubaPro SmartTrak software.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>For the Apple Mac, IrDA communication via the MCS7780 link is not
-available for OSX 10.6 or higher.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_ImportingDR5">16.3. Importing from Heinrichs Weikamp DR5</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/HW_DR5.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">When mounted as a USB drive the Heinrichs Weikamp DR5 saves a single UDDF file
-for every dive.
-Mark all the dives you’d like to import or open.
-Note: The DR5 does not seem to store gradient factors nor deco information, so
-for <em>Subsurface</em> it is not possible to display them. Adjust the gradient
-factors in the <em>Graph Settings</em> in <em>Subsurface</em> to generate a deco overlay in the
-<em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel but please note that the deco calculated by
-<em>Subsurface</em> will most likely differ from the one displayed on the DR5.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_ImportingXDeep">16.4. Importing from xDEEP BLACK</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/HW_xdeepblack.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Each dive has to be individually saved as UDDF file using "Export UDDF" option in BLACK’s logbook menu.
-When mounted as a USB drive UDDF files are available in LOGBOOK directory.
-Note: The xDEEP BLACK saves NDL time but does not seem to store gradient factors nor deco information, so
-for <em>Subsurface</em> it is not possible to display them. Adjust the gradient
-factors in the <em>Graph Settings</em> in <em>Subsurface</em> to generate a deco overlay in the
-<em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel but please note that the deco calculated by
-<em>Subsurface</em> will most likely differ from the one displayed on the xDEEP BLACK.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_importing_from_shearwater_predator_petrel_nerd_using_bluetooth">16.5. Importing from Shearwater Predator/Petrel/Nerd using Bluetooth</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/predator.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Specific instructions for downloading dives using Bluetooth are given in the section above, <a href="#S_Bluetooth"><em>Connecting Subsurface to a Bluetooth-enabled dive computer</em></a>.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_PoseidonMkVI">16.6. Importing from Poseidon MkVI Discovery</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/MkVI.jpeg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Download of dive logs from the MkVI is performed using a custom communications
-adapter and the <em>Poseidon PC Configuration Software</em>, obtained when purchasing
-the MKVI equipment. The latter is a Windows application allowing configuration
-of equipment and storage of dive logs. Communication between dive computer and
-desktop computer utilizes the IrDA infra-red protocol. Only data for one dive
-can be downloaded at a time, in three files:</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Setup configuration for the dive and key dive parameters (file with a .txt
- extension)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Dive log details (file with a .csv extension)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Redbook format dive log (file with .cvsr extension). This is a compressed
- version of the dive log using a proprietary format.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> accesses the .txt and the .csv files to get dive log information.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_importing_from_apd_inspiration_evolution_ccr">16.7. Importing from APD Inspiration/Evolution CCR</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/APDComputer.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">The dive logs of an APD Inspiration or similar CCR dive computer are downloaded using
-a communications adapter and <em>AP Communicator</em>, obtained when
-purchasing the equipment. The dive logs can be viewed using the <em>AP Log Viewer</em>,
-within Windows or Mac/OS. However, APD logs can be viewed and managed from within
-<em>Subsurface</em> (together with dives using many other types of dive computer). The
-APD inspiration dive logs are imported into <em>Subsurface</em> as follows:</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Download the dive using <em>AP Communicator</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Open a dive within the <em>AP Log Viewer</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Select the tab at the top of the screen, entitled "<em>Data</em>".
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-With the raw dive log data show on the screen, click on "<em>Copy to Clipboard</em>".
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Open a text editor, e.g. Notepad (Windows) or TextWrangler (Mac).
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Copy the contents of the clipboard into the text editor and save the text file
- with a filename extension of <em>.apd</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Within <em>Subsurface</em>, select <em>Import → Import log files</em> to open the <a href="#Unified_import">universal import dialogue</a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-In the dropdown list towards the bottom right of the dialogue (labeled <em>Filter:</em>), select "APD log viewer".
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-On the list of file names select the <em>.apd</em> file created. An import
- dialogue opens showing the default settings for the data in the
-<em>.apd</em> file. If changes are required,
- do this as for <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">CSV imports</a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/APD_CSVimportF22.jpg" alt="Figure: APD log viewer import" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-The top left hand dropdown box in the import panel lets you select the APD dive computer
- for which the dive log needs to be imported. The default it is DC1, <em>i.e.</em> the
- first of the two dive computers the APD uses. It is possible to sequentially
- import the data for both dive computers by first importing CD1 and then DC2.(<strong>Hint</strong>: The logs
- for the two dive computers are viewed by selecting <em>View → Next DC</em> from
- the Main Menu after the uploading has been completed)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Click the <em>Ok</em> button at the bottom of the import panel.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The APD dive log will appear within <em>Subsurface</em>. The dive computer- generated ceiling
-provided by the Inspiration can be viewed by selecting the appropriate
-button on the left of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. Cylinder pressure data are not logged
-by the APD equipment but can be manually entered in the <em>Equipment</em> Tab.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_appendix_c_exporting_dive_log_information_from_external_dive_log_software">17. APPENDIX C: Exporting Dive log information from external dive log software.</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The import of dive log data from external dive log software is mostly performed
-using
-the dialogue found by selecting <em>Import</em> from the Main Menu, then clicking on
-<em>Import Log Files</em>. This is a single-step process, more information about which
-can be found
-<a href="#Unified_import">here.</a>
-However, in some cases, a two-step process may be required:</p></div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-Export the foreign dive log data to format that is accessible from
- <em>Subsurface</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Import the accessible dive log data into <em>Subsurface</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This appendix provides some information about approaches to export dive log
-data from foreign
-dive log software. The procedures below mostly apply to Linux and/or Windows.</p></div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_ImportingDivesSuunto">17.1. Exporting from <strong>Suunto Divemanager (DM3, DM4 or DM5)</strong></h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/suuntologo.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">DiveManager is a MS Windows application for Suunto dive computers.
-Divemanager 3 (DM3) is an older version of the Suunto software. More recent
-Suunto dive computers use Divemanager version 4 or 5 (DM4 or DM5). The
-different versions of Divemanager use different methods and different file naming
-conventions to export dive log data.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemanager 3 (DM3):</strong></p></div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-Start <em>Suunto Divemanager 3</em> and log in with the name containing the logs
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Do not start the import wizard to import dives from the dive computer.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-In the navigation tree on the left side of the program-window, select the appropriate
- dives.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Within the list of dives, select the dives you would like to import later:
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-To select certain dives: hold <em>ctrl</em> and click the dive
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-To select all dives: Select the first dive, hold down shift and
- select the last dive
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-With the dives marked, use the program menu <em>File → Export</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The export pop-up will show. Within this pop-up, there is one field called <em>Export Path</em>.
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Click the browse button next to the field Export Path
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-A file-manager like window pops up
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Navigate to the directory for storing the
- Divelog.SDE file
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Optionally change the name of the file for saving
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Click <em>Save</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Back in the Export pop-up, press the button <em>Export</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The dives are now exported to the file Divelog.SDE.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemanager 4 (DM4) and Divemanager 5 (DM5):</strong></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>DM4 and DM5 use identical mechanisms for exporting dive logs.
-To export a divelog from Divemanager you need to locate the DM4/DM5 database
-where the dives are stored. You can either look for the original
-database or make a backup of the dives. Both methods are described here.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Locating the Suunto DM4 (or DM5) database:</p></div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-Start Suunto DM4/DM5
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Select <em>Help → About</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Click <em>Copy</em> after text <em>Copy log folder path to clipboard</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Open Windows Explorer
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Paste the address to the path box at the top of the File Explorer
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The database is called DM4.db or DM5.db
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Making a backup copy of the Suunto DM4/DM5 database:</p></div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-Start Suunto DM4/DM5
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Select <em>File - Create backup</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-From the file menu select the location and name for the backup, we’ll
- use DM4 (or DM5) in here with the default extension .bak
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Click <em>Save</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The dives are now exported to the file DM4.bak (or DM5.bak)
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_exporting_from_atomic_logbook">17.2. Exporting from Atomic Logbook</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock" id="Atomic_Export">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/atomiclogo.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Atomic Logbook is a Windows software by Atomic Aquatics. It allows
-downloading of dive information from Cobalt and Cobalt 2 dive computers.
-The divelog is kept in a SQLite database at
-C:\ProgramData\AtomicsAquatics\Cobalt-Logbook\Cobalt.db. This file can
-be directly imported to Subsurface.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_exporting_from_mares_dive_organiser_v2_1">17.3. Exporting from Mares Dive Organiser V2.1</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock" id="Mares_Export">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/mareslogo.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Mares Dive Organizer is a Windows application. The dive log is kept as a
-Microsoft SQL Compact Edition database with a <em>.sdf</em> filename extension. The
-database includes all Dive Organizer-registered divers on the particular
-computer and all Mares dive computers used. The safest way to get a copy
-of the dive database is to export the information to another compatible format
-which can then be imported into <em>Subsurface</em>.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-Within Dive Organizer, select
- <em>Database → Backup</em> from the main menu and back up the database to the desk
- top.
- This creates a zipped file DiveOrganizerxxxxx.dbf.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Rename the file to
- DiveOrganizerxxxxx.zip. Inside the zipped directory is a file
- <em>DiveOrganizer.sdf</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Extract the <em>.sdf</em> file from the zipped folder to your Desktop.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The password for accessing the .zip file is <em>mares</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_ImportingDivingLog">17.4. Exporting from <strong>DivingLog 5.0 and 6.0</strong></h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/divingloglogo.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">The best way to bring your logs from DivingLog to Subsurface is to
-convert the whole database. This is because other export formats do not
-include all the details, and would lack, for example, gas switches and
-information of what units are used. With database import, all this
-information is included and readily available.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>To transfer all files from DivingLog to Subsurface:</p></div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-In DivingLog open the <em>File → Export → SQLite</em> menu
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Select <em>Settings</em> button
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Set the <em>RTF2Plaintext</em> to <em>true</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Close the Settings dialog
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Click <em>Export</em> button and select the filename
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Once this is done, open the saved database file with Subsurface and the
-dives are automatically converted to Subsurface’s own format. Last step to do is
-save the log file in Subsurface.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_appendix_d_exporting_a_spreadsheet_to_csv_format">18. APPENDIX D: Exporting a spreadsheet to CSV format</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph" id="S_Appendix_D"><p>Many divers keep a dive log in some form of digital file, commonly a spreadsheet
-with various fields of information. These logs can be easily imported into <em>Subsurface</em> after the
-spreadsheet is converted in a .CSV file.
-This section explains the procedure to convert a diving logbook stored in a spreadsheet
-to a .CSV file that will later be imported to <em>Subsurface</em>.
-Creating a .CSV is straightforward, although the procedure is somewhat different
-according to which spreadsheet program is used.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Organize the diving data in the spreadsheet, so the first row
-contains the names (or titles) of each column and the information for each dive is stored in a single row.
-<em>Subsurface</em> supports many data items (Dive number, Date,
-Time, Duration, Location, GPS, Max Depth, Mean Depth, Buddy, Notes, Weight and Tags).
-Organize dive data following a few simple rules:</p></div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-Date: use one of the following formats: yyyy-mm-dd, dd.mm.yyyy, mm/dd/yyyy
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Duration: the format should be minutes:seconds.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Unit system: only one unit system should be used (no mix of imperial and metric units)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Tags and buddies: values should be separated using a comma.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-GPS position: use decimal degrees, e.g. 30.22496 30.821798
-=== <em>LibreOffice Calc</em> and <em>OpenOffice Calc</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>These are open source spreadsheet applications forming parts of larger open source office suite applications. The user interaction with <em>LibreOffice</em> and <em>OpenOffice</em> is very similar.
-In Libreoffice Calc the time format should be set to minutes:seconds - [mm]:ss and dates should be set to one of: yyyy-mm-dd, dd.mm.yyyy, mm/dd/yyyy. A typical dive log may look like this:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/LOffice_spreadsheetdata.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Spreadsheet data" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>To export the data as a .CSV file from within LibreOffice click <em>File → Save As</em>. On the dialogue that comes up, select the <em>Text CSV (.csv)</em> as the file type and select the option <em>Edit filter settings</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/LOffice_save_as_options.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Save as options" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting <em>Save</em>, select the appropriate field delimiter (choose <em>Tab</em> to prevent conflicts with the comma when using this as a decimal point), then select <em>OK</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/LOffice_field_options.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Field options" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Double check the .CSV file by opening it with a text editor, and then import the dive data as explained on the section <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importing CSV dives</a>.</p></div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_microsoft_em_excel_em">18.1. Microsoft <em>Excel</em></h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The field delimiter (called "<em>list separator</em>" in Microsoft manuals) is not accessible
-from within <em>Excel</em> and needs to be set through the <em>Microsoft Control Panel</em>. After changing the
-separator character, all software on the Windows machine uses the new character as a separator.
-You can change the character back to the default character by following the same procedure, outlined below.</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-In Microsoft Windows, click the <strong>Start</strong> button, then select <em>Control Panel</em> from the list on the right-hand side.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Open the <em>Regional and Language Options</em> dialog box.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Do one of the following:
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-In Windows 7, click the <em>Formats</em> tab, and then click <em>Customize this format</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-In Windows XP, click the <em>Regional Options</em> tab, and then click <em>Customize</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Type a new separator in the <em>List separator</em> box. To use a TAB-delimited file, type the word TAB in the box.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Click <em>OK</em> twice.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Below is an image of the <em>Control Panel</em>:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Win_SaveCSV2.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Win List separator" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>To export the dive log in CSV format:</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>With the dive log opened in <em>Excel</em>, select the round Windows button at the top left, then <em>Save As</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Win_SaveCSV1.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Excel save as option" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Click on the left-hand part of the <em>Save as</em> option, NOT on the arrow on the right-hand. This brings up a dialogue for saving the
-spreadsheet in an alternative format. From the dropdown list at the
-bottom of the dialogue, marked <em>Save as Type:</em>, select <em>CSV(Comma delimited) (*.CSV)</em>. Be sure the appropriate folder has been
-selected to save the CSV file into.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Win_SaveCSV3.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Excel save CSV dialogue" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Select the <em>Save</em> button. The CSV-formatted file is saved into the
-folder that was selected. You can double check the .CSV file by
-opening it with a text editor, then import the dive data as
-explained on the section <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importing CSV dives</a>.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_APPENDIX_E">19. APPENDIX E: Writing a custom print template</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> has a way to create or modify templates for printing dive logs to
-produce customized printouts of them. Templates written in HTML, as well as a simple
-Grantlee instruction set, are rendered to the print device by <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Templates are accessed using the print dialogue (see image <strong>B</strong> below).</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Print1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print dialogue" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The buttons under the <em>Template</em> dropdown box lets you <em>Edit</em>, <em>Delete</em>,
-<em>Import</em> and <em>Export</em> templates (see image <strong>A</strong> above). New or modified templates are stored as HTML
-files in the same directory as the dive log being processed. In order to create or modify
-a template, select one of the templates from the template dropdown list in the print dialogue
-(see image <strong>B</strong> above). Choose an existing template that resembles the final desired printout. Then select <em>Edit</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The Edit Panel has three tabs:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Template1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: template edit dialogue" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>1) The <em>Style</em> tab (image <strong>A</strong> above) controls the font, line spacing and color template used for printing the dive log.
- The style attributes are editable. Choose one of the four color palettes used for color printing.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>2) The <em>Colors</em> tab (image <strong>B</strong> above) allows editing the colors used for printing the dive log. The colors are highly
- customizable: the <em>Edit</em> buttons in the <em>Colors</em> tab allows choosing arbitrary colors for different
- components of the dive log printout.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>3) The <em>Template</em> tab of the Edit Panel (see image below) allows creating a template using HTML as well as a few
- Grantlee programming primitives. Grantlee can create and format HTML code in
- a highly simple but efficient way (see below). The HTML of the template can be edited and saved. The saved
- template is stored in the same directory as the dive being processed. By default, a <em>Custom</em>
- template is a skeleton with no specific print instructions. The information printed
- needs to be specified and formatted in the template by replacing the section marked with:
- "<!-- Template must be filled -→". Writing HTML code with Grantlee instructions allows unlimited
- freedom in determining what is printed and in which way it should be rendered.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Template2_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Template tab" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>You can adapt any of the existing templates and save it to the dive log directory. The standard templates (e.g. One dive, Six dives,
-Table) can be modified in this way. After completing the edits, use the <em>Export</em> button in the print
-dialogue to save the new template using a new template name.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>To write a custom template, the following elements must exist so the template will be correctly handled and rendered.</p></div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_main_dive_loop">19.1. Main dive loop</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> exports a dive list called (<strong>dives</strong>) to the <em>Grantlee</em> back end. It is possible to iterate over the list as follows:
-.template.html</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code> {% for dive in dives %}
- <h1> {{ dive.number }} </h1>
- {% endfor %}</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="title">output.html</div>
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code> <h1> 1 </h1>
- <h1> 2 </h1>
- <h1> 3 </h1></code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Additional information about <em>Grantlee</em> can be found at <a href="http://www.grantlee.org/apidox/for_themers.html">here</a></p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_grantlee_exported_variables">19.2. Grantlee exported variables</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Only a subset of the dive data is exported:</p></div>
-<div class="tableblock">
-<table rules="all"
-width="100%"
-frame="border"
-cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
-<col width="50%" />
-<col width="50%" />
-<tbody>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Name</strong></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Description</strong></p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">number</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) dive number</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">id</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) unique dive ID, should be used to fetch the dive profile</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">date</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) date of the dive</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">time</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) time of the dive</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">location</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) location of the dive</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">duration</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) duration of the dive</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">depth</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) depth of the dive</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">divemaster</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) dive master for the dive</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">buddy</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) buddy for the dive</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">airTemp</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) air temperature of the dive</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">waterTemp</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) water temperature of the dive</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">notes</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) dive notes</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">rating</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) dive rating which ranges from 0 to 5</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">sac</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) SAC value for the dive</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">tags</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) list of dive tags for the dive</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">gas</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) list of gases used in the dive</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">suit</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) the suit used for the dive</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">cylinders</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) complete information of all used cylinders</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">cylinder0-7</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) information about a specific cylinder</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">weights</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) complete information of all used weight systems</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">weight0-5</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) information about a specific weight system</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">maxcns</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) maxCNS value for the dive</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">otu</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) OTU value for the dive</p></td>
-</tr>
-</tbody>
-</table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> also exports <strong>template_options</strong> data. This data must be used as <em>CSS</em> values to provide a dynamically
-editable template. The exported data is shown in the following table:</p></div>
-<div class="tableblock">
-<table rules="all"
-width="100%"
-frame="border"
-cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
-<col width="50%" />
-<col width="50%" />
-<tbody>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Name</strong></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Description</strong></p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">font</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) font family</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">borderwidth</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) border-width value dynamically calculated as 0.1% of the page width with minimum value of 1px</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">font_size</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>double</strong>) size of fonts in vw, ranges between 1.0 and 2.0</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">line_spacing</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>double</strong>) distance between text lines, ranges between 1.0 and 3.0</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color1</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) background color</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color2</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) primary table cell color</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color3</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) secondary table cell color</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color4</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) primary text color</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color5</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) secondary text color</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color6</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) border colors</p></td>
-</tr>
-</tbody>
-</table>
-</div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="title">template.html</div>
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code> border-width: {{ template_options.borderwidth }}px;</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="title">output.html</div>
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code> border-width: 3px;</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Another variable that <em>Subsurface</em> exports is <strong>print_options</strong>. This variable contains a single member:</p></div>
-<div class="tableblock">
-<table rules="all"
-width="100%"
-frame="border"
-cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
-<col width="50%" />
-<col width="50%" />
-<tbody>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Name</strong></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Description</strong></p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">grayscale</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Use <em>CSS</em> filters to convert the page into grayscale (should be added to body style to enable printing grayscale prints)</p></td>
-</tr>
-</tbody>
-</table>
-</div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="title">template.html</div>
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code> body {
- {{ print_options.grayscale }};
- }</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="title">output.html</div>
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code> body {
- -webkit-filter: grayscale(100%);
- }</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_defined_css_selectors">19.3. Defined CSS selectors</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>As the dive profile is placed after rendering, <em>Subsurface</em> uses special <em>CSS</em> selectors to searche
-in the HTML output. The <em>CSS</em> selectors in the following table should be added.</p></div>
-<div class="tableblock">
-<table rules="all"
-width="100%"
-frame="border"
-cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
-<col width="33%" />
-<col width="33%" />
-<col width="33%" />
-<tbody>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Selector</strong></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Type</strong></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Description</strong></p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">dive_{{ dive.id }}</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">id</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">is used to fetch the relevant dive profile</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">diveProfile</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">class</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">each dive that will contain a dive profile should have this class selector in addition to the dive_{{ dive.id }} id selector</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">dontbreak</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">class</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">prevents the dive with this class from being divided into two pages. This can be used
-in flow layout templates only (when data-numberofdives = 0)</p></td>
-</tr>
-</tbody>
-</table>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="./images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Rendering dive profiles is not supported for flow layout templates (when data-numberofdives = 0).</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_special_attributes">19.4. Special attributes</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>There are two ways of rendering- either rendering a specific number of dives in each page or make <em>Subsurface</em> try to
-fit as many dives as possible into one page (<em>flow</em> rendering).</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>data-numberofdives</strong> data attribute is added to the body tag to set the rendering mode.</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-render 6 dives per page:
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code> <body data-numberofdives = 6></code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-render as much dives as possible:
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code> <body data-numberofdives = 0></code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="./images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">All CSS units should be in relative lengths only, to support printing on any page size.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_appendix_f_faqs">20. APPENDIX F: FAQs.</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_APPENDIX_F">20.1. Subsurface appears to miscalculate gas consumption and SAC</h3>
-<div class="paragraph" id="SAC_CALCULATION"><p><em>Question</em>: I dived with a 12.2 l tank, starting with 220 bar and ending with 100 bar, and I calculate a different SAC compared what <em>Subsurface</em> calculates. Is <em>Subsurface</em>
-miscalculating?</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Answer</em>: Not really. What happens is that <em>Subsurface</em> actually calculates gas
-consumption differently - and better - than you expect.
-In particular, it takes the incompressibility of the gas into account.
-Traditionally, gas consumption and SAC should be:
-<code>consumption = tank size x (start pressure - end pressure)</code></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>and that’s true for an ideal gas, and it’s what you get taught in dive theory.
-But an "ideal gas" doesn’t actually exist, and real gases actually don’t compress
-linearly with pressure. Also, you are missing the fact that one atmosphere of
-pressure isn’t actually one bar.
-So the <strong>real</strong> calculation is:</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><code>consumption = (amount_of_air_at_beginning - amount_of_air_at_end)</code></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>where the amount of air is <strong>not</strong> just "tank size times pressure in bar".
-It’s a combination of: "take compressibility into account" (which is a fairly
-small issue under 220 bar - you’ll see more differences when you do high-pressure
-tanks with 300bar) and "convert bar to atm" (which is the majority of your discrepancy).
-Remember: one ATM is ~1.013 bar, so without the compressibility, your gas use is:</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><code>12.2*((220-100)/1.013)</code></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>which is about 1445, not 1464. So there was 19 l too much in your simple
-calculation that ignored the difference between 1 bar and one ATM.
-The compressibility does show up above 200 bar, and takes that 1445 down
-about eight litres more, so you really did use only about 1437 l of air at surface pressure.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>So be happy: your SAC really is better than your calculations indicated.
-Or be sad: your cylinder contains less air than you thought it did.
-And as mentioned, the "contains less air than you thought it did" really
-starts becoming much more noticeable at high pressure. A 400 bar really does not
-contain twice as much air as a 200 bar one. At lower pressures, air acts pretty much like an ideal gas.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_some_dive_profiles_have_time_discrepancies_with_the_recorded_samples_from_my_dive_computer_8230">20.2. Some dive profiles have time discrepancies with the recorded samples from my dive computer…</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> ends up ignoring surface time for many things (average depth, divetime, SAC, etc).
-<em>Question</em>: Why do dive durations in my dive computer differ from that given by <em>Subsurface</em>?</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Answer</em>: For example, if you end up doing a weight check (deep enough to trigger the "dive started")
-but then come back up and wait five minutes for your buddies, your dive computer may say
-that your dive is 50 minutes long - because you have fifty minutes worth of samples - but
-subsurface will say it’s 45 minutes - because you were actually diving for 45 minutes.
-It’s even more noticeable if you do things like divemastering the initial OW dives, when
-you may stay in the water for a long time, but spend most of it at the surface. And then
-you don’t want that to count as some kind of long dive”.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_some_dive_profiles_are_missing_from_the_download">20.3. Some dive profiles are missing from the download</h3>
-<div class="paragraph" id="DC_HISTORY"><p><em>Question</em>: I cannot download all my dives, only the most recent ones,
-even though my dive computer’s manual states that it records history of
-e.g. 999 dives?
-<em>Answer</em>: Dive history is different than the dive profiles on the log.
-The history only keeps track of the total number of dives and total
-amount of time spent below surface. The logs, on the other hand, store
-the dive profile, but they have a limited amount of memory to do so. The
-exact amount of dive profiles that can be stored on the device depends on
-sample interval and duration of the dives. Once the memory is full the
-oldest dives get overwritten with new dives. Thus we are only able to
-download the last 13, 30 or 199 dives.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If you have downloaded your dives to different dive logging software
-before they were overwritten, there is a good chance that Subsurface can
-import these. However, if the logs are only on your dive computer, they
-cannot be salvaged after being overwritten by new dives.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div id="footnotes"><hr /></div>
-<div id="footer">
-<div id="footer-text">
-Last updated 2015-12-16 06:35:54 PST
-</div>
-</div>
-</body>
-</html>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"> +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en"> +<head> +<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="application/xhtml+xml; charset=UTF-8" /> +<meta name="generator" content="AsciiDoc 8.6.9" /> +<title></title> +<style type="text/css"> +/* + * compact_subsurface.css, a special style sheet for Subsurface, + * modified by Willem Ferguson and derived from: + * compact.css, version 1.3 by Alex Efros <powerman@powerman.name> + * Licence: Public Domain + * + * Usage: asciidoc -a theme=compact_subsurface ... + */ + +* { padding: 0; margin: 0; } +img { border: 0; } + +/*** Layout ***/ + +body { margin: 10px 20px; } +#header br { display: none; } +#revnumber { display: block; } +#toc { margin: 1em 0; } +.toclevel2 { margin-left: 1em; } +.toclevel3 { margin-left: 2em; } +#footer { margin-top: 2em; } + +#preamble .sectionbody, +h2, +h3, +h4, +h5 { margin: 1em 0 0 0; } + +.admonitionblock, +.listingblock, +.sidebarblock, +.exampleblock, +.tableblock, +.literalblock { margin: 1em 0; } +.admonitionblock td.icon { padding-right: 0.5em; } +.admonitionblock td.content { padding-left: 0.5em; } +.listingblock .content { padding: 0.5em; } +.sidebarblock > .content { padding: 0.5em; } +.exampleblock > .content { padding: 0 0.5em; } +.tableblock caption { padding: 0 0 0.5em 0; } +.tableblock thead th, +.tableblock tbody td, +.tableblock tfoot td { padding: 0 0.5em; } +.quoteblock { padding: 0 2.0em; } + +.paragraph { margin: 1em 0 0 0; } +.sidebarblock .paragraph:first-child, +.exampleblock .paragraph:first-child, +.admonitionblock .paragraph:first-child { margin: 0; } + + .ulist, .olist, .dlist, .hdlist, .qlist { margin: 1em 0; } +li .ulist, li .olist, li .dlist, li .hdlist, li .qlist, +dd .ulist, dd .olist, dd .dlist, dd .hdlist, dd .qlist { margin: 0; } +ul { margin-left: 1.5em; } +ol { margin-left: 2em; } +dd { margin-left: 3em; } +td.hdlist1 { padding-right: 1em; } + +/*** Fonts ***/ + +body { font-family: Verdana, sans-serif; } +#header { font-family: Arial, sans-serif; } +#header h1 { font-family: Arial, sans-serif; } +#footer { font-family: Georgia, serif; } +#email { font-size: 0.85em; } +#revnumber { font-size: 0.75em; } +#toc { font-size: 0.9em; } +#toctitle { font-weight: bold; } +#footer { font-size: 0.8em; } + +h2, h3, h4, h5, .title { font-family: Arial, sans-serif; } +h2 { font-size: 1.5em; } +.sectionbody { font-size: 0.85em; } +.sectionbody .sectionbody { font-size: inherit; } +h3 { font-size: 159%; } /* 1.35em */ +h4 { font-size: 141%; } /* 1.2em */ +h5 { font-size: 118%; } /* 1em */ +.title { font-size: 106%; /* 0.9em */ + font-weight: bold; + } + +tt, .monospaced { font-family: monospace; font-size: 106%; } /* 0.9em */ +dt, td.hdlist1, .qlist em { font-family: Times New Roman, serif; + font-size: 118%; /* 1em */ + font-style: italic; + } +.tableblock tfoot td { font-weight: bold; } + +/*** Colors and Backgrounds ***/ + +h1 { color: #527bbd; border-bottom: 2px solid silver; } +#footer { border-top: 2px solid silver; } + +h2 { color: #527bbd; border-bottom: 2px solid silver; } +h3 { color: #5D7EAE; border-bottom: 2px solid silver; } +h3 { display: inline-block; } +h4,h5 { color: #5D7EAE; } + +.admonitionblock td.content { border-left: 2px solid silver; } +.listingblock .content { background: #f4f4f4; border: 1px solid silver; border-left: 5px solid #e0e0e0; } +.sidebarblock > .content { background: #ffffee; border: 1px solid silver; border-left: 5px solid #e0e0e0; } +.exampleblock > .content { border-left: 2px solid silver; } +.quoteblock { border-left: 5px solid #e0e0e0; } +.tableblock table { + border-collapse: collapse; + border-width: 3px; + border-color: #527bbd; +} +.tableblock table[frame=hsides] { border-style: solid none; } +.tableblock table[frame=border] { border-style: solid; } +.tableblock table[frame=void] { border-style: none; } +.tableblock table[frame=vsides] { border-style: none solid; } +.tableblock table[rules=all] tbody tr *, +.tableblock table[rules=rows] tbody tr * { + border-top: 1px solid #527bbd; +} +.tableblock table[rules=all] tr *, +.tableblock table[rules=cols] tr * { + border-left: 1px solid #527bbd; +} +.tableblock table tbody tr:first-child * { + border-top: 1px solid white; /* none don't work here... %-[] */ +} +.tableblock table tr *:first-child { + border-left: none; +} +.tableblock table[frame] thead tr *, +.tableblock table[frame] thead tr * { + border-top: 1px solid white; + border-bottom: 2px solid #527bbd; +} +.tableblock table tr td p.table, +.tableblock table tr td p.table * { + border: 0px; +} + +tt, .monospaced { color: navy; } + +li { color: #a0a0a0; } +li > * { color: black; } + +span.aqua { color: aqua; } +span.black { color: black; } +span.blue { color: blue; } +span.fuchsia { color: fuchsia; } +span.gray { color: gray; } +span.green { color: green; } +span.lime { color: lime; } +span.maroon { color: maroon; } +span.navy { color: navy; } +span.olive { color: olive; } +span.purple { color: purple; } +span.red { color: red; } +span.silver { color: silver; } +span.teal { color: teal; } +span.white { color: white; } +span.yellow { color: yellow; } + +span.aqua-background { background: aqua; } +span.black-background { background: black; } +span.blue-background { background: blue; } +span.fuchsia-background { background: fuchsia; } +span.gray-background { background: gray; } +span.green-background { background: green; } +span.lime-background { background: lime; } +span.maroon-background { background: maroon; } +span.navy-background { background: navy; } +span.olive-background { background: olive; } +span.purple-background { background: purple; } +span.red-background { background: red; } +span.silver-background { background: silver; } +span.teal-background { background: teal; } +span.white-background { background: white; } +span.yellow-background { background: yellow; } + +span.big { font-size: 2em; } +span.small { font-size: 0.6em; } + +span.underline { text-decoration: underline; } +span.overline { text-decoration: overline; } +span.line-through { text-decoration: line-through; } + +/*** Misc ***/ + +.admonitionblock td.icon { vertical-align: top; } +.attribution { text-align: right; } + +ul { list-style-type: disc; } +ol.arabic { list-style-type: decimal; } +ol.loweralpha { list-style-type: lower-alpha; } +ol.upperalpha { list-style-type: upper-alpha; } +ol.lowerroman { list-style-type: lower-roman; } +ol.upperroman { list-style-type: upper-roman; } +.hdlist td { vertical-align: top; } + + +@media screen { + body { + max-width: 50em; /* approximately 80 characters wide */ + margin-left: 16em; + } + + #toc { + position: fixed; + top: 0; + left: 0; + bottom: 0; + width: 13em; + padding: 0.5em; + padding-bottom: 1.5em; + margin: 0; + overflow: auto; + border-right: 3px solid #f8f8f8; + background-color: white; + } + + #toc .toclevel1 { + margin-top: 0.5em; + } + + #toc .toclevel2 { + margin-top: 0.25em; + display: list-item; + color: #aaaaaa; + } + + #toctitle { + margin-top: 0.5em; + } +} +</style> +<script type="text/javascript"> +/*<+'])'); + // Function that scans the DOM tree for header elements (the DOM2 + // nodeIterator API would be a better technique but not supported by all + // browsers). + var iterate = function (el) { + for (var i = el.firstChild; i != null; i = i.nextSibling) { + if (i.nodeType == 1 /* Node.ELEMENT_NODE */) { + var mo = re.exec(i.tagName); + if (mo && (i.getAttribute("class") || i.getAttribute("className")) != "float") { + result[result.length] = new TocEntry(i, getText(i), mo[1]-1); + } + iterate(i); + } + } + } + iterate(el); + return result; + } + + var toc = document.getElementById("toc"); + if (!toc) { + return; + } + + // Delete existing TOC entries in case we're reloading the TOC. + var tocEntriesToRemove = []; + var i; + for (i = 0; i < toc.childNodes.length; i++) { + var entry = toc.childNodes[i]; + if (entry.nodeName.toLowerCase() == 'div' + && entry.getAttribute("class") + && entry.getAttribute("class").match(/^toclevel/)) + tocEntriesToRemove.push(entry); + } + for (i = 0; i < tocEntriesToRemove.length; i++) { + toc.removeChild(tocEntriesToRemove[i]); + } + + // Rebuild TOC entries. + var entries = tocEntries(document.getElementById("content"), toclevels); + for (var i = 0; i < entries.length; ++i) { + var entry = entries[i]; + if (entry.element.id == "") + entry.element.id = "_toc_" + i; + var a = document.createElement("a"); + a.href = "#" + entry.element.id; + a.appendChild(document.createTextNode(entry.text)); + var div = document.createElement("div"); + div.appendChild(a); + div.className = "toclevel" + entry.toclevel; + toc.appendChild(div); + } + if (entries.length == 0) + toc.parentNode.removeChild(toc); +}, + + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Footnotes generator +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/* Based on footnote generation code from: + * http://www.brandspankingnew.net/archive/2005/07/format_footnote.html + */ + +footnotes: function () { + // Delete existing footnote entries in case we're reloading the footnodes. + var i; + var noteholder = document.getElementById("footnotes"); + if (!noteholder) { + return; + } + var entriesToRemove = []; + for (i = 0; i < noteholder.childNodes.length; i++) { + var entry = noteholder.childNodes[i]; + if (entry.nodeName.toLowerCase() == 'div' && entry.getAttribute("class") == "footnote") + entriesToRemove.push(entry); + } + for (i = 0; i < entriesToRemove.length; i++) { + noteholder.removeChild(entriesToRemove[i]); + } + + // Rebuild footnote entries. + var cont = document.getElementById("content"); + var spans = cont.getElementsByTagName("span"); + var refs = {}; + var n = 0; + for (i=0; i<spans.length; i++) { + if (spans[i].className == "footnote") { + n++; + var note = spans[i].getAttribute("data-note"); + if (!note) { + // Use [\s\S] in place of . so multi-line matches work. + // Because JavaScript has no s (dotall) regex flag. + note = spans[i].innerHTML.match(/\s*\[([\s\S]*)]\s*/)[1]; + spans[i].innerHTML = + "[<a id='_footnoteref_" + n + "' href='#_footnote_" + n + + "' title='View footnote' class='footnote'>" + n + "</a>]"; + spans[i].setAttribute("data-note", note); + } + noteholder.innerHTML += + "<div class='footnote' id='_footnote_" + n + "'>" + + "<a href='#_footnoteref_" + n + "' title='Return to text'>" + + n + "</a>. " + note + "</div>"; + var id =spans[i].getAttribute("id"); + if (id != null) refs["#"+id] = n; + } + } + if (n == 0) + noteholder.parentNode.removeChild(noteholder); + else { + // Process footnoterefs. + for (i=0; i<spans.length; i++) { + if (spans[i].className == "footnoteref") { + var href = spans[i].getElementsByTagName("a")[0].getAttribute("href"); + href = href.match(/#.*/)[0]; // Because IE return full URL. + n = refs[href]; + spans[i].innerHTML = + "[<a href='#_footnote_" + n + + "' title='View footnote' class='footnote'>" + n + "</a>]"; + } + } + } +}, + +install: function(toclevels) { + var timerId; + + function reinstall() { + asciidoc.footnotes(); + if (toclevels) { + asciidoc.toc(toclevels); + } + } + + function reinstallAndRemoveTimer() { + clearInterval(timerId); + reinstall(); + } + + timerId = setInterval(reinstall, 500); + if (document.addEventListener) + document.addEventListener("DOMContentLoaded", reinstallAndRemoveTimer, false); + else + window.onload = reinstallAndRemoveTimer; +} + +} +asciidoc.install(3); +/*]]>*/ +</script> +</head> +<body class="article"> +<div id="header"> +</div> +<div id="content"> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Subsurface4Banner.jpg" alt="Banner" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><span class="big">USER MANUAL</span></p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Manual authors</strong>: Willem Ferguson, Jacco van Koll, Dirk Hohndel, Reinout Hoornweg, +Linus Torvalds, Miika Turkia, Amit Chaudhuri, Jan Schubert, Salvador Cuñat, Pedro Neves</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><span class="blue"><em>Version 4.5, October 2015</em></span></p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Welcome as a user of <em>Subsurface</em>, an advanced dive logging program with +extensive infrastructure to describe, organize, interpret and print scuba +and free dives. <em>Subsurface</em> offers many advantages over other similar +software solutions:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Do you need a flexible way of logging dives using recreational equipment, + even without a dive computer? +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Do you use two different dive computer brands, each with its own proprietary + software for downloading dive logs? Do you dive with rebreathers as well + as open circuit or recreational equipment? Do you use a Reefnet Sensus time-depth + recorder along with a dive computer? <em>Subsurface</em> offers a standard + interface for downloading dive logs from all of these different pieces of + equipment, storing and analyzing the dive logs within a unified system. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Do you use more than one operating system? <em>Subsurface</em> is fully compatible + with Mac, Linux and Windows, letting you access your dive log on each + operating system using a single application. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Do you use Linux or Mac, but your dive computer has only Windows- based software + for downloading dive information (e.g. Mares)? <em>Subsurface</em> provides a way of + downloading and analyzing your dive logs on other operating systems. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Do you need an intuitive graphical dive planner that integrates with, and takes + into account, dives you’ve already logged? +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Do you need a way of storing or backing up your dive log on the Internet, letting + you view your dive log from anywhere using an Internet browser? +<em>Subsurface</em> binaries are available for Windows PCs (Win XP or later), Intel +based Macs (OS/X) and many Linux distributions. <em>Subsurface</em> can be built for +many more hardware platforms and software environments where Qt and +libdivecomputer are available. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>This manual explains how to use the <em>Subsurface</em> program. To install +the software, consult the <em>Downloads</em> page on the +<a href="http://subsurface-divelog.org/"><em>Subsurface</em> web site</a>. +Please discuss issues with this program by sending an email to +<a href="mailto:subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org">our mailing list</a> and report bugs at +<a href="http://trac.hohndel.org">our bugtracker</a>. For instructions on how to build the +software and (if needed) its dependencies please consult the INSTALL file +included with the source code.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Audience</strong>: Recreational Scuba Divers, Free Divers, Tec Divers, Professional +Divers</p></div> +<div id="toc"> + <div id="toctitle">Table of Contents</div> + <noscript><p><b>JavaScript must be enabled in your browser to display the table of contents.</b></p></noscript> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_using_this_manual">1. Using this manual</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>When opened from within <em>Subsurface</em>, this manual does not have external controls for +paging or selecting previous pages. However, two facilities are provided:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +The <em>SEARCH</em> function is activated by pressing control-F or command-F on +the keyboard. A text box appears at the bottom right-hand of the window (see image below). +For instance, typing the word "<em>weights</em>" into the search text +box, searches throughout the user manual. To the right of the +search text box are two arrows pointing up and down. These find +the previous and the next occurrence of the search term. +<span class="image"> +<img src=":images/usermanualfunctions.jpg" alt="User manual functions" /> +</span> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>PREVIOUS/NEXT LINK</em>. Move between links (underlined words that +jump to specific sections in the user manual) by right-clicking on the text of the manual. +This brings up a context menu to previous links selected. +(see image above). For instance if a link has been selected, then the option +to <em>Go Back</em> shows the text at the last link selected +(similar to the Previous Page button in a browser). Conversely the <em>Go Forward</em> option +jumps to the +text seen before selecting the <em>Go Back</em> option. The <em>Reload</em> +option reloads the complete user manual into the window. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_UserSurvey">2. The user survey</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>In order to develop <em>Subsurface</em> to serve its users in the best possible way, +it’s important to have user information. Upon launching <em>Subsurface</em> +and using the software for a week or so, a one-box user survey pops up. It is entirely +optional and the user controls what, if any, data are sent to the <em>Subsurface</em> development +team. All data the user sends is useful, and will only be +used to steer future development and to customize the software to fit the needs of +the <em>Subsurface</em> users. If you complete the survey, or click the option not to +be asked again, that should be the last communication of this type you receive. +However, if your diving and/or subsurface habits change and you wish to fill in +another survey, just launch <em>Subsurface</em> with the <em>--survey</em> option on the command line.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_StartUsing">3. Start Using the Program</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>Subsurface</em> window is usually divided into four panels with a <strong>Main +Menu</strong> (File Import Log View Help) at the top of the window (for Windows +and Linux) or the top of the screen (for Mac and Ubuntu Unity). The four panels are:</p></div> +<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> +<li> +<p> +The <strong>Dive List</strong> on the bottom left, showing all the dives in the +user’s +dive log. A dive can be selected and highlighted on the dive list by clicking on +it. In most situations the up/down keys can be used to switch +between dives. The <strong>Dive List</strong> is an important tool for manipulating a dive log. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The <strong>Dive Map</strong> on the bottom right, showing the user’s dive sites on a world map +and centered on the site of the last dive selected in the <strong>Dive List</strong>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The <strong>Info</strong> on the top left, giving more detailed information on the +dive selected in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, including some statistics for the selected dive or for all +highlighted dive(s). +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The <strong>Dive Profile</strong> on the top right, showing a graphical dive profile of the +selected dive in the <strong>Dive List</strong>. +</p> +</li> +</ol></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The dividers between panels can be dragged to change the size of any of +the panels. <em>Subsurface</em> remembers the position of the dividers, so the next +time <em>Subsurface</em> starts it uses the positions of the dividers from the last time the program was used.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If a single dive is selected in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, the dive location, detailed information +and profile of +the <em>selected dive</em> are shown in the respective panels. If +several dives are selected, the last highlighted dive is the <em>selected +dive</em>, but summary data of all <em>highlighted dives</em> is shown in the <strong>Stats</strong> tab +of the <strong>Info</strong> panel (maximum, minimum and average depths, durations, water +temperatures and SAC; total time and number of dives selected).</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" id="S_ViewPanels" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/main_window_f22.jpg" alt="The Main Window" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The user decides which of the four panels are displayed by selecting the +<strong>View</strong> option on the main menu. This feature has several choices of display:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>All</strong>: show all four of the panels as in the screenshot above.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divelist</strong>: Show only the Dive List.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Profile</strong>: Show only the Dive Profile of the selected dive.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Info</strong>: Show only the Notes about the last selected dive and statistics for +all highlighted dives.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Globe</strong>: Show only the world map, centered on the last selected dive.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Like other functions that can be accessed via the Main Menu, these options +can also be triggered using keyboard shortcuts. The shortcuts for a particular system +are shown with an underline in the main menu entries. Since different Operating +Systems and the user’s chosen language may cause <em>Subsurface</em> to use different +shortcut keys, they are not listed in this user manual.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>When the program is started for the first time, it shows no +information at all, because it does not have any dive information available. In the +following sections, the procedures to create a new logbook will be explained.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_NewLogbook">4. Creating a new logbook</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Select <em>File → New Logbook</em> from the main menu. All existing dive data are +cleared so new information can be added. If there are unsaved data in an +open logbook, the user is asked whether the open logbook should be +saved before a new logbook is created.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_GetInformation">5. Storing dive information in the logbook</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Now that a new logbook is created, it is simple to add dive data it. +<em>Subsurface</em> allows several ways of adding dive data to a logbook. +1) If the user has a handwritten divelog, a spreadsheet or another form of + manually maintained divelog, dive data can be added to the logbook using + one of these approaches: + - Enter dive information by hand. This is useful if the diver didn’t + use a dive computer and dives were recorded in a written logbook. See: + <a href="#S_EnterData">Entering dive information by hand</a></p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Import dive log information that has been maintained either as a spreadsheet + or as a CSV file. Refer to: <a href="#S_Appendix_D">APPENDIX D: Exporting a spreadsheet to CSV format</a> and + to <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importing dives in CSV format</a>. +2) If a dive is recorded using a dive computer, the depth profile +and a large amount of additional information can be accessed. +These dives can be imported from: +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The dive computer itself. See: <a href="#S_ImportDiveComputer">Importing new dive information from a Dive Computer</a> or +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Proprietary software distributed by manufacturers of dive computers. Refer + to: <a href="#S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs">Importing dive information from other digital data sources or other data formats</a>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Spreadsheet or CSV files containing dive profiles. + See: <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importing dives in CSV format from dive computers or other dive log software</a> +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_EnterData">5.1. Entering dive information by hand</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>This is usually the approach for dives without a dive computer. The basic record +of information within <em>Subsurface</em> is a dive. The most important information +in a simple dive logbook usually includes dive type, date, time, duration, +depth, the names of your dive buddy and the dive master or dive guide, and +some remarks about the dive. <em>Subsurface</em> can store much more +information for each dive. To add a dive to a dive log, select <em>Log +→ Add Dive</em> from the Main Menu. The program then shows three panels +on which to enter +information for a dive: two tabs in the <strong>Info</strong> panel (<strong>Notes</strong> and +<strong>Equipment</strong>), as well as the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel that displays a graphical profile +of each dive. These panels are respectively marked <span class="red">A</span>, <span class="red">B</span> and +<span class="red">C</span> +in the figure below. Each of these tabs will now be explained for data entry.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/AddDive1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Add dive" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>When you edit a field in Notes or Equipment panels, <em>Subsurface</em> enters <strong>Editing Mode</strong>, +indicated by the message in the blue box at the top of the <strong>Notes</strong> panel (see the image below). This message is +displayed in all the panels under Notes and Equipment when in <strong>Editing Mode</strong>.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/BlueEditBar_f22.jpg" alt="Blue edit bar" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>Apply changes</em> button should only be selected after all the parts of a dive have been entered. +When entering dives by hand, the <em>Info</em>, <em>Equipment</em> and <em>Profile</em> tabs should be completed +before saving the information. By selecting the <em>Apply changes</em> button, a local copy of the information +for this specific dive is saved in memory. The <em>Apply changes</em> button should ONLY be selected after all parts +of a dive have been entered. When you close Subsurface, the program will +ask again, this time whether the complete dive log should be saved on disk or not.</p></div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_CreateProfile">5.1.1. Creating a Dive Profile</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>Dive Profile</strong> (a graphical representation of the depth of the dive as a +function of time) is shown in the panel on the top right hand of the +<em>Subsurface</em> window. When a dive is manually added to a logbook, <em>Subsurface</em> +presents a default dive profile that needs to be modified to best represent the +dive described:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/DiveProfile1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Initial dive profile" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Modifying the dive profile</em>: When the cursor is moved around the dive profile, +its position is shown by two right-angled red lines as seen below. +The time and depth +represented by the cursor are indicated at the top of the black information box +(@ and D). The units (metric/imperial) on the axes are determined by the +<strong>Preference</strong> settings. The dive profile itself comprises several +line segments demarcated by waypoints (white dots on the profile, as shown +above). The default dive depth is 15 m. +If the dive depth was 20 m then you need to drag the appropriate waypoints +downward to 20 m. To add a waypoint, double-click on +any line segment. To move an additional waypoint, drag it. +To remove a waypoint, right-click on it and choose "Remove this point" from the +context menu. Drag the waypoints to represent an +accurate +time duration for the dive. Below is a dive profile for a dive +to 20 m for 30 min, followed by a 5 minute safety stop at 5 m.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/DiveProfile2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Edited dive profile" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Specifying the gas composition:</em> The gas composition used is indicated +along the line segments of the dive profile. This defaults to the first gas +mixture specified in the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab, which was air in the case of the +profile above. The gas mixtures of segments of the dive profile can +be changed by right-clicking on the particular +waypoint and selecting the appropriate gas from the context menu. Changing +the gas for a waypoint affects the gas shown in the segment <em>to the left</em> of +that +waypoint. Note that only the gases defined in the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab appear in the +context menu (see image below).</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/DiveProfile3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Gas composition context menu" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>With the profile now defined, more details must be added to have +a fuller record of the dive. To do this, +the <strong>Notes</strong> and the <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs on the top left hand of the +<em>Subsurface</em> window should be used. Click on +<a href="#S_Notes_dc"><strong>this link</strong></a> for instructions on how to use these tabs.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_ImportDiveComputer">5.2. Importing new dive information from a Dive Computer</h3> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_connecting_and_importing_data_from_a_dive_computer">5.2.1. Connecting and importing data from a dive computer.</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The use of dive computers allows the collection of a large amount of +information about +each dive, e.g. a detailed record of depth, duration, rates of ascent/descent +and of gas partial pressures. <em>Subsurface</em> can capture this information, +using dive details from a wide range of dive computers. The latest list of supported +dive computers can be found at: +<a href="http://subsurface-divelog.org/documentation/supported-dive-computers/"> +Supported dive computers</a>.</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/warning2.png" alt="Warning" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Several dive computers consume more power when they are in +PC-Communication mode. <strong>This could drain the dive computer’s battery</strong>. We +recommend the user checks to be sure the dive computer is charged when +connected to the USB port of a PC. For example, several Suunto and Mares dive +computers do not recharge through the USB connection. Users should refer to +the dive computer’s manual +if they are unsure whether the dive computer recharges its batteries +while connected to the USB port.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>To import dive information from a dive computer to a computer with +<em>Subsurface</em>, +the two pieces of equipment must communicate with one another. +This +involves setting up the communications port (or mount point) of the computer +with <em>Subsurface</em> that communicates with the dive computer. To set up +this communication, users need to find the appropriate information to +instruct +<em>Subsurface</em> where and how to import the dive information. +<a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">Appendix A</a> +provides the technical information to help the user achieve this for different +operating +systems and +<a href="#_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">Appendix B</a> +has dive computer specific information.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>After this, the dive computer can be hooked up to the user’s PC using these steps:</p></div> +<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> +<li> +<p> +The interface cable should be connected to a free USB port (or the Infra-red + or Bluetooth connection set up as described later in this manual) +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The dive computer should be placed into PC Communication mode. + (Refer to the manual of the specific dive computer) +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +In <em>Subsurface</em>, from the Main Menu, select <em>Import → Import + From Dive Computer</em>. + Dialogue <strong>A</strong> in the figure below appears: +</p> +</li> +</ol></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/DC_import_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Download dialogue 1" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Dive computers tend to keep a certain number of dives in memory, even +though these dives have already been imported to <em>Subsurface</em>. For that reason, if +the dive computer allows this, +<em>Subsurface</em> only imports dives that have not been uploaded before. This makes +the download process faster on most dive computers and also saves battery power +of the dive computer (at least for those not charging while connected via USB).</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +The dialogue has two drop-down lists, <strong>Vendor</strong> and <strong>Dive Computer</strong>. On the + <strong>vendor</strong> drop-down list select the make of the computer, e.g. + Suunto, Oceanic, + Uwatec, Mares. On the <strong>Dive Computer</strong> drop-down list, the model name of + the dive computer must be selected, e.g. D4 (Suunto), Veo200 (Oceanic), or Puck + (Mares). +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The <strong>Device or Mount Point</strong> drop-down list contains the USB or Bluetooth port + name that <em>Subsurface</em> needs in order to communicate with the dive computer. + The appropriate port name must be selected. Consult + <a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">Appendix A</a> + and + <a href="#_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">Appendix B</a> + for technical details on how to find the appropriate port information for a + specific dive + computer and, in some cases, how to do the correct settings to the operating + system of the computer on which <em>Subsurface</em> is running. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +If all the dives on the dive computer need to be downloaded, check the + checkbox <em>Force download of all dives</em>. Normally, <em>Subsurface</em> only downloads + dives after the date-time of the last dive in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel. If one + or more of your dives in <em>Subsurface</em> has been accidentally deleted or if there + are older dives that still need to be downloaded from the dive computer, this + box needs to be checked. Some dive computers (e.g. Mares Puck) do not provide + a contents list to <em>Subsurface</em> before the download in order to select only new dives. + Consequently, for these dive computers, all dives are downloaded + irrespective of the status of this check box. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +If the checkbox <em>Always prefer downloaded dives</em> + has been checked and, during download, dives with identical date-times exist on + the dive computer and on the <em>Subsurface</em> + <strong>Dive List</strong> panel, the dive in the <em>Subsurface</em> divelog will be overwritten + by the dive record from the computer. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The checkbox marked <em>Download into new trip</em> ensures that, after upload, the downloaded dives + are grouped together as a new trip(s) in the <strong>Dive List</strong>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Do <strong>not</strong> check the checkboxes labelled <em>Save libdivecomputer logfile</em> and + <em>Save libdivecomputer dumpfile</em>. These are only used as diagnostic tools + when there are problems with downloads(see below). +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Then select the <em>Download</em> button. + With communication established, you can see how the data are + retrieved from the dive computer. + Depending on the make of the dive computer and/or number of recorded dives, this + could take some time. Be patient. The <em>Download</em> dialogue + shows a + progress bar at the bottom of the dialogue. Remember for some dive computers + progress information could be inaccurate since the program doesn’t know how much + downloadable data there is until the download is complete. After successful download, Dialogue <strong>B</strong> + in the figure above appears. + After the dives have been downloaded, they appear in a tabular format on the right-hand + side of the dialogue (see image <strong>B</strong>, above). Each dive comprises a row in the table, with the date, duration + and depth shown. Next to each dive is a checkbox: check all the dives that need to + be transferred to the <strong>Dive List</strong>. In the case of the image above, the last six dives are + checked and will be transferred to the <strong>Dive List</strong>. Then + click the <em>OK</em> button at the bottom of the dialogue. All the imported dives appear + in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, sorted by date and time. Disconnect and + switch off the dive + computer to conserve its battery power. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Then click the OK button. +The checked dives are transferred to the <strong>Dive List</strong>.</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +If there is a problem in communicating with the dive computer, an error + message will be shown, similar to this text: "Unable to open /dev/ttyUSB0 Mares + (Puck Pro)". Refer to the text in the box below. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="sidebarblock"> +<div class="content"> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>PROBLEMS WITH DATA DOWNLOAD FROM A DIVE COMPUTER?</strong></p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Check the following:</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Is the dive computer still in PC-communication or + Upload mode? +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Is the dive computer’s battery fully charged? If not then charge or replace it. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Is the connecting cable faulty? Does the cable work using other + software? Has it worked before, or is this the first time the cable is being used? Are the contacts + on the dive computer and the cable clean? +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Consult + <a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">Appendix A</a> + to be sure the correct Mount Point + was specified (see above). +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +On Unix-like operating systems, does the user have write permission to the + USB port? If not, consult + <a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">Appendix A</a> +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If the <em>Subsurface</em> computer does not recognize the USB adaptor by +showing an appropriate device name next to the Mount Point, then there is a +possibility the cable or USB adaptor is faulty. A faulty cable is the most +common cause of communication failure between a dive computer and <em>Subsurface</em> +computer. It’s also possible the <em>Subsurface</em> computer cannot interpret +the data. Perform a download for diagnostic purposes with the following +two boxes checked in the download dialogue discussed above:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>Save libdivecomputer logfile +Save libdivecomputer dumpfile</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Important</strong>: These check boxes are only used when problems are encountered +during the download process. Under normal circumstances they should not be checked. +When checking these boxes, the user is prompted to select a folder where the information will be saved. The default folder is the one in which the +<em>Subsurface</em> +dive log is kept.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Important:</strong> <em>After downloading with the above checkboxes +checked, no dives are added to the +<strong>Dive List</strong> but two files are created in the folder selected above</em>:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>subsurface.log +subsurface.bin</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>These files should be send to the <em>Subsurface</em> mail list: +<em>subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org</em> with a +request for the files to be analyzed. Provide the dive computer +make and model +as well as contextual information about the dives recorded on the dive computer.</p></div> +</div></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_Bluetooth">5.2.2. Connecting <em>Subsurface</em> to a Bluetooth-enabled dive computer</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Bluetooth is becoming a more common way of communication between dive computers +and <em>Subsurface</em>, for or instance, the Shearwater Petrel +Mk2 and the OSTC Mk3. <em>Subsurface</em> provides a largely operating system independent +Bluetooth interface. Setting up <em>Subsurface</em> for Bluetooth communication requires +four steps:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Be sure Bluetooth is activated on the host computer running <em>Subsurface</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Be sure <em>Subsurface</em> sees the Bluetooth adapter on the host computer. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Be sure the Bluetooth-enabled dive computer is Bluetooth-discoverable and in PC upload mode. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Be sure <em>Subsurface</em> is paired with the Bluetooth-enabled dive computer. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Select the Download dialogue by selecting +<em>Import → Import from dive computer</em> from the <strong>Main Menu</strong>. If you check the +box labelled <em>"Choose Bluetooth download mode"</em>, the dialogue below appears. +===== On Linux or MacOS:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/DC_import_Bluetooth.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Download Bluetooth" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>On the <em>Linux</em> or <em>MacOS</em> platforms the name +of the <em>Subsurface</em> computer and its Bluetooth address are shown on the right hand side, +On the left hand side, if the +computer has connected more than one local Bluetooth devices the user can use +the list box to indicate which one needs to connect to <em>Subsurface</em>. +The power state (on/off) of the Bluetooth adapter is shown below +the address and can be changed by checking the <em>Turn on/off</em> box. +If the Bluetooth address is not shown, then <em>Subsurface</em> does not see the local +Bluetooth device. Be sure the Bluetooth driver is installed correctly on the +<em>Subsurface</em> computer and check if it can be used by other Bluetooth utilities like +<em>bluetoothctl</em> or <em>bluemoon</em>. This finishes the first two steps above. +Be sure the Bluetooth-enabled dive computer is in PC-upload mode and it +is discoverable by other Bluetooth devices. Consult the manual of the dive +computer for more information. Now the third item in the list above has been finished. +Select the <em>Scan</em> button towards the bottom left of the dialogue above. After +searching, the dive computer should be listed +(perhaps as one of a number of Bluetooth devices) in the main list box on the +lefthand side of the dialogue (see image above). If this does not work, select +the <em>Clear</em> button, then scan again for Bluetooth devices using the <em>Scan</em> +button. After taking these actions <em>Subsurface</em> should see the dive computer. +The label of the discovered dive computer contains the name of the device, its +address and its pairing status. If the device is not paired and has a red +background color, a context menu can be opened by selecting the item with a +right-click. +Select the the <em>Pair</em> option and wait for the task to complete. If this dive computer +is being paired to Subsurface for the first time, it’s possible Subsurface will +request a Pass Code or PIN number. The most commonly-used Pass Code is 0000, +and this works for the Shearwater Petrel. If necessary, consult the user manual of the +dive computer being used.</p></div> +<div class="sidebarblock"> +<div class="content"> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Currently <em>Subsurface</em> does not support Bluetooth pairing with dive +computers that require a custom PIN code. In order to pair the devices, use other +OS utilities as suggested below.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>One way to achieve this is to use <code>bluetoothctl</code>:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>$ bluetoothctl +[bluetooth]# agent KeyboardOnly +Agent registered +[bluetooth]# default-agent +Default agent request successful +[bluetooth]# pair 00:80:25:49:6C:E3 +Attempting to pair with 00:80:25:49:6C:E3 +[CHG] Device 00:80:25:49:6C:E3 Connected: yes +Request PIN code +[agent] Enter PIN code: 0000</code></pre> +</div></div> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>After the devices are paired, press the <em>Save</em> button of the dialogue. +This closes the Bluetooth dialogue. Now select <em>Download</em> in the <em>Download from +dive computer</em> dialogue which should still be open. The downloaded dives are +shown on the righthand side of the download dialogue.</p></div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_on_windows">On Windows:</h5> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/DC_import_Bluetooth_Windows.png" alt="FIGURE: Download Bluetooth on Windows" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>On <em>Windows</em> platforms the <em>Local Bluetooth device details section</em> on the right is not displayed as +is the case on the Linux/Mac systems. +To start a scan (by pressing the <em>Scan</em> button) +check that the Bluetooth device on the <em>Subsurface</em> computer is turned on by selecting +the dive computer from the list of available Bluetooth devices (see image above). If the dive computer +is being accessed by Subsurface for the first time, it’s possible Subsurface will +request a Pass Code or PIN number. Supply the Pass Code recommended in the user manual of the dive computer. +A Pass Code or PIN of 0000 is often the default.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The pairing step is checked and done automatically during +the download process. If the devices have never been paired the system will ask +for your permission and put a message on the right side of the screen: <em>Add a +device, Tap to set up your DC device</em>. Always allow this pairing. After a +discovered item is selected, select the <em>Save</em> button. +Finally select the <em>Download</em> button on the <em>Download</em> dialogue and wait for the process to complete.</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Currently <em>Subsurface</em> works only with local Bluetooth +adapters which use Microsoft Bluetooth Stack. If the local device uses +<em>Widcomm</em>, <em>Stonestreet One Bluetopia Bluetooth</em> or <em>BlueSoleil</em> drivers it +will not work. However, Bluetooth hardware/dongles from these manufacturers +(e.g. iSonic) that support the Microsoft Bluetooth Stack do work.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>A log message on the bottom left of the <em>Remote Bluetooth device selection</em> +shows details about the current status of the Bluetooth agent. To +select another dive computer for download using the "Remote Bluetooth selection dialogue" +press the three-dots button from the <em>"Choose Bluetooth download mode"</em> option.</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" /> +</td> +<td class="content"><strong>IN CASE OF PROBLEMS</strong>: If the Bluetooth adapter from the <em>Subsurface</em> computer +gets stuck and the <em>Download</em> process fails repeatedly, + <em>unpair</em> the devices and then repeat the above steps. If this is not successful, + <a href="#S_HowFindBluetoothDeviceName"><em>Appendix A</em></a> contains +information for manually setting up and inspecting the Bluetooth connection +with <em>Subsurface</em>.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_DeviceNames">5.2.3. Changing the name of a dive computer</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>It may be necessary to distinguish between different dive computers used to +upload dive logs to <em>Subsurface</em>. For instance if a buddy’s dive computer is the +same make and model as your own and dive logs are uploaded from both dive computers +to the same <em>Subsurface</em> computer, then +you might like to call one "Alice’s Suunto D4" and the other +"Bob’s Suunto D4". Alternatively, consider a technical diver who dives with two or more +dive computers of the same model, the logs of both (or all) being uploaded. +In this case it might be prudent to call one of them +"Suunto D4 (1)" and another "Suunto D4 (2)". This is easily done in <em>Subsurface</em>. +On the <strong>Main Menu</strong>, select <em>Log → Edit device names</em>. A dialog box opens, showing the +current Model, ID and Nickname of the dive computers used for upload. Edit the Nickname +field for the appropriate dive computer. After saving the Nickname, the dive logs +show the nickname for that particular device instead of the model name, +allowing easy identification of devices.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_EditDiveInfo">5.2.4. Updating the dive information imported from the dive computer.</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>With the uploaded dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, the information from the dive +computer is not complete and more details must be added to have +a full record of the dives. To do this, +the <strong>Notes</strong> and the <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs on the top left hand of the +<em>Subsurface</em> window should be used.</p></div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="S_Notes_dc">Notes</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>To have a more complete dive record, the user needs to add +additional information by hand. The procedure +below is virtually identical for hand-entered dives and for dives downloaded from a dive computer.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>In some cases, +you must provide the date and time of the dive, for example when entering a dive by hand or when a +dive computer doesn’t provide the date and time of the dive. +(Usually the date and time of the dive, gas mixture and water temperature are +shown as obtained from the dive computer) +If the contents of the <strong>Notes tab</strong> is changed or edited in any way, the message in a blue box at +the top of the panel shows the dive is being edited. If you +click on the <strong>Notes</strong> tab, the following fields are +visible (left hand image, below):</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/AddDive3_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: The Notes tab" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The right hand image, above, shows a <strong>Notes tab</strong> filled with dive information. +The <strong>Time</strong> field reflects the date and time of the dive. By clicking +the date, a calendar is displayed from which +you can choose the correct date. Press ESC to close the calendar. +The time values (hour and minutes) can also be +edited directly by clicking on each of them in the text box and by over-typing the +information displayed.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Air/water temperatures</strong>: Air and water temperatures during the dive are shown +in text boxes to the right of the Start time. Many dive computers supply water +temperature information and this box may have information. +If air temperature isn’t provided by the dive computer, the first temperature reading +might be used for the air temperature. Generally this is close to the real air temperature. +If editing is required, only a value is required, the units of temperature will be +automatically supplied by +<em>Subsurface</em> (following the <em>Preferences</em>, metric or imperial units will +be used).</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Location</strong>:</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/warning2.png" alt="Warning" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Dive locations are managed as a <strong>separate</strong> part of the dive log. +The dive information in the <strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs can therefore NOT be edited at the same +time as the dive site information. Save all the other dive information (e.g. +divemaster, buddy, protective gear, notes about the dive) by selecting <em>Apply changes</em> on the +<strong>Notes</strong> tab BEFORE editing the dive site information. Then supply a dive site name in the +textbox labelled <em>Location</em> on the <strong>Notes</strong> tab.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Type in the name of the dive site, e.g. "Tihany, Lake Balaton, Hungary". +If several dives are +made at the same location, the site information for the first dive is re-used. +Existing dive locations +can be edited by selecting (on the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel) a dive done at that site +and by opening the location information. Click the globe button on the +right of the location name (see image on the right, above). When entering a dive location name, auto location of +dive site names makes it easy to select an existing dive site name. +When typing the name of a dive site, +a dropdown list appears showing all sites with similar names. If the dive +site has been used before, click on the already-existing name. +The dive site names in the dropdown list contain either a globe symbol (indicating +existing dive sites in the <em>Subsurface</em> database) +or a <strong>+</strong> symbol (indicating dive site names that appear consistent with the +current dive site name but which haven’t been added to the dive site database). +If the present +dive site has not been used before, a message appears as follows (image <strong>A</strong> below):</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Locations1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Location description panel" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Doubleclick on the new dive site name. A panel appears to enter the coordinates and +other information about the site (image <strong>B</strong>, above). The most important +items are the coordinates of the site. There are three ways to specify coordinates:</p></div> +<div class="olist loweralpha"><ol class="loweralpha"> +<li> +<p> +Use the world map in the bottom right hand part + of the <em>Subsurface</em> window. The map displays an orange bar indicating "No location + data - Move the map and double-click to set the dive location". Doubleclick + at the appropriate place, and the orange bar disappears and the coordinates are + stored. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Use the <em>Subsurface</em> Companion app if you + have an Android or iPhone device with GPS and if the dive site coordinates + were stored using it. + <a href="#S_Companion">Click here for more information</a> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Enter by hand if the coordinates are known, using one of + four formats with latitude followed by longitude: +</p> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>ISO 6709 Annex D format e.g. 30°13'28.9"N 30°49'1.5"E +Degrees and decimal minutes, e.g. N30° 13.49760' , E30° 49.30788' +Degrees minutes seconds, e.g. N30° 13' 29.8" , E30° 49' 1.5" +Decimal degrees, e.g. 30.22496 , 30.821798</code></pre> +</div></div> +</li> +</ol></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Southern hemisphere latitudes are given with a <strong>S</strong>, e.g. S30°, or with a +negative value, e.g. -30.22496. Similarly western longitudes are given with a +<strong>W</strong>, e.g. W07°, or with a negative value, e.g. -7.34323. Some keyboards +don’t have the degree sign (°). It can be replaced by a <strong>d</strong> like this: N30d W20d. +If both a dive site name and coordinates have been provided, save the +dive site information by selecting the button <em>Apply changes</em> at the top of +the panel.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Important</strong>: GPS coordinates of a dive site are linked to the location +name - so <strong>saving</strong> a dive site with only coordinates and no name +causes problems. (Subsurface will think all of these +dives have the same location and try to keep their GPS coordinates the +same).</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Dive site name lookup:</strong> If coordinates have been typed into the appropriate +text box, you can do an automated name lookup based on the coordinates. +This is done when <em>Subsurface</em> uses the Internet to find the name of the dive site +based on the coordinates that were typed. If a name has been found, it is +automatically inserted into the tags box. The list box +(Titled <em>Dive sites on same coordinates</em>") at the bottom +of the dive site panel contains the names of other dives sites used at the +current location. For instance if the dive site is "Blue Hole" and there are several +sites named "Blue Hole", all of them are listed.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Enter any other contextual information about the dive site (Description and Notes), +then select <em>Apply Changes</em> to save the geolocation for this dive site. +The dive site information can later be edited by clicking the globe icon to the right of the +dive site name in the <strong>Notes tab</strong>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Dive mode</strong>: This is a dropdown box allowing you to choose the type of dive +performed. The options are OC (Open Circuit SCUBA, the default setting, for most recreational dives), +Freedive (dive without SCUBA equipment), CCR (Closed-circuit +rebreather) and pSCR (Passive semi-closed rebreather).</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemaster</strong>: The name of the divemaster or dive guide should be +entered in this field +which offers auto selection based on the list of dive masters in +the current logbook.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Buddy</strong>: In this field, enter the name(s) of the buddy or buddies +(separated with commas) who were on the +dive. Auto selection based on the list of buddies in the current logbook is +offered.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Suit</strong>: Here the type of dive suit used can be entered. +Auto selection of the suit description is available. +Some dry-suit users may choose to use this field to record what combination of +suit and thermal under suit was used.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Rating</strong>: You can provide a subjective overall rating of the dive on a +5-point scale by clicking the appropriate star on the rating scale.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Visibility</strong>: You can provide a rating of visibility during the +dive on a +5-point scale by clicking the appropriate star.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Tags</strong>: Tags that describe the type of dive done can be entered +here (separated by commas). Examples of common tags are boat, drift, training, +cave, etc. +<em>Subsurface</em> has many built-in tags. If you starts typing a tag, the +program +will list the tags that correspond to the typing. For instance, by typing +<code>cav</code>, the tags <strong>cave</strong> and <strong>cavern</strong> are shown to choose from.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Notes</strong>: Any additional information for the dive can be entered here.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>Apply changes</em> and <em>Discard changes</em> buttons are used to save all the information for tabs +in the <strong>Info</strong> panel and in the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel. Use them +when <strong>ALL</strong> other information has been added. The image <a href="#S_Notes_dc">at the beginning of this section</a> +shows an example of a <strong>Notes tab</strong> after completing the dive information.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_equipment">Equipment</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The Equipment tab lets you enter information about the type of +cylinder and gas used, as well as the weights used for the dive. The +message in the blue box at the top of the panel:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/BlueEditBar_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Blue edit bar" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>shows the dive is being edited. This is a highly interactive part of +<em>Subsurface</em> and the information on +cylinders and gases (entered here) determines the behavior of the <strong>Dive profile</strong> +(top right-hand panel).</p></div> +<div class="paragraph" id="cylinder_definitions"><p><strong>Cylinders</strong>: The cylinder information is entered through a dialogue that looks +like this:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/DC_gas-dialogue1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Initial cylinder dialogue" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>For hand-entered dives, this information needs to be typed in. For dive computers, +<em>Subsurface</em> often gets the gas used from the dive computer and +automatically inserts the gas composition(% oxygen or % helium) in the table. The + button +at the top right lets you add more cylinders for this dive. The dark +dust bin icon on the left lets you delete information for a cylinder. +Note that it is not possible to delete a cylinder if it is used during the +dive. A cylinder might be implicitly used in the dive, even without a gas change event. +Start by selecting a cylinder type on the left-hand side of the +table. To select a cylinder, the <em>Type</em> box should be clicked. This +brings up a list button that can be used to display a dropdown list of +cylinders:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/DC_gas-dialogue2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: The cylinder drop-down list button" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The drop-down list can then be used to select the cylinder type that was used +for this dive, or just start typing in the box which shows the available +options for the entered characters. The +<strong>Size</strong> of the cylinder as well as its working pressure (<em>Work.press</em>) will +automatically be shown in the dialogue.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Next, indicate the starting pressure and the ending pressure of the +specified gas during the dive. The unit of pressure (metric/imperial) +corresponds to the settings chosen in the <em>Preferences</em>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Finally, provide the gas mixture used. If air was used, the +value of 21% can be entered or this field can be left blank. If nitrox or +trimix were used, their percentages of oxygen and/or helium should be entered. +Any inappropriate fields should be left empty. After typing the +information for the cylinder, save the data +either by pressing <em>ENTER</em> on the keyboard or by clicking outside the cell +containing +the cursor. Information for any additional cylinders can be added by using the<br /> +button at the top right hand. The following is an example of a complete description +for a dive using two cylinders (air and EAN50):</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/CylinderDataEntry3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: a completed cylinder dive information table" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Weights</strong>: Information about the weight system used can be entered +using a dialogue similar to that of the cylinder information. If you +click +the + button on the top right of the weights dialogue, the table looks like +this:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE:The Weights dialogue" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>By clicking on the <em>Type</em> field, a drop-down list becomes accessible through a +down-arrow:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Weights type drop-down list button" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>This can be used to select the type of weight system +used during the dive or just may start typing in the box +to specify a different weighting mechanism that will be saved by <em>Subsurface</em>. +In the <strong>Weight</strong> +field, type in the amount of weight used during the dive. After +specifying the weight +system, save the data by pressing <em>ENTER</em> on the keyboard or by clicking outside the +cell with the cursor. +It’s possible to enter information for more than one weight system by adding +an additional system +using the + button on the top right hand. Weight systems can be deleted using +the dust bin icon on the left hand. Here is an example of information for a dive +with two types of weights: integrated as well as a weight belt:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: A completed weights information table" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_editing_several_selected_dives_simultaneously">5.2.5. Editing several selected dives simultaneously</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>METHOD 1</em>: After uploading dives from +a dive computer, the dive profiles of each is shown in the <strong>Dive profile</strong> tab, as well +as a few items of information +in the <strong>Notes</strong> tab (e.g. water temperature) and in the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab (e.g. gas pressures +and gas composition). Other fields remain empty. +It may be useful to simultaneously edit some of the +fields in the <strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs. For instance, it’s possible +that a diver performed several dives during a single day, using identical equipment at the same +dive site, or with the same divemaster and/or buddy or tags. Instead +of completing the information for each +dive separately, select all the dives for that day in the <strong>Dive List</strong> and +insert the same information in the <strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong> fields that need +identical information. This is done by editing the dive notes or the equipment for any one +of the selected dives.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Simultaneous editing only works with fields that do not already contain information. +This means if some fields have been edited for a particular dive among the selected dives, +these are not changed while +editing the dives simultaneously. Technically, the rule for editing several dives simultaneously is: +if the data field being edited contains <em>exactly the same information</em> for all the dives that have been +selected, the new, edited information is substituted for all the selected dives. Otherwise only the +edited dive is +changed, even though several dives have been selected in the <strong>Dive List</strong>. This speeds +up the completion of the dive log after several similar dives.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph" id="S_CopyComponents"><p><em>METHOD 2</em>:There is a different way of achieving the same goal. Select a dive with all the appropriate information +typed into the <strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs. Then, from the main menu, select <em>Log → Copy dive components</em>. +A box is presented with a selection of check boxes for most of the fields in the <strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs. +Select the fields to be copied from the currently selected dive, then select <em>OK</em>. Now, in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, +select the dives +into which this information is to be pasted. Then, from the main menu, select <em>Log → Paste dive components</em>. +All the selected dives now contain the data initially selected in the original source dive log.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_adding_bookmarks_to_a_dive">5.2.6. Adding Bookmarks to a dive</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Many divers wish to annotate dives with text that indicate particular events, +e.g. "Saw dolphins", or "Released surface buoy". This is easily +done:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Right-click at the appropriate point on the dive profile. + This brings up the dive profile context menu. Select <em>Add bookmark</em>. A red flag is + placed on the dive profile at that point (see <strong>A</strong> below). +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Right-click on the red flag. This brings up the context menu (see <strong>B</strong> below). Select <em>Edit name</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +A text box is shown. Type the explanatory text for the bookmark (see <strong>C</strong> below). Select <em>OK</em>. + This saves the text associated with the bookmark. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Hovering the mouse over the red bookmark, the appropriate text is shown at + the bottom of the information box (see <strong>D</strong> below). +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Bookmarks.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Bookmark dialog" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_saving_the_updated_dive_information">5.2.7. Saving the updated dive information</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The information entered in the <strong>Notes</strong> tab and the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab can be +saved by using the +two buttons on the top right hand of the <strong>Notes</strong> tab. If the <em>Apply changes</em> button +is clicked, +the dive data are saved in the memory image of the dive. If the <em>Discard changes</em> +button is clicked, the newly entered dive data are +erased from the computer memory, although the dive profile is +retained. When the user exits <em>Subsurface</em> there is a final prompt to confirm +the new data should now be saved permanently on the computer disk.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_importing_dive_information_from_other_digital_data_sources_or_other_data_formats">5.3. Importing dive information from other digital data sources or other data formats</h3> +<div class="paragraph" id="S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs"><p>If you’ve been diving for some time, it’s possible several dives were +logged using other dive log software. These dive logs can probably be +imported into <em>Subsurface</em>. <em>Subsurface</em> will import dive logs from a range of +other +dive log software. While some software is supported natively, for +others you will need to +export the logbook(s) to an intermediate format so they can then be imported +by <em>Subsurface</em>. +Currently, <em>Subsurface</em> supports importing CSV log files from several sources. +APD LogViewer, XP5, Sensus and Seabear files are +preconfigured, but because the import is flexible, users can configure their own +imports. +Manually kept log files (e.g. a spreadsheet) can also be imported by +configuring the CSV import. +<em>Subsurface</em> can also import UDDF and UDCF files used by some dive log +software and some dive computers, like the Heinrichs & Weikamp DR5. Finally, +for some dive log software like Mares Dive Organizer we currently recommend you +import the logbooks first into a web service like <em>divelogs.de</em> and then import +from there with +<em>Subsurface</em>. Divelogs.de supports a few additional logbook formats that +<em>Subsurface</em> currently cannot handle.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If the format of other software is supported natively on Subsurface, select +either <em>Import → Import log files</em> or <em>File → Open log file</em>. <em>Subsurface</em> supports the data formats +of many dive computers, including Suunto and Shearwater. When importing dives, <em>Subsurface</em> +tries to detect multiple records for +the same dive and merges the information as best as it can. If +there are no time zone issues (or other reasons that would cause the +beginning time of the dives to be significantly different) <em>Subsurface</em> +will not create duplicate entries. Below is more specific information +to import data to <em>Subsurface</em>. +==== Using the universal import dialogue</p></div> +<div class="paragraph" id="Unified_import"><p>Importing dives from other software is done through a universal interface +activated by selecting <em>Import</em> from the Main Menu, then clicking on +<em>Import Log Files</em>. This brings up dialogue <strong>A</strong>, below.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Import1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Import dialogue: step 1" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Towards the bottom right is a dropdown selector with a default label +of <em>Dive Log Files</em> which accesses different types of direct imports +available, as in dialogue <strong>B</strong>, above. Currently these are:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +XML-formatted dive logs (DivingLog 5.0, MacDive and several other dive log systems) +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Cochran dive logs +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +UDDF-formatted dive logs (e.g. Kenozoooid) +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +UDCF-formatted dive logs +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Poseidon MkVI CCR logs +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +APD Inspiration/Evolution CCR logs +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +LiquiVision logs +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +divelog.de logs +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +OSTC Tools logs +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +JDiveLog +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Suunto Dive Manager (DM3 and DM4) +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +CSV (text-based and spreadsheet-based) dive logs, including APD CCR logs +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Selecting the appropriate format and then the specific log file in the large window +containing the file list on the right of the dialogue, opens +the imported dive log in the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive List</strong>. Some other formats not +accessible through the Import dialogue are also supported, as explained below.</p></div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_importing_from_ostctools">5.3.1. Importing from OSTCTools</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>OSTC Tools</em> is a Microsoft-based suite of dive download and dive management tools for the OSTC +family of dive computers. <em>OSTC Tools</em> downloads dive data from the dive computer and stores it +as a binary file with file extension <em>.dive</em> . Subsurface can directly import these files when using +the universal import dialogue. From the dropdown list at the bottom right select +<em>OSTCTools Files (.dive .DIVE)</em>. This makes the <em>OSTC Tools</em> dive logs visible in the file list +panel. Select one or more dive, then click the <em>Open</em> button. The OSTC dives are shown in the +<strong>Dive List</strong> panel.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>All H&W devices supported by OSTCTools can be imported to <em>Subsurface</em>. This includes +OSTC, OSTC Mk2, OSTC 2N/2C, OSTC3, OSTC Sport, and probably although untested, Frog, OSTC2 and +OSTC CR.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Please remember that OSTCTools is <strong>not</strong> a true diving log software, but rather a useful set of tools +for analysis and management of OSTC devices. Only raw dive computer data will be +imported to <em>Subsurface</em>; you have to manually complete the rest of the +data you want (buddies, equipment, notes, etc).</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_importing_from_mares_dive_organizer_v2_1">5.3.2. Importing from Mares Dive Organizer V2.1</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Since Mares uses proprietary Windows software not compatible with +multi-platform applications, these dive logs cannot be +directly imported into +<em>Subsurface</em>. Mares dive logs need to be imported using a three-step process, +using <em>www.divelogs.de</em> as a gateway to extract the dive log information.</p></div> +<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> +<li> +<p> +Export the dive log data from Mares Dive Organizer to your + desktop, using + a <em>.sdf</em> file name extension. Refer to <a href="#Mares_Export">Appendix C</a> for more + information. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Data should then be imported into <em>www.divelogs.de</em>. You will first need to create a user + account in + <em>www.divelogs.de</em>. Log into that web site, then + select <em>Import Logbook → Dive Organizer from the menu on the left hand side. + The instructions must be carefully followed to transfer the dive information + (in _.sdf</em> format) from the Dive Organizer database to <em>www.divelogs.de</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Finally, import the dives + from <em>divelogs.de</em> to <em>Subsurface</em>, using the instructions below. +</p> +</li> +</ol></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_ImportingDivelogsDe">5.3.3. Importing dives from <strong>divelogs.de</strong></h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Importing dive information from <em>divelogs.de</em> is simple, using a single +dialogue box. The <em>Import → Import from Divelogs.de</em> option should be selected +from the Main Menu. This +brings up a dialogue box (see image <strong>A</strong> below). Enter a +user-ID and password for <em>divelogs.de</em> and then +select +the <em>Download</em> button. Download from <em>divelogs.de</em> starts immediately, +displaying a progress bar in the dialogue box. At the end of the download, the +success status is shown (see image <strong>B</strong>, below). The +<em>Apply</em> button should then be selected, after which the imported dives appear in the +<em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive List</strong> panel.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Divelogs1.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Download from Divelogs.de" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_ImportingCSVData">5.3.4. Importing data in CSV format</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>A comma-separated file (.csv) can be used to import dive information either as dive profiles +(as in the case of the APD Inspiration and Evolution closed circuit rebreathers) or as dive +metadata (in case the user keeps dive data in a spreadsheet). The <em>CSV</em> format is a universal +simplified format that allows easy information exchange between different computers or +software packages. For an introduction to CSV-formatted files see <a href="#S_CSV_Intro">A Diver’s +Introduction To CSV Files</a>. <em>Subsurface</em> dive logs can also be exported in <em>CSV</em> format to +other software that reads this format. See <a href="#S_Appendix_D">APPENDIX D: Exporting a spreadsheet +to CSV format</a> for information that may be helpful for importing spreadsheet-based data +into <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="S_ImportingCSVDives">Importing dives in CSV format from dive computers or other dive log software</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>You can view a <em>CSV</em> file by using an ordinary text editor. It’s normally organized into +a single line that provides the headers (or <em>field names</em> or <em>column headings</em>) of the data +columns, followed by the data, one record per line.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>There are two types of <em>CSV</em> dive logs that can be imported into <em>Subsurface</em>:</p></div> +<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> +<li> +<p> +<em>CSV dive details</em>: This dive log format contains similar information to that of a + typical written dive log, e.g. dive date and time, dive depth, dive duration, names of + buddy and divemaster and information about cylinder pressures before and + after the dive, as well as comments about the dive. All the data for a single + dive go on a single line of text, following the order of the column headings. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>CSV dive profile</em>: This dive log format includes much more information about a single + dive. For instance there may be information at 30-second intervals, indicating depth, water + temperature, and cylinder pressure at that moment in time. Each line contains + the information for a single instant in time during the dive, 30 seconds after that + of the previous instant. Many lines + are required to complete the depth profile information for a single dive. This is a common + export format used by closed-circuit rebreather (CCR) dive equipment and many software + packages that handle dive computer data and/or dive logs. +</p> +</li> +</ol></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Before being able to import the <em>CSV</em> data to <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>you needs to know a few +things about the data being imported</strong>:</p></div> +<div class="olist loweralpha"><ol class="loweralpha"> +<li> +<p> +Which character separates the different columns within a single line of + data? This field separator should be either a comma (,) a semicolon (;) or a TAB character. + This can be determined by opening the file with a text editor. If it is + comma-delimited or semicolon-delimited, the comma or semicolon + characters between the values are clearly visible. If these are not evident and + the numbers are aligned in columns, + the file is probably TAB-delimited (i.e. it uses a TAB as a field separator). +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Which data columns need to be imported into <em>Subsurface</em>? Is it a <em>CSV dive details</em> + file or a <em>CSV dive profile</em> file? Open the file using a text editor and note + the titles of the columns to be imported and their column positions. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Is the numeric information (e.g. dive depth) in metric or in imperial units? +</p> +</li> +</ol></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>With this information, importing the data into <em>Subsurface</em> is +straightforward. Select +<em>Import → Import Log Files</em> from the main menu. In the resulting file +selection menu, select <em>CSV files</em> (towards the bottom right). This shows all .CSV files in the selected +directory. Select the file that needs to be imported. A configuration panel +appears as depicted below:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/csv_import1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CSV download dialogue 1" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>At the top left, there is a dropdown list containing pre- configured +settings for common dive computers and software packages. + If the <em>CSV</em> file being imported originated from any of +these pre-configured items, select it. Otherwise use the <em>Manual Import</em> +option. The configuration panel also has dropdown lists for the specification of the appropriate +field separator (Tab, comma or semicolon), the date format used in the <em>CSV</em> file, +the time units (seconds, minutes or minutes:seconds), as well as the unit system +(metric or imperial). Selecting the appropriate options among these is critical for +the successful data import.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Complete this by ensuring that all the data columns have the appropriate +column headings. The top blue row of the data table contains the column +headings found in the <em>CSV</em> data file. The blue row of balloons immediately above these +contains the names understood by <em>Subsurface</em>. These balloons can be moved using a drag-and-drop action. For +instance, <em>Subsurface</em> expects the column heading for Dive number (" # ") to be "Dive # ". If +the column heading that <em>Subsurface</em> expects is not in the blue row, drag the +appropriate balloon from the upper area and drop it in the appropriate blue +cell at the top of the table. To indicate the correct column for "Dive #", drag +the ballooned item labelled "Dive # " and drop it in the blue +cell immediately above the white cell containing " # ". This is depicted in +the image below.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/csv_import2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CSV download dialogue 2" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Continue in this way to ensure all the column headings in the blue row of +cells correspond to the headings listed in the top part of the dialogue. +When finished, select the <em>OK</em> button on the bottom right of the dialogue. +The data from the <em>CSV</em> file are imported and shown in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel.</p></div> +<div class="sidebarblock" id="S_CSV_Intro"> +<div class="content"> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>A Diver’s Introduction to <em>CSV</em> Files</strong></p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" /> +</td> +<td class="content"><em>CSV</em> is an abbreviation for a data file format: <em>Comma-Separated Values</em>. It is a +file format that lets you view or edit information using a text editor like +Notepad (Windows), gedit (Linux) or TextWrangler (OS/X). There are two main advantages of +the <em>CSV</em> format. First, the data are easily editable as text without any proprietary software. +Second, all information is human-readable, not obscured by any custom or +proprietary attributes that proprietary software inserts into files. +Because of its simplicity the <em>CSV</em> format is used +as an interchange format between many software packages, e.g. between +spreadsheet, statistical, graphics, database and diving software. Within <em>Subsurface</em>, <em>CSV</em> files can also +be used to import information from other sources like spreadsheet-based dive logs and +some dive computers.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>CSV</em> files can be created or edited with a normal text editor. The most important attribute of a +<em>CSV</em> file is the <em>field separator</em>, the character used to separate fields within a single line. The +field separator is frequently a comma, a colon, a SPACE character or a TAB character. When exporting data from +spreadsheet software, the field separator needs to be specified in order to create the <em>CSV</em> file. <em>CSV</em> files are +normally organized into a single line that provides the headers (or <em>field names</em>) of the data columns, +followed by the data, one record per line. Note that each field name +may comprise more than one word separated by spaces; for instance <em>Dive site</em>, below. Here is an example of +dive information for four dives using a comma as a field separator:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>Dive site,Dive date,Time,Dive_duration, Dive_depth,Dive buddy +Illovo Beach,2012-11-23,10:45,46:15,18.4,John Smith +Key Largo,2012-11-24,09:12,34:15,20.4,Jason McDonald +Wismar Baltic,2012-12-01,10:13,35:27,15.4,Dieter Albrecht +Pulau Weh,2012-12-20,09:46,55:56,38.6,Karaeng Bontonompo</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The above data are not easily read by a human. Here is the same information in TAB-delimited format:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>Dive site Dive date Time Dive_duration Dive_depth Dive buddy +Illovo Beach 2012-11-23 10:45 46:15 18.4 John Smith +Key Largo 2012-11-24 09:12 34:15 20.4 Jason McDonald +Wismar Baltic 2012-12-01 10:13 35:27 15.4 Dieter Albrecht +Pulau Weh 2012-12-20 09:46 55:56 38.6 Karaeng Bontonompo</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>It is clear why many people prefer the TAB-delimited format to the comma-delimited format. The +disadvantage is that one cannot see +the TAB characters. For instance, the space between <em>Dive</em> and <em>date</em> in the top line may be +a SPACE character or a TAB character (in this case it is a SPACE character: the tabs are before and +after <em>Dive date</em>). If the field names in the first line are long, the alignment with data in the other lines +cannot be maintained. Here is a highly simplified and shortened TAB-delimited example of a <em>CSV</em> dive log +from an APD closed-circuit rebreather (CCR) dive computer:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>Dive Time (s) Depth (m) pO₂ - Setpoint (Bar) pO₂ - C1 Cell 1 (Bar) Ambient temp. (Celsius) +0 0.0 0.70 0.81 13.1 +0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.1 +0 0.0 0.70 0.71 13.1 +0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.2 +0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.1 +10 1.6 0.70 0.72 12.7 +20 1.6 0.70 0.71 12.6 +30 1.7 0.70 0.71 12.6 +40 1.8 0.70 0.68 12.5</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>When a <em>CSV</em> file is selected for import, <em>Subsurface</em> displays the column headers as well as some of the data +in the first few lines of the <em>CSV</em> file, making it much easier to work with <em>CSV</em> files. +<em>CSV</em> files can be used in many contexts for importing data into a <em>Subsurface</em> dive log. +Knowing a few basic things about the content of the <em>CSV</em> file helps with a smooth import +of the dives into <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div> +</div></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" /> +</td> +<td class="content">But, the <em>CSV</em> import has a couple of caveats. Avoid some special characters +like ampersand (&), less than (<), greater than (>) and double quotes (") as part +of the numbers or text within a cell. The +file should use UTF-8 character set, if using non-ASCII characters. Also the +size of the <em>CSV</em> file might cause problems. Importing 100 dives at a time +(<em>CSV dive details</em>) works, but larger files might exceed +the limits of the parser used. When encountering problems with <em>CSV</em> imports, first try with +a smaller file to make sure everything works.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_Companion">5.4. Importing GPS coordinates with the <em>Subsurface Companion App</em> for mobile phones</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Using the <strong>Subsurface Companion App</strong> on an <em>Android device</em> or +<a href="#S_iphone"><em>iPhone</em></a> with GPS, the coordinates +for the diving +location can be automatically passed to the <em>Subsurface</em> dive log. The Companion App +stores dive locations on a dedicated Internet server. <em>Subsurface</em> can collect +the locations from the server. +To do this:</p></div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_create_a_companion_app_account">5.4.1. Create a Companion App account</h4> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Register on the <a href="http://api.hohndel.org/login/"><em>Subsurface companion web page</em></a>. + A confirmation email with instructions and a personal <strong>DIVERID</strong> will be sent, + a long number giving you access to the file server and Companion App capabilities. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Download the app from + <a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=org.subsurface">Google Play Store</a> + or from + <a href="http://f-droid.org/repository/browse/?fdfilter=subsurface&fdid=org.subsurface">F-Droid</a>. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_using_the_subsurface_companion_app_on_an_android_smartphone">5.4.2. Using the Subsurface companion app on an Android smartphone</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>On first use the app has three options:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Create a new account.</em> Equivalent to registering in the <em>Subsurface</em> companion + page using an Internet browser. You can request a <strong>DIVERID</strong> using this option, + but it’s supplied via email and followed up by interaction with the + <a href="http://api.hohndel.org/login/"><em>Subsurface companion web page</em></a> to + activate the account. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Retrieve an account.</em> If users forget their <strong>DIVERID</strong> they will receive an email + to recover the number. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Use an existing account.</em> Users are prompted for their <strong>DIVERID</strong>. The app saves + this <strong>DIVERID</strong> and doesn’t ask for it again unless you use the <em>Disconnect</em> menu + option (see below). +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" /> +</td> +<td class="content">In the <em>Subsurface</em> main program, the <strong>DIVERID</strong> should also be entered on the +Default Preferences +panel, by selecting <em>File → Preferences → Defaults</em> from the main menu +in <em>Subsurface</em> itself. +This helps synchronization between <em>Subsurface</em> and the Companion App.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_creating_new_dive_locations">Creating new dive locations</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Now you are ready to get a dive position and +send it to the server. The Android +display will look like the left hand image (<strong>A</strong>) below, but without any dives.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Touch the "+" icon on the top right to add a new dive site, a menu +shows with 3 options:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Current: A prompt for a place name (or a request to activate the GPS if it is turned + off) will be displayed, after which the current location is saved. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Use Map: This option lets you fix a position by searching a world map. A + world map is shown (see <strong>B</strong> below) on which you can show the desired position + with a <em>long press</em> on the touch + sensitive screen (if the marked location is wrong, simply choose a new location) + and select the check symbol in the upper right. A dialog is shown letting you enter the + name of the dive location and the date and time of the dive (see <strong>C</strong> below). In order to import this + dive location in <em>Subsurface</em> you should set the time to agree with the time of + that dive on the dive computer. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Companion_5.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Companion App, add location using map" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Import local GPX file: The android device searches for .gpx files and located + archives will be shown. The selected .gpx file is opened and the stored + locations shown. Now select the appropriate locations, then select the + tab in the upper right, after which the locations will be sent to the web service + and added to the list on the Android device. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_dive_lists_of_dive_locations">Dive lists of dive locations</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The main screen shows a list of dive locations, each with a name, date and +time (see <strong>A</strong> below). Some locations may have an arrow-up icon over the selection box to the left +showing they need to be uploaded to the server. You +can select individual dive locations from the list. A selected location has a +check mark in the selection box on the left. Group operations (like <em>Delete</em> or <em>Send</em>) +are performed on several selected locations.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Dive locations in this list can be viewed in two ways: a list of locations or a +map showing them. The display mode (List or Map) is changed by +selecting <em>Dives</em> at the top left of the screen (see <strong>A</strong> below) and then selecting +the display mode. The display mode can be changed either from the list +of locations or from the map (see <strong>B</strong> below). If you select a location (on the list +or on the map), an editing +panel opens (see <strong>C</strong> below) where the dive description or other details may be changed.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Companion_4.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Companion App, add location using map" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>When you select a dive (<strong>not</strong> selecting the check box), the +name given to it, date/time and GPS coordinates will be shown, with two options at the top +of the screen:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Edit (pencil): Change the text name or other characteristics of the dive location. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Maps: Display a map showing the dive location. +After editing and saving a dive location (see <strong>C</strong> above), +upload it to the web +service, as explained below. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_uploading_dive_locations">Uploading dive locations</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>There are several ways to send locations to the server. +The easiest is simply +selecting the locations (See <strong>A</strong> below) and then touching the right arrow at the +top right of the screen.</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Be careful! The trash icon on the right means exactly what it should; +it deletes the selected dive location(s).</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Companion_1.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Screen shots (A-B) of companion app" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>After a dive trip using the Companion App, all dive locations are ready to be +downloaded to a <em>Subsurface</em> dive log (see below).</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_settings_on_the_companion_app">Settings on the Companion App</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Selecting the <em>Settings</em> menu option results in the right hand image above (<strong>B</strong>).</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_server_and_account">Server and account</h5> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Web-service URL.</em> This is predefined (<a href="http://api.hohndel.org/">http://api.hohndel.org/</a>) +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>User ID.</em> The DIVERID obtained by registering as described above. The easiest way to + get it is to copy and paste from the confirmation email or just type it in. +===== Synchronisation +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Synchronize on startup</em>. If selected, dive locations in the Android device and those + on the web service synchronize each time the app is started. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Upload new dives.</em> If selected, each time the user adds a dive location it is + automatically sent to the server. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_background_service">Background service</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Instead of entering an unique dive location, you can leave the service running +in the background of your Android device, allowing a continuous collection of GPS locations.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The settings below define the behavior of the service:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Min duration.</em> In minutes. The app will try to get a location every X minutes + until stopped by the user. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Min distance.</em> In meters. Minimum distance between two locations. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Name template.</em> The name the app will use when saving the locations. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/info.jpg" alt="Tip" /> +</td> +<td class="content"><em>How does the background service work?</em> Assuming the diver sets 5 minutes and 50 +meters in the settings above, the app will start by recording a location at the current +location, followed by another one at every 5 minutes <strong>or</strong> every time one moves 50 m +from previous location. +If subsequent locations are within a radius of 50 meters from the previous one, +a new location is not saved. If the diver is not moving, only one location is saved. +If the diver is moving, a trace of the route is obtained by saving a +location every 50 meters.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_other">Other</h5> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Mailing List.</em> The mail box for <em>Subsurface</em>. Users can send an email to the +Subsurface mailing list. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Subsurface website.</em> A link to the URL of Subsurface web +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Version.</em> Displays the current version of the Companion App. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_search">Search</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Search the saved dive locations by name or by date and time.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_start_service">Start service</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Starts the <em>background service</em> following the previously defined settings.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_disconnect">Disconnect</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>This is admittedly a badly named option that disconnects the app from the server. +It resets the user ID in the app, showing the first screen where an account +can be created, retrieve the ID for an existing account or use the users own +ID. The disconnect option +is useful if your Android device was used to download the dive locations +of another registered diver.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_send_all_locations">Send all locations</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>This option sends all locations stored in the Android device to the server.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_iphone">5.4.3. Using the Subsurface companion app on an <em>iPhone</em> to record dive locations</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The iPhone interface is quite simple. Type the user ID (obtained +during registration) into the space reserved for it, then select "Dive in" +(see left part of the image below) and start collecting dive location information.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/iphone.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Using iPhone companion application" width="640" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Dives can be added automatically or manually. In manual mode, a dive location or waypoint is added to the GPS input stream. In automatic +mode, a continuous path of GPS locations is created from which, +after import, Subsurface can select the appropriate GPS +locations based on the times of dives. The default mode for the +<em>iphone</em> is automatic. When adding a dive, the +location service is started automatically and a red bar appears at the bottom +of the screen. After the dive, click on the red +bar to end the location service. While the location +service is running you can only add dives manually.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>You can edit the site name afterwards by selecting the dive +from the dive list and clicking on the site name. There are no other +editable fields. The dive list is automatically uploaded from the iPhone +to the web service. There isn’t an option to +trigger upload manually.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_downloading_dive_locations_to_the_em_subsurface_em_divelog">5.4.4. Downloading dive locations to the <em>Subsurface</em> divelog</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Download dive(s) from a dive computer or enter them manually into +<em>Subsurface</em> before obtaining the GPS coordinates from the server. The download +dialog can be reached via <em>Ctrl+G</em> or from the <em>Subsurface</em> Main Menu <em>Import +→ Import GPS data from Subsurface Service</em>, resulting in the image on the +left (<strong>A</strong>), below. On first use the DIVERID text box is blank. Provide a +DIVERID, then select the <em>Download</em> button to start the download process, after +which the screen on the right (<strong>B</strong>) below appears:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/DownloadGPS.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Downloading Companion app GPS data" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Note that the <em>Apply</em> button is now active. By clicking on it, you can update the locations +of the newly entered or uploaded dives in <em>Subsurface</em>. That applies the +coordinates and names entered on the app to all the new dives that match the +date-times of the uploaded GPS localities. If you have entered the name of the dive +location in <em>Subsurface</em> before downloading the GPS coordinates, this name will take +precedence over downloaded one.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Since <em>Subsurface</em> matches GPS locations from the Android device and dive information from the +dive computer based on date-time data, automatic assignment of GPS data to dives depends +on agreeing date-time information between the two devices. Although <em>Subsurface</em> has +a wide range tolerance, it may not be able to identify the appropriate dive if there’s +a large difference between the time in the dive computer and that of the Android device. +That results in no updates.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Similar date-times may not always be possible and there may be many reasons for this (e.g. time zones). +<em>Subsurface</em> may also be unable to decide which is the correct position for a dive (e.g. on repetitive +dives while running <em>background service</em> there may be several locations that would be +included in the time range that fit not only the first dive, but one or more subsequent dives as well). +A workaround to manually edit the date-time of a dive in the <em>Subsurface</em> +Dive List <strong>before</strong> downloading the GPS data and then to change the date-time back again <strong>after</strong> +downloading GPS data.</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/info.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">TIPS:</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Background service</em> may fill the location list with + unnecessary locations that don’t correspond to the exact dive point but do correspond to the boat’s route. + Right now, these locations are difficult to delete from the server. In some situations it + is better to clean up the list on the Android device before sending the dive points to the web + server by simply deleting the inappropriate locations. This might be necessary, for + instance, if you want to keep the location list clear to see dives in the web service map display (see above). +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +It may also make sense to give informative names to the locations sent to the web server, or at least + to use an informative name in the <em>Name Template</em> setting while running the <em>background service</em>, + especially on a dive trip with many dives and dive locations. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_LoadImage">5.5. Adding photographs to dives</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Many (if not most) divers take a camera with them and take photographs +during a dive. To match each photograph with a specific +dive, <em>Subsurface</em> lets you load photos into a dive. Photos are superimposed +on the dive profile, from where they can be viewed.</p></div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_loading_photos_and_synchronizing_between_dive_computer_and_camera">5.5.1. Loading photos and synchronizing between dive computer and camera</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Left-lick on a dive or on a group of dives on the dive list. Then right-click on this +dive or group of dives and choose the option <em>Load Images</em>:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/LoadImage1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Load images option" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The system file browser appears. Select the folder and photographs that need +to be loaded into <em>Subsurface</em> and click the <em>Open</em> button.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/LoadImage2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Load images option" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>This brings up the time synchronization dialog, shown below. But be +aware that the time +synchronization is not perfect between the dive computer used during a dive, +and the camera used during that same dive. These two devices +often differ by several minutes. If <em>Subsurface</em> can synchronize, +then the exact times of photographs can be used to position photographs on +the dive profile.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> synchronizes in three ways:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Pro-actively</strong>: Before the dive, ensure synchronization of the dive computer time settings with + the time settings of the camera by changing the date-time settings on one or both of these devices. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Manually</strong>: If you wrote down the exact camera time at the start of a dive, the + difference in time between the two devices can be determined. As long as the device + settings for time has not been changed in either device, you could write down the times of + both devices after the dive or even at the end of the day. You can then manually set the time + difference in the <em>Time shift</em> dialog. Towards the top of the dialog is a time setting tool + immediately under the heading <em>Shift times of image(s) by</em>, shown in figure <strong>A</strong> below. + If the camera time is 7 minutes later than that of the dive computer, set the time setting + tool to a value of 00:07. Select either the <em>earlier</em> or <em>later</em> radio button. + In the above example, the <em>earlier</em> option is appropriate, since the photos need to be shifted + 7 minutes earlier (camera is 7 minutes ahead of dive computer). Ignore any "AM" or "PM" suffix + in that tool. Click the <em>OK</em> button and synchronization is done. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/LoadImage3b_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Synchronization dialog" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<strong>By photograph</strong>: There is a very slick way of synchronizing. If you take a + photograph of the face of the dive computer showing the time, then <em>Subsurface</em> can get + the exact time the photograph was taken, using the metadata the camera stores within + each photo. To do this, use the bottom half of the <em>Time shift</em> dialog. If you use + the bottom part, the top part of the dialog is ignored. Click on + the horizontal bar called "<em>Select image of dive computer showing time</em>. This brings up + a file browser letting you select the photograph of the dive computer time. Select the + photograph using the file browser and click on <em>OK</em>. This photograph of the dive computer + appears in the bottom panel of the <em>Shift times</em> dialog. Now <em>Subsurface</em> knows exactly + when the photograph has been taken. Now set the date-time dialog to the left of the photo + so it reflects the date and time of the dive computer in the photo. When the + date-time tool has been set, <em>Subsurface</em> knows exactly what the time difference between + camera and dive computer is, and it can synchronize. + Image <strong>B</strong> above shows a photograph of the face of the dive computer and with the date-time tool set to the + date-time. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If the timestamp of a photograph is more than 30 minutes before or after the dive, it is not placed on +the dive profile.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_viewing_the_photos">5.5.2. Viewing the photos</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>After the images have been loaded, they appear in two places:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +the <em>Photos</em> tab of the <strong>Notes</strong> panel. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +as tiny icons (stubs) on the dive profile at the appropriate positions reflecting the time + each photograph was taken. + To view the photos on the dive profile, activate the <em>show-photos</em> button in the tool bar + to the left of the dive profile: +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:left;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/icons/ShowPhotos_f20.png" alt="FIGURE:Show photos toolbar button" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>This results in a profile display as in the image below:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/LoadImage4_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Photos on dive profile" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If you hover the mouse over any of the photo icons, a thumbnail photo +is shown of the appropriate photo. See the image below:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/LoadImage5_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Thumbnail photo on dive profile" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Clicking on the thumbnail brings up a full size +photo overlaid on the <em>Subsurface</em> window. This allows good viewing of +the added photographs. (see the image below). Note that the thumbnail +has a small dustbin icon in the bottom right hand corner (see image above). Selecting +the dustbin removes the image from the dive. Be careful +when clicking on a thumbnail. Images +can also be deleted using the <em>Photos</em> tab (see text below).</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/LoadImage6_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Full-screen photo on dive profile" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_the_em_photos_em_tab">5.5.3. The <em>Photos</em> tab</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Photographs associated with a dive are shown as thumbnails in the <em>Photos</em> tab of the <em>Notes</em> +panel. Photos taken in rapid succession during a dive (therefore sometimes with large +overlap on the dive profile) can easily be accessed in the <em>Photos</em> tab. This tab serves as +a tool for individually accessing the photos of a dive, while the stubs on the dive profile +show when during a dive a photo was taken. By single-clicking on a thumbnail in +the <em>Photos</em> panel, a photo is selected. By double-clicking a thumbnail, the full-sized image is +shown, overlaying the <em>Subsurface</em> window. A photo can be deleted from the <em>Photos</em> panel by selecting +it (single-click) and then by pressing the <em>Del</em> key on the keyboard. This removes the photo BOTH +from the <em>Photos</em> tab as well as the dive profile.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_photos_on_an_external_hard_disk">5.5.4. Photos on an external hard disk</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Most underwater photographers store photos on an external drive. If such a drive can be mapped by the operating system +(almost always the case) the photos can be directly accessed by <em>Subsurface</em>. This eases the interaction +between <em>Subsurface</em> and an external repository of photos. When associating a dive profile with photos from an +external drive, the normal procedure of selection and synchronization (see text above) is used. +After the external drive has been disconnected, <em>Subsurface</em> cannot access these photos any more. +If the display of photos is activated (using the toolbox to the left of the <em>Dive Profile</em>), the +program only shows a small white dot where each photo should be on the dive profile. +In addition the <em>Photos</em> tab only shows the file names of the photos. +If the external drive with the photos is re-connected, the photos can be seen in the normal way.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_FindMovedImages">5.5.5. Moving photographs among directories, hard disks or computers</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>After a photograph has been loaded into <em>Subsurface</em> and associated with a specific dive, the directory + where the photo lies is stored, letting <em>Subsurface</em> find the photograph when the dive is + opened again. If the photo or the whole photo collection is moved to another drive or to a different + machine, the directory structure will be different to that of the original uploaded + photo. When this happens, <em>Subsurface</em> looks for the photos at their original location before they were moved, + cannot find them and cannot display them. Because after moving photos, large numbers of photos + may need to be deleted and re-imported from the new location, <em>Subsurface</em> has a mechanism that eases the + process of updating the directory information for each photo: automatic updates using fingerprints.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>When a photo is loaded into <em>Subsurface</em>, a fingerprint for the image is calculated and stored with the + other reference information for that photo. After moving a photo collection (that has already been loaded + into <em>Subsurface</em>) to a different directory, disk or computer, <em>Subsurface</em> can:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +look through a particular directory (and all its subdirectories recursively) where photos have been moved +to, +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +calculate fingerprints for all photos in this directory, and +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +if there is a match between a calculated fingerprint and the one originally calculated when a photo was + loaded into <em>Subsurface</em> (even if the original file name has changed), automatically update the + directory information so that <em>Subsurface</em> can find the photo in the new moved directory. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>This is done by selecting from the Main Menu: <em>File → Find moved images</em>. This brings up a window within + which the NEW directory of the photos needs to be specified. Select the appropriate directory and click + the <em>Scan</em> button towards the bottom right of the panel. The process may require several minutes to + complete, after which <em>Subsurface</em> will show the appropriate photographs when a particular dive is opened.</p></div> +<div class="sidebarblock" id="Image_fingerprint_upgrade"> +<div class="content"> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Upgrading existing photo collections without fingerprints</strong></p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" /> +</td> +<td class="content"><em>Subsurface</em> automatically calculates fingerprints for all images that it can access. +When manipulating images, be sure all the images associated with the dive log can be accessed by <em>Subsurface</em>.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> automatically checks and, if necessary, updates the fingerprints associated with a single dive if: +- The images associated with that dive are visible as thumbnails on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. +- If you edit anything in the <strong>Notes tab</strong> panel and save the edits by selecting <em>Apply changes</em>.</p></div> +</div></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_logging_special_types_of_dives">5.6. Logging special types of dives</h3> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_MulticylinderDives">5.6.1. Multicylinder dives</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> easily handles dives involving more than one cylinder. Multi-cylinder diving usually happens +(a) if a diver doesn’t have enough gas for the complete dive in a single cylinder; (b) if a diver +needs more than one gas mixture because of the depth or the decompression needs of the dive. For this reason +multi-cylinder dives are often used by technical divers who dive deep or long. As far +as <em>Subsurface</em> is concerned, there are only two types of information that need to be provided:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Describe the cylinders used during the dive</strong> This is performed in the <strong>Equipment tab</strong> of + the <strong>Info</strong> panel, as <a href="#cylinder_definitions">described above</a>. Enter the cylinders one by one, + specifying each’s characteristics and the gas composition within it. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Record the times at which the switch from one cylinder to another was done:</strong> This is information + tracked by some dive computers (provided the diver indicated these changes to the dive computer + by pressing specific buttons). If the dive computer does not provide the information, the diver has to + record these changes using a different method, e.g. writing it on a slate. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Record the cylinder changes on the dive profile</strong>: If the latter option + was followed, the diver needs to indicate the gas change event by right-clicking at the appropriate point + in time on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel and indicating the cylinder to which the change was made. After + right-clicking, follow the context menu to "Add gas change" and select the appropriate cylinder from + those defined during the first step, above (see image below). If the + <strong>tank bar</strong> button in the toolbar has been activated, the cylinder switches are also indicated in the + tank bar. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>When this is complete, <em>Subsurface</em> indicates the appropriate use of cylinders in the dive profile. +Below is a multi-cylinder dive, starting off with EAN28, then changing cylinders to EAN50 after 26 minutes +for decompression.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/multicylinder_dive.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Multicylinder profile" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_sidemount_dives">5.6.2. Sidemount dives</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Sidemount diving is just another form of multi-cylinder diving, often with both or all cylinders having +the same gas mixture. Although it’s a popular configuration for cave divers, Sidemount +diving can be done by recreational divers who’ve completed the appropriate training. sidemount +dive logging involves three steps, exactly as with multi-cylinder dives above:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<strong>During the dive, record cylinder switch events</strong>. Since sidemount diving normally involves two + cylinders with air or with the same gas mixture, <em>Subsurface</em> distinguishes between these different + cylinders. In contrast, many dive computers that allow gas switching only distinguish between different + <em>gases</em> used, not among different <em>cylinders</em> used. This means when sidemount dives are downloaded + from these dive computers, the switching event between cylinders with the same gas is not downloaded. This may mean + that a diver may have to keep a written log of cylinder switch times using a slate, or (if the dive computer + has the capability) marking each cylinder switch with a bookmark that can be retrieved later. Returning + from a dive with the times of cylinder changes is the only tricky part of logging sidemount dives. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Within <em>Subsurface</em> describe the cylinders used during the dive</strong>. The diver needs to provide the + specifications of the different cylinders, using the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab of the <strong>Info Panel</strong> (see + image below where two 12 litre cylinder were used). +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Indicate cylinder change events on the <em>Subsurface</em> dive profile</strong>. Once the dive log has been imported + from a dive computer into <em>Subsurface</em>, the cylinder switch events need to be shown on the dive profile. + Cylinder changes are recorded by right-clicking at the appropriate point on the dive profile, then + selecting <em>Add gas change</em>. A list of the appropriate cylinders is shown with the + currently used cylinder greyed out. In the image below Tank 1 is greyed out, leaving only Tank 2 + to be selected. Select the appropriate cylinder. The cylinder change is then shown on the dive + profile with a cylinder symbol. If the <strong>Tank Bar</strong> is activated using the toolbar to the left of the + profile, then the cylinder change is also shown on the Tank Bar (see image below). After all + the cylinder change events have been recorded on the dive profile, the correct cylinder pressures + for both cylinders are shown on the dive profile, as in the image below. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/sidemount1.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Sidemount profile" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>This section gives an example of the versatility of <em>Subsurface</em> as a dive logging tool.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_sSCR_dives">5.6.3. Semi-closed circuit rebreather (SCR) dives</h4> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/halcyon_RB80.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Passive semi-closed rebreathers (pSCR) are a technical advance in diving equipment that +recirculates the breathing gas a diver uses, while removing carbon dioxide from +the exhaled gas. While a small amount (typically a tenth) of the exhaled breathing gas is released into the water, +a small amount of fresh gas is released from the back gas cylinder (typically containing nitrox). +A diver using a single cylinder of breathing gas can therefore dive for much longer periods than +using a recreational open-circuit configuration. With pSCR equipment, a very small amount of breathing +gas is released every time the diver inhales. With active SCR (aSCR) equipment, in contrast, a small amount of +breathing gas is released continuously from the back cylinder.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>To log pSCR dives, no special procedures are required. Use the normal steps outlined above:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Select pSCR in the <em>Dive Mode</em> dropdown list on the <strong>Info</strong> panel. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +pSCR diving often involves gas changes, requiring an additional cylinder. + Define all the appropriate cylinders as described above + and indicate the cylinder/gas changes as described above in the section on <a href="#S_MulticylinderDives">multicylinder dives</a>. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If a pSCR <em>Dive Mode</em> has been selected, the dive ceiling for that is adjusted for the oxygen +drop across the mouthpiece, which often requires longer decompression periods. Below is a dive profile +of a pSCR dive using EAN36 on the back cylinder and oxygen for decompression. Note that this dive lasted +over two hours.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/pSCR_profile.jpg" alt="FIGURE: pSCR profile" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_CCR_dives">5.6.4. Closed circuit rebreather (CCR) dives</h4> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/APD.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Closed system rebreathers use advanced technology to recirculate +gas that has been breathed. They also do two things to maintain a +breathable oxygen concentration: +a) remove carbon dioxide from the exhaled gas +b) regulate the oxygen concentration to remain within safe diving limits. +The CCR interface of <em>Subsurface</em> is currently experimental +and under active development. Subsurface currently supports Poseidon MkVI +and APD Discovery/Evolution dive computers. In contrast to a conventional recreational +dive computer, a CCR system computer does not allow the download of a log +containing multiple dives. Rather, each dive is stored independently. This +means that <em>Subsurface</em> cannot download a dive log directly from a CCR +dive computer, but that it imports CCR dive logs in the same way it +imports dive log data from other digital databases: one dive at a time.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_import_a_ccr_dive">Import a CCR dive</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>See the section dealing with <a href="#S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs">Importing dive information from other +digital sources</a>. From the main menu of <em>Subsurface</em>, select <em>Import → Import +log files</em> to bring up the <a href="#Unified_import">universal import dialogue</a>. As +explained in that section, the bottom right +hand of the import dialogue contains a dropdown list (labled <em>Filter:</em>) of appropriate devices +that currently include(Poseidon) MkVI or APD log viewer files. Import for other +CCR equipment is under active development. Having selected the appropriate CCR format and +the directory where the original dive logs have been stored from the CCR dive +computer, select a particular dive log file (in the case of the MkVI +it is a file with a .txt extension). After selecting the appropriate dive log, +click the <em>Open</em> button at the bottom right hand of the universal import dialogue. +The selected dive is imported to the <em>Subsurface</em> dive list.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_displayed_information_for_a_ccr_dive">Displayed information for a CCR dive</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Partial pressures of gases</em>: The graph of oxygen partial pressure shows the +information from the oxygen sensors of the CCR equipment. In contrast to recreational +equipment (where pO<sub>2</sub> values are calculated based on gas composition and dive depth), +CCR equipment provide actual measurements of pO<sub>2</sub>, derived from oxygen sensors. +In this case the graph for oxygen partial pressure +should be fairly flat, reflecting the setpoint settings during the dive. The mean +pO<sub>2</sub> is NOT the mean oxygen partial pressure as given by the CCR equipment, but +a value calculated by <em>Subsurface</em> as follows:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +For TWO O<sub>2</sub> sensors the mean value of the two sensors are given. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +For THREE-sensor systems (e.g. APD), the mean value is also used. However + differences of more than 0,1 bar in the simultaneous readings of different sensors are + treated as false. If one of the three sensors provides false data, it is ignored. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +If no sensor data are available, the pO<sub>2</sub> value is assumed to be equal to the setpoint. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The mean pO<sub>2</sub> of the sensors is indicated with a green line,</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The oxygen setpoint values as well as the readings from the individual +oxygen sensors can be shown. The display of additional CCR information is turned on by +checking the appropriate boxes in the <em>Preferences</em> panel (accessible by +selecting <a href="#S_CCR_options"><em>File → Preferences → Graph</em></a>). This part of +the <em>Preferences</em> panel is shown in the image below, representing two checkboxes that modify +the display of pO<sub>2</sub> when the appropriate toolbar button on the Dive Profile +has been checked.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/CCR_preferences_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR preferences panel" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Checking any of these boxes allows the display of additional oxygen-related +information whenever the pO<sub>2</sub> toolbar button on the <em>Profile</em> panel is activated. +The first checkbox allows the display of setpoint information. This is a red line +superimposed on the green oxygen partial pressure graph and allows a comparison of the +mean measured oxygen partial pressure and the setpoint values, as shown below.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/CCR_setpoint_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR setpoint and po2 graph" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The second checkbox allows the display of the data from each individual oxygen sensor +of the CCR equipment. The data for each sensor is colour-coded as follows:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Sensor 1: grey +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Sensor 2: blue +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Sensor 3: brown +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The mean oxygen pO<sub>2</sub> is indicated by the green line. This allows the direct comparison +of data from each of the oxygen sensors, useful for detecting abnormally low or erratic +readings from a particular sensor.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/CCR_sensor_data_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR sensor data graph" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The setpoint data can be overlaid on the oxygen sensor data by activating both of the above +check boxes. Partial pressures for nitrogen (and helium, if applicable) are shown in the +usual way as for open circuit dives.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Events</em>: Several events are logged, e.g. switching the mouthpiece to open circuit. +These events are indicated by yellow triangles and, if one hovers over a triangle, +a description of that event is given as the bottom line in the <a href="#S_InfoBox">Information Box</a>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Cylinder pressures</em>: Some CCR dive computers like the Poseidon MkVI record the +pressures of the oxygen and diluent cylinders. The pressures of these two cylinders +are shown as green lines overlapping the depth profile. In addition, start and +end pressures for both oxygen and diluent cylinders are shown in the <em>Equipment Tab</em>. +Below is a dive profile for a CCR dive, including an overlay +of setpoint and oxygen sensor data, as well as the cylinder pressure data. In this +case there is agreement from the readings of the two oxygen sensors.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/CCR_dive_profile_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR dive profile" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Equipment-specific information</em>: Equipment-specific information gathered by +<em>Subsurface</em> is shown in the <a href="#S_ExtraDataTab">Extra data tab</a>. This may include setup information +or metadata about the dive.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The deco ceiling calculated by Subsurface is not very accurate because the precise pressure of nitrogen +in the loop can usually not be determined from the dive log imported from the CCR equipment. Many CCR dive +computers, however, report an internally-calculated deco ceiling that is reported in the dive log, +reflecting a more accurate assessment. The display of this ceiling is activated +by clicking the appropriate button to the left of the dive profile:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/icons/cceiling.jpg" alt="DC ceiling icon" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The default color of the computer-generated deco ceiling is white. This can be set to red +by checking the appropriate check box after selecting <em>File → Preferences → Graph</em>. +Below is a dive profile indicating the dive computer-generated deco ceiling:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/CCR_dive_ceilingF22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR computer-generated deco ceiling" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>More equipment-specific information for downloading CCR dive logs for +Poseidon MkVI and APD equipment can be found in <a href="#_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">Appendix B</a>.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_obtaining_more_information_about_dives_entered_into_the_logbook">6. Obtaining more information about dives entered into the logbook</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_the_strong_info_strong_tab_for_individual_dives">6.1. The <strong>Info</strong> tab (for individual dives)</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The Info tab gives some summary information about a particular dive that +has been selected in the <strong>Dive List</strong>. Useful information here includes the +surface interval before the dive, the maximum and mean depths of the dive, the +gas volume consumed, the surface air consumption (SAC) and the number of oxygen +toxicity units (OTU) incurred.</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/info.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Gas consumption and SAC calculations: +<em>Subsurface</em> calculates SAC and Gas consumption taking in account gas +incompressibility, particularly at tank pressures above 200 bar, making them more accurate. +Users should refer to <a href="#SAC_CALCULATION">Appendix F</a> for more information.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_ExtraDataTab">6.2. The <strong>Extra Data</strong> tab (usually for individual dives)</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>When using a dive computer, it often reports several data items that cannot easily be +presented in a standardised way because the nature of the information differs from one +dive computer to another. These data often comprise setup information, metadata about +a dive, battery levels, no fly times, or gradient factors used during the dive. When +possible, this information is presented in the <strong>Extra Data</strong> tab. Below is an +image showing extra data for a dive using a Poseidon rebreather.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/ExtraDataTab_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Extra Data tab" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_the_strong_stats_strong_tab_for_groups_of_dives">6.3. The <strong>Stats</strong> tab (for groups of dives)</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The Stats tab gives summary statistics for more than one dive, assuming that +more than one dive has been selected in the <strong>Dive List</strong> using the standard +Ctrl-click or Shift-click of the mouse. If only one +dive has been selected, figures for only that dive are given. This tab +shows the number of dives selected, the total amount of dive time in these +dives, +as well as the minimum, maximum and mean for the dive duration, +water temperature and surface air consumption (SAC). It also shows the depth of the +shallowest and deepest dives of those selected.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_DiveProfile">6.4. The <strong>Dive Profile</strong></h3> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Profile2.jpg" alt="Typical dive profile" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Of all the panels in <em>Subsurface</em>, the Dive Profile contains the most detailed +information about each dive. The Dive Profile has a <strong>button bar</strong> on the left hand side +that lets you control several display options. The functions of these +buttons are described below. The main item in the Dive +Profile is the graph of +dive depth as a function of time. In addition to +depth, it also shows the ascent and descent rates compared to the recommended +speed of going up or down in the water column. This information is given using +different colors:</p></div> +<div class="tableblock"> +<table rules="all" +width="100%" +frame="border" +cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4"> +<col width="33%" /> +<col width="33%" /> +<col width="33%" /> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Color</strong></p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Descent speed (m/min)</strong></p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Ascent speed (m/min)</strong></p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Red</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">> 30</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">> 18</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Orange</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">18 - 30</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">9 - 18</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Yellow</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">9 - 18</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">4 - 9</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Light green</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">1.5 - 9</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">1.5 - 4</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Dark green</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">< 1.5</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">< 1.5</p></td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The profile also includes depth readings for the peaks and troughs in the graph. +So users should see the depth of the deepest point and other peaks. Mean depth +is plotted as a grey line, indicating mean dive depth up to a particular moment during the dive.</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/scale.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">In some cases the dive profile does not fill the whole area of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> +panel. Clicking the <strong>Scale</strong> button in the toolbar on the left of the dive profile +increases the size of the dive profile to fill the area of the panel.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Water temperature</strong> is displayed with its own blue line with temperature values +placed adjacent to significant changes.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The dive profile can include graphs of the <strong>partial pressures</strong> +of O<sub>2</sub>, N<sub>2</sub>, and He during the dive (see figure above) as well as a calculated and dive computer +reported deco ceilings (only visible for deep, long, or repetitive dives). +Partial pressures of oxygen are indicated in green, nitrogen in black, +and helium in dark red. These +partial pressure graphs are shown below the profile data.</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/O2.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Clicking this button allows display of the partial pressure of <strong>oxygen</strong> during the +dive. This is shown below the dive depth and water temperature graphs.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/N2.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Clicking this button allows display of the partial pressure of <strong>nitrogen</strong> during the dive.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/He.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Clicking this button allows display of the partial pressure of <strong>helium</strong> during the dive. +This is only important to divers using Trimix, Helitrox or similar breathing gasses.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>air consumption</strong> graph displays the tank pressure and its change during the +dive. The air consumption takes depth into account so that even when manually +entering the start and end pressures the graph, is not a straight line. +Like the depth graph, the slope of the tank pressure gives you information +about the +momentary SAC rate (Surface Air Consumption) when using an air integrated dive computer. +Here the color +coding is not relative to some absolute values but relative to the average +normalized air consumption during the dive. So areas that are red or orange +indicate +times of increased normalized air consumption while dark green reflects times +when the diver was using less gas than average.</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/Heartbutton.png" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Clicking on the heart rate button will allow the display of heart rate information +during the dive if the dive computer was attached to a heart rate sensor.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>It is possible to <strong>zoom</strong> into the profile graph. This is done either by using +the scroll wheel / scroll gesture of your mouse or trackpad. By default +<em>Subsurface</em> always shows a profile area large enough for at least 30 minutes +and 30m + (100ft) – this way short or shallow dives are easily recognizable; +something free divers won’t care about. +<span class="image"> +<img src=":images/MeasuringBar.png" alt="FIGURE: Measuring Bar" /> +</span></p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/ruler.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Measurements of <strong>depth or time differences</strong> can be achieved by using the +<strong>ruler button</strong> on the left of the dive profile panel. +The measurement is done by dragging the red dots to the two points +on the dive profile that you wish to measure. Information is then given +in the horizontal white area underneath the +two red dots.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/ShowPhotos.png" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Photographs that have been added to a dive can be shown on the profile +by selecting +the <strong>Show-photo</strong> button. The position of a photo on the profile +shows the exact time when this photo was taken. If this button is not active, +the photos are hidden.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The profile can also include the dive computer reported <strong>ceiling</strong> (more +precisely, the deepest deco stop that the dive computer calculated for each +particular moment in time) as a red overlay on the dive profile. Ascent ceilings +occur when a direct ascent to the surface increases +the risk of a diver suffering from decompression sickness (DCS) and it is necessary +to either ascend +slower or to perform decompression stop(s) before ascending to the surface. Not +all dive computers record this information and make it available for download; +for example none of the Suunto dive computers make these data +available to divelog software. <em>Subsurface</em> also calculates ceilings independently, +shown as a green overlay on the dive profile. +Because of the differences in algorithms used +and amount of data available (and other factors taken into consideration at the time +of the calculation) it’s unlikely that ceilings from dive computers and from <em>Subsurface</em> +are the same, even if the same algorithm and <em>gradient factors</em> (see below) are used. +It’s also quite common that <em>Subsurface</em> calculates a ceiling for +non-decompression dives when the dive computer stayed in non-deco mode during +the whole dive (represented by the <span class="green">dark green</span> section in the profile +at the beginning of this section). This is because <em>Subsurface’s</em> +calculations describe the deco obligation at each moment during a dive, +while dive computers usually take the upcoming ascent into account. During the +ascent some excess nitrogen (and possibly helium) are already breathed off so +even though the diver technically encountered a ceiling at depth, the dive still does +not require a specific deco stop. This feature lets dive computers offer +longer non-stop bottom times.</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/cceiling.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">If the dive computer itself calculates a ceiling and makes it available to +<em>Subsurface</em> during upload of dives, this can be +shown as a red area by checking <strong>Dive computer reported ceiling</strong> button on the Profile Panel.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/ceiling1.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">If the <strong>Calculated ceiling</strong> button on the Profile Panel is clicked, then a ceiling, +calculated by <em>Subsurface</em>, is shown in green if it exists for +a particular dive (<strong>A</strong> in figure below). This setting can be modified in two ways:</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/ceiling2.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">If, in addition, the <strong>show all tissues</strong> button on the Profile Panel is clicked, the ceiling is shown for the tissue +compartments following the Bühlmann model (<strong>B</strong> in figure below).</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/ceiling3.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">If, in addition, the <strong>3m increments</strong> button on the Profile Panel is clicked, then the ceiling is indicated in 3 m increments +(<strong>C</strong> in figure below).</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Ceilings2.jpg" alt="Figure: Ceiling with 3m resolution" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/ShowCylindersButton.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">By selecting this icon, the different cylinders used during a dive can be represented as a colored bar at the bottom +of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. In general oxygen is represented by a green bar, nitrogen a yellow bar and helium a +red bar. The image below shows a dive which first uses a trimix cylinder (red and green), followed by a switch to a nitrox cylinder +(yellow and green) after 23 minutes. Cylinders with air are shown as a light blue bar.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/ShowCylinders_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Cylinder use graph" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/tissues.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Display inert gas tissue pressures relative to ambient inert gas pressure (horizontal grey line). +Tissue pressures are calculated using the Bühlmann ZH-L16 algorithm and are displayed as lines ranging from +green (faster tissues) to blue (slower tissues). +The black line, graphed above the ambient pressure, is the maximum allowable tissue supersaturation (pressure limit) derived +from the gradient factors specified in the <strong>Preferences</strong>. For +divers doing planned decompression diving, efficient rates of offgassing are obtained with tissue pressures +between the ambient inert gas pressure (grey line) and the pressure limit (black line). This display is a representation +of the tissue pressures during the whole dive. In contrast, the <a href="#S_gas_pressure_graph">Gas Pressure Graph</a> in the <strong>Information Box</strong> +on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> is an instantaneous reflection of tissue pressures at the moment in +time, at the position of the cursor on the dive profile.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/tissuesGraph.jpg" alt="Figure: Inert gas tissue pressure graph" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Gradient Factor settings strongly affect the calculated ceilings and their depths. +For more information about Gradient factors, see the section on <a href="#S_GradientFactors">Gradient Factor Preference settings</a>. The +currently used gradient factors (e.g. GF 35/75) are shown above the depth profile if the appropriate toolbar buttons are activated. +<strong>N.B.:</strong> The indicated gradient factors are NOT the gradient factors in use by the dive computer, +but those used by <em>Subsurface</em> to calculate deco obligations +during the dive. For more information external to this manual see:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html">Gradient factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts</a> +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_the_dive_profile_context_menu">6.5. The Dive Profile context menu</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The context menu for the Dive Profile is accessed by right-clicking while the +mouse cursor is over the Dive Profile panel. The menu lets you create +Bookmarks, Gas Change Event markers, or manual CCR set-point changes +other than the ones that might have been +imported from a Dive Computer. Markers are placed against the depth profile line, +with the time of the event set by where the mouse cursor was when the right +mouse button was first clicked to bring up the menu. Gas Change events +involve a selection of which gas is being switched TO. The list of choices is based on +the available gases defined in the <strong>Equipment</strong> Tab. Setpoint change +events open a dialog letting you choose the next setpoint value. As +in the planner, a setpoint value of zero shows the diver is +breathing from an open circuit system while any non-zero value +shows the use of a closed circuit rebreather (CCR). +By right-clicking while over +an existing marker a menu appears, adding options to allow deletion of the +marker, or to allow all markers of that type to be hidden. Hidden events can be +restored to view by selecting Unhide all events from the context menu.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_InfoBox">6.6. The <strong>Information Box</strong></h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The Information box displays a large range of information about the dive +profile. Normally the Information Box is located to the top left of the <strong>Dive +Profile</strong> panel. If the mouse points outside of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel, then +only the top line of the Information Box is visible (see left-hand part of +figure (<strong>A</strong>) below). The Information Box can be moved around in the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> +panel by click-dragging it with the mouse so that it is not obstructing +important detail. The position of the Information Box is saved and used again +during subsequent dive analyses.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/InfoBox2.jpg" alt="Figure: Information Box" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>When the mouse points inside the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel, the information box expands and +shows many data items. In this situation, the data reflect the time point along +the dive profile shown by the mouse cursor (see right-hand part of figure (<strong>B</strong>) above +where the Information Box reflects the situation at the position of the cursor +[arrow] in that image). Moving the cursor horizontally lets the Information Box show information for any point +along the +dive profile. +In this mode, the Information Box gives extensive statistics about depth, gas +and ceiling characteristics of the particular dive. These include: Time period +into the dive (indicated by a @), depth, cylinder pressure (P), temperature, +ascent/descent rate, surface air consumption (SAC), oxygen partial pressure, +maximum operating depth, equivalent air depth (EAD), equivalent narcotic depth +(END), equivalent air density depth (EADD), decompression requirements at that +instant in time (Deco), time to surface (TTS), the calculated ceiling, as well +as the calculated ceiling for several Bühlmann tissue compartments.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The user has control over the display of some statistics, shown as four +buttons on the left of the profile panel. These are:</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/MOD.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Clicking this button causes the Information Box to display the <strong>Maximum Operating Depth +(MOD)</strong> of the dive, given the +gas mixture used. MOD is dependent on the oxygen concentration in the breathing gas. +For air (21% oxygen) it is around 57 m if a maximum pO<sub>2</sub> of 1.4 is specified in the <strong>Preferences</strong> section +(select <em>File</em> → Preferences → Graph_ and edit the text box <em>Max pO<sub>2</sub> when showing MOD</em>. +Below the MOD there is a markedly increased +risk of exposure to the dangers of oxygen toxicity.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/NDL.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Clicking this button causes the Information Box to display either the <strong>No-deco Limit (NDL)</strong> or the +<strong>Total Time to Surface (TTS)</strong>. NDL is the time duration that a diver can continue with a +dive, given the present depth, that does not require decompression (that is, before an +ascent ceiling appears). Once a diver has exceeded the NDL and decompression is required (that +is, there is an ascent ceiling above the diver) then TTS gives the number of minutes +required before the diver can surface. TTS includes ascent time as well as decompression +time. TTS is calculated assuming an ascent surface air consumption (SAC) for +the gas currently used. Even if the profile contains several gas +switches, TTS at a specific moment during the dive is calculated using the current gas. +TTS longer than 2 hours is not accurately calculated and Subsurface only indicates <em>TTS > 2h</em>.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/SAC.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Clicking this button causes the Information Box to display the <strong>Surface Air Consumption (SAC)</strong>. +SAC is an indication of the surface-normalized respiration rate of a diver. The value of SAC +is less than the real +respiration rate because a diver at 10m uses breathing gas at a rate roughly double that of +the equivalent rate at the surface. SAC gives an indication of breathing gas consumption rate +independent of the depth of the dive, so the respiratory rates of different dives +can be compared. The units for SAC is liters/min or cubic ft/min.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/EAD.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Clicking this button displays the <strong>Equivalent Air Depth (EAD)</strong> for +nitrox dives as well as the <strong>Equivalent +Narcotic Depth (END)</strong> for trimix dives. These are +important to divers breathe gases other than air. Their +values are dependent on the composition of the breathing gas. The EAD +is the depth of a hypothetical air dive that has the same partial +pressure of nitrogen as the current depth of the nitrox dive at +hand. A nitrox dive leads to the same decompression obligation as an +air dive to the depth equalling the EAD. The END is the depth of a +hypothetical air dive that has the same sum of partial pressures of +the narcotic gases nitrogen and oxygen as the current trimix dive. A +trimix diver can expect the same narcotic effect as a diver breathing +air diving at a depth equalling the END.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Figure (<strong>B</strong>) above shows an information box with a nearly complete set of data.</p></div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_gas_pressure_graph">6.6.1. The Gas Pressure Bar Graph</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>On the left of the <strong>Information Box</strong> is a vertical bar graph showing the +pressures of the nitrogen (and other inert gases, e.g. helium, if applicable) that the diver +was inhaling <em>at a particular instant during the dive</em>. It is shown by the position +of the cursor on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. The drawing on the left below indicates the +meaning of the different parts of the Gas Pressure Bar Graph.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/GasPressureBarGraph.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Gas Pressure bar Graph" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +The light green area indicates the total gas, with the top margin of the light green + area showing the total gas pressure inhaled by the diver and measured from the bottom + of the graph to the top of the light green area. This pressure has a <em>relative</em> value in the graph + and does not indicate absolute pressure. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The horizontal black line underneath the light green margin indicates the equilibrium pressure + of the inert gases inhaled by the diver, usually nitrogen. In + the case of trimix, it is the pressures of nitrogen and helium combined. In this example, + the user is diving with EAN32, so the inert gas pressure is 68% of the distance from the + bottom of the graph to the total gas pressure value. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The dark green area at the bottom of the graph represents the pressures of inert gas in each + of the 16 tissue compartments, following the Bühlmann algorithm, the fast tissues being on the + left hand side. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The top black horizontal line indicates the gradient factor that applies to the depth of + the diver at the particular point on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. The gradient factor shown is an + interpolation between the GFLow and GFHigh values specified in the Graph tab of the <strong>Preferences + Panel</strong> of <strong>Subsurface</strong>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The bottom margin of the red area in the graph indicates the Bühlman-derived M-value. That is the + pressure value of inert gases at which bubble formation is expected to be severe, resulting + in decompression sickness. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>These five values are shown on the left in the graph above. The way the Gas Pressure Bar Graph changes +during a dive can be seen on the right hand side of the above figure for a diver using EAN32.</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Graph <strong>A</strong> indicates the start of a dive with the diver at the surface. The pressures in all + the tissue compartments are still at the equilibrium pressure because no diving has taken place. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Graph <strong>B</strong> indicates the situation after a descent to 30 meters. Few of the tissue compartments have had + time to respond to the descent, so their gas pressures are far below the equilibrium gas pressure. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Graph <strong>C</strong> represents the pressures after 30 minutes at 30 m. The fast compartments have attained + equilibrium (i.e. they have reached the hight of the black line indicating the equilibrium pressure). The + slower compartments (towards the right) have not reached equilibrium and are in the process of slowly + increasing in pressure. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Graph <strong>D</strong> shows the pressures after ascent to a depth of 4.5 meters. Since during ascent the total + inhaled gas pressure has decreased strongly from 4 bar to 1.45 bar, the pressures in the different tissue + compartments now exceed that of the total gas pressure and approach the gradient factor value (i.e. + the top black horizontal line). Further ascent will result in exceeding the gradient + factor value (GFHigh), endangering the diver. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Graph <strong>E</strong> indicates the situation after remaining at 4.5 meters for 10 minutes. The fast compartments + have decreased in pressure. As expected, the pressures in the slow compartments have not changed much. + The pressures in the fast compartments do not approach the GFHigh value any more and the diver is safer + than in the situation indicated in graph <strong>D</strong>. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_organizing_the_logbook_manipulating_groups_of_dives">7. Organizing the logbook (Manipulating groups of dives)</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_the_dive_list_context_menu">7.1. The Dive List context menu</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Several actions on either a single dive, or a group of dives, can be performed using the Dive List +Context Menu. It is found by selecting either a single dive or a group of dives and then right-clicking.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/ContextMenu.jpg" alt="Figure: Context Menu" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The context menu is used in many functions described below.</p></div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_customizing_the_columns_showed_in_the_strong_dive_list_strong_panel">7.1.1. Customizing the columns showed in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel</h4> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/DiveListOptions.jpg" alt="Example: Dive list info options" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The default information in the <strong>Dive List</strong> includes, for each dive, Dive_number, Date, Rating, Dive_depth, +Dive_duration and Dive_location. This information can be controlled and changed by right-clicking on the +header bar of the <strong>Dive List</strong>. For instance, a right-click on the <em>Date</em> header brings up a list of items +that can be shown in the dive list (see above). Select an item to be shown in the <strong>Dive List</strong> or be +deleted (reflected by the check symbols) and the list is immediately updated. Preferences for information +shown in the <strong>Dive List</strong> are saved and used when <em>Subsurface</em> is re-opened.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_Renumber">7.2. Renumbering the dives</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Dives are normally numbered incrementally from non-recent dives (low sequence +numbers) to recent dives (higher sequence numbers). Numbering +of dives is not always consistent. For instance, when non-recent dives are +added, correct numbering does not automatically follow on because +of the dives that are more recent in date/time than the newly-added dive with +an older date/time. So you may need to renumber the dives. +Do this by selecting (from the Main Menu) <em>Log → Renumber</em>. Users are +given a choice of the lowest sequence number to be used. +This results in new sequence numbers (based on date/time) +for the dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>You can also renumber a few selected dives in the dive list. Select the dives that +need renumbering. Right-click on the selected list and use the Dive List Context Menu +to perform the renumbering. A popup window appears letting the user specify +the starting number for the process.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_Group">7.3. Grouping dives into trips and manipulating trips</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>For regular divers, the dive list can rapidly become very long. <em>Subsurface</em> +can group dives into <em>trips</em>. It does this by grouping dives that have +date/times not separated in time by more than two days, so creating +a single heading for each diving trip represented in the dive log. Below is an +ungrouped dive list (<strong>A</strong>, on the left) as well as the corresponding grouped dive +list of five dive trips (<strong>B</strong>, on the right):</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Group2.jpg" alt="Figure: Grouping dives" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Grouping into trips allows a rapid way of accessing individual dives without +having to scan a long lists of dives. To group the dives in a dive list, +(from the Main Menu) select <em>Log → Autogroup</em>. The <strong>Dive List</strong> panel +now shows only the titles for the trips.</p></div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_editing_the_title_and_associated_information_for_a_particular_trip">7.3.1. Editing the title and associated information for a particular trip</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Normally, in the dive list, minimal information is included in the trip title. +More information about a trip can be added by selecting its trip title from +the <strong>Dive List</strong>. This shows a <strong>Trip Notes</strong> tab in the <strong>Notes</strong> panel. Here +you can add or edit information about the date/time, the trip location and any +other general comments about the trip as a whole (e.g. the dive +company that was used, the general weather and surface conditions during the trip, etc.). +After entering this +information, select <strong>Save</strong> from the buttons at the top right +of the <strong>Trip Notes</strong> +tab. The trip title in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel should now reflect the +edited information.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_viewing_the_dives_during_a_particular_trip">7.3.2. Viewing the dives during a particular trip</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Once the dives have been grouped into trips, you can expand one or more +trips by clicking the arrow-head on the left of each trip title. This expands +the selected trip, revealing individual dives done during the trip.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_collapsing_or_expanding_dive_information_for_different_trips">7.3.3. Collapsing or expanding dive information for different trips</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting a particular trip in the dive list, the +context menu allows several options to expand or collapse dives +within trips. This includes expanding all trips and collapsing all trips.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_merging_dives_from_more_than_one_trip_into_a_single_trip">7.3.4. Merging dives from more than one trip into a single trip</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting a trip title, the context menu allows the merging +of trips by either merging the selected trip with the trip below or with the +trip above. (Merge trip with trip below; Merge trip with trip above)</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_splitting_a_single_trip_into_more_than_one_trip">7.3.5. Splitting a single trip into more than one trip</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If a trip includes ten dives, you can split this trip into two trips (trip 1: +top 4 dives; trip 2: bottom 6 dives) by selecting and right-clicking the top +four dives. The resulting context menu lets the user create a new trip by +choosing the option <strong>Create new trip above</strong>. The top four dives are then +grouped +into a separate trip. The figures below show the selection and context menu +on the left (A) and +the completed action on the right (B):</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/SplitDive3a.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Split a trip into 2 trips" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_manipulating_single_dives">7.4. Manipulating single dives</h3> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_delete_a_dive_from_the_dive_log">7.4.1. Delete a dive from the dive log</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Dives can be permanently deleted from the dive log by selecting and +right-clicking them to bring up the context menu, then selecting <strong>Delete +dive(s)</strong>. Typically this would apply to a case where a user wishes to delete +workshop +calibration dives of the dive computer or dives of extremely short duration.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_unlink_a_dive_from_a_trip">7.4.2. Unlink a dive from a trip</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>You can unlink dives from the trip to which they belong. To do this, +select and right-click +the relevant dives to bring up the context menu. Then select the option <strong>Remove dive(s) +from trip</strong>. The dive(s) now appear immediately above or below the trip to +which they belonged, depending on the date and time of the unlinked dive.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_add_a_dive_to_the_trip_immediately_above">7.4.3. Add a dive to the trip immediately above</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Selected dives can be moved from the trip to which they belong and placed within +a separate trip. To do this, select and right-click +the dive(s) to bring up the context menu, and then select <strong>Create new trip above</strong>.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_shift_the_start_time_of_dive_s">7.4.4. Shift the start time of dive(s)</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Sometimes it’s necessary to adjust the start time of a dive. This may apply to +situations where dives are done in different time zones or when the dive +computer has a wrong time. To do this, select and right-click +the dive(s) to be +adjusted. This brings up the context menu on which the <strong>Shift times</strong> +option should be selected. You must then specify the +time +(in hours and minutes) by which the dives should be adjusted and click on the +option of whether the time adjustment should be earlier or later.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_merge_dives_into_a_single_dive">7.4.5. Merge dives into a single dive</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Sometimes a dive is briefly interrupted, for example, if a diver returns to the surface +for a few minutes. That results in two or more dives being recorded by the dive +computer and appearing as different dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel. You can +merge these dives onto a single dive by selecting the appropriate dives, +right-clicking them to bring up the context menu and then selecting <strong>Merge selected +dives</strong>. It may be necessary to edit the dive information in the <strong>Notes</strong> +panel to reflect events or conditions that apply to the merged dive. The figure +below shows the depth profile of two dives that were merged:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/MergedDive.png" alt="Example: Merged dive" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_undo_dive_manipulations">7.4.6. Undo dive manipulations</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Important actions on dives or trips, described above, can be undone or redone. +This includes: <em>delete dives</em>, <em>merge dives</em>, <em>renumber dives</em> and <em>shift dive times</em>. +To do this after performing any of these actions, from the <strong>Main Menu</strong> select +<em>Edit</em>. This brings up the possibility to <em>Undo</em> or <em>Redo</em> an action.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_Filter">7.5. Filtering the dive list</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel can be filtered, so you can select only some +of the dives based on their attributes, e.g. dive tags, dive site, dive master, buddy or protective +clothing. For instance, filtering lets you list the deep dives at a particular +dive site, or otherwise the cave dives with a particular buddy.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>To open the filter, select <em>Log → Filter divelist</em> from the main menu. This opens the +<em>Filter Panel</em> at the top of the <em>Subsurface</em> window. Three icons are located at the top +right hand of the filter panel (see image below). The <em>Filter Panel</em> can be reset +(i.e. all current filters cleared) by selecting the <strong>yellow angled arrow</strong>. The <em>Filter Panel</em> may also be +minimized by selecting the <strong>green up-arrow". When minimized, only these three icons are shown. +The panel can be maximized by clicking the same icon that minimized it. The filter may also be +reset and closed by selecting the *red button</strong> with the white cross.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Filterpanel.jpg" alt="Figure: Filter panel" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Four filter criteria may be used to filter the dive list: dive tags, person (buddy / divemaster), dive site +and dive suit. Each of these is represented by a check list with check boxes. Above +each check list is a second-level filter tool, allowing the listing of only some +attributes within that check list. For instance, typing "<em>ca</em>" in the filter +text box above the tags check list, results in the list being reduced +to "<em>cave</em>" and "<em>cavern</em>". Filtering the check list helps to rapidly find +search terms for filtering the dive list.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>To activate filtering of the dive list, check at least one check box in one of +the four check lists. The dive list is then shortened to include +only the dives that pertain to the criteria specified in the check lists. +The four check lists work as a filter with <em>AND</em> operators. Subsurface +filters therefore for <em>cave</em> as a tag AND <em>Joe Smith</em> as a buddy. But the +filters within a category are inclusive - filtering for <em>cave</em> and <em>boat</em> +shows those dives that have either one OR both of these tags.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_ExportLog">8. Exporting the dive log or parts of the dive log</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>There are two ways to export dive information from Subsurface:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Export dive information to <em>Facebook</em> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_Export_other">Export dive information to other destinations or formats</a> +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_facebook">8.1. Exporting dive information to <em>Facebook</em></h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Export of dives to <em>Facebook</em> is handled differently from other types of export because +a connection to <em>Facebook</em> is required, needing a <em>Facebook</em> userID and password. +If, from the <strong>Main Menu</strong>, you select <em>File → Preferences → Facebook</em>, a login screen comes up. +(image <strong>A</strong> to the left, below). Provide a <em>Facebook</em> userID and password. +Once logged into to <em>Facebook</em> , the panel +in image <strong>B</strong>, below is shown, including a <em>Disconnect from Facebook</em> button to close the +<em>Facebook</em> connection.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/facebook1_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Facebook login" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>From the <em>Subsurface</em> window it’s easy to determine whether <em>Subsurface</em> has a valid connection to <em>Facebook</em> +From the <strong>Main Menu</strong>, select <em>Share on → Facebook</em> (image <strong>A</strong>, below). Normally, the <em>Facebook</em> option is greyed out. But +if there is a connection to <em>Facebook</em>, this option is active (i.e. in black color and can be selected).</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Having established a login to <em>Facebook</em>, transferring a dive profileto a <em>Facebook</em> timeline is easy. +Be sure the dive to be transferred to the timeline is shown in the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel. If, from the <strong>Main Menu</strong>, you +select <em>Share on → Facebook</em> (see image <strong>A</strong> below), a dialogue box is shown, determining the amount of additional information transferred along +with the dive profile (image <strong>B</strong>, below). To transfer a dive profile to <em>Facebook</em>, the name of a +<em>Facebook</em> album is needed. The checkboxes on the left hand side let you decide how much +additional information should be transferred with the dive profile. This information is shown in the text box +on the right hand side of the panel (image <strong>B</strong>, below). You can easily edit the message that will be posted +with the dive profile. After specifying the additional information and verifying the text, select +the <em>OK</em> button that triggers the transfer to <em>Facebook</em>. After the transfer +is done, an acknowledgement dialogue appears, indicating it was successful.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Both the album created and the post to your timeline will be marked as +private. In order for friends to be able to see it, +change its permissions from a regular Facebook login either in a +browser or a Facebook app.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/facebook2_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Facebook login" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If required, then close the <em>Facebook</em> connection by either closing <em>Subsurface</em> or by selecting <em>File → Preferences → Facebook</em> from +the Main Menu, and clicking the appropriate button on the Facebook Preferences panel.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_Export_other">8.2. Export dive information to other destinations or formats</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>For non-<em>Facebook exports</em>, the export function can be found by selecting <em>File → Export</em>, which brings up +the Export dialog. This dialog always gives two options: save ALL dives, or save only +the dives selected in <strong>Dive List</strong> panel of <em>Subsurface</em>. Click the appropriate +radio button (see images below).</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Export_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Export dialog" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>A dive log or part of it can be saved in three formats:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Subsurface XML</em> format. This is the native format used by <em>Subsurface</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Universal Dive Data Format (<em>UDDF</em>). Refer to <em>http://uddf.org</em> for more information. + UDDF is a generic format that enables communication among many dive computers + and computer programs. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Divelogs.de</em>, an Internet-based dive log repository. In order to upload to <em>Divelogs.de</em>, + you need a user-ID as well as a password for <em>Divelogs.de</em>. Log into <em>http://en.divelogs.de</em> + and subscribe to this service to upload dive log data from <em>Subsurface</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>DiveShare</em> is also a dive log repository on the Internet focusing on recreational + dives. To upload dives, you need a user ID, so registration with + <em>http://scubadiveshare.com</em> is required. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>CSV dive details</em>, that includes the most critical information of the dive + profile. Included information of a dive is: dive number, date, time, buddy, + duration, depth, temperature and pressure: in short, most of the information + that recreational divers enter into handwritten log books. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>CSV dive profile</em>, that includes a large amount of detail for each dive, including + the depth profile, temperature and pressure information of each dive. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>HTML</em> format, in which the dive(s) are stored in HTML files, readable + with an Internet browser. Most modern web browsers are supported, but JavaScript + must be enabled. The HTML export cannot be changed or edited. + It contains most of the information recorded in the dive log. However, it does not show the + calculated values in the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel, e.g. calculated cylinder pressure, gas + pressures and MOD. The HTML export contains a search + option to search the dive log. HTML export is specified on the second tab of the + Export dialog (image <strong>B</strong> above). A typical use of this option is to export all one’s + dives to a smartphone or a tablet where it would serve as a portable record + of dives. That is useful for dive companies that wish to verify the dive history of a diver, + often doing away with the need to carry an original logbook + when doing dives with dive companies. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Worldmap</em> format, an HTML file with a world map upon which each dive and + some information about it are indicated. This map is not editable. If you select any + of the dive sites on the map, a summary of the dive is available in text, as shown + in the image below. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/mapview_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: HTML Map export view" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Image depths</em>, which creates a text file that contains the file names of all + photos or images attached + to any of the selected dives in the <em>Dive List</em>, together with the depth underwater where + of each of those photos was taken. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>General Settings</em>, under the HTML tab, provides the following options: +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Subsurface Numbers: if this option is checked, the dive(s) are exported with the + numbers associated with them in Subsurface, Otherwise the dive(s) will be numbered + starting from 1. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Export Yearly Statistics: if this option is checked, a yearly statistics table will + be attached to the HTML exports. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Export List only: a list of dives only (date, time, depth, duration) will be exported + and the detailed dive information, e.g. dive profile, will not be available. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Under <em>Style Options</em> some style-related options are available like font + size and theme. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Export to other formats can be done through third party facilities, for +instance <em>www.divelogs.de</em>.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_Cloud_access">9. Keeping a <em>Subsurface</em> dive log in the Cloud</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>For each diver, dive log information is highly important. Not only is it a record +of diving activities for one’s own pleasure, but it’s important information required +for admission to training courses or sometimes even diving sites. The +security of the dive log is critical. To have a dive log that is +resistant to failure of a home computer hard drive, loss or theft of equipment, the +Cloud is an obvious solution. This also has the added benefit that you can access your dive +log from anywhere in the world. For this reason, facilities such as <em>divelogs.de</em> and <em>Diving Log</em> offer to store +dive log information on the Internet.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> includes access to a transparently integrated cloud storage +back end that is available to all Subsurface users. Storing and retrieving a dive log +from the cloud is no more difficult than accessing the dives on the local hard disk. +The only requirement is that you should first register as a user on the cloud. +To use <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> , follow these steps:</p></div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_create_a_cloud_storage_account">9.1. Create a cloud storage account</h3> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Open the <strong>Network Preferences</strong> by selecting <em>File</em> → <em>Preferences</em> → <em>Network</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +In the section headed <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em>, enter an email address that + <em>Subsurface</em> can use for user registration. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Enter a novel password that <em>Subsurface</em> will use to store the + dive log in the cloud. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Click <em>Apply</em> to send the above email address and password to the + (remote) cloud server. The server responds by sending a verification PIN to + the above email address (This is the <strong>only</strong> occasion that <em>Subsurface</em> uses the + email address provided above). The <strong>Network Preferences</strong> dialog now has a new PIN text + box, not visible previously. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Enter the PIN in the corresponding text box in the <strong>Network Preferences</strong> dialog +(this field is only visible while the server is waiting for email +address confirmation) +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Click <em>Apply</em> again. The <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> account +will be marked as verified and the <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> service is initialised for use. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_using_em_subsurface_cloud_storage_em">9.2. Using <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em></h3> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Once the cloud storage has been initialized, two new items appear in the + <em>File</em> menu of the main menu system: <em>Open cloud storage</em> and <em>Save to cloud storage</em>. +These options let you load and save data to the <em>Subsurface +cloud storage</em> server. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +In the <em>Defaults Preferences</em> tab, you can select to use the <em>Subsurface cloud +storage</em> data as the default data file by checking the box marked <em>Cloud storage default file</em>. + This means the data from +the <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> is loaded when <em>Subsurface</em> starts and saved there when <em>Subsurface</em> closes. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Subsurface</em> keeps a local copy of the data and the cloud facility remains fully +functional even if used while disconnected to the Internet. <em>Subsurface</em> simply synchronizes the +data with the cloud server the next time the program is used while the computer is +connected to the Internet. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_Cloud_storage">9.3. Web access to <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em></h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>One of the nice side benefits of using <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> is that +you can also access your dive data from any web browser. Simply open +<a href="https://cloud.subsurface-divelog.org"><em>https://cloud.subsurface-divelog.org</em></a>, +log in with the same email and password, and you can see an HTML export of +the last dive data that was synced to <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em>. The dive information +shown is only the contents of the recorded dive logs, NOT the calculated values +shown in the <strong>Profile</strong> panel, +including some cylinder pressures, deco ceilings and O<sub>2</sub>/He/N<sub>2</sub> partial pressures.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_other_cloud_services">9.4. Other cloud services</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If you prefers not to use the integrated cloud storage of dive logs (and +don’t need the web access), it’s simple to store +dive logs in the cloud using several of the existing facilities on the +Internet. +For instance +<a href="http://www.dropbox.com/"><em>Dropbox</em></a> +offers a free application that allows +files on the Dropbox servers to be seen as a local folder on a desktop computer.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Cloud.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Dropbox folder" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>Dropbox</em> program creates a copy of the <em>Dropbox</em> Internet Cloud content on your +desktop computer. When the computer is connected to the Internet, the Internet +content is automatically updated. Therefore both the <em>Open</em> and <em>Save</em> of dive logs are done +using the local copy of the dive log in the local <em>Dropbox</em> folder, so there’s no need +for a direct internet connection. If the local copy is modified, e.g. by adding a dive, +the remote copy in the <em>Dropbox</em> server in the Cloud will be automatically updated whenever +Internet access is available.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>In this way a dive log in +your <em>Dropbox</em> folder can be accessed seamlessly from the Internet and can +be accessed anywhere with Internet access. Currently there are no costs +involved for this service. Dropbox (Windows, Mac +and Linux) can be installed by accessing the +<a href="http://www.dropbox.com/install"><em>Install Page on the Dropbox website</em></a> +. Alternatively you can use <em>Dropbox</em> as a way back up your dive log. To +Store a dive log on <em>Dropbox</em>, select <em>File → Save as</em> from the <em>Subsurface</em> main menu, +navigate to the <em>Dropbox</em> folder and select the <em>Save</em> button. To access the dive log +in <em>Dropbox</em>, select <em>File → Open Logbook</em> from the <em>Subsurface</em> +main menu and navigate to the dive log file in the <em>Dropbox</em> folder and select the +<em>Open</em> button.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Several paid services exist on the Internet (e.g. Google, Amazon) where the same +process could be used for the Cloud-based storage of dive logs.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_PrintDivelog">10. Printing a dive log</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> provides a simple and flexible way to print a whole dive log or only a few selected dives. + Pre-installed templates or a custom written template can be used to choose where the data are fitted into the page.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Some decisions need to be made before printing:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Should the whole dive log be printed or only part of it? If only part + is required, select the required dives from the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +If the dive profiles are printed, what gas partial pressure information should be shown? Select + the appropriate toggle-buttons on the button bar to the left of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If <em>File → Print</em> is selected from the Main menu, the dialogue below (image <strong>A</strong>) appears. Three +specifications are needed to get the desired information and page layout:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Print1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print dialogue" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> +<li> +<p> +Under <em>Print type</em> select one of two options: +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Dive list print</em>: Print dives from the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel with profiles and other information. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Statistics print</em>: Print yearly statistics of the dives. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Under <em>Print options</em> select: +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Printing only the dives selected from the dive list before + activating the print dialogue by checking the box <em>Print only + selected dives</em>. If this check box is <strong>not</strong> checked ALL dives in + the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel are printed. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Printing in color, done by checking the box with _Print in color. If this check box + is not checked, printing is in black and white. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Under <em>Template</em> select a template to be used as the page layout. There are several choices. +(see image <strong>B</strong>, above). +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Table</em>: This prints a summary table of all dives selected (see below). +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +</ol></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Print_summarylist_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print summary table" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Flow layout</em>: Print the text associated with each dive without printing the dive profiles + of each dive (see below): +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Print_flow_layout_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print flow layout" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>One Dive</em>: Print one dive per page, also showing the dive profile (see below) +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/print2_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print one dive / page" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Two Dives</em>: Print two dives per page, also showing the dive profiles. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Six Dives</em>: Print six dives per page, also showing the dive profiles. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>You can <em>Preview</em> the printed page by selecting the <em>Preview</em> button on the +dialogue (see image <strong>A</strong> at the start of this section). After preview, you can change +the options in the print dialogue, so the layout fits personal taste.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Next, select the <em>Print</em> button (see image <strong>A</strong> at the start of this section). This activates the regular print +dialogue used by the operating system, +letting you choose a printer and set its properties (see image below):</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Print_print_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print dialog" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Set the print resolution of the printer to an appropriate value by changing +the printer <em>Properties</em>. Finally, select the <em>Print</em> button to print the dives. +Below is a (rather small) example of the output for one particular page.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Printpreview.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print preview page" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_writing_a_custom_print_template_advanced">10.1. Writing a custom print template (advanced)</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Writing a custom template is an effective way to produce highly customized printouts. Subsurface uses HTML templates +to render printing. You can create a template, export a new template, import an existing template and delete an existing template by using +the appropriate buttons under the <em>Template</em> dropdown list in the print dialogue. See <a href="#S_APPENDIX_E">APPENDIX E</a> for information on how +to write or modify a template.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_Configure">11. Configuring a dive computer</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> lets you configure a dive computer. Currently the Heinrichs-Weikamp (OSTC 2, OSTC 3) and +Suunto Vyper (Stinger, Mosquito, D3, Vyper, Vytec, +Cobra, Gekko and Zoop) family of dive computers are supported. A large number of settings of these dive computers +can be read and changed to different values. To begin, be sure the appropriate hardware driver +is installed for the dive computer (also required for downloading dives) and the device name of the dive computer is known. +See <a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive _information_from_a_dive_computer">APPENDIX A</a> for information on how to do this.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Once the dive computer is connected to the <em>Subsurface</em> computer, select <em>File → Configure dive +computer</em> from the <em>Main Menu</em>. Provide the appropriate device name in the text box at the +top of the configuration panel and select the appropriate dive +computer model from the panel on the left-hand (see image below).</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Configure_dc_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Configure dive computer" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Using the appropriate buttons on the configuration panel, the following actions can be done:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Retrieve available details</strong>. This loads the existing configuration from the dive computer + to <em>Subsurface</em>, showing it in the configuration panel. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Save changes to device</strong>. This changes the configuration of the + dive computer to correspond to the information shown in the configuration panel. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Backup</strong>. This saves the configuration data to a file. <em>Subsurface</em> asks for + a file location and file name for the saved information. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Restore backup</strong>. This loads the information from a backup file and displays it + in the configuration panel. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Update firmware</strong>. If new firmware is available for the dive computer, this is + loaded into the dive computer. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_Preferences">12. Setting user <em>Preferences</em> for <em>Subsurface</em></h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>There are several user-definable settings within <em>Subsurface</em>, found by selecting +<em>File → Preferences</em>. The settings are in +seven groups: <strong>Defaults</strong>, <strong>Units</strong>, <strong>Graph</strong>, <strong>Language</strong> and <strong>Network</strong>, <strong>Facebook</strong> and <strong>Georeference</strong>. +All operate on the same principles: the user must specify settings that are to be changed, then +save them using the <strong>Apply</strong> button. After applying all the new settings users can then +leave the settings panel by selecting <strong>OK</strong>. If <strong>Discard</strong> is selected, changes to the preferences +are not saved.</p></div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_defaults">12.1. Defaults</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>There are several settings in the <strong>Defaults</strong> panel:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Pref1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences defaults page" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Lists and tables</strong>: Here you can specify the font type and font size of the + <strong>Dive Table</strong> panel: By decreasing the font size of the <strong>Dive Table</strong>, you can see more dives on a screen. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Dives</strong>: For the <em>Default Dive File</em> you need to specify the directory and + file name of your + electronic dive log book. This is a file with filename extension of either <em>.xml</em> or <em>.ssrf</em>. When + launched, <em>Subsurface</em> will automatically load the specified dive log book. There are three options: +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>No default file</em>: When checked, <em>Subsurface</em> does not automatically load a dive log at startup. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Local default file</em>: When checked, <em>Subsurface</em> automatically loads a dive log from the local hard disk + as described above. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Cloud storage default file</em>: When checked, <em>Subsurface automatically loads the dive log from the cloud + device that was initialized using the <strong>Preferences</strong> _Network</em> tab (see below). +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Display invalid</strong>: Dives can be marked as invalid (when a user wishes to hide + dives that he/she doesn’t consider valid dives, e.g. pool dives, but still want to + keep them in the dive log). This controls whether those dives are displayed in + the dive list. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Default cylinder</strong>: Specify the default cylinder listed in + the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab of the <strong>Notes</strong> panel. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Animations</strong>: Some actions in showing the dive profile are performed using + animations. For instance, the axis values for depth and time change from dive to + dive. When viewing a different dive, these changes in axis characteristics do not + happen instantaneously, but are animated. The <em>Speed</em> of animations can be controlled + by setting this slider + with faster animation speed to the left, and a 0 value representing no animation + at all. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Clear all settings</strong>: As indicated in the button below this heading, all settings are + cleared and set to default values. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_units">12.2. Units</h3> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Pref2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Units page" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Here you can choose between metric and imperial units of depth, pressure, +volume, temperature and mass. By selecting the Metric or Imperial radio button +at the top, you can specify that all units are in the chosen measurement system. +Alternatively, if you select the <strong>Personalize</strong> radio button, units can be selected +independently, with some in the metric system and others in imperial.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Regardless +of the above settings, dive time measurements can be either in seconds or minutes. +Choose the appropriate option. GPS coordinates can be represented either as +traditional coordinates (degrees, minutes, seconds) or as decimal degrees +Choose the appropriate option.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_graph">12.3. Graph</h3> +<div class="imageblock" id="S_CCR_options" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Pref3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Graph page" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph" id="S_GradientFactors"><p>This panel allows two type of selections:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Show</strong>: Here you can specify the amount of information shown as part of + the dive profile: +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Thresholds: <em>Subsurface</em> can display the nitrogen, oxygen and the helium partial pressures during + the dive, done by using the toolbar on the left hand side of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> + panel. For each of these graphs you can specify a threshold value on the right-hand side of the + Preferences panel. If any of the graphs go above the specified threshold level, the graph is + highlighted in red, indicating the particular partial pressure threshold has been exceeded. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +_Max pO<sub>2</sub> is used for calculating the MOD when displaying the maximum operative depth (MOD) + for a dive. Specify an appropriate partial pressure. A value of 1.4 is commonly used. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Draw dive computer reported ceiling red</em>: This checkbox does exactly what it says. By default + the computer reported ceiling is shown in white. + Not all dive computers report ceiling values. If the dive computer does report it, it may differ + from the ceilings calculated by <em>Subsurface</em> because of the different algorithms and + gradient factors, as well as the dynamic way a + dive computer calculates ceilings during a dive. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Show unused cylinders in Equipment Tab</em>: This checkbox allows display of information about unused cylinders when viewing the +<strong>Equipment Tab</strong>. If this box is not checked, and if any cylinders entered using the <strong>Equipment Tab</strong> are not used (e.g. there +was no gas switch to such a cylinder), then these cylinders are omitted from that list. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Show average depth</em>: If this box is checked, the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel contains a grey line that shows + the mean depth of the dive, up to any time instant during the dive. Normally this is a u-shaped line indicating the deepest mean depth just before + ascent. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Misc</strong>: +</p> +<div class="ulist" id="GradientFactors_Ref"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Gradient Factors (GFLow and GFHigh):* Set the <em>gradient factors</em> used while diving. GF_Low is + the gradient factor at depth and GF_High is used just below the surface. + At intermediate depths gradient factors between GF_Low and GF_High are used. + Gradient factors add conservatism to nitrogen exposure during a dive, in a + similar way that many dive computers have a conservative setting. The lower + the value of a gradient factor, the more conservative the calculations are with + respect to nitrogen loading and the deeper the ascent ceilings are. Gradient + factors of 20/60 are considered conservative and values of 70/90 are considered + harsh. Checking the <strong>GFLow at max depth</strong> box causes GF_Low to be used at the + deepest depth of a dive. If this box is not checked, GF_Low is applied at + all depths deeper than the first deco stop. For more information see: +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html">Gradient factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts</a> +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>CCR: Show setpoints when viewing pO2:</em> With this checkbox activated, the pO<sub>2</sub> + graph on the dive profile has an overlay in red which indicates the CCR setpoint + values. See the section on <a href="#S_CCR_dives">Closed Circuit Rebreather dives</a>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>CCR: Show individual O<sub>2</sub> sensor values when viewing pO<sub>2</sub>:</em> Show the pO<sub>2</sub> + values associated with each of the individual oxygen sensors of a CCR system. + See the section on <a href="#S_CCR_dives">Closed Circuit Rebreather dives</a>. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Configuring dive planning using rebreather equipment:</strong> +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Default CCR setpoint for dive planning:</em> Specify the O<sub>2</sub> setpoint for a + CCR dive plan. This determines the pO<sub>2</sub> maintained + during a particular dive. Setpoint changes during the dive can be added via the + profile context menu. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>pSCR O<sub>2</sub> metabolism rate:</em> For a semi-closed rebreather (pSCR) system, this is the + volume of oxygen used by a diver during a minute. Set this value for pSCR dive planning + and decompression calculations. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>pSCR ratio:</em> For pSCR equipment the dump ratio is the ratio of gas released to the + environment to that of the gas recirculated to the diver. Set this value for a + pSCR dive plan. A 1:10 ratio is commonly used. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_language">12.4. Language</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Choose a language that <em>Subsurface</em> will use.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Pref4_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Language page" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>A checkbox lets you use the <em>System Default</em> language which in most cases +will be the correct setting; with this <em>Subsurface</em> simply runs in the same +language / country settings as the underlying operating system. +To change it, uncheck this checkbox and pick a language / country +combination from the list of locations. The <em>Filter</em> text box +lists similar languages. For instance there are several system variants of English +or French. <strong>This particular preference requires a restart of <em>Subsurface</em> to take +effect</strong>.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_network">12.5. Network</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>This panel facilitates communication between <em>Subsurface</em> and data sources on the Internet. +This is important, for instance, when <em>Subsurface</em> needs to communicate with web +services such as Cloud storage or the <a href="#S_Companion"><em>Subsurface Companion app</em></a>. These Internet requirements are determined by your type of +connection to the Internet and by the Internet Service Provider (ISP) used. +Your ISP should provide the appropriate information.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Pref5_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Network page" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>This dialogue has three sections:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Proxy type</em>: +If a proxy server is used for Internet access, the type of proxy needs to be selected from the dropdown list, +after which the IP address of the host and the appropriate port number should +be provided. If the proxy server uses authentication, the appropriate userID and +password are required so that <em>Subsurface</em> can automatically pass +through the proxy server to access the Internet. This information is usually obtained +from one’s ISP. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Subsurface cloud storage</em>: To store your dive log in the cloud, a valid email address + and password are required. This lets <em>Subsurface</em> email security information + regarding cloud storage to you, and to set up cloud storage appropriately. + Two additional options are given: +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Sync to cloud in the background</em>: This option allows saving of dive information to the cloud storage + while you do other things within <em>Subsurface</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Save password locally</em>: This allows local storage of the cloud storage password. Note that this + information is saved in raw text form, not encoded in any way. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Subsurface web service</em>: When you subscribe to the <a href="#S_Companion">Subsurface web service</a>, a very + long and hard-to-remember userID is issued. This is the place to save that userID. By + checking the option <em>Save User ID locally?</em>, you ensure a local copy of that userID is saved. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_Facebook">12.6. Facebook Access</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>This panel lets you log into a Facebook account in order to transfer information +from Subsurface to Facebook.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Pref6_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Facebook login panel" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If you provide a valid Facebook userID and password, a +connection to Facebook is created. That connection is closed when one +closing down Subsurface. Currently the checkbox labelled "Keep me logged in to Subsurface", +on the login screen has no effect. +See the section <a href="#S_facebook">Exporting dive profiles to Facebook</a> +for more information.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_georeference">12.7. Georeference</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> provides a geo-lookup service (that is, given the coordinates of a dive site) derived from +a click on the <strong>Dive Map panel</strong> at the bottom right of the <em>Subsurface</em> window, or from a GPS instrument or +from the <em>Subsurface</em> Companion app). A search on the Internet is done to find +the name of the closest known location. This function only works if <em>Subsurface</em> has an +Internet connection. The preference of the dive site name can be configured, e.g. <em>Country/State/City</em> +or <em>City/State/Country</em> (see image below).</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Pref7_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Facebook login panel" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_DivePlanner">13. The <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Dive planning is an advanced feature of <em>Subsurface</em>, accessed by selecting +<em>Log → Plan Dive</em> from the main menu. It allows calculation of +nitrogen load during a dive by using the Bühlmann ZH-L16 algorithm with the addition +of gradient factors as implemented by Erik Baker.</p></div> +<div class="sidebarblock"> +<div class="content"> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/warning2.png" alt="Warning" /> +</td> +<td class="content">The <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner IS CURRENTLY EXPERIMENTAL +and assumes the user is already familiar with the <em>Subsurface</em> +user interface. It is explicitly used under the following conditions:</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +The user is conversant with dive planning and has the necessary training to perform + dive planning. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The user plans dives within his/her certification limits. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Dive planning makes large assumptions about the characteristics of the <em>average person</em> + and cannot compensate for individual physiology or health or personal history or + life style characteristics. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The safety of a dive plan depends heavily on the way in which the planner is used. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The user is familiar with the user interface of <em>Subsurface</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +A user who is not absolutely sure about any of the above requirements should not use + this feature. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div></div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_the_em_subsurface_em_dive_planner_screen">13.1. The <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner screen</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Like the <em>Subsurface</em> dive log, the planner screen is divided into several sections (see image below). The <strong>setup</strong> +parameters for a dive are entered into the sections on the left hand side of the screen. +They are: Available Gases, Rates, Planning, Gas Options and Notes.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>At the top right hand is a green <strong>design panel</strong> on which the profile of the dive can be +manipulated directly by dragging and clicking as explained below. This feature makes the +<em>Subsurface</em> dive planner unique in ease of use.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>At the bottom right is a text panel with a heading of <em>Dive Plan Details</em>. This is where the details of +the dive plan are provided in a way that can easily be copied to other software. This is also where +any warning messages about the dive plan are printed.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/PlannerWindow1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Dive planner startup window" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_open_circuit_dives">13.2. Open circuit dives</h3> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Towards the center bottom of the planner (circled in blue in the image above) is a dropbox with three options. Select the appropriate one of these: +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Open Circuit (the default) +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +CCR +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +pSCR +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Choose the Open Circuit option. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +In the top left-hand area of the planning screen, be sure the constant dive parameters are + appropriate. These are: Start date and time of the intended dive, Atmospheric Pressure and Altitude + above sea level of the dive site. The atmospheric pressure can also be entered as an altitude + in meters, assuming a sea-level atmospheric pressure of 1.013 bar. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +In the table labelled <em>Available Gases</em>, add the information of the cylinders to be used + as well as the gas composition within that cylinder. This is done in a similar way as for + <a href="#cylinder_definitions">providing cylinder data for dive logs</a>. Choose the cylinder type by + double clicking the cylinder type and using the dropdown list, then specify the work + pressure of this cylinder. By leaving the oxygen concentration (O2%) filed empty, + the cylinder is assumed to contain air. Otherwise enter the oxygen and/or helium + concentration in the boxes provided in this dialogue. Add additional cylinders by using the + "+" icon to the top right-hand of the dialogue. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The profile of the planned dive can be created in two ways: +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Drag the waypoints + (the small white circles) on the existing dive profile to represent the dive. Additional + waypoints can be created by double-clicking the existing dive profile. Waypoints can be deleted + by right-clicking a particular waypoint and selecting the <em>delete</em> item from the resulting + context menu. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The most efficient way to create a dive profile is to enter the appropriate values into the table + marked <em>Dive planner points</em>. The first line of the table represents the duration and the final + depth of the descent from the surface. Subsequent segments describe the bottom phase of the dive. + The <em>CC set point</em> column is only relevant for closed circuit divers. + The ascent is usually not specified because this is what the planner is supposed to calculate. + Add additional segments to the profile by selecting the "+" icon at the top right hand of the + table. Segments entered into the <em>Dive planner points</em> table automatically appear in the <strong>Dive + Profile</strong> diagram. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_recreational_dives">13.2.1. Recreational dives</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Recreational mode is what comes closest to planning a dive based on the non-decompression limit (NDL). +It computes the maximum time a diver can stay at the current depth without needing mandatory decompression +stops and without using more than the existing gas (minus a reserve). The planner automatically takes +into account the nitrogen load incurred in previous dives. But conventional dive tables are also used in a +way that can take into account previous dives. Why use a dive planner for recreational dives? Using +recreational dive tables, the maximum depth of a dive is taken into account. But few dives are +done at a constant depth corresponding to the maximum depth (i.e. a "square" dive profile). This means +dive tables overestimate the nitrogen load incurred during previous dives. The <em>Subsurface</em> +dive planner calculates nitrogen load according to the real dive profiles of all uploaded previous dives, +in a similar way as dive computers calculate nitrogen load during a dive. This means that the diver gets <em>credit,</em> +in terms of nitrogen load, for not remaining at maximum depth during +previous dives, so a longer subsequent dive can be planned. + For the planner to work it’s crucial to upload all previous dives +onto <em>Subsurface</em> before doing dive planning. +To plan a dive, the appropriate settings need to be defined.</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Ensure the date and time is set to that of the intended dive. This allows calculation of +the nitrogen load incurred during previous dives. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Immediately under the heading <em>Planning</em> are two checkboxes <em>Recreational</em> and <em>Safety Stop</em>. + Check these two boxes. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Then define the cylinder size, + the gas mixture (air or % oxygen) and the starting cylinder pressure in the top left-hand + section of the planner under <em>Available gases</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The planner calculates whether the specified cylinder contains enough air/gas to complete + the planned dive. In order for this to be accurate, under <em>Gas options</em>, specify an appropriate + surface air consumption (SAC) rate for <em>Bottom SAC</em>. Suitable values are between 15 l/min and 30 l/min, + with novice divers or difficult dives requiring SAC rates closer to 30l/min. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Define the amount of gas the cylinder must have at the end of the bottom section of the + dive just before ascent. A value of 50 bar is often used. The reason for this reserve gas is to provide for the possible + need to bring a buddy to the surface using gas sharing. How much gas is used in + sharing depends on the depth of the ascent. This can be difficult to estimate, so most agencies assume a + fixed amount of gas, or actually of pressure e.g. 40 or 50 bar or 25% or 33% (rule of thirds). But <em>Subsurface</em> can do better + because it knows about the ascent and that is why we add the amount of gas during the ascent (i.e. the "deco gas“). + Subsurface still uses a fixed pressure "reserve" but that’s supposed to be for the additional gas used when + there’s a problem and your pulse rate goes up when you start to buddy breathe. This reserve amount is user configurable. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Define the depth of the dive by dragging the waypoints (white dots) on the dive profile or + (even better) defining the appropriate depths using the table under <em>Dive planner points</em> as + desribed under the previous heading. If + this is a multilevel dive, set the appropriate dive depths to represent the dive plan by adding + waypoints to the dive profile or by adding appropriate dive planner points to the <em>Dive Planner Points</em> + table. <em>Subsurface</em> will automatically extend the bottom section of the dive to the maximum + duration within the no-decompression limits (NDL). +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The ascent speed can be changed. The default ascent speeds are those considered safe for recreational + divers. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The dive profile in the planner shows the maximum dive time within no-deco limits using the +Bühlmann ZH-L16 algorithm and the gas and depth settings specified as described above. The <em>Subsurface</em> planner +allows rapid assessment of dive duration as a function of dive depth, given the nitrogen load incurred during previous dives. The +dive plan includes estimates of the amount of air/gas used, depending on the cylinder settings specified +under <em>Available gases</em>. If the initial cylinder pressure is set to 0, the dive duration shown is the +true no-deco limit (NDL) without taking into account gas used during the dive. If the surface above the dive profile is RED +it means that recreational dive limits are exceeded and either the dive duration or the dive depth needs to be reduced.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Below is an image of a dive plan for a recreational dive at 30 meters. Although the no-deco limit (NDL) is 23 +minutes, the duration of the dive is limited by the amount of air in the cylinder. That is shown in the +text box at the bottom right of the panel, requiring sufficient air for buddy-sharing during ascent.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/rec_diveplan.jpg" alt="FIGURE: A recreational dive plan: setup" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_non_recreational_open_circuit_dives_including_decompression">13.2.2. Non-recreational open circuit dives, including decompression</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Non-recreational dive planning involves exceeding the no-deco limits and/or using multiple breathing gases. +These dives are planned in three stages:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>a) Nitrogen management</strong>: This is done by specifying the rates for descent and ascent, +as well as the deco model (GFLow, GFHigh or Conservatism level) under the headings <em>Rates</em> and <em>Planning</em> +to the bottom left of the planning screen. Two deco models are supported the Bühlmann model and the VPM-B +model. Select one of the two models. When selecting the Bühlmann model, the gradient factors (GF_high and GF_low +need to be specified. Initially, the GFHigh and GFLow values in the <em>Preferences</em> +panel of <em>Subsurface</em> is used. If these are changed within the planner (see <em>Gas Options</em> within +the planner), the new values are +used without changing the original values in the <em>Preferences</em>. +Gradient Factor settings strongly affect the calculated ceilings and their depths. +A very low GFLow value brings on decompression stops early during the dive. + ** For more information about Gradient factors, see the section on <a href="#S_GradientFactors">Gradient Factor Preference settings</a>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If the VPM-B model is selected, the Conservatism_level needs to be specified on a scale of 0 (least conservative) to 4 (most conservative). +This model tends to give deco stops at deeper levels than the Bühlmann model and often results in slightly shorter +dive durations than the Bühlmann model. When selecting one of these models, keep in mind they are NOT exact physiological models but +only mathematical models that appear to work in practice.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>For more information external to this manual see:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html">Gradient factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts</a> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="http://www.amazon.com/Deco-Divers-Decompression-Theory-Physiology/dp/1905492073/ref=sr_1_1?s=books&ie=UTF8&qid=1403932320&sr=1-1&keywords=deco+for+divers"><em>Deco for Divers</em>, by Mark Powell (2008). Aquapress</a> Southend-on-Sea, UK. ISBN 10: 1-905492-07-3. +An excellent non-technical review that discusses both the Bühlmann deco model and the VPM-B model. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The ascent rate is critical for nitrogen off-gassing at the end of the dive and is specified +for several depth ranges, using the average (or mean) depth as a yardstick. The mean depth +of the dive plan is shown by a light grey line on the dive profile. Ascent rates +at deeper levels are often in the range of 8-12 m/min, while ascent rates near the surface are +often in the range of 4-9 m/min. The descent rate is also specified. If the option <em>Drop to first depth</em> +is activated, the descent phase of the planned dive will be at the maximal descent rate specified +in the <em>Rates</em> section of the dive setup.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>b) Oxygen management</strong>: In the <strong>Gas Options</strong> part of the dive specification, the maximum partial +pressure for oxygen needs to be specified for the +bottom part of the dive (<em>bottom po2</em>) as well as for the decompression part of the dive (<em>deco po2</em>). +The most commonly +used values are 1.4 bar for the bottom part of the dive and 1.6 bar for any decompression +stages. Normally, a partial pressure of 1.6 bar is not exceeded. PO2 settings and the depth at which switching to a gas takes place can also be edited in the +<em>Available Gases</em> dialog. Normally the planner decides on switching to a new gas when, during +ascent, the partial pressure of the new gas has increased to 1.6 bar.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>c) Gas management</strong>: With open-circuit dives this is a primary +consideration. Divers need to keep within the limits of the amount of +gas within the dive +cylinder(s), allowing for an appropriate margin for a safe return to the surface, possibly +sharing with a buddy. Under the <em>Gas Options</em> heading, specify the best (but conservative) estimate +of your surface-equivalent air consumption (SAC, also termed RMV) in +liters/min (for the time being, only SI units are supported). Specify the SAC during the +bottom part of the dive (<em>bottom SAC</em>) as well as during the decompression or safety stops of the +dive (<em>deco SAC</em>). Values of 15-30 l/min are common. For good gas management, a guess +is not sufficient and you needs to +monitor gas consumption on a regular basis, dependent on different dive conditions and/or equipment. +The planner calculates the total volume of gas used during the dive and issues a warning +if you exceeds the total amount of gas available. Good practice demands that divers not dive to +the limit of the gas supply but that an appropriate reserve is kept +for unforeseen circumstances. +For technical diving, this reserve can be up to 66% of the total available gas.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Now you can start the detailed time-depth planning of the dive. <em>Subsurface</em> offers an unique +graphical interface for doing planning. Themechanics are +similar to hand-entering a dive profile in the dive log part of <em>Subsurface</em>. Upon activating the +planner, a default dive of depth 15 m for 40 min is offered in the blue design surface to the top +right hand of the screen. The white dots (waypoints) on the +profile can be dragged with a mouse. Create more waypoints by double-clicking on the profile +line and ensuring the profile reflects the intended dive. Drag the waypoints to represent +the depth and duration of the dive. It is NOT necessary to specify the ascent part of the dive +since the planner calculates this, based on the settings that have been specified. +If any of the management limits (for nitrogen, oxygen or gas) are exceeded, the surface +above the dive profile changes from BLUE to RED.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Each waypoint on the dive profile creates a <em>Dive Planner Point</em> in the table on the +left of the dive planner panel. Be sure the <em>Used Gas</em> value in each row +of that table corresponds to one of the gas mixtures specified in the <em>Available Gases</em> table. +Add new waypoints until the main features of the dive have been completed, e.g. the +bottom time segment and deep stops (if these are implemented). Leave the remaining +waypoints on the ascent to <em>Subsurface</em>. In most cases <em>Subsurface</em> +computes additional way points in order to fulfill decompression requirements for that +dive. A waypoint can be moved by selecting it and by using the arrow keys. +The waypoints listed in the <em>Dive Planner Points</em> dialogue can be edited by hand in +order to get a precise presentation of the dive plan. In fact, you can create the +whole dive profile by editing the <em>Dive Planner Points</em> dialog.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Show any changes in gas cylinder used by indicating gas changes as explained +in the section <a href="#S_CreateProfile">hand-creating a dive profile</a>. These changes should +reflect the cylinders and gas compositions defined in the table with <em>Available Gases</em>. +If two or more gases are used, automatic gas switches will be suggested during the ascent to +the surface. These changes can be deleted by right-clicking the gas change and +manually creating a gas change by right-clicking on the appropriate +waypoint.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>A non-zero value in the "CC set point" column of the table of dive planner points +indicates a valid setpoint for oxygen partial pressure and that the segment +is dived using a closed circuit rebreather (CCR). If the last manually entered +segment is a CCR segment, the decompression phase is computed assuming the diver +uses a CCR with the specified set-point. If the last segment (however +short) is on open circuit (OC, indicated by a zero set-point) the +decompression is computed in OC mode. The planner only considers gas +changes in OC mode.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Below is an example of a dive plan to 45m using EAN26, followed by an ascent using EAN50 +and using the settings as described above.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/DivePlanner2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Planning a dive: setup" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Once the above steps have been completed, save by clicking the <em>Save</em> button +towards the top middle of the planner. The saved dive plan will appear +in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel of <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>The dive plan details</strong></p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>On the bottom right of the dive planner, under <em>Dive Plan Details</em>, the exact details +of the dive plan are provided. These details may be modified by checking any of the +options under the <em>Notes</em> section of the dive planner, immediately to the left +of the <em>Dive Plan Details</em>. If a <em>Verbatim dive plan</em> +is requested, a detailed sentence-level explanation of the dive plan is given. If any +of the management specifications have been exceeded during the planning, a warning +message is printed underneath the dive plan information.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If the option <em>Display segment duration</em> is checked, then the duration of each depth +level is indicated in the <em>Dive Plan Details</em>. This duration INCLUDES the transition +time to get to that level. However, if the <em>Display transition in deco</em> option is checked, +the transitions are shown separately from the segment durations at a particular level.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_planning_pscr_dives">13.3. Planning pSCR dives</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>To plan a dive using a passive semi-closed rebreather (pSCR), select <em>pSCR</em> rather than +<em>Open circuit</em> in the dropdown list. +The parameters of the pSCR dive can be set by selecting <em>File → Preferences → Graph</em> +from the main menu, where the gas consumption calculation takes into account the pSCR dump +ratio (default 10:1) as well as the metabolism rate. The calculation also takes the oxygen drop +accross the mouthpiece of the rebreather into account. If the +pO<sub>2</sub> drops below what is considered safe, a warning appears in the <em>Dive plan +details</em>. A typical pSCR configuration is with a single cylinder and one or more bail-out +cylinders. Therefore the setup of the <em>Available gases</em> and the <em>Dive planner points</em> tables +are very similar to that of a CCR dive plan, described below. However, no oxygen setpoints +are specified for pSCR dives. Below is a dive plan for a pSCR dive. The dive is comparable +to that of the CCR dive below, but note the longer ascent duration due to the lower oxygen +in the loop due to the oxygen drop across the mouthpiece of the pSCR equipment.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Planner_pSCR1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Planning a pSCR dive: setup" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_planning_ccr_dives">13.4. Planning CCR dives</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>To plan a dive using a closed circuit rebreather, select the <em>CCR</em> option in the dropdown +list, circled in blue in the image below.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Available gases</strong>: In the <em>Available gases</em> table, enter the cylinder information for the +diluent cylinder and for any bail-out cylinders. Do NOT enter the information for the oxygen +cylinder since it is implied when the <em>CCR</em> dropdown selection is made.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Entering setpoints</strong>: Specify a default setpoint in the Preferences tab, by selecting <em>File → Preferences → Graph</em> from +the main menu. All user-entered segments in the <em>Dive planner points</em> table +use the default setpoint value. Then, different setpoints can be specified for dive segments +in the <em>Dive planner points</em> table. A zero setpoint +means the diver bails out to open circuit mode for that segment. Decompression is always calculated +using the setpoint of the last manually entered segment. So, to plan a bail out ascent for a +CCR dive, add a one-minute dive segment to the end with a setpoint value of 0. The decompression +algorithm does not switch deco-gases automatically while in CCR mode (i.e. when a positive setpoint is specified) but +this is calculated for bail out ascents.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The dive profile for a CCR dive may look something like the image below.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Planner_CCR1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Planning a CCR dive: setup" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Note that, in the <em>Dive plan details</em>, the gas consumption for a CCR segment is not calculated, +so gas consumptions of 0 liters are the norm.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_Replan">13.5. Modifying an existing dive plan</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Normally, when a dive plan has been saved, it is accessible from the <strong>Dive List</strong>, like any +other dive log. Within the <strong>Dive List</strong> there is no way to change a saved dive plan. +To change a dive plan, select it on the <strong>Dive List</strong>. Then, in the main menu, +select <em>Log → Re-plan dive</em>. This will open the selected dive plan within the dive planner, +letting changes be made and saved as usual.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>In addition, there is the option "Save new". This keeps the original +planned dive and adds a (possibly modified) copy to the dive list. If +that copy is saved with the same start time as the original, the two +dives are considered two versions of the same dive and do not +influence other each during decompression calculation (see next section).</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_planning_for_repetitive_dives">13.6. Planning for repetitive dives</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Repetitive dives can easily be planned if the dates and start times of the +repetitive dive set +are specified appropriately in the top left-hand <em>Start Time</em> field. <em>Subsurface</em> +calculates the gas loading figures and the affect of the first dive is +evaluated on later dives.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If you have just completed a long/deep dive and are planning +another dive, then highlight, in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, the dive that has just been done +then activate the planner. Depending on the start time of the planned dive, +the planner takes into account the gas loading during the completed dive +and plans accordingly.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If only a few standard configurations are used (e.g. in GUE), then a template dive can +be created conforming to one of the configurations. If you want to plan a dive using +this configuration, highlight the template dive in the <strong>Dive List</strong> and activate the +planner: the planner takes into account the configuration in the highlighted dive.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_printing_the_dive_plan">13.7. Printing the dive plan</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Selecting the <em>Print</em> button in the planner allows printing of the <em>Dive Plan Details</em> +for wet notes. You can also cut and paste the <em>Dive Plan Details</em> to +include in a text file or word processing document.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Dive plans have many characteristics in common with dive logs (dive profile, dive notes, etc). +After a dive plan has been saved, the dive details and gas calculations are saved in +the <strong>Notes</strong> tab. While a dive plan is being designed, it can be printed using +the <em>Print</em> button in the dive planner. This prints the dive details and gas calculations +in the <em>Dive Plan Details</em> panel of the dive planner. However, after the plan has been saved, it is +represented in a way very similar to a dive log and the gas calculations cannot be +accessed in the same way as during the planning process. The only way to print the +dive plan is to use the <em>File → Print</em> function on the main menu in the +same way as for dive logs or by copy and paste to a word processor.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_description_of_the_subsurface_main_menu_items">14. Description of the Subsurface Main Menu items</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>This section describes the functions and operation of the items in the Main Menu +of Subsurface. Several of the items below are links to sections of this manual +dealing with the appropriate operations.</p></div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_file">14.1. File</h3> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_NewLogbook"><em>New Logbook</em></a> - Close the currently open dive logbook and + clear all dive information. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Open logbook</em> - Open the file manager to select a dive + logbook to open. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Open cloud storage</em> - Open the dive log previously saved in <a href="#S_Cloud_storage"><em>Cloud storage</em></a>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Save</em> - Save the dive logbook currently open. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Save to cloud storage</em> - Save the current dive log to <a href="#S_Cloud_storage"><em>Cloud storage</em></a>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Save as</em> - Save the current logbook under a different file name. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Close</em> - Close the dive logbook currently open. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_ExportLog"><em>Export</em></a> - Export the currently open dive logbook (or + the selected dives in the logbook) to one of several formats. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_PrintDivelog"><em>Print</em></a> - Print the currently open logbook. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_Preferences"><em>Preferences</em></a> - Set the <em>Subsurface</em> preferences. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_FindMovedImages"><em>Find moved images</em></a> - If photos taken during dives have been moved to + a different disk or directory, locate them and link them to the appropriate dives. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_Configure"><em>Configure dive computer</em></a> - Edit the configuration of a dive computer. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Quit</em> - Quit <em>Subsurface</em>. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_import">14.2. Import</h3> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_ImportDiveComputer"><em>Import from dive computer</em></a> - Import dive information + from a dive computer. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#Unified_import"><em>Import Log Files</em></a> - Import dive information from a file in + in a <em>Subsurface</em>-compatible format. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_Companion"><em>Import GPS data from Subsurface web service</em></a> - Load GPS + coordinates from the <em>Subsurface</em> mobile phone app. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_ImportingDivelogsDe"><em>Import from Divelogs.de</em></a> - Import dive information + from <em>www.Divelogs.de</em>. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_log">14.3. Log</h3> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_EnterData"><em>Add Dive</em></a> - Manually add a new dive to the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Edit dive</em> - Edit a dive where the profile was entered by hand and not from a dive computer. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_DivePlanner"><em>Plan Dive</em></a> - Plan dives. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_Replan"><em>Edit dive in planner</em></a> - Edit a dive plan that has been saved into the <strong>Dive List</strong>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_CopyComponents"><em>Copy dive components</em></a> - Copy information + from several fields of a dive log onto the clipboard. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Paste dive components</em> - Paste, into the selected dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, + the information copied using the <em>Copy dive components</em> option. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_Renumber"><em>Renumber</em></a> - Renumber the dives listed in the <strong>Dive List</strong> + panel. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_Group"><em>Auto Group</em></a> - Group the dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel into dive + trips. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_DeviceNames"><em>Edit Device Names</em></a> - Edit the names of dive computers to coordinate your logs. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_Filter"><em>Filter divelist</em></a> - Select only some dives, based on specific tags or dive criteria. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_view">14.4. View</h3> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>All</em></a> - View the four main <em>Subsurface</em> panels + all at once. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Dive List</em></a> - View only the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Profile</em></a> - View only the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Info</em></a> - View only the <strong>Notes</strong> panel. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Globe</em></a> - View only the <strong>World Map</strong> panel. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Yearly Statistics</em> - Display summary statistics about dives during this and past + years. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Prev DC</em> - Switch to data from previous dive computer, if a single dive was logged from more than one. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Next DC</em> - Switch to next dive computer. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Full Screen</em> - Toggles Full Screen mode. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_share_on">14.5. Share on</h3> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_Facebook"><em>Facebook</em></a> - Share the currently selected dive on your Facebook timeline. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_help">14.6. Help</h3> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>About Subsurface</em> - Show a panel with the version number of <em>Subsurface</em> as + well as licensing information. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Check for updates</em> - Find out whether a newer version of Subsurface is available + on the <a href="http://subsurface-divelog.org/"><em>Subsurface</em> web site</a>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_UserSurvey"><em>User survey</em></a> - Help to make <em>Subsurface</em> even better by taking part in our user survey + or by completing another survey if your diving habits have changed. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>User manual</em> - Open a window showing this user manual. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">15. APPENDIX A: Operating system specific information for importing dive information from a dive computer.</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_make_sure_that_the_os_has_the_required_drivers_installed">15.1. Make sure that the OS has the required drivers installed</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/drivers.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">The operating system of the desktop computer needs the appropriate drivers in +order to communicate with the dive computer, the way the dive +computer prefers (e.g. Bluetooth, USB, infra-red).</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +On Linux users need to have the correct kernel + module loaded. Most distributions will do this automatically, so the + user does not need to load kernel modules. However, some communication + protocols require an additional driver, especially for rarely used + technology such as infra-red. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +On Windows, the OS should offer to download the correct + driver once the user connects the dive computer to the USB port and + operating system sees the equipment for the first time. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +On a Mac users sometimes have to manually hunt for the correct + driver. For example the correct driver for the Mares Puck + devices or any other dive computer using a USB-to-serial interface + based on the Silicon Labs CP2101 or similar chip can be found as + <em>Mac_OSX_VCP_Driver.zip</em> at the +<a href="http://www.silabs.com/support/pages/document-library.aspx?p=Interface&f=USB%20Bridges&pn=CP2101">Silicon Labs document and software repository</a>. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_HowFindDeviceName">15.2. How to Find the Device Name for USB devices and set its write permission</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/usb.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">When connecting a dive computer by using a USB connector, usually +<em>Subsurface</em> will either propose a drop down list with the +correct device name (or mount point for the Uemis Zurich), or it will +disable the device select drop down if no device name is needed at +all. In the rare cases where this doesn’t work, here are some +ways to find out what the device name is:</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">On Windows:</div><p>Simply try COM1, COM2, etc. The drop down list should contain all connected COM +devices.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">On MacOS:</div><p>The drop down box should find all connected dive computers.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">On Linux:</div><p>There is a definitive way to find the port:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Disconnect the USB cable from the dive computer +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Open a terminal +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Type the command: <em>dmesg</em> and press enter +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Plug in the USB cable of the dive computer +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Type the command: <em>dmesg</em> and press enter +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>A message similar to this one should appear:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>usb 2-1.1: new full speed USB device number 14 using ehci_hcd +usbcore: registered new interface driver usbserial +USB Serial support registered for generic +usbcore: registered new interface driver usbserial_generic +usbserial: USB Serial Driver core +USB Serial support registered for FTDI USB Serial Device +ftdi_sio 2-1.1:1.0: FTDI USB Serial Device converter detected +usb 2-1.1: Detected FT232BM +usb 2-1.1: Number of endpoints 2 +usb 2-1.1: Endpoint 1 MaxPacketSize 64 +usb 2-1.1: Endpoint 2 MaxPacketSize 64 +usb 2-1.1: Setting MaxPacketSize 64 +usb 2-1.1: FTDI USB Serial Device converter now attached to ttyUSB3 +usbcore: registered new interface driver ftdi_sio +ftdi_sio: v1.6.0:USB FTDI Serial Converters Driver</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The third line from the bottom shows that the FTDI USB adapter is +detected and connected to <code>ttyUSB3</code>. This information can now be used in +the import settings as <code>/dev/ttyUSB3</code> which directs Subsurface to the correct +USB port.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Ensuring the user has write permission to the USB serial port:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>On Unix-like operating systems the USB ports can only be accessed by users who +are members +of the <code>dialout</code> group. If one is not root, one may not be a member of +that group and +won’t be able to use the USB port. Let us assume one’s username is <em>johnB</em>.</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +As root, type: <code>usermod -a -G dialout johnB</code> (Ubuntu users: <code>sudo usermod +-a -G dialout johnB</code>) +This makes johnB a member of the <code>dialout</code> group. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Type: <code>id johnB</code> This lists all the groups that johnB belongs to and +verifies that +the appropriate group membership has been created. The <code>dialout</code> group should +be listed +among the different IDs. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Under some circumstances this change takes only effect (eg. on Ubuntu) after +one logs out and then logs in again. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>With the appropriate device name (e.g. <code>dev/ttyUSB3</code>) and with write permission +to the USB +port, the dive computer interface can connect and one should be able to import +dives.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_HowFindBluetoothDeviceName">15.3. Manually setting up Bluetooth enabled devices</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/bluetooth.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">For dive computers communicating through Bluetooth like the Heinrichs +Weikamp Frog or the Shearwater Predator, Petrel and Nerd there is a +different procedure to get the device’s name to communicate with +<em>Subsurface</em>. Follow these steps:</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<strong>For the dive computer, after enabling Bluetooth, be sure it is in Upload mode.</strong> +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>For Bluetooth pairing of the dive computer, refer to the +manufacturer’s user guide. When using a Shearwater Predator/Petrel/Nerd, select +<em>Dive Log → Upload Log</em> and wait for the <em>Wait PC</em> message.</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Pair the <em>Subsurface</em> computer with the dive computer.</strong> +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_on_windows_2">15.3.1. On Windows:</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Bluetooth is most likely already enabled. For pairing with the dive computer choose +<em>Control Panel → Bluetooth Devices → Add Wireless Device</em>. +This should bring up a dialog showing your dive computer (which should be in Bluetooth mode) and +allowing pairing. Right click on it and choose <em>Properties→ COM +Ports</em> to identify the port used for your dive computer. If there are several +ports listed, use the one saying "Outgoing" instead of "Incoming".</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>For downloading to <em>Subsurface</em>, the <em>Subsurface</em> drop-down list should contain +this COM port already. If not, enter it manually.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Note: If there are issues afterwards when downloading from the dive computer using +other software, remove the existing pairing with the dive computer.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_on_macos">15.3.2. On MacOS:</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Click on the Bluetooth symbol in the menu bar and select <em>Set up +Bluetooth Device…</em>. The dive computer should then show up in the list of devices. Select it and go +through the pairing process. This step should only be needed once for +initial setup.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Once the pairing is complete, the correct device is shown in the +<em>Device or Mount Point</em> drop-down in the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Import</strong> dialog.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_on_linux">15.3.3. On Linux</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Be sure Bluetooth is enabled on the <em>Subsurface</em> computer. +On most common distributions this should be true out of the box and +pairing should be straightforward. For instance, Gnome3 shows a +Bluetooth icon on the right of the toolbar at the top of the screen. +Users have reported difficulties with some Bluetooth controllers. If you have an onboard controller, +try that first. It is simplest if you remove any USB Bluetooth dongles. If you have a USB dongle that +came with your dive computer, try that before any others.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Setting up a connection to download dives from your Bluetooth-enabled device, such as the +<em>Shearwater Petrel</em>, is not yet an automated process and will generally require the command prompt. +It is essentially a three step process.</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Enable the Bluetooth controller and pair your dive computer +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Establish an RFCOMM connection +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Download the dives with Subsurface +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Ensure the dive computer is in upload mode. On the <em>Shearwater Petrel</em>, <em>Petrel 2</em> and <em>Nerd</em> +cycle through the menu, select <em>Dive Log</em>, then <em>Upload Log</em>. The display will read <em>Initializing</em>, then +<em>Wait PC 3:00</em> and will countdown. Once the connection is established, the display reads <em>Wait CMD …</em> +and the countdown continues. When downloading the dive from Subsurface, the display reads <em>Sending</em> then +<em>Sent Dive</em>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>To establish the connection, establish root access through <code>sudo</code> or <code>su</code>. +The correct permission is required to download the dives in the computer. On most Linux systems this means becoming +a member of the dialout group (This is identical as for many dive computers using a Linux USB port, described +in the previous section). On the command terminal, enter:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><code>sudo usermod -a -G dialout username</code></p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Then log out and log in for the change to take effect.</p></div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_enabling_the_bluetooth_controller_and_pairing_your_dive_computer">Enabling the Bluetooth controller and pairing your dive computer</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Attempt to set up the Bluetooth controller and pair your dive computer using the graphical +environment of the operating system. After setting the dive computer to upload mode, click the Bluetooth icon in the system tray +and select <em>Add new device</em>. The dive computer should appear. If asked for a password, enter 0000. +Write down or copy the MAC address of your dive computer - this needed later and should be in the form 00:11:22:33:44:55.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If the graphical method doesn’t work, pair the device from the command line. Open a terminal +and use <code>hciconfig</code> to check the Bluetooth controller status</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>$ hciconfig +hci0: Type: BR/EDR Bus: USB + BD Address: 01:23:45:67:89:AB ACL MTU: 310:10 SCO MTU: 64:8 + *DOWN* + RX bytes:504 acl:0 sco:0 events:22 errors:0 + TX bytes:92 acl:0 sco:0 commands:21 errors:0</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>This indicates a Bluetooth controller with MAC address 01:23:45:67:89:AB, connected as hci0. +Its status is <em>DOWN</em>, i.e. not powered. Additional controllers will appear as hci1, etc. +If there is not a Bluetooth dongle plugged in upon booting the computer, hci0 is probably the onboard. +Now power on the controller and enable authentication:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>sudo hciconfig hci0 up auth+ (enter password when prompted) +hciconfig +hci0: Type: BR/EDR Bus: USB + BD Address: 01:23:45:67:89:AB ACL MTU: 310:10 SCO MTU: 64:8 + *UP RUNNING PSCAN AUTH* + RX bytes:1026 acl:0 sco:0 events:47 errors:0 + TX bytes:449 acl:0 sco:0 commands:46 errors:0</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Check that the status now includes <code><em>UP</em>, <em>RUNNING</em> AND <em>AUTH</em></code>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If there are multiple controllers running, it’s easiest to off the unused controller(s). For example, for <code>hci1</code>:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>sudo hciconfig hci1 down</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Next step is to <em>trust</em> and <em>pair</em> the dive computer. On distros with Bluez 5, such as Fedora 22, +one can use a tool called <code>blutootctl</code>, which will bring up its own command prompt.</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>bluetoothctl +[NEW] Controller 01:23:45:67:89:AB localhost.localdomain [default] +[bluetooth]# agent on +Agent registered +[bluetooth]# default-agent +Default agent request successful +[bluetooth]# scan on <----now set your dive computer to upload mode +Discovery started +[CHG] Controller 01:23:45:67:89:AB Discovering: yes +[NEW] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Petrel +[bluetooth]# trust 00:11:22:33:44:55 <----you can use the tab key to autocomplete the MAC address +[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Trusted: yes +Changing 00:11:22:33:44:55 trust succeeded +[bluetooth]# pair 00:11:22:33:44:55 +Attempting to pair with 00:11:22:33:44:55 +[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Connected: yes +[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 UUIDs: 00001101-0000-1000-8000-0089abc12345 +[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Paired: yes +Pairing successful +[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Connected: no</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If asked for a password, enter 0000. It’s ok if the last line says <em>Connected: no</em>. The important part +is the line above, <code>Pairing successful</code>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If the system has Bluez version 4 (e.g. Ubuntu 12.04 through to 15.04), there is probably not a +<code>bluetoothctl</code>, but a script called <code>bluez-simple-agent</code> or just <code>simple-agent</code>.</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>hcitool -i hci0 scanning +Scanning ... + 00:11:22:33:44:55 Petrel + bluez-simple-agent hci0 00:11:22:33:44:55</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Once ther dive computer is pired, set up the RFCOMM connection</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_establishing_the_rfcomm_connection">Establishing the RFCOMM connection</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The command to establish an RFCOMM connection is:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><code>sudo rfcomm -i <controller> connect <dev> <bdaddr> [channel]</code></p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<code><controller></code> is the Bluetooth controller, <code>hci0</code>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<code><dev></code> is the RFCOMM device file, <code>rfcomm0</code> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<code><bdaddr></code> is the dive computer’s MAC address, <code>00:11:22:33:44:55</code> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<code>[channel]</code> is the dive computer’s Bluetooth channel we need to connect to. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If one omits it, channel 1 is assumed. Based on a limited number of user reports, +the appropriate channel for the dive computer is probably:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Shearwater Petrel 1</em>: channel 1 +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Shearwater Petrel 2</em>: channel 5 +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Shearwater Nerd</em>: channel 5 +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Heinrichs-Weikamp OSTC Sport</em>: channel 1 +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>E.g. to connect a <em>Shearwater Petrel 2</em>, set the dive computer to upload mode and enter:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>sudo rfcomm -i hci0 connect rfcomm0 00:11:22:33:44:55 5 (enter a password, probably 0000, when prompted)</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>This gives the response:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>Connected /dev/rfcomm0 to 00:11:22:33:44:55 on channel 5 +Press CTRL-C for hangup</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>To connect a _Shearwater Petrel 1+ or + HW OSTC Sport+, set the dive computer to upload mode and enter:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>sudo rfcomm -i hci0 connect rfcomm0 00:11:22:33:44:55 (enter a password, probably 0000, when prompted) +Connected /dev/rfcomm0 to 00:11:22:33:44:55 on channel 1 +Press CTRL-C for hangup</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If the specific channel the dive computer needs is not known, or the channel in the list above doesn’t +work, the command <code>sdptool records</code> should help determine the appropriate channel. The output +below is for a <em>Shearwater Petrel 2</em>.</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>sdptool -i hci0 records 00:11:22:33:44:55 +Service Name: Serial Port +Service RecHandle: 0x10000 +Service Class ID List: + "Serial Port" (0x1101) + Protocol Descriptor List: + "L2CAP" (0x0100) + "RFCOMM" (0x0003) + Channel: 5</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>For a Bluetooth dive computer not in the list above, or if the channel listed is not correct, please +let the Subsurface developers know on the user forum or the developer mailing list <em>subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org</em>.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_download_the_dives_with_subsurface">Download the dives with Subsurface</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>After establishing the RFCOMM connection and while the dive computer’s upload mode countdown is still running, go to_Subsurface_, select <em>Import→Import from dive computer</em> and enter appropriate Vendor (e.g. <em>Shearwater</em>), Dive Computer (<em>Petrel</em>), Device or Mount Point (<em>/dev/rfcomm0</em>) and click <em>Download</em>.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">16. APPENDIX B: Dive Computer specific information for importing dive data.</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_ImportUemis">16.1. Importing from Uemis Zurich</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/iumis.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content"><em>Subsurface</em> downloads the information +stored on the SDA (the built-in file system of the Uemis) including +information about dive spots and +equipment. Buddy information is not yet downloadable. +Things are very similar to a normal USB-connected dive computer +(the Uemis is one of those that recharge when connected to the USB port). +The main difference is that you don’t enter a +device name, but instead the location where the UEMISSDA file system is +mounted once connected to the dive computer. On Windows this is a drive letter ( +often <em>E:</em> or <em>F:</em>), on a Mac this is +<em>/Volumes/UEMISSDA</em> and on Linux systems this differs depending on the +distribution. On Fedora it usually is +<em>/var/run/media/<your_username>/UEMISSDA</em>. In all cases <em>Subsurface</em> +should suggest the correct location in the drop down list.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting the above device name, download the +dives from the Uemis Zurich. One technical issue with the Uemis Zurich +download implementation (this is a Uemis firmware limitation, not a +<em>Subsurface</em> issue) is that you cannot download more than about 40-50 +dives without running out of memory on the SDA. This will usually only +happen the very first time you download dives from the Uemis Zurich. +Normally when downloading at the end of a day or even after a dive +trip, the capacity is sufficient. If <em>Subsurface</em> displays an error +that the dive computer ran out of space, the solution is straightforward. +Disconnect the SDA, turn it off and on again, and reconnect +it. You can now retry (or start a new download session) and the +download will continue where it stopped previously. You +may have to do this more than once, depending on how many dives are +stored on the dive computer.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_ImportingGalileo">16.2. Importing from Uwatec Galileo</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/Galileo.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">The Uwatec Galileo dive computers use infra red (IrDA) communication +between the dive computer and Subsurface. The Uwatec hardware uses +a USB dongle based on the serial infra-red (SIR) protocol and the +MSC7780 IrDA controller manufactured by MosChip +and marketed by Scubapro and some electronics companies. +Under Linux, the kernel +already provides for communication using the IrDA protocol. However, +the user additionally needs to load a driver for the IrDA interface +with the dive computer. The easiest way is to load the <strong>irda-tools</strong> +package from the <a href="http://irda.sourceforge.net/docs/startirda.html">Linux IrDA Project</a>. +After the installation of the irda-tools, the <strong>root user</strong> can specify a device name +from the console as follows: +<code>irattach irda0</code></td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>After executing this command, Subsurface will recognize the Galileo +dive computer and download dive information.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Under Windows, a similar situation exists. Drivers for the MCS7780 are +available from some Internet web sites e.g. +<a href="http://www.drivers-download.com/Drv/MosChip/MCS7780/">www.drivers-download.com</a>. Windows-based IrDA +drivers for the Uwatec can also be downloaded from the ScubaPro web site, with drivers located on +the download page for the ScubaPro SmartTrak software.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>For the Apple Mac, IrDA communication via the MCS7780 link is not +available for OSX 10.6 or higher.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_ImportingDR5">16.3. Importing from Heinrichs Weikamp DR5</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/HW_DR5.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">When mounted as a USB drive the Heinrichs Weikamp DR5 saves a single UDDF file +for every dive. +Mark all the dives you’d like to import or open. +Note: The DR5 does not seem to store gradient factors nor deco information, so +for <em>Subsurface</em> it is not possible to display them. Adjust the gradient +factors in the <em>Graph Settings</em> in <em>Subsurface</em> to generate a deco overlay in the +<em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel but please note that the deco calculated by +<em>Subsurface</em> will most likely differ from the one displayed on the DR5.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_ImportingXDeep">16.4. Importing from xDEEP BLACK</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/HW_xdeepblack.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Each dive has to be individually saved as UDDF file using "Export UDDF" option in BLACK’s logbook menu. +When mounted as a USB drive UDDF files are available in LOGBOOK directory. +Note: The xDEEP BLACK saves NDL time but does not seem to store gradient factors nor deco information, so +for <em>Subsurface</em> it is not possible to display them. Adjust the gradient +factors in the <em>Graph Settings</em> in <em>Subsurface</em> to generate a deco overlay in the +<em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel but please note that the deco calculated by +<em>Subsurface</em> will most likely differ from the one displayed on the xDEEP BLACK.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_importing_from_shearwater_predator_petrel_nerd_using_bluetooth">16.5. Importing from Shearwater Predator/Petrel/Nerd using Bluetooth</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/predator.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Specific instructions for downloading dives using Bluetooth are given in the section above, <a href="#S_Bluetooth"><em>Connecting Subsurface to a Bluetooth-enabled dive computer</em></a>.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_PoseidonMkVI">16.6. Importing from Poseidon MkVI Discovery</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/MkVI.jpeg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Download of dive logs from the MkVI is performed using a custom communications +adapter and the <em>Poseidon PC Configuration Software</em>, obtained when purchasing +the MKVI equipment. The latter is a Windows application allowing configuration +of equipment and storage of dive logs. Communication between dive computer and +desktop computer utilizes the IrDA infra-red protocol. Only data for one dive +can be downloaded at a time, in three files:</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Setup configuration for the dive and key dive parameters (file with a .txt + extension) +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Dive log details (file with a .csv extension) +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Redbook format dive log (file with .cvsr extension). This is a compressed + version of the dive log using a proprietary format. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> accesses the .txt and the .csv files to get dive log information.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_importing_from_apd_inspiration_evolution_ccr">16.7. Importing from APD Inspiration/Evolution CCR</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/APDComputer.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">The dive logs of an APD Inspiration or similar CCR dive computer are downloaded using +a communications adapter and <em>AP Communicator</em>, obtained when +purchasing the equipment. The dive logs can be viewed using the <em>AP Log Viewer</em>, +within Windows or Mac/OS. However, APD logs can be viewed and managed from within +<em>Subsurface</em> (together with dives using many other types of dive computer). The +APD inspiration dive logs are imported into <em>Subsurface</em> as follows:</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Download the dive using <em>AP Communicator</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Open a dive within the <em>AP Log Viewer</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Select the tab at the top of the screen, entitled "<em>Data</em>". +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +With the raw dive log data show on the screen, click on "<em>Copy to Clipboard</em>". +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Open a text editor, e.g. Notepad (Windows) or TextWrangler (Mac). +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Copy the contents of the clipboard into the text editor and save the text file + with a filename extension of <em>.apd</em> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Within <em>Subsurface</em>, select <em>Import → Import log files</em> to open the <a href="#Unified_import">universal import dialogue</a>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +In the dropdown list towards the bottom right of the dialogue (labeled <em>Filter:</em>), select "APD log viewer". +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +On the list of file names select the <em>.apd</em> file created. An import + dialogue opens showing the default settings for the data in the +<em>.apd</em> file. If changes are required, + do this as for <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">CSV imports</a>. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/APD_CSVimportF22.jpg" alt="Figure: APD log viewer import" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +The top left hand dropdown box in the import panel lets you select the APD dive computer + for which the dive log needs to be imported. The default it is DC1, <em>i.e.</em> the + first of the two dive computers the APD uses. It is possible to sequentially + import the data for both dive computers by first importing CD1 and then DC2.(<strong>Hint</strong>: The logs + for the two dive computers are viewed by selecting <em>View → Next DC</em> from + the Main Menu after the uploading has been completed) +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Click the <em>Ok</em> button at the bottom of the import panel. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The APD dive log will appear within <em>Subsurface</em>. The dive computer- generated ceiling +provided by the Inspiration can be viewed by selecting the appropriate +button on the left of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. Cylinder pressure data are not logged +by the APD equipment but can be manually entered in the <em>Equipment</em> Tab.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_appendix_c_exporting_dive_log_information_from_external_dive_log_software">17. APPENDIX C: Exporting Dive log information from external dive log software.</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The import of dive log data from external dive log software is mostly performed +using +the dialogue found by selecting <em>Import</em> from the Main Menu, then clicking on +<em>Import Log Files</em>. This is a single-step process, more information about which +can be found +<a href="#Unified_import">here.</a> +However, in some cases, a two-step process may be required:</p></div> +<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> +<li> +<p> +Export the foreign dive log data to format that is accessible from + <em>Subsurface</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Import the accessible dive log data into <em>Subsurface</em>. +</p> +</li> +</ol></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>This appendix provides some information about approaches to export dive log +data from foreign +dive log software. The procedures below mostly apply to Linux and/or Windows.</p></div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_ImportingDivesSuunto">17.1. Exporting from <strong>Suunto Divemanager (DM3, DM4 or DM5)</strong></h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/suuntologo.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">DiveManager is a MS Windows application for Suunto dive computers. +Divemanager 3 (DM3) is an older version of the Suunto software. More recent +Suunto dive computers use Divemanager version 4 or 5 (DM4 or DM5). The +different versions of Divemanager use different methods and different file naming +conventions to export dive log data.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemanager 3 (DM3):</strong></p></div> +<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> +<li> +<p> +Start <em>Suunto Divemanager 3</em> and log in with the name containing the logs +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Do not start the import wizard to import dives from the dive computer. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +In the navigation tree on the left side of the program-window, select the appropriate + dives. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Within the list of dives, select the dives you would like to import later: +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +To select certain dives: hold <em>ctrl</em> and click the dive +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +To select all dives: Select the first dive, hold down shift and + select the last dive +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +<li> +<p> +With the dives marked, use the program menu <em>File → Export</em> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The export pop-up will show. Within this pop-up, there is one field called <em>Export Path</em>. +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Click the browse button next to the field Export Path +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +A file-manager like window pops up +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Navigate to the directory for storing the + Divelog.SDE file +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Optionally change the name of the file for saving +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Click <em>Save</em> +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Back in the Export pop-up, press the button <em>Export</em> +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The dives are now exported to the file Divelog.SDE. +</p> +</li> +</ol></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemanager 4 (DM4) and Divemanager 5 (DM5):</strong></p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>DM4 and DM5 use identical mechanisms for exporting dive logs. +To export a divelog from Divemanager you need to locate the DM4/DM5 database +where the dives are stored. You can either look for the original +database or make a backup of the dives. Both methods are described here.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Locating the Suunto DM4 (or DM5) database:</p></div> +<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> +<li> +<p> +Start Suunto DM4/DM5 +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Select <em>Help → About</em> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Click <em>Copy</em> after text <em>Copy log folder path to clipboard</em> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Open Windows Explorer +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Paste the address to the path box at the top of the File Explorer +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The database is called DM4.db or DM5.db +</p> +</li> +</ol></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Making a backup copy of the Suunto DM4/DM5 database:</p></div> +<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> +<li> +<p> +Start Suunto DM4/DM5 +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Select <em>File - Create backup</em> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +From the file menu select the location and name for the backup, we’ll + use DM4 (or DM5) in here with the default extension .bak +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Click <em>Save</em> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The dives are now exported to the file DM4.bak (or DM5.bak) +</p> +</li> +</ol></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_exporting_from_atomic_logbook">17.2. Exporting from Atomic Logbook</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock" id="Atomic_Export"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/atomiclogo.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Atomic Logbook is a Windows software by Atomic Aquatics. It allows +downloading of dive information from Cobalt and Cobalt 2 dive computers. +The divelog is kept in a SQLite database at +C:\ProgramData\AtomicsAquatics\Cobalt-Logbook\Cobalt.db. This file can +be directly imported to Subsurface.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_exporting_from_mares_dive_organiser_v2_1">17.3. Exporting from Mares Dive Organiser V2.1</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock" id="Mares_Export"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/mareslogo.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Mares Dive Organizer is a Windows application. The dive log is kept as a +Microsoft SQL Compact Edition database with a <em>.sdf</em> filename extension. The +database includes all Dive Organizer-registered divers on the particular +computer and all Mares dive computers used. The safest way to get a copy +of the dive database is to export the information to another compatible format +which can then be imported into <em>Subsurface</em>.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> +<li> +<p> +Within Dive Organizer, select + <em>Database → Backup</em> from the main menu and back up the database to the desk + top. + This creates a zipped file DiveOrganizerxxxxx.dbf. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Rename the file to + DiveOrganizerxxxxx.zip. Inside the zipped directory is a file + <em>DiveOrganizer.sdf</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Extract the <em>.sdf</em> file from the zipped folder to your Desktop. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The password for accessing the .zip file is <em>mares</em>. +</p> +</li> +</ol></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_ImportingDivingLog">17.4. Exporting from <strong>DivingLog 5.0 and 6.0</strong></h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/divingloglogo.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">The best way to bring your logs from DivingLog to Subsurface is to +convert the whole database. This is because other export formats do not +include all the details, and would lack, for example, gas switches and +information of what units are used. With database import, all this +information is included and readily available.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>To transfer all files from DivingLog to Subsurface:</p></div> +<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> +<li> +<p> +In DivingLog open the <em>File → Export → SQLite</em> menu +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Select <em>Settings</em> button +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Set the <em>RTF2Plaintext</em> to <em>true</em> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Close the Settings dialog +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Click <em>Export</em> button and select the filename +</p> +</li> +</ol></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Once this is done, open the saved database file with Subsurface and the +dives are automatically converted to Subsurface’s own format. Last step to do is +save the log file in Subsurface.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_appendix_d_exporting_a_spreadsheet_to_csv_format">18. APPENDIX D: Exporting a spreadsheet to CSV format</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph" id="S_Appendix_D"><p>Many divers keep a dive log in some form of digital file, commonly a spreadsheet +with various fields of information. These logs can be easily imported into <em>Subsurface</em> after the +spreadsheet is converted in a .CSV file. +This section explains the procedure to convert a diving logbook stored in a spreadsheet +to a .CSV file that will later be imported to <em>Subsurface</em>. +Creating a .CSV is straightforward, although the procedure is somewhat different +according to which spreadsheet program is used.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Organize the diving data in the spreadsheet, so the first row +contains the names (or titles) of each column and the information for each dive is stored in a single row. +<em>Subsurface</em> supports many data items (Dive number, Date, +Time, Duration, Location, GPS, Max Depth, Mean Depth, Buddy, Notes, Weight and Tags). +Organize dive data following a few simple rules:</p></div> +<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> +<li> +<p> +Date: use one of the following formats: yyyy-mm-dd, dd.mm.yyyy, mm/dd/yyyy +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Duration: the format should be minutes:seconds. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Unit system: only one unit system should be used (no mix of imperial and metric units) +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Tags and buddies: values should be separated using a comma. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +GPS position: use decimal degrees, e.g. 30.22496 30.821798 +=== <em>LibreOffice Calc</em> and <em>OpenOffice Calc</em> +</p> +</li> +</ol></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>These are open source spreadsheet applications forming parts of larger open source office suite applications. The user interaction with <em>LibreOffice</em> and <em>OpenOffice</em> is very similar. +In Libreoffice Calc the time format should be set to minutes:seconds - [mm]:ss and dates should be set to one of: yyyy-mm-dd, dd.mm.yyyy, mm/dd/yyyy. A typical dive log may look like this:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/LOffice_spreadsheetdata.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Spreadsheet data" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>To export the data as a .CSV file from within LibreOffice click <em>File → Save As</em>. On the dialogue that comes up, select the <em>Text CSV (.csv)</em> as the file type and select the option <em>Edit filter settings</em>.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/LOffice_save_as_options.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Save as options" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting <em>Save</em>, select the appropriate field delimiter (choose <em>Tab</em> to prevent conflicts with the comma when using this as a decimal point), then select <em>OK</em>.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/LOffice_field_options.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Field options" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Double check the .CSV file by opening it with a text editor, and then import the dive data as explained on the section <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importing CSV dives</a>.</p></div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_microsoft_em_excel_em">18.1. Microsoft <em>Excel</em></h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The field delimiter (called "<em>list separator</em>" in Microsoft manuals) is not accessible +from within <em>Excel</em> and needs to be set through the <em>Microsoft Control Panel</em>. After changing the +separator character, all software on the Windows machine uses the new character as a separator. +You can change the character back to the default character by following the same procedure, outlined below.</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +In Microsoft Windows, click the <strong>Start</strong> button, then select <em>Control Panel</em> from the list on the right-hand side. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Open the <em>Regional and Language Options</em> dialog box. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Do one of the following: +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +In Windows 7, click the <em>Formats</em> tab, and then click <em>Customize this format</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +In Windows XP, click the <em>Regional Options</em> tab, and then click <em>Customize</em>. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Type a new separator in the <em>List separator</em> box. To use a TAB-delimited file, type the word TAB in the box. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Click <em>OK</em> twice. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Below is an image of the <em>Control Panel</em>:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Win_SaveCSV2.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Win List separator" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>To export the dive log in CSV format:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>With the dive log opened in <em>Excel</em>, select the round Windows button at the top left, then <em>Save As</em>.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Win_SaveCSV1.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Excel save as option" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Click on the left-hand part of the <em>Save as</em> option, NOT on the arrow on the right-hand. This brings up a dialogue for saving the +spreadsheet in an alternative format. From the dropdown list at the +bottom of the dialogue, marked <em>Save as Type:</em>, select <em>CSV(Comma delimited) (*.CSV)</em>. Be sure the appropriate folder has been +selected to save the CSV file into.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Win_SaveCSV3.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Excel save CSV dialogue" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Select the <em>Save</em> button. The CSV-formatted file is saved into the +folder that was selected. You can double check the .CSV file by +opening it with a text editor, then import the dive data as +explained on the section <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importing CSV dives</a>.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_APPENDIX_E">19. APPENDIX E: Writing a custom print template</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> has a way to create or modify templates for printing dive logs to +produce customized printouts of them. Templates written in HTML, as well as a simple +Grantlee instruction set, are rendered to the print device by <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Templates are accessed using the print dialogue (see image <strong>B</strong> below).</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Print1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print dialogue" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The buttons under the <em>Template</em> dropdown box lets you <em>Edit</em>, <em>Delete</em>, +<em>Import</em> and <em>Export</em> templates (see image <strong>A</strong> above). New or modified templates are stored as HTML +files in the same directory as the dive log being processed. In order to create or modify +a template, select one of the templates from the template dropdown list in the print dialogue +(see image <strong>B</strong> above). Choose an existing template that resembles the final desired printout. Then select <em>Edit</em>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The Edit Panel has three tabs:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Template1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: template edit dialogue" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>1) The <em>Style</em> tab (image <strong>A</strong> above) controls the font, line spacing and color template used for printing the dive log. + The style attributes are editable. Choose one of the four color palettes used for color printing.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>2) The <em>Colors</em> tab (image <strong>B</strong> above) allows editing the colors used for printing the dive log. The colors are highly + customizable: the <em>Edit</em> buttons in the <em>Colors</em> tab allows choosing arbitrary colors for different + components of the dive log printout.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>3) The <em>Template</em> tab of the Edit Panel (see image below) allows creating a template using HTML as well as a few + Grantlee programming primitives. Grantlee can create and format HTML code in + a highly simple but efficient way (see below). The HTML of the template can be edited and saved. The saved + template is stored in the same directory as the dive being processed. By default, a <em>Custom</em> + template is a skeleton with no specific print instructions. The information printed + needs to be specified and formatted in the template by replacing the section marked with: + "<!-- Template must be filled -→". Writing HTML code with Grantlee instructions allows unlimited + freedom in determining what is printed and in which way it should be rendered.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Template2_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Template tab" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>You can adapt any of the existing templates and save it to the dive log directory. The standard templates (e.g. One dive, Six dives, +Table) can be modified in this way. After completing the edits, use the <em>Export</em> button in the print +dialogue to save the new template using a new template name.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>To write a custom template, the following elements must exist so the template will be correctly handled and rendered.</p></div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_main_dive_loop">19.1. Main dive loop</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> exports a dive list called (<strong>dives</strong>) to the <em>Grantlee</em> back end. It is possible to iterate over the list as follows: +.template.html</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code> {% for dive in dives %} + <h1> {{ dive.number }} </h1> + {% endfor %}</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="title">output.html</div> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code> <h1> 1 </h1> + <h1> 2 </h1> + <h1> 3 </h1></code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Additional information about <em>Grantlee</em> can be found at <a href="http://www.grantlee.org/apidox/for_themers.html">here</a></p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_grantlee_exported_variables">19.2. Grantlee exported variables</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Only a subset of the dive data is exported:</p></div> +<div class="tableblock"> +<table rules="all" +width="100%" +frame="border" +cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4"> +<col width="50%" /> +<col width="50%" /> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Name</strong></p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Description</strong></p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">number</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) dive number</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">id</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) unique dive ID, should be used to fetch the dive profile</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">date</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) date of the dive</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">time</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) time of the dive</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">location</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) location of the dive</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">duration</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) duration of the dive</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">depth</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) depth of the dive</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">divemaster</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) dive master for the dive</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">buddy</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) buddy for the dive</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">airTemp</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) air temperature of the dive</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">waterTemp</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) water temperature of the dive</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">notes</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) dive notes</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">rating</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) dive rating which ranges from 0 to 5</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">sac</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) SAC value for the dive</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">tags</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) list of dive tags for the dive</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">gas</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) list of gases used in the dive</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">suit</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) the suit used for the dive</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">cylinders</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) complete information of all used cylinders</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">cylinder0-7</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) information about a specific cylinder</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">weights</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) complete information of all used weight systems</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">weight0-5</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) information about a specific weight system</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">maxcns</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) maxCNS value for the dive</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">otu</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) OTU value for the dive</p></td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> also exports <strong>template_options</strong> data. This data must be used as <em>CSS</em> values to provide a dynamically +editable template. The exported data is shown in the following table:</p></div> +<div class="tableblock"> +<table rules="all" +width="100%" +frame="border" +cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4"> +<col width="50%" /> +<col width="50%" /> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Name</strong></p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Description</strong></p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">font</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) font family</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">borderwidth</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) border-width value dynamically calculated as 0.1% of the page width with minimum value of 1px</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">font_size</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>double</strong>) size of fonts in vw, ranges between 1.0 and 2.0</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">line_spacing</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>double</strong>) distance between text lines, ranges between 1.0 and 3.0</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color1</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) background color</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color2</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) primary table cell color</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color3</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) secondary table cell color</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color4</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) primary text color</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color5</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) secondary text color</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color6</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) border colors</p></td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> +</div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="title">template.html</div> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code> border-width: {{ template_options.borderwidth }}px;</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="title">output.html</div> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code> border-width: 3px;</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Another variable that <em>Subsurface</em> exports is <strong>print_options</strong>. This variable contains a single member:</p></div> +<div class="tableblock"> +<table rules="all" +width="100%" +frame="border" +cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4"> +<col width="50%" /> +<col width="50%" /> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Name</strong></p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Description</strong></p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">grayscale</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Use <em>CSS</em> filters to convert the page into grayscale (should be added to body style to enable printing grayscale prints)</p></td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> +</div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="title">template.html</div> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code> body { + {{ print_options.grayscale }}; + }</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="title">output.html</div> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code> body { + -webkit-filter: grayscale(100%); + }</code></pre> +</div></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_defined_css_selectors">19.3. Defined CSS selectors</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>As the dive profile is placed after rendering, <em>Subsurface</em> uses special <em>CSS</em> selectors to searche +in the HTML output. The <em>CSS</em> selectors in the following table should be added.</p></div> +<div class="tableblock"> +<table rules="all" +width="100%" +frame="border" +cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4"> +<col width="33%" /> +<col width="33%" /> +<col width="33%" /> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Selector</strong></p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Type</strong></p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Description</strong></p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">dive_{{ dive.id }}</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">id</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">is used to fetch the relevant dive profile</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">diveProfile</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">class</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">each dive that will contain a dive profile should have this class selector in addition to the dive_{{ dive.id }} id selector</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">dontbreak</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">class</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">prevents the dive with this class from being divided into two pages. This can be used +in flow layout templates only (when data-numberofdives = 0)</p></td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="./images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Rendering dive profiles is not supported for flow layout templates (when data-numberofdives = 0).</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_special_attributes">19.4. Special attributes</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>There are two ways of rendering- either rendering a specific number of dives in each page or make <em>Subsurface</em> try to +fit as many dives as possible into one page (<em>flow</em> rendering).</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>data-numberofdives</strong> data attribute is added to the body tag to set the rendering mode.</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +render 6 dives per page: +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code> <body data-numberofdives = 6></code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +render as much dives as possible: +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code> <body data-numberofdives = 0></code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="./images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" /> +</td> +<td class="content">All CSS units should be in relative lengths only, to support printing on any page size.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_appendix_f_faqs">20. APPENDIX F: FAQs.</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_APPENDIX_F">20.1. Subsurface appears to miscalculate gas consumption and SAC</h3> +<div class="paragraph" id="SAC_CALCULATION"><p><em>Question</em>: I dived with a 12.2 l tank, starting with 220 bar and ending with 100 bar, and I calculate a different SAC compared what <em>Subsurface</em> calculates. Is <em>Subsurface</em> +miscalculating?</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Answer</em>: Not really. What happens is that <em>Subsurface</em> actually calculates gas +consumption differently - and better - than you expect. +In particular, it takes the incompressibility of the gas into account. +Traditionally, gas consumption and SAC should be: +<code>consumption = tank size x (start pressure - end pressure)</code></p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>and that’s true for an ideal gas, and it’s what you get taught in dive theory. +But an "ideal gas" doesn’t actually exist, and real gases actually don’t compress +linearly with pressure. Also, you are missing the fact that one atmosphere of +pressure isn’t actually one bar. +So the <strong>real</strong> calculation is:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><code>consumption = (amount_of_air_at_beginning - amount_of_air_at_end)</code></p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>where the amount of air is <strong>not</strong> just "tank size times pressure in bar". +It’s a combination of: "take compressibility into account" (which is a fairly +small issue under 220 bar - you’ll see more differences when you do high-pressure +tanks with 300bar) and "convert bar to atm" (which is the majority of your discrepancy). +Remember: one ATM is ~1.013 bar, so without the compressibility, your gas use is:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><code>12.2*((220-100)/1.013)</code></p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>which is about 1445, not 1464. So there was 19 l too much in your simple +calculation that ignored the difference between 1 bar and one ATM. +The compressibility does show up above 200 bar, and takes that 1445 down +about eight litres more, so you really did use only about 1437 l of air at surface pressure.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>So be happy: your SAC really is better than your calculations indicated. +Or be sad: your cylinder contains less air than you thought it did. +And as mentioned, the "contains less air than you thought it did" really +starts becoming much more noticeable at high pressure. A 400 bar really does not +contain twice as much air as a 200 bar one. At lower pressures, air acts pretty much like an ideal gas.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_some_dive_profiles_have_time_discrepancies_with_the_recorded_samples_from_my_dive_computer_8230">20.2. Some dive profiles have time discrepancies with the recorded samples from my dive computer…</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> ends up ignoring surface time for many things (average depth, divetime, SAC, etc). +<em>Question</em>: Why do dive durations in my dive computer differ from that given by <em>Subsurface</em>?</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Answer</em>: For example, if you end up doing a weight check (deep enough to trigger the "dive started") +but then come back up and wait five minutes for your buddies, your dive computer may say +that your dive is 50 minutes long - because you have fifty minutes worth of samples - but +subsurface will say it’s 45 minutes - because you were actually diving for 45 minutes. +It’s even more noticeable if you do things like divemastering the initial OW dives, when +you may stay in the water for a long time, but spend most of it at the surface. And then +you don’t want that to count as some kind of long dive”.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_some_dive_profiles_are_missing_from_the_download">20.3. Some dive profiles are missing from the download</h3> +<div class="paragraph" id="DC_HISTORY"><p><em>Question</em>: I cannot download all my dives, only the most recent ones, +even though my dive computer’s manual states that it records history of +e.g. 999 dives? +<em>Answer</em>: Dive history is different than the dive profiles on the log. +The history only keeps track of the total number of dives and total +amount of time spent below surface. The logs, on the other hand, store +the dive profile, but they have a limited amount of memory to do so. The +exact amount of dive profiles that can be stored on the device depends on +sample interval and duration of the dives. Once the memory is full the +oldest dives get overwritten with new dives. Thus we are only able to +download the last 13, 30 or 199 dives.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If you have downloaded your dives to different dive logging software +before they were overwritten, there is a good chance that Subsurface can +import these. However, if the logs are only on your dive computer, they +cannot be salvaged after being overwritten by new dives.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div id="footnotes"><hr /></div> +<div id="footer"> +<div id="footer-text"> +Last updated 2015-12-16 06:35:54 PST +</div> +</div> +</body> +</html> diff --git a/Documentation/user-manual_es.html.git b/Documentation/user-manual_es.html.git index c1dac8401..0d555636c 100644 --- a/Documentation/user-manual_es.html.git +++ b/Documentation/user-manual_es.html.git @@ -1,6955 +1,6955 @@ -<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
- "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd">
-<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en">
-<head>
-<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="application/xhtml+xml; charset=UTF-8" />
-<meta name="generator" content="AsciiDoc 8.6.9" />
-<title></title>
-<style type="text/css">
-/*
- * compact_subsurface.css, a special style sheet for Subsurface,
- * modified by Willem Ferguson and derived from:
- * compact.css, version 1.3 by Alex Efros <powerman@powerman.name>
- * Licence: Public Domain
- *
- * Usage: asciidoc -a theme=compact_subsurface ...
- */
-
-* { padding: 0; margin: 0; }
-img { border: 0; }
-
-/*** Layout ***/
-
-body { margin: 10px 20px; }
-#header br { display: none; }
-#revnumber { display: block; }
-#toc { margin: 1em 0; }
-.toclevel2 { margin-left: 1em; }
-.toclevel3 { margin-left: 2em; }
-#footer { margin-top: 2em; }
-
-#preamble .sectionbody,
-h2,
-h3,
-h4,
-h5 { margin: 1em 0 0 0; }
-
-.admonitionblock,
-.listingblock,
-.sidebarblock,
-.exampleblock,
-.tableblock,
-.literalblock { margin: 1em 0; }
-.admonitionblock td.icon { padding-right: 0.5em; }
-.admonitionblock td.content { padding-left: 0.5em; }
-.listingblock .content { padding: 0.5em; }
-.sidebarblock > .content { padding: 0.5em; }
-.exampleblock > .content { padding: 0 0.5em; }
-.tableblock caption { padding: 0 0 0.5em 0; }
-.tableblock thead th,
-.tableblock tbody td,
-.tableblock tfoot td { padding: 0 0.5em; }
-.quoteblock { padding: 0 2.0em; }
-
-.paragraph { margin: 1em 0 0 0; }
-.sidebarblock .paragraph:first-child,
-.exampleblock .paragraph:first-child,
-.admonitionblock .paragraph:first-child { margin: 0; }
-
- .ulist, .olist, .dlist, .hdlist, .qlist { margin: 1em 0; }
-li .ulist, li .olist, li .dlist, li .hdlist, li .qlist,
-dd .ulist, dd .olist, dd .dlist, dd .hdlist, dd .qlist { margin: 0; }
-ul { margin-left: 1.5em; }
-ol { margin-left: 2em; }
-dd { margin-left: 3em; }
-td.hdlist1 { padding-right: 1em; }
-
-/*** Fonts ***/
-
-body { font-family: Verdana, sans-serif; }
-#header { font-family: Arial, sans-serif; }
-#header h1 { font-family: Arial, sans-serif; }
-#footer { font-family: Georgia, serif; }
-#email { font-size: 0.85em; }
-#revnumber { font-size: 0.75em; }
-#toc { font-size: 0.9em; }
-#toctitle { font-weight: bold; }
-#footer { font-size: 0.8em; }
-
-h2, h3, h4, h5, .title { font-family: Arial, sans-serif; }
-h2 { font-size: 1.5em; }
-.sectionbody { font-size: 0.85em; }
-.sectionbody .sectionbody { font-size: inherit; }
-h3 { font-size: 159%; } /* 1.35em */
-h4 { font-size: 141%; } /* 1.2em */
-h5 { font-size: 118%; } /* 1em */
-.title { font-size: 106%; /* 0.9em */
- font-weight: bold;
- }
-
-tt, .monospaced { font-family: monospace; font-size: 106%; } /* 0.9em */
-dt, td.hdlist1, .qlist em { font-family: Times New Roman, serif;
- font-size: 118%; /* 1em */
- font-style: italic;
- }
-.tableblock tfoot td { font-weight: bold; }
-
-/*** Colors and Backgrounds ***/
-
-h1 { color: #527bbd; border-bottom: 2px solid silver; }
-#footer { border-top: 2px solid silver; }
-
-h2 { color: #527bbd; border-bottom: 2px solid silver; }
-h3 { color: #5D7EAE; border-bottom: 2px solid silver; }
-h3 { display: inline-block; }
-h4,h5 { color: #5D7EAE; }
-
-.admonitionblock td.content { border-left: 2px solid silver; }
-.listingblock .content { background: #f4f4f4; border: 1px solid silver; border-left: 5px solid #e0e0e0; }
-.sidebarblock > .content { background: #ffffee; border: 1px solid silver; border-left: 5px solid #e0e0e0; }
-.exampleblock > .content { border-left: 2px solid silver; }
-.quoteblock { border-left: 5px solid #e0e0e0; }
-.tableblock table {
- border-collapse: collapse;
- border-width: 3px;
- border-color: #527bbd;
-}
-.tableblock table[frame=hsides] { border-style: solid none; }
-.tableblock table[frame=border] { border-style: solid; }
-.tableblock table[frame=void] { border-style: none; }
-.tableblock table[frame=vsides] { border-style: none solid; }
-.tableblock table[rules=all] tbody tr *,
-.tableblock table[rules=rows] tbody tr * {
- border-top: 1px solid #527bbd;
-}
-.tableblock table[rules=all] tr *,
-.tableblock table[rules=cols] tr * {
- border-left: 1px solid #527bbd;
-}
-.tableblock table tbody tr:first-child * {
- border-top: 1px solid white; /* none don't work here... %-[] */
-}
-.tableblock table tr *:first-child {
- border-left: none;
-}
-.tableblock table[frame] thead tr *,
-.tableblock table[frame] thead tr * {
- border-top: 1px solid white;
- border-bottom: 2px solid #527bbd;
-}
-.tableblock table tr td p.table,
-.tableblock table tr td p.table * {
- border: 0px;
-}
-
-tt, .monospaced { color: navy; }
-
-li { color: #a0a0a0; }
-li > * { color: black; }
-
-span.aqua { color: aqua; }
-span.black { color: black; }
-span.blue { color: blue; }
-span.fuchsia { color: fuchsia; }
-span.gray { color: gray; }
-span.green { color: green; }
-span.lime { color: lime; }
-span.maroon { color: maroon; }
-span.navy { color: navy; }
-span.olive { color: olive; }
-span.purple { color: purple; }
-span.red { color: red; }
-span.silver { color: silver; }
-span.teal { color: teal; }
-span.white { color: white; }
-span.yellow { color: yellow; }
-
-span.aqua-background { background: aqua; }
-span.black-background { background: black; }
-span.blue-background { background: blue; }
-span.fuchsia-background { background: fuchsia; }
-span.gray-background { background: gray; }
-span.green-background { background: green; }
-span.lime-background { background: lime; }
-span.maroon-background { background: maroon; }
-span.navy-background { background: navy; }
-span.olive-background { background: olive; }
-span.purple-background { background: purple; }
-span.red-background { background: red; }
-span.silver-background { background: silver; }
-span.teal-background { background: teal; }
-span.white-background { background: white; }
-span.yellow-background { background: yellow; }
-
-span.big { font-size: 2em; }
-span.small { font-size: 0.6em; }
-
-span.underline { text-decoration: underline; }
-span.overline { text-decoration: overline; }
-span.line-through { text-decoration: line-through; }
-
-/*** Misc ***/
-
-.admonitionblock td.icon { vertical-align: top; }
-.attribution { text-align: right; }
-
-ul { list-style-type: disc; }
-ol.arabic { list-style-type: decimal; }
-ol.loweralpha { list-style-type: lower-alpha; }
-ol.upperalpha { list-style-type: upper-alpha; }
-ol.lowerroman { list-style-type: lower-roman; }
-ol.upperroman { list-style-type: upper-roman; }
-.hdlist td { vertical-align: top; }
-
-
-@media screen {
- body {
- max-width: 50em; /* approximately 80 characters wide */
- margin-left: 16em;
- }
-
- #toc {
- position: fixed;
- top: 0;
- left: 0;
- bottom: 0;
- width: 13em;
- padding: 0.5em;
- padding-bottom: 1.5em;
- margin: 0;
- overflow: auto;
- border-right: 3px solid #f8f8f8;
- background-color: white;
- }
-
- #toc .toclevel1 {
- margin-top: 0.5em;
- }
-
- #toc .toclevel2 {
- margin-top: 0.25em;
- display: list-item;
- color: #aaaaaa;
- }
-
- #toctitle {
- margin-top: 0.5em;
- }
-}
-</style>
-<script type="text/javascript">
-/*<+'])');
- // Function that scans the DOM tree for header elements (the DOM2
- // nodeIterator API would be a better technique but not supported by all
- // browsers).
- var iterate = function (el) {
- for (var i = el.firstChild; i != null; i = i.nextSibling) {
- if (i.nodeType == 1 /* Node.ELEMENT_NODE */) {
- var mo = re.exec(i.tagName);
- if (mo && (i.getAttribute("class") || i.getAttribute("className")) != "float") {
- result[result.length] = new TocEntry(i, getText(i), mo[1]-1);
- }
- iterate(i);
- }
- }
- }
- iterate(el);
- return result;
- }
-
- var toc = document.getElementById("toc");
- if (!toc) {
- return;
- }
-
- // Delete existing TOC entries in case we're reloading the TOC.
- var tocEntriesToRemove = [];
- var i;
- for (i = 0; i < toc.childNodes.length; i++) {
- var entry = toc.childNodes[i];
- if (entry.nodeName.toLowerCase() == 'div'
- && entry.getAttribute("class")
- && entry.getAttribute("class").match(/^toclevel/))
- tocEntriesToRemove.push(entry);
- }
- for (i = 0; i < tocEntriesToRemove.length; i++) {
- toc.removeChild(tocEntriesToRemove[i]);
- }
-
- // Rebuild TOC entries.
- var entries = tocEntries(document.getElementById("content"), toclevels);
- for (var i = 0; i < entries.length; ++i) {
- var entry = entries[i];
- if (entry.element.id == "")
- entry.element.id = "_toc_" + i;
- var a = document.createElement("a");
- a.href = "#" + entry.element.id;
- a.appendChild(document.createTextNode(entry.text));
- var div = document.createElement("div");
- div.appendChild(a);
- div.className = "toclevel" + entry.toclevel;
- toc.appendChild(div);
- }
- if (entries.length == 0)
- toc.parentNode.removeChild(toc);
-},
-
-
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Footnotes generator
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-/* Based on footnote generation code from:
- * http://www.brandspankingnew.net/archive/2005/07/format_footnote.html
- */
-
-footnotes: function () {
- // Delete existing footnote entries in case we're reloading the footnodes.
- var i;
- var noteholder = document.getElementById("footnotes");
- if (!noteholder) {
- return;
- }
- var entriesToRemove = [];
- for (i = 0; i < noteholder.childNodes.length; i++) {
- var entry = noteholder.childNodes[i];
- if (entry.nodeName.toLowerCase() == 'div' && entry.getAttribute("class") == "footnote")
- entriesToRemove.push(entry);
- }
- for (i = 0; i < entriesToRemove.length; i++) {
- noteholder.removeChild(entriesToRemove[i]);
- }
-
- // Rebuild footnote entries.
- var cont = document.getElementById("content");
- var spans = cont.getElementsByTagName("span");
- var refs = {};
- var n = 0;
- for (i=0; i<spans.length; i++) {
- if (spans[i].className == "footnote") {
- n++;
- var note = spans[i].getAttribute("data-note");
- if (!note) {
- // Use [\s\S] in place of . so multi-line matches work.
- // Because JavaScript has no s (dotall) regex flag.
- note = spans[i].innerHTML.match(/\s*\[([\s\S]*)]\s*/)[1];
- spans[i].innerHTML =
- "[<a id='_footnoteref_" + n + "' href='#_footnote_" + n +
- "' title='View footnote' class='footnote'>" + n + "</a>]";
- spans[i].setAttribute("data-note", note);
- }
- noteholder.innerHTML +=
- "<div class='footnote' id='_footnote_" + n + "'>" +
- "<a href='#_footnoteref_" + n + "' title='Return to text'>" +
- n + "</a>. " + note + "</div>";
- var id =spans[i].getAttribute("id");
- if (id != null) refs["#"+id] = n;
- }
- }
- if (n == 0)
- noteholder.parentNode.removeChild(noteholder);
- else {
- // Process footnoterefs.
- for (i=0; i<spans.length; i++) {
- if (spans[i].className == "footnoteref") {
- var href = spans[i].getElementsByTagName("a")[0].getAttribute("href");
- href = href.match(/#.*/)[0]; // Because IE return full URL.
- n = refs[href];
- spans[i].innerHTML =
- "[<a href='#_footnote_" + n +
- "' title='View footnote' class='footnote'>" + n + "</a>]";
- }
- }
- }
-},
-
-install: function(toclevels) {
- var timerId;
-
- function reinstall() {
- asciidoc.footnotes();
- if (toclevels) {
- asciidoc.toc(toclevels);
- }
- }
-
- function reinstallAndRemoveTimer() {
- clearInterval(timerId);
- reinstall();
- }
-
- timerId = setInterval(reinstall, 500);
- if (document.addEventListener)
- document.addEventListener("DOMContentLoaded", reinstallAndRemoveTimer, false);
- else
- window.onload = reinstallAndRemoveTimer;
-}
-
-}
-asciidoc.install(3);
-/*]]>*/
-</script>
-</head>
-<body class="article">
-<div id="header">
-</div>
-<div id="content">
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Subsurface4Banner.jpg" alt="Banner" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><span class="big">MANUAL DE USUARIO</span></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Autores</strong>: Willem Ferguson, Jacco van Koll, Dirk Hohndel, Reinout Hoornweg,
-Linus Torvalds, Miika Turkia, Amit Chaudhuri, Jan Schubert, Salvador Cuñat,
-Pedro Neves</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><span class="BLUE"><em>Versión 4.5, Septiembre 2015</em></span></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Bienvenido como usuario de <em>Subsurface</em>, un avanzado programa de registro de
-inmersiones con extensa infraestructura para describir, organizar e
-interpretar buceos en apnea o con botella. <em>Subsurface</em> ofrece muchas ventajas
-sobre otras soluciones de software similares:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-¿Necesitas una forma flexible de registrar inmersiones usando equipo
-recreativo, incluso aunque no uses ordenador?
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-¿Utilizas dos ordenadores de buceo diferentes, cada uno con su software
-propietario para descargar los diarios de buceo? ¿Buceas con reciclador y con
-circuito abierto o equipo recreativo? ¿Usas un bottom-timer junto a un ordenador
-de buceo? <em>Subsurface</em> ofrece una interfaz estándar para descargar diarios de
-buceo desde todas estas piezas de equipo y para almacenarlos y analizarlos en un
-sistema unificado.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-¿Usas más de un sistema operativo? <em>Subsurface</em> es totalmente compatible con
-Mac, Linux y Windows permitiéndote acceder a tu registro de buceo de de la
-misma forma desde cualquiera de estos sistemas operativos.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-¿Utilizas Linux o Mac pero tu ordenador de buceo solo tiene software basado en
-Windows para descargar la información de buceo (p.e. Mares)? <em>Subsurface</em> te
-proporciona una manera de almacenar y analizar las inmersiones en otro sistema
-operativo.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-¿Necesitas un planificador de inmersiones gráfico que sea intuitivo, tenga
-en cuenta las inmersiones ya guardadas y se integre con ellas?
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-¿Necesitas una forma de guardar tus divelogs en internet, que te permita
-visualizarlo desde cualquier parte, simplemente usando un navegador web?
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Hay binarios disponibles para PCs con Windows (XP o posterior), Macs basados en
-Intel (OS/X) y muchas distribuciones de Linux. <em>Subsurface</em> puede compilarse
-para muchas otras plataformas de hardware y entornos de software en los que
-estén disponibles Qt y libdivecomputer.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>El ámbito de este documento es el uso del programa <em>Subsurface</em>. Para instalar
-el software, consulta la página Descargas en <a href="http://subsurface-divelog.org/">la
-web</a>. Por favor, comenta los problemas que tengas con este programa enviando un
-mail a <a href="mailto:subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org">nuestra lista de correo</a> e informa de
-fallos en <a href="http://trac.hohndel.org">nuestro bugtracker</a>. Para instrucciones acerca
-de como compilar el software y (en caso necesario) sus dependencias, por favor,
-consulta el archivo INSTALL incluido con el código fuente.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Audiencia</strong>: Buceadores recreativos, Buceadores en apnea, Buceadores técnicos,
-Buceadores profesionales.</p></div>
-<div id="toc">
- <div id="toctitle">Table of Contents</div>
- <noscript><p><b>JavaScript must be enabled in your browser to display the table of contents.</b></p></noscript>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_utilizar_este_manual">1. Utilizar este manual</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Cuando se abre desde dentro de <em>Subsurface</em> este manual no tiene controles
-externos para paginar o seleccionar páginas anteriores, sin embargo se
-proporcionan dos utilidades:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-La función <em>BUSCAR</em> se activa pulsando control-F o command-F en el teclado.
-Aparecerá una ventana de texto al pié de la ventana (ver imagen a continuación).
-Por ejemplo, si se tecleó la palabra "<em>lastre</em>" en la casilla de búsqueda, se
-buscará esta palabra por todo el manual. A la derecha de la casilla de texto
-hay dos flechas, una hacia arriba y otra hacia abajo. Pulsándolas se irá a la
-anterior o posterior aparición de la palabra buscada.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/usermanualfunctions.jpg" alt="User manual functions" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>LINK ANTERIOR/POSTERIOR</em>. Se puede navegar entre links (palabras resaltadas
-que permiten saltar a secciones específicas del manual) haciendo clic-derecho
-en el texto. Esto muestra un menú contextual que permite navegar a links
-del manual visitados anteriormente (ver imagen anterior). Por ejemplo, si se
-ha seleccionado un link del manual, la opción <em>Atrás</em> muestra el texto del
-último link seleccionado. A la inversa, la opción <em>Adelante</em> permite saltar
-al texto visitado antes de usar la opción <em>Atrás</em>. La opción <em>Recargar</em> hace
-que se recargue el manual completo en la ventana.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_UserSurvey">2. La Encuesta de Usuarios</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Para poder desarrollar <em>Subsurface</em> de una forma que sirva a sus usuarios de la
-mejor manera posible, es importante tener alguna información de los mismos. Al
-abrir <em>Subsurface</em> tras haberlo usado una semana más o menos,
-se desplegará una encuesta al usuario. Es completamente opcional y el usuario
-controla que datos se enviarán al equipo de desarrollo de <em>Subsurface</em>, si es
-que se envía alguno. Cualquier dato que el usuario decida enviar será
-extremadamente útil, y solo se usará para dirigir el desarrollo futuro y
-personalizar el software a medida de los usuarios de <em>Subsurface</em>. Si se
-completa la encuesta o se hace clic en la opción "No preguntarme de nuevo, será
-la última comunicación de esta naturaleza que se reciba. Sin embargo, si cambian
-nuestros hábitos o los de <em>Subsurface</em> y se desea volver a enviar la encuesta,
-se puede hacer lanzando <em>Subsurface</em> desde la línea de comandos con la opción
---survey.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_StartUsing">3. Empezar a usar el programa</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>La ventana <em>Subsurface</em> está, habitualmente, dividida en cuatro paneles con un
-<strong>Menú principal</strong> (Archivo Importar Registro Vista Ayuda) en la parte superior
-(en Windows y Linux) o en la parte superior de la pantalla (en Mac y Ubuntu
-Unity). Los cuatro paneles son:</p></div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-La <strong>Lista de inmersiones</strong> abajo a la izquierda. Contienen una lista de todos
-los buceos en tu registro. Puedes seleccionar y resaltar una inmersión de la
-lista haciendo clic sobre ella. En casi todos los casos también se pueden
-utilizar las teclas de cursor arriba/abajo para cambiar de inmersión. La Lista
-de Inmersiones es una herramienta importante para manipular un diario de
-inmersiones.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-El <strong>Mapa</strong> abajo a la derecha, muestra los lugares de buceo del usuario en un
-mapamundi y aparece centrado en el punto de la última inmersión seleccionada de
-la <strong>Lista de Inmersiones</strong>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-La <strong>Información</strong> arriba a la izquierda, presentando
-información más detallada de la inmersión seleccionada en la <strong>Lista de
-inmersiones</strong>, incluyendo algunas estadísticas de la inmersión seleccionada o de
-todas las inmersiones resaltadas.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-El <strong>Perfil de la inmersión</strong> arriba a la derecha, muestra un perfil gráfico
-del buceo seleccionado en la <strong>Lista de inmersiones</strong>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Los divisores que hay entre los paneles pueden arrastrarse para modificar el
-tamaño de cualquiera de ellos. <em>Subsurface</em> recuerda la posición de los
-divisores, así, la próxima vez que se inicie <em>Subsurface</em> utiliza las posiciones
-utilizadas la vez anterior.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Si se selecciona una única inmersión en la <strong>Lista de inmersiones</strong>, se muestra su
-ubicación, información detallada y su perfil en sus paneles respectivos. Por
-otra parte, si uno selecciona más de un buceo, el último resaltado actuará como
-<em>inmersión seleccionada</em>, pero los datos resumidos de las <em>inmersiones
-resaltadas</em> se mostrarán en la pestaña <strong>Estadísticas</strong> del panel <strong>Información</strong>
-(máximas, mínimas y medias de profundidades, duraciones,
-temperaturas del agua, consumos de gases; el tiempo total y el número de
-inmersiones seleccionadas).</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" id="S_ViewPanels" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/main_window_f22.jpg" alt="La ventana principal" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>El usuario puede elegir cual de los cuatro paneles se mostrará seleccionando la
-opción <strong>Vista</strong> en el menú principal, la cual le presentará varias opciones de
-visualización:</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Todo</strong>: muestra los cuatro paneles como en la captura de pantalla de arriba.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Lista de inmersiones</strong>: Solo muestra la lista de buceos.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Perfil</strong>: Muestra solo el perfil de inmersión del buceo seleccionado.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Info</strong>: Solo muestra las notas sobre la última inmersión seleccionada y
-estadísticas para todas las resaltadas.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Globo</strong>: Solo muestra el mapamundi centrado en la última inmersión seleccionada.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Como muchas otras funciones que pueden accederse desde el Menú Principal, estas
-opciones también pueden lanzarse utilizando atajos de teclado. Los atajos para
-un sistema en particular se muestran con un subrallado en las entradas del menú.
-Ya que los diferentes Sistemas Operativos y el lenguaje seleccionado por el
-usuario pueden hacer que <em>Subsurface</em> utilice diferentes atajos, no intentaremos
-listarlos en este manual.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Al iniciar el programa por primera vez no muestra ninguna información. Esto se
-debe a que el programa no tiene ninguna información disponible. En las secciones
-siguientes se describirán los procedimientos para crear un nuevo registro.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_NewLogbook">4. Crear un nuevo diario</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Selecciona <em>Archivo → Nuevo Registro</em> en el menú principal. Todos los datos de
-buceo existentes se borran para poder añadir nueva información. Si hubieran
-datos no guardados en un diario abierto, al usuario se le preguntará si desea
-guardar el diario abierto antes de crear uno nuevo.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_GetInformation">5. Guardar información en el diario de buceo</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Ahora que se ha creado un nuevo diario, es simple añadirle datos de buceo.
-<em>Subsurface</em> permite varias maneras distintas de añadir información a un diario,
-todas las cuales las veremos en detalle en las secciones
-siguientes.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>1) Si el usuario tiene un diario en papel, una hoja de cálculo u otra
-forma de diario manual, se pueden añadir los datos de una de estas formas:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Introducir la información de buceo a mano. Esto es útil si el buceador no
-usa un ordenador de buceo y las inmersiones se guardaban en un diario
-escrito. Ver <a href="#S_EnterData">Introducir información de buceo a mano</a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Importar datos de buceo que se han guardado bien como hoja de cálculo o
-bien como un archivo CSV. Ver el <a href="#S_Appendix_D">APÉNDICE D: Exportar una hoja de cáculo a formato CSV</a>
-y el texto <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importar buceos de archivos <em>CSV</em> creados a mano</a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>2) Si el usuario ya tiene inmersiones registradas con un ordenador de buceo,
-el perfil de profundidad del buceo y otra gran cantidad de información ya está
-disponible.Estas inmersiones pueden importarse de las siguientes formas:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-El propio ordenador de buceo. Ver <a href="#S_ImportDiveComputer">Importar nueva información desde un ordenador de buceo</a>)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Software propietario distribuido por los fabricantes de los ordenadores de
- buceo.
- Ver <a href="#S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs">Importar información de inmersiones de otras fuentes u otros formatos de datos</a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_EnterData">5.1. Introducir información de buceo a mano</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Este es habitualmente el caso para inmersiones sin ordenador de buceo. La unidad
-básica de información en <em>Subsurface</em> es una inmersión. La información más
-importante en un diario de inmersiones incluye, habitualmente, el tipo de
-inmersión, fecha, hora, duración, profundidad, los nombres de los compañeros de
-buceo o el dive master o el guía, y algunas anotaciones acerca de la inmersión.
-<em>Subsurface</em> puede conservar mucha más información por cada inmersión. Para
-añadir una inmersión a un registro de buceo, selecciona <em>Registro → Añadir
-Inmersión</em> en el menú principal. El programa muestra entonces tres paneles para
-introducir información: Dos pestañas en el panel <strong>Información</strong>
-(<strong>Notas</strong> y <strong>Equipo</strong>), así como el panel perfil que muestra un
-perfil gráfico de cada buceo. Estos paneles estan marcados respectivamente como
-<span class="red">A</span>, <span class="red">B</span> y <span class="red">C</span> en la figura de abajo. Ahora veremos cada una de
-las pestañas usadas para introducir la información.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/AddDive1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Añadir inmersión" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Al editar un campo de los paneles <em>Notas</em> o <em>Equipo</em>, <em>Subsurface</em>
-entra en el modo de edición. Esto se indica con el mensaje en un recuadro azul
-en la parte de arriba del panel <strong>Notas</strong>. Este mensaje se
-muestra en todos los paneles dependientes de <em>Notas</em> mientras
-se esté en modo de edición.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/BlueEditBar_f22.jpg" alt="Blue edit bar" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>El botón <em>Aplicar cambios</em> solo debería utilizarse cuando todas las partes de la
-inmersión hayan sido rellenadas. Cuando se introduzcan inmersiones a mano,
-deberían haberse completado las pestañas <em>Información</em>, <em>Equipo</em> y <em>Perfil</em>
-antes de guardar la información. Al seleccionar el botón <em>Aplicar cambios</em>, se guarda
-en memoria una copia local de la información. Al salir de <em>Subsurface</em>, el
-programa preguntará de nuevo, esta vez si se guarda el diario completo en el
-disco o no.</p></div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_CreateProfile">5.1.1. Crear un perfil de inmersión</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>EL <strong>Perfil de la Inmersión</strong> (una representación gráfica de la profundidad de
-buceo en función del tiempo) se muestra en el panel de arriba a la derecha de la
-ventana de <em>Subsurface</em> . Cuando se añade manualmente una inmersión a un diario,
-<em>Subsurface</em> presenta un perfil por defecto que necesita modificarse para
-representar mejor el buceo que se está describiendo.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DiveProfile1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Perfil de inmersión inicial" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Modificar el perfil de la inmersión</em>: Cuando se mueve el cursor por el perfil,
-su posición se indica por dos líneas de colores (roja y verde), como se muestra
-a continuación. La profundidad y el tiempo se indican en el cajetín negro de
-información. Las
-unidades (métricas/imperiales) de los ejes vienen determinadas por los ajustes
-de las Preferencias. El perfil de la inmersión comprende varios segmentos
-definidos por puntos de referencia (puntos en blanco en el perfil, como los que
-se muestran arriba). La profundidad por defecto es de 15m.
-Si la profundidad de la inmersión fue de 20m, el usuario tiene que arrastrar los
-puntos de referencia adecuados hacia abajo hasta que representen los 20m. Para
-añadir un punto hay que hacer doble clic en cualquier segmento. Para borrar un
-punto de referencia, hacer clic-derecho sobre él y seleccionar "Borrar este
-punto" del menú contextual. También se necesitará arrastrar los puntos para
-representar una duración adecuada del buceo. A continuación hay un perfil de
-inmersión que representa un buceo a 20m durante 30 minutos, seguido de una
-parada de seguridad de 5 minutos a 5m.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DiveProfile2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Perfil de buceo editado" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Especificar la composición del gas</em>: La composición del gas usado se indica
-claramente a lo largo de los segmentos del perfil. Esta resulta, por defecto, en
-la primera mezcla de gases especificada en la pestaña <strong>Equipo</strong>, que era aire en
-el caso del perfil ilustrado arriba. Las mezclas de gases de los segmentos del
-perfil pueden editarse, Esto se hace clicando en la descripción del gas para un
-punto de referencia concreto y eligiendo la mezcla apropiada del menú
-contextual. Cambiar el gas de un punto de referencia afecta al gas mostrado a la
-izquierda <em>a la izquierda</em> del punto. Nótese que únicamente los gases definidos
-en la pestaña <strong>Equipo</strong> aparecen en el menú contextual (ver imagen a continuación).</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DiveProfile3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Menú contextual de la composición del gas" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Habiendo sido definido el perfil, se deben añadir más detalles para tener un
-registro más completo del buceo. Para hacer esto, deberían utilizarse las
-pestañas <strong>Notas</strong> y <strong>Equipo</strong> arrriba a la izquierda en la ventana de <em>Subsurface</em>.
-Haz clic en <a href="#S_Notes_dc"><strong>este enlace</strong></a> para ver instrucciones acerca del
-uso de estas pestañas.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_ImportDiveComputer">5.2. Importar nueva información desde un ordenador de buceo</h3>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_conectar_e_importar_datos_desde_un_ordenador_de_buceo">5.2.1. Conectar e importar datos desde un ordenador de buceo.</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>El uso de ordenadores de buceo permite recoger una gran cantidad de información
-de cada inmersión, por ejemplo un registro detallado de la profundidad,
-duración, ratios de ascenso/descenso y de presiones parciales de los gases.
-<em>Subsurface</em> puede capturar esta información y presentarla como parte de la
-información de la inmersión. <em>Subsurface</em> puede obtener información de un amplio
-abanico de ordenadores de buceo, la última lista de los cuales puede encontrarse
-en:
-<a href="http://subsurface-divelog.org/documentation/supported-dive-computers/">Ordenadores de buceo soportados.</a></p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/warning2.png" alt="Warning" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Algunos ordenadores de buceo consumen más energía cuando están en modo
-comunicación-PC. <strong>Esto puede descargar la batería del ordenador de buceo</strong>. Así
-pues, recomendamos que el usuario verifique si su ordenador está recargando
-mientras está conectado al puerto USB de un PC. Por ejemplo, varios ordenadores
-Suunto y Mares no recargan a través de de la conexión USB. Los usuarios deberían
-consultar el manual de su ordenador de buceo si no están seguros de si recargará
-o descargará sus baterías mientras está conectado al puerto USB.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Para importar información desde un ordenador de buceo al PC con <em>Subsurface</em> es
-necesario que ambas piezas de equipo estén comunicadas. Esto requiere ajustar el
-puerto de comunicaciones (o el punto de montaje) del PC con <em>Subsurface</em> que
-conecta con el ordenador de buceo. Para poder ajustar esta comunicación, es
-necesario encontrar la información adecuada para indicar a <em>Subsurface</em> donde y
-como importar la información. El
-<a href="#_apendice_a_informacion_especifica_del_sistema_operativo_para_importar_inmersiones_desde_un_ordenador_de_buceo">Apéndice A</a>
-proporciona información técnica para ayudarte a conseguir esto en diferentes
-sistemas operativos y el
-<a href="#_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">Apéndice B</a>
-contiene información específica de ordenadores de buceo.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Ahora es el momento de conectar el ordenador de buceo al PC del usuario, para
-lo que hay que seguir estos pasos:</p></div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-Conectar el cable de conexión a un puerto USB libre (o activar la conexión
- infrarroja o bluetooth como describiremos más adelante en este manual).
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Poner el ordenador de buceo en modo de comunicación con PC. Consulta el
- manual de tu ordenador de buceo en concreto.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-En <em>Subsurface</em>, desde el Menú principal, seleccionar Importar → Importar del
- ordenador de buceo. Aparecerá el diálogo <strong>A</strong> en la figura a continuación:
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DC_import_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Diálogo de descarga 1" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Los ordenadores de buceo tienden a mantener un cierto número de inmersiones en
-su memoria, incluso cuando estas inmersiones ya han sido importadas a
-<em>Subsurface</em>. Por este motivo <em>Subsurface</em> solo importa buceos que no han sido
-descargados previamente, si el ordenador de buceo lo permite. Esto hace que el
-proceso de descarga sea más rápido en la mayoría de ordenadores de buceo y
-ahorra batería en el ordenador (por lo menos en aquellos que no cargan mientras
-están conectados vía USB).</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-El diálogo tiene dos listas desplegables, <strong>Vendedor</strong> y <strong>Ordenador de buceo</strong>.
- En la lista desplegable <strong>Vendedor</strong> se selecciona la marca del ordenador, p.e.
- Suunto, Oceanic, Uwatec, Mares. En el desplegable <strong>Ordenador de buceo</strong>, se
- selecciona el modelo del ordenador, p.e. D4 (Suunto), Veo200 (Oceanic) o Puck
- (Mares).
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-El desplegable <strong>Dispositivo o punto de montaje</strong> contiene el nombre del puerto
- USB o Bluetooth que <em>Subsurface</em> necesita conocer para comunicarse con el
- ordenador de buceo. Debe seleccionarse el nombre de puerto apropiado. Consultar
- el
- <a href="#_apendice_a_informacion_especifica_del_sistema_operativo_para_importar_inmersiones_desde_un_ordenador_de_buceo">Apéndice A</a>
- y <a href="#_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">Apéndice B</a>
- para detalles técnicos de como encontrar la información apropiada sobre
- puertos, para un ordenador en concreto y, en algunos casos, como hacer los
- ajustes correctos al Sistema Operativo del ordenador que ejecuta <em>Subsurface</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Si todas las inmersiones del ordenador de buceo han de descargarse, hay que
- seleccionar la casilla Forzar descarga de todas las inmersiones. Normalmente
- <em>Subsurface</em> solo descarga las inmersiones posteriores a la fecha/hora de la
- última inmersión del panel <strong>Lista de inmersiones</strong>. Si una o más de sus
- inmersiones en <em>Subsurface</em> se han borrado accidentalmente o si hay buceos más
- antiguos que todavía necesitan descargarse del ordenador de buceo, debe
- activarse esta casilla. Algunos ordenadores (p.e. Mares Puck) no facilitan una
- lista de contenido antes de la descarga para poder seleccionar solo las
- inmersiones nuevas. En consecuencia, para estos ordenadores de buceo, se
- descarga la totalidad de los buceos.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Si se ha seleccionado la casilla <em>Preferir siempre inmersiones descargadas</em> y,
- durante la descarga, existen inmersiones con idénticas fechas/horas en el
- ordenador de buceo y en el panel <strong>Lista de inmersiones</strong> de <em>Subsurface</em> , se
- sobrescribirá la inmersión de <em>Subsurface</em> con los datos del ordenador de buceo.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>NO</strong> seleccionar las casillas etiquetadas <em>Guardar registro de
- libdivecomputer</em> y <em>Guardar volcado de libdivecomputer</em>. Estas opciones se
- utilizan como herramientas diagnósticas cuando se experimentan problemas con las
- descargas (ver a continuación).
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Ahora pulsar el botón <em>Descargar</em>.
- Con la comunicación establecida puede verse como se transfiere la información
- del ordenador de buceo. Dependiendo del ordenador de buceo y/o el número de
- inmersiones guardadas, esto podría llevar algún tiempo. El usuario debe ser
- paciente. El diálogo <em>Descarga</em> muestra una barra de progreso en la parte
- inferior de la ventana (en algunos ordenadores de buceo la información del
- progreso puede ser imprecisa al no poder determinarse cuantos datos había hasta
- haberse descargado). Tras una descarga correcta, aparecerá el diálogo <strong>B</strong> de
- la imagen anterior. Las inmersiones descargadas aparecen en una tabla en el
- lado derecho del diálogo. Cada inmersión se sitúa en una fila en la que se
- muestra la fecha, la duración y la profundidad. Junto a cada buceo hay una
- casilla seleccionable. Marca todas las inmersiones que deban trasladarse a la
- <em>Lista de Inmersiones</em>. Luego pulsa el botón <em>Aceptar</em> en la parte de abajo
- del diálogo. En el caso de la imagen anterior, las últimas seis inmersiones
- han sido seleccionadas y se transferirán a la lista. Todas las inmersiones
- importadas aparecen en la <strong>Lista de inmersiones</strong>
- ordenadas por fecha y hora. Es el momento de desconectar y apagar el ordenador
- de buceo para ahorrar batería.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Si hubiera algún problema de comunicación con el ordenador de buceo, se
- mostraría un mensaje de error similar a este: "No puedo abrir /dev/ttyUSB0 Mares
- (Puck Pro)". Ver el texto en la figura a continuación.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="sidebarblock">
-<div class="content">
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>PROBLEMAS EN LA DESCARGA DE DATOS DESDE UN ORDENADOR DE BUCEO</strong></p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Comprueba lo siguiente:</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-¿ Está el ordenador de buceo todavía en modo "PC-Communication" o "Upload" ?
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-¿ Está completamente cargada la batería del ordenador de buceo ? Si nó debe
- cargarse o ser reemplazada.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-¿ Falla el cable ? ¿ Funciona bien el cable usando otro software ? ¿ Ha
- funcionado antes o es la primera vez que se usa ? ¿ Están limpios los contactos
- entre el cable y el ordenador de buceo ?
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Consultar el
- <a href="#_apendice_a_informacion_especifica_del_sistema_operativo_para_importar_inmersiones_desde_un_ordenador_de_buceo">Apéndice A</a>
- y asegurarse de que se especificó el punto de montaje correcto.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-En sistemas operativos tipo unix, comprobar que el usuario tiene permisos de
- escritura en el puerto USB. Si nó, consultar el
- <a href="#_apendice_a_informacion_especifica_del_sistema_operativo_para_importar_inmersiones_desde_un_ordenador_de_buceo">Apéndice A</a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Si el PC con <em>Subsurface</em> no reconoce el adaptador USB mostrando un nombre de
-dispositivo correcto, existe la posibilidad de que fallen el cable o el
-adaptador estén fallando. Un cable que falla es la causa más común de problemas
-de comunicación entre el PC y el ordenador de buceo. También existe la
-posibilidad de que el PC con <em>Subsurface</em> no pueda interpretar los datos. Habría
-que efectuar una descarga con propósito diagnóstico con las sigientes casillas
-seleccionadas en el dialogo de descarga:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>Guardar registro de libdivecomputer
-Guardar volcado de libdivecomputer</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Importante</strong>: Estas casillas solo se utilizan si aparecen problemas durante el
-proceso de descarga; en condiciones normales no deberían estar seleccionadas. Al
-seleccionar cada una de estas opciones, se le solicita al usuario una carpeta en
-la que guardar los ficheros de información. Por defecto esta carpeta es la misma
-en la que se guarda el archivo del diario de <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Importante</strong>: Al terminar de descargar con estas casillas seleccionadas no se
-muestran buceos en la Lista de inmersiones pero se cran dos ficheros en la
-carpeta seleccionada arriba:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>_Subsurface_.log
-_Subsurface_.bin</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Estos ficheros deberían ser remitidos a la lista de correo de <em>Subsurface</em>:
-<em>subsurface</em>@hohndel.org_ solicitando que los ficheros sean analizados,
-facilitando el fabricante y el modelo de tu ordenador de buceo y alguna
-información sobre las inmersiones grabadas en el ordenador de buceo.</p></div>
-</div></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_Bluetooth">5.2.2. Conectar <em>Subsurface</em> con ordenadores de buceo con Bluetooth</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Bluetooth se está convirtiendo en una forma cada vez más común de comunicación
-entre los ordenadores de buceo y <em>Subsurface</em>. Por ejemplo, este mecanismo se
-usa en el Shearwater Petrel Mk2 o el OSTC3. <em>Subsurface</em> proporciona un
-interfaz Bluetooth muy independiente del sistema operativo utilizado. Ajustar
-<em>Susburface</em> para comunicación con Bluetooth requiere cuatro pasos:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Asegurarse de que Bluetooth está activado en el ordenador que ejecuta
- <em>Subsurface</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Asegurarse de que <em>Subsurface</em> localiza el adaptador Bluetooth del
- ordenador.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Asegurarse de que el Bluetooth del ordenador de buceo está está en modo
- descarga y es visible.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Asegurarse de que <em>Subsurface</em> está emparejado con el ordenador de buceo.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Abre el diálogo de descarga seleccionando <em>Import → Importar del ordenador
-de buceo</em> desde el <strong>Menú Principal</strong>. Si se selecciona la casilla etiquetada
-<em>"Elegir modo de descarga Bluetooth"</em> , aparecerá el diálogo que se muestra
-a continuación.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_en_linux_o_macos">5.2.3. En Linux o MacOS</h4>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DC_import_Bluetooth.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Descarga Bluetooth" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>En plataformas <em>Linux</em> o <em>MacOS</em> el nombre del ordenador con <em>Subsurface</em>
-se muestran en el lado derecho. En el lado izquierdo, si el ordenador tiene
-conectado más de un dispositivo Bluetooth, se puede seleccionar cual se desea
-conectar a <em>Subsurface</em>.
-Bajo la dirección se muestra el estado del adaptador (activado/desactivado) y
-puede cambiarse pulsando el botón <em>Activar/desactivar</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Si no se muestra la dirección Bluetooth, es que <em>Subsurface</em> no localiza el
-dispositivo Bluetooth del ordenador en que se ejecuta. Asegúrate de que el
-driver Bluetooth está instalado correctamente y comprueba que se puede usar
-con otras utilidades Bluetooth como <em>bluetoothctl</em>, bluemoon u otras. Con esto
-se completaría los primeros dos pasos indicados anteriormente.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Asegúrate de que el ordenador de buceo es visible y se encuentra en modo
-descarga (Nota del traductor: es posible que este modo aparezca en inglés como
-"Upload" o su traducción literal "Subida"). Consulta el manual del ordenador
-de buceo para completar este paso, que sería el tercero de la lista anterior.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Selecciona el botón <em>Buscar</em> en la parte de abajo a la izquierda del diálogo
-anterior, Tras buscar unos momentos, el ordenador de buceo debería aparecer en
-la relación (tal vez entre otros dispositivos Bluetooth) de la lista de la
-izquierda del diálogo (ver imagen anterior). Si no es así, pulsa el botón,
-<em>Limpiar</em> y efectúa una nueva búsqueda utilizando el botón <em>Buscar</em>. Si
-<em>Subsurface</em> "ve" el ordenador de buceo, la línea de la lista contendrá el
-nombre del dispositivo, su dirección y su estado de emparejamiento. Si el
-dispositivo no está emparejado y tiene un fondo rojo, se puede abrir un menú
-contextual seleccionando su línea y pulsando clic-derecho.
-Pulsa el botón <em>Emparejar</em> y espera a que se complete la tarea. Si este
-ordenador de buceo se está emparejando con <em>Subsurface</em> por primera vez, es
-posible que se requiera una clave o número PIN. La clave más utilizada suele
-ser 0000, y funciona para el Shearwater Petrel. En caso necesario, consulta el
-manual de usuario del ordenador de buceo.</p></div>
-<div class="sidebarblock">
-<div class="content">
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Actualmente <em>Subsurface</em> no soporta emparejamiento con ordenadores de buceo que
-requieran un PIN definido. Para poder emparejar los dispositivos en este caso,
-habría que utiliza alguna otra utilidad del SO.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Una forma de hacerlo es usar <code>bluetoothctl</code>:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>$ bluetoothctl
-[bluetooth]# agent KeyboardOnly
-Agent registered
-[bluetooth]# default-agent
-Default agent request successful
-[bluetooth]# pair 00:80:25:49:6C:E3
-Attempting to pair with 00:80:25:49:6C:E3
-[CHG] Device 00:80:25:49:6C:E3 Connected: yes
-Request PIN code
-[agent] Enter PIN code: 0000</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Después de que los dispositivos se hayan emparejado, se puede pulsar el botón
-<em>Guardar</em>. Esto cerrará el diálogo. Ahora pulsa <em>Descargar</em> en el diálogo
-<em>Descargar del ordenador de buceo</em> que debería permanecer abierto. Los buceos
-descargado se mostrarán en el lado derecho de la ventana de descarga.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_en_windows">5.2.4. En Windows</h4>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DC_import_Bluetooth_Windows.png" alt="FIGURE: Descarga Bluetooth en Windows" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>En plataformas Windows no está disponible la <em>sección de detalles de los
-dispositivos Bluetooth</em>. Para iniciar correctamente un escaneo pulsando el
-botón <em>Buscar</em> , comprueba que el dispositivo <em>Bluetooth</em> del ordenador con
-<em>Subsurface</em> está activado seleccionando el ordenador de la lista de
-dispositivos Bluetooth disponibles (ver imagen anterior). Si se accede por
-primera vez al ordenador de buceo con <em>Subsurface</em>, es posible que se
-requiera una clave/PIN. Introduce el recomendado en el manual de ordenador
-de buceo. A menudo es correcto un pin 0000.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>El paso del emparejado se efectúa de forma
-automática durante el proceso de descarga. Si los dispositivos no se han
-emparejado nunca, el sistema te pedirá permiso y mostrará un mensaje en el
-lado derecho de la pantalla: <em>Añadir un dispositivo. Pulsa para configurar tu
-dispositivo DC</em>. Siempre debes autorizar el emparejado. Tras haber seleccionado
-uno de los dispositivos encontrados, pulsa <em>Guardar</em>. Finalmente, selecciona
-el botón <em>Descargar</em> del diálogo de descargas y espera a que se complete el
-proceso.</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Hay que tener en cuenta que, actualmente, <em>Subsurface</em> solo funciona con
-adaptadores Bluetooth locales que usen Microsoft Bluetooth Stack. Si el
-dispositivo local usa drivers <em>Widcomm</em>, <em>Stonestreet One Bluetopia Bluetooth</em> o
-<em>BlueSolei</em> no funcionará, sin embargo, los receptores de estos fabricantes
-que usen el Microsoft Bluetooth Stack sí funcionarán.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Un mensaje de aviso en la parte inferior izquierda de la <em>Selección de
-dispositivos Bluetooth remotos</em> muestra detalles del estado actual del agente
-Bluetooth.
-Si se desea seleccionar otro ordenador de buceo utilizando la <em>Selección de
-dispositivo Bluetooth remoto</em> pulsa el botón con tres puntos de <em>Elegir modo
-de descarga _Bluetooth</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
-</td>
-<td class="content"><strong>EN CASO DE PROBLEMAS</strong>: Si el adaptador Bluetooth del ordenador con <em>Subsurface</em>
-se cuelga y el proceso de descarga falla repetidamente, <em>desempareja</em> los
-dispositivos y repite los pasos indicados anteriormente. Si a pesar de ello
-se sigue sin tener éxito, el <a href="#S_HowFindBluetoothDeviceName"><em>Apéndice A</em></a>
-contiene información para ajustar manualmente e inspeccionar la conexión
-Bluetooth con <em>Subsurface</em>.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_DeviceNames">5.2.5. Cambiar el nombre de un ordenador de buceo</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Es posible que sea necesario distinguir entre diferentes ordenadores de buceo
-usados para cargar inmersiones en <em>Subsurface</em>. Por ejemplo, si el ordenador del
-compañero es de la misma marca y modelo que el del usuario y los diarios de
-ambos se cargan en el mismo PC con <em>Subsurface</em>, puede que se quiera llamar a
-uno "Suunto D4 de Alice" y al otro "Suunto D4 de Bob". Por otro lado, puede que
-un buceador técnico utilice dos o más ordenadores de buceo del mismo modelo,
-este caso podría ser prudente llamar a uno "Suunto D4 (1)" y al otro "Suunto D4
-(2)".</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Esto se hace fácilmente en <em>Subsurface</em>. Desde el <strong>Menú Principal</strong>, se
-selecciona <em>Registro → Editar nombres de dispositivos</em>. Se abrirá un diálogo en
-el que se indica el modelo actual, su ID y un nombre para el ordenador de buceo
-utilizado para cargar inmersiones. Se edita el campo del nombre al que se quiera
-asignar al ordenador. Tras guardar el nombre, en el perfil de la inmersión
-aparecerá el nombre que se haya asignado a ese dispositivo en particular en
-lugar del modelo, permitiendo una identificación de dispositivos más fácil.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_EditDiveInfo">5.2.6. Actualizar la información de buceo importada del ordenador.</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Con los buceos descargados en la <strong>Lista de inmersiones</strong>, la información del
-ordenador no está completa y es necesario añadir más detalles para tener un
-registro más detallado de las inmersiones. Para ello se usan las pestañas
-<strong>Notas</strong> y <strong>Equipo</strong> arriba a la izquierda de la ventana de
-<em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="S_Notes_dc">Notas</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>El usuario debe añadir información a mano para poder tener un registro más
-completo. La información a continuación es casi idéntica para inmersiones
-creadas manualmente y para inmersiones descargadas del ordenador.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>En algunos casos, se debe proporcionar la fecha y la hora de la inmersión, por
-ejemplo al crear un buceo a mano o cuando un ordenador no facilita la fecha y
-la hora de la inmersión (habitualmente la fecha y hora del buceo, la mezcla de gases
-y, la temperatura del agua se obtienen del ordenador de buceo). Si se cambia o
-edita de alguna manera el contenido de esta
-pestaña, el mensaje de la barra azul arriba del panel indicará que se está
-editando el buceo. Si se pulsa en la pestaña <strong>Notas</strong>, se
-visualizan los siguientes campos (imagen a la izquierda, a continuación:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/AddDive3_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURA: La pestaña Notas" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>La imagen derecha anterior muestra una pestaña <strong>Notas</strong> llena de información.
-El campo <strong>Hora</strong> refleja la fecha y la hora de la inmersión. Clicando la fecha se
-muestra un calendario desde el que seleccionar la fecha correcta. Pulsa ESC para
-salir del calendario. La hora y los minutos también pueden editarse clicando en
-cada uno de ellos y sobreescribiendo la información mostrada.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Temperaturas Aire/Agua</strong>: Las temperaturas de aire y agua durante la inmersión
-se muestran en estos campos a la derecha de la Hora de Inicio. Muchos
-ordenadores de buceo suministran información sobre la temperatura del agua y
-este campo puede que ya contenga información obtenida del mismo. Si no se
-proporciona la temperatura del aire, puede utilizarse la primera lectura del
-ordenador. En general, suele estar bastante cerca de la temperatura real del
-aire ya que el cambio en la lectura del sensor de temperatura es bastante lento
-para seguir los cambios en el entorno. Si fuera necesario, no hay que teclear
-las unidades de temperatura: <em>Subsurface</em> las suministra automáticamente de
-acuerdo con las <em>Preferencias</em> (métricas o imperiales).</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Ubicación</strong>:</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/warning2.png" alt="Warning" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Las localizaciones de buceo se gestionan como una parte <strong>separada</strong> del divelog.
-La información de buceo de las pestañas <strong>Notas</strong> y <strong>Equipo</strong> no se puede editar
-al mismo tiempo que la información de los puntos de buceo. Guarda toda la otra
-información (p.e. divemaster, compañero, equipo, etc) seleccionando <em>Aplicar
-cambios</em> en la pestaña <strong>Notas</strong> antes de editar la información del punto de
-buceo. Introduce, solo entonces, el nombre del lugar de la inmersión en el
-campo de texto etiquetado <em>Ubicación</em> de la pestaña <strong>Notas</strong>.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Teclea el nombre del punto de buceo, p.e. "Tihany, Lake Balaton, Hungary".
-Si se han efectuado varias inmersiones en el mismo lugar, la información del
-primer buceo se reutiliza.
-La información existente puede editarse en cualquier momento seleccionando
-(en el panel <strong>Lista de Inmersiones</strong>) un buceo efectuado en el lugar deseado y
-abriendo la información de la ubicación haciendo clic en el botón con el globo
-a la derecha del nombre del lugar (ver la imagen de arriba a la derecha).
-Cuando se introduce el nombre de una ubicación, el auto completado de nombres
-hace que sea fácil seleccionar un punto de buceo que ya exista en el divelog
-(p.e. al teclear el nombre de un punto de buceo, aparece una lista desplegable
- mostrando todos los lugares con nombres similares). Si el lugar se ha utilizado
-antes, pulsa en el nombre preexistente.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Los nombres de la lista desplegable contienen, bien un símbolo de un globo (que
-indica que existe en la base de datos de <em>Subsurface</em>), bien un símbolo <strong>+</strong> (que
-indicaría un nombre que puede ser añadido a la base de datos).
-Así pues, si este punto de buceo no ha sido usado con anterioridad, aparece un
-mensaje como el siguiente (imagen <strong>A</strong> a continuación):</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Locations1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Panel de descripción de ubicación" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Haz doble clic en el icono + en el lado derecho. Aparecerá un panel para
-introducir las coordenadas y otra información sobre el lugar que pueda ser
-importante (imagen <strong>B</strong>, anterior). Lo más importante son las coordenadas del
-punto. Hay tres formas de especificarlas:</p></div>
-<div class="olist loweralpha"><ol class="loweralpha">
-<li>
-<p>
-El usuario puede encontrar las coordenadas en el mapamundi situado abajo a la
- derecha en la ventana de <em>Subsurface</em>. El mapa muestra una barra marrón indicando
- "Sin datos de ubicación - Mueve el mapa y haz doble clic para fijar la posición
- del buceo". Al hacer doble clic en el lugar apropiado, la barra marrón desaparece
- y las coordenadas quedan grabadas
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Se pueden obtener las coordenadas desde la app <em>Subsurface</em> Companion si se
- dispone de un dispositivo android o iPhone con GPS y se guardaron las
- coordenadas del punto de buceo usando ese dispositivo.
- <a href="#S_Companion">Pulsa aquí para más información</a>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Se pueden introducir las coordenadas a mano, si son conocidas, usando uno de
- estos cuatro formatos, con la latitud seguida de la longitud:
-</p>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>Formato ISO 6709 Annex D, p.e. 30°13'28.9"N 30°49'1.5"E
-Grados y minutos decimales, p.e. N30º 13.49760', E30º 49.30788'
-Grados minutos y segundos, p.e. N30° 13' 29.8" , E30° 49' 1.5"
-Grados decimales, p.e. 30.22496 , 30.821798</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Las latitudes del hemisferio sur se dan con una <strong>S</strong>, p.e. S30º o con un valor
-negativo, p.e. -30.22496. De igual forma, las longitudes al oeste se facilita
-con una <strong>W</strong>, p.e. W07°, o con un valor negativo, p.e. -7.34323. Algunos teclados
-no tienen el símbolo °. Puede reemplazarse con una <strong>d</strong> como en N30d W20d.
-Si se ha proporcionado un nombre y unas coordenadas, guarda la información
-seleccionando el botón <em>Aplicar cambios</em> arriba en el panel.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Importante</strong>: Las coordenadas GPS de un punto están unidas a un nombre, por
-tanto, guardar inmersiones con coordenadas sin una descripción del lugar
-causará comportamientos inesperados (<em>Subsurface</em> creerá que todos estos puntos
-son el mismo e intentará hacer que toas las coordenadas sean iguales).</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Búsqueda de nombres de puntos de buceo</strong>: Si se han introducido coordenadas,
-se puede efectuar una busca automatizada del nombre basada en ellas. Se hace
-cuando <em>Subsurface_utiliza internet para encontrar el nombre del punto de
-buceo basado en las coordenadas introducidas. Si se encuentra un nombre, se
-introduce automáticamente en la casilla de texto. El campo llamado _Puntos de
-buceo en las mismas coordenadas</em>, en la parte baja del panel, contiene nombres
-de otros puntos de buceo en posiciones muy cercanas al actual.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Introduce cualquier otra información textual sobre el punto de buceo
-(Descripción y Notas), entonces selecciona <em>Aplicar cambios</em> para guardar la
-información de este punto de buceo. En una etapa posterior esta información
-puede editarse pulsando el icono del globo a la derecha del nombre del punto en
-la pestaña <strong>Notas</strong>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Modo de buceo</strong>: Esta es una casilla desplegable que permite elegir el tipo de
-inmersión que se ha realizado. Las opciones son OC (circuito abierto, del
-inglés "open circuit", el ajuste por defecto, valido para la mayoría de buceos
-recreativos), Apnea, CCR (rebreather de circuito cerrado, del inglés "closed
-circuit rebreather") o pSCR (rebreather pasivo de circuito semi-cerrado).</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemaster</strong>: Introducir el nombre del divemaster o el del guía de inmersión. De
-nuevo, este campo ofrece autocompletado basándose en la lista de divemasters del
-diario actual.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Compañero</strong>: Introducir el nombre(s) del compañero(s) que te acompañaron en la
-inmersión, separados por comas. También se ofrece autocompletado basada en la
-lista de compañeros del registro.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Traje</strong>: Introducir el tipo de traje de buceo que utilizaste para la inmersión.
-Como en los casos anteriores está disponible el autocompletado. Los usuarios de
-traje seco pueden utilizar este campo para registrar que combinación de traje y
-protección térmica utilizaron.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Valoración</strong>: Aquí se puede proporcionar una calificación subjetiva de la
-inmersión en una escala de 5 puntos, clicando en la estrella correspondiente.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Visibilidad</strong>: Igualmente se puede proporcionar una calificación de a la
-visibilidad que había durante la inmersión en una escala de 5 puntos, clicando
-la estrella adecuada.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Etiquetas</strong>: Se pueden introducir etiquetas (separándolas con comas) que
-describan el tipo de inmersión que se efectuó. Algunos ejemplos de etiquetas
-habituales son: barco, a la deriva, entrenamiento, cueva, etc. <em>Subsurface</em>
-tiene muchas etiquetas predefinidas. De nuevo se ofrece autocompletado, por
-ejemplo, si el usuario teclea <code>p</code>, se muestran las etiquetas <strong>pecio</strong>, <strong>piscina</strong>
-y <strong>profunda</strong> para que elija entre ellas.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Notas</strong>: Teclea aquí cualquier información adicional que desees conservar.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Los botones <em>Aplicar cambios</em> y <em>Descartar cambios</em> se utilizan para guardar
-toda la información de los campos del panel de <strong>Información</strong> y del panel de
-<strong>Perfil</strong>, por lo que no hay necesidad de usarlos hasta que se ha añadido
-<strong>TODA</strong> la información. La imagen <a href="#S_Notes_dc">al inicio de esta sección</a>
-muestra un ejemplo de la pestaña <strong>Notas</strong> rellenadas.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_equipo">5.2.7. Equipo</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>La pestaña Equipo permite al usuario introducir información acerca del tipo de
-botella y gas utilizado, así como el lastre utilizado en una inmersión. El
-mensaje en azul arriba del panel</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/BlueEditBar_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Barra azul de edición" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>indica que la inmersión se está editando. Esta parte de <em>Subsurface</em> es
-altamente interactiva y la información de botellas y gases que se introduzca
-determinará el comportamiento del perfil de la inmersión (panel de arriba a la
-derecha).</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph" id="cylinder_definitions"><p><strong>Botellas</strong>: La información de las botellas se introduce con un dialogo como
-este:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DC_gas-dialogue1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Diálogo de Botellas inicial" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>En las inmersiones manuales, esta información ha de ser introducida a mano. En
-el caso de los ordenadores, a menudo, <em>Subsurface</em> obtiene el gas usado del
-propio ordenador de buceo insertando automáticamente la composición (% oxigeno)
-en la tabla. El botón + arriba a la derecha permite al usuario añadir más
-botellas para esta inmersión. El icono oscuro de papelera le permitirá borrar
-la información de una botella. Nótese que no se puede borrar una botella si
-se usa durante el buceo. Una botella puede estar usándose implícitamente,
-incluso sin un evento de cambio de gas.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Se empieza por seleccionar un tipo de botella. Para ello hay que hacer clic en
-la casilla <strong>Tipo de botella</strong>. Esto hará aparecer un botón que puede usarse para
-mostrar una lista desplegable de botellas.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DC_gas-dialogue2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Botón del desplegable de la lista de botellas" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>La lista desplegable puede usarse para seleccionar el tipo de botella que
-utilizó en esta inmersión, o el usuario puede empezar a teclear en la casilla,
-lo que mostrará las opciones disponibles para las letras introducidas. El
-<strong>Tamaño</strong> así como su <em>Presión de trabajo</em> se mostrarán automáticamente en el
-dialogo.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>A continuación es necesario indicar la presión inicial y final del gas usado
-durante el buceo. Las unidades de presión (métricas/imperiales) corresponden a
-las fijadas en la elección de <em>preferencias</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Finalmente, hay que introducir la mezcla de gas que se usó. Si se utilizó aire,
-se puede poner 21% o dejarlo en blanco. Si se usó nitrox o trimix, hay que
-especificar sus porcentaje de oxigeno y de helio. Se deja en blanco el campo que
-no corresponda utilizar. Tras teclear la información para la botella, hay que
-pulsar <em>ENTER</em> en el teclado o hacer clic fuera de la casilla que contiene el
-cursor. Puede añadirse información para cualquier botella adicional usando el
-botón + de arriba a la derecha. Aquí hay un ejemplo de descripción completa para
-una inmersión en la que se han utilizado dos botellas (aire y EAN50):</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/CylinderDataEntry3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Tabla con la informaación de botellas completada" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Lastre</strong>: Se puede introducir información sobre el sistema de lastre utilizado
-en una inmersión, usando un dialogo muy similar al de la información de las
-botellas. Si se pulsa el botón + de arriba a la derecha en el dialogo de lastre,
-la tabla aparecerá como sigue</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURA: El diálogo Lastre" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Si se hace clic en el campo <em>Tipo</em>, se accede a una lista desplegable con la
-flecha:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Desplegable con la lista de tipos de lastre" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>La lista desplegable puede usarse para seleccionar el tipo de sistema de lastre
-utilizado durante la inmersión, o simplemente teclear en la casilla, con lo que
-se mostrarán las opciones disponibles para los caracteres introducidos. En el
-campo <strong>Peso</strong> se teclea el peso usado durante el buceo. Tras teclear la
-información se pulsa <em>ENTER</em> en el teclado o se hace clic fuera de la casilla
-que contiene el cursor.
-Se puede poner información para más de un sistema de lastre añadiendo otro con
-el botón + de arriba a la derecha. Se pueden borrar lastres usando el icono de
-papelera de la izquierda. A continuación, un ejemplo de información para una
-inmersión con dos tipos de lastre: integrado y cinturón:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Tabla con información de lastre completada" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_editar_simultaneamente_varias_inmersiones_seleccionadas">5.2.8. Editar simultáneamente varias inmersiones seleccionadas</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>METODO 1</em>: Tras descargar inmersiones de un ordenador de buceo, los perfiles
-de los buceos descargados se mostrarán en el panel "Perfil de la inmersión",
-así como algunas otras informaciones en las pestañas "Notas" y
-"Equipo". Sin embargo, otros campos permanecerán vacíos.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Puede resultar útil editar simultáneamente algunos de los campos de las "Notas
-de la Inmersión" o del "Equipo". Por ejemplo, es posible que un buceador
-efectuara varias inmersiones en un solo día utilizando el mismo equipo, o en el
-mismo punto de buceo o con el mismo guía o compañero. En lugar de completar la
-información de las inmersiones una por una, se pueden seleccionar todos los
-buceos deseados en la "Lista de Inmersiones" e insertar la información común en
-las "Notas" y "Equipo".</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>La edición simultánea solo funciona con campos que no contienen aún ninguna
-información. Esto significa que si, para una inmersión en concreto, uno de los
-campos ya ha sido rellenado, no será modificado por la edición simultánea en
-ese buceo en concreto. Técnicamente, la regla para editar varias inmersiones a
-la vez es: "si el campo que estamos editando contiene <em>exactamente la misma
-información</em> en todas las inmersiones que hemos seleccionado, la nueva
-información introducida se sustituye en todas las inmersiones seleccionadas, de
-lo contrario solo se cambia la inmersión que estemos editando aunque haya
-varias seleccionadas.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Esto acelera notablemente el rellenado del divelog después de haber efectuado
-varios buceos similares.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph" id="S_CopyComponents"><p><em>METODO 2</em>: Hay una forma diferente de hacer lo mismo. Seleccionamos un buceo
-que contenga toda la información apropiada en las pestañas <strong>Notas</strong> y <strong>Equipo</strong>.
-Entonces, desde el menú principal, seleccionamos
-<em>Registro → Copiar componentes</em>. Aparecerá una ventana con casillas
-seleccionables para la mayoría de campos de las pestañas <strong>Notas</strong>
-y <strong>Equipo</strong>. Selecciona los campos a copiar desde la inmersión seleccionada,
-luego pulsa <em>Aceptar</em>. Ahora selecciona en la <strong>Lista de Inmersiones</strong> los buceos
-a los que pegar esta información. Desde el menú principal, selecciona <em>Registro
- → Pegar componentes</em>. Tras esto, todas las inmersiones seleccionadas
- contendrán los datos seleccionados previamente de la anterior inmersión.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_anadir_marcas_a_una_inmersion">5.2.9. Añadir Marcas a una inmersión</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Muchos buceadores desean anotar en sus inmersiones textos que indiquen sucesos
-concretos durante el buceo, p.e. "Avistamos delfines" o "Lanzada boya deco".
-Esto se hace fácilmente:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Clic derecho sobre el punto adecuado del perfil de inmersión, se desplegará
- el menú contextual del perfil. Se selecciona <em>Añadir marca</em>. Una bandera roja
- aparecerá sobre el perfil en el punto inicialmente seleccionado (ver <strong>A</strong> a
- continuación).
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Clic derecho sobre la bandera roja. Se desplegará el menú contextual (ver
- <strong>B</strong> a continuación). Se selecciona <em>Editar nombre</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Se mostrará una casilla de texto. Se teclea en ella el texto oportuno para la
- marca (ver <strong>C</strong> a continuación). Se selecciona <em>Aceptar</em>, con lo que se guarda el
- texto asociado a la marca.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Cuando el ratón pase sobre el marcador rojo, el texto guardado se mostrará en
- la parte de debajo del cajetín de información (ver <strong>D</strong> a continuación).
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Bookmarks.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Diálogo de marcadores" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_guardar_la_informacion_de_buceo_actualizada">5.2.10. Guardar la información de buceo actualizada</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>La información introducida en las pestañas Notas y Equipo puede
-guardarse utilizando los dos botones de arriba a la derecha de la pestaña
-<strong>Notas</strong>. Si se pulsa <em>Aplicar cambios</em> los datos del buceo se guardan en la
-imagen en memoria de la inmersión. Si se pulsa <em>Descartar cambios</em> los datos
-de buceo recién introducidos se borran de la memoria, aunque el perfil y los
-datos descargados del ordenador quedarán retenidos. Cuando el usuario salga de
-<em>Subsurface</em> hay una pregunta final para confirmar si los nuevos datos de deben
-guardar en caso de no haberlo hecho antes.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_importar_informacion_de_inmersiones_de_otras_fuentes_u_otros_formatos_de_datos">5.3. Importar información de inmersiones de otras fuentes u otros formatos de datos</h3>
-<div class="paragraph" id="S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs"><p>Si el usuario bucea desde hace algún tiempo, es posible que bastantes
-inmersiones hayan sido registradas usando otro software. No es necesario teclear
-de nuevo esta información ya que, probablemente, estos diarios puedan importarse
-a <em>Subsurface</em>. <em>Subsurface</em> puede importar un amplio abanico de diarios de
-otros softwares de registro. Mientras que algún software se soporta nativamente,
-en otros casos el usuario debe exportar el(los) diario(s) a un
-formato intermedio para que pueda ser importado a <em>Subsurface</em>.
-Actualmente, <em>Subsurface</em> soporta importar archivos <em>CSV</em> de diferentes origenes.
-Los archivos de APD LogViewer, XP5, Sensus y Seabear están preconfigurados,
-pero dado que es flexible, los usuarios pueden configurar sus propias
-importaciones. Diarios creados manualmente (p.e. en hojas de cálculo) también
-pueden importarse configurando manualmente el CSV. <em>Subsurface</em> también puede
-importar archivos UDDF y UDCF, usados por algún software y algunos ordenadores
-de buceo como el H&W DR5 o el XDeep Black BT. Finalmente, para algunos programas
-de registro como el Mares Dive Organiser, se sugiere exportar los diarios primero
-a un servicio web como <em>divelogs.de</em> e importarlos desde allí a <em>Subsurface</em>, ya
-que <em>divelogs.de</em> soporta algunos pocos formatos que <em>Subsurface</em> no puede leer
-en la actualidad.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Si el formato del otro software está soportado nativamente en <em>Subsurface,
-debería ser suficiente con seleccionar bien _Importar→Importar archivos de
-registro</em>, bien <em>Archivo→Abrir registro</em> . <em>Subsurface</em> soporta directamente
-los formatos de datos de muchos ordenadores de buceo, incluyendo Suunto y
-Shearwater.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Al importar inmersiones, <em>Subsurface</em> intenta detectar múltiples registros del
-mismo buceo y mezcla la información lo mejor que puede. Si no existen problemas
-con las zonas horarias (u otras razones que hagan que la hora de comienzo de las
-inmersiones sean significativamente diferentes) <em>Subsurface</em> no creará entradas
-duplicadas. A continuación sigue más información relativa a importar datos a
-<em>Subsurface</em></p></div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="Unified_import">5.3.1. Utilizar el diálogo de importación universal</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>El importar buceos desde otros programas se hace a través de una interfaz
-universal que se activa seleccionando Importar desde el menú principal y
-haciendo clic en <em>Importar archivos de registro</em>. Con ello se mostrará el
-dialogo <strong>A</strong> a continuación.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Import1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Importar: paso 1" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Abajo a la derecha hay un desplegable con una etiqueta por defecto Archivos de
-registro que da acceso a los diferentes tipos de archivo disponibles para
-importar directamente, como en el dialogo <strong>B</strong> anterior. Actualmente son:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Diarios en formato XML (DivingLog 5.0, MacDive y varios otros)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Archivos de Cochran
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Diarios en formato UDDF (p.e. Kenozoooid)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Diarios en formato UDCF
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Diarios de CCR Poseidon MKVI
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Diarios de CCR APD Inspiration/Evolution
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Diarios de LiquidVision
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Diarios de divelogs.de
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Diarios de DataTrak
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Diarios de OSTCTools
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-JDiveLog
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Suunto Dive Manager (DM3 y DM4)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Diarios en formato <em>CSV</em> (basados en texto o en hojas de cálculo), incluidos
-diarios de CCR APD.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Seleccionar el archivo correspondiente en la lista del diálogo abre el archivo
-importado directamente en la <strong>Lista de Inmersiones</strong> de <em>Subsurface</em>. También
-están soportados algunos otros formatos, no accesibles desde el diálogo
-Importar, como se explica a continuación.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_importar_desde_ostctools">5.3.2. Importar desde OSTCTools</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>OSTCTools</em> es un conjunto de herramientas basadas en Windows de descarga y
-gestión para la familia de ordenadores OSTC. <em>OSTCTools</em> puede descargar datos
-de las inmersiones y guardarlos en archivos binarios con extensión <em>.dive</em> .
-Subsurface puede importar directamente estos archivos utilizando el diálogo de
-importación universal. Desde la lista desplegable abajo a la derecha, se
-selecciona la opción correspondiente, lo cual hará visibles los diarios en la
-lista del panel. Se seleccionan una o varias inmersiones, y se hace click en el
-botón <em>Abrir</em>. Las inmersiones importadas desde OSTCTools se mostrarán en el
-panel <strong>Lista de inmersiones</strong>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Actualmente, todos los ordenadores de H&W que soporte OSTCTools pueden importarse
-a <em>Subsurface</em>, esto incluye OSTC, OSTC Mk2, OSTC 2N/2C, OSTC3, OSTC Sport, y,
-probablemente aunque sin probar, Frog, OSTC2 y OSTC CR.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Por favor, recuerda que OSTCTools <strong>no</strong> es un auténtico software de registro de
-diarios de buceo, sino un útil conjunto de herramientas de gestión y análisis
-para dispositivos OSTC. Así pues, importar inmersiones a <em>Subsurface</em> sólo
-nos proporcionará datos relativos al ordenador de buceo; el usuario tendrá
-que completar manualmente el resto de datos que le puedan resultar importantes
-(compañeros, equipo, notas, etc).</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_importar_desde_mares_dive_organiser_v2_1">5.3.3. Importar desde Mares Dive Organiser V2.1</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Dado que Mares utiliza software propiedad de Microsoft no compatible con
-aplicaciones multiplataforma, estos diarios no pueden importarse directamente a
-<em>Subsurface</em>. Los diarios de Mares necesitan ser importados usando un proceso en
-tres pasos, utilizando <em>www.divelogs.de</em> como mecanismo para extraer la
-información.</p></div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-Los datos del Mares Dive Organiser necesitan exportarse al escritorio del
- usuario utilizando una extensión de archivo <em>.sdf</em>. Dirigirse a
- <a href="#Mares_Export">Apendice C</a> para más información.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Los datos deben ser importados entonces desde <em>www.divelogs.de</em>. Se necesita
- crear una cuenta de usuario en <em>www.divelogs.de</em>, entrar a la página, entonces
- seleccionar <em>Import Logbook → Dive Organiser</em> en el menú de la izquierda. Hay
- que seguir cuidadosamente las instrucciones para transferir la información (en
- formato <em>.sdf</em>) desde la base de datos de Dive Organiser a <em>www.divelogs.de</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Finalmente importar las inmersiones desde <em>divelogs.de</em> a <em>Subsurface</em>,
- utilizando las instrucciones a continuación.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_ImportingDivelogsDe">5.3.4. Importar inmersiones desde <strong>divelogs.de</strong></h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Importar información de inmersiones desde <em>divelogs.de</em> es simple, se usa un
-único diálogo. Se selecciona <em>Importar → Importar desde Divelogs.de</em> en el menú
-principal. Esto despliega un diálogo (ver figura <strong>A</strong> abajo a la izquierda). Es
-necesario introducir un usuario y password para <em>divelogs.de</em> en los campos que
-se indiquen y luego pulsar el botón <em>Descargar</em>. La descarga desde divelogs.de
-comienza inmediatamente y se refleja en una barra de progreso de la ventana del
-diálogo. Al finalizar la descarga se indica el estado de "exito" (ver figura
-<strong>B</strong> abajo a la derecha). Se selecciona el botón <em>Aplicar</em>, tras lo cual las
-inmersiones importadas aparecerán en el panel <strong>Lista de Inmersiones</strong>.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Divelogs1.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Descargar desde Divelogs.de" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_ImportingCSVData">5.3.5. Importar datos en formato CSV</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Se puede utilizar un archivo .csv (valores separados por comas) para importar
-información de buceo así como perfiles de inmersión (como en el caso de los
-CCRs APD Inspiration o el Evolution) o como metadatos de buceo (en caso de que
-el usuario guarde los datos en una hoja de cálculo). El formato <em>CSV</em> es un
-formato universal simplificado que permite un intercambio facil de información
-entre difeerentes ordenadores o paquetes de software. Para una introducción a
-archivos en formato <em>CSV</em> ver <a href="#S_CSV_Intro">Introducción de un buceador a los archivos CSV</a>.
-Los diarios de <em>Subsurface</em> también pueden exportarse a formato <em>CSV</em> para
-otro software que lea este formato. Ver el <a href="#S_Appendix_D">APPENDIX D: Exportar una hoja de cálculo a formato CSV</a>
-para información que puede resultar útil para importar datos basados en hojas
-de cálculo a <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_ImportingCSVDives">5.3.6. Importar inmersiones en formato <em>CSV</em> desde ordenadores u otro software</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Se puede visualizar un archivo <em>CSV</em> usando un editor de textos ordinario. Se
-organiza, normalmente, en una sola línea que proporciona las cabeceras (o
-<em>nombres de campo</em> o <em>encabezamientos</em>) de las columnas de datos, seguidos por
-los datos a un registro (inmersión en nuestro caso) por línea.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Hay dos tipos de archivo <em>CSV</em> que pueden importarse en <em>Subsurface</em>:</p></div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Detalles de inmersión CSV</em>: Este formato contiene información similar a la
- de un típico diario escrito, p.e. fecha, hora, profundidad, duración, nombre
- de los compañeros y divemaster, y tal vez alguna información sobre botellas,
- así como algunos comentarios sobre la inmersión. Toda la información sobre
- un buceo va en una sola línea siguiendo el orden del encabezamiento de las
- columnas.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Perfil de inmersión CSV</em>: Este formato incluye mucha más información
- sobre una sola inmersión. Por ejemplo, puede haber información a intervalos
- de 30 segundos indicando la profundidad, la temperatura del agua a esa
- profundidad y presión de las botellas en ese instante. Cada línea contiene
- la información de un solo instante durante la inmersión, 30 segundos tras el
- anterior. Se requieren muchas líneas para completar la información del
- perfil de profundidad de un buceo. Es un formato utilizado comúnmente para
- exportar por los equipos de buceo en circuito cerrado (CCR) y muchos
- paquetes de software que manejan ordenadores de buceo y/o diarios.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Antes de poder importar los datos a <em>Subsurface</em> se necesitan saber algunas
-cosas sobre los mismos:</p></div>
-<div class="olist loweralpha"><ol class="loweralpha">
-<li>
-<p>
-¿ Que carácter separa las distintas columnas en una línea de datos ? Este
- separador de campos debería ser una coma (,) un punto y coma (;) o un
- tabulador. Puede averiguarse abriendo el archivo con un editor de textos.
- Si se trata de una coma, el carácter será claramente visible entre valores.
- Si no hay comas a la vista, seguramente esté delimitado por tabuladores.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-¿ Que columnas de datos necesitamos importar a <em>Subsurface</em> ? ¿ Es un archivo
- de <em>Detalles de inmersión CSV</em> o de <em>Perfil de inmersión CSV</em> ? Ábrelo con un
- editor de textos y fíjate en los títulos de las columnas a importar y sus
- posiciones.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-¿ Está la información numérica (la profundidad por ejemplo) en unidades
- métricas o imperiales ?
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Armado con esta información, importar en <em>Subsurface</em> es muy fácil. Selecciona
-<em>Importar→Importar CSV</em> en el menú principal. Aparecerá el siguiente dialogo:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/csv_import1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Diálogo 1, Descarga CSV" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Fíjate que, arriba a la izquierda, hay una lista desplegable que contiene ajustes
-preconfigurados para algunos de los ordenadores de buceo y paquetes de software
-más comunes que podemos encontrar los buceadores. Si el archivo <em>CSV</em> que vamos
-a importar se originó en alguno de estos paquetes o dispositivos, selecciónalo.
-En otro caso, utiliza la opción <em>Importación manual</em>. El panel de configuración
-también tiene listas desplegables para especificar el separador de campos
-adecuado (tabulado, coma o punto y coma), el formato de fecha usado en el CSV,
-las unidades de tiempo (segundos, minutos o minutos:segundos), así como el
-sistema de unidades (métrico o imperial) utilizado. Seleccionar las opciones
-correctas es crítico para importar correctamente los datos.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>La última tarea es asegurarse que todas las columnas de datos tienen las
-cabeceras correctas. La línea superior de la parte blanca de la tabla contiene
-las cabeceras de columnas encontradas en el archivo <em>CSV. La fila de celdas
-azules inmediatamente sobre la anterior contiene los nombres que _Subsurface</em>
-ha entendido. La zona blanca inmediatamente debajo de las listas desplegables
-contiene los nombres de campos que <em>Subsurface</em> reconoce. Estos nombres están
-en globos azules que se pueden arrastrar y soltar en las celdas azules a las
-que correspondan en la parte superior de la tabla. Esto se muestra en la
-imagen a continuación.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/csv_import2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Diálogo 2, Descarga CSV" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Continua haciendo hasta que todas los encabezamientos de columnas en la fila
-azul de celdas correspondan a las cabeceras listadas en la parte alta del
-diálogo. Habiendo completado esta tarea, selecciona el botón <em>OK</em> abajo a la
-derecha del diálogo. Los datos del archivo <em>CSV</em> se importarán y se mostrarán
-en el panel <strong>Lista de inmersiones</strong>.</p></div>
-<div class="sidebarblock" id="S_CSV_Intro">
-<div class="content">
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Introducción de un buceador a los archivos <em>CSV</em></strong></p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
-</td>
-<td class="content"><em>CSV</em> es una abreviatura para un formato de archivo de datos: <em>Comma-Separated
-Variables</em> en inglés. Es un formato de archivo que permite visualizar o editar
-la información usando un editor de textos como el Bloc de Notas (Windows),
-Gedit (linux) o TextWrangler (OS/X). Las dos principales ventajas del formato
-CSV son que los datos son fácilmente editables como texto sin usar ningún
-software propietario y asegurando que toda la información es legible, no siendo
-ofuscada por ningún atributo de los que el software propietario inserta en los
-archivos.
-A causa de su simplicidad, el formato <em>CSV</em> se utiliza como formato de intercambio
-entre muchos paquetes de software, por ejemplo entre hojas de cálculo,
-estadísticas, gráficos, bases de datos y software de buceo. En <em>Subsurface</em>, los
-archivos <em>CSV</em> también se pueden usar para importar información de otras fuentes
-tales como diarios basados en hojas de cálculo o, incluso, de algunos ordenadores.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>El atributo más importante de un archivo <em>CSV</em> es el <em>separador de campos</em>, esto
-es, el carácter utilizado para separar campos dentro de una línea. El separador
-de campos es, habitualmente, una coma, un punto y coma, un espacio o un
-tabulador. Al exportar datos desde una hoja de cálculo, se necesita especificar
-el carácter separador para poder crear el archivo CSV. Los archivos <em>CSV</em> están,
-normalmente, organizados en una sola línea que proporciona las cabeceras (o
-<em>nombres de campos</em>) de las columnas de datos, seguido por los datos, a un
-registro por línea. Nótese que cada nombre de campo puede estar formado por más
-de una palabra separadas por espacios; por ejemplo <em>Punto de buceo</em>. A
-continuación, un ejemplo de información de cuatro inmersiones utilizando la coma
-como separador de campos:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>Dive site,Dive date,Time,Dive_duration, Dive_depth,Dive buddy
-Illovo Beach,2012-11-23,10:45,46:15,18.4,John Smith
-Key Largo,2012-11-24,09:12,34:15,20.4,Jason McDonald
-Wismar Baltic,2012-12-01,10:13,35:27,15.4,Dieter Albrecht
-Pulau Weh,2012-12-20,09:46,55:56,38.6,Karaeng Bontonompo</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>En este formato los datos no son legibles con facilidad para los humanos. A
-continuación los mismos datos usando el tabulador como separador:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>Dive site Dive date Time Dive_duration Dive_depth Dive buddy
-Illovo Beach 2012-11-23 10:45 46:15 18.4 John Smith
-Key Largo 2012-11-24 09:12 34:15 20.4 Jason McDonald
-Wismar Baltic 2012-12-01 10:13 35:27 15.4 Dieter Albrecht
-Pulau Weh 2012-12-20 09:46 55:56 38.6 Karaeng Bontonompo</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Es obvio por qué mucha gente prefiere el formato con tabulador al separado por
-comas. La desventaja es que los tabuladores no se pueden ver. Por ejemplo el
-espacio entre <em>Dive</em> y <em>date</em> en la primera línea puede ser un espacio o un
-tabulador (en este caso un espacio). Si los nombres de campo de la primera línea
-son largos, no se puede mantener la alineación con los otros campos de datos.
-A continuación un ejemplo muy simplificado y recortado de un diario <em>CSV</em> del
-ordenador de buceo de un rebreather CCR APD:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>Dive Time (s) Depth (m) pO₂ - Setpoint (Bar) pO₂ - C1 Cell 1 (Bar) Ambient temp. (Celsius)
-0 0.0 0.70 0.81 13.1
-0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.1
-0 0.0 0.70 0.71 13.1
-0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.2
-0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.1
-10 1.6 0.70 0.72 12.7
-20 1.6 0.70 0.71 12.6
-30 1.7 0.70 0.71 12.6
-40 1.8 0.70 0.68 12.5</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Cuando un archivo <em>CSV</em> se selecciona para importar, <em>Subsurface</em> muestra las
-cabeceras de las columnas y unas pocas lineas de datos del archivo, facilitando
-mucho, de esta forma, trabajar con archivos <em>CSV</em>.
-Conocer algunas cosas básicas sobre el contenido del archivo <em>CSV</em> permite una
-importación mejor de las inmersiones a <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>+[IMPORTANT]
-La importación <em>CSV</em> tiene un par de advertencias. Se deberían evitar algunos
-caracteres especiales como el signo &, menor que (<), mayor que (>) y comillas
-(") como parte de los número o del texto de una casilla. El archivo debería
-usar el conjunto de caracteres UTF-8, si se usan caracteres no ASCII. También
-podría causar problemas el tamaño del archivo <em>CSV</em>. Importar 100 buceos de una
-sola vez (<em>Detalles de inmersión CSV</em>) funciona, pero archivos mayores podrían
-exceder los límites del analizador utilizado. Si se encontraran problemas al
-importar <em>CSV</em> sería conveniente probar con un archivo más pequeño solo para
-asegurarse de que el resto funciona.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_Companion">5.4. Importar coordenadas GPS con la app <em>Subsurface</em> Companion para teléfonos móviles</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Utilizando la app <em>Subsurface</em> Companion en un dispositivo Android o <a href="#S_iphone"><em>iPhone</em></a>
-con GPS, se pueden pasar automáticamente las coordenadas de los
-puntos de buceo al registro de <em>Subsurface</em>. La app Companion guarda las
-ubicaciones de buceo en un servidor dedicado basado en internet. <em>Subsurface</em>
-puede recoger las coordenadas desde este servidor.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Para hacer esto:</p></div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_crear_una_cuenta_para_la_app_companion">5.4.1. Crear una cuenta para la app Companion</h4>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Registrarse en la <a href="http://api.hohndel.org/login/">página web de <em>Subsurface</em>
- companion</a>. Se recibirá un correo de confirmación con instrucciones y un
- <strong>DIVERID</strong> personal, un largo número que te dará acceso a las capacidades de la
- app Companion.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Descargar la app desde
- <a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=org.subsurface">Google Play Store</a>
- o desde
- <a href="http://f-droid.org/repository/browse/?fdfilter=subsurface&fdid=org.subsurface">F-Droid</a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_utilizar_em_subsurface_em_companion_en_un_smartphone_android">5.4.2. Utilizar <em>Subsurface</em> companion en un smartphone Android</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>La primera vez que se utiliza, la app tiene tres opciones:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Create a new account</em>. Equivalente a registrase en la página de <em>Subsurface</em>
- companion utilizando un navegador de internet. Se puede solicitar un <strong>DIVERID</strong>
- con esta opción que se recibirá vía correo electrónico y se confirmará a través
- de la <a href="http://api.hohndel.org/login/">_página web de Subsurface companion</a> para
- activar la cuenta.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Retrieve an account</em>. Si el usuario olvidó su <strong>DIVERID</strong> recibirá un correo
- para recuperar el número.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Use an existing account</em>. Se pide el <strong>DIVERID</strong>. La app conserva el <strong>DIVERID</strong>
- y no lo vuelve a pedir, a menos que se utilice la opción <em>Disconnect</em> en el menú
- (ver a continuación).
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">En <em>Subsurface</em> el DIVERID también debe marcarse en el panel Preferencias, al
-que se llega seleccionando Archivo→Preferencias→Predeterminadas desde el menú
-principal en el propio <em>Subsurface</em>.
-Esto facilitará la sincronización entre <em>Subsurface</em> y la app Companion.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_crear_nuevas_ubicaciones_de_buceo">5.4.3. Crear nuevas ubicaciones de buceo</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Ahora se está preparado para tomar una posición de buceo y enviarla al servidor.
-La pantalla de Android se verá como lo imagen de abajo a la izquierda (<strong>A</strong>),
-pero sin ninguna inmersión.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Tocando el icono "+" de arriba a la derecha se abrirá un menú con tres opciones:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Current: Se pedirá un nombre para el lugar (o que se active el GPS si estaba
- apagado). Tras lo cual se guardará la posición actual.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Use map: Esta opción permite al usuario fijar una posición buscándola en un
- mapamundi. Se muestra un mapamundi(ver <strong>B</strong> a continuación) sobre el cual indicar
- la posición con una pulsación larga en la pantalla táctil (si la posición
- marcada es errónea, simplemente se indica una nueva). A continuación hay que
- seleccionar el símbolo de chequeo arriba a la derecha. Se mostrará un dialogo
- que permitirá introducir un nombre para el punto seleccionado y la fecha y hora
- del buceo (ver <strong>C</strong> abajo). De cara a importar esta posición de buceo a
- <em>Subsurface</em> es recomendable fijar la misma hora de inmersión que la marcada por
- el ordenador de buceo.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Companion_5.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Companion App, añadir posición usando e mapa" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Importar desde archivos GPX: El dispositivo android buscará archivos .gpx y
- mostrará los que se localicen. El archivo que se seleccione se abrirá y se
- mostrarán las posiciones que contiene. Ahora hay que elegir las ubicaciones
- correctas y luego seleccionar el símbolo de chequeo arriba ala derecha, tras lo
- cual las posiciones se enviarán al servicio web y se añadirán a la lista del
- dispositivo android.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_listas_de_ubicaciones_de_buceo">5.4.4. Listas de ubicaciones de buceo</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>La pantalla principal muestra una lista de ubicaciones de buceo, cada una con un
-nombre, fecha y hora (ver <strong>A</strong> debajo). Algunas posiciones pueden tener una
-flechita sobre la casilla de selección, lo que indica que necesitan remitirse al
-servidor. Se pueden seleccionar posiciones individuales de la lista. Una
-posición seleccionada tiene una marca de chequeo en la casilla de selección. Se
-pueden efectuar operaciones en grupo (como <em>Delete</em> o <em>Send</em>) sobre todas las
-operaciones seleccionadas a la vez.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Las posiciones de buceo de la lista pueden visualizarse de dos maneras: una
-lista de ubicaciones o un mapa sobre el que se indican las posiciones. La forma
-de visualizarla (lista o mapa) se modifica seleccionando <em>Dives</em> arriba a la
-izquierda de la pantalla (ver <strong>A</strong> abajo) y luego eligiendo el modo. Si se
-selecciona una ubicación (en la lista o en el mapa), se abre un panel de edición
-(ver *C abajo) donde pueden cambiarse algunos detalles.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Companion_4.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Companion App, añadir posición usando el mapa" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Cuando se pulsa sobre una posición (<strong>sin</strong> seleccionar la casilla), se mostrarán
-el nombre del punto, la fecha y hora y las coordenadas GPS, con dos opciones
-arriba de la pantalla:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Edit (lapiz): Permite cambiar el nombre u otras características del punto de
- buceo.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Maps: Muestra el punto de buceo sobre un mapa.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Tras editar y guardar la posición de buceo (ver <strong>C</strong> abajo), se necesita subirla
-al servidor, como se explicará a continuación.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_subir_puntos_de_buceo">5.4.5. Subir puntos de buceo</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Hay varias formas de enviar los buceos al servidor; la más fácil es simplemente
-seleccionar la inmersión (ver la imagen <strong>A</strong> abajo) y luego pulsar la flecha
-arriba a la derecha de la pantalla.</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">El usuario debe tener cuidado ya que el icono de papelera de la derecha
-significa exactamente lo que se supone: borra los puntos de buceo seleccionados.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Companion_1.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Capturas (A-B) de la app companion" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Después de un viaje de buceo usando Companion, todos los puntos de inmersión
-estarán listos para ser descargados a un diario de <em>Subsurface</em> (ver a
-continuación).</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_ajustes_de_la_companion_app">5.4.6. Ajustes de la Companion app</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Seleccionar la opción Settings del menú, resulta en la imagen B de arriba a la
-derecha.</p></div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_server_and_account">Server and account</h5>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Web-service URL</em>. Esta está predefinida (<a href="http://api.hohndel.org/">http://api.hohndel.org/</a>)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>User ID.</em> El DIVERID obtenido al registrarse como indicábamos antes. La forma
- más fácil de introducirlo es simplemente copiar y pegar desde el correo de
- confirmación pero, desde luego, el usuario teclearlo carácter a carácter.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_synchronization">Synchronization</h5>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Synchronize on startup</em>. Si se selecciona, los puntos de buceo del
- dispositivo android y los del servicio web se sincronizarán cada vez que se
- inicie la app.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Upload new dives</em>. Si se selecciona, cada vez que el usuario añada una
- ubicación de buceo, se enviará automáticamente al servidor.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_background_service">Background service</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>En vez de tomar una sola ubicación de buceo, los usuarios pueden dejar el
-servicio ejecutándose en segundo plano en tu dispositivo android, tomando
-continuamente posiciones GPS</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Los ajustes, a continuación, definirán el comportamiento del servicio:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Min duration</em>. En minutos. La app intentará tomar una posición cada X minutos
- hasta que el usuario la detenga.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Min distance</em>. En metros. Distancia mínima entre dos posiciones.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Name template</em>. La plantilla de nombre que usará la app cuando guarde las
- posiciones.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/info.jpg" alt="Tip" />
-</td>
-<td class="content"><em>¿ Como trabaja el servicio en segundo plano ?</em> Suponiendo que el usuario ha
-fijado 5 minutos y 50 metros en los ajustes anteriores, la app tomará una
-posición en la ubicación actual, seguida por otra cada 5 minutos <strong>o</strong> cada vez
-que se desplace 50 metros de la posición anterior. Si las siguientes ubicaciones
-están en el radio de 50 metros de la anterior, no se guardarán. De esta forma,
-si el usuario no se está moviendo, solo se guarda una posición, pero si se
-mueve, puede llegar a tener una traza de su viaje al guardar una ubicación cada
-50 metros.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_other">Other</h5>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Mailing List</em>. El buzón de correo de <em>Subsurface</em>. El usuario enviar mails a
- la lista de correo de <em>Subsurface</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Subsurface website</em>. Un link a la URL de la página de <em>Subsurface</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Version</em>. Muestra la versión actual de la app Companion.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_search">Search</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Se utiliza para buscar en las ubicaciones de buceo guardadas, por nombre o por
-fecha y hora.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_start_service">Start service</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Inicia el servicio en segundo plano siguiendo los ajustes previamente definidos.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_disconnect">Disconnect</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Esta opción está mal nombrada. "Desconecta" la app del servidor reseteando el
-DIVERID en la app, y retorna a la primera pantalla desde la que se puede crear
-una cuenta, reactivar el DIVERID o volver a poner el del usuario. Desconectar
-puede ser útil si se desea descargar a un dispositivo android posiciones de otro
-buceador registrado o enviar la posición actual al servidor con el ID de otro
-buceador registrado.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_send_all_locations">Send all locations</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Esta opción envía todas las posiciones guardadas en el dispositivo android al
-servidor.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_iphone">5.4.7. Usar la app Subsurface companion en un <em>iPhone</em> para registra puntos de buceo</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>El interfaz de iPhone es bastante simple. Se necesita introducir la ID de
-usuario (obtenida durante el registro) en el espacio reservado para ello, luego
-seleccionar "Dive in" (ver parte izquierda de la imágen de abajo) y se empieza
-a recoger información de las ubicaciones.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/iphone.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Usiar la aplicación iPhone companion" width="640" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Las inmersiones se pueden añadir de forma automática o manual. En modo manual,
-se añade una sola ubicación de buceo o "waypoint" al flujo de entrada de datos
-del GPS. En modo automático se crea una traza continua de posiciones GPS de las
-cuales, posteriormente, después de haberse importado, <em>Subsurface</em> puede
-seleccionar las posiciones correctas en base a las horas de los buceos. El modo
-por defecto para el <em>iPhone</em> es el automático. Cuando se añade una inmersión,
-el servicio de posicionamiento se inicia automáticamente y aparece una barra
-roja en la parte de abajo de la pantalla. Tras el buceo, se puede hacer clic en
-la barra roja para detener el servicio de posicionamiento. Mientras el servicio
-se está ejecutando, solo se pueden añadir inmersiones usando el mecanismo
-manual.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Se puede editar el nombre del punto de buceo posteriormente, seleccionando la
-inmersión de la lista y clicando en el nombre. No hay otros campos editables.
-La lista se sube automáticamente desde el <em>iPhone</em> al servicio web y no hay
-opción a hacerlo manualmente.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_descargar_ubicaciones_de_buceo_al_diario_en_em_subsurface_em">5.4.8. Descargar ubicaciones de buceo al diario en <em>Subsurface</em></h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Hay que descargar a <em>Subsurface</em> las inmersiones del ordenador de buceo, o
-crearlas manualmente, antes de obtener las coordenadas del servifor. El diálogo
-de descarga se puede obtener vía <em>Ctrl+G</em> o desde el menú principal de
-<em>Subsurface</em>, <em>Importar → Importar datos GPS del servicio Subsurface</em>,
-resultando la imagen de abajo a la izquierda (A). La primera vez que se use, el
-campo DIVERID estará en blanco. Introducir el DIVERID. Después se pulsa el botón
-Descargar y comenzará la descarga, tras lo cual aparece la pantalla de abajo a
-la derecha (<strong>B</strong>):</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DownloadGPS.jpg" alt="[FIGURE: Descargar datos GPS de la app Companion]" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Nótese que ahora está activo el botón <em>Aplicar</em>. Pulsarlo para actualizar las
-inmersiones recién creadas o descargadas a <em>Subsurface</em>, lo cual aplicará las
-coordenadas y los nombres que se hayan dado en la app en todas las inmersiones
-en las que coincidan las fechas y las horas de las posiciones GPS descargadas.
-Si se ha introducido en <em>Subsurface</em> el nombre del punto de buceo antes de
-descargar las coordenadas GPS, este nombre tendrá preferencia sobre los
-descargados.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Ya que <em>Subsurface</em> busca coincidencias entre las localizaciones GPS del
-dispositivo android y la información del ordenador de buceo basándose en la
-fecha y la hora, la asignación automática depende de la coincidencia entre los
-datos de ambos dispositivos. Aunque <em>Subsurface</em> tiene un margen de tolerancia
-muy amplio, puede ser incapaz de identificar la inmersión correcta, si hay mucha
-diferencia entre la hora del ordenador de buceo y la del dispositivo android,
-resultando en que no haya actualización.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Fechas y horas similares en los dispositivos no siempre son posibles y puede
-haber muchas razones para ello (p.e. zonas horarias), o <em>Subsurface</em> puede ser
-incapaz de decidir cual es la posición correcta de una inmersión (p.e. en
-inmersiones repetitivas mientras se ejecuta el servicio en 2º plano puede haber
-varios puntos incluidos en el rango de tiempo que casen no solo para la primera
-inmersión, sino también para las siguientes). Una solución alternativa para esta
-situación sería editar manualmente la hora en la lista de inmersiones de
-<em>Subsurface</em> <strong>antes</strong> de descargar los datos GPS, para hacerla coincidir con la
-de estos, y luego volver a cambiarla a la correcta <strong>después</strong> de la descarga.</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/info.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">SUGERENCIAS:</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-El servicio en segundo plano es una herramienta poderosa, pero puede llenar la
- lista de localizaciones con muchas posiciones innecesarias que no correspondan a
- los puntos exactos de buceo, sino a la ruta seguida por el barco. Actualmente,
- borrar estas posiciones del servidor resulta difícil. En algunas situaciones
- resulta, pues, prudente limpiar la lista del dispositivo android antes de enviar
- los puntos al servidor simplemente borrando los que no sean correctos. Esto
- puede ser necesario, por ejemplo, si se desea mantener limpia la lista de
- ubicaciones para poder visualizarlas en el mapa del servidor o del dispositivo
- android.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-También tendría sentido proporcionar nombres significativos a las
- localizaciones enviadas al servidor o, al menos, usar tal nombre en el ajuste
- <em>Name Template</em> si se va a ejecutar el background service, especialmente durante
- los viajes de buceo con muchas inmersiones y puntos de buceo.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_LoadImage">6. El cargador de fotografías de <em>Subsurface</em></h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Muchos buceadores (si no la mayoría) llevan consigo una cámara y toman
-fotografías durante sus inmersiones. Sería interesante poder asociar cada
-fotografía con una inmersión concreta. <em>Subsurface</em> nos permite cargar fotos en
-una inmersión. Las fotos se superponen en el perfil de la inmersión, desde donde
-pueden visualizarse.</p></div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_cargar_fotos_y_sincronizar_la_camara_con_el_ordenador_de_buceo">6.1. Cargar fotos y sincronizar la cámara con el ordenador de buceo</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Se selecciona una inmersión o un grupo de ellas en la lista. Luego se hace
-clic-derecho en la selección y se elige la opción <em>Carga imagenes</em>:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/LoadImage1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Opción de carga de imágenes" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Aparecerá el navegador de archivos del sistema. Se selecciona la carpeta y las
-fotografías que se necesitan cargar en <em>Subsurface</em> y se hace clic en el botón
-<em>Abrir</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/LoadImage2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Opción de carga de imágenes" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Esto desplegará el diálogo de sincronización que se muestra a continuación. El
-problema crítico es que la sincronización horaria entre la cámara y el ordenador
-de buceo no sea perfecta, en ocasiones difieren varios minutos. Si <em>Subsurface</em>
-puede sincronizarlos, entonces puede utilizar las horas de las fotografías para
-posicionarlas en el perfil de la inmersión.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> puede conseguir esta sincronización de tres maneras:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Proactivamente</strong>: Antes de la inmersión, asegúrate de que los ajustes de la
- cámara coinciden con los del ordenador de buceo, cambiándolo en uno de los
- dispositivos o en ambos.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Manualmente</strong>: Si el usuario anotó la hora exacta de la cámara al inicio de la
- inmersión, se puede obtener la diferencia de tiempo entre los dos dispositivos.
- En realidad, si no se han variado los ajustes horarios, se pueden conseguir tras
- la inmersión o, incluso, al final del día. Entonces se puede indicar manualmente
- la diferencia en el diálogo de <em>Desplazamiento horario</em>. En la parte de arriba
- del diálogo hay una herramienta para indicar tiempos, evidente en la figura <strong>A</strong>
- a continuación. Si la cámara lleva un adelanto de 7 minutos sobre el ordenador
- de buceo, fijamos en la herramienta un valor de 00:07. Se ignora cualquier
- sufijo "AM" o "PM". Seleccionamos el botón <em>OK</em> y se habrá obtenido la
- sincronización. Hay que marcar <em>Más pronto</em> o <em>Más tarde</em> según corresponda. En
- el ejemplo a continuación, la opción <em>Más pronto</em> es la correcta ya que la
- cámara de fotos va 7 minutos por delante del ordenador de buceo.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images//LoadImage3b_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Diálogo de sincronización" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Por fotografía</strong>: Hay una forma muy cómoda de conseguir sincronización. Si se
- toma una foto de la pantalla del ordenador mostrando la hora, <em>Subsurface</em> puede
- obtener la hora exacta a la que se tomó la foto usando los metadatos que la
- cámara guarda en cada foto. Para ello se utiliza la mitad inferior del diálogo
- <em>Desplazamiento horario</em>. Si se selecciona la barra horizontal titulada
- "<em>Selecciona la imagen del ordenador de buceo mostrando la hora</em>", aparece un
- navegador de archivos. Se selecciona la fotografía y se pulsa <em>Abrir</em>. La foto
- del ordenador de buceo aparecerá en el recuadro inferior del diálogo.
- <em>Subsurface</em> sabe exactamente cuando se tomó la foto. Ajusta la fecha y hora en
- el diálogo a la izquierda de la foto para que refleje los de la pantalla del
- ordenador. Tras el ajuste <em>Subsurface</em> conoce exactamente cual es la diferencia
- entre cámara y ordenador y se podrán sincronizar. La figura anterior muestra una
- fotografía del ordenador de buceo y la herramienta de tiempo ajustada a la fecha
- y hora de la imagen <strong>B</strong> anterior.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Si la hora de la foto es muy anterior o posterior al buceo, no se sitúa sobre el
-perfil de la inmersión. Si está en un rango de 30 minutos, sí se muestra.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_visualizar_las_imagenes">6.2. Visualizar las imágenes</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Después que las imágenes han sido cargadas aparecen en dos lugares:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-La pestaña <em>Fotos</em> del panel <em>Notas</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Como pequeños iconos (chinchetas) sobre el perfil de inmersión, en posiciones
- que relejan la hora en que se tomó cada fotografía. Para ver las fotos sobre el
- perfil, activa el botón <em>Mostrar fotos</em> a la izquierda del perfil:
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:left;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/icons/ShowPhotos_f20.png" alt="FIGURE:Show photos toolbar button" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Esto producirá un perfil como el que se muestra a continuación</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/LoadImage4_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Fotos sobre un perfil de inmersión" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Si se sitúa el ratón sobre uno de los iconos, se mostrará una versión reducida
-de la foto. Ver imagen a continuación:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/LoadImage5_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Foto reducida sobre perfil de inmersión" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Si hacemos clic sobre la imagen reducida aparecerá la fotografía a tamaño
-completo sobre la ventana de <em>Subsurface</em>. Esto permite una buena visión de las
-fotos que han sido importadas. Ver imagen a continuación.
-Cada imagen reducida tiene una pequeña papelera en su esquina superior
-izquierda (ver imagen anterior). Si se selecciona la papelera, la foto se
-borra de la inmersión, así pues, hay que tener un poco de cuidado al clicar
-sobre las imágenes. Las imágenes también puede borrase desde la pestaña <em>Fotos</em>
-(ver en el siguiente punto).</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/LoadImage6_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Foto a pantalla completa sobre el perfil de inmersión" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_la_pestana_em_fotos_em">6.2.1. La pestaña <em>Fotos</em></h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Las fotografías asociadas a una inmersión se muestran como miniaturas en la
-pestaña <em>Fotos</em> del <em>Panel de inmersión</em>. Se puede acceder con facilidad a las
-fotos hechas en rápida sucesión durante la inmersión, desde la pestaña <em>Fotos</em>.
-Esta pestaña es una herramienta para acceder individualmente a las fotos de un
-buceo, mientras que las "chinchetas" en el perfil de inmersión proporcionan una
-indicación de cuando se tomó la foto. Clicando una sola vez sobre una de la
-miniaturas de la pestaña <em>Fotos</em>, seleccionamos una foto. Haciendo doble-clic
-sobre una miniatura, se muestra la imagen a tamaño completo superpuesta a la
-ventana de <em>Subsurface</em>. Podemos borrar una foto desde la pestaña <em>Fotos</em>
-seleccionándola (un solo clic) y pulsando a continuación la tecla <em>Supr</em> en el
-teclado. Esto eliminará la foto tanto de la pestaña <em>Fotos</em> como del <em>Perfil de
-la inmersión</em>.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_fotos_en_disco_duro_externo">6.2.2. Fotos en disco duro externo</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>La mayoría de fotosubs guardan sus fotografías en un disco duro externo. Si este
-disco puede mapearse (como es casi siempre el caso) <em>Subsurface</em> puede acceder
-directamente a las fotos. Esto facilita la interacción entre <em>Subsurface</em> y un
-repositorio externo de fotos. Cuando se asocia un perfil de inmersión con fotos
-de un disco externo se utiliza el procedimiento normal de selección
-y sincronización (ver en el texto anterior). Sin embargo, después de que el
-disco externo haya sido desconectado, <em>Subsurface ya no podrá acceder a las
-fotos. Si se ha activado la visualización de fotos sobre el perfil (utilizando
-la barra de herramientas a la izquierda del perfil), el programa solo mostrará
-unos pequeños puntos blancos donde deberían mostrarse las fotos. Además, la
-pestaña _Fotos</em> solo mostrará los nombres de los archivos de las imágenes. Este
-es el funcionamiento normal. Si, posteriormente, el disco externo con las fotos
-se vuelve a conectar, las fotos se visualizarán normalmente.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_FindMovedImages">6.2.3. Mover fotografías entre directorios, discos duros u ordenadores</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Tras haber cargado una fotografía en <em>subsurface</em> y haberla asociado a un buceo
-determinado, se archiva el directorio donde la foto permanece guardada, para poder
-encontrarla cuando se vuelva a abrir la inmersión. Si la foto o la colección
-completa de fotos se trasladan a otro disco o a una máquina distinta, sería
-bastante raro que la estructura de directorios fuera idéntica a la de la fotografía
-cargada originalmente. Cuando esto sucede, <em>Subsurface</em> busca las fotos en el
-directorio original desde el que fueron cargadas, no las encuentra y, por tanto,
-no las puede mostrar. Ya que, después de mover fotos, un gran número puede
-necesitar borrarse y reimportarse desde la nueva localización, <em>Subsurface</em>
-tiene un mecanismo que facilita el proceso de actualizar la información del
-directorio para cada foto: actualizaciones automáticas utilizando huellas.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Cuando se carga una foto en <em>Subsurface</em>, se calcula una huella para la imagen
-y se guarda con la otra información de referencia para la foto. Tras mover una
-colección de fotos (que ya ha sido cargada en <em>Subsurface</em>) a un directorio,
-disco u ordenador diferente, <em>Subsurface</em> puede llevar a cabo los siguientes
-pasos:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Buscar en un directorio concreto (y todos sus subdireectorios recursivamente)
-al que se han llevado las fotos.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Calcular huellas para todas las fotos de este directorio, y
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-si hay coincidencia entre una de las huellas calculadas y la que se calculó
-al cargar la foto en <em>Subsurface</em> (incluso si el nombre del archivo hubiera
-cambiado), actualizar automáticamente la información de directorio, de foma que
-<em>Subsurface</em> pueda encontrar la foto en el nuevo directorio.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Esto se consigue seleccionando desde el Menú Principal: <em>Archivo → Encontrar
-imágenes desplazadas</em>. Esto presenta una ventana en la cual es necesario
-especificar el NUEVO directorio de las fotos. Se selecciona el directorio
-apropiado y se clica el botón <em>Escanear</em> en la parte inferior derecha del
-panel. El proceso puede requerir varios minutos para completarse, tras lo
-cual <em>Subsurface</em> mostrará las fotos correctas cuando se abra un buceo.</p></div>
-<div class="sidebarblock" id="Image_fingerprint_upgrade">
-<div class="content">
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Actualizar colecciones de fotos existentes sin huella</strong></p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
-</td>
-<td class="content"><em>Subsurface</em> calcula automáticamente huellas para todas las imágenes a las
-que tiene acceso. Cuando manipules estas imágenes, asegúrate de que todas las
-imágenes asociadas al divelog queden accesibles. <em>Subsurface</em>, automáticamente
-comprueba y actualiza (en caso necesario) las huellas asociadas a cada buceo
-si:
-- Las imágenes asociadas a ese buceo son visibles como miniaturas en el perfil.
-- Se edita cualquier cosa en el panel <strong>Notas</strong> y se guardan las modificaciones
-con <em>Guardar cambios</em>.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-</div></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_registrar_tipos_de_inmersion_especiales">6.3. Registrar tipos de inmersión especiales</h3>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_MulticylinderDives">6.3.1. Inmersiones multi botella</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> maneja fácilmente inmersiones que requieren más de una botella. El
-buceo multi botella se produce habitualmente cuando (a) un buceador no tiene
-bastante gas para completar una inmersión con una sola botella o (b) cuando el
-buceador necesita más de una mezcla de gas a causa de la profundidad o de las
-necesidades descompresivas de la inmersión. Por este motivo, las inmersiones
-multi tanque son empleadas a menudo por los buceadores técnicos ya que bucean
-profundo y durante mucho tiempo. En lo que corresponde a <em>Subsurface</em>, solo hay
-dos clases de información que necesitan proporcionarse:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Describir las botellas usadas durante el buceo</strong>. Esto se hace en la pestaña
- <strong>Equipo</strong> del panel <strong>Información</strong> tal como <a href="#cylinder_definitions">se describe anteriormente</a>.
- se introducen las botellas una a una, especificando las características de la
- botella y la composición del gas de cada una de ellas.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Registrar los momentos en que se cambia de una botella a otra</strong>. Esta es una
- información que facilitan algunos ordenadores (siempre y cuando el buceador
- se la diga al ordenador durante el buceo). Si el ordenador no la proporciona,
- el buceador necesita registrarla usando un método diferente, p.e. en una
- pizarra.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Indica los cambios de botella en el perfil</strong>. Si se utilizó la última opción,
- el buceador ha de indicar el evento de cambio de gas haciendo clic derecho en
- el momento adecuado del panel <strong>Perfil de inmersión</strong> y señalar la botella a la
- que se cambió. Tras hacer clic derecho, seguir el menú contextual a "Añadir
- cambio de gas" y seleccionar la botella apropiada entre las definidas en el
- primer paso (ver imagen a continuación). Si el botón <strong>Barra de botellas</strong> de
- la barra de herramientas se ha activado, los cambios también se indicarán en
- la barra.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Habiendo llevado a cabo estas tareas, <em>Subsurface</em> indica en el perfil de buceo
-el uso de diferentes botellas. A continuación, una inmersión multi botella que
-empieza con EAN28, se cambia a EAN50 despues de 26 minutos para efectuar la
-deco.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/multicylinder_dive.jpg" alt="FIGURa: Perfil multi tanque" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_inmersiones_en_montaje_lateral_sidemount">6.3.2. Inmersiones en montaje lateral (sidemount)</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>El buceo en montaje lateral es solo otra forma de buceo multi tanque, a menudo
-con ambas o todas las botellas conteniendo la misma mezcla. Aunque es una
-configuración popular entre los espeleo buceadores, el buceo en lateral se
-puede efectuar por buceadores recreativos que hayan completado el entrenamiento
-adecuado. Registrar inmersiones en sidemount se hace en tres pasos:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-*Durante el buceo, se registran los eventos de cambio de botella". Ya que bucear
- en lateral supone, normalmente, usar 2 botellas con aire o con la misma mezcla,
- <em>Subsurface</em> distingue entre estas botellas. En comparación, la mayoría de
- ordenadores de buceo que contemplan cambios de gas solo distinguen entre
- diferentes <em>gases</em> usados, no entre diferentes <em>botellas</em> usadas. Esto supone
- que, cuando se descargan inmersiones en sidemount desde estos ordenadores, los
- eventos de cambio entre las diferentes botellas no se descargan. Esto puede
- suponer que se tenga que guardar un registro manual de cambios de botella o
- (si el ordenador tiene esta posibilidad) marcando cada cambio de botella con
- una marca que se pueda descargar posteriormente. Regresar de una inmersión
- en lateral con la información de cambios de botella es la única parte con
- truco en cuanto a registrar buceos en sidemount.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>En <em>Subsurface</em> detalla las botellas usadas en la inmersión</strong>. El usuario
- registra las especificaciones para las diferentes botellas usando la pestaña
- <strong>Equipo</strong> del <strong>Panel de información</strong> (véase imagen a continuación en la que se
- usó una botella de 12 litros).
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Indicar eventos de cambio de botella sobre el perfil de <em>Subsurface</em></strong>. Una
- vez que se ha importado la inmersión desde el ordenador de buceo, es necesario
- indicar los eventos de cambio de botella sobre el perfil. Los cambios se
- anotan haciendo clic-derecho en el punto correspondiente del perfil y entonces
- seleccionando <em>Añadir cambio de gas</em>. Se muestra una lista de las botellas con
- la que se está utilizando en gris. En la imagen a continuación, Tank 1 está en
- gris, permitiendo solo la selección de Tank 2. Tras seleccionar la botella
- correspondiente el cambio se indicará sobre el perfil con un icono de una
- botella. Si está activada la <strong>Barra de botellas</strong> también se indicará el cambio
- sobre ella (ver imagen a continuación). Una vez que todos los cambios de
- botella han sido registrados sobre el perfil, las presiones correctas de ambas
- botellas se mostrarán en el perfil, como en la imagen de ejemplo.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/sidemount1.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Sidemount profile" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Esta sección es un ejemplo de la versatilidad de <em>Subsurface</em> como herramienta
-de registro de inmersiones.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_sSCR_dives">6.3.3. Inmersiones con rebreather de circuito semi cerrado (SCR)</h4>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/halcyon_RB80.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Los rebreathers semi cerrados pasivos (pSCR) suponen un avance técnico en el
-equipo de buceo que recircula el gas que el buzo respira, y elimina el dióxido
-de carbono del gas exhalado. Al tiempo que una pequeña cantidad del gas exhalado
-(habitualmente una décima parte) se libera en el agua, una pequeña cantidad de
-gas de la botella se introduce en el circuito (habitualmente nitrox). Un buzo
-usando una sola botella de gas puede, pues, bucear durante periodos de tiempo
-mucho mayores que utilizando una configuración recreativa de circuito abierto.
-Con los pSCR una cantidad muy pequeña de gas se libera cada vez que el buzo
-inhala. Con los equipos SCR activos (aSCR), en cambio, una pequeña cantidad del
-gas respirado se libera continuamente.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Para registrar inmersiones con pSCR, no se requieren procedimientos especiales,
-solo los pasos normales descritos con anterioridad:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Seleccionar el modo pSCR en el desplegable <em>Modo de inmersión</em> en el panel
- <strong>Información</strong>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-El buceo con pSCR, a menudo, requiere cambios de gas, necesitando una botella
- adicional. Hay, pues, que describir todas las botellas como se indicó con
- anterioridad e indicar los cambios de botella/gas como se explicó en la
- sección <a href="#S_MulticylinderDives">Inmersiones multi botella</a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Si se ha seleccionado pSCR en el <em>Modo de inmersión</em>, el techo de buceo para
-inmersiones pSCR se ajusta para la caída de oxígeno a través de la boquilla
-que, a menudo, requiere mayores períodos de descompresión. A continuación un
-perfil de inmersión de un buceo con pSCR usando EAN36 como gas de fondo y
-oxígeno para la descompresión. Fíjate que la inmersión duró unas dos horas.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/pSCR_profile.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Perfil pSCR" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_CCR_dives">6.3.4. Inmersiones con rebreather de circuito cerrado (CCR)</h4>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/APD.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Los rebreathers de circuito cerrado utilizan tecnología avanzada para
-reciclar el gas que se ha respirado, mientras mantienen una concentración de
-oxígeno respirable llevando a cabo dos acciones:
-a) Eliminan dióxido de carbono del gas que se ha exhalado.
-b) Regulan la concentración de oxígeno para que permanezca en los límites.
-La interfaz CCR de <em>Subsurface</em> es experimental actualmente y se halla bajo
-desarrollo activo. <em>Subsurface</em> soporta en estos momentos el Poseidon MKVI y
-los PD Discovery/Evolution En contraste con un ordenador
-de buceo recreativo convencional, el ordenador de un sistema CCR no permite
-descargar un diario que contenga múltiples inmersiones. En su lugar, cada buceo
-se guarda independientemente. Esto significa que <em>SUbsurface</em> no puede descargar
-el diario directamente desde un CCR, sino que lo importa de la misma manera que
-se importan datos de otras bases de datos digitales, una inmersión cada vez.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_importar_una_inmersion_con_ccr">6.3.5. Importar una inmersión con CCR</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Véase la sección que trata de <a href="#S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs">Importar información de buceo de otras fuentes digitales</a>.
-Desde el menú principal de <em>Subsurface</em>, seleccionar <em>Import → Importar archivos
-de registro</em> para desplegar el <a href="#Unified_import">Diálogo de importación universal</a>.
-Como se explicaba en esa sección, en la parte de abajo a la derecha hay una lista
-desplegable (etiquetada como <em>Filtro:</em>) de dispositivos que incluye los archivos del
-(Poseidon) MKVI o APD (la funcionalidad para otros dispositivos CCR está en desarrollo
-actualmente). Tras haber seleccionado el dispositivo y el directorio donde se
-hallan los archivos originales del ordenador CCR, se puede seleccionar un
-archivo concreto (en el caso del MKVI es un archivo con extensión .txt). Tras
-seleccionar el archivo, activar el botón <em>Abrir</em> de abajo a la derecha. Lee la
-sección a continuación para:</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_informacion_mostrada_para_un_buceo_con_ccr">6.3.6. Información mostrada para un buceo con CCR</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Presiones parciales de los gases</em>: El gráfico de presión parcial de oxígeno
-muestra la información de los sensores de oxígeno del equipo CCR. A diferencia
-del equipo de circuito abierto (donde los valores de pO<sub>2</sub> se calculan en base
-a la composición del gas y la profundidad), los equipos CCR proporcionan
-mediciones instantáneas de pO<sub>2</sub>, a partir de sensores de oxígeno. En este
-caso el gráfico de presión parcial de oxígeno debería se bastante plano,
-reflejando el ajuste del setpoint durante la inmersión. La pO<sub>2</sub> media no es
-la media de presiones parciales de oxígeno que facilita el equipo CCR, sino
-un valor calculado por <em>Subsurface</em> de la siguiente forma:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Para DOS sensores de O<sub>2</sub> se da en valor medio de ambos sensores.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Para sistemas de TRES sensores (p.e. APD), también se usa la media. Sin
- embargo las lecturas simultaneas de diferentes sensores con diferencias de
- más de 0,1 bar, se consideran falsas y se ignoran.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>La pO<sub>2</sub> media de los sensores se indica con una línea verde.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>El valor del setpoint así como las lecturas de de los sensores de oxígeno
-individuales puede mostrarse. La presentación en pantalla de información CCR
-adicional se activa seleccionando las opciones adecuadas en el panel <em>Preferencias</em>
-(accesible seleccionando <a href="#S_CCR_options"><em>Archivo → Preferencias → Gráfico</em></a>).
-Esta parte del panel <em>Preferencias</em>, mostrada en la siguiente imagen, se
-presenta como dos casillas seleccionables que modifican la presentación de la
-pO<sub>2</sub> cuando se halla activada la opción correspondiente de la barra de herramientas
-del Perfil de Inmersión.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/CCR_preferences_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Panel de preferencias de CCR" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Clicar cualquiera de las casillas seleccionables permite mostrar información
-adicional relativa al oxígeno, siempre que el botón pO<sub>2</sub> de la barra de
-herramientas del panel <em>Perfil</em> esté activado.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>La primera casilla permite mostrar información del setpoint. Esta es una línea
-roja superpuesta al gráfico verde de presión parcial de oxígeno y permite
-comparar la media de presiones parciales de oxígeno medidas, frente al valor
-del setpoint, como se muestra a continuación.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>image::images/CCR_setpoint_f20.jpg"FIGURA: Gráfico de pO2 y setpoint del CCR",align="center"]</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>La segunda casilla permite mostrar datos de cada sensor de oxígeno individual
-del equipo CCR. Los datos de cada sensor se colorean de la siguiente forma:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Sensor 1: gris
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Sensor 2: azul
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Sensor 3: marrón
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>La media de pO<sub>2</sub> se indica por la línea verde. Así se pueden comparar los
-datos de cada uno de los sensores de oxígeno, lo cual es útil para detectar
-lecturas erráticas o anormalmente bajas de un sensor en particular.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/CCR_sensor_data_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Gráfico de datos de los sensores del CCR" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>El dato del setpoint puede ser superpuesto sobre los datos de los sensores de
-oxígeno activando ambas casillas. Las presiones parciales del nitrógeno y del
-helio (en su caso) se muestran de la forma habitual para las inmersiones OC.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Eventos</em>: Se registran diversos eventos, p.e. los cambios a circuito abierto
-de la boquilla. Estos eventos se muestran como triángulos amarillos y, si se
-pasa el ratón sobre el icono, se da una descripción del evento en la línea
-inferior del <a href="#S_InfoBox">Recuadro de información</a>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Presiones de las botellas</em>: Algunos ordenadores de buceo CCR, como el MKVI de
-Poseidon, registran las presiones de las botellas de oxígeno y diluyente. Las
-presiones de estas dos botellas se muestran como líneas verdes sobre el perfil
-de la inmersión. Además, las presiones iniciales y finales de ambas botellas se
-muestran en la pestaña <em>Equipo</em>. A continuación, un perfil de inmersión con CCR
-incluyendo capas con el setpoint, las lecturas de los sensores de oxígeno y la
-información de presión de las botellas. En este caso hay una buena coincidencia
-entre las lecturas de los dos sensores de oxígeno.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/CCR_dive_profile_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Perfil de inmersión con CCR" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Información especifica del equipo</em>: <em>Subsurface</em> recoge información que puede
-ser especifica de un tipo de equipo concreto. Se muestra en la <a href="#S_ExtraDataTab">pestaña Otros Datos</a>.
-Puede incluir información de ajustes o metadatos sobre la inmersión.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>El techo calculado por <em>Subsurface</em> no es muy preciso dado que no se puede
-determinar fiablemente la presión de nitrógeno en el circuito desde el divelog
-importado del equipo del CCR. Muchos ordenadores de buceo CCR, sin embargo,
-informan del techo calculado internamente por ellos mismos y este se mostrará
-en el perfil activando el botón correspondiente a la izquierda del perfil:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/icons/cceiling.jpg" alt="Icono de techo" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>El color por defecto del techo de deco generado por el ordenador es blanco. Sin
-embargo, puede ajustarse a rojo seleccionando la correspondiente casilla en
-<em>Archivo → Preferencias → Gráfico</em>. A continuación se muestra un perfil
-mostrando el techo deco generado por el ordenador de buceo:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/CCR_dive_ceilingF22.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Perfil de inmersión con CCR" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Se puede encontrar más información, específica para cada ordenador, sobre
-como descargar divelogs de CCR en el <a href="#_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">Apéndice B</a></p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_obtener_mas_informacion_sobre_inmersiones_guardadas_en_el_diario">7. Obtener más información sobre inmersiones guardadas en el diario</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_la_pestana_informacion_para_inmersiones_individuales">7.1. La pestaña Información (para inmersiones individuales)</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>La pestaña Información proporciona alguna información resumida
-sobre un buceo en particular que ha sido seleccionado en la <strong>Lista de
-inmersiones</strong>. La información útil incluye el intervalo en superficie antes de la
-inmersión, las profundidades máxima y media, el volumen de gas consumido, el
-C.A.S. (consumo de aire en superficie) y el número de unidades de toxicidad de
-oxígeno (OTU) en las que se ha incurrido.</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/info.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Consumo de gas y cálculos de CAS: <em>Subsurface</em> calcula el CAS y el consumo de gas
-teniendo en cuenta la incompresibilidad de los gases, particularmente a
-presiones en las botellas superiores a 200 bar, haciéndolos más precisos. Los
-usuarios deberían consultar el <a href="#SAC_CALCULATION">Apéndice F</a> para más información.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_ExtraDataTab">7.2. La pestaña <strong>Otros datos</strong> (para inmersiones individuales)</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Cuando se utiliza un ordenador de buceo, a menudo facilita determinadas
-informaciones que no pueden presentarse de forma estandarizada ya que la
-naturaleza de la información varía de un ordenador a otro. Estos datos suelen
-comprender informaciones de ajustes, metadatos sobre una inmersión, niveles de
-batería, tiempos de "no vuelo" o factores de gradiente usados durante el buceo.
-Si es posible, toda esta información se presenta en la pestaña <strong>Otros datos</strong>. A
-continuación hay una imagen que muestra otros datos para un buceo con un
-rebreather Poseidon.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/ExtraDataTab_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Pestaña Otros datos" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_la_pestana_estadisticas_para_grupos_de_inmersiones">7.3. La pestaña Estadísticas (para grupos de inmersiones)</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>La pestaña Estadísticas facilita información resumida para más de una inmersión,
-suponiendo que se haya seleccionado más de un buceo en la <strong>Lista de inmersiones</strong>
-tcon los estándares "Ctrl+clic" o "Shift+clic" del ratón. Si solo se ha
-seleccionado una los cálculos se efectuarán solo para esa inmersión. Esta
-pestaña muestra el número de inmersiones seleccionadas, el tiempo total de buceo
-para estas inmersiones, así como los máximos, mínimos y medios para la duración,
-profundidad, temperatura en agua y superficie y CAS. También muestra la
-profundidad máxima de las inmersiones más profunda y más superficial de las
-seleccionadas.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_DiveProfile">7.4. El Perfil de inmersión</h3>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Profile2.jpg" alt="Típico perfil de buceo" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>De todos los paneles de <em>Subsurface</em>, el Perfil contiene la información más
-detallada de cada inmersión. El perfil de inmersión tiene una <strong>barra de botones</strong>
-en el lado izquierdo que permite controlar varias opciones. Las funciones de
-estos botones se describen más adelante. El objeto principal del perfil de
-inmersión es el gráfico de profundidad en función del tiempo. Además de la
-información obvia acerca de la profundidad, también muestra los ratios de
-ascenso y descenso en relación a las velocidades de ascenso y descenso
-recomendadas. Esta información se proporciona utilizando diferentes colores:</p></div>
-<div class="tableblock">
-<table rules="all"
-width="100%"
-frame="border"
-cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
-<col width="33%" />
-<col width="33%" />
-<col width="33%" />
-<tbody>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Color</strong></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Velocidad de descenso (m/min)</strong></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Velocidad de ascenso (m/min)</strong></p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Rojo</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">> 30</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">> 18</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Naranja</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">18 - 30</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">9 - 18</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Amarillo</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">9 - 18</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">4 - 9</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Verde claro</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">1.5 - 9</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">1.5 - 4</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Verde oscuro</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">< 1.5</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">< 1.5</p></td>
-</tr>
-</tbody>
-</table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>El perfil también incluye lecturas de profundidad para los picos y valles del
-gráfico. De esta forma, se debe poder visualizar la profundidad del punto más
-hondo y otros picos. La profundidad media se muestra como una línea gris que
-indica la profundidad media en cada momento de la inmersión.</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/scale.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">En algunos casos el perfil de inmersión no llena el área completa del panel.
-Hacer clic en el botón Escala de la barra de herramientas de la izquierda,
-habitualmente, incrementa el tamaño del perfil hasta llenar el área de forma
-eficiente</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>La temperatura del agua</strong> se muestra con su propia línea azul con valores
-situados junto a cambios significativos.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>El perfil de inmersión puede incluir <strong>gráficos de presiones parciales</strong> de O2, N2
-y He durante el buceo (ver la figura anterior) así como techos de deco
-calculados por <em>Subsurface</em> o registrados por el ordenador de buceo (solo
-visibles para buceos profundos, largos o repetitivos). La presión parcial del
-oxígeno se indica en verde, la del nitrógeno en negro y la del helio en rojo
-oscuro. Estos gráficos de presiones parciales se muestran bajo los datos de
-perfil.</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/O2.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Clicar este botón permite visualizar la presión parcial de oxígeno durante la
-inmersión. Se dibuja bajo los gráficos de profundidad y temperatura.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/N2.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Clicar este botón permite visualizar la presión parcial de nitrógeno durante la
-inmersión.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/He.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Clicar este botón permite visualizar la presión parcial de helio durante la
-inmersión. Esto solo es interesante para buceadores que usen trimix, helitrox o
-mezclas respiratorias similares.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>El gráfico de <strong>consumo de gas</strong> muestra la presión de la botella y su variación
-durante la inmersión. El consumo de gas tiene en cuenta la profundidad, de
-manera que, incluso cuando introduces manualmente las presiones inicial y final,
-el gráfico no es una línea recta. Al igual que el gráfico de profundidad, la
-pendiente de la presión de la botella facilita información acerca del CAS
-momentáneo, si se está usando ordenador con gas integrado. Aquí el color no se
-refiere a valores absolutos, sino que se calcula en relación a la media
-normalizada de aire consumido durante este buceo. Así pues, las áreas en rojo o
-naranja indican momentos de consumo por encima de la media mientras que el verde
-oscuro indicará momentos de consumo de gas por debajo de la media.</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/Heartbutton.png" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Hacer clic en el botón de ritmo cardiaco permitirá mostrar información de este
-parámetro durante la inmersión si el ordenador de buceo tiene conectado un
-sensor de ritmo cardiaco.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Es posible <strong>hacer zoom</strong> en el gráfico del perfil. Se puede hacer con la rueda
-del ratón o el gesto equivalente en el trackpad. Por defecto, <em>Subsurface</em>
-siempre muestra un área suficientemente grande para mostrar al menos 30 minutos
-y 30 metros – de esta forma, las inmersiones cortas o superficiales se reconocen
-a simple vista; algo que a los apneístas les trae claramente sin cuidado.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/MeasuringBar.png" alt="FIGURE: Barra de medidas" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/ruler.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Pueden hacerse <strong>medidas de profundidad o tiempo</strong> utilizando el botón <strong>regla</strong> de
-la izquierda del perfil La medición se hace arrastrando los puntos rojos a los
-dos puntos del perfil entre los que deseas medir. La información se facilita en
-el área blanca horizontal bajo los dos puntos.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/ShowPhotos_f20.png" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Las fotografías que se han añadido a una inmersión pueden mostrarse en el perfil
-seleccionando el botón <strong>Mostrar foto</strong> en la barra de herramientas a la izquierda
-del perfil. La posición de la foto en el perfil indica la hora exacta a la que
-se tomó. Si el botón no está activado, las fotos permanecen ocultas.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>El perfil de buceo también puede incluir el <strong>techo</strong> registrado por el ordenador
-de buceo (o, más precisamente, la parada deco más profunda que el ordenador de
-buceo calcule para cada momento en el tiempo) como una capa roja en el perfil de
-la inmersión. Los techos de ascenso surgen cuando un ascenso directo a
-superficie incrementa el riesgo de que el buzo sufra enfermedad descompresiva
-(ED) y se necesita ascender más despacio, o efectuar paradas de descompresión
-antes de subir a la superficie. No todos los ordenadores de buceo guardan esta
-información y posibilitan su descarga; por ejemplo todos los ordenadores Suunto
-carecen de la posibilidad de facilitar estos datos tan útiles a los softwares de
-registro de inmersiones. <em>Subsurface</em> también calcula los techos
-independientemente, mostrándolos como una capa verde sobre el perfil. A causa de
-las diferencias en los algoritmos utilizados y la cantidad de datos disponibles
-(y otros factores tomados en consideración en el momento de los cálculos) es
-improbable que los techos de los ordenadores de buceo y de <em>Subsurface</em> sean los
-mismos, incluso si se utilizan el mismo algoritmo y los mismos factores de
-gradiente (ver más adelante). También es bastante común que <em>Subsurface</em> calcule
-un techo cuando el ordenador permaneció en modo no deco durante la inmersión
-completa (representada por la sección <span class="green">verde oscuro</span> del perfil). Esto se
-debe al hecho de que los cálculos de <em>Subsurface</em> describen la obligación de
-descompresión en ese punto del tiempo durante la inmersión, mientras los
-ordenadores de buceo habitualmente, tienen en cuenta el ascenso que va a venir.
-Durante el ascenso parte del exceso de nitrógeno (y posiblemente de helio) ya se
-ha eliminado a través de la respiración por lo que, aunque el buceador
-técnicamente encontrara un techo, la inmersión aún no requiere explícitamente
-una parada de descompresión. Esta característica permite a los ordenadores de
-buceo ofrecer tiempos de fondo más largos.</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/cceiling.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Si el propio ordenador de buceo calcula un techo y lo pone a disposición de
-<em>Subsurface</em> durante la descarga de inmersiones, puede ser mostrado como un
-árearoja seleccionando el botón <strong>Mostrar techo informado por el ordenador</strong> del
-panel de perfil.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/ceiling1.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Si hacemos clic en el botón <strong>Mostrar techo calculado</strong> por <em>Subsurface</em> del panel
-del perfil, se muestra en verde este techo, si existe, para una inmersión en
-particular (<strong>A</strong> en la figura a continuación). Este ajuste puede modificarse de
-dos maneras:</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/ceiling2.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Si, además, se selecciona el botón <strong>Calcular todos los tejidos</strong> del panel de
-perfil, se muestra el techo para los distintos tejidos del modelo Bühlman (<strong>B</strong>
-en la figura de debajo).</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/ceiling3.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Si, además, se selecciona el botón <strong>Mostrar el techo calculado con incrementos
-de 3m</strong> entonces el techo se muestra con saltos de 3 en 3 metros.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Ceilings2.jpg" alt="Figura: Techo con resolución de 3 metros" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/ShowCylindersButton.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Al seleccionar este icono, los diferentes gases utilizados durante una inmersión
-se presentarán en forma de barras de colores en la parte de abajo del perfil. En
-general, el oxígeno se presenta con una barra verde, el nitrógeno con una barra
-amarilla y el helio con una barra roja. La imagen a continuación muestra un buceo
-que primero utiliza una botella de trimix (rojo y verde), seguida por un cambio a
-una botella de nitrox (amarillo y verde) tras 23 minutos. Las botellas con aire
-se muestran con una barra azul claro.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/ShowCylinders_f20.jpg" alt="Figura: Gráfico de uso de botellas" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/tissues.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Muestra presiones de los gases inertes en los tejidos, en relación con la
-presión ambiental (línea gris horizontal).
-Las presiones en los tejidos se calculan utilizando el algoritmo Bühlmann ZH-16
-y se muestran como líneas de colores que varían desde el verde (tejidos rápidos)
-al azul (tejidos más lentos).
-La línea negra, dibujada sobre la presión ambiental, es la máxima sobresaturación
-de tejidos permitida, en la que se incluyen los factores de gradiente que se
-establecieron en <em>Preferencias</em>. Para buceadores que hacen buceo con descompresión
-planificada, se obtienen ritmos de desaturación eficientes manteniendo los tejidos
-entre la presión ambiental de los gases inertes (línea gris) y la presión límite
-(línea negra). Lo que se muestra en pantalla es una representación de la presión
-en los tejidos durante toda la inmersión. En contraste, el
-<a href="#S_gas_pressure_graph">Gráfico de presión de gases</a> de la ventana <strong>Información</strong>
-del <strong>Perfil</strong> es un reflejo de las presiones de los tejidos en el instante de
-tiempo señalado por la posición del cursor sobre el perfil de la inmersión.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/tissuesGraph.jpg" alt="Figura: Gráfico de presión de gases inertes en los tejidos" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>El ajuste de los factores de gradiente afecta mucho a los techos calculados y
-sus profundidades. Para más información acerca de factores de gradiente,
-consultar la sección <a href="#S_GradientFactors">Ajuste de preferencias de factores de gradiente</a>.
-Los factores de gradiente que se están utilizando(p.e. 35/75)
-aparecen sobre el gráfico de profundidad si se activan los botones adecuados de
-la barra de herramientas.
-<strong>N.B.</strong>: Los factores de gradiente indicados NO son los utilizados por el
-ordenador de buceo, sino los que utiliza <em>Subsurface</em> para calcular las
-obligaciones descompresivas durante la inmersión. Para una explicación más
-detallada de los factores de gradiente, consultar los siguientes links:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html">Gradient factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts</a>
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_el_menu_contextual_del_perfil_de_inmersion">7.5. El menú contextual del Perfil de Inmersión</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Se accede al menú contextual del Perfil de Inmersión haciendo clic-derecho
-mientras el cursor del ratón está sobre el panel del Perfil de Inmersión. El
-menú permite la creación de marcadores, eventos de cambio de gas o cambios
-manuales en setpoint de un CCR, aparte de los que se hayan podido importar del
-ordenador de buceo. Las marcas se sitúan contra la línea de profundidad del
-perfil y con el tiempo fijado donde estaba el cursor cuando el botón derecho
-se clicó para desplegar el menú. Los eventos de cambio de gas suponen una
-selección sobre el gas al que estamos cambiando, habiendo sido definida la lista
-de posibilidades en la pestaña <strong>Equipo</strong>. Los eventos de cambio de setpoint
-abren un diálogo en el que se permite elegir el valor del próximo setpoint. Como
-en el planificador, un setpoint cero indica que el buceador está respirando en
-circuito abierto, mientras cualquier valor diferente de cero indica el uso de
-circuito cerrado. Si hacemos clic-derecho mientras estamos sobre
-un marcador preexistente, el menú se extiende añadiendo opciones para permitir
-el borrado del marcador o permitir ocultar todos los marcadores de ese tipo.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_InfoBox">7.6. El <strong>Recuadro Información</strong></h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>El recuadro de Información muestra una amplia gama de información del <strong>perfil de
-inmersión</strong>. Normalmente el recuadro se situa en la parte de arriba a la
-izquierda del panel <strong>Perfil de Inmersión</strong>. Si el ratón apunta fuera del panel,
-solo es visible la linea superior del recuadro (ver figura (<strong>A</strong>) abajo). El
-recuadro puede moverse en el panel <strong>Perfil de Inmersión</strong> pulsando y
-arrastrándolo con el ratón de forma que no cubra detalles importantes. La
-posición del recuadro queda guardada y se usará de nuevo en los siguientes
-análisis.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/InfoBox2.jpg" alt="Figura: Recuadro de Información" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>En el momento en que el ratón apunta dentro del panel <strong>Perfil de Inmersión</strong>, el
-recuadro de información se expande y muestra varios detalles de datos. En esta
-situación, los datos reflejan el punto temporal a lo largo del perfil indicado
-por el cursor del ratón (ver la parte derecha de la figura (<strong>B</strong>) anterior donde
-el recuadro refleja la información en la posición de la [flecha] del cursor en
-esa imagen). Por lo tanto, mover el cursor en dirección horizontal permite que
-el recuadro muestre información para cualquier punto a lo largo del perfil.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>En este modo, el recuadro de información da extensas estadísticas sobre la
-profundidad, el gas y el techo de la inmersión. Entre ellas se incluyen: el
-lapso de tiempo en el buceo (indicado con @), la profundidad (Prof), la presión
-de la botella (Pres), la temperatura, la velocidad de ascenso/descenso, el
-consumo de aire en superficie (CAS), la presión parcial de oxígeno, la
-profundidad máxima operativa (PMO), la profundidad equivalente al aire (PEA), la
-profundidad narcótica equivalente (PNE), la densidad equivalente al aire (EADD),
-los requisitos descompresivos en ese momento del tiempo (Deco), el tiempo hasta
-la superficie (TTS), el techo calculado, así como el techo calculado para varios
-compartimentos de tejidos Bühlmann.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>El usuario tiene control sobre como se muestran varias estadísticas,
-representadas en cuatro de los botones a la izquierda del panel del perfil.
-Son:</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/MOD.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Activar este botón hace que el Recuadro de Información muestre la <strong>Profundidad
-máxima operativa (PMO)</strong> de la inmersión para la mezcla de gases utilizada. La
-PMO depende de la concentración de oxígeno en el gas respirado. Para el aire
-(21% de oxígeno) se sitúa alrededor de 57 m si se ha especificado una pO<sub>2</sub>
-máxima de 1.4 en la sección <strong>Preferencias</strong>. Por debajo de la PMO existe un
-riesgo muy elevado de exposición a los peligros asociados con la toxicidad del
-oxígeno.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/NDL.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Activar este botón hace que el recuadro Información muestre, bien el <strong>Límite
-de no descompresión (LND)</strong> o el <strong>*Tiempo total hasta superficie (TTS)</strong>. El
-LND es el tiempo que un buzo puede permanecer sumergido a la profundidad actual
-sin requerir descompresión (esto es, sin que aparezca un techo para el ascenso).
-Una vez que se ha excedido el LND y se requiere descompresión, el TTS incluirá
-el total de minutos requeridos antes de que el buceador pueda salir a superficie.
-El TTS incluye el tiempo de ascenso y las paradas de descompresión. Se calcula
-suponiendo que se usa el gas actual. Incluso si el perfil incluye varios
-cambios de gas, el TTS en un momento dado de la inmersión se habrá calculado
-con el gas en uso en ese momento. Para TTS superiores a 2 horas, no se calcula
-con precisión y simplemente se indica <em>TTS > 2h</em>.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/SAC.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Activar este botón hace que el Recuadro de información muestre el <strong>Consumo de
-aire en superficie (CAS)</strong>. El CAS es un indicador del ritmo respiratorio del
-buceador calculado a nivel del mar. El valor del CAS es inferior al real ya que
-un buceador a 10m usa aproximadamente el doble del que consume en superficie. El
-SAC da una indicación del ritmo de consumo de gas independientemente de la
-profundidad de la inmersión de forma que se pueden comparar los ritmos de
-diferentes inmersiones. Las unidades del CAS son litros/min o pies^3/min.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/EAD.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Activar este botón hace que el Recuadro de información muestre la <strong>Profundidad
-equivalente al aire (PEA)</strong> para los buceos con nitrox y la <strong>Profundidad
-narcótica equivalente (PNE)</strong> para buceos con trimix. Estas magnitudes son
-importantes para buceadores que utilicen mezclas de gases distintas del aire.
-Sus valores dependen de la composición del gas respirado. La PEA es la
-profundidad de un hipotético buceo con aire que tenga la misma presión parcial
-de nitrógeno que la inmersión con nitrox actual. Una inmersión con nitrox
-conllevaría una obligación de descompresión igual que una inmersión con aire a
-una profundidad igual a la PEA. La PNE es la profundidad de una hipotética
-inmersión con aire que tenga la misma suma de presiones parciales de gases
-narcóticos (oxígeno y nitrógeno) que la actual inmersión con trimix. Un buceador
-con trimix puede esperar los mismos efectos narcóticos que un buceador
-respirando aire a una profundidad igual a la PNE.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>La figura (<strong>B</strong>) anterior muestra un Recuadro de Información con un conjunto de
-datos casi completo.</p></div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_gas_pressure_graph">7.6.1. El gráfico de barras de presión de gases</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>A la izquierda del <strong>Recuadro de Información</strong> hay un gráfico de barras vertical
-que indica las presiones de los gases inertes que el buceador estaba respirando
-<em>en un momento dado de la inmersión</em>, señalado por la posición del cursor sobre
-el <strong>Perfil de inmersión</strong>. La figura abajo a la izquierda indica el significado
-de las diferentes partes del gráfico de barras.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/GasPressureBarGraph.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Gráfico de barras de presiones de gases" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-El área verde claro indica el gas total, con el margen superior de esta zona
- indicando la presión total de gas inhalada por el buceador y medida desde el
- fondo del gráfico a la parte superior. Esta presión tiene un valor <em>relativo</em>
- en el gráfico y no indica presión absoluta.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-La línea negra horizontal por debajo de la zona verde claro indica la presión de
- equilibrio de los gases inertes respirados, habitualmente nitrógeno. En el caso
- del trimix, es la presión combinada del helio y el nitrógeno. En este ejemplo,
- el usuario esta buceando con EAN32, por lo tanto la presión del gas inerte está
- al 68% de la distancia desde el fondo del gráfico hasta el valor de la presión
- total.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-La zona verde oscura en la parte baja del gráfico representa las presiones de
- los gases inertes en cada uno de los 16 compartimentos de tejidos, según el
- algoritmo de Bühlmann, estando los tejidos rápidos en el lado izquierdo.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-La línea horizontal negra superior indica el factor de gradiente que se aplica
- a la profundidad del buceador para el punto concreto del <strong>Perfil de Inmersión</strong>.
- Este factor de gradiente es una interpolación entre el GFbajo y el GFalto que
- se hayan especificado en la pestaña Gráfico del <strong>Panel de preferencias</strong> de
- <em>Subsurface</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-El margen inferior de la zona roja del gráfico indica el valor M derivado de
- Bühlman, o sea el valor de la presión de gases inertes a partir de la cual la
- formación de burbujas se espera que sea severa, resultando en una enfermedad
- descompresiva.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Estos cinco valores se indican a la izquierda en la figura anterior. La forma
-en que el gráfico de barras cambia durante una inmersión, se representa en el
-lado derecho de la figura anterior, para un buceador usando EAN32.</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-El gráfico <strong>A</strong> indica la situación al inicio de una inmersión, con el buzo
- en superficie. Las presiones en los compartimentos de tejidos todavía están
- a la presión de equilibrio ya que aún no se ha buceado.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-El gráfico <strong>B</strong> indica la situación tras un descenso a 30 metros. Pocos de
- los compartimentos de tejidos han tenido tiempo de responder al descenso, las
- presiones de los gases muy por debajo de presión de equilibrio.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-El gráfico <strong>C</strong> representa las presiones tras 30 minutos a 30 metros. Los
- compartimentos rápidos han llegado al equilibrio (p.e. han alcanzado la altura
- de la línea negra que indica la presión de equilibrio). Los compartimentos más
- lentos (hacia la derecha) no han alcanzado el equilibrio y están en proceso de
- incrementar lentamente la presión.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-El gráfico <strong>D</strong> muestra las presiones tras ascender a una profundidad de 4.5
- metros. Ya que, durante el ascenso, la presión total del gas inhalado ha caído
- mucho, de 4 bares a 1.45 bares, las presiones en los diferentes compartimentos
- de tejidos sobrepasan la presión total del gas y se aproximan al factor de
- gradiente (la línea negra superior en la imagen). Continuar el ascenso haría
- que rebasáramos el valor del factor de gradiente (GFalto), poniendo en peligro
- al buceador.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-El gráfico <strong>E</strong> indica la situación después de permanecer a 4.5 metros durante
- 10 minutos. Los compartimentos rápidos han bajado su presión. Como era de
- esperar, las presiones en los compartimentos lentos no han variado mucho. Las
- presiones en los compartimentos rápidos ya no se acercan al valor de GFalto y
- el buceador está más seguro que en la situación expuesta en el gráfico <strong>D</strong>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_organizar_el_registro_manipular_grupos_de_inmersiones">8. Organizar el registro (Manipular grupos de inmersiones)</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_el_menu_contextual_de_la_lista_de_inmersiones">8.1. El menú contextual de la Lista de Inmersiones</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Varias acciones sobre, bien una inmersión, bien un grupo de ellas, se pueden
-efectuar utilizando el Menú Contextual de la Lista de inmersiones, al que se
-accede seleccionando una inmersión o un grupo de ellas y haciendo clic-derecho.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/ContextMenu.jpg" alt="Figura: Menú contextual" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>El menú contextual se usa en muchas de las acciones que se describen a
-continuación.</p></div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_personalizar_las_columnas_mostradas_en_el_panel_strong_lista_de_inmersiones_strong">8.1.1. Personalizar las columnas mostradas en el panel <strong>Lista de inmersiones</strong></h4>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DiveListOptions.jpg" alt="Ejemplo: Opciones de la Lista de inmersiones" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>La información por defecto de la <strong>Lista de inmersiones</strong> incluye, para cada buceo,
-Numero de inmersión, Fecha, Calificación, Profundidad, Duración y Ubicación. Esta
-información puede controlarse y cambiarse haciendo clic derecho sobre la barra de
-encabezamiento de la <strong>Lista de inmersiones</strong>. Por ejemplo, un clic derecho sobre
-la cabecera 'Fecha’despliega una lista de valores que pueden mostrarse (ver la
-figura anterior). Si seleccionamos un valor para que se muestre o desaparezca de
-la lista, esta se actualiza inmediatamente. Las preferencias para la información
-que muestre la lista se guardan y reutilizan cada vez que se abre <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_seleccionar_inmersiones_en_una_ubicacion_concreta">8.1.2. Seleccionar inmersiones en una ubicación concreta</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Muchos buceadores tienen largas listas de inmersiones, y puede resultar difícil
-localizar todos los buceos en un punto en concreto. Presionando <em>Ctrl+F</em> en el
-teclado se abre una casilla de texto en la parte de arriba a la izquierda de la
-<strong>Lista de inmersiones</strong>. Si se teclea el nombre de una ubicación en esta casilla
-la <strong>Lista de inmersiones</strong> se filtra inmediatamente para mostrar solo los buceos
-en esta ubicación.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_Renumber">8.2. Renumerar las inmersiones</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Las inmersiones normalmente se numeran incrementando desde las no-recientes
-(menores números de secuencia) a las más recientes (números de secuencia más
-altos). Numerar los buceos no siempre es consistente. Por ejemplo, cuando se
-añaden inmersiones antiguas a la lista, la numeración no sigue automáticamente
-por ser estas anteriores en fecha/hora a las ya existentes. Por lo tanto, en
-ocasiones, se puede necesitar renumerar los buceos. Esto se hace seleccionando
-(desde el menú principal) <em>Registro → Renumerar</em>. Se permite elegir el número de
-secuencia inferior que se va a usar. Completar esta operación supone obtener
-nuevos números de secuencia (basados en fecha/hora) para los buceos del panel
-<strong>Lista de Inmersiones</strong>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>También se pueden renumerar algunas inmersiones seleccionadas de la lista. Se
-seleccionan las inmersiones que necesiten renumerarse. Se hace clic-derecho
-sobre la lista seleccionada y se utiliza la lista contextual para efectuar el
-renumerado. Aparecerá una ventana solicitando al usuario que especifique el
-número de inicio para el proceso de numeración.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_Group">8.3. Agrupar las inmersiones en viajes y manipularlos</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Si buceas regularmente, la lista de inmersiones puede hacerse rápidamente muy
-larga. <em>Subsurface</em> puede agrupar los buceos en <em>viajes</em>. Lo hace agrupando
-inmersiones que tengan fechas/horas que no estén separadas más de dos días y
-crea una sola cabecera para cada viaje . Abajo hay una lista de inmersiones no
-agrupada (<strong>A</strong>, a la izquierda) y la lista agrupada correspondiente incluyendo
-cinco viajes (<strong>B</strong>, a la derecha):</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Group2.jpg" alt="Figura: Agrupar inmersiones" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Agrupar en viajes permite una forma rápida de acceder a buceos individuales sin
-tener que pasar por largas listas de inmersiones. Para agrupar los buceos de una
-lista de inmersiones (desde el menú principal) se selecciona <em>Registro →
-Autoagrupar</em>. El panel Lista de Inmersiones ahora muestra solo los títulos de
-los viajes.</p></div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_editar_el_titulo_y_la_informacion_asociada_a_un_viaje_en_particular">8.3.1. Editar el título y la información asociada a un viaje en particular</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Normalmente, en la lista de inmersiones se incluye una mínima información en el
-título del viaje. Puede añadirse mucha más sobre un viaje seleccionando su
-título en la lista. Esto muestra una pestaña <strong>Notas del Viaje</strong> en el panel Notas
-de la inmersión. Aquí se puede añadir o editar información sobre dia/hora,
-ubicación del viaje, y otros comentarios generales. Al terminar, se selecciona
-<strong>Guardar</strong> en los botones de arriba a la derecha en la pestaña Notas del viaje.
-El título en la <strong>Lista de inmersiones</strong> debería reflejar ya algo de la
-información editada.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_ver_los_buceos_de_un_viaje_en_concreto">8.3.2. Ver los buceos de un viaje en concreto</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Una vez que las inmersiones agrupadas en viajes, los usuarios pueden expandir
-uno o más viajes clicando la punta de flecha a la izquierda del título. Con ello
-se expande el viaje mostrando los buceos individuales efectuados.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_colapsar_o_expandir_informacion_de_diferentes_viajes">8.3.3. Colapsar o expandir información de diferentes viajes</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Tras seleccionar un viaje concreto de la lista, el menú contextual resultante
-ofrece varias posibilidades de expandir o contraer buceos incluidos en viajes.
-Entre ellas expandir todos los viajes y contraer todos los viajes.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_mezclar_inmersiones_de_mas_de_un_viaje_en_uno_solo">8.3.4. Mezclar inmersiones de más de un viaje en uno solo</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Tras seleccionar el título de un viaje del panel <strong>Lista de Inmersiones</strong>, el
-menú permite mezclar viajes con el viaje de abajo o con el de arriba.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_separar_un_viaje_en_mas_de_uno">8.3.5. Separar un viaje en más de uno</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Si un viaje incluye diez inmersiones, el usuario puede separar el viaje en dos
-(viaje 1: cuatro inmersiones de arriba; viaje 2: seis inmersiones de abajo)
-seleccionando y haciendo clic-derecho en las cuatro inmersiones de arriba. El menú
-que aparecerá te permite crear un nuevo viaje seleccionando la opción <strong>Crear
-nuevo viaje arriba</strong>. Las cuatro inmersiones superiores quedan entonces agrupadas
-en un viaje separado. La siguiente figura muestra la selección y el menú a la
-izquierda (A), la acción completada a la derecha (B):</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/SplitDive3a.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Separar un viaje en dos" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_manipular_inmersiones_individuales">8.4. Manipular inmersiones individuales</h3>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_borrar_una_inmersion_del_diario">8.4.1. Borrar una inmersión del diario</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Las inmersiones pueden borrarse permanentemente del diario seleccionándolas y
-haciendo clic-derecho para mostrar el menú y, entonces, seleccionando <strong>Borrar
-inmersión</strong>. Habitualmente esto se hará en casos donde se desee borrar
-inmersiones de prueba o buceos de duración extremadamente corta.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_separar_una_inmersion_de_un_viaje">8.4.2. Separar una inmersión de un viaje</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Se pueden separar inmersiones del viaje al que pertenecen. Para ello se
-selecciona y hace clic-derecho en los buceos para mostrar el menú. Luego se
-selecciona <strong>Quitar inmersión(es) del viaje</strong>. Las inmersiones que han sido
-separadas aparecerán ahora encima o debajo del viaje al que pertenecieron, en
-función de la fecha y la hora de la inmersión separada.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_anadir_una_inmersion_al_viaje_de_arriba">8.4.3. Añadir una inmersión al viaje de arriba</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Las inmersiones seleccionadas pueden moverse del viaje al que pertenecen al
-inmediatamente superior al actual. Para ello se selecciona y hace clic-derecho
-en los buceos para mostrar el menú, luego se selecciona <strong>Añadir inmersión(es) al
-viaje de arriba</strong>.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_desplazar_la_hora_de_inicio_del_buceo_s">8.4.4. Desplazar la hora de inicio del buceo(s)</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>En ocasiones es necesario ajustar la hora de comienzo de una inmersión. Esto
-puede aplicarse a situaciones en las que las inmersiones se han efectuado en
-diferentes zonas horarias o si el ordenador de buceo tiene mal configurada la
-hora. Se selecciona y hace clic-derecho en la inmersión(es) a ajustar. Esto
-despliega el menú. Seleccionar <strong>Desplazar horas</strong>. Se especifica el tiempo (en
-horas y minutos) en el que deben ajustarse los buceos y se hace clic en la
-opción que indica si el ajuste debe ser hacia adelante o hacia atrás.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_juntar_buceos_en_uno_solo">8.4.5. Juntar buceos en uno solo</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>En ocasiones una inmersión se interrumpe brevemente, p.e. si un buceador regresa
-a superficie unos pocos minutos, dando como resultado dos o más inmersiones
-grabadas por el ordenador y apareciendo como buceos distintos en el panel <strong>Lista
-de inmersiones</strong>. Se pueden unir estos buceos en uno solo seleccionando las
-correspondientes inmersiones y haciendo clic-derecho para mostrar el menú.
-Entonces se selecciona <strong>Mezclar inmersiones seleccionadas</strong>. Puede que sea
-necesario editar la información de la inmersión en el panel <strong>Notas</strong> para
-reflejar situaciones o condiciones que afecten al buceo
-resultante de la fusión. La figura a continuación muestra el perfil de dos
-inmersiones que fueron unidas:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/MergedDive.png" alt="Ejemplo: Inmersión mezclada" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_deshacer_manipulaciones_de_inmersiones">8.4.6. Deshacer manipulaciones de inmersiones</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Se pueden deshacer o rehacer acciones importantes, de las que se han comentado
-anteriormente, sobre inmersiones o viajes. Aquí se incluyen: <em>Borrar inmersión</em>,
-<em>Mezclar inmersiones</em>, <em>Renumerar inmersiones</em> y <em>Desplazar hora de buceo</em>.
-Para hacerlo, tras haber llevado a cabo cualquiera de estas acciones, se
-selecciona <em>Editar</em> desde el <strong>Menú Principal</strong>, lo que presentará un desplegable
-con las posibilidades <em>Deshacer</em> y <em>Rehacer</em>.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_Filter">8.5. Filtrar la Lista de Inmersiones</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Los buceos del panel <strong>Lista de inmersiones</strong> pueden filtrarse, esto es, se pueden
-seleccionar únicamente algunos de los buceos basándose en sus atributos, p.e.
-las etiquetas, el lugar de buceo, el divemaster, compañeros o traje protector.
-El filtrado permite, por ejemplo, listar las inmersiones profundas en un punto
-determinado o, por el contrario, las inmersiones en cuevas con cierto
-compañero.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Para abrir el filtrado, seleccionar <em>Registro → Filtrar la lista de inmersiones</em>
-desde el menú principal. Esto abrirá el <em>Panel de filtrado</em> en la parte de arriba
-de la ventana de <em>Subsurface</em>. Arriba a la derecha del panel se ubican tres
-iconos (ver imagen a continuación).
-El <em>Panel de filtrado</em> puede reiniciarse (p.e. limpiar todos los filtros
-actuales) seleccionando la flecha amarilla. El <em>Panel de filtrado</em> también puede
-minimizarse seleccionando la <strong>flecha verde</strong>. Cuando está minimizado solo se
-muestran los tres iconos. El panel puede maximizarse clicando el icono que lo
-minimizó. El filtro se cierra y reinicia seleccionando el <strong>botón rojo</strong> con la
-cruz blanca.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Filterpanel.jpg" alt="Figura: Panel de filtrado" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Se pueden utilizar cuatro criterios para filtrar la lista de inmersiones:
-las etiquetas, las personas (compañeros/divemasters), punto de inmersión y traje
-de buceo, cada uno de los cuales viene representado por una lista seleccionable.
-Sobre cada lista hay un segundo nivel de filtrado. Por ejemplo, tecleando "<em>Ba</em>"
-en la casilla de texto sobre las ubicaciones, la lista podría quedar reducida a
-"<em>Bajo Piles I</em>", "<em>Bajo Piles II</em>" y "<em>Bajo de Testa</em>". Filtrar la lista
-permite encontrar rápidamente términos de búsqueda para filtrar la lista de
-inmersiones.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Para activar el filtrado de la lista de inmersiones, se necesita seleccionar
-al menos una casilla en una de las cuatro listas. La lista de inmersiones se
-reduce para mostrar solo los buceos que cumplen los criterios seleccionados en
-las listas. Las cuatro listas funcionan como un filtro con operadores <em>Y</em>,
-<em>Subsurface</em> filtraría, pues, para "<em>cueva</em>" como etiqueta y "<em>José García</em>"
-como compañero; pero los filtros dentro de una categoría son inclusivos, esto
-es, filtrar por etiquetas con "cueva" y "barco" mostraría todas las inmersiones
-en las que aparezcan las etiquetas "cueva" <em>O</em> "barco", solas o conjuntamente.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_ExportLog">9. Exportar el registro de inmersiones o parte del mismo</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Hay dos posibilidades de exportar información de buceo desde <em>Subsurface</em>:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Exportar información de buceo a <em>Facebook</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_Export_other">Exportar información de buceo a otros destinos o formatos</a>
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_facebook">9.1. Exportar información de buceo a <em>Facebook</em></h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>La exportación de inmersiones a <em>Facebook</em> se maneja de forma diferente a otros
-tipos de exportación porque se requiere una
-conexión a esta red social y se necesita un usuario de <em>Facebook</em> y su password.
-Si, desde el menú principal, seleccionamos <em>Archivo → Preferencias →
-Facebook</em>, se nos presentará una pantalla de acceso (ver imagen <strong>A</strong> de la
-izquierda a continuación). Introducimos nuestro usuario y password de
-<em>Facebook</em>. Una vez que nos hemos conectado a <em>Facebook</em>, se nos presenta el
-panel de la imagen <strong>B</strong> a continuación, donde se incluye un botón <em>Desconectar</em>
-para cerrar la conexión a <em>Facebook</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/facebook1_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Acceso a Facebook" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Desde la ventana de <em>Subsurface</em> es fácil saber si se tiene una conexión válida
-con <em>Facebook</em>. Desde el <strong>Menú principal</strong>, selecciona <em>Compartir → Facebook</em>
-(ver imagen <strong>A</strong> a continuación. Normalmente la opción <em>Facebook</em> está
-desactivada, pero, si hay una conexión establecida, la opción está activa y
-puede ser selecciionada.
-Tras haber establecido una conexión con <em>Facebook</em>, transferir un perfil de
-inmersión a nuestro perfil de <em>Facebook</em> es sencillo.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Asegúrate de que la inmersión que quieres transferir al historial
-es la que se muestra en el panel <strong>Perfil de la inmersión</strong>. Si se pulsa
-<em>Compartir → Facebook</em> desde el <strong>Menú principal</strong> aparecerá un diálogo en el
-que se definirá la cantidad de información adicional que se desea transferir
-al historial junto con el perfil (ver imagen <strong>B</strong>, a continuación). Se necesita
-proporcionar el nombre de un álbum de <em>Facebook</em> para poder enviar el perfil de
-inmersión. Las casillas seleccionables de la izquierda nos permiten seleccionar
-la información que vamos a enviar. Esta información se muestra en la ventana de
-texto de la derecha (ver imagen <strong>B</strong> a continuación). El mensaje que se va a
-enviar se puede editar directamente en esta ventana de texto. Tras haber elegido
-la información y verificado lo que se va a subir, se selecciona el botón <em>OK</em>
-lo que inicia la transferencia a <em>Facebook</em>. Unos momentos después aparecerá
-un mensaje indicando una transferencia correcta.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>El álbum creado y el post al historial se marcarán como privados. Para que
-los amigos puedan ver el post habrá que cambiar los permisos desde un acceso
-normal a <em>Facebook</em> desde un navegador o desde la app de <em>Facebook</em>. Aunque
-esto suponga un paso de más, los desarrolladores entienden que esta es la mejor
-solución para evitar subidas no deseadas en el historial público.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/facebook2_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Facebook login" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Si se considera necesario, cierra la conexión a <em>Facebook</em>, bien cerrando
-<em>Subsurface</em> o bien seleccionando <em>Archivo → Preferencias → Facebook</em> desde
-el menú principal, clicando el botón correspondiente en el panel <em>Facebook</em>.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_Export_other">9.2. Exportar información de buceo a otros destinos o formatos</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Para exportar a otros destinos,
-se llega a la función de exportación seleccionando <em>Archivo → Exportar</em> lo que
-despliega el diálogo de exportación. Este diálogo siempre ofrece dos opciones:
-guardar TODAS las inmersiones, o guardar solo las inmersiones seleccionadas en
-el panel <strong>Lista de Inmersiones</strong> de <em>Subsurface</em>. Marca la casilla seleccionable
-apropiada (ver imagen a continuación).</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Export_f20.jpg" alt="Figura: Diálogo de exportación" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Un registro de buceo puede guardarse en tres formatos:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Formato XML de <em>Subsurface</em>. Es el formato usado nativamente por <em>Subsurface</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Universal Dive Data format (UDDF). Ver <a href="http://uddf.org">http://uddf.org</a> para más información.
- UDDF es un formato genérico que permite la comunicación entre muchos ordenadores
- de buceo y programas de de ordenador.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Divelogs.de</em>, un registro de inmersiones basado en internet. Para enviar
- buceos a <em>Divelogs.de</em>, se necesita un usuario y una password de <em>Divelogs.de</em>.
- Hay que registrarse en <em>htttp://es.divelogs.de</em> y suscribir el servicio para
- poder enviar datos de inmersiones desde <em>Subsurface</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>DiveShare</em> es también un repositorio de inmersiones basado en internet que se
- dirige a inmersiones recreativas. Para subir inmersiones se necesita una
- identificación de usuario, por lo que es necesario registrase en <em>http://scubadiveshare.com</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Detalles de inmersión CSV</em>, que incluye la información más crítica del perfil de la
- inmersión. La información que se incluye es número, fecha, hora, duración,
- profundidad, temperatura y presión. En resumen, la mayoría de la información
- que un buceador recreativo conserva en un registro escrito.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Perfil de inmersión CSV</em>, que incluye una gran cantidad de detalles para
- cada inmersión, entre ellos el perfil de profundidad, temperaturas
- e información de presiones para cada inmersión.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Formato <em>HTML</em>, en el cual los buceos se guardan en archivos HTML,
- visualizables con un navegador de internet.Se soportan la mayoría de navegadores
- modernos, pero debe estar activado Javascript. Este archivo <strong>NO</strong> es editable. El
- registro de inmersiones en HTML contiene la mayor parte de la información del
- divelog. Sin embargo, no muestra los valores calculados del panel <strong>Perfil de
- Inmersión</strong>, p.e. la presión calculada de la botella, presiones de los gases o
- PMO. Dispone de una opción de búsqueda que permite rastrear el diario. La exportación
- a HTML se especifica en la segunda pestaña del diálogo de exportación (imagen
- <strong>B</strong> anterior). Un uso típico de esta opción es exportar todas nuestros buceos
- a un smartphone o tablet donde nos serviría de registro portátil, util para
- compañías a las que les gusta verificar el historial de un buceador.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Formato <em>mapamundi</em>, un archivo HTML con un mapa del mundo en el que quedará
- marcada cada inmersión y alguna información sobre ella. El mapa <strong>NO</strong> es
- editable. Si se selecciona cualquiera de los puntos de buceo
- sobre el mapa, se muestra en texto un sumario de la inmersión, como se ve
- en la imagen a continuación.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/mapview_f20.jpg" alt="Figura: Vista de exportación en formato Mapamundi" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Profundidad de imágenes</em>, que crea un fichero de texto que contiene los
- nombres de todos los archivos de imágenes añadidos a cualquiera de los buceos
- seleccionados del la <em>Lista de inmersiones</em>, junto con la profundidad a la
- fue tomada la fotografía.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Ajustes generales</em>, en la pestaña HTML, se proporcionan las siguientes
- opciones:
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Numeración de Subsurface: Si se activa esta opción, las inmersiones se
- exportan con la misma numeración que tienen asociada en <em>Subsurface</em>. De lo
- contrario, los buceos se numerarán a partir de 1.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Exportar estadísticas anuales: Si se selecciona esta opción, se anexará una
- tabla con estadísticas anuales a los datos exportados a HTML.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Solo exportar lista: Solo se exportará una lista de inmersiones. No se
- dispondrá de información detallada de los buceos.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Opciones de estilo</em>: Algunas opciones relativas al estilo de visualización
- en el navegador, como el tamaño de la letra o el tema aplicado.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_Cloud_access">10. Guardar un diario de <em>Subsurface</em> en la Nube</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Para cualquier buceador, la información contenida en su diario es muy importante.
-No es únicamente un registro de actividades de buceo para su propio placer
-personal, sino que es información importante requerida para su admisión en
-futuros cursos de entrenamiento o (en ocasiones) incluso en puntos de buceo. La
-seguridad del diario es, así pues, crítica. De cara a poseer un diario que pueda
-soportar el fallo del disco duro del ordenador de casa, el robo o la perdida del
-equipo, etc, la <em>nube</em> es una solución obvia. Esto, además, añade el beneficio
-de que se puede acceder al diario, casi, desde cualquier parte del mundo sin
-tener que llevarlo encima. Por este motivo, facilidades como <em>divelogs.de</em> y
-<em>Diving Log</em> ofrecen la posibilidad de guardar dicha información en internet.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> incluye acceso a almacenamiento en la nube integrado de forma
-transparente, disponible para todos los usuarios de Subsurface. Guardar y
-recuperar un divelog desde la nube no es más difícil que hacerlo desde un disco
-duro. El único requisito es que, previamente, nos hemos de registrar como
-usuarios. Para utilizar el <em>Almacenamiento en la nube de Subsurface</em> sigue estos
-pasos:</p></div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_crea_una_cuenta_en_el_almacenamiento_en_la_nube">10.1. Crea una cuenta en el almacenamiento en la nube:</h3>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Abrir las <em>Preferencias de Red</em> seleccionando <em>Archivo</em> → <em>Preferencias</em> →
- <em>Red</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-En la sección llamada <em>Almacenamiento en la nube de Subsurface</em>, introduce un
- correo electrónico que <em>Subsurface</em> pueda utilizar para registrarnos.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Introduce una contraseña que <em>Subsurface</em> utilizará para guardar y recuperar
- el divelog en la nube.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Se clica en <em>Aplicar</em> o en <em>OK</em> para enviar el email y la password al
- servidor en la nube. El servidor responderá con un correo a la dirección
- facilitada que contendrá un PIN de verificación (está será la única ocasión
- en que <em>Subsurface</em> usará la dirección de correo proporcionada). El diálogo
- <em>Preferencias de Red</em> mostrará una nueva casilla de texto, que no se mostraba
- antes, para el PIN.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Se introduce el PIN en la casilla correspondiente del diálogo (Este campo solo
- será visible mientras el servidor espera la confirmación de la dirección de
- correo).
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Clica de nuevo en <em>Aplicar</em> o en <em>OK</em> y la cuenta del <em>Almacenamiento
- de Subsurface en la nube</em> se marcará como verificada y se podrá utilizar el
- servicio.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_usar_el_em_almacenamiento_de_subsurface_en_la_nube_em">10.2. Usar el <em>Almacenamiento de Subsurface en la nube</em></h3>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Una vez que se ha inicializado el almacenamiento en la nube, aparecen dos
- nuevas opciones en el desplegable <em>Archivo</em> del <em>Menú principal</em>: <em>Abrir
- almacenamiento en la nube</em> y <em>Guardar en almacenamiento en la nube</em>. Estas
- opciones permiten al usuario descargar y guardar los registros en el
- servidor de <em>Subsurface</em> en la nube.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-En la pestaña de <em>Preferencias predeterminadas</em> se puede seleccionar usar el
- almacenamiento en la nube como archivo por defecto seleccionando la casilla
- marcada como <em>Archivo por defecto en la nube</em>. Esto significa que los datos
- del almacenamiento en la nube se cargarán al iniciar <em>Subsurface</em> y se
- guardarán allí al salir del programa.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Subsurface</em> mantiene una copia local de los datos y sigue siendo completamente
- funcional si se utiliza desconectado. Simplemente sincronizará los datos con el
- servidor la próxima vez que se utilice el programa y exista conexión a internet.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_Cloud_storage">10.3. Acceso web al <em>Almacenamiento de Subsurface en la nube</em></h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Uno de los efectos interesantes de utilizar el <em>Almacenamiento de Subsurface
-en la nube</em> es que también se puede acceder a los datos con cualquier navegador.
-Simplemente se abre <a href="https://cloud.subsurface-divelog.org">https://cloud.subsurface-divelog.org</a>,
-se accede con los mismos e-mail y password, y se pueden visualizar los datos
-del registro hasta la última sincronización efectuada con el <em>Almacenamiento
-en la nube de Subsurface</em>. La información que se muestra son solo los contenidos
-de los registros, NO los valores calculados que aparecen en el panel <strong>Perfil</strong>,
-por ejemplo, presiones de botellas, techos deco o presiones parciales de
-O<sub>2</sub>/He/N<sub>2</sub>.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_otros_servicios_en_la_nube">10.4. Otros servicios en la nube</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Si se prefiere no usar el almacenamiento en la nube integrado (y no se necesita
-tener acceso vía web a los datos), también resulta muy fácil guardar los
-divelogs en la nube usando uno de los servicios disponibles en internet.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Por ejemplo <a href="http://www.dropbox.com/"><em>Dropbox</em></a> ofrece una aplicación gratuita
-que permite que se vean como locales en nuestro ordenador los archivos guardados
-en sus servidores.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Cloud.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Carpeta de Dropbox" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>El programa <em>Dropbox</em> crea una copia del contenido de <em>Dropbox</em> en la nube, en
-una carpeta de nuestro ordenador. Cuando el ordenador se conecta a internet, el
-contenido de nuestra carpeta y la nube se sincronizan. Así pues, las operaciones
-<em>Abrir</em> y <em>Guardar</em> de los diarios se efectúan sobre la copia local de la carpeta
-<em>Dropbox</em>, no siendo necesario disponer de conexión a internet al realizar estas
-operaciones. Si se modifica la copia local, p.e. al añadir una inmersión, la
-copia en el servidor <em>Dropbox</em> en la <em>nube</em> se actualizará automáticamente al
-volvernos a conectar a internet.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Actualmente el servicio no tiene ningún coste. Dropbox (Windows, Mac y Linux)
-se puede instalar accediendo a la <a href="http://www.dropbox.com/install"><em>página de instalación</em></a>
-<em>de Dropbox</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Como alternativa, se puede utilizar <em>Dropbox</em> como mecanismo para mantener una
-copia de seguridad del diario.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Para guardar un diario en <em>Dropbox</em>, selecciona <em>Archivo→ Guardar como</em> desde
-menú principal de <em>Subsurface</em>, navega a la carpeta Dropbox y selecciona el
-botón <em>Guardar</em>. Para usar el diario en <em>Dropbox</em>, selecciona <em>Archivo→Abrir
-registro</em> desde el menú principal de <em>Subsurface</em>, navega al archivo en la
-carpeta Dropbox y selecciona el botón <em>Abrir</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Existen varios servicios de pago en Internet (Google, Amazon …) con los que
-se puede seguir el mismo proceso para tener los diarios de buceo almacenados en
-la nube.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_PrintDivelog">11. Imprimir un diario</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> proporciona un interfaz simple y flexible para imprimir el diario
-completo o solo unas pocas inmersiones seleccionadas. Se pueden utilizar
-plantillas pre instaladas o escritas a medida para seleccionar donde situar
-los datos en la página.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Antes de imprimir, se deben tomar dos decisiones:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-¿ Se desea imprimir el registro completo o solo parte de él ? Si solo se desea
- parte del registro, entonces el usuario selecciona los buceos deseados en el
- panel <strong>Lista de inmersiones</strong>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-¿ Que información sobre presiones parciales de los gases se desea tener en el
- perfil ? El usuario activaría los botones apropiados de la barra de la izquierda
- del panel <strong>Perfil de Inmersión</strong>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Si se ha seleccionado_Archivo → Imprimir_ desde el menú principal, aparecerá
-el diálogo siguiente (imagen *A). Se necesita especificar tres cosas para
-conseguir el diseño de información deseado:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Print1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Diálogo de imresión" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-En <em>Tipo de impresión</em> seleccionar una de las dos opciones:
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Impresión de lista de inmersiones</em>: Imprime buceos de la <strong>Lista de inmersiones</strong>
-con perfiles y otra información.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Impresión de estadísticas</em>: Imprime estadísticas anuales de las inmersiones.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-En <em>Opciones de impresión</em> seleccionar:
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Imprimir solo inmersiones seleccionadas</em>. Se imprimirán solo las inmersiones de
-la lista que se hubieran seleccionado previamente. Si no se activa esta casilla,
-se imprimirán <strong>todas</strong> las inmersiones del registro.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Impresión en color</em>. Si no se selecciona se imprimirá en escala de grises
-(blanco y negro).
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-En <em>Plantilla</em> seleccionar una plantilla que usar como distribución de la
-página. Existen varias plantillas (ver imagen <strong>B</strong> anterior).
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Table</em>: Se imprime una tabla resumen de todas las inmersiones seleccionadas
-(ver imagen).
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Print_summarylist_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Imprimir tabla resumen" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Flow layout</em>: Imprime el texto asociado a cada inmersión, sin imprimir los
-perfiles de los buceos (ver imagen):
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Print_flow_layout_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print flow layout" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>-<em>One Dive</em>: Imprime una inmersión por página, mostrando el perfil (ver imagen)</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/print2_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print one dive / page" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Two Dives</em>: Imprime dos inmersiones por página mostrando los perfiles.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Six Dives</em>: Imprime seis inmersiones por página mostrando los perfiles.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Los usuarios pueden <em>Previsualizar</em> la página a imprimir pulsando el botón
-<em>Previsualizar</em> del diálogo (ver imagen <strong>A</strong> al inicio de la sección). Tras
-visualizar , se pueden efectuar cambios en las opciones del diálogo de impresión,
-hasta completar una distribución que se ajuste al gusto personal.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>A continuación, selecciona el botón <em>Imprimir</em> (ver imagen <strong>A</strong> al inicio de
-esta sección). Esto activa el diálogo normal de impresión del sistema
-operativo, que nos permitirá elegir la impresora y configurar sus propiedades.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Print_print_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print one dive / page" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Ajusta la resolución de la impresora a un valor apropiado modificando sus
-propiedades . Finalmente selecciona el botón <em>Print</em> para imprimir los buceos.
-A continuación un ejemplo (bastante pequeño) de la salida de una página.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Printpreview.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Previsualización de impresión" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_escribir_una_plantilla_de_impresion_a_medida_avanzado">11.1. Escribir una plantilla de impresión a medida (avanzado)</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Escribir una plantilla a medida es una forma efectiva de producir impresiones
-altamente personalizadas. Subsurface utiliza plantillas HTML con Grantlee como
-sistema de impresión. Se puede crear una plantilla, exportar una nueva plantilla,
-importar una existente o borrarla. Ver el <a href="#S_APPENDIX_E">APÉNDICE E</a> para ver
-como escribir o modificar una plantilla.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_Configure">12. Configurar un ordenador de buceo</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> permite configurar algunos ordenadores de buceo. En estos momentos,
-los Heinrichs-Weikamp OSTC2 y OSTC3 y los Suunto de la familia Vyper (Stinger,
-Mosquito, D3, Vyper, Vytec, Cobra, Gekko y Zoop). Se pueden leer y modificar un
-gran número de ajustes. En primer lugar hay que asegurarse de tener instalado el
-driver adecuado para el ordenador de buceo y de conocer el nombre de dispositivo
-asignado al ordenador por el sistema operativo.
-Ver el <a href="#_apendice_a_informacion_especifica_del_sistema_operativo_para_importar_inmersiones_desde_un_ordenador_de_buceo">APÉNDICE A</a>
-para información sobre como hacerlo.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Una vez que el ordenador de buceo está al PC con <em>Subsurface</em>, se selecciona
-<em>Archivo → Configurar ordenador de buceo</em> en el menú principal. Si se ha
-indicado el nombre de dispositivo correcto en el campo de texto de la parte
-superior, esto abrirá y seleccionará el modelo correcto en el panel de la
-izquierda (ver imagen a continuación).</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Configure_dc_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Configurar ordenador de buceo" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Utilizando los botones apropiados del panel de configuración, pueden llevarse
-a cabo las siguientes acciones:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Descargar detalles disponibles</strong>. Descarga a <em>Subsurface</em> la configuración
-del ordenador de buceo, mostrándola en el panel.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Guardar cambios en el dispositivo</strong>. Esto cambia la configuración del
-ordenador de buceo para hacerla coincidir con la que se muestra en el panel.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Copia de seguridad</strong>. Guarda los datos de configuración en un archivo.
-<em>Subsurface</em> solicitará una ubicación y un nombre de archivo para guardar la
-información.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Restaurar copia de seguridad</strong>. Carga la información de un archivo de copia
-de seguridad y la muestra en el panel.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Actualizar firmware</strong>. Si está disponible un nuevo firmware para el
-ordenador de buceo, este será cargado al mismo.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_Preferences">13. Ajustar las Preferencias del usuario para <em>Subsurface</em></h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Hay varios ajustes en <em>Subsurface</em> que el usuario puede especificar. Se
-encuentran a través de <em>Archivo → Preferencias</em>. Los ajustes se efectúan en
-siete grupos: <strong>Predeterminados</strong>, <strong>Unidades</strong>, <strong>Gráfico</strong> , <strong>Lenguaje</strong>, <strong>Red</strong>,
-<strong>Facebook</strong> y <strong>Georeferencia</strong>. Las
-siete secciones funcionan con los mismos principios: el usuario debe especificar
-los ajustes que desee modificar, luego guárdarlos usando el botón <strong>Aplicar</strong>.
-Tras aplicarlos todos se puede salir seleccionando <strong>Aceptar</strong> o <strong>Cerrar sin
-guardar</strong> si finalmente decide no hacer los cambios.</p></div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_predeterminados">13.1. Predeterminados</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Hay varios ajustes en el panel <strong>Predeterminados</strong>:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Pref1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Pantalla de Predeterminados en Preferencias" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Listas y tablas</strong>: Aquí se pueden elegir el tipo de fuente y el tamaño de la
- misma en el panel <strong>Lista de inmersiones</strong>. Reduciendo el tamaño de la fuente, se
- pueden ver más buceos en una sola pantalla.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Inmersiones</strong>: En este bloque se especifica la carpeta y nombre de archivo
- del registro de buceo electrónico. Es un archivo con extensión .xml o .ssrf. Al iniciar
- <em>Subsurface</em> sin argumentos cargará automáticamente el registro especificado
- aquí. Existen tres opciones:
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Sin archivo por defecto</em>: Si se selecciona, <em>Subsurface</em> no abre ningún
- archivo automáticamente al iniciarse
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Archivo por defecto local</em>: Si se selecciona, <em>Subsurface</em> abre un archivo
- del disco duro local al iniciarse.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Archivo por defecto en la nube</em>: Si se selecciona, <em>Subsurface</em> abre el
- divelog en la nube que se inicializó desde la pestaña <em>Red</em> de las
- <strong>Preferencias</strong> (ver a continuación).
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Mostrar invalidas</strong>: Las inmersiones pueden marcarse como "invalidas" (cuando
- el usuario desea ocultar buceos que no considere validos, p.e. en piscina, pero
- aún quiera mantenerlos registrados en el diario). Esta opción controla si estas
- inmersiones se muestran en la lista.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Botella por defecto</strong>: Se puede especificar una botella por defecto de las
- que aparecen listadas en la pestaña <strong>Equipo</strong> del panel <strong>Notas</strong>.
- Es muy cómodo si se bucea habitualmente con el mismo tipo de botella, asigna a
- cada nueva inmersión una botella del tipo aquí definido.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Animaciones</strong>: Algunas acciones, al mostrar el perfil, se ejecutan utilizando
- animaciones. Por ejemplo, los valores de los ejes para la profundidad y el
- tiempo cambian de una inmersión a otra. Al visualizar inmersiones distintas
- estos cambios en las características de los ejes no suceden de forma
- instantánea, sino que son animados. La <em>Velocidad</em> de las animaciones puede
- controlarse ajustando esta regleta, con mayor velocidad a la izquierda y
- significando "0" ninguna animación en absoluto.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Servicio web de Subsurface</strong>: Cuando uno se suscribe al <a href="#S_Companion">servicio web de Subsurface</a>, se proporciona una ID de usuario muy larga y
- difícil de recordar. Este es el lugar donde guardar esa ID. Seleccionando la
- opción <em>¿Guardar localmente la ID de usuario?</em> nos aseguramos de que se guarda
- una copia de dicha ID en el ordenador.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Borrar todos los ajustes</strong> Tal como se indica en el botón bajo esta cabecera,
- se borran todos los ajustes y se reinician con los valores por defecto.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_unidades">13.2. Unidades</h3>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Pref2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Página de preferencias de unidades" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Aquí el usuario puede elegir entre medidas métricas o imperiales para
-profundidad, presión, volumen, temperatura y masa. Al seleccionar el botón de
-Métrico o Imperial de arriba, el usuario indica que todas las unidades vayan en
-las correspondientes al sistema elegido. Como alternativa, si se selecciona
-<strong>Personalizar</strong> se pueden mezclar, con algunas medidas en métrico y otras en
-imperial.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Independientemente de los ajustes citados, en la opción <em>Unidades de tiempo</em>
-se puede elegir si se desea que las
-velocidades de ascenso/descenso se muestren en m/s o en m/min. Los buzos con
-botella, habitualmente, manejan velocidades en m/min, sin embargo, los apneístas
-ascienden mucho más deprisa por lo que suelen utilizar velocidades en m/s.
-Igualmente, las coordenadas GPS pueden representarse de la forma tradiciona
-(grados, minutos, segundos) o como grados con decimales, elige la más adecuada
-a tus necesidades.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_grafico">13.3. Gráfico</h3>
-<div class="imageblock" id="S_CCR_options" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Pref3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Página de Preferencias del gráfico" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph" id="S_GradientFactors"><p>Este panel permite dos tipos de selecciones:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Mostrar</strong>: Aquí los usuarios eligen la cantidad de información que se muestra
- como parte del perfil de la inmersión:
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Umbrales</em>: <em>Subsurface</em> puede mostrar las presiones parciales de nitrógeno,
- oxígeno y helio durante el buceo. Se activan utilizando la barra de herramientas
- de la izquierda de panel <strong>Perfil de inmersión</strong>. Para cada uno de estos gases,
- los usuarios puede especifica un valor umbral a la derecha en el panel de
- Preferencias. Si cualquiera de los gráficos sube por encima de este nivel,
- entonces el gráfico se resalta en rojo, indicando que se ha excedido dicho
- umbral de presión parcial.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Max pO<sub>2</sub> al mostrar PMO</em> es el valor usado para calcular la profundidad
- máxima operativa (PMO) de un gas. Especifica una presión parcial apropiada.
- Habitualmente se usa un valor de 1.4.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Trazar en rojo el techo informado por el ordenador de buceo</em>: Esta casilla
- seleccionable permite exactamente lo que dice. El color por defecto es blanco.
- No todos los ordenadores de buceo
- facilitan los valores de los techos. Si el ordenador de buceo lo facilita, puede
- diferir de los techos calculados por <em>Subsurface</em>. Esto se debe al uso de
- diferentes algoritmos, diferentes factores de gradiente y a la forma dinámica en
- que los ordenadores de buceo calculan los techos durante la inmersión.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Mostrar botellas no usadas en la pestaña equipo</em>: Esta casilla seleccionable
- permite mostrar información sobre botellas que no se han utilizado durante la
- inmersión, en la pestaña Equipo. Por el contrario, si la casilla no está
- seleccionada, cualquier botella que se haya registrado en la pestaña Equipo y no
- haya sido utilizada (p.e. botellas de bail-out) se omiten en la lista mostrada
- aunque siguen estando guardadas.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Mostrar la profundidad media</em>: Activar esta casilla hace que <em>Subsurface</em>
- trace una línea gris a través del perfil, indicando la profundidad media del
- buceo en cada momento de la inmersión. Normalmente es una línea con forma de
- "u" que indicará la profundidad media mayor justo antes de iniciar el ascenso.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Varios</strong>:
-</p>
-<div class="ulist" id="GradientFactors_Ref"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Factores de gradiente (GF_bajo y GF_alto)<strong>: Se fijan los <em>factores
- de gradiente</em> usados en la inmersión. El GF_bajo es el factor de gradiente a
- mayores profundidades y el GF_alto se usa justo debajo de la superficie. A
- profundidades intermedias se usan factores entre GF_bajo y GF_alto. Los factores
- de gradiente añaden conservadurismo a la exposición al nitrógeno durante un
- buceo, del mismo modo que muchos ordenadores de buceo tienen un ajuste del
- conservadurismo. Cuanto menor sea el valor de un factor de gradiente, más
- conservativos son los cálculos en relación a la carga de nitrógeno y más
- profundos serán los techos durante el ascenso. Factores de gradiente de 20/60
- son considerados conservadores y valores de 70/90 se consideran agresivos.
- Seleccionar la casilla *GF bajo a la máxima profundidad</strong> hace que se use el
- GF_bajo en la mayor profundidad de la inmersión. Si no se selecciona, GF_bajo se
- aplica a todas las profundidades mayores que la primera parada deco. Para más
- información, ver:
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html">Gradient factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts</a>
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>CCR: Mostrar setpoints al visualizar pO<sub>2</sub></em>: Con esta casilla activada, el
- gráfico de pO<sub>2</sub> del perfil mostrará una línea en rojo que indicará los
- valores de setpoint del CCR. Véase la sección en <a href="#S_CCR_dives">Inmersiones con rebreather de circuito cerrado</a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>CCR: Mostrar los valores de los sensores de O<sub>2</sub> al visualizar la pO<sub>2</sub></em>:
- Muestra los valores de pO<sub>2</sub> asociados con cada uno de los sensores de
- oxígeno de un sistema CCR. Ver la sección <a href="#S_CCR_dives">Inmersiones con rebreather de circuito cerrado</a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Configurar la planificación de inmersiones usando equipo de rebreather</strong>:
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Setpoint del CCR por defecto para la planificación de inmersiones</em>:
- Especifica el setpoint de O<sub>2</sub> para planificar buceos con CCR. Este valor
- determinará la pO<sub>2</sub> a mantener durante una inmersión. Los cambios
- efectuados durante el buceo se pueden añadir a través del menú contextual
- del perfil.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>pSCR Ratio de O<sub>2</sub> en el metabolismo</em>: Para un rebreather semicerrado (pSCR)
- este es el volumen de oxígeno usado por el buceador en un minuto. Fija este
- valor para planificar buceos con pSCR y cálculos de descompresión.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>pSCR Ratio</em>: En equipos pSCR el ratio de vertido es la cantidad de gas
- expulsada del circuito frente a la cantidad de gas recirculada en el circuito.
- Fija este valor para planificar buceos con pSCR. Se suele usar un ratio 1:10
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_lenguaje">13.4. Lenguaje</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Se elige el lenguaje que debe utilizar <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Pref4_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURA: página de preferencias de lenguaje" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Una casilla de selección permite usar el lenguaje <em>Predeterminado del sistema</em>
-que, en la mayoría de los casos será el ajuste correcto; con esto <em>Subsurface</em>
-simplemente se ejecuta con los mismos ajustes de lenguaje/país que el SO
-subyacente. Si esto, por alguna razón, no fuera deseable, se puede deseleccionar
-la casilla y elegir una de las combinaciones de lenguaje/país incluidas en la
-lista de traducciones. La casilla de texto <em>Filtro</em> permite listar lenguajes
-similares. Por ejemplo hay diversas variantes de inglés o francés.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_red">13.5. Red</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Este panel facilita la comunicación entre <em>Subsurface</em> y las fuentes de datos en
-internet.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Esto es importante cuando <em>Subsurface</em> tiene que comunicarse con servicios como
-el <a href="#S_Companion">servicio web de <em>Subsurface</em></a> o importar/exportar datos de
-<em>Divelogs.de</em>. El acceso a internet viene determinado por el tipo de conexión y
-por el proveedor de acceso (ISP) utilizado. El ISP debería proporcionar la
-información necesaria.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Pref5_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURA: página de preferencias de red" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Este diálogo tiene tres secciones:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Tipo de proxy</em>:
- Si se utiliza un servidor proxy para acceder a internet, el tipo de proxy se
- selecciona del desplegable, tras
- lo cual debe facilitarse la dirección IP del servidor y el número de puerto. Si
- el servidor proxy utiliza autenticación también han de indicarse el usuario y su
- password para que <em>Subsurface</em> pueda pasar automáticamente a través del proxy
- para acceder a internet.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Almacenamiento en la nube de Subsurface</em>:
- Para poder guardar nuestro divelog en la nube, se precisa una dirección
- de correo electrónico y una password. Esto permite a <em>Subsurface</em> mandar
- un correo electrónico al usuario con información de seguridad relativa al
- almacenamiento en la nube. Tiene dos opciones adicionales:
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Sincronizar con la nube en segundo plano</em>: Permite guardar la información
- en la nube mientras el usuario lleva a cabo otras tareas en <em>Subsurface</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Guardar contraseña localmente</em>: Permite guardar la contraseña de acceso
- a la nube en el disco duro. ¡¡¡ OJO !!! La contraseña se guarda en texto
- plano sin encriptar.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Servicio web de Subsurface</em>:
- Al suscribirnos al <a href="#S_Companion">Servicio web de Subsurface</a>, se nos
- facilita una identificación de usuario muy larga y dificil de recordar.
- Este es el lugar donde guardarla. Seleccionando la opción, nos asegurammos
- de tener una copia local de la misma.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_Facebook">13.6. Acceso a Facebook</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Este panel nos permite acceder a una cuenta de <em>Facebook</em> para poder enviar
-información desde <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Pref6_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Facebook login panel" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Si se proporciona un usuario y una clave validos, se crea una conexión a
-<em>Facebook</em>. La conexión se cierra cuando al cerrar <em>Subsurface</em>. La casilla
-seleccionable "No cerrar sesión con Subsurface" de la pantalla de acceso no
-tiene ningún efecto, en estos momentos.
-Ver la sección <a href="#S_facebook">Exportar perfiles de inmersión a Facebook</a>
-para más información.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_georefencia">13.7. Georefencia</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> proporciona un servicio de búsqueda geográfica (Esto es, la
-capacidad de buscar el nombre de un lugar, en base a unas coordenadas
-geográficas proporcionadas haciendo clic en el panel <strong>Globo</strong>, de un GPS o
-desde la app <em>Subsurface companion</em>) basado en internet, que localiza el
-nombre conocido más cercano a nuestra posición. Obviamente la función solo
-actúa con conexión a internet. La configuración se puede efectuar como en
-la imagen a continuación</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Pref7_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Facebook login panel" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_DivePlanner">14. El Planificador de <em>Subsurface</em></h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>La planificación de inmersiones es una característica avanzada de <em>Subsurface</em>
-accesible desde <em>Registro → Planificar Inmersión</em> en el menú principal. Permite
-calcular la carga de gases inertes durante una inmersión utilizando el algoritmo
-Bühlmann ZHL16 con factores de gradiente tal y como lo implementó Erik Baker.</p></div>
-<div class="sidebarblock">
-<div class="content">
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/warning2.png" alt="Warning" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Esta prestación <strong>ES EXPERIMENTAL</strong> y supone que el usuario ya está familiarizado
-con el interfaz de <em>Subsurface</em>. Se utiliza <strong>EXPLICITAMENTE</strong> bajo las siguientes
-condiciones:</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-El usuario está versado en la planificación de inmersiones y tiene el
- entrenamiento necesario para planificar inmersiones.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-El usuario planifica buceos dentro de los límites para los que está
- certificado.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-La planificación de inmersiones hace grandes suposiciones sobre las
- características de la <em>persona media</em> y no puede compensar las características
- fisiológicas individuales , de salud o de estilos de vida.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-La seguridad de un plan de buceo depende mucho de la forma en que se use el
- planificador.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-El usuario esta familiarizado con la interfaz de usuario de <em>Subsurface</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Un usuario que no este completamente seguro de cualquiera de los requisitos
- anteriores, no debería utilizar esta capacidad de <em>Subsurface</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div></div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_la_pantalla_del_planificador_de_em_subsurface_em">14.1. La pantalla del planificador de <em>Subsurface</em></h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Al igual que el diario de <em>Subsurface</em>, la pantalla del planificador se divide
-en varias secciones (ver imagen a continuación). Los parámetros de ajuste de una
-inmersión se introducen en las diversas secciones a la izquierda de la pantalla.
-El ajuste se divide en varias secciones: Gases disponibles, Ritmos, Planificar,
-Opciones de gases y Notas.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Arriba a la derecha hay un <strong>panel de diseño</strong> verde sobre el cual puede
-manipularse directamente el perfil de inmersión arrastrando y haciendo clic como
-se explica a continuación. Esta característica hace al planificador de
-<em>Subsurface</em> único en facilidad de uso.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Abajo a la derecha hay un panel de texto con la cabecera <em>Detalle del Plan</em>.
-Aquí es donde se proporcionan los detalles del plan de inmersión de forma que
-pueda copiarse con facilidad a otro software. También es donde se imprimirá
-cualquier mensaje de aviso sobre el plan de buceo.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/PlannerWindow1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Ventana de inicio del planificador" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_inmersiones_con_circuito_abierto">14.2. Inmersiones con circuito abierto</h3>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-En la parte de abajo al centro del planificador (círculo azul en la imágen
- anterior) hay un desplegable con tres opciones. Selecciona la correcta
- entre ellas:
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Circuito abierto (por defecto)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-CCR
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-pSCR
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-En el área de arriba a la izquierda de la pantalla del planificador, hay que
- asegurarse de que los parámetros constantes son correctos. Son: Fecha y hora
- de inicio de la inmersión, Presión atmosférica, y altura sobre el nivel del
- mar. Estos dos últimos están relacionados, variando uno se modifica el otro.
- La presión atmosférica por defecto a nivel del mar son 1.013 bar.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-En la tabla etiquetada como <em>Gases disponibles</em>, añadir la información de las
- botellas que se han de utilizar y la composición de los gases de cada botella.
- Esto se hace de forma similar a <a href="#cylinder_definitions">como se rellena la información de botellas en un diario</a>. Se elige el tipo de botella de la lista desplegable
- y se especifica la presión de trabajo de la botella. Si dejamos en blanco la
- concentración de oxígeno (O2%) se asume que el gas que contiene es aire. En otro
- caso, se introducen las concentraciones de oxígeno y/o helio en las casillas del
- diálogo. Si es necesario , se añaden botellas utilizando el icono "+" de arriba
- a la derecha.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-El perfil del buceo a planificar se puede crear de dos maneras:
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Arrastrar los puntos del perfil
- (los pequeños círculos blancos) para que representen la inmersión. Se pueden
- crear puntos adicionales haciendo doble-clic sobre el perfil de buceo. Se
- pueden borrar haciendo clic-derecho en un punto concreto y seleccionando
- <em>borrar</em> en el menú contextual.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-La forma más eficiente de crear un perfil es introducir los valores
- apropiados en la tabla llamada <em>Puntos del planificador de inmersiones</em>.
- La primera línea de la tabla representa la duración y profundidad final
- de un descenso desde superficie. Los segmentos siguientes describirán la
- fase de fondo de la inmersión. La columna <em>CC set point</em> solo es relevante
- para para buceadores en circuito cerrado.
- El ascenso, normalmente, no se especifica, ya que esto es lo que se supone
- que el planificador debe calcular.
- Añade segmentos adicionales al perfil utilizando el icono "+" arriba a la
- derecha de la tabla. Los segmentos introducidos en la tabla aparecen de
- forma automática en el diagrama "Perfil de la inmersión".
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_inmersiones_recreativas">14.2.1. Inmersiones recreativas</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>El modo recreativo es lo que más se aproxima a planificar una inmersión
-basándonos en el límite de no descompresión (LND). Tiene en cuenta el tiempo
-que un buceador puede estar a la profundidad actual sin incurrir en paradas
-de descompresión obligatorias, y usando el gas disponible menos una reserva.
-El planificador tiene en cuenta automáticamente la carga nitrógeno acumulada
-en inmersiones previas. Sin embargo, las tablas convencionales también tienen
-en cuenta los buceos anteriores ¿Por qué utilizar un planificador para buceos
-recreativos? Al utilizar las tablas recreativas se tiene en cuenta la máxima
-profundidad de una inmersión. Sin embargo, pocas inmersiones se efectúan a
-una profundidad constante que corresponda con la máxima (perfil "cuadrado").
-Esto supone que las tablas sobre estiman la carga de nitrógeno acumulada de
-las inmersiones previas. El planificador de <em>Subsurface</em> calcula la carga de
-nitrógeno de acuerdo con los perfiles reales de las inmersiones anteriores de
-forma similar a como lo hacen los ordenadores de buceo durante la inmersión.
-Esto significa que el buceador es "bonificado" por no permanecer a profundidad
-máxima en las inmersiones anteriores, permitiendo planificar una inmersión
-posterior más larga. Para que el planificador funcione es, pues, crucial haber
-descargado a <em>Subsurface</em> todas las inmersiones anteriores antes de hacer la
-planificación.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Para planificar un buceo, es necesario definir los ajustes apropiados.</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Asegurarse de que el día y la hora se han ajustado a los de la inmersión
-planeada. Esto permite calcular la carga de nitrógeno de los buceos anteriores.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Justo bajo la cabecera <em>Planificar</em> hay dos casillas seleccionables
- <em>Recreativo</em> y <em>Parada de seguridad</em>. Para inmersiones recreativas se seleccionan
- ambas casillas.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Luego se define el tamaño de las botellas, la mezcla de gas (aire o % de
- oxígeno) y la presión inicial de las botellas en la parte superior izquierda
- del planificador, en <em>Gases disponibles</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-El planificador calcula si la botella elegida contiene suficiente aire/gas
- para completar la inmersión planeada. Para que esto sea realista, bajo
- <em>Opciones de gases</em>, se especifica un consumo de aire en superficie (CAS)
- adecuado para la opción <em>CAS en fondo</em>. Los valores adecuados se situarían
- entre 15 l/min y 30 l/min, siendo para buceadores noveles o buceos difíciles
- próximos a 30 l/min.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Definir la cantidad de gas que se pretende que sobre en la botella al final
- de la inmersión, justo antes de iniciar el ascenso. Se suele usar un valor de
- 50 bar. La razón para esta reserva de gas guardarlo para una posible
- necesidad de ascender compartiendo aire con el compañero. Es bastante
- difícil estimar cuanto gas se usaría al compartir, así que la mayoría de
- agencias establecen una cantidad fija p.e 40 o 50 bares. <em>Subsurface</em> aún lo
- hace mejor, porque conoce el ascenso y tiene en cuenta el gas consumido en
- el mismo. Además de esto, <em>Subsurface</em> aún utiliza una reserva fija de
- presión. La cantidad de gas de esta reserva puede ser configurada por el
- usuario.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Definir la profundidad de la inmersión arrastrando los puntos blancos en el
- perfil o introduciendo la profundidad en la tabla que se encuentra en <em>Puntos
- del planificador de inmersiones</em>. Si se tratara de una inmersión multinivel,
- se añaden los puntos necesarios que representen el plan, bien añadiéndolos en
- el perfil de la inmersión, bien en la tabla citada. <em>Subsurface</em> extenderá
- la sección de fondo de la inmersión a la duración máxima dentro del LND.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Se puede modificar la velocidad de ascenso. Las velocidades de ascenso
- establecidas por defecto son aquellas consideradas seguras para el buceo
- recreativo.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-El perfil del planificador indica el tiempo máximo de inmersión dentro de
-los límites de no descompresión, utilizando el algoritmo Bülmann ZH-L16 y el
-gas y la profundidad especificados como se ha descrito anteriormente. El
-planificador de <em>Subsurface</em> permite una visualización rápida de la duración
-de una inmersión en función de la profundidad, teniendo en cuenta la carga de
-nitrógeno residual resultante de las inmersiones previas. El plan de buceo
-incluye una estimación de la cantidad de aire/gas que se va a utilizar,
-dependiendo de los ajustes de las botellas especificadas en <em>Gases disponibles</em>.
-Si la presión inicial de la botella se ajusta a "0", la duración del buceo que
-se mostrará será el auténtico límite de no descompresión (LND) sin tener en
-cuenta el gas utilizado durante la inmersión. Si la superficie sobre el perfil
-se vuelve roja, significa que se han sobrepasado los límites del buceo recreativo
-y se necesita reducir, bien la profundidad, bien la duración.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>A continuación se muestra una imagen de un plan para una inmersión recreativa
-a 30 metros. Aunque el límite de no descompresión es 23 minutos, la duración
-del buceo se ve limitada por la cantidad de aire en la botella, reflejada por
-la ventana de texto informativa abajo a la derecha del panel en la que se nos
-indica que no existe suficiente gas para compartir con el compañero durante el
-ascenso.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/rec_diveplan.jpg" alt="FIGURE: A recreational dive plan: setup" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_inmersiones_en_circuito_abierto_no_recreativas_incluyendo_descompresion">14.2.2. Inmersiones en circuito abierto no recreativas, incluyendo descompresión</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>La planificación no recreativa supone exceder los límites de no descompresión
-y/o utilizar múltiples gases. Tales inmersiones se planifican en tres fases:</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>a) Control de gases inertes</strong>: Esto se consigue especificando las velocidades
-de descenso y ascenso, así como el modelo descompresivo (GF bajo y GF alto o
-nivel de conservadurismo) bajo los encabezamientos <em>Velocidades</em> y <em>Planificar</em>
-en la parte inferior de la pantalla de planificación. Están soportados dos
-modelos descompresivos, el modelo Bühlmann y el modelo VPM-B. Elige uno de los
-dos modelos. Si se selecciona el modelo Bühlmann, se necesita especificar los
-factores de gradiente (GF_alto y GF_bajo). En principio se utilizarán los
-factores de gradiente especificados en la pantalla de <em>Preferencias</em> de
-<em>Subsurface</em>. Si se modifican en el planificador(ver <em>Opciones de gases</em>), se
-utilizan los nuevos valores sin modificar los marcados en las <em>Preferencias</em>.
-Los ajustes de los factores de gradiente afectan enormemente a los techos
-calculados y sus profundidades.
-Un <em>GF bajo</em> muy pequeño produce paradas de descompresión más pronto durante la
-inmersión.
-** Para más información sobre factores de gradiente visita la sección
-<a href="#S_GradientFactors">Ajustes de la Preferencias de factores de gradiente</a>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Si se seleccioná ell modelo VPM-B, es necesario especificar el nivel de
-conservadurismo, en una escala de 0 (menos conservador) a 4 (más conservador).
-Este modelo tiende a dar paradas deco a mayores profundidades que el modelo de
-Bühlmann y, a menudo, produce perfiles ligeramente más cortos que este último.
-Cuando elijas uno de los modelos, recuerda que no son modelos fisiológicos
-exactos, sino modelos matemáticos que parecen funcionar en la práctica.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Para más información externa a este manual ver:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html">Gradient factors for dummies, por Kevin Watts</a>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="http://www.amazon.com/Deco-Divers-Decompression-Theory-Physiology/dp/1905492073/ref=sr_1_1?s=books&ie=UTF8&qid=1403932320&sr=1-1&keywords=deco+for+divers"><em>Deco for Divers</em>, by Mark Powell (2008). Aquapress</a> Southend-on-Sea, UK. ISBN 10:1-905492-07-3. Un excelente estudio no técnico en el que se discuten ambos modelos, el de Bühlmann y el VPM-B.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>La velocidad de ascenso es crítica para la desgasificación al final de la
-inmersión y se especifica para varios rangos utilizando la profundidad media
-como vara de medir. La profundidad media del plan se indica como una línea gris
-sobre el perfil. Las velocidades de ascenso en los niveles más
-profundos se sitúan, a menudo, en el rango de 8 a 12 m/min, mientras que en los
-niveles más superficiales suelen estar en los 3 a 6 m/min llegando en ocasiones
-a 1 m/min. La velocidad de descenso también se especifica. Si activamos la
-opción <em>Caer a la primera profundidad</em> , la fase de descenso se efectuará a la
-máxima velocidad indicada en la sección <em>Velocidades</em> de los ajustes.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>b) Control del oxígeno</strong>: En las <em>Opciones de gases</em> es necesario
-especificar la máxima presión parcial de oxígeno para la parte del fondo
-(<em>pO2 en fondo</em> ) y también para la fase de descompresión (<em>pO2 en deco</em>).
-Los valores más comunes son 1.4 bar para el fondo de la inmersión y 1.6 bar
-para las paradas de descompresión. Habitualmente no se excede una presión
-parcial de 1.6 bar de O2. Los ajustes de pO2 y la profundidad a la que cambiar
-de gases también pueden editarse en el diálogo <em>Gases disponibles</em>. Normalmente
-el planificador decide el cambio a otro gas cuando, durante el ascenso, la
-presión parcial del nuevo gas se sitúa por debajo de 1.6 bar.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>c) Control del gas</strong>: En inmersiones con circuito abierto esta es una
-consideración prioritaria. Es necesario mantenerse en los límites de la cantidad
-de gas de la botella, manteniendo un margen de seguridad apropiado para regresar
-a superficie, posiblemente compartiendo gas con un compañero. En las <em>Opciones
-de gases</em> especifica la mejor (pero conservativa) estimación de tu "consumo de
-aire equivalente a superficie" (CAS, del inglés SAC, también llamado RMV) en
-litros/minuto (en estos momentos solo están soportadas las unidades del Sistema
-Internacional). Se especifica el CAS para el fondo (<em>CAS en fondo</em>) y también
-para la fase de descompresión (<em>CAS en deco</em>). Son comunes valores de 15 a
-30 l/min. Para hacer una buena gestión del gas, una regla del pulgar no es
-suficiente y se necesita monitorizar el consumo regularmente, dependiendo de
-diferentes condiciones ambientales y de equipo. El planificador calculará el
-volumen total de gas a utilizar durante la inmersión y emitirá un aviso si se
-excede la cantidad total de gas disponible. Las buenas prácticas exigen que no
-se bucee al límite del gas disponible, sino que se mantenga una reserva de gas
-apropiada para atender circunstancias imprevistas. En el caso del buceo técnico,
-esta reserva puede ser, fácilmente, del 66% del gas disponible.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Ahora, por fin, se puede empezar la planificación detallada de tiempos y
-profundidades. <em>Subsurface</em> ofrece una interfaz gráfica única para llevar a cabo
-esta parte de la planificación. El mecanismo es similar a introducir a mano un
-perfil en el diario de inmersiones. Al activar el planificador, se genera un
-perfil por defecto de 40 minutos a 15 metros. Los puntos blancos (puntos de
-paso) del perfil, se pueden arrastrar con el ratón. Se crean más puntos haciendo
-doble-clic en la línea del perfil. Se arrastran los puntos de paso paso hasta
-estar seguros de que el perfil refleja la inmersión que se pretende efectuar.
-No es necesario especificar la fase de ascenso ya que será calculada por el
-planificador basándose en los ajustes que se hayan especificado.
-Si se sobrepasa cualquiera de los límites establecidos, la superficie sobre el
-perfil se volverá roja.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Cada punto de paso en el perfil crea un <em>punto en el planificador</em> en la tabla
-a la izquierda del panel del planificador. Hay que asegurarse de que el valor
-del <em>Gas usado</em> en cada fila de esta tabla corresponde a una de las mezclas
-especificadas en la tabla de <em>Gases disponibles</em>. Se añaden nuevos puntos hasta
-que las principales características del buceo estén completas, p.e. el segmento
-de tiempo en el fondo y paradas profundas (si se implementan). Se dejan los
-restantes puntos del ascenso a <em>Subsurface</em>. En la mayoría de los casos
-<em>Subsurface</em> calcula puntos de paso adicionales para completar los requisitos
-de descompresión de la inmersión.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Los puntos de paso relacionados en el diálogo <em>Puntos del planificador</em> pueden
-editarse a mano para obtener una representación precisa del plan. De hecho
-podría crearse el plan completo editando los puntos desde el diálogo.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Indica cualquier cambio de gas, tal como se explicaba en la sección
-<a href="#S_CreateProfile">Crear a mano un perfil de inmersión</a>. Estos cambios deberían
-reflejar las botellas y composiciones de gas definidas en la table <em>Gases
-disponibles</em>. Si se usan dos o más gases, se sugerirán automáticamente cambios
-de gas durante la fase de ascenso a superficie. Sin embargo, estos cambios
-pueden borrarse haciendo clic-derecho en el cambio de gas, o pueden crearse
-manualmente de la misma forma, haciendo clic-derecho en el punto de paso
-adecuado.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>A continuación hay un ejemplo de planificación de inmersión a 45m usando EAN26,
-seguido de un ascenso usando EAN50:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DivePlanner2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Planificar una inmersión: construcción" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Una vez que lo anterior se ha completado, se puede guardar clicando el botón
-<em>Guardar</em> arriba en el centro del panel del planificador. El plan de buceo
-guardado aparecerá en el panel <strong>Lista de Inmersiones</strong>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Los detalles del plan de buceo</strong></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>En la parte inferior derecha del planificador, bajo el encabezamiento <em>Detalles
-del plan de buceo</em>, se proporcionan los detalles exactos del plan de inmersión.
-Estos detalles pueden modificarse seleccionando cualquiera de las opciones bajo
-el encabezamiento <em>Notas</em> del planificador, justo a la izquierda
-del anterior. Si se solicita un <em>Plan de buceo detallado</em>, se obtendrá un plan
-detallado al nivel de oraciones. Si cualquiera de los límites especificados se
-sobrepasa, se obtendrá un mensaje de aviso bajo la información del plan.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Si se selecciona la opción <em>Mostrar duración de segmentos</em>, se indicará la
-duración de cada segmento de profundidad en los <em>Detalles del plan de buceo</em>.
-Esta duración INCLUYE el tiempo de transición hasta llegar al nivel. Sin
-embargo, si se selecciona <em>Mostrar transiciones en deco</em>, las transiciones se
-muestran separadamente de las duraciones de las paradas en cada nivel.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_planificar_inmersiones_con_pscr">14.3. Planificar inmersiones con pSCR</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Para planificar una inmersión usando un rebreather pasivo de circuito
-semi-cerrado, selecciona <em>pSCR</em> en lugar de <em>Circuito abierto</em> en la lista
-desplegable.
-Los parámetros para la inmersción con pSCR se pueden ajustar seleccionando
-<em>Archivo → Preferencias → Gráfico</em> desde el menú principal, donde el cálculo
-de consumo de gas tiene en cuenta el ratio de vertido (por defecto 10:1) así
-como el ratio de metabolismo. El cálculo también tiene en cuenta la pérdida
-de oxígeno por la boquilla del rebreather. Si la pO<sub>2</sub> cae por debajo de lo que
-se considera un valor seguro, aparecerá un aviso en los <em>Detalles del plan de
-buceo</em>. Una configuración típica con pSCR es con una sola botella y una o más
-botellas de emergencia. Así pues, el ajuste de las tablas de <em>Gases disponibles</em>
-y <em>Puntos del planificador</em> son muy similares a las de un plan con CCR, como se
-ha descrito anteriormente. Sin embargo, no se especifican setpoints de oxígeno
-en las inmersiones con pSCR. A continuación hay un plan de inmersión para un
-buceo con pSCR. El buceo es comparable al anterior con CCR, pero hay que hacer
-notar la mayor duración del ascenso debido al menor contenido de oxígeno en el
-circuito por la caída de oxígeno en la boquilla del equipo pSCR.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Planner_pSCR1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Planning a pSCR dive: setup" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_planificar_inmersiones_con_ccr">14.4. Planificar inmersiones con CCR</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Para planificar una inmersión utilizando un rebreather de circuito cerrado,
-selecciona la opción <em>CCR</em> en la lista desplegable (en un circulo azul en la
-imagen a continuación.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Gases disponibles</strong>: en la tabla de <em>Gases disponibles</em>, introduce los datos de
-la botella de diluyente y las de bail-out. NO indiques información para la
-botella de oxígeno, ya que está implícita al haber seleccionado <em>CCR</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Introducir setpoints</strong>: Especifica un setpoint por defecto en la pestaña de
-Preferencias seleccionando <em>Archivo → Preferencias → Gráfico</em> desde el menú
-principal. Todos los segmentos introducidos por el usuario en los <em>Puntos del
-planificador</em> utilizan el valor del setpoint por defecto. Luego se pueden
-especificar diferentes setpoints para los diferentes segmentos en la tabla.
-Un setpoint cero significa que el buceador ha pasado a circuito abierto para
-el segmento en que se ha indicado. La descompresión siempre se calcula usando
-el setpoint del último segmento que se haya añadido manualmente. De esta forma,
-si se desea planificar un ascenso de emergencia, se añadiría un segmento de un
-minuto al final de la inmersión con un setpoint de valor cero. El algoritmo de
-descompresión no cambia de mezclas automáticamente mientras se está en modo CCR
-pero, desde luego, lo hace para ascensos de emergencia en circuito abierto.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>El perfil para una inmersión con CCR puede parecerse a la imagen a continuación</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Planner_CCR1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Planning a CCR dive: setup" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Fíjate que, en los <em>Detalles del plan de buceo</em>, no se calcula el consumo de
-gas para un segmento en CCR, por tanto, lo normal es obtener valores de 0 l.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_Replan">14.5. Modificar un plan de inmersión existente</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Normalmente, cuando se ha guardado un plan de inmersión, se encuentra disponible
-desde la <strong>Lista de Inmersiones</strong> como cualquier buceo. Desde la <strong>Lista de
-Inmersiones</strong> no hay forma de cambiar un plan. Para efectuar cambios a un plan de
-buceo, selecciónalo en la <strong>Lista de Inmersiones</strong>, luego, desde el menú principal
-selecciona <em>Registro → Re-planificar inmersión</em>, con ello se abrirá el plan en
-el planificador, permitiendo hacer las modificaciones oportunas y guardarlas de
-la forma habitual.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_planificar_inmersiones_sucesivas">14.6. Planificar inmersiones sucesivas</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Se pueden planear fácilmente inmersiones sucesivas si la fecha y hora de las
-mismas se especifican correctamente en el campo arriba a la izquierda <em>Hora de
-inicio</em>. <em>SUbsurface</em> calcula las cargas de gases inertes de la primera
-inmersión y su efecto se evalúa en las posteriores.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Si se acaba de completar una inmersión larga/profunda y se está planificando
-otra, se selecciona de la <strong>Lista de inmersiones</strong> la que se acaba de completar y
-se activa el planificador. Dependiendo de la hora de inicio del buceo planeado,
-el planificador toma en cuenta la carga de gas en la que se ha incurrido durante
-la inmersión completada y permite planear con estas limitaciones.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Si solo se usan unas pocas configuraciones (p.e. en GUE), puede crearse una
-plantilla de acuerdo con una de las configuraciones. Si ahora se desea planear
-una inmersión usando esta configuración, simplemente se selecciona la plantilla
-de la <strong>Lista de inmersiones</strong> y se activa el planificador: el planificador tendrá
-en cuenta la configuración de la plantilla seleccionada.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_imprimir_el_plan_de_inmersion">14.7. Imprimir el plan de inmersión</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Seleccionar el botón <em>Imprimir</em> permite imprimir los <em>Detalles del plan de
-buceo</em> para unas "wet notes". También se pueden copiar y pegar los <em>Detalles del
-plan de buceo</em> para incluirlos en un archivo de texto o un procesador de
-textos.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Los planes de inmersión tienen muchas características en común con los registros
-de buceo (perfil, notas, etc). Despues de haber guardado un plan, los detalles y
-los calculos de gas quedan almacenados en la pestaña <strong>Notas</strong>.
-Mientras se está diseñando un plan, se puede imprimir utilizando el botón
-<em>Imprimir</em> del planificador. Esto imprimirá los detalles y cálculos de gases del
-panel <em>Detalles del plan de inmersión</em> del planificador. Sin embargo, tras haber
-sido guardado, aparece de una forma muy similar a una anotación en el diario y
-no se puede acceder a los cáculos de gas de la misma forma que durante el proceso
-de planificación. En esta situación, la única manera de imprimir el plan es usar
-<em>Archivo → Imprimir</em> en el menú principal, igual que haríamos para imprimir un
-registro de inmersión.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_descripcion_de_las_opciones_del_menu_principal_de_em_subsurface_em">15. Descripción de las opciones del menú principal de <em>Subsurface</em></h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Esta sección describe las funciones y manejo de las opciones del menú principal
-de <em>Subsurface</em>. Varias de las opciones que veremos luego son links a secciones
-de este manual que describen las operaciones con más detalle.</p></div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_archivo">15.1. Archivo</h3>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_NewLogbook"><em>NuevoRegistro</em></a> - Cierra el diario abierto en estos momentos
- y limpia toda la información.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Abrir Registro</em> - Abre el navegador de archivos para seleccionar un archivo
- de registro que abrir.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Abrir almacenamiento en la nube</em> - Abre el diario previamente configurado en
- <a href="#S_Cloud_storage"><em>Almacenamiento en la nube</em></a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Guardar</em> - Guarda el diario abierto en estos momentos.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Guardar en almacenamiento en la nube</em> - Guarda el diario actual en el
- <a href="#S_Cloud_storage"><em>Almacenamiento en la nube</em></a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Guardar como</em> - Guarda el diario actual con un nombre de archivo diferente.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Cerrar</em> - Cierra el registro de inmersiones abierto en estos momentos.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_ExportLog"><em>Exportar</em></a> - Exporta el diario abierto actualmente (o las
- inmersiones seleccionadas en el diario) a algún otro formato.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_PrintDivelog"><em>Imprimir</em></a> - Imprime el registro de inmersiones abierto.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_Preferences"><em>Preferencias</em></a> - Fija las preferencias del usuario de
- <em>Subsurface</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_FindMovedImages"><em>Encontrar imágenes movidas</em></a> - Si las fotos que se
- hicieron durante las inmersiones se han cambiado de carpeta o de disco, las
- localiza y las une alas inmersiones correspondientes.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_Configure"><em>Configurar ordenador de buceo</em></a> - Edita la configuración de
- un ordenador de buceo.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Salir</em> - Sale de <em>Subsurface</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_importar">15.2. Importar</h3>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_ImportDiveComputer"><em>Importar del ordenador de buceo</em></a> - Descarga
- información desde un ordenador de buceo.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#Unified_import"><em>Importar Archivos de registro</em></a> - Importa información de
- buceo desde un fichero que esté en un formato compatible con <em>Subsurface</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_Companion"><em>Importar datos GPS del Servicio web de Subsurface</em></a> - Carga
- coordenadas GPS desde la app para teléfonos móviles.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_ImportingDivelogsDe"><em>Importar desde Divelogs.de</em></a> - Importa información
- de buceo desde www.divelogs.de.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_registro">15.3. Registro</h3>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_EnterData"><em>Añadir inmersión</em></a> - Añade manualmente una nueva inmersión al
- panel Lista de inmersiones.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Editar inmersión</em> - Edita una inmersión cuyo perfil se hizo manualmente y no
- descargándola desde un ordenador de buceo.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_DivePlanner"><em>Planificar inmersión</em></a> - Esta característica permite
- planificar inmersiones.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_Replan"><em>Editar inmersión en planificador</em></a> - Edita un plan de buceo que se ha
- guardado en la <strong>Lista de Inmersiones</strong>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_CopyComponents"><em>Copiar componentes</em></a> - Al seleccionar esta opción se
- se puede copiar información de varios campos de una inmersión al portapapeles.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Pegar componentes</em> - Pega, en las inmersiones previamente seleccionadas de
- la <strong>Lista de Inmersiones</strong>, la información copiada previamente usando la opción
- <em>Copiar componentes</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_Renumber"><em>Renumerar</em></a> - Renumera las inmersiones listadas en el panel
- Lista de inmersiones.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_Group"><em>Auto agrupar</em></a> - Agrupa automáticamente los buceos de la Lista de
- inmersiones en viajes de buceo.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_DeviceNames"><em>Editar nombres de dispositivos</em></a> - Edita los nombres
- asignados a los ordenadores de buceo.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_Filter"><em>Filtrar la lista de inmersiones</em></a> - Seleccionar únicamente
- algunas inmersiones, basándose en criterios específicos.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_vista">15.4. Vista</h3>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Todo</em></a> - Se presentan los cuatro paneles principales de
- <em>Subsurface</em> simultáneamente.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Lista_de_inmersiones</em></a> - Se visualiza solo el panel Lista de
- inmersiones.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Perfil</em></a> - Se visualiza solo el panel Perfil de inmersión.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Info</em></a> - Se visualiza solo el panel Notas.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Globo</em></a> - Se presenta solo el panel Mapamundi.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Estadísticas anuales</em> - Muestra estadísticas anuales resumidas sobre las
- inmersiones efectuadas en este año y los pasados.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Anterior ordenador</em> - Si una inmersión se ha registrado con más de un ordenador
- de buceo, cambia a los datos del anterior ordenador de buceo.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Siguiente ordenador</em> - Cambia al siguiente ordenador de buceo.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Pantalla completa</em> - Activa el modo de pantalla completa.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_ayuda">15.5. Ayuda</h3>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Acerca de Subsurface</em> - Muestra un panel con el número de versión de
- <em>Subsurface</em> e información de la licencia.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Comprobar si hay actualizaciones</em> - Encuentra si hay disponible una nueva
- versión de <em>Subsurface</em> en la <a href="http://subsurface-divelog.org/">página web de <em>Subsurface</em></a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_UserSurvey"><em>Encuesta de usuarios</em></a> - Ayuda a hacer mejor <em>Subsurface</em>
- tomando parte en nuestra encuesta a usuarios, o completando otra si tus hábitos
- de buceo han cambiado.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Manual de usuario</em> - Abre una ventana que muestra este manual.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_apendice_a_informacion_especifica_del_sistema_operativo_para_importar_inmersiones_desde_un_ordenador_de_buceo">16. APÉNDICE A: Información específica del sistema operativo para importar inmersiones desde un ordenador de buceo.</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_asegurate_de_que_el_so_tiene_instalados_los_drivers_necesarios">16.1. Asegúrate de que el SO tiene instalados los drivers necesarios</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/drivers.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">El sistema operativo del ordenador de sobremesa necesita los drivers correctos
-para comunicarse con el ordenador de buceo de la forma en que este lo prefiera
-(p.e. bluetooth, USB, infrarrojos).</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-En Linux esto significa que el usuario tiene que tener cargados los módulos
-del kernel correctos. La mayoría de las distribuciones lo harán automáticamente.
-Sin embargo algunos protocolos de comunicación requieren un driver adicional,
-especialmente para tecnología poco usada como los infrarojos.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-En Windows, el SO debería ofrecer descargar el driver correcto cuando el
-usuario conecte su ordenador de buceo al puerto USB y el sistema operativo vea
-el dispositivo por primera vez.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-En un Mac, en ocasiones, el usuario tiene que buscar manualmente el driver
-correcto. Por ejemplo, el driver correcto para los dispositivos Mares Puck puede
-encontrarse como Mac_OSX_VCP_driver.zip en el
-<a href="http://www.silabs.com/support/pages/document-library.aspx?p=Interface&f=USB%20Bridges&pn=CP2101">repositorio
-de documentos y software de Silicon Labs</a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_HowFindDeviceName">16.2. Como encontrar el nombre de dispositivo para conexiones USB y ajustar sus permisos de escritura</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/usb.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Cuando un usuario conecta el ordenador de buceo utilizando un conector USB,
-normalmente <em>Subsurface</em> propondrá una lista desplegable que contendrá el nombre
-de dispositivo correcto (o punto de montaje para el Uemis Zurich), o
-deshabilitará el desplegable de selección si no se necesita ningún nombre. En
-los raros casos en que esto no funcione, aquí hay algunas instrucciones sobre
-formas de averiguar cual es el nombre de dispositivo.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">En Windows:</div><p>Simplemente intenta COM1, COM2, etc. La lista desplegable debería contener todos
-los dispositivos COM conectados.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">En MacOS:</div><p>El desplegable debería encontrar todos los ordenadores de buceo conectados.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">En Linux:</div><p>Hay una forma definitiva de encontrar el puerto:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Desconectar el cable USB del ordenador de buceo
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Abrir un terminal
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Teclear el comando: dmesg y pulsar enter
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Conectar el cable USB del ordenador de buceo
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Teclear el comando: dmesg y pulsar enter
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>En el terminal debería poderse ver un mensaje similar a este:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>usb 2-1.1: new full speed USB device number 14 using ehci_hcd
-usbcore: registered new interface driver usbserial
-USB Serial support registered for generic
-usbcore: registered new interface driver usbserial_generic
-usbserial: USB Serial Driver core
-USB Serial support registered for FTDI USB Serial Device
-ftdi_sio 2-1.1:1.0: FTDI USB Serial Device converter detected
-usb 2-1.1: Detected FT232BM
-usb 2-1.1: Number of endpoints 2
-usb 2-1.1: Endpoint 1 MaxPacketSize 64
-usb 2-1.1: Endpoint 2 MaxPacketSize 64
-usb 2-1.1: Setting MaxPacketSize 64
-usb 2-1.1: FTDI USB Serial Device converter now attached to ttyUSB3
-usbcore: registered new interface driver ftdi_sio
-ftdi_sio: v1.6.0:USB FTDI Serial Converters Driver</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>En la tercera línea desde abajo muestra que se detecta el adaptador USB FTDI y
-está conctado a <code>ttyUSB3</code> . Ahora puede usarse esta información en el ajuste de
-la importación como <code>/dev/ttyUSB3</code> lo que dirigirá a <em>Subsurface</em> al puerto USB
-correcto.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Asegurarse de que el usuario tiene permisos de escritura en el puerto serie USB:</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>En sistemas operativos tipo Unix los puertos USB solo pueden accederse por
-usuarios que sean miembros del grupo dialout. Si uno no es root, puede que no
-sea miembro de dicho grupo y no podrá utilizar el puerto USB. Asumamos que el
-nombre de usuario de uno es johnB.</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Como root se teclea: <code>usermod -a -G dialout johnB</code> (usuarios de Ubuntu: <code>sudo
-usermod -a -G dialout johnB</code>) . Esto hace a johnB miembro del grupo <code>dialout</code>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Teclea: <code>id johnB</code> Esto listará todos los grupos a los que pertenece johnB y
-verifica que se ha creado la pertenencia correcta al grupo. El grupo <code>dialout</code>
-debería aparecer entre los diferentes IDs.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-En algunas circunstancias, este cambio solo tiene efecto (p.e. en Ubuntu) tras
-cerrar sesión y reiniciarla.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Con el nombre de dispositivo apropiado (p.e. <code>/dev/ttyUSB3</code>) y con permisos de
-escritura para el puerto USB, el interface del ordenador de buceo puede
-conectarse y se debería poder importar las inmersiones.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_HowFindBluetoothDeviceName">16.3. Ajustar manualmente dispositivos con bluetooth</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/bluetooth.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Para ordenadores de buceo que se comunican por bluetooth como el Heinrichs
-Weikamp Frog o el Shearwater Predator, Petrel y Nerd hay un procedimiento distinto
-para localizar los nombres de dispositivo con los que se comunicará
-<em>Subsurface</em>. En general consiste en estos pasos:</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>En el ordenador de buceo, tras habilitar Bluetooth, asegurarse que está en
-modo Upload</strong>
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Para emparejar el ordenador de buceo, consulta la guía de usuario del
-fabricante. Si se está usando un Shearwater Predator/Petrel/Nerd, hay que seleccionar
-<em>Dive Log → Upload Log</em> y esperar al mensaje <em>Wait PC</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Emparejar el PC con <em>Subsurface</em> con el ordenador de buceo.</strong>
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_en_windows_2">16.3.1. En Windows:</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Probablemente bluetooth ya esté activado. Para emparejar el dispositivo se
-selecciona <em>Panel de Control → Dispositivos Bluetooth → Añadir dispositivo
-Inalámbrico</em>. Esto debería desplegar un diálogo que mostraría tu ordenador de
-buceo (en modo bluetooth) y te permitiría emparejarlo. El ordenador de buceo
-debería mostrarse en la lista de dispositivos y podrías hacer clic-derecho en él
-y seleccionar <em>Propiedades → Puertos COM</em> para identificar el puerto usado por
-tu ordenador de buceo. Si se mostraran varios puertos, utiliza el que diga
-"Saliente" en vez de "Entrante".</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Para descargar a <em>Subsurface</em>, la lista desplegable ya debería contener este
-puerto COM. Si no, introdúcelo manualmente.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Nota: Si tienes problemas descargando desde tu ordenador de buceo a otro
-software después, intenta borrar el emparejamiento y volverlo a hacer.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_en_macos">16.3.2. En MacOS:</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Clica en el símbolo Bluetooth en la barra de menú y selecciona <em>Configurar
-Dispositivo Bluetooth …</em>. Asegúrate de que tu ordenador de buceo está en modo
-upload; entonces debería mostrar la lista de dispositivos. Selecciónalo y pasa
-por el proceso de emparejamiento. Este paso solo debería se necesario una vez
-para la configuración inicial.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Una vez que el emparejamiento está completo el dispositivo correcto se mostrará
-en el desplegable <em>Dispositivo o punto de montaje</em> del diálogo <strong>Importar</strong> de
-<em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_en_linux">16.3.3. En Linux</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Asegúrate de que tienes activado el ordenador con <em>Subsurface</em>. En las
-distribuciones más habituales esto debería ser cierto de entrada y el
-emparejamiento debería se fácil. Por ejemplo, Gnome3 muestra un icono Bluetooth
-a la derecha de la barra de tareas, arriba en la pantalla.
-Los usuarios han informado de dificultades con algunos controladores de
-Bluetooth. Si tienes un controlador incluido en el PC, prueba primero con
-este. Es más fácil si quitas cualquier receptor USB que tengas activado.
-Si tienes un receptor USB que viniera con el ordenador de buceo, prueba con
-este antes que con cualquier otro.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Configurar una conexión para descargar inmersiones desde tu ordenador de buceo
-con capacidad Bluetooth, tal como el <em>Shearwater Petrel</em>, todavía no es un
-proceso automatizado y requerirá generalmente la línea de comandos.
-Se trata esencialmente de un proceso en tres pasos.</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Activar el controlador Bluetooth y emparejarlo con el ordenador de buceo
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Establecer una conexión RFCOMM
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Descargar las inmersiones con <em>Subsurface</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Asegurarse de que el ordenador de buceo está en modo "upload". En el <em>Petrel</em>
-y <em>Petrel 2</em> y <em>Nerd</em>, navega por el menú, selecciona <em>Dive Log</em>, luego <em>Upload log</em>. En
-la pantalla se leerá <em>Initializing</em>, luego <em>Wait PC 3:00</em> e iniciará una cuenta
-atrás. Una vez que la conexión esté establecida, en la pantalla se leerá
-<em>Wait CMD …</em> y la cuenta atrás seguirá. Cuando se descargue la inmersión a
-<em>Subsurface</em> en la pantalla se leerá <em>Sending</em> y luego <em>Sent dive</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Para establecer la conexión, accede como root vía <code>sudo</code> o <code>su</code>.
-Se necesitan los permisos correctos para descargar las inmersiones al PC. En la
-mayoría de los sistemas Linux, esto significa hacerse miembro del grupo dialout
-(de forma idéntica como con los ordenadores de buceo que utilizan un puerto USB,
-como se describía en la sección anterior). En la línea de comando introduce:</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><code>sudo usermod -a -G dialout username</code></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Luego desconecta el usuario y vuélvelo a conectar para que tenga efecto la
-modificación.</p></div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_activar_el_controlador_bluetooth_y_emparejar_el_ordenador_de_buceo">Activar el controlador Bluetooth y emparejar el ordenador de buceo</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Intenta configurar el controlador Bluetooth y emparejar tu ordenador de buceo
-utilizando el entorno gráfico del sistema operativo. Tras configurar el
-ordenador de buceo en modo "upload", haz clic en el icono Bluetooth en la
-barra del sistema y selecciona <em>Añadir nuevo dispositivo</em>. El ordenador de
-buceo debería aparecer. Si se pide una contraseña, introduce 0000. Anótate o
-copia la dirección MAC de tu ordenador de buceo, que necesitaremos más
-adelante, y debería ser de la forma 00:11:22:33:44:55.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Si el método gráfico no funcionó, empareja el dispositivo desde la línea de
-comandos. Abre un terminal y usa <code>hciconfig</code> para comprobar el estado del
-controlador Bluetooth</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>$ hciconfig
-hci0: Type: BR/EDR Bus: USB
- BD Address: 01:23:45:67:89:AB ACL MTU: 310:10 SCO MTU: 64:8
- *DOWN*
- RX bytes:504 acl:0 sco:0 events:22 errors:0
- TX bytes:92 acl:0 sco:0 commands:21 errors:0</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Esto indica un controlador Bluetooth con dirección MAC 01:23:45:67:89:AB,
-conectado como hci0. Su estado es DOWN, por ejemplo no activado. Otros
-controladores adicionales aparecerían como hci1, etc. Si no había un receptor
-Bluetooth conectado al PC en el momento del arranque, hci0 es, probablemente,
-el receptor interno.
-Ahora conectemos el controlador y activemos la autenticación:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>sudo hciconfig hci0 up auth (enter password when prompted)
-hciconfig
-hci0: Type: BR/EDR Bus: USB
- BD Address: 01:23:45:67:89:AB ACL MTU: 310:10 SCO MTU: 64:8
- *UP RUNNING PSCAN AUTH*
- RX bytes:1026 acl:0 sco:0 events:47 errors:0
- TX bytes:449 acl:0 sco:0 commands:46 errors:0</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Comprueba que el estado ahora incluye <code><em>UP</em>, <em>RUNNING</em> y <em>AUTH</em></code>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If se están ejecutando múltiples controladores, lo más simple es desconectar
-los no utilizados, por ejemplo, para <code>hci1</code>:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>sudo hciconfig hci1 down</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>El próximo paso es <em>trust</em> y <em>pair</em> el ordenador de buceo. En distribuciones
-con Bluez 5, como Fedora 22, se puede utilizar una herramienta llamada
-<code>blutoothctl</code>, que lanzará su propia linea de comandos.</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>bluetoothctl
-[NEW] Controller 01:23:45:67:89:AB localhost.localdomain [default]
-[bluetooth]# agent on
-Agent registered
-[bluetooth]# default-agent
-Default agent request successful
-[bluetooth]# scan on <----now set your dive computer to upload mode
-Discovery started
-[CHG] Controller 01:23:45:67:89:AB Discovering: yes
-[NEW] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Petrel
-[bluetooth]# trust 00:11:22:33:44:55 <----you can use the tab key to autocomplete the MAC address
-[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Trusted: yes
-Changing 00:11:22:33:44:55 trust succeeded
-[bluetooth]# pair 00:11:22:33:44:55
-Attempting to pair with 00:11:22:33:44:55
-[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Connected: yes
-[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 UUIDs: 00001101-0000-1000-8000-0089abc12345
-[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Paired: yes
-Pairing successful
-[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Connected: no</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Si se solicita una contraseña, introduce 0000. Está bien aunque la última
-línea diga <em>Connected: no</em>. La parte importante es la anterior <code>Pairing
-successful</code>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Si el sistema tiene Bluez 4 (p.e. Ubuntu 12.04 a 15.04), probablemente no haya
-<code>bluetoothctl</code>, sino un script llamado <code>bluez-simple-agent</code>.</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>hcitool -i hci0 scanning
-Scanning ...
- 00:11:22:33:44:55 Petrel
- bluez-simple-agent hci0 00:11:22:33:44:55</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Una vez que el ordenador esté emparejado, configura la conexión RFCOMM.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_establecer_la_conexion_rfcomm">Establecer la conexión RFCOMM</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>El comando para establecer una conexión RFCOMM es:</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><code>sudo rfcomm -i <controller> connect <dev> <bdaddr> [channel]</code></p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<code><controller></code> es el controlador Bluetooth, <code>hci0</code>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<code><dev></code> es el dispositivo RFCOMM, <code>rfcomm0</code>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<code><bdaddr></code> es la dirección MAC del ordenador de buceo, +00:11:22:33:44:55
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<code>[channel]</code> es el canal Bluetooth al que nos queremos conectar.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Si se omite el canal, se asume el 1. Basándonos en un número limitado de
-informaciones de usuarios el canal apropiado para el ordenador de buceo,
-probablemente sea:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Shearwater Petrel 1</em>: channel 1
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Shearwater Petrel 2</em>: channel 5
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Shearwater Nerd</em>: channel 5
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Heinrichs-Weikamp OSTC Sport</em>: channel 1
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>P.e. para conectar un <em>Shearwater Petrel 2</em>, ajusta el ordenador de buceo a
-modo "upload" e introduce:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>sudo rfcomm -i hci0 connect rfcomm0 00:11:22:33:44:55 5</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>(introduce una contraseña, probablemente 0000, cuando se solicite)
-Se obtendrá la respuesta:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>Connected /dev/rfcomm0 to 00:11:22:33:44:55 on channel 5
-Press CTRL-C for hangup</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Para conectar un <code>Shearwater Petrel 1</code> o <code>H&W OSTC Sport</code>, ajusta el ordenador
-de buceo a modo "upload" e introduce:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>sudo rfcomm -i hci0 connect rfcomm0 00:11:22:33:44:55 (intruduce el password, probablemente 0000, cuando se solicite)
-Connected /dev/rfcomm0 to 00:11:22:33:44:55 on channel 1
-Press CTRL-C for hangup</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Si se desconoce el canal específico de un ordenador de buceo, o el canal de la
-lista anterior no funciona, el comando <code>sdptool records</code> debería ayudar a dar
-con el canal apropiado, la salida a continuación es para un Petrel 2:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>sdptool -i hci0 records 00:11:22:33:44:55
-Service Name: Serial Port
-Service RecHandle: 0x10000
-Service Class ID List:
- "Serial Port" (0x1101)
- Protocol Descriptor List:
- "L2CAP" (0x0100)
- "RFCOMM" (0x0003)
- Channel: 5</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>En el caso de ordenadores de buceo Bluetooth que no estén incluidos en la lista
-anterior, por favor, informa a los desarrolladores de Subsurface a través del
-foro de usuarios o de la lista de correo <em>subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org</em>.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_descargar_las_inmersiones_con_subsurface">Descargar las inmersiones con Subsurface</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Tras establecer la conexión RFCOMM y mientras esta corriendo la cuenta atrás
-del ordenador de buceo, ves a <em>Subsurface</em>, selecciona desde el menú principal
-<em>Importar → Importar del ordenador de buceo</em> y selecciona el fabricante
-adecuado (p.e. <em>Shearwater</em>), el ordenador de buceo (p.e. <em>Petrel</em>), el punto
-de montaje o dispositivo (p.e. <em>/dev/rfcomm0</em>) y pulsa <em>Descargar</em>.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">17. APÉNDICE B: Información específica por ordenadores de buceo.</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_ImportUemis">17.1. Importar desde un Uemis Zurich</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/iumis.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content"><em>Subsurface</em> descarga la información guardada en el SDA (el sistema de archivos
-interno del Uemis) incluyendo información sobre puntos de buceo y equipo. La
-información sobre el compañero aún no se puede descargar. Se hace de forma muy
-similar a un ordenador de buceo con conexión USB (el Uemis es uno de los que se
-recargan cuando están conectados al puerto USB). La principal diferencia es que
-no se introduce un nombre de dispositivo, sino la ubicación donde se montará el
-sistema de ficheros UEMISSDA una vez conectado tu ordenador de buceo. En Windows
-este es una letra de disco (a menudo <em>E:</em> o <em>F:</em>), en un Mac este es
-<em>/Volumes/UEMISSDA</em> y en sistemas Linux varía dependiendo de la distribución
-utilizada. En Fedora habitualmente es
-<em>/var/run/media/<nombre_usuario>/UEMISSDA</em>. En todos los casos <em>Subsurface</em>
-debería sugerir la ubicación correcta en la lista desplegable.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Tras seleccionar el nombre anterior como nombre de dispositivo, se pueden
-descargar las inmersiones del Uemis Zurich. Un problema técnico con la
-implementación de descargas en el Uemis Zurich (es una limitación del firmware,
-no un problema de <em>Subsurface</em>) es que no se pueden descargar más de 40/50
-buceos sin quedarse sin memoria en el SDA. Esto, usualmente, solo pasará la
-primera vez que se descarguen inmersiones del Uemis Zurich (normalmente, al
-descargar al final de un día o incluso de un viaje la capacidad será
-suficiente). Si <em>Subsurface</em> muestra el error de que el ordenador de buceo se ha
-quedado sin espacio la solución es directa. Desconectar el SDA, apágarlo y
-volverlo a encender, y reconectarlo. Ahora se puede reintentar (o iniciar una
-nueva sesión de descarga) y continuará donde paró la última vez. Puede que se
-tenga que repetir esta operación más de una vez dependiendo de cuantos buceos
-haya guardados en el ordenador.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_ImportingGalileo">17.2. Importar buceos desde el Galileo de Uwatec</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/Galileo.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Los ordenadores de buceo Galileo de Uwatec usan comunicaciones por infrarrojos
-(IrDA) entre el dispositivo y <em>Subsurface</em>. El hardware de Uwatec utiliza un USB
-basado en le protocolo serie/infrarrojo (SIR) y el controlador IrDA MSC7780
-fabricado por MosChip y comercializado por Scubapro y algunas compañías de
-electrónica. En Linux, el kernel ya proporciona comunicación usando el protocolo
-IrDA. Sin embargo, el usuario necesita cargar adicionalmente un driver para el
-interface IrDA con el ordenador de buceo. La forma más fácil es cargar el
-paquete <strong>irda-tools</strong> del <a href="http://irda.sourceforge.net/docs/startirda.html">Linux
-IrDA Project</a>. Tras la instalación de irda-tools, el <strong>usuario root</strong> puede
-especificar un nombre de dispositivo desde la consola así:</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><code>irattach irda0</code></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Después de ejecutar este comando, <em>Subsurface</em> reconocerá el ordenador Galileo y
-descargará la información de buceo.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>En Windows existe una situación similar. Hay drivers para el MCS7780 disponibles
-en algunos sitios de internet p.e.
-<a href="http://www.drivers-download.com/Drv/MosChip/MCS7780/">www.drivers-download.com</a>.
-También se pueden encontrar drivers IrDA basados en Windows, para los
-ordenadores Uwatec en el sitio web de ScubaPro, pudiendo encontrarlos en la
-página de descargas del software SmarTrak.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Para el Mac de Apple, la comunicación IrDA vía MCS7780 no está disponible para
-OSX 10.6 o superior.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_ImportingDR5">17.3. Importar buceos desde Heinrichs Weikamp DR5</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/HW_DR5.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">El H&W DR5 se monta como un disco USB y guarda un fichero UDDF para cada
-buceo. Marca todas las inmersiones que quieras abrir o importar. Nota: El DR5 no
-parece conservar factores de gradiente ni información de deco, por lo que
-<em>Subsurface</em> no puede mostrarla. Ajusta los factores de gradiente en
-<em>Subsurface</em> en <strong>Preferencias</strong> para generar una capa de deco en el panel del
-<strong>Perfil</strong>. Observa que la deco calculada por <em>Subsurface</em> diferirá, con toda
-seguridad, de la calculada por el DR5.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_ImportingXDeep">17.4. Importar desde xDEEP BLACK</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/HW_xdeepblack.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Cada inmersión se ha de guardar individualmente como archivo UDDF utilizando la
-opción "Exportar a UDDF" en el menú del logbook del BLACK. Al montar el BLACK
-como disco USB, los archivos UDDF están disponibles en el directorio LOGBOOK.
-Nota: El xDEEP BLACK guarda el LND pero no parece guardar factores de gradiente
-ni información sobre deco, por lo que <em>Subsurface</em> no puede mostralos. Ajusta
-los factores de gradiente en <em>Gráfico</em> en las <em>Preferencias</em> para generar una
-capa de deco en el <strong>Perfil deinmersión</strong> de <em>Subsurface</em> pero fíjate que la
-deco calculada por <em>Subsurface</em> diferirá con toda probabilidad de la que
-mostraría el xDEEP BLACK.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_importar_del_shearwater_predator_petrel_nerd_usando_bluetooth">17.5. Importar del Shearwater Predator/Petrel/Nerd usando Bluetooth</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/predator.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">En la sección anterior, <a href="#S_Bluetooth"><em>Conectar Subsurface a ordenadores de buceo con Bluetooth</em></a>
-se facilitan instrucciones específicas para descargar inmersiones usando Bluetooth.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_PoseidonMkVI">17.6. Importar desde el Poseidon MKVI Discovery</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/MkVI.jpeg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">La descarga de diarios desde el MKVI se realiza utilizando un adaptador de
-comunicaciones personalizado y el <em>Poseidon PC Configuration Software</em>, que
-se obtiene al adquirir el equipo MKVI. La última es una aplicación de
-windows que permite configurar el equipo y guardar los diarios. La comunicación
-entre el ordenador de buceo y el PC utiliza el protocolo IrDA de infrarrojos.
-Solo se pueden descargar datos de una inmersión cada vez e incluyen tres
-archivos:</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Configuración de ajustes para la inmersión y parámetros clave de la misma (es
- el archivo con extensión .txt).
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Detalles del diario (archivo con extensión .csv).
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Diario en formato Redbook (archivo con extensión .cvsr). Es una versión
-comprimida del diario utilizando un formato propio.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> accede a los archivos .txt y .csv para obtener información.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_importar_desde_el_ccr_apd_inspiration">17.7. Importar desde el CCR APD Inspiration</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/APDComputer.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Los diarios del ordenador de buceo de un APD Inspiration o similar, se
-descargan utilizando un adaptador y el <em>AP Communicator</em>, obtenidos al comprar
-el equipo. Los diarios se pueden visualizar utilizando el <em>AP Log Viewer</em> desde
-Windows o Mac/OS. Sin embargo, los diarios de APD se pueden ver o manejar desde
-<em>Subsurface</em> (junto a buceos en los que se haya utilizado otros muchos tipos de
-ordenador de buceo). Los diarios de APD Inspiration se importan a <em>Subsurface</em>
-como sigue:</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Descargar la inmersión usando <em>AP Communicator</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Abrir una inmersión con el <em>AP Log Viewer</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Seleccionar la pestaña llamada <em>Datos</em> (<em>Data</em>).
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Con los datos del diario "en crudo" mostrados en pantalla, pulsar en
- <em>Copiar al portapapeles</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Abrir un editor de texto (p.e. Notepad en windows o TextWrangler en Mac).
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Copiar el contenido del portapapeles al editor y guardar el archivo de texto
- con extensión de archivo <em>.apd</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Desde Subsurface, seleccionar <em>Importar → Importar archivos de registro</em>
- para abrir el <a href="#Unified_import">diálogo de importación universal</a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-En la lista desplegable de abajo del diálogo (llamada <em>Filtro:</em>) seleccionar "APD log viewer".
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-En la lista de nombres de archivo, seleccionar el archivo <em>.apd</em> que acabamos
- de crear y se abrirá un diálogo de importación que mostrará los ajustes por
- defecto para los datos en un archivo <em>.apd</em>. Si es necesario algún cambio
- hazlo como en <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">CSV imports</a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/APD_CSVimportF22.jpg" alt="Figure: APD log viewer import" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-El primer desplegable a la izquierda en el panel de importación nos permite
-el ordenador de buceo APD del que importar el registro. Por defecto es DC1, el
-primero de los dos ordenadores que usa el APD. Es posible importar secuencialmente
-los datos de ambos ordenadores, importando primero el DC1 y luego el DC2.
-(<strong>Truco</strong>: Los registros de ambos ordenadores se pueden visualizar seleccionando
- <em>Vista → Siguiente Ordenador</em> desde el menú principal, o situando el cursor
- sobre el perfil y pulsando la flecha derecha/izquierda). Pulsa el botón OK en
-la parte de debajo del panel.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>El diario de APD aparecerá en <em>Subsurface</em>. El techo generado por el ordenador
-Inspiration puede visualizarse seleccionando el correspondiente botón de la
-izquierda del <strong>Perfil de inmersión</strong>. Los datos de presión de las botellas no
-se registran en el equipo APD pero pueden completarse a mano desde la pestaña
-<strong>Equipo</strong>.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_apendice_c_exportar_informacion_de_diarios_desde_otros_softwares_externos">18. APÉNDICE C: Exportar información de diarios desde otros softwares externos.</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>La importación de datos de diarios de buceos desde softwares externos se
-efectúa, habitualmente, utilizando el dialogo que resulta de seleccionar
-<em>Importar</em> desde el menú principal y luego Importar archivos de registro. Este
-proceso se efectúa en un solo paso y puede obtenerse más información
-<a href="#Unified_import">aquí</a> . Sin embargo, en algunos casos, puede ser necesario
-efectuar dos pasos:</p></div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-Exportar los datos del diario externo a un formato accesible por
- <em>Subsurface</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Importar el diario accesible a <em>Subsurface</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Este apéndice proporciona algo de información sobre como exportar datos de
-diarios desde softwares externos. Los procedimientos a continuación se aplican
-mayormente en Linux y/o Windows.</p></div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_ImportingDivesSuunto">18.1. Exportar desde <strong>Suunto Divemanager (DM3, DM4 o DM5)</strong></h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/suuntologo.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Divemanager es una aplicación en MS Windows para ordenadores de buceo Suunto.
-Divemanager 3 (DM3) es una versión más antigua del software de Suunto. Los
-ordenadores de buceo más recientes usan Divemanager 4 o 5 (DM4 o DM5). Las
-diferentes versiones de Divemanager usan diferentes métodos y diferentes
-nomenclaturas de archivos al exportar datos.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemanager 3 (DM3):</strong></p></div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-Iniciar <em>Suunto Divemanager 3</em> y registrarse con el nombre que contiene los
- diarios.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-No iniciar el ayudante de importación para importar inmersiones desde el
- ordenador de buceo.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-En el árbol de la izquierda de la ventana del programa, seleccionar las
- inmersiones que correspondan.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-De la lista de buceos, seleccionar las inmersiones que se deseará descargar
- después:
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Para seleccionar alguna: mantén pulsada la tecla <em>ctrl</em> y haz clic en la
- inmersión.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Para seleccionarlas todas: Selecciona la primera, mantén pulsada la tecla
- <em>shift</em> y haz clic en la última inmersión.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Con las inmersiones marcadas se usa el menú <em>File → Export</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Se mostrará el desplegable de exportación. En este desplegable hay un campo
- llamado Export Path.
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Haz clic en el botón browse junto al campo Export Path
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Se despliega un navegador de archivos
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Navega a la carpeta donde quieras que se guarde el archivo Divelog.SDE
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Opcionalmente cambia el nombre del archivo a guardar.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Clica <em>Save</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-De vuelta en el desplegable de exportación, pulsa el botón <em>Export</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Las inmersiones han quedado exportadas en el archivo Divelogs.SDE.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemanager 4 (DM4) y Divemanager 5 (DM5):</strong></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>DM4 y DM5 utilizan idénticos mecanismos para exportar los diarios.
-Para exportar un diario desde Divemanager, se necesita localizar la base de
-datos DM4/DM5 donde están guardadas las inmersiones. El usuario puede buscar la
-base de datos original o hacer una copia de respaldo. A continuación se
-describen ambos métodos.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Localizar la base de datos Suunto DM4 (o DM5):</p></div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-Iniciar Suunto DM4/DM5
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Seleccionar <em>Help → About</em> (Ayuda → Acerca de)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Hacer clic en el botón <em>Copy</em> (Copiar) tras el texto <em>Copy log folder path to
- clipboard</em> (Copiar la ruta a la carpeta del registro al portapapeles)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Abrir el explorador de Windows
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Pegar la ruta en la casilla de direcciones en la parte de arriba del
- explorador
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-La base de datos se llama DM4.db o DM5.db
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Hacer una copia de respaldo de la base de datos de Suunto DM4/DM5:</p></div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-Iniciar Suunto DM4/DN5
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Seleccionar <em>File → Create backup</em> (Archivo → Copia de seguridad)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Desde el menú de archivos, seleccionar la carpeta y el nombre para la copia,
-aquí usaremos DM4 (o DM5) con la extensión por defecto .bak
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Clicar <em>Save</em> (Guardar)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Los buceos se han exportado al archivo DM4.bak (o DM5.bak)
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="Atomic_Export">18.2. Exportar desde Atomic Logbook</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="./images/icons/note.png" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Atomic Logbook es un software en Windows de Atomics Aquatics. Permite descargar
-información de buceo de los ordenadores Cobalt y Cobalt 2. El archivo se guarda
-en una base de datos SQlite en C:\ProgramData\AtomicsAquatics\Cobalt-Logbook\Cobalt.db.
-Este archivo se puede importar directamente a <em>Subsurface</em>.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="Mares_Export">18.3. Exportar desde Mares Dive Organiser V2.1</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/mareslogo.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Mares Dive Organiser es una aplicación de Windows. El diario de inmersiones se
-guarda en una base de datos Microsoft SQL Compact Edition con una extensión de
-nombre de archivo <em>.sdf</em>. La base de datos incluye a todos los buceadores
-registrados en el Dive Organiser del PC y a todos los ordenadores Mares usados.
-La forma más segura de obtener una copia de la base de datos de inmersiones es
-exportar la información a otro formato compatible que pueda ser importado a
-<em>Subsurface</em>.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-En el Dive Organiser, selecciona <em>Database → Backup</em> en el menú principal y
- haz una copia de seguridad de la base de datos en el escritorio. Esto creará un
- archivo comprimido DiveOrganiserxxxxx.dbf
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Cambia el nombre del archivo a DiveOrganiserxxxxx.zip. Dentro de una carpeta
- comprimida en el archivo .zip, hay otro archivo llamado <em>DiveOrganiser.sdf</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Extrae a tu escritorio el archivo <em>.sdf</em> desde la carpeta comprimida.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-La password para acceder al archivo .zip es <em>mares</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_ImportingDivingLog">18.4. Exportar desde <strong>DivingLog 5.0 y 6.0</strong></h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/divingloglogo.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">La mejor manera de traer tus diarios desde DivingLog a <em>Subsurface</em> es
-convertir la base de datos completa. Esto se debe a que otros formatos de
-exportación no incluyen todos los detalles, y careceríamos, por ejemplo, de
-cambios de gas e información acerca de que unidades se utilizan. Al importar
-la base de datos, toda esta información esta incluida y disponible.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Para transferir todos los archivos desde DivingLog a <em>Subsurface</em> haz lo
-siguiente:</p></div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-En DivingLog abre el menú <em>Archivo → Exportar → SQLite</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Selecciona el botón <em>Ajustes</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Ajusta el <em>RTF2Plaintext</em> a <em>true</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Cierra el diálogo <em>Ajustes</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Pulsa el botón <em>Exportar</em> y selecciona el nombre de archivo
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Una vez hecho esto, abre con <em>Subsurface_la base de datos guardada y las
-inmersiones se convertirán automáticamente a nuestro formato. El último paso
-a efectuar es guardar el diario en _Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_Appendix_D">19. APÉNDICE D: Exportar una hoja de cálculo a formato CSV</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Muchos buceadores mantienen un diario en alguna forma de archivo digital, en
-muchos casos en una hoja de cálculo con varios campos de información. Estos
-registros se pueden importar con facilidad a <em>Subsurface</em>
-una vez que la hoja de cálculo se ha convertido a archivo .CSV .
-Esta sección explica el procedimiento para convertir un diario de buceo que
-se haya conservado en una hoja de cálculo en un archivo .CSV que se pueda,
-posteriormente, importar a <em>Subsurface</em>.
-Crear un .CSV es una tarea sencilla, aunque el procedimiento es algo distinto
-según el programa de hojas de cálculo que se utilice.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>El primer paso consiste en organizar los datos en la hoja de cálculo, de forma
-que la primera fila contenga los nombres (o títulos) de cada columna y que la
-información de cada inmersión ocupe una sola fila.
-<em>Subsurface</em> soporta muchos tipos de datos (Número, Fecha, Hora, Duración,
-Ubicación, GPS, Prof. máxima, Prof. media, Compañero, Notas, Lastre y Etiquetas).
-El usuario puede organizar los datos siguiendo unas sencillas reglas:</p></div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-Fecha: Usar uno de los siguientes formatos: aaaa-mm-dd, dd.mm.aaaa o
- mm/dd/aaaa
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Duración: El formato debería ser minutos:segundos
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Sistema de unidades: Solo debe usarse un sistema. Evitar la mezcla sistemas.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Etiquetas y compañeros: los valores deben separarse usando una coma.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Posición GPS: Se deben utilizar grados decimales, p.e. 30.22496 30.821798
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_em_libreoffice_calc_em_y_em_openoffice_calc_em">19.1. <em>LibreOffice Calc</em> y <em>OpenOffice Calc</em></h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Son aplicaciones de hojas de cálculo de código abierto que forman parte de
-suits mayores que, a su vez, también son código abierto. La interacción del
-usuario con <em>LibreOffice Calc</em> y _OpenOffice Calc_es muy similar.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>En LibreOffice Calc el formato de tiempo debe ajustarse a minutos:segundos -
-[mm]:ss y las fechas se deben ajustar a aaaa-mm-dd, dd.mm.aaaa o mm/dd/aaaa.
-Un diario típico codría parecerse a esto:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/LOffice_spreadsheetdata.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Datos de una hoja de cálculo" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Para exportar los datos en archivo .CSV, desde LibreOffice clicar <em>Archivo →
- Guardar como</em>. En el diálogo que se desplegará, seleccionar <em>Texto CSV (.csv)</em>
-como tipo de archivo y seleccionar la opción <em>Editar ajustes de filtros</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/LOffice_save_as_options.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Opciones de Guardar como" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Tras seleccionar <em>Guardar</em>, seleccionar el delimitador de campos apropiado
-(selecciona <em>TABULADOR</em> para evitar conflictos con las comas cuando estas se
-usen como coma decimal), luego seleccionar <em>OK</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/LOffice_field_options.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Opciones de campos" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Se puede verificar el archivo .CSV abriéndolo con un editor de textos y luego
-se importaría como se explicó en <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importar inmersiones desde archivos <em>CSV</em> manuales</a>.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_microsoft_em_excel_em">19.2. Microsoft <em>Excel</em></h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>El delimitador de campos (llamado "separador de listas" en los manuales de
-Microsoft) no está accesible desde <em>Excel</em> y debe ajustarse desde el <em>Panel de
-Control</em>. Tras cambiar el carácter separador todo el software del ordenador con
-Windows usará el nuevo carácter como separador.
-Se puede volver a cambiar el carácter al inicial siguiendo el mismo sistema.</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-En Microsoft Windows, pulsar el botón <strong>Inicio</strong> y seleccionar el <em>Panel de
- Control</em> de la lista de la izquierda.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Abrir el diálogo <em>Opciones de región y lenguaje</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Hacer una de las dos siguientes acciones:
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-En Windows 7, clicar la pestaña <em>Formatos</em> y luego <em>Personalizar este
- formato</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-En Windows XP, clicar la pestaña <em>Opciones de región</em> y luego <em>Personalizar</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Teclear un nuevo separador en el <em>Separador de listas</em>. Para utilizar un
- tabulador teclea "TAB" en la casilla de texto.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Pulsar <em>OK</em> dos veces.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>A continuación, una imagen del <em>Panel de Control</em>:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Win_SaveCSV2.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Separador de listas en Win" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Para exportar el archivo en formato CSV:</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Con el diario abierto en <em>Excel</em>, seleccionar el botón redondo de Windows de
-arriba a la izquierda, luego <em>Guardar como</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Win_SaveCSV1.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Opción Guardar como en Excel" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Clicar en la parte izquierda de la opción <em>Guardar como</em>, <strong>NO</strong> sobre la flecha
-de la derecha. Esto desplegará un diálogo para guardar la hoja de cálculo en un
-formato alternativo. De la lista desplegable abajo en el diálogo, seleccionar
-<em>CSV(delimitado por comas) (*.CSV)</em>. Asegurarse de que se ha seleccionado la
-carpeta correcta para guardar el archivo.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Win_SaveCSV3.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Excel save _CSV_ dialogue" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Seleccionar el botón <em>Guardar</em>. El archivo formateado en <em>CSV</em> se guardará en la
-carpeta que se hubiera seleccionado. Se puede verificar el archivo creado con
-un editor de textos y luego importar los datos de buceo como se explicó en
-<a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importar inmersiones desde archivos <em>CSV</em> manuales</a>.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_APPENDIX_E">20. APÉNDICE E: Escribir una plantilla de impresión a medida</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> proporciona un mecanismo para crear o modificar plantillas que
-permite producir impresiones a medida de los divelogs. Las plantillas escritas
-en HTML, y también como sencillo conjunto de instrucciones de Grantlee, se
-interpretan y envian a la impresora por <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Se accede a las plantillas utilizando el diálogo de impresión (imagen <strong>B</strong> a
-continuación)</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Print1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Diálogo de impresión" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Los botones en la parte de abajo de diálogo permiten <em>Editar</em>, <em>Borrar</em>,
-<em>Importar</em> y <em>Exportar</em> plantillas (ver imagen <strong>A</strong> anterior). Las plantillas,
-nuevas o modificadas, se guardan como archivos HTML en la misma carpeta en la
-que está el divelog que se está procesando. Para crear o modificar una plantilla,
-selecciona la plantilla <em>Custom</em> de la lista desplegable (imagen <strong>B</strong> anterior) y
-pulsa <em>Editar</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>El panel de edición incluye tres pestañas:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Template1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Diálogo de edición de plantillas" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>1) La pestaña <em>Estilo</em> (imagen <strong>A</strong> anterior) controla la fuente, el espaciado de
- lineas y la plantilla de colores utilizada para imprimir. Los atributos de estilo
- son editables. Elige una de las cuatro paletas.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>2) La pestaña <em>Colores</em> (imagen <strong>B</strong> anterior) permite editar los colores que se
- usarán para imprimir el registro. Los colores se pueden modificar: el botón
- <em>Editar</em> de la pestaña <em>Colores</em> permite elegir colores arbitrarios para los
- diferentes componentes de la impresión.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>3) La pestaña <em>Plantilla</em> del panel de edición (imagen a continuación) permite crear
- una plantilla usando HTML y sentencias de Grantlee. Grantlee proporciona la
- habilidad de crear y formatear código HTML de forma muy simple pero muy eficiente
- (ver a continuación). El HTML de la plantilla puede editarse y guardarse. La
- plantilla salvada se guarda en la carpeta en la que está el divelog con el que
- se está trabajando. Por defecto, una plantilla <em>a medida</em> es un esqueleto sin
- instrucciones de impresión. La información a imprimir necesita ser especificada
- y formateada reemplazando la sección "<!-- Template must be filled -→".
- Escribir código HtMl con Grantlee da una libertad ilimitada para elegir lo que
- se imprime y como se va a visualizar.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Template2_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Template tab" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>El usuario también puede adaptar las plantillas existentes y guardarlas en la
-carpeta donde se halle el divelog (por ejemplo One Dive, Six Dives, Table, etc).</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Para escribir una plantilla a medida, deben existir los siguientes elementos
-para que puedan ser manejadas e interpretadas:</p></div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_bucle_principal">20.1. Bucle principal</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> pasa una lista de inmersiones llamada (<strong>dives</strong>) al sistema <em>Grantlee</em>.
-Se puede iterar sobre la lista de la siguiente manera:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="title">template.html</div>
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code> {% for dive in dives %}
- <h1> {{ dive.number }} </h1>
- {% endfor %}</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="title">output.html</div>
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code> <h1> 1 </h1>
- <h1> 2 </h1>
- <h1> 3 </h1></code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Se puede encontrar información sobre <em>Grantlee</em> <a href="http://www.grantlee.org/apidox/for_themers.html">aquí</a></p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_variables_pasadas_a_grantlee">20.2. Variables pasadas a Grantlee</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Solo se pasa un subconjunto de los datos de una inmersión:</p></div>
-<div class="tableblock">
-<table rules="all"
-width="100%"
-frame="border"
-cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
-<col width="50%" />
-<col width="50%" />
-<tbody>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Nombre</strong></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Descripción</strong></p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">number</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) número de la inmersión</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">id</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) diveID único, se usará para descargar el perfil</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">date</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) fecha de la inmersión</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">time</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) hora de la inmersión</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">location</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) ubicación del buceo</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">duration</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) duración del buceo</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">depth</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) profundidad de la inmersión</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">divemaster</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) datos del divemaster</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">buddy</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) datos del compañero</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">airTemp</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) temperatura del aire</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">waterTemp</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) temperatura del agua</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">notes</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) notas de la inmersión</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">rating</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) calificación del buceo, varía entre 0 y 5</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">sac</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) valor del CAS</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">tags</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) todas las etiquetas de la inmersión empalmadas</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">gas</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) datos de la botella</p></td>
-</tr>
-</tbody>
-</table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> también pasa datos de la plantilla <strong>template_options</strong>. Estos datos
-deben usarse como valores <em>CSS</em> para proporcionar una plantilla editable de
-forma dinámica. Los datos exportados se muestran en la tabla a continuación:</p></div>
-<div class="tableblock">
-<table rules="all"
-width="100%"
-frame="border"
-cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
-<col width="50%" />
-<col width="50%" />
-<tbody>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Nombre</strong></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Descripción</strong></p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">font</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) familia de la fuente</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">borderwidth</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) valor de la anchura del borde, calculado dinámicamente
-como 0.1% de la anchura de la página con un valor mínimo de 1px</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">font_size</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>double</strong>) tamaño de la fuente en vw, varía entre 1.0 y 2.0</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">line_spacing</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>double</strong>) distancia entre líneas de texto, varía entre 1.0 y 3.0</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color1</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) color del fondo</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color2</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) color primario de las celdas de la tabla</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color3</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) color secundario de las celdas de la tabla</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color4</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) color primario del texto</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color5</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) color secundario del texto</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color6</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) colores de los bordes</p></td>
-</tr>
-</tbody>
-</table>
-</div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="title">template.html</div>
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code> border-width: {{ template_options.borderwidth }}px;</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="title">output.html</div>
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code> border-width: 3px;</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Otra variable que pasa <em>Subsurface</em> es <strong>print_options</strong>. Esta variable solo
-contiene un único valor:</p></div>
-<div class="tableblock">
-<table rules="all"
-width="100%"
-frame="border"
-cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
-<col width="50%" />
-<col width="50%" />
-<tbody>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Nombre</strong></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Descripción</strong></p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">grayscale</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Utiliza filtros <em>CSS</em> para convertir la página a escala de grises
-(debe añadirse al estilo del cuerpo para activar la impresión en blanco y negro)</p></td>
-</tr>
-</tbody>
-</table>
-</div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="title">template.html</div>
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code> body {
- {{ print_options.grayscale }};
- }</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="title">output.html</div>
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code> body {
- -webkit-filter: grayscale(100%);
- }</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_selectores_css_definidos">20.3. Selectores CSS definidos</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Como el perfil se coloca después del renderizado, <em>Subsurface</em> usa unos selectores
-<em>CSS</em> especiales para ejecutar algunas búsquedas en la salida HTML. Deben añadirse
-los selectores de la siguiente tabla:</p></div>
-<div class="tableblock">
-<table rules="all"
-width="100%"
-frame="border"
-cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
-<col width="33%" />
-<col width="33%" />
-<col width="33%" />
-<tbody>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Selector</strong></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Tipo</strong></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Descripción</strong></p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">dive_{{ dive.id }}</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">id</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">se utiliza para descargar el perfil de inmersión
-correspondiente</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">diveProfile</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">class</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">cada div que contendrá un perfil de inmersión debe tener
-este selector de clase añadido al selector divee_{{ dive.id }}</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">dontbreak</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">class</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">evita que el div que tenga esta clase se divida en dos
-páginas</p></td>
-</tr>
-</tbody>
-</table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>IMPORTANTE: Renderizar perfiles de inmersión no está soportado en plantillas
-de distribución de flujo (cuando datos-número de buceos = 0).</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_atributos_especiales">20.4. Atributos especiales</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Hay dos formas de renderizar: bien renderizar un número concreto de buceos por
-página, bien hacer que <em>Subsurface</em> intente introducir tantas inmersiones como
-sea posible en una sola página.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>El atributo de datos <strong>data-numberofdives</strong> se añade a la etiqueta body para
-fijar el modo de renderizado.</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Renderizar 6 inmersiones por página:
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code> <body data-numberofdives = 6></code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Renderizar tantas inmersiones como sea posible:
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code> <body data-numberofdives = 0></code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>IMPORTANTE: Todas las unidades CSS deben estar en longitudes relativas para
-imprimir en cualquier tamaño de página.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_APPENDIX_F">21. APÉNDICE F: Preguntas Frecuentes</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_em_subsurface_em_parece_calcular_mal_el_consumo_de_gas_y_el_cas">21.1. <em>Subsurface</em> parece calcular mal el consumo de gas y el CAS</h3>
-<div class="paragraph" id="SAC_CALCULATION"><p><em>Pregunta</em>: Buceé con una botella de 12,2 l empezando con 220 bar y terminando
-con 100 bar y yo calculo un CAS distinto al que calcula <em>Subsurface</em> ¿Está
-calculándolo mal <em>Subsurface</em>?</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Respuesta</em>: En realidad no. Lo que sucede es que <em>Subsurface</em> calcula el
-consumo de gas de forma diferente (y mejor) de lo que esperas. En particular,
-tiene en cuenta la incompresibilidad de los gases.
-Tradicionalmente para calcular el consumo y el CAS se usaba</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><code>consumo = tamaño_de_botella x (presión_inicial - presión_final)</code></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>y es cierto para un gas ideal y es lo que se enseña en la teoría del buceo. Pero
-actualmente no existe un "gas ideal" y los gases reales no se comprimen
-linealmente con la presión. Además, estás olvidando el hecho de que una
-atmósfera de presión no es un bar. Así pues, el cálculo <strong>real</strong> es</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><code>consumo = (cantidad_de_aire_al_inicio - cantidad_de_aire_al_final)</code></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>donde la cantidad de aire <strong>no</strong> es simplemente "tamaño_de_botella x
-presión_en_bares". Es una combinación de "tener en cuenta la compresibilidad de
-los gases" (que es bastante poco a 220 bar pero se nota mucho más a 300 bar) y
-"convertir los bares en atmósferas" (que es la mayor parte de la discrepancia).
-Recuerda: una atm es ~1.013 bar, por tanto sin compresibilidad, tu uso de gas es
-:</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><code>12.2*((220-100)/1.013)</code></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>que es aproximadamente 1445, no 1464. Así pues había 19 litros de más en tu
-cálculo que ignoraba la diferencia entre bar y atm. La compresibilidad aparece
-por encima de 200 bar y reduce los 1445 en unos 8 litros más por lo que
-realmente usaste unos 1437 litros al nivel del mar.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Por lo tanto, alégrate: tu CAS es mejor de lo que tus cálculos indicaban. O
-entristécete: tu botella contiene menos aire de lo que pensabas. Y como
-mencionábamos el "contiene menos aire de lo que pensabas" se hace más notorio a
-altas presiones. A 400 bar realmente no contiene el doble de aire que a 200 bar.
-A presiones más bajas, el aire se comporta bastante como un gas ideal.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_algunos_perfiles_de_inmersion_tienen_discrepancias_de_tiempos_con_las_muestras_que_toma_mi_ordenador_de_buceo">21.2. Algunos perfiles de inmersión tienen discrepancias de tiempos con las muestras que toma mi ordenador de buceo …</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> termina por ignorar el tiempo en superficie por varios motivos
-(profundidad media, tiempo de inmersión, CAS, etc).</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Pregunta</em>: ¿Por qué las duraciones de los buceos en mi ordenador difieren de
-los proporcionados por <em>Subsurface</em>?</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Respuesta</em>: Por ejemplo, si al terminar haces una prueba de lastre
-(suficientemente profunda para iniciar el ordenador de buceo) y luego subes y
-esperas 5 minutos a tus compañeros, tu ordenador puede decir que has hecho una
-inmersión de 50 minutos, pero <em>Subsurface</em> dirá que es de 45 minutos (porque
-realmente has estado buceando 45 minutos). Es mucho más notable si haces cosas
-como actuar de instructor en inmersiones de curso, donde puedes estar en el agua
-mucho rato pero pasar la mayor parte del tiempo en superficie. En este caso no
-querrás que te cuente como algún tipo de inmersión larga.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_se_han_perdido_algunos_perfiles_en_la_descarga">21.3. Se han perdido algunos perfiles en la descarga</h3>
-<div class="paragraph" id="DC_HISTORY"><p><em>Pregunta</em>: No consigo descargar todas mis inmersiones, solo las más recientes,
-incluso aunque el manual de mi ordenador de buceo afirma que guarda el historial
-de, por ejemplo, 999 buceos.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Respuesta</em>: El historial de buceo es diferente de los perfiles de inmersión del
-registro. El historial solo conserva rastro del total de inmersiones y el tiempo
-total pasado bajo el agua. Los registros, por otra parte, conservan el perfil de
-inmersión, pero disponen de una cantidad limitada de memoria para hacerlo. La
-cantidad exacta de perfiles que pueden guardarse en un dispositivo dependen del
-intervalo de las muestras y de la duración de los buceos. Una vez que la memoria
-se ha llenado se sobre escriben las inmersiones más antiguas con nuevas. De
-esta forma, solo podemos descargar las últimas 13, 30 o 199 inmersiones.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Si has descargado tus inmersiones a otro divelog antes de que se sobrescribieran,
-hay muchas posibilidades de que Subsurface pueda importarlas. Sin embargo, si los
-registros estaban solo en el ordenador de buceo, no pueden recuperarse tras haber
-sido sobrescritos.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div id="footnotes"><hr /></div>
-<div id="footer">
-<div id="footer-text">
-Last updated 2015-12-15 13:35:29 PST
-</div>
-</div>
-</body>
-</html>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"> +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en"> +<head> +<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="application/xhtml+xml; charset=UTF-8" /> +<meta name="generator" content="AsciiDoc 8.6.9" /> +<title></title> +<style type="text/css"> +/* + * compact_subsurface.css, a special style sheet for Subsurface, + * modified by Willem Ferguson and derived from: + * compact.css, version 1.3 by Alex Efros <powerman@powerman.name> + * Licence: Public Domain + * + * Usage: asciidoc -a theme=compact_subsurface ... + */ + +* { padding: 0; margin: 0; } +img { border: 0; } + +/*** Layout ***/ + +body { margin: 10px 20px; } +#header br { display: none; } +#revnumber { display: block; } +#toc { margin: 1em 0; } +.toclevel2 { margin-left: 1em; } +.toclevel3 { margin-left: 2em; } +#footer { margin-top: 2em; } + +#preamble .sectionbody, +h2, +h3, +h4, +h5 { margin: 1em 0 0 0; } + +.admonitionblock, +.listingblock, +.sidebarblock, +.exampleblock, +.tableblock, +.literalblock { margin: 1em 0; } +.admonitionblock td.icon { padding-right: 0.5em; } +.admonitionblock td.content { padding-left: 0.5em; } +.listingblock .content { padding: 0.5em; } +.sidebarblock > .content { padding: 0.5em; } +.exampleblock > .content { padding: 0 0.5em; } +.tableblock caption { padding: 0 0 0.5em 0; } +.tableblock thead th, +.tableblock tbody td, +.tableblock tfoot td { padding: 0 0.5em; } +.quoteblock { padding: 0 2.0em; } + +.paragraph { margin: 1em 0 0 0; } +.sidebarblock .paragraph:first-child, +.exampleblock .paragraph:first-child, +.admonitionblock .paragraph:first-child { margin: 0; } + + .ulist, .olist, .dlist, .hdlist, .qlist { margin: 1em 0; } +li .ulist, li .olist, li .dlist, li .hdlist, li .qlist, +dd .ulist, dd .olist, dd .dlist, dd .hdlist, dd .qlist { margin: 0; } +ul { margin-left: 1.5em; } +ol { margin-left: 2em; } +dd { margin-left: 3em; } +td.hdlist1 { padding-right: 1em; } + +/*** Fonts ***/ + +body { font-family: Verdana, sans-serif; } +#header { font-family: Arial, sans-serif; } +#header h1 { font-family: Arial, sans-serif; } +#footer { font-family: Georgia, serif; } +#email { font-size: 0.85em; } +#revnumber { font-size: 0.75em; } +#toc { font-size: 0.9em; } +#toctitle { font-weight: bold; } +#footer { font-size: 0.8em; } + +h2, h3, h4, h5, .title { font-family: Arial, sans-serif; } +h2 { font-size: 1.5em; } +.sectionbody { font-size: 0.85em; } +.sectionbody .sectionbody { font-size: inherit; } +h3 { font-size: 159%; } /* 1.35em */ +h4 { font-size: 141%; } /* 1.2em */ +h5 { font-size: 118%; } /* 1em */ +.title { font-size: 106%; /* 0.9em */ + font-weight: bold; + } + +tt, .monospaced { font-family: monospace; font-size: 106%; } /* 0.9em */ +dt, td.hdlist1, .qlist em { font-family: Times New Roman, serif; + font-size: 118%; /* 1em */ + font-style: italic; + } +.tableblock tfoot td { font-weight: bold; } + +/*** Colors and Backgrounds ***/ + +h1 { color: #527bbd; border-bottom: 2px solid silver; } +#footer { border-top: 2px solid silver; } + +h2 { color: #527bbd; border-bottom: 2px solid silver; } +h3 { color: #5D7EAE; border-bottom: 2px solid silver; } +h3 { display: inline-block; } +h4,h5 { color: #5D7EAE; } + +.admonitionblock td.content { border-left: 2px solid silver; } +.listingblock .content { background: #f4f4f4; border: 1px solid silver; border-left: 5px solid #e0e0e0; } +.sidebarblock > .content { background: #ffffee; border: 1px solid silver; border-left: 5px solid #e0e0e0; } +.exampleblock > .content { border-left: 2px solid silver; } +.quoteblock { border-left: 5px solid #e0e0e0; } +.tableblock table { + border-collapse: collapse; + border-width: 3px; + border-color: #527bbd; +} +.tableblock table[frame=hsides] { border-style: solid none; } +.tableblock table[frame=border] { border-style: solid; } +.tableblock table[frame=void] { border-style: none; } +.tableblock table[frame=vsides] { border-style: none solid; } +.tableblock table[rules=all] tbody tr *, +.tableblock table[rules=rows] tbody tr * { + border-top: 1px solid #527bbd; +} +.tableblock table[rules=all] tr *, +.tableblock table[rules=cols] tr * { + border-left: 1px solid #527bbd; +} +.tableblock table tbody tr:first-child * { + border-top: 1px solid white; /* none don't work here... %-[] */ +} +.tableblock table tr *:first-child { + border-left: none; +} +.tableblock table[frame] thead tr *, +.tableblock table[frame] thead tr * { + border-top: 1px solid white; + border-bottom: 2px solid #527bbd; +} +.tableblock table tr td p.table, +.tableblock table tr td p.table * { + border: 0px; +} + +tt, .monospaced { color: navy; } + +li { color: #a0a0a0; } +li > * { color: black; } + +span.aqua { color: aqua; } +span.black { color: black; } +span.blue { color: blue; } +span.fuchsia { color: fuchsia; } +span.gray { color: gray; } +span.green { color: green; } +span.lime { color: lime; } +span.maroon { color: maroon; } +span.navy { color: navy; } +span.olive { color: olive; } +span.purple { color: purple; } +span.red { color: red; } +span.silver { color: silver; } +span.teal { color: teal; } +span.white { color: white; } +span.yellow { color: yellow; } + +span.aqua-background { background: aqua; } +span.black-background { background: black; } +span.blue-background { background: blue; } +span.fuchsia-background { background: fuchsia; } +span.gray-background { background: gray; } +span.green-background { background: green; } +span.lime-background { background: lime; } +span.maroon-background { background: maroon; } +span.navy-background { background: navy; } +span.olive-background { background: olive; } +span.purple-background { background: purple; } +span.red-background { background: red; } +span.silver-background { background: silver; } +span.teal-background { background: teal; } +span.white-background { background: white; } +span.yellow-background { background: yellow; } + +span.big { font-size: 2em; } +span.small { font-size: 0.6em; } + +span.underline { text-decoration: underline; } +span.overline { text-decoration: overline; } +span.line-through { text-decoration: line-through; } + +/*** Misc ***/ + +.admonitionblock td.icon { vertical-align: top; } +.attribution { text-align: right; } + +ul { list-style-type: disc; } +ol.arabic { list-style-type: decimal; } +ol.loweralpha { list-style-type: lower-alpha; } +ol.upperalpha { list-style-type: upper-alpha; } +ol.lowerroman { list-style-type: lower-roman; } +ol.upperroman { list-style-type: upper-roman; } +.hdlist td { vertical-align: top; } + + +@media screen { + body { + max-width: 50em; /* approximately 80 characters wide */ + margin-left: 16em; + } + + #toc { + position: fixed; + top: 0; + left: 0; + bottom: 0; + width: 13em; + padding: 0.5em; + padding-bottom: 1.5em; + margin: 0; + overflow: auto; + border-right: 3px solid #f8f8f8; + background-color: white; + } + + #toc .toclevel1 { + margin-top: 0.5em; + } + + #toc .toclevel2 { + margin-top: 0.25em; + display: list-item; + color: #aaaaaa; + } + + #toctitle { + margin-top: 0.5em; + } +} +</style> +<script type="text/javascript"> +/*<+'])'); + // Function that scans the DOM tree for header elements (the DOM2 + // nodeIterator API would be a better technique but not supported by all + // browsers). + var iterate = function (el) { + for (var i = el.firstChild; i != null; i = i.nextSibling) { + if (i.nodeType == 1 /* Node.ELEMENT_NODE */) { + var mo = re.exec(i.tagName); + if (mo && (i.getAttribute("class") || i.getAttribute("className")) != "float") { + result[result.length] = new TocEntry(i, getText(i), mo[1]-1); + } + iterate(i); + } + } + } + iterate(el); + return result; + } + + var toc = document.getElementById("toc"); + if (!toc) { + return; + } + + // Delete existing TOC entries in case we're reloading the TOC. + var tocEntriesToRemove = []; + var i; + for (i = 0; i < toc.childNodes.length; i++) { + var entry = toc.childNodes[i]; + if (entry.nodeName.toLowerCase() == 'div' + && entry.getAttribute("class") + && entry.getAttribute("class").match(/^toclevel/)) + tocEntriesToRemove.push(entry); + } + for (i = 0; i < tocEntriesToRemove.length; i++) { + toc.removeChild(tocEntriesToRemove[i]); + } + + // Rebuild TOC entries. + var entries = tocEntries(document.getElementById("content"), toclevels); + for (var i = 0; i < entries.length; ++i) { + var entry = entries[i]; + if (entry.element.id == "") + entry.element.id = "_toc_" + i; + var a = document.createElement("a"); + a.href = "#" + entry.element.id; + a.appendChild(document.createTextNode(entry.text)); + var div = document.createElement("div"); + div.appendChild(a); + div.className = "toclevel" + entry.toclevel; + toc.appendChild(div); + } + if (entries.length == 0) + toc.parentNode.removeChild(toc); +}, + + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Footnotes generator +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/* Based on footnote generation code from: + * http://www.brandspankingnew.net/archive/2005/07/format_footnote.html + */ + +footnotes: function () { + // Delete existing footnote entries in case we're reloading the footnodes. + var i; + var noteholder = document.getElementById("footnotes"); + if (!noteholder) { + return; + } + var entriesToRemove = []; + for (i = 0; i < noteholder.childNodes.length; i++) { + var entry = noteholder.childNodes[i]; + if (entry.nodeName.toLowerCase() == 'div' && entry.getAttribute("class") == "footnote") + entriesToRemove.push(entry); + } + for (i = 0; i < entriesToRemove.length; i++) { + noteholder.removeChild(entriesToRemove[i]); + } + + // Rebuild footnote entries. + var cont = document.getElementById("content"); + var spans = cont.getElementsByTagName("span"); + var refs = {}; + var n = 0; + for (i=0; i<spans.length; i++) { + if (spans[i].className == "footnote") { + n++; + var note = spans[i].getAttribute("data-note"); + if (!note) { + // Use [\s\S] in place of . so multi-line matches work. + // Because JavaScript has no s (dotall) regex flag. + note = spans[i].innerHTML.match(/\s*\[([\s\S]*)]\s*/)[1]; + spans[i].innerHTML = + "[<a id='_footnoteref_" + n + "' href='#_footnote_" + n + + "' title='View footnote' class='footnote'>" + n + "</a>]"; + spans[i].setAttribute("data-note", note); + } + noteholder.innerHTML += + "<div class='footnote' id='_footnote_" + n + "'>" + + "<a href='#_footnoteref_" + n + "' title='Return to text'>" + + n + "</a>. " + note + "</div>"; + var id =spans[i].getAttribute("id"); + if (id != null) refs["#"+id] = n; + } + } + if (n == 0) + noteholder.parentNode.removeChild(noteholder); + else { + // Process footnoterefs. + for (i=0; i<spans.length; i++) { + if (spans[i].className == "footnoteref") { + var href = spans[i].getElementsByTagName("a")[0].getAttribute("href"); + href = href.match(/#.*/)[0]; // Because IE return full URL. + n = refs[href]; + spans[i].innerHTML = + "[<a href='#_footnote_" + n + + "' title='View footnote' class='footnote'>" + n + "</a>]"; + } + } + } +}, + +install: function(toclevels) { + var timerId; + + function reinstall() { + asciidoc.footnotes(); + if (toclevels) { + asciidoc.toc(toclevels); + } + } + + function reinstallAndRemoveTimer() { + clearInterval(timerId); + reinstall(); + } + + timerId = setInterval(reinstall, 500); + if (document.addEventListener) + document.addEventListener("DOMContentLoaded", reinstallAndRemoveTimer, false); + else + window.onload = reinstallAndRemoveTimer; +} + +} +asciidoc.install(3); +/*]]>*/ +</script> +</head> +<body class="article"> +<div id="header"> +</div> +<div id="content"> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Subsurface4Banner.jpg" alt="Banner" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><span class="big">MANUAL DE USUARIO</span></p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Autores</strong>: Willem Ferguson, Jacco van Koll, Dirk Hohndel, Reinout Hoornweg, +Linus Torvalds, Miika Turkia, Amit Chaudhuri, Jan Schubert, Salvador Cuñat, +Pedro Neves</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><span class="BLUE"><em>Versión 4.5, Septiembre 2015</em></span></p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Bienvenido como usuario de <em>Subsurface</em>, un avanzado programa de registro de +inmersiones con extensa infraestructura para describir, organizar e +interpretar buceos en apnea o con botella. <em>Subsurface</em> ofrece muchas ventajas +sobre otras soluciones de software similares:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +¿Necesitas una forma flexible de registrar inmersiones usando equipo +recreativo, incluso aunque no uses ordenador? +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +¿Utilizas dos ordenadores de buceo diferentes, cada uno con su software +propietario para descargar los diarios de buceo? ¿Buceas con reciclador y con +circuito abierto o equipo recreativo? ¿Usas un bottom-timer junto a un ordenador +de buceo? <em>Subsurface</em> ofrece una interfaz estándar para descargar diarios de +buceo desde todas estas piezas de equipo y para almacenarlos y analizarlos en un +sistema unificado. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +¿Usas más de un sistema operativo? <em>Subsurface</em> es totalmente compatible con +Mac, Linux y Windows permitiéndote acceder a tu registro de buceo de de la +misma forma desde cualquiera de estos sistemas operativos. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +¿Utilizas Linux o Mac pero tu ordenador de buceo solo tiene software basado en +Windows para descargar la información de buceo (p.e. Mares)? <em>Subsurface</em> te +proporciona una manera de almacenar y analizar las inmersiones en otro sistema +operativo. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +¿Necesitas un planificador de inmersiones gráfico que sea intuitivo, tenga +en cuenta las inmersiones ya guardadas y se integre con ellas? +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +¿Necesitas una forma de guardar tus divelogs en internet, que te permita +visualizarlo desde cualquier parte, simplemente usando un navegador web? +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Hay binarios disponibles para PCs con Windows (XP o posterior), Macs basados en +Intel (OS/X) y muchas distribuciones de Linux. <em>Subsurface</em> puede compilarse +para muchas otras plataformas de hardware y entornos de software en los que +estén disponibles Qt y libdivecomputer.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>El ámbito de este documento es el uso del programa <em>Subsurface</em>. Para instalar +el software, consulta la página Descargas en <a href="http://subsurface-divelog.org/">la +web</a>. Por favor, comenta los problemas que tengas con este programa enviando un +mail a <a href="mailto:subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org">nuestra lista de correo</a> e informa de +fallos en <a href="http://trac.hohndel.org">nuestro bugtracker</a>. Para instrucciones acerca +de como compilar el software y (en caso necesario) sus dependencias, por favor, +consulta el archivo INSTALL incluido con el código fuente.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Audiencia</strong>: Buceadores recreativos, Buceadores en apnea, Buceadores técnicos, +Buceadores profesionales.</p></div> +<div id="toc"> + <div id="toctitle">Table of Contents</div> + <noscript><p><b>JavaScript must be enabled in your browser to display the table of contents.</b></p></noscript> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_utilizar_este_manual">1. Utilizar este manual</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Cuando se abre desde dentro de <em>Subsurface</em> este manual no tiene controles +externos para paginar o seleccionar páginas anteriores, sin embargo se +proporcionan dos utilidades:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +La función <em>BUSCAR</em> se activa pulsando control-F o command-F en el teclado. +Aparecerá una ventana de texto al pié de la ventana (ver imagen a continuación). +Por ejemplo, si se tecleó la palabra "<em>lastre</em>" en la casilla de búsqueda, se +buscará esta palabra por todo el manual. A la derecha de la casilla de texto +hay dos flechas, una hacia arriba y otra hacia abajo. Pulsándolas se irá a la +anterior o posterior aparición de la palabra buscada. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/usermanualfunctions.jpg" alt="User manual functions" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>LINK ANTERIOR/POSTERIOR</em>. Se puede navegar entre links (palabras resaltadas +que permiten saltar a secciones específicas del manual) haciendo clic-derecho +en el texto. Esto muestra un menú contextual que permite navegar a links +del manual visitados anteriormente (ver imagen anterior). Por ejemplo, si se +ha seleccionado un link del manual, la opción <em>Atrás</em> muestra el texto del +último link seleccionado. A la inversa, la opción <em>Adelante</em> permite saltar +al texto visitado antes de usar la opción <em>Atrás</em>. La opción <em>Recargar</em> hace +que se recargue el manual completo en la ventana. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_UserSurvey">2. La Encuesta de Usuarios</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Para poder desarrollar <em>Subsurface</em> de una forma que sirva a sus usuarios de la +mejor manera posible, es importante tener alguna información de los mismos. Al +abrir <em>Subsurface</em> tras haberlo usado una semana más o menos, +se desplegará una encuesta al usuario. Es completamente opcional y el usuario +controla que datos se enviarán al equipo de desarrollo de <em>Subsurface</em>, si es +que se envía alguno. Cualquier dato que el usuario decida enviar será +extremadamente útil, y solo se usará para dirigir el desarrollo futuro y +personalizar el software a medida de los usuarios de <em>Subsurface</em>. Si se +completa la encuesta o se hace clic en la opción "No preguntarme de nuevo, será +la última comunicación de esta naturaleza que se reciba. Sin embargo, si cambian +nuestros hábitos o los de <em>Subsurface</em> y se desea volver a enviar la encuesta, +se puede hacer lanzando <em>Subsurface</em> desde la línea de comandos con la opción +--survey.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_StartUsing">3. Empezar a usar el programa</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>La ventana <em>Subsurface</em> está, habitualmente, dividida en cuatro paneles con un +<strong>Menú principal</strong> (Archivo Importar Registro Vista Ayuda) en la parte superior +(en Windows y Linux) o en la parte superior de la pantalla (en Mac y Ubuntu +Unity). Los cuatro paneles son:</p></div> +<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> +<li> +<p> +La <strong>Lista de inmersiones</strong> abajo a la izquierda. Contienen una lista de todos +los buceos en tu registro. Puedes seleccionar y resaltar una inmersión de la +lista haciendo clic sobre ella. En casi todos los casos también se pueden +utilizar las teclas de cursor arriba/abajo para cambiar de inmersión. La Lista +de Inmersiones es una herramienta importante para manipular un diario de +inmersiones. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +El <strong>Mapa</strong> abajo a la derecha, muestra los lugares de buceo del usuario en un +mapamundi y aparece centrado en el punto de la última inmersión seleccionada de +la <strong>Lista de Inmersiones</strong>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +La <strong>Información</strong> arriba a la izquierda, presentando +información más detallada de la inmersión seleccionada en la <strong>Lista de +inmersiones</strong>, incluyendo algunas estadísticas de la inmersión seleccionada o de +todas las inmersiones resaltadas. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +El <strong>Perfil de la inmersión</strong> arriba a la derecha, muestra un perfil gráfico +del buceo seleccionado en la <strong>Lista de inmersiones</strong>. +</p> +</li> +</ol></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Los divisores que hay entre los paneles pueden arrastrarse para modificar el +tamaño de cualquiera de ellos. <em>Subsurface</em> recuerda la posición de los +divisores, así, la próxima vez que se inicie <em>Subsurface</em> utiliza las posiciones +utilizadas la vez anterior.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Si se selecciona una única inmersión en la <strong>Lista de inmersiones</strong>, se muestra su +ubicación, información detallada y su perfil en sus paneles respectivos. Por +otra parte, si uno selecciona más de un buceo, el último resaltado actuará como +<em>inmersión seleccionada</em>, pero los datos resumidos de las <em>inmersiones +resaltadas</em> se mostrarán en la pestaña <strong>Estadísticas</strong> del panel <strong>Información</strong> +(máximas, mínimas y medias de profundidades, duraciones, +temperaturas del agua, consumos de gases; el tiempo total y el número de +inmersiones seleccionadas).</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" id="S_ViewPanels" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/main_window_f22.jpg" alt="La ventana principal" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>El usuario puede elegir cual de los cuatro paneles se mostrará seleccionando la +opción <strong>Vista</strong> en el menú principal, la cual le presentará varias opciones de +visualización:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Todo</strong>: muestra los cuatro paneles como en la captura de pantalla de arriba.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Lista de inmersiones</strong>: Solo muestra la lista de buceos.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Perfil</strong>: Muestra solo el perfil de inmersión del buceo seleccionado.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Info</strong>: Solo muestra las notas sobre la última inmersión seleccionada y +estadísticas para todas las resaltadas.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Globo</strong>: Solo muestra el mapamundi centrado en la última inmersión seleccionada.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Como muchas otras funciones que pueden accederse desde el Menú Principal, estas +opciones también pueden lanzarse utilizando atajos de teclado. Los atajos para +un sistema en particular se muestran con un subrallado en las entradas del menú. +Ya que los diferentes Sistemas Operativos y el lenguaje seleccionado por el +usuario pueden hacer que <em>Subsurface</em> utilice diferentes atajos, no intentaremos +listarlos en este manual.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Al iniciar el programa por primera vez no muestra ninguna información. Esto se +debe a que el programa no tiene ninguna información disponible. En las secciones +siguientes se describirán los procedimientos para crear un nuevo registro.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_NewLogbook">4. Crear un nuevo diario</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Selecciona <em>Archivo → Nuevo Registro</em> en el menú principal. Todos los datos de +buceo existentes se borran para poder añadir nueva información. Si hubieran +datos no guardados en un diario abierto, al usuario se le preguntará si desea +guardar el diario abierto antes de crear uno nuevo.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_GetInformation">5. Guardar información en el diario de buceo</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Ahora que se ha creado un nuevo diario, es simple añadirle datos de buceo. +<em>Subsurface</em> permite varias maneras distintas de añadir información a un diario, +todas las cuales las veremos en detalle en las secciones +siguientes.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>1) Si el usuario tiene un diario en papel, una hoja de cálculo u otra +forma de diario manual, se pueden añadir los datos de una de estas formas:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Introducir la información de buceo a mano. Esto es útil si el buceador no +usa un ordenador de buceo y las inmersiones se guardaban en un diario +escrito. Ver <a href="#S_EnterData">Introducir información de buceo a mano</a>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Importar datos de buceo que se han guardado bien como hoja de cálculo o +bien como un archivo CSV. Ver el <a href="#S_Appendix_D">APÉNDICE D: Exportar una hoja de cáculo a formato CSV</a> +y el texto <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importar buceos de archivos <em>CSV</em> creados a mano</a>. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>2) Si el usuario ya tiene inmersiones registradas con un ordenador de buceo, +el perfil de profundidad del buceo y otra gran cantidad de información ya está +disponible.Estas inmersiones pueden importarse de las siguientes formas:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +El propio ordenador de buceo. Ver <a href="#S_ImportDiveComputer">Importar nueva información desde un ordenador de buceo</a>) +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Software propietario distribuido por los fabricantes de los ordenadores de + buceo. + Ver <a href="#S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs">Importar información de inmersiones de otras fuentes u otros formatos de datos</a>. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_EnterData">5.1. Introducir información de buceo a mano</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Este es habitualmente el caso para inmersiones sin ordenador de buceo. La unidad +básica de información en <em>Subsurface</em> es una inmersión. La información más +importante en un diario de inmersiones incluye, habitualmente, el tipo de +inmersión, fecha, hora, duración, profundidad, los nombres de los compañeros de +buceo o el dive master o el guía, y algunas anotaciones acerca de la inmersión. +<em>Subsurface</em> puede conservar mucha más información por cada inmersión. Para +añadir una inmersión a un registro de buceo, selecciona <em>Registro → Añadir +Inmersión</em> en el menú principal. El programa muestra entonces tres paneles para +introducir información: Dos pestañas en el panel <strong>Información</strong> +(<strong>Notas</strong> y <strong>Equipo</strong>), así como el panel perfil que muestra un +perfil gráfico de cada buceo. Estos paneles estan marcados respectivamente como +<span class="red">A</span>, <span class="red">B</span> y <span class="red">C</span> en la figura de abajo. Ahora veremos cada una de +las pestañas usadas para introducir la información.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/AddDive1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Añadir inmersión" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Al editar un campo de los paneles <em>Notas</em> o <em>Equipo</em>, <em>Subsurface</em> +entra en el modo de edición. Esto se indica con el mensaje en un recuadro azul +en la parte de arriba del panel <strong>Notas</strong>. Este mensaje se +muestra en todos los paneles dependientes de <em>Notas</em> mientras +se esté en modo de edición.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/BlueEditBar_f22.jpg" alt="Blue edit bar" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>El botón <em>Aplicar cambios</em> solo debería utilizarse cuando todas las partes de la +inmersión hayan sido rellenadas. Cuando se introduzcan inmersiones a mano, +deberían haberse completado las pestañas <em>Información</em>, <em>Equipo</em> y <em>Perfil</em> +antes de guardar la información. Al seleccionar el botón <em>Aplicar cambios</em>, se guarda +en memoria una copia local de la información. Al salir de <em>Subsurface</em>, el +programa preguntará de nuevo, esta vez si se guarda el diario completo en el +disco o no.</p></div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_CreateProfile">5.1.1. Crear un perfil de inmersión</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>EL <strong>Perfil de la Inmersión</strong> (una representación gráfica de la profundidad de +buceo en función del tiempo) se muestra en el panel de arriba a la derecha de la +ventana de <em>Subsurface</em> . Cuando se añade manualmente una inmersión a un diario, +<em>Subsurface</em> presenta un perfil por defecto que necesita modificarse para +representar mejor el buceo que se está describiendo.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/DiveProfile1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Perfil de inmersión inicial" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Modificar el perfil de la inmersión</em>: Cuando se mueve el cursor por el perfil, +su posición se indica por dos líneas de colores (roja y verde), como se muestra +a continuación. La profundidad y el tiempo se indican en el cajetín negro de +información. Las +unidades (métricas/imperiales) de los ejes vienen determinadas por los ajustes +de las Preferencias. El perfil de la inmersión comprende varios segmentos +definidos por puntos de referencia (puntos en blanco en el perfil, como los que +se muestran arriba). La profundidad por defecto es de 15m. +Si la profundidad de la inmersión fue de 20m, el usuario tiene que arrastrar los +puntos de referencia adecuados hacia abajo hasta que representen los 20m. Para +añadir un punto hay que hacer doble clic en cualquier segmento. Para borrar un +punto de referencia, hacer clic-derecho sobre él y seleccionar "Borrar este +punto" del menú contextual. También se necesitará arrastrar los puntos para +representar una duración adecuada del buceo. A continuación hay un perfil de +inmersión que representa un buceo a 20m durante 30 minutos, seguido de una +parada de seguridad de 5 minutos a 5m.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/DiveProfile2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Perfil de buceo editado" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Especificar la composición del gas</em>: La composición del gas usado se indica +claramente a lo largo de los segmentos del perfil. Esta resulta, por defecto, en +la primera mezcla de gases especificada en la pestaña <strong>Equipo</strong>, que era aire en +el caso del perfil ilustrado arriba. Las mezclas de gases de los segmentos del +perfil pueden editarse, Esto se hace clicando en la descripción del gas para un +punto de referencia concreto y eligiendo la mezcla apropiada del menú +contextual. Cambiar el gas de un punto de referencia afecta al gas mostrado a la +izquierda <em>a la izquierda</em> del punto. Nótese que únicamente los gases definidos +en la pestaña <strong>Equipo</strong> aparecen en el menú contextual (ver imagen a continuación).</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/DiveProfile3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Menú contextual de la composición del gas" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Habiendo sido definido el perfil, se deben añadir más detalles para tener un +registro más completo del buceo. Para hacer esto, deberían utilizarse las +pestañas <strong>Notas</strong> y <strong>Equipo</strong> arrriba a la izquierda en la ventana de <em>Subsurface</em>. +Haz clic en <a href="#S_Notes_dc"><strong>este enlace</strong></a> para ver instrucciones acerca del +uso de estas pestañas.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_ImportDiveComputer">5.2. Importar nueva información desde un ordenador de buceo</h3> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_conectar_e_importar_datos_desde_un_ordenador_de_buceo">5.2.1. Conectar e importar datos desde un ordenador de buceo.</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>El uso de ordenadores de buceo permite recoger una gran cantidad de información +de cada inmersión, por ejemplo un registro detallado de la profundidad, +duración, ratios de ascenso/descenso y de presiones parciales de los gases. +<em>Subsurface</em> puede capturar esta información y presentarla como parte de la +información de la inmersión. <em>Subsurface</em> puede obtener información de un amplio +abanico de ordenadores de buceo, la última lista de los cuales puede encontrarse +en: +<a href="http://subsurface-divelog.org/documentation/supported-dive-computers/">Ordenadores de buceo soportados.</a></p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/warning2.png" alt="Warning" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Algunos ordenadores de buceo consumen más energía cuando están en modo +comunicación-PC. <strong>Esto puede descargar la batería del ordenador de buceo</strong>. Así +pues, recomendamos que el usuario verifique si su ordenador está recargando +mientras está conectado al puerto USB de un PC. Por ejemplo, varios ordenadores +Suunto y Mares no recargan a través de de la conexión USB. Los usuarios deberían +consultar el manual de su ordenador de buceo si no están seguros de si recargará +o descargará sus baterías mientras está conectado al puerto USB.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Para importar información desde un ordenador de buceo al PC con <em>Subsurface</em> es +necesario que ambas piezas de equipo estén comunicadas. Esto requiere ajustar el +puerto de comunicaciones (o el punto de montaje) del PC con <em>Subsurface</em> que +conecta con el ordenador de buceo. Para poder ajustar esta comunicación, es +necesario encontrar la información adecuada para indicar a <em>Subsurface</em> donde y +como importar la información. El +<a href="#_apendice_a_informacion_especifica_del_sistema_operativo_para_importar_inmersiones_desde_un_ordenador_de_buceo">Apéndice A</a> +proporciona información técnica para ayudarte a conseguir esto en diferentes +sistemas operativos y el +<a href="#_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">Apéndice B</a> +contiene información específica de ordenadores de buceo.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Ahora es el momento de conectar el ordenador de buceo al PC del usuario, para +lo que hay que seguir estos pasos:</p></div> +<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> +<li> +<p> +Conectar el cable de conexión a un puerto USB libre (o activar la conexión + infrarroja o bluetooth como describiremos más adelante en este manual). +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Poner el ordenador de buceo en modo de comunicación con PC. Consulta el + manual de tu ordenador de buceo en concreto. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +En <em>Subsurface</em>, desde el Menú principal, seleccionar Importar → Importar del + ordenador de buceo. Aparecerá el diálogo <strong>A</strong> en la figura a continuación: +</p> +</li> +</ol></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/DC_import_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Diálogo de descarga 1" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Los ordenadores de buceo tienden a mantener un cierto número de inmersiones en +su memoria, incluso cuando estas inmersiones ya han sido importadas a +<em>Subsurface</em>. Por este motivo <em>Subsurface</em> solo importa buceos que no han sido +descargados previamente, si el ordenador de buceo lo permite. Esto hace que el +proceso de descarga sea más rápido en la mayoría de ordenadores de buceo y +ahorra batería en el ordenador (por lo menos en aquellos que no cargan mientras +están conectados vía USB).</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +El diálogo tiene dos listas desplegables, <strong>Vendedor</strong> y <strong>Ordenador de buceo</strong>. + En la lista desplegable <strong>Vendedor</strong> se selecciona la marca del ordenador, p.e. + Suunto, Oceanic, Uwatec, Mares. En el desplegable <strong>Ordenador de buceo</strong>, se + selecciona el modelo del ordenador, p.e. D4 (Suunto), Veo200 (Oceanic) o Puck + (Mares). +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +El desplegable <strong>Dispositivo o punto de montaje</strong> contiene el nombre del puerto + USB o Bluetooth que <em>Subsurface</em> necesita conocer para comunicarse con el + ordenador de buceo. Debe seleccionarse el nombre de puerto apropiado. Consultar + el + <a href="#_apendice_a_informacion_especifica_del_sistema_operativo_para_importar_inmersiones_desde_un_ordenador_de_buceo">Apéndice A</a> + y <a href="#_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">Apéndice B</a> + para detalles técnicos de como encontrar la información apropiada sobre + puertos, para un ordenador en concreto y, en algunos casos, como hacer los + ajustes correctos al Sistema Operativo del ordenador que ejecuta <em>Subsurface</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Si todas las inmersiones del ordenador de buceo han de descargarse, hay que + seleccionar la casilla Forzar descarga de todas las inmersiones. Normalmente + <em>Subsurface</em> solo descarga las inmersiones posteriores a la fecha/hora de la + última inmersión del panel <strong>Lista de inmersiones</strong>. Si una o más de sus + inmersiones en <em>Subsurface</em> se han borrado accidentalmente o si hay buceos más + antiguos que todavía necesitan descargarse del ordenador de buceo, debe + activarse esta casilla. Algunos ordenadores (p.e. Mares Puck) no facilitan una + lista de contenido antes de la descarga para poder seleccionar solo las + inmersiones nuevas. En consecuencia, para estos ordenadores de buceo, se + descarga la totalidad de los buceos. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Si se ha seleccionado la casilla <em>Preferir siempre inmersiones descargadas</em> y, + durante la descarga, existen inmersiones con idénticas fechas/horas en el + ordenador de buceo y en el panel <strong>Lista de inmersiones</strong> de <em>Subsurface</em> , se + sobrescribirá la inmersión de <em>Subsurface</em> con los datos del ordenador de buceo. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>NO</strong> seleccionar las casillas etiquetadas <em>Guardar registro de + libdivecomputer</em> y <em>Guardar volcado de libdivecomputer</em>. Estas opciones se + utilizan como herramientas diagnósticas cuando se experimentan problemas con las + descargas (ver a continuación). +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Ahora pulsar el botón <em>Descargar</em>. + Con la comunicación establecida puede verse como se transfiere la información + del ordenador de buceo. Dependiendo del ordenador de buceo y/o el número de + inmersiones guardadas, esto podría llevar algún tiempo. El usuario debe ser + paciente. El diálogo <em>Descarga</em> muestra una barra de progreso en la parte + inferior de la ventana (en algunos ordenadores de buceo la información del + progreso puede ser imprecisa al no poder determinarse cuantos datos había hasta + haberse descargado). Tras una descarga correcta, aparecerá el diálogo <strong>B</strong> de + la imagen anterior. Las inmersiones descargadas aparecen en una tabla en el + lado derecho del diálogo. Cada inmersión se sitúa en una fila en la que se + muestra la fecha, la duración y la profundidad. Junto a cada buceo hay una + casilla seleccionable. Marca todas las inmersiones que deban trasladarse a la + <em>Lista de Inmersiones</em>. Luego pulsa el botón <em>Aceptar</em> en la parte de abajo + del diálogo. En el caso de la imagen anterior, las últimas seis inmersiones + han sido seleccionadas y se transferirán a la lista. Todas las inmersiones + importadas aparecen en la <strong>Lista de inmersiones</strong> + ordenadas por fecha y hora. Es el momento de desconectar y apagar el ordenador + de buceo para ahorrar batería. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Si hubiera algún problema de comunicación con el ordenador de buceo, se + mostraría un mensaje de error similar a este: "No puedo abrir /dev/ttyUSB0 Mares + (Puck Pro)". Ver el texto en la figura a continuación. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="sidebarblock"> +<div class="content"> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>PROBLEMAS EN LA DESCARGA DE DATOS DESDE UN ORDENADOR DE BUCEO</strong></p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Comprueba lo siguiente:</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +¿ Está el ordenador de buceo todavía en modo "PC-Communication" o "Upload" ? +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +¿ Está completamente cargada la batería del ordenador de buceo ? Si nó debe + cargarse o ser reemplazada. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +¿ Falla el cable ? ¿ Funciona bien el cable usando otro software ? ¿ Ha + funcionado antes o es la primera vez que se usa ? ¿ Están limpios los contactos + entre el cable y el ordenador de buceo ? +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Consultar el + <a href="#_apendice_a_informacion_especifica_del_sistema_operativo_para_importar_inmersiones_desde_un_ordenador_de_buceo">Apéndice A</a> + y asegurarse de que se especificó el punto de montaje correcto. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +En sistemas operativos tipo unix, comprobar que el usuario tiene permisos de + escritura en el puerto USB. Si nó, consultar el + <a href="#_apendice_a_informacion_especifica_del_sistema_operativo_para_importar_inmersiones_desde_un_ordenador_de_buceo">Apéndice A</a>. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Si el PC con <em>Subsurface</em> no reconoce el adaptador USB mostrando un nombre de +dispositivo correcto, existe la posibilidad de que fallen el cable o el +adaptador estén fallando. Un cable que falla es la causa más común de problemas +de comunicación entre el PC y el ordenador de buceo. También existe la +posibilidad de que el PC con <em>Subsurface</em> no pueda interpretar los datos. Habría +que efectuar una descarga con propósito diagnóstico con las sigientes casillas +seleccionadas en el dialogo de descarga:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>Guardar registro de libdivecomputer +Guardar volcado de libdivecomputer</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Importante</strong>: Estas casillas solo se utilizan si aparecen problemas durante el +proceso de descarga; en condiciones normales no deberían estar seleccionadas. Al +seleccionar cada una de estas opciones, se le solicita al usuario una carpeta en +la que guardar los ficheros de información. Por defecto esta carpeta es la misma +en la que se guarda el archivo del diario de <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Importante</strong>: Al terminar de descargar con estas casillas seleccionadas no se +muestran buceos en la Lista de inmersiones pero se cran dos ficheros en la +carpeta seleccionada arriba:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>_Subsurface_.log +_Subsurface_.bin</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Estos ficheros deberían ser remitidos a la lista de correo de <em>Subsurface</em>: +<em>subsurface</em>@hohndel.org_ solicitando que los ficheros sean analizados, +facilitando el fabricante y el modelo de tu ordenador de buceo y alguna +información sobre las inmersiones grabadas en el ordenador de buceo.</p></div> +</div></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_Bluetooth">5.2.2. Conectar <em>Subsurface</em> con ordenadores de buceo con Bluetooth</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Bluetooth se está convirtiendo en una forma cada vez más común de comunicación +entre los ordenadores de buceo y <em>Subsurface</em>. Por ejemplo, este mecanismo se +usa en el Shearwater Petrel Mk2 o el OSTC3. <em>Subsurface</em> proporciona un +interfaz Bluetooth muy independiente del sistema operativo utilizado. Ajustar +<em>Susburface</em> para comunicación con Bluetooth requiere cuatro pasos:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Asegurarse de que Bluetooth está activado en el ordenador que ejecuta + <em>Subsurface</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Asegurarse de que <em>Subsurface</em> localiza el adaptador Bluetooth del + ordenador. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Asegurarse de que el Bluetooth del ordenador de buceo está está en modo + descarga y es visible. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Asegurarse de que <em>Subsurface</em> está emparejado con el ordenador de buceo. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Abre el diálogo de descarga seleccionando <em>Import → Importar del ordenador +de buceo</em> desde el <strong>Menú Principal</strong>. Si se selecciona la casilla etiquetada +<em>"Elegir modo de descarga Bluetooth"</em> , aparecerá el diálogo que se muestra +a continuación.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_en_linux_o_macos">5.2.3. En Linux o MacOS</h4> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/DC_import_Bluetooth.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Descarga Bluetooth" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>En plataformas <em>Linux</em> o <em>MacOS</em> el nombre del ordenador con <em>Subsurface</em> +se muestran en el lado derecho. En el lado izquierdo, si el ordenador tiene +conectado más de un dispositivo Bluetooth, se puede seleccionar cual se desea +conectar a <em>Subsurface</em>. +Bajo la dirección se muestra el estado del adaptador (activado/desactivado) y +puede cambiarse pulsando el botón <em>Activar/desactivar</em>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Si no se muestra la dirección Bluetooth, es que <em>Subsurface</em> no localiza el +dispositivo Bluetooth del ordenador en que se ejecuta. Asegúrate de que el +driver Bluetooth está instalado correctamente y comprueba que se puede usar +con otras utilidades Bluetooth como <em>bluetoothctl</em>, bluemoon u otras. Con esto +se completaría los primeros dos pasos indicados anteriormente.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Asegúrate de que el ordenador de buceo es visible y se encuentra en modo +descarga (Nota del traductor: es posible que este modo aparezca en inglés como +"Upload" o su traducción literal "Subida"). Consulta el manual del ordenador +de buceo para completar este paso, que sería el tercero de la lista anterior.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Selecciona el botón <em>Buscar</em> en la parte de abajo a la izquierda del diálogo +anterior, Tras buscar unos momentos, el ordenador de buceo debería aparecer en +la relación (tal vez entre otros dispositivos Bluetooth) de la lista de la +izquierda del diálogo (ver imagen anterior). Si no es así, pulsa el botón, +<em>Limpiar</em> y efectúa una nueva búsqueda utilizando el botón <em>Buscar</em>. Si +<em>Subsurface</em> "ve" el ordenador de buceo, la línea de la lista contendrá el +nombre del dispositivo, su dirección y su estado de emparejamiento. Si el +dispositivo no está emparejado y tiene un fondo rojo, se puede abrir un menú +contextual seleccionando su línea y pulsando clic-derecho. +Pulsa el botón <em>Emparejar</em> y espera a que se complete la tarea. Si este +ordenador de buceo se está emparejando con <em>Subsurface</em> por primera vez, es +posible que se requiera una clave o número PIN. La clave más utilizada suele +ser 0000, y funciona para el Shearwater Petrel. En caso necesario, consulta el +manual de usuario del ordenador de buceo.</p></div> +<div class="sidebarblock"> +<div class="content"> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Actualmente <em>Subsurface</em> no soporta emparejamiento con ordenadores de buceo que +requieran un PIN definido. Para poder emparejar los dispositivos en este caso, +habría que utiliza alguna otra utilidad del SO.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Una forma de hacerlo es usar <code>bluetoothctl</code>:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>$ bluetoothctl +[bluetooth]# agent KeyboardOnly +Agent registered +[bluetooth]# default-agent +Default agent request successful +[bluetooth]# pair 00:80:25:49:6C:E3 +Attempting to pair with 00:80:25:49:6C:E3 +[CHG] Device 00:80:25:49:6C:E3 Connected: yes +Request PIN code +[agent] Enter PIN code: 0000</code></pre> +</div></div> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Después de que los dispositivos se hayan emparejado, se puede pulsar el botón +<em>Guardar</em>. Esto cerrará el diálogo. Ahora pulsa <em>Descargar</em> en el diálogo +<em>Descargar del ordenador de buceo</em> que debería permanecer abierto. Los buceos +descargado se mostrarán en el lado derecho de la ventana de descarga.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_en_windows">5.2.4. En Windows</h4> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/DC_import_Bluetooth_Windows.png" alt="FIGURE: Descarga Bluetooth en Windows" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>En plataformas Windows no está disponible la <em>sección de detalles de los +dispositivos Bluetooth</em>. Para iniciar correctamente un escaneo pulsando el +botón <em>Buscar</em> , comprueba que el dispositivo <em>Bluetooth</em> del ordenador con +<em>Subsurface</em> está activado seleccionando el ordenador de la lista de +dispositivos Bluetooth disponibles (ver imagen anterior). Si se accede por +primera vez al ordenador de buceo con <em>Subsurface</em>, es posible que se +requiera una clave/PIN. Introduce el recomendado en el manual de ordenador +de buceo. A menudo es correcto un pin 0000.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>El paso del emparejado se efectúa de forma +automática durante el proceso de descarga. Si los dispositivos no se han +emparejado nunca, el sistema te pedirá permiso y mostrará un mensaje en el +lado derecho de la pantalla: <em>Añadir un dispositivo. Pulsa para configurar tu +dispositivo DC</em>. Siempre debes autorizar el emparejado. Tras haber seleccionado +uno de los dispositivos encontrados, pulsa <em>Guardar</em>. Finalmente, selecciona +el botón <em>Descargar</em> del diálogo de descargas y espera a que se complete el +proceso.</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Hay que tener en cuenta que, actualmente, <em>Subsurface</em> solo funciona con +adaptadores Bluetooth locales que usen Microsoft Bluetooth Stack. Si el +dispositivo local usa drivers <em>Widcomm</em>, <em>Stonestreet One Bluetopia Bluetooth</em> o +<em>BlueSolei</em> no funcionará, sin embargo, los receptores de estos fabricantes +que usen el Microsoft Bluetooth Stack sí funcionarán.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Un mensaje de aviso en la parte inferior izquierda de la <em>Selección de +dispositivos Bluetooth remotos</em> muestra detalles del estado actual del agente +Bluetooth. +Si se desea seleccionar otro ordenador de buceo utilizando la <em>Selección de +dispositivo Bluetooth remoto</em> pulsa el botón con tres puntos de <em>Elegir modo +de descarga _Bluetooth</em>.</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" /> +</td> +<td class="content"><strong>EN CASO DE PROBLEMAS</strong>: Si el adaptador Bluetooth del ordenador con <em>Subsurface</em> +se cuelga y el proceso de descarga falla repetidamente, <em>desempareja</em> los +dispositivos y repite los pasos indicados anteriormente. Si a pesar de ello +se sigue sin tener éxito, el <a href="#S_HowFindBluetoothDeviceName"><em>Apéndice A</em></a> +contiene información para ajustar manualmente e inspeccionar la conexión +Bluetooth con <em>Subsurface</em>.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_DeviceNames">5.2.5. Cambiar el nombre de un ordenador de buceo</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Es posible que sea necesario distinguir entre diferentes ordenadores de buceo +usados para cargar inmersiones en <em>Subsurface</em>. Por ejemplo, si el ordenador del +compañero es de la misma marca y modelo que el del usuario y los diarios de +ambos se cargan en el mismo PC con <em>Subsurface</em>, puede que se quiera llamar a +uno "Suunto D4 de Alice" y al otro "Suunto D4 de Bob". Por otro lado, puede que +un buceador técnico utilice dos o más ordenadores de buceo del mismo modelo, +este caso podría ser prudente llamar a uno "Suunto D4 (1)" y al otro "Suunto D4 +(2)".</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Esto se hace fácilmente en <em>Subsurface</em>. Desde el <strong>Menú Principal</strong>, se +selecciona <em>Registro → Editar nombres de dispositivos</em>. Se abrirá un diálogo en +el que se indica el modelo actual, su ID y un nombre para el ordenador de buceo +utilizado para cargar inmersiones. Se edita el campo del nombre al que se quiera +asignar al ordenador. Tras guardar el nombre, en el perfil de la inmersión +aparecerá el nombre que se haya asignado a ese dispositivo en particular en +lugar del modelo, permitiendo una identificación de dispositivos más fácil.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_EditDiveInfo">5.2.6. Actualizar la información de buceo importada del ordenador.</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Con los buceos descargados en la <strong>Lista de inmersiones</strong>, la información del +ordenador no está completa y es necesario añadir más detalles para tener un +registro más detallado de las inmersiones. Para ello se usan las pestañas +<strong>Notas</strong> y <strong>Equipo</strong> arriba a la izquierda de la ventana de +<em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="S_Notes_dc">Notas</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>El usuario debe añadir información a mano para poder tener un registro más +completo. La información a continuación es casi idéntica para inmersiones +creadas manualmente y para inmersiones descargadas del ordenador.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>En algunos casos, se debe proporcionar la fecha y la hora de la inmersión, por +ejemplo al crear un buceo a mano o cuando un ordenador no facilita la fecha y +la hora de la inmersión (habitualmente la fecha y hora del buceo, la mezcla de gases +y, la temperatura del agua se obtienen del ordenador de buceo). Si se cambia o +edita de alguna manera el contenido de esta +pestaña, el mensaje de la barra azul arriba del panel indicará que se está +editando el buceo. Si se pulsa en la pestaña <strong>Notas</strong>, se +visualizan los siguientes campos (imagen a la izquierda, a continuación:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/AddDive3_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURA: La pestaña Notas" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>La imagen derecha anterior muestra una pestaña <strong>Notas</strong> llena de información. +El campo <strong>Hora</strong> refleja la fecha y la hora de la inmersión. Clicando la fecha se +muestra un calendario desde el que seleccionar la fecha correcta. Pulsa ESC para +salir del calendario. La hora y los minutos también pueden editarse clicando en +cada uno de ellos y sobreescribiendo la información mostrada.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Temperaturas Aire/Agua</strong>: Las temperaturas de aire y agua durante la inmersión +se muestran en estos campos a la derecha de la Hora de Inicio. Muchos +ordenadores de buceo suministran información sobre la temperatura del agua y +este campo puede que ya contenga información obtenida del mismo. Si no se +proporciona la temperatura del aire, puede utilizarse la primera lectura del +ordenador. En general, suele estar bastante cerca de la temperatura real del +aire ya que el cambio en la lectura del sensor de temperatura es bastante lento +para seguir los cambios en el entorno. Si fuera necesario, no hay que teclear +las unidades de temperatura: <em>Subsurface</em> las suministra automáticamente de +acuerdo con las <em>Preferencias</em> (métricas o imperiales).</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Ubicación</strong>:</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/warning2.png" alt="Warning" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Las localizaciones de buceo se gestionan como una parte <strong>separada</strong> del divelog. +La información de buceo de las pestañas <strong>Notas</strong> y <strong>Equipo</strong> no se puede editar +al mismo tiempo que la información de los puntos de buceo. Guarda toda la otra +información (p.e. divemaster, compañero, equipo, etc) seleccionando <em>Aplicar +cambios</em> en la pestaña <strong>Notas</strong> antes de editar la información del punto de +buceo. Introduce, solo entonces, el nombre del lugar de la inmersión en el +campo de texto etiquetado <em>Ubicación</em> de la pestaña <strong>Notas</strong>.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Teclea el nombre del punto de buceo, p.e. "Tihany, Lake Balaton, Hungary". +Si se han efectuado varias inmersiones en el mismo lugar, la información del +primer buceo se reutiliza. +La información existente puede editarse en cualquier momento seleccionando +(en el panel <strong>Lista de Inmersiones</strong>) un buceo efectuado en el lugar deseado y +abriendo la información de la ubicación haciendo clic en el botón con el globo +a la derecha del nombre del lugar (ver la imagen de arriba a la derecha). +Cuando se introduce el nombre de una ubicación, el auto completado de nombres +hace que sea fácil seleccionar un punto de buceo que ya exista en el divelog +(p.e. al teclear el nombre de un punto de buceo, aparece una lista desplegable + mostrando todos los lugares con nombres similares). Si el lugar se ha utilizado +antes, pulsa en el nombre preexistente.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Los nombres de la lista desplegable contienen, bien un símbolo de un globo (que +indica que existe en la base de datos de <em>Subsurface</em>), bien un símbolo <strong>+</strong> (que +indicaría un nombre que puede ser añadido a la base de datos). +Así pues, si este punto de buceo no ha sido usado con anterioridad, aparece un +mensaje como el siguiente (imagen <strong>A</strong> a continuación):</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Locations1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Panel de descripción de ubicación" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Haz doble clic en el icono + en el lado derecho. Aparecerá un panel para +introducir las coordenadas y otra información sobre el lugar que pueda ser +importante (imagen <strong>B</strong>, anterior). Lo más importante son las coordenadas del +punto. Hay tres formas de especificarlas:</p></div> +<div class="olist loweralpha"><ol class="loweralpha"> +<li> +<p> +El usuario puede encontrar las coordenadas en el mapamundi situado abajo a la + derecha en la ventana de <em>Subsurface</em>. El mapa muestra una barra marrón indicando + "Sin datos de ubicación - Mueve el mapa y haz doble clic para fijar la posición + del buceo". Al hacer doble clic en el lugar apropiado, la barra marrón desaparece + y las coordenadas quedan grabadas +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Se pueden obtener las coordenadas desde la app <em>Subsurface</em> Companion si se + dispone de un dispositivo android o iPhone con GPS y se guardaron las + coordenadas del punto de buceo usando ese dispositivo. + <a href="#S_Companion">Pulsa aquí para más información</a> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Se pueden introducir las coordenadas a mano, si son conocidas, usando uno de + estos cuatro formatos, con la latitud seguida de la longitud: +</p> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>Formato ISO 6709 Annex D, p.e. 30°13'28.9"N 30°49'1.5"E +Grados y minutos decimales, p.e. N30º 13.49760', E30º 49.30788' +Grados minutos y segundos, p.e. N30° 13' 29.8" , E30° 49' 1.5" +Grados decimales, p.e. 30.22496 , 30.821798</code></pre> +</div></div> +</li> +</ol></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Las latitudes del hemisferio sur se dan con una <strong>S</strong>, p.e. S30º o con un valor +negativo, p.e. -30.22496. De igual forma, las longitudes al oeste se facilita +con una <strong>W</strong>, p.e. W07°, o con un valor negativo, p.e. -7.34323. Algunos teclados +no tienen el símbolo °. Puede reemplazarse con una <strong>d</strong> como en N30d W20d. +Si se ha proporcionado un nombre y unas coordenadas, guarda la información +seleccionando el botón <em>Aplicar cambios</em> arriba en el panel.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Importante</strong>: Las coordenadas GPS de un punto están unidas a un nombre, por +tanto, guardar inmersiones con coordenadas sin una descripción del lugar +causará comportamientos inesperados (<em>Subsurface</em> creerá que todos estos puntos +son el mismo e intentará hacer que toas las coordenadas sean iguales).</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Búsqueda de nombres de puntos de buceo</strong>: Si se han introducido coordenadas, +se puede efectuar una busca automatizada del nombre basada en ellas. Se hace +cuando <em>Subsurface_utiliza internet para encontrar el nombre del punto de +buceo basado en las coordenadas introducidas. Si se encuentra un nombre, se +introduce automáticamente en la casilla de texto. El campo llamado _Puntos de +buceo en las mismas coordenadas</em>, en la parte baja del panel, contiene nombres +de otros puntos de buceo en posiciones muy cercanas al actual.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Introduce cualquier otra información textual sobre el punto de buceo +(Descripción y Notas), entonces selecciona <em>Aplicar cambios</em> para guardar la +información de este punto de buceo. En una etapa posterior esta información +puede editarse pulsando el icono del globo a la derecha del nombre del punto en +la pestaña <strong>Notas</strong>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Modo de buceo</strong>: Esta es una casilla desplegable que permite elegir el tipo de +inmersión que se ha realizado. Las opciones son OC (circuito abierto, del +inglés "open circuit", el ajuste por defecto, valido para la mayoría de buceos +recreativos), Apnea, CCR (rebreather de circuito cerrado, del inglés "closed +circuit rebreather") o pSCR (rebreather pasivo de circuito semi-cerrado).</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemaster</strong>: Introducir el nombre del divemaster o el del guía de inmersión. De +nuevo, este campo ofrece autocompletado basándose en la lista de divemasters del +diario actual.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Compañero</strong>: Introducir el nombre(s) del compañero(s) que te acompañaron en la +inmersión, separados por comas. También se ofrece autocompletado basada en la +lista de compañeros del registro.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Traje</strong>: Introducir el tipo de traje de buceo que utilizaste para la inmersión. +Como en los casos anteriores está disponible el autocompletado. Los usuarios de +traje seco pueden utilizar este campo para registrar que combinación de traje y +protección térmica utilizaron.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Valoración</strong>: Aquí se puede proporcionar una calificación subjetiva de la +inmersión en una escala de 5 puntos, clicando en la estrella correspondiente.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Visibilidad</strong>: Igualmente se puede proporcionar una calificación de a la +visibilidad que había durante la inmersión en una escala de 5 puntos, clicando +la estrella adecuada.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Etiquetas</strong>: Se pueden introducir etiquetas (separándolas con comas) que +describan el tipo de inmersión que se efectuó. Algunos ejemplos de etiquetas +habituales son: barco, a la deriva, entrenamiento, cueva, etc. <em>Subsurface</em> +tiene muchas etiquetas predefinidas. De nuevo se ofrece autocompletado, por +ejemplo, si el usuario teclea <code>p</code>, se muestran las etiquetas <strong>pecio</strong>, <strong>piscina</strong> +y <strong>profunda</strong> para que elija entre ellas.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Notas</strong>: Teclea aquí cualquier información adicional que desees conservar.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Los botones <em>Aplicar cambios</em> y <em>Descartar cambios</em> se utilizan para guardar +toda la información de los campos del panel de <strong>Información</strong> y del panel de +<strong>Perfil</strong>, por lo que no hay necesidad de usarlos hasta que se ha añadido +<strong>TODA</strong> la información. La imagen <a href="#S_Notes_dc">al inicio de esta sección</a> +muestra un ejemplo de la pestaña <strong>Notas</strong> rellenadas.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_equipo">5.2.7. Equipo</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>La pestaña Equipo permite al usuario introducir información acerca del tipo de +botella y gas utilizado, así como el lastre utilizado en una inmersión. El +mensaje en azul arriba del panel</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/BlueEditBar_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Barra azul de edición" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>indica que la inmersión se está editando. Esta parte de <em>Subsurface</em> es +altamente interactiva y la información de botellas y gases que se introduzca +determinará el comportamiento del perfil de la inmersión (panel de arriba a la +derecha).</p></div> +<div class="paragraph" id="cylinder_definitions"><p><strong>Botellas</strong>: La información de las botellas se introduce con un dialogo como +este:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/DC_gas-dialogue1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Diálogo de Botellas inicial" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>En las inmersiones manuales, esta información ha de ser introducida a mano. En +el caso de los ordenadores, a menudo, <em>Subsurface</em> obtiene el gas usado del +propio ordenador de buceo insertando automáticamente la composición (% oxigeno) +en la tabla. El botón + arriba a la derecha permite al usuario añadir más +botellas para esta inmersión. El icono oscuro de papelera le permitirá borrar +la información de una botella. Nótese que no se puede borrar una botella si +se usa durante el buceo. Una botella puede estar usándose implícitamente, +incluso sin un evento de cambio de gas.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Se empieza por seleccionar un tipo de botella. Para ello hay que hacer clic en +la casilla <strong>Tipo de botella</strong>. Esto hará aparecer un botón que puede usarse para +mostrar una lista desplegable de botellas.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/DC_gas-dialogue2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Botón del desplegable de la lista de botellas" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>La lista desplegable puede usarse para seleccionar el tipo de botella que +utilizó en esta inmersión, o el usuario puede empezar a teclear en la casilla, +lo que mostrará las opciones disponibles para las letras introducidas. El +<strong>Tamaño</strong> así como su <em>Presión de trabajo</em> se mostrarán automáticamente en el +dialogo.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>A continuación es necesario indicar la presión inicial y final del gas usado +durante el buceo. Las unidades de presión (métricas/imperiales) corresponden a +las fijadas en la elección de <em>preferencias</em>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Finalmente, hay que introducir la mezcla de gas que se usó. Si se utilizó aire, +se puede poner 21% o dejarlo en blanco. Si se usó nitrox o trimix, hay que +especificar sus porcentaje de oxigeno y de helio. Se deja en blanco el campo que +no corresponda utilizar. Tras teclear la información para la botella, hay que +pulsar <em>ENTER</em> en el teclado o hacer clic fuera de la casilla que contiene el +cursor. Puede añadirse información para cualquier botella adicional usando el +botón + de arriba a la derecha. Aquí hay un ejemplo de descripción completa para +una inmersión en la que se han utilizado dos botellas (aire y EAN50):</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/CylinderDataEntry3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Tabla con la informaación de botellas completada" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Lastre</strong>: Se puede introducir información sobre el sistema de lastre utilizado +en una inmersión, usando un dialogo muy similar al de la información de las +botellas. Si se pulsa el botón + de arriba a la derecha en el dialogo de lastre, +la tabla aparecerá como sigue</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURA: El diálogo Lastre" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Si se hace clic en el campo <em>Tipo</em>, se accede a una lista desplegable con la +flecha:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Desplegable con la lista de tipos de lastre" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>La lista desplegable puede usarse para seleccionar el tipo de sistema de lastre +utilizado durante la inmersión, o simplemente teclear en la casilla, con lo que +se mostrarán las opciones disponibles para los caracteres introducidos. En el +campo <strong>Peso</strong> se teclea el peso usado durante el buceo. Tras teclear la +información se pulsa <em>ENTER</em> en el teclado o se hace clic fuera de la casilla +que contiene el cursor. +Se puede poner información para más de un sistema de lastre añadiendo otro con +el botón + de arriba a la derecha. Se pueden borrar lastres usando el icono de +papelera de la izquierda. A continuación, un ejemplo de información para una +inmersión con dos tipos de lastre: integrado y cinturón:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Tabla con información de lastre completada" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_editar_simultaneamente_varias_inmersiones_seleccionadas">5.2.8. Editar simultáneamente varias inmersiones seleccionadas</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>METODO 1</em>: Tras descargar inmersiones de un ordenador de buceo, los perfiles +de los buceos descargados se mostrarán en el panel "Perfil de la inmersión", +así como algunas otras informaciones en las pestañas "Notas" y +"Equipo". Sin embargo, otros campos permanecerán vacíos.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Puede resultar útil editar simultáneamente algunos de los campos de las "Notas +de la Inmersión" o del "Equipo". Por ejemplo, es posible que un buceador +efectuara varias inmersiones en un solo día utilizando el mismo equipo, o en el +mismo punto de buceo o con el mismo guía o compañero. En lugar de completar la +información de las inmersiones una por una, se pueden seleccionar todos los +buceos deseados en la "Lista de Inmersiones" e insertar la información común en +las "Notas" y "Equipo".</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>La edición simultánea solo funciona con campos que no contienen aún ninguna +información. Esto significa que si, para una inmersión en concreto, uno de los +campos ya ha sido rellenado, no será modificado por la edición simultánea en +ese buceo en concreto. Técnicamente, la regla para editar varias inmersiones a +la vez es: "si el campo que estamos editando contiene <em>exactamente la misma +información</em> en todas las inmersiones que hemos seleccionado, la nueva +información introducida se sustituye en todas las inmersiones seleccionadas, de +lo contrario solo se cambia la inmersión que estemos editando aunque haya +varias seleccionadas.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Esto acelera notablemente el rellenado del divelog después de haber efectuado +varios buceos similares.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph" id="S_CopyComponents"><p><em>METODO 2</em>: Hay una forma diferente de hacer lo mismo. Seleccionamos un buceo +que contenga toda la información apropiada en las pestañas <strong>Notas</strong> y <strong>Equipo</strong>. +Entonces, desde el menú principal, seleccionamos +<em>Registro → Copiar componentes</em>. Aparecerá una ventana con casillas +seleccionables para la mayoría de campos de las pestañas <strong>Notas</strong> +y <strong>Equipo</strong>. Selecciona los campos a copiar desde la inmersión seleccionada, +luego pulsa <em>Aceptar</em>. Ahora selecciona en la <strong>Lista de Inmersiones</strong> los buceos +a los que pegar esta información. Desde el menú principal, selecciona <em>Registro + → Pegar componentes</em>. Tras esto, todas las inmersiones seleccionadas + contendrán los datos seleccionados previamente de la anterior inmersión.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_anadir_marcas_a_una_inmersion">5.2.9. Añadir Marcas a una inmersión</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Muchos buceadores desean anotar en sus inmersiones textos que indiquen sucesos +concretos durante el buceo, p.e. "Avistamos delfines" o "Lanzada boya deco". +Esto se hace fácilmente:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Clic derecho sobre el punto adecuado del perfil de inmersión, se desplegará + el menú contextual del perfil. Se selecciona <em>Añadir marca</em>. Una bandera roja + aparecerá sobre el perfil en el punto inicialmente seleccionado (ver <strong>A</strong> a + continuación). +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Clic derecho sobre la bandera roja. Se desplegará el menú contextual (ver + <strong>B</strong> a continuación). Se selecciona <em>Editar nombre</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Se mostrará una casilla de texto. Se teclea en ella el texto oportuno para la + marca (ver <strong>C</strong> a continuación). Se selecciona <em>Aceptar</em>, con lo que se guarda el + texto asociado a la marca. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Cuando el ratón pase sobre el marcador rojo, el texto guardado se mostrará en + la parte de debajo del cajetín de información (ver <strong>D</strong> a continuación). +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Bookmarks.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Diálogo de marcadores" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_guardar_la_informacion_de_buceo_actualizada">5.2.10. Guardar la información de buceo actualizada</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>La información introducida en las pestañas Notas y Equipo puede +guardarse utilizando los dos botones de arriba a la derecha de la pestaña +<strong>Notas</strong>. Si se pulsa <em>Aplicar cambios</em> los datos del buceo se guardan en la +imagen en memoria de la inmersión. Si se pulsa <em>Descartar cambios</em> los datos +de buceo recién introducidos se borran de la memoria, aunque el perfil y los +datos descargados del ordenador quedarán retenidos. Cuando el usuario salga de +<em>Subsurface</em> hay una pregunta final para confirmar si los nuevos datos de deben +guardar en caso de no haberlo hecho antes.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_importar_informacion_de_inmersiones_de_otras_fuentes_u_otros_formatos_de_datos">5.3. Importar información de inmersiones de otras fuentes u otros formatos de datos</h3> +<div class="paragraph" id="S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs"><p>Si el usuario bucea desde hace algún tiempo, es posible que bastantes +inmersiones hayan sido registradas usando otro software. No es necesario teclear +de nuevo esta información ya que, probablemente, estos diarios puedan importarse +a <em>Subsurface</em>. <em>Subsurface</em> puede importar un amplio abanico de diarios de +otros softwares de registro. Mientras que algún software se soporta nativamente, +en otros casos el usuario debe exportar el(los) diario(s) a un +formato intermedio para que pueda ser importado a <em>Subsurface</em>. +Actualmente, <em>Subsurface</em> soporta importar archivos <em>CSV</em> de diferentes origenes. +Los archivos de APD LogViewer, XP5, Sensus y Seabear están preconfigurados, +pero dado que es flexible, los usuarios pueden configurar sus propias +importaciones. Diarios creados manualmente (p.e. en hojas de cálculo) también +pueden importarse configurando manualmente el CSV. <em>Subsurface</em> también puede +importar archivos UDDF y UDCF, usados por algún software y algunos ordenadores +de buceo como el H&W DR5 o el XDeep Black BT. Finalmente, para algunos programas +de registro como el Mares Dive Organiser, se sugiere exportar los diarios primero +a un servicio web como <em>divelogs.de</em> e importarlos desde allí a <em>Subsurface</em>, ya +que <em>divelogs.de</em> soporta algunos pocos formatos que <em>Subsurface</em> no puede leer +en la actualidad.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Si el formato del otro software está soportado nativamente en <em>Subsurface, +debería ser suficiente con seleccionar bien _Importar→Importar archivos de +registro</em>, bien <em>Archivo→Abrir registro</em> . <em>Subsurface</em> soporta directamente +los formatos de datos de muchos ordenadores de buceo, incluyendo Suunto y +Shearwater.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Al importar inmersiones, <em>Subsurface</em> intenta detectar múltiples registros del +mismo buceo y mezcla la información lo mejor que puede. Si no existen problemas +con las zonas horarias (u otras razones que hagan que la hora de comienzo de las +inmersiones sean significativamente diferentes) <em>Subsurface</em> no creará entradas +duplicadas. A continuación sigue más información relativa a importar datos a +<em>Subsurface</em></p></div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="Unified_import">5.3.1. Utilizar el diálogo de importación universal</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>El importar buceos desde otros programas se hace a través de una interfaz +universal que se activa seleccionando Importar desde el menú principal y +haciendo clic en <em>Importar archivos de registro</em>. Con ello se mostrará el +dialogo <strong>A</strong> a continuación.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Import1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Importar: paso 1" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Abajo a la derecha hay un desplegable con una etiqueta por defecto Archivos de +registro que da acceso a los diferentes tipos de archivo disponibles para +importar directamente, como en el dialogo <strong>B</strong> anterior. Actualmente son:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Diarios en formato XML (DivingLog 5.0, MacDive y varios otros) +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Archivos de Cochran +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Diarios en formato UDDF (p.e. Kenozoooid) +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Diarios en formato UDCF +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Diarios de CCR Poseidon MKVI +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Diarios de CCR APD Inspiration/Evolution +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Diarios de LiquidVision +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Diarios de divelogs.de +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Diarios de DataTrak +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Diarios de OSTCTools +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +JDiveLog +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Suunto Dive Manager (DM3 y DM4) +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Diarios en formato <em>CSV</em> (basados en texto o en hojas de cálculo), incluidos +diarios de CCR APD. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Seleccionar el archivo correspondiente en la lista del diálogo abre el archivo +importado directamente en la <strong>Lista de Inmersiones</strong> de <em>Subsurface</em>. También +están soportados algunos otros formatos, no accesibles desde el diálogo +Importar, como se explica a continuación.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_importar_desde_ostctools">5.3.2. Importar desde OSTCTools</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>OSTCTools</em> es un conjunto de herramientas basadas en Windows de descarga y +gestión para la familia de ordenadores OSTC. <em>OSTCTools</em> puede descargar datos +de las inmersiones y guardarlos en archivos binarios con extensión <em>.dive</em> . +Subsurface puede importar directamente estos archivos utilizando el diálogo de +importación universal. Desde la lista desplegable abajo a la derecha, se +selecciona la opción correspondiente, lo cual hará visibles los diarios en la +lista del panel. Se seleccionan una o varias inmersiones, y se hace click en el +botón <em>Abrir</em>. Las inmersiones importadas desde OSTCTools se mostrarán en el +panel <strong>Lista de inmersiones</strong>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Actualmente, todos los ordenadores de H&W que soporte OSTCTools pueden importarse +a <em>Subsurface</em>, esto incluye OSTC, OSTC Mk2, OSTC 2N/2C, OSTC3, OSTC Sport, y, +probablemente aunque sin probar, Frog, OSTC2 y OSTC CR.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Por favor, recuerda que OSTCTools <strong>no</strong> es un auténtico software de registro de +diarios de buceo, sino un útil conjunto de herramientas de gestión y análisis +para dispositivos OSTC. Así pues, importar inmersiones a <em>Subsurface</em> sólo +nos proporcionará datos relativos al ordenador de buceo; el usuario tendrá +que completar manualmente el resto de datos que le puedan resultar importantes +(compañeros, equipo, notas, etc).</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_importar_desde_mares_dive_organiser_v2_1">5.3.3. Importar desde Mares Dive Organiser V2.1</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Dado que Mares utiliza software propiedad de Microsoft no compatible con +aplicaciones multiplataforma, estos diarios no pueden importarse directamente a +<em>Subsurface</em>. Los diarios de Mares necesitan ser importados usando un proceso en +tres pasos, utilizando <em>www.divelogs.de</em> como mecanismo para extraer la +información.</p></div> +<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> +<li> +<p> +Los datos del Mares Dive Organiser necesitan exportarse al escritorio del + usuario utilizando una extensión de archivo <em>.sdf</em>. Dirigirse a + <a href="#Mares_Export">Apendice C</a> para más información. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Los datos deben ser importados entonces desde <em>www.divelogs.de</em>. Se necesita + crear una cuenta de usuario en <em>www.divelogs.de</em>, entrar a la página, entonces + seleccionar <em>Import Logbook → Dive Organiser</em> en el menú de la izquierda. Hay + que seguir cuidadosamente las instrucciones para transferir la información (en + formato <em>.sdf</em>) desde la base de datos de Dive Organiser a <em>www.divelogs.de</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Finalmente importar las inmersiones desde <em>divelogs.de</em> a <em>Subsurface</em>, + utilizando las instrucciones a continuación. +</p> +</li> +</ol></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_ImportingDivelogsDe">5.3.4. Importar inmersiones desde <strong>divelogs.de</strong></h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Importar información de inmersiones desde <em>divelogs.de</em> es simple, se usa un +único diálogo. Se selecciona <em>Importar → Importar desde Divelogs.de</em> en el menú +principal. Esto despliega un diálogo (ver figura <strong>A</strong> abajo a la izquierda). Es +necesario introducir un usuario y password para <em>divelogs.de</em> en los campos que +se indiquen y luego pulsar el botón <em>Descargar</em>. La descarga desde divelogs.de +comienza inmediatamente y se refleja en una barra de progreso de la ventana del +diálogo. Al finalizar la descarga se indica el estado de "exito" (ver figura +<strong>B</strong> abajo a la derecha). Se selecciona el botón <em>Aplicar</em>, tras lo cual las +inmersiones importadas aparecerán en el panel <strong>Lista de Inmersiones</strong>.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Divelogs1.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Descargar desde Divelogs.de" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_ImportingCSVData">5.3.5. Importar datos en formato CSV</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Se puede utilizar un archivo .csv (valores separados por comas) para importar +información de buceo así como perfiles de inmersión (como en el caso de los +CCRs APD Inspiration o el Evolution) o como metadatos de buceo (en caso de que +el usuario guarde los datos en una hoja de cálculo). El formato <em>CSV</em> es un +formato universal simplificado que permite un intercambio facil de información +entre difeerentes ordenadores o paquetes de software. Para una introducción a +archivos en formato <em>CSV</em> ver <a href="#S_CSV_Intro">Introducción de un buceador a los archivos CSV</a>. +Los diarios de <em>Subsurface</em> también pueden exportarse a formato <em>CSV</em> para +otro software que lea este formato. Ver el <a href="#S_Appendix_D">APPENDIX D: Exportar una hoja de cálculo a formato CSV</a> +para información que puede resultar útil para importar datos basados en hojas +de cálculo a <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_ImportingCSVDives">5.3.6. Importar inmersiones en formato <em>CSV</em> desde ordenadores u otro software</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Se puede visualizar un archivo <em>CSV</em> usando un editor de textos ordinario. Se +organiza, normalmente, en una sola línea que proporciona las cabeceras (o +<em>nombres de campo</em> o <em>encabezamientos</em>) de las columnas de datos, seguidos por +los datos a un registro (inmersión en nuestro caso) por línea.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Hay dos tipos de archivo <em>CSV</em> que pueden importarse en <em>Subsurface</em>:</p></div> +<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> +<li> +<p> +<em>Detalles de inmersión CSV</em>: Este formato contiene información similar a la + de un típico diario escrito, p.e. fecha, hora, profundidad, duración, nombre + de los compañeros y divemaster, y tal vez alguna información sobre botellas, + así como algunos comentarios sobre la inmersión. Toda la información sobre + un buceo va en una sola línea siguiendo el orden del encabezamiento de las + columnas. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Perfil de inmersión CSV</em>: Este formato incluye mucha más información + sobre una sola inmersión. Por ejemplo, puede haber información a intervalos + de 30 segundos indicando la profundidad, la temperatura del agua a esa + profundidad y presión de las botellas en ese instante. Cada línea contiene + la información de un solo instante durante la inmersión, 30 segundos tras el + anterior. Se requieren muchas líneas para completar la información del + perfil de profundidad de un buceo. Es un formato utilizado comúnmente para + exportar por los equipos de buceo en circuito cerrado (CCR) y muchos + paquetes de software que manejan ordenadores de buceo y/o diarios. +</p> +</li> +</ol></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Antes de poder importar los datos a <em>Subsurface</em> se necesitan saber algunas +cosas sobre los mismos:</p></div> +<div class="olist loweralpha"><ol class="loweralpha"> +<li> +<p> +¿ Que carácter separa las distintas columnas en una línea de datos ? Este + separador de campos debería ser una coma (,) un punto y coma (;) o un + tabulador. Puede averiguarse abriendo el archivo con un editor de textos. + Si se trata de una coma, el carácter será claramente visible entre valores. + Si no hay comas a la vista, seguramente esté delimitado por tabuladores. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +¿ Que columnas de datos necesitamos importar a <em>Subsurface</em> ? ¿ Es un archivo + de <em>Detalles de inmersión CSV</em> o de <em>Perfil de inmersión CSV</em> ? Ábrelo con un + editor de textos y fíjate en los títulos de las columnas a importar y sus + posiciones. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +¿ Está la información numérica (la profundidad por ejemplo) en unidades + métricas o imperiales ? +</p> +</li> +</ol></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Armado con esta información, importar en <em>Subsurface</em> es muy fácil. Selecciona +<em>Importar→Importar CSV</em> en el menú principal. Aparecerá el siguiente dialogo:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/csv_import1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Diálogo 1, Descarga CSV" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Fíjate que, arriba a la izquierda, hay una lista desplegable que contiene ajustes +preconfigurados para algunos de los ordenadores de buceo y paquetes de software +más comunes que podemos encontrar los buceadores. Si el archivo <em>CSV</em> que vamos +a importar se originó en alguno de estos paquetes o dispositivos, selecciónalo. +En otro caso, utiliza la opción <em>Importación manual</em>. El panel de configuración +también tiene listas desplegables para especificar el separador de campos +adecuado (tabulado, coma o punto y coma), el formato de fecha usado en el CSV, +las unidades de tiempo (segundos, minutos o minutos:segundos), así como el +sistema de unidades (métrico o imperial) utilizado. Seleccionar las opciones +correctas es crítico para importar correctamente los datos.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>La última tarea es asegurarse que todas las columnas de datos tienen las +cabeceras correctas. La línea superior de la parte blanca de la tabla contiene +las cabeceras de columnas encontradas en el archivo <em>CSV. La fila de celdas +azules inmediatamente sobre la anterior contiene los nombres que _Subsurface</em> +ha entendido. La zona blanca inmediatamente debajo de las listas desplegables +contiene los nombres de campos que <em>Subsurface</em> reconoce. Estos nombres están +en globos azules que se pueden arrastrar y soltar en las celdas azules a las +que correspondan en la parte superior de la tabla. Esto se muestra en la +imagen a continuación.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/csv_import2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Diálogo 2, Descarga CSV" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Continua haciendo hasta que todas los encabezamientos de columnas en la fila +azul de celdas correspondan a las cabeceras listadas en la parte alta del +diálogo. Habiendo completado esta tarea, selecciona el botón <em>OK</em> abajo a la +derecha del diálogo. Los datos del archivo <em>CSV</em> se importarán y se mostrarán +en el panel <strong>Lista de inmersiones</strong>.</p></div> +<div class="sidebarblock" id="S_CSV_Intro"> +<div class="content"> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Introducción de un buceador a los archivos <em>CSV</em></strong></p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" /> +</td> +<td class="content"><em>CSV</em> es una abreviatura para un formato de archivo de datos: <em>Comma-Separated +Variables</em> en inglés. Es un formato de archivo que permite visualizar o editar +la información usando un editor de textos como el Bloc de Notas (Windows), +Gedit (linux) o TextWrangler (OS/X). Las dos principales ventajas del formato +CSV son que los datos son fácilmente editables como texto sin usar ningún +software propietario y asegurando que toda la información es legible, no siendo +ofuscada por ningún atributo de los que el software propietario inserta en los +archivos. +A causa de su simplicidad, el formato <em>CSV</em> se utiliza como formato de intercambio +entre muchos paquetes de software, por ejemplo entre hojas de cálculo, +estadísticas, gráficos, bases de datos y software de buceo. En <em>Subsurface</em>, los +archivos <em>CSV</em> también se pueden usar para importar información de otras fuentes +tales como diarios basados en hojas de cálculo o, incluso, de algunos ordenadores.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>El atributo más importante de un archivo <em>CSV</em> es el <em>separador de campos</em>, esto +es, el carácter utilizado para separar campos dentro de una línea. El separador +de campos es, habitualmente, una coma, un punto y coma, un espacio o un +tabulador. Al exportar datos desde una hoja de cálculo, se necesita especificar +el carácter separador para poder crear el archivo CSV. Los archivos <em>CSV</em> están, +normalmente, organizados en una sola línea que proporciona las cabeceras (o +<em>nombres de campos</em>) de las columnas de datos, seguido por los datos, a un +registro por línea. Nótese que cada nombre de campo puede estar formado por más +de una palabra separadas por espacios; por ejemplo <em>Punto de buceo</em>. A +continuación, un ejemplo de información de cuatro inmersiones utilizando la coma +como separador de campos:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>Dive site,Dive date,Time,Dive_duration, Dive_depth,Dive buddy +Illovo Beach,2012-11-23,10:45,46:15,18.4,John Smith +Key Largo,2012-11-24,09:12,34:15,20.4,Jason McDonald +Wismar Baltic,2012-12-01,10:13,35:27,15.4,Dieter Albrecht +Pulau Weh,2012-12-20,09:46,55:56,38.6,Karaeng Bontonompo</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>En este formato los datos no son legibles con facilidad para los humanos. A +continuación los mismos datos usando el tabulador como separador:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>Dive site Dive date Time Dive_duration Dive_depth Dive buddy +Illovo Beach 2012-11-23 10:45 46:15 18.4 John Smith +Key Largo 2012-11-24 09:12 34:15 20.4 Jason McDonald +Wismar Baltic 2012-12-01 10:13 35:27 15.4 Dieter Albrecht +Pulau Weh 2012-12-20 09:46 55:56 38.6 Karaeng Bontonompo</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Es obvio por qué mucha gente prefiere el formato con tabulador al separado por +comas. La desventaja es que los tabuladores no se pueden ver. Por ejemplo el +espacio entre <em>Dive</em> y <em>date</em> en la primera línea puede ser un espacio o un +tabulador (en este caso un espacio). Si los nombres de campo de la primera línea +son largos, no se puede mantener la alineación con los otros campos de datos. +A continuación un ejemplo muy simplificado y recortado de un diario <em>CSV</em> del +ordenador de buceo de un rebreather CCR APD:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>Dive Time (s) Depth (m) pO₂ - Setpoint (Bar) pO₂ - C1 Cell 1 (Bar) Ambient temp. (Celsius) +0 0.0 0.70 0.81 13.1 +0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.1 +0 0.0 0.70 0.71 13.1 +0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.2 +0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.1 +10 1.6 0.70 0.72 12.7 +20 1.6 0.70 0.71 12.6 +30 1.7 0.70 0.71 12.6 +40 1.8 0.70 0.68 12.5</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Cuando un archivo <em>CSV</em> se selecciona para importar, <em>Subsurface</em> muestra las +cabeceras de las columnas y unas pocas lineas de datos del archivo, facilitando +mucho, de esta forma, trabajar con archivos <em>CSV</em>. +Conocer algunas cosas básicas sobre el contenido del archivo <em>CSV</em> permite una +importación mejor de las inmersiones a <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>+[IMPORTANT] +La importación <em>CSV</em> tiene un par de advertencias. Se deberían evitar algunos +caracteres especiales como el signo &, menor que (<), mayor que (>) y comillas +(") como parte de los número o del texto de una casilla. El archivo debería +usar el conjunto de caracteres UTF-8, si se usan caracteres no ASCII. También +podría causar problemas el tamaño del archivo <em>CSV</em>. Importar 100 buceos de una +sola vez (<em>Detalles de inmersión CSV</em>) funciona, pero archivos mayores podrían +exceder los límites del analizador utilizado. Si se encontraran problemas al +importar <em>CSV</em> sería conveniente probar con un archivo más pequeño solo para +asegurarse de que el resto funciona.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_Companion">5.4. Importar coordenadas GPS con la app <em>Subsurface</em> Companion para teléfonos móviles</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Utilizando la app <em>Subsurface</em> Companion en un dispositivo Android o <a href="#S_iphone"><em>iPhone</em></a> +con GPS, se pueden pasar automáticamente las coordenadas de los +puntos de buceo al registro de <em>Subsurface</em>. La app Companion guarda las +ubicaciones de buceo en un servidor dedicado basado en internet. <em>Subsurface</em> +puede recoger las coordenadas desde este servidor.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Para hacer esto:</p></div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_crear_una_cuenta_para_la_app_companion">5.4.1. Crear una cuenta para la app Companion</h4> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Registrarse en la <a href="http://api.hohndel.org/login/">página web de <em>Subsurface</em> + companion</a>. Se recibirá un correo de confirmación con instrucciones y un + <strong>DIVERID</strong> personal, un largo número que te dará acceso a las capacidades de la + app Companion. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Descargar la app desde + <a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=org.subsurface">Google Play Store</a> + o desde + <a href="http://f-droid.org/repository/browse/?fdfilter=subsurface&fdid=org.subsurface">F-Droid</a>. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_utilizar_em_subsurface_em_companion_en_un_smartphone_android">5.4.2. Utilizar <em>Subsurface</em> companion en un smartphone Android</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>La primera vez que se utiliza, la app tiene tres opciones:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Create a new account</em>. Equivalente a registrase en la página de <em>Subsurface</em> + companion utilizando un navegador de internet. Se puede solicitar un <strong>DIVERID</strong> + con esta opción que se recibirá vía correo electrónico y se confirmará a través + de la <a href="http://api.hohndel.org/login/">_página web de Subsurface companion</a> para + activar la cuenta. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Retrieve an account</em>. Si el usuario olvidó su <strong>DIVERID</strong> recibirá un correo + para recuperar el número. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Use an existing account</em>. Se pide el <strong>DIVERID</strong>. La app conserva el <strong>DIVERID</strong> + y no lo vuelve a pedir, a menos que se utilice la opción <em>Disconnect</em> en el menú + (ver a continuación). +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" /> +</td> +<td class="content">En <em>Subsurface</em> el DIVERID también debe marcarse en el panel Preferencias, al +que se llega seleccionando Archivo→Preferencias→Predeterminadas desde el menú +principal en el propio <em>Subsurface</em>. +Esto facilitará la sincronización entre <em>Subsurface</em> y la app Companion.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_crear_nuevas_ubicaciones_de_buceo">5.4.3. Crear nuevas ubicaciones de buceo</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Ahora se está preparado para tomar una posición de buceo y enviarla al servidor. +La pantalla de Android se verá como lo imagen de abajo a la izquierda (<strong>A</strong>), +pero sin ninguna inmersión.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Tocando el icono "+" de arriba a la derecha se abrirá un menú con tres opciones:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Current: Se pedirá un nombre para el lugar (o que se active el GPS si estaba + apagado). Tras lo cual se guardará la posición actual. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Use map: Esta opción permite al usuario fijar una posición buscándola en un + mapamundi. Se muestra un mapamundi(ver <strong>B</strong> a continuación) sobre el cual indicar + la posición con una pulsación larga en la pantalla táctil (si la posición + marcada es errónea, simplemente se indica una nueva). A continuación hay que + seleccionar el símbolo de chequeo arriba a la derecha. Se mostrará un dialogo + que permitirá introducir un nombre para el punto seleccionado y la fecha y hora + del buceo (ver <strong>C</strong> abajo). De cara a importar esta posición de buceo a + <em>Subsurface</em> es recomendable fijar la misma hora de inmersión que la marcada por + el ordenador de buceo. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Companion_5.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Companion App, añadir posición usando e mapa" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Importar desde archivos GPX: El dispositivo android buscará archivos .gpx y + mostrará los que se localicen. El archivo que se seleccione se abrirá y se + mostrarán las posiciones que contiene. Ahora hay que elegir las ubicaciones + correctas y luego seleccionar el símbolo de chequeo arriba ala derecha, tras lo + cual las posiciones se enviarán al servicio web y se añadirán a la lista del + dispositivo android. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_listas_de_ubicaciones_de_buceo">5.4.4. Listas de ubicaciones de buceo</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>La pantalla principal muestra una lista de ubicaciones de buceo, cada una con un +nombre, fecha y hora (ver <strong>A</strong> debajo). Algunas posiciones pueden tener una +flechita sobre la casilla de selección, lo que indica que necesitan remitirse al +servidor. Se pueden seleccionar posiciones individuales de la lista. Una +posición seleccionada tiene una marca de chequeo en la casilla de selección. Se +pueden efectuar operaciones en grupo (como <em>Delete</em> o <em>Send</em>) sobre todas las +operaciones seleccionadas a la vez.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Las posiciones de buceo de la lista pueden visualizarse de dos maneras: una +lista de ubicaciones o un mapa sobre el que se indican las posiciones. La forma +de visualizarla (lista o mapa) se modifica seleccionando <em>Dives</em> arriba a la +izquierda de la pantalla (ver <strong>A</strong> abajo) y luego eligiendo el modo. Si se +selecciona una ubicación (en la lista o en el mapa), se abre un panel de edición +(ver *C abajo) donde pueden cambiarse algunos detalles.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Companion_4.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Companion App, añadir posición usando el mapa" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Cuando se pulsa sobre una posición (<strong>sin</strong> seleccionar la casilla), se mostrarán +el nombre del punto, la fecha y hora y las coordenadas GPS, con dos opciones +arriba de la pantalla:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Edit (lapiz): Permite cambiar el nombre u otras características del punto de + buceo. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Maps: Muestra el punto de buceo sobre un mapa. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Tras editar y guardar la posición de buceo (ver <strong>C</strong> abajo), se necesita subirla +al servidor, como se explicará a continuación.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_subir_puntos_de_buceo">5.4.5. Subir puntos de buceo</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Hay varias formas de enviar los buceos al servidor; la más fácil es simplemente +seleccionar la inmersión (ver la imagen <strong>A</strong> abajo) y luego pulsar la flecha +arriba a la derecha de la pantalla.</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" /> +</td> +<td class="content">El usuario debe tener cuidado ya que el icono de papelera de la derecha +significa exactamente lo que se supone: borra los puntos de buceo seleccionados.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Companion_1.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Capturas (A-B) de la app companion" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Después de un viaje de buceo usando Companion, todos los puntos de inmersión +estarán listos para ser descargados a un diario de <em>Subsurface</em> (ver a +continuación).</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_ajustes_de_la_companion_app">5.4.6. Ajustes de la Companion app</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Seleccionar la opción Settings del menú, resulta en la imagen B de arriba a la +derecha.</p></div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_server_and_account">Server and account</h5> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Web-service URL</em>. Esta está predefinida (<a href="http://api.hohndel.org/">http://api.hohndel.org/</a>) +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>User ID.</em> El DIVERID obtenido al registrarse como indicábamos antes. La forma + más fácil de introducirlo es simplemente copiar y pegar desde el correo de + confirmación pero, desde luego, el usuario teclearlo carácter a carácter. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_synchronization">Synchronization</h5> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Synchronize on startup</em>. Si se selecciona, los puntos de buceo del + dispositivo android y los del servicio web se sincronizarán cada vez que se + inicie la app. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Upload new dives</em>. Si se selecciona, cada vez que el usuario añada una + ubicación de buceo, se enviará automáticamente al servidor. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_background_service">Background service</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>En vez de tomar una sola ubicación de buceo, los usuarios pueden dejar el +servicio ejecutándose en segundo plano en tu dispositivo android, tomando +continuamente posiciones GPS</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Los ajustes, a continuación, definirán el comportamiento del servicio:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Min duration</em>. En minutos. La app intentará tomar una posición cada X minutos + hasta que el usuario la detenga. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Min distance</em>. En metros. Distancia mínima entre dos posiciones. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Name template</em>. La plantilla de nombre que usará la app cuando guarde las + posiciones. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/info.jpg" alt="Tip" /> +</td> +<td class="content"><em>¿ Como trabaja el servicio en segundo plano ?</em> Suponiendo que el usuario ha +fijado 5 minutos y 50 metros en los ajustes anteriores, la app tomará una +posición en la ubicación actual, seguida por otra cada 5 minutos <strong>o</strong> cada vez +que se desplace 50 metros de la posición anterior. Si las siguientes ubicaciones +están en el radio de 50 metros de la anterior, no se guardarán. De esta forma, +si el usuario no se está moviendo, solo se guarda una posición, pero si se +mueve, puede llegar a tener una traza de su viaje al guardar una ubicación cada +50 metros.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_other">Other</h5> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Mailing List</em>. El buzón de correo de <em>Subsurface</em>. El usuario enviar mails a + la lista de correo de <em>Subsurface</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Subsurface website</em>. Un link a la URL de la página de <em>Subsurface</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Version</em>. Muestra la versión actual de la app Companion. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_search">Search</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Se utiliza para buscar en las ubicaciones de buceo guardadas, por nombre o por +fecha y hora.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_start_service">Start service</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Inicia el servicio en segundo plano siguiendo los ajustes previamente definidos.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_disconnect">Disconnect</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Esta opción está mal nombrada. "Desconecta" la app del servidor reseteando el +DIVERID en la app, y retorna a la primera pantalla desde la que se puede crear +una cuenta, reactivar el DIVERID o volver a poner el del usuario. Desconectar +puede ser útil si se desea descargar a un dispositivo android posiciones de otro +buceador registrado o enviar la posición actual al servidor con el ID de otro +buceador registrado.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_send_all_locations">Send all locations</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Esta opción envía todas las posiciones guardadas en el dispositivo android al +servidor.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_iphone">5.4.7. Usar la app Subsurface companion en un <em>iPhone</em> para registra puntos de buceo</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>El interfaz de iPhone es bastante simple. Se necesita introducir la ID de +usuario (obtenida durante el registro) en el espacio reservado para ello, luego +seleccionar "Dive in" (ver parte izquierda de la imágen de abajo) y se empieza +a recoger información de las ubicaciones.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/iphone.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Usiar la aplicación iPhone companion" width="640" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Las inmersiones se pueden añadir de forma automática o manual. En modo manual, +se añade una sola ubicación de buceo o "waypoint" al flujo de entrada de datos +del GPS. En modo automático se crea una traza continua de posiciones GPS de las +cuales, posteriormente, después de haberse importado, <em>Subsurface</em> puede +seleccionar las posiciones correctas en base a las horas de los buceos. El modo +por defecto para el <em>iPhone</em> es el automático. Cuando se añade una inmersión, +el servicio de posicionamiento se inicia automáticamente y aparece una barra +roja en la parte de abajo de la pantalla. Tras el buceo, se puede hacer clic en +la barra roja para detener el servicio de posicionamiento. Mientras el servicio +se está ejecutando, solo se pueden añadir inmersiones usando el mecanismo +manual.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Se puede editar el nombre del punto de buceo posteriormente, seleccionando la +inmersión de la lista y clicando en el nombre. No hay otros campos editables. +La lista se sube automáticamente desde el <em>iPhone</em> al servicio web y no hay +opción a hacerlo manualmente.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_descargar_ubicaciones_de_buceo_al_diario_en_em_subsurface_em">5.4.8. Descargar ubicaciones de buceo al diario en <em>Subsurface</em></h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Hay que descargar a <em>Subsurface</em> las inmersiones del ordenador de buceo, o +crearlas manualmente, antes de obtener las coordenadas del servifor. El diálogo +de descarga se puede obtener vía <em>Ctrl+G</em> o desde el menú principal de +<em>Subsurface</em>, <em>Importar → Importar datos GPS del servicio Subsurface</em>, +resultando la imagen de abajo a la izquierda (A). La primera vez que se use, el +campo DIVERID estará en blanco. Introducir el DIVERID. Después se pulsa el botón +Descargar y comenzará la descarga, tras lo cual aparece la pantalla de abajo a +la derecha (<strong>B</strong>):</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/DownloadGPS.jpg" alt="[FIGURE: Descargar datos GPS de la app Companion]" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Nótese que ahora está activo el botón <em>Aplicar</em>. Pulsarlo para actualizar las +inmersiones recién creadas o descargadas a <em>Subsurface</em>, lo cual aplicará las +coordenadas y los nombres que se hayan dado en la app en todas las inmersiones +en las que coincidan las fechas y las horas de las posiciones GPS descargadas. +Si se ha introducido en <em>Subsurface</em> el nombre del punto de buceo antes de +descargar las coordenadas GPS, este nombre tendrá preferencia sobre los +descargados.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Ya que <em>Subsurface</em> busca coincidencias entre las localizaciones GPS del +dispositivo android y la información del ordenador de buceo basándose en la +fecha y la hora, la asignación automática depende de la coincidencia entre los +datos de ambos dispositivos. Aunque <em>Subsurface</em> tiene un margen de tolerancia +muy amplio, puede ser incapaz de identificar la inmersión correcta, si hay mucha +diferencia entre la hora del ordenador de buceo y la del dispositivo android, +resultando en que no haya actualización.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Fechas y horas similares en los dispositivos no siempre son posibles y puede +haber muchas razones para ello (p.e. zonas horarias), o <em>Subsurface</em> puede ser +incapaz de decidir cual es la posición correcta de una inmersión (p.e. en +inmersiones repetitivas mientras se ejecuta el servicio en 2º plano puede haber +varios puntos incluidos en el rango de tiempo que casen no solo para la primera +inmersión, sino también para las siguientes). Una solución alternativa para esta +situación sería editar manualmente la hora en la lista de inmersiones de +<em>Subsurface</em> <strong>antes</strong> de descargar los datos GPS, para hacerla coincidir con la +de estos, y luego volver a cambiarla a la correcta <strong>después</strong> de la descarga.</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/info.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">SUGERENCIAS:</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +El servicio en segundo plano es una herramienta poderosa, pero puede llenar la + lista de localizaciones con muchas posiciones innecesarias que no correspondan a + los puntos exactos de buceo, sino a la ruta seguida por el barco. Actualmente, + borrar estas posiciones del servidor resulta difícil. En algunas situaciones + resulta, pues, prudente limpiar la lista del dispositivo android antes de enviar + los puntos al servidor simplemente borrando los que no sean correctos. Esto + puede ser necesario, por ejemplo, si se desea mantener limpia la lista de + ubicaciones para poder visualizarlas en el mapa del servidor o del dispositivo + android. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +También tendría sentido proporcionar nombres significativos a las + localizaciones enviadas al servidor o, al menos, usar tal nombre en el ajuste + <em>Name Template</em> si se va a ejecutar el background service, especialmente durante + los viajes de buceo con muchas inmersiones y puntos de buceo. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_LoadImage">6. El cargador de fotografías de <em>Subsurface</em></h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Muchos buceadores (si no la mayoría) llevan consigo una cámara y toman +fotografías durante sus inmersiones. Sería interesante poder asociar cada +fotografía con una inmersión concreta. <em>Subsurface</em> nos permite cargar fotos en +una inmersión. Las fotos se superponen en el perfil de la inmersión, desde donde +pueden visualizarse.</p></div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_cargar_fotos_y_sincronizar_la_camara_con_el_ordenador_de_buceo">6.1. Cargar fotos y sincronizar la cámara con el ordenador de buceo</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Se selecciona una inmersión o un grupo de ellas en la lista. Luego se hace +clic-derecho en la selección y se elige la opción <em>Carga imagenes</em>:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/LoadImage1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Opción de carga de imágenes" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Aparecerá el navegador de archivos del sistema. Se selecciona la carpeta y las +fotografías que se necesitan cargar en <em>Subsurface</em> y se hace clic en el botón +<em>Abrir</em>.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/LoadImage2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Opción de carga de imágenes" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Esto desplegará el diálogo de sincronización que se muestra a continuación. El +problema crítico es que la sincronización horaria entre la cámara y el ordenador +de buceo no sea perfecta, en ocasiones difieren varios minutos. Si <em>Subsurface</em> +puede sincronizarlos, entonces puede utilizar las horas de las fotografías para +posicionarlas en el perfil de la inmersión.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> puede conseguir esta sincronización de tres maneras:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Proactivamente</strong>: Antes de la inmersión, asegúrate de que los ajustes de la + cámara coinciden con los del ordenador de buceo, cambiándolo en uno de los + dispositivos o en ambos. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Manualmente</strong>: Si el usuario anotó la hora exacta de la cámara al inicio de la + inmersión, se puede obtener la diferencia de tiempo entre los dos dispositivos. + En realidad, si no se han variado los ajustes horarios, se pueden conseguir tras + la inmersión o, incluso, al final del día. Entonces se puede indicar manualmente + la diferencia en el diálogo de <em>Desplazamiento horario</em>. En la parte de arriba + del diálogo hay una herramienta para indicar tiempos, evidente en la figura <strong>A</strong> + a continuación. Si la cámara lleva un adelanto de 7 minutos sobre el ordenador + de buceo, fijamos en la herramienta un valor de 00:07. Se ignora cualquier + sufijo "AM" o "PM". Seleccionamos el botón <em>OK</em> y se habrá obtenido la + sincronización. Hay que marcar <em>Más pronto</em> o <em>Más tarde</em> según corresponda. En + el ejemplo a continuación, la opción <em>Más pronto</em> es la correcta ya que la + cámara de fotos va 7 minutos por delante del ordenador de buceo. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images//LoadImage3b_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Diálogo de sincronización" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Por fotografía</strong>: Hay una forma muy cómoda de conseguir sincronización. Si se + toma una foto de la pantalla del ordenador mostrando la hora, <em>Subsurface</em> puede + obtener la hora exacta a la que se tomó la foto usando los metadatos que la + cámara guarda en cada foto. Para ello se utiliza la mitad inferior del diálogo + <em>Desplazamiento horario</em>. Si se selecciona la barra horizontal titulada + "<em>Selecciona la imagen del ordenador de buceo mostrando la hora</em>", aparece un + navegador de archivos. Se selecciona la fotografía y se pulsa <em>Abrir</em>. La foto + del ordenador de buceo aparecerá en el recuadro inferior del diálogo. + <em>Subsurface</em> sabe exactamente cuando se tomó la foto. Ajusta la fecha y hora en + el diálogo a la izquierda de la foto para que refleje los de la pantalla del + ordenador. Tras el ajuste <em>Subsurface</em> conoce exactamente cual es la diferencia + entre cámara y ordenador y se podrán sincronizar. La figura anterior muestra una + fotografía del ordenador de buceo y la herramienta de tiempo ajustada a la fecha + y hora de la imagen <strong>B</strong> anterior. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Si la hora de la foto es muy anterior o posterior al buceo, no se sitúa sobre el +perfil de la inmersión. Si está en un rango de 30 minutos, sí se muestra.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_visualizar_las_imagenes">6.2. Visualizar las imágenes</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Después que las imágenes han sido cargadas aparecen en dos lugares:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +La pestaña <em>Fotos</em> del panel <em>Notas</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Como pequeños iconos (chinchetas) sobre el perfil de inmersión, en posiciones + que relejan la hora en que se tomó cada fotografía. Para ver las fotos sobre el + perfil, activa el botón <em>Mostrar fotos</em> a la izquierda del perfil: +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:left;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/icons/ShowPhotos_f20.png" alt="FIGURE:Show photos toolbar button" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Esto producirá un perfil como el que se muestra a continuación</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/LoadImage4_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Fotos sobre un perfil de inmersión" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Si se sitúa el ratón sobre uno de los iconos, se mostrará una versión reducida +de la foto. Ver imagen a continuación:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/LoadImage5_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Foto reducida sobre perfil de inmersión" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Si hacemos clic sobre la imagen reducida aparecerá la fotografía a tamaño +completo sobre la ventana de <em>Subsurface</em>. Esto permite una buena visión de las +fotos que han sido importadas. Ver imagen a continuación. +Cada imagen reducida tiene una pequeña papelera en su esquina superior +izquierda (ver imagen anterior). Si se selecciona la papelera, la foto se +borra de la inmersión, así pues, hay que tener un poco de cuidado al clicar +sobre las imágenes. Las imágenes también puede borrase desde la pestaña <em>Fotos</em> +(ver en el siguiente punto).</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/LoadImage6_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Foto a pantalla completa sobre el perfil de inmersión" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_la_pestana_em_fotos_em">6.2.1. La pestaña <em>Fotos</em></h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Las fotografías asociadas a una inmersión se muestran como miniaturas en la +pestaña <em>Fotos</em> del <em>Panel de inmersión</em>. Se puede acceder con facilidad a las +fotos hechas en rápida sucesión durante la inmersión, desde la pestaña <em>Fotos</em>. +Esta pestaña es una herramienta para acceder individualmente a las fotos de un +buceo, mientras que las "chinchetas" en el perfil de inmersión proporcionan una +indicación de cuando se tomó la foto. Clicando una sola vez sobre una de la +miniaturas de la pestaña <em>Fotos</em>, seleccionamos una foto. Haciendo doble-clic +sobre una miniatura, se muestra la imagen a tamaño completo superpuesta a la +ventana de <em>Subsurface</em>. Podemos borrar una foto desde la pestaña <em>Fotos</em> +seleccionándola (un solo clic) y pulsando a continuación la tecla <em>Supr</em> en el +teclado. Esto eliminará la foto tanto de la pestaña <em>Fotos</em> como del <em>Perfil de +la inmersión</em>.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_fotos_en_disco_duro_externo">6.2.2. Fotos en disco duro externo</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>La mayoría de fotosubs guardan sus fotografías en un disco duro externo. Si este +disco puede mapearse (como es casi siempre el caso) <em>Subsurface</em> puede acceder +directamente a las fotos. Esto facilita la interacción entre <em>Subsurface</em> y un +repositorio externo de fotos. Cuando se asocia un perfil de inmersión con fotos +de un disco externo se utiliza el procedimiento normal de selección +y sincronización (ver en el texto anterior). Sin embargo, después de que el +disco externo haya sido desconectado, <em>Subsurface ya no podrá acceder a las +fotos. Si se ha activado la visualización de fotos sobre el perfil (utilizando +la barra de herramientas a la izquierda del perfil), el programa solo mostrará +unos pequeños puntos blancos donde deberían mostrarse las fotos. Además, la +pestaña _Fotos</em> solo mostrará los nombres de los archivos de las imágenes. Este +es el funcionamiento normal. Si, posteriormente, el disco externo con las fotos +se vuelve a conectar, las fotos se visualizarán normalmente.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_FindMovedImages">6.2.3. Mover fotografías entre directorios, discos duros u ordenadores</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Tras haber cargado una fotografía en <em>subsurface</em> y haberla asociado a un buceo +determinado, se archiva el directorio donde la foto permanece guardada, para poder +encontrarla cuando se vuelva a abrir la inmersión. Si la foto o la colección +completa de fotos se trasladan a otro disco o a una máquina distinta, sería +bastante raro que la estructura de directorios fuera idéntica a la de la fotografía +cargada originalmente. Cuando esto sucede, <em>Subsurface</em> busca las fotos en el +directorio original desde el que fueron cargadas, no las encuentra y, por tanto, +no las puede mostrar. Ya que, después de mover fotos, un gran número puede +necesitar borrarse y reimportarse desde la nueva localización, <em>Subsurface</em> +tiene un mecanismo que facilita el proceso de actualizar la información del +directorio para cada foto: actualizaciones automáticas utilizando huellas.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Cuando se carga una foto en <em>Subsurface</em>, se calcula una huella para la imagen +y se guarda con la otra información de referencia para la foto. Tras mover una +colección de fotos (que ya ha sido cargada en <em>Subsurface</em>) a un directorio, +disco u ordenador diferente, <em>Subsurface</em> puede llevar a cabo los siguientes +pasos:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Buscar en un directorio concreto (y todos sus subdireectorios recursivamente) +al que se han llevado las fotos. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Calcular huellas para todas las fotos de este directorio, y +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +si hay coincidencia entre una de las huellas calculadas y la que se calculó +al cargar la foto en <em>Subsurface</em> (incluso si el nombre del archivo hubiera +cambiado), actualizar automáticamente la información de directorio, de foma que +<em>Subsurface</em> pueda encontrar la foto en el nuevo directorio. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Esto se consigue seleccionando desde el Menú Principal: <em>Archivo → Encontrar +imágenes desplazadas</em>. Esto presenta una ventana en la cual es necesario +especificar el NUEVO directorio de las fotos. Se selecciona el directorio +apropiado y se clica el botón <em>Escanear</em> en la parte inferior derecha del +panel. El proceso puede requerir varios minutos para completarse, tras lo +cual <em>Subsurface</em> mostrará las fotos correctas cuando se abra un buceo.</p></div> +<div class="sidebarblock" id="Image_fingerprint_upgrade"> +<div class="content"> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Actualizar colecciones de fotos existentes sin huella</strong></p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" /> +</td> +<td class="content"><em>Subsurface</em> calcula automáticamente huellas para todas las imágenes a las +que tiene acceso. Cuando manipules estas imágenes, asegúrate de que todas las +imágenes asociadas al divelog queden accesibles. <em>Subsurface</em>, automáticamente +comprueba y actualiza (en caso necesario) las huellas asociadas a cada buceo +si: +- Las imágenes asociadas a ese buceo son visibles como miniaturas en el perfil. +- Se edita cualquier cosa en el panel <strong>Notas</strong> y se guardan las modificaciones +con <em>Guardar cambios</em>.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +</div></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_registrar_tipos_de_inmersion_especiales">6.3. Registrar tipos de inmersión especiales</h3> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_MulticylinderDives">6.3.1. Inmersiones multi botella</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> maneja fácilmente inmersiones que requieren más de una botella. El +buceo multi botella se produce habitualmente cuando (a) un buceador no tiene +bastante gas para completar una inmersión con una sola botella o (b) cuando el +buceador necesita más de una mezcla de gas a causa de la profundidad o de las +necesidades descompresivas de la inmersión. Por este motivo, las inmersiones +multi tanque son empleadas a menudo por los buceadores técnicos ya que bucean +profundo y durante mucho tiempo. En lo que corresponde a <em>Subsurface</em>, solo hay +dos clases de información que necesitan proporcionarse:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Describir las botellas usadas durante el buceo</strong>. Esto se hace en la pestaña + <strong>Equipo</strong> del panel <strong>Información</strong> tal como <a href="#cylinder_definitions">se describe anteriormente</a>. + se introducen las botellas una a una, especificando las características de la + botella y la composición del gas de cada una de ellas. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Registrar los momentos en que se cambia de una botella a otra</strong>. Esta es una + información que facilitan algunos ordenadores (siempre y cuando el buceador + se la diga al ordenador durante el buceo). Si el ordenador no la proporciona, + el buceador necesita registrarla usando un método diferente, p.e. en una + pizarra. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Indica los cambios de botella en el perfil</strong>. Si se utilizó la última opción, + el buceador ha de indicar el evento de cambio de gas haciendo clic derecho en + el momento adecuado del panel <strong>Perfil de inmersión</strong> y señalar la botella a la + que se cambió. Tras hacer clic derecho, seguir el menú contextual a "Añadir + cambio de gas" y seleccionar la botella apropiada entre las definidas en el + primer paso (ver imagen a continuación). Si el botón <strong>Barra de botellas</strong> de + la barra de herramientas se ha activado, los cambios también se indicarán en + la barra. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Habiendo llevado a cabo estas tareas, <em>Subsurface</em> indica en el perfil de buceo +el uso de diferentes botellas. A continuación, una inmersión multi botella que +empieza con EAN28, se cambia a EAN50 despues de 26 minutos para efectuar la +deco.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/multicylinder_dive.jpg" alt="FIGURa: Perfil multi tanque" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_inmersiones_en_montaje_lateral_sidemount">6.3.2. Inmersiones en montaje lateral (sidemount)</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>El buceo en montaje lateral es solo otra forma de buceo multi tanque, a menudo +con ambas o todas las botellas conteniendo la misma mezcla. Aunque es una +configuración popular entre los espeleo buceadores, el buceo en lateral se +puede efectuar por buceadores recreativos que hayan completado el entrenamiento +adecuado. Registrar inmersiones en sidemount se hace en tres pasos:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +*Durante el buceo, se registran los eventos de cambio de botella". Ya que bucear + en lateral supone, normalmente, usar 2 botellas con aire o con la misma mezcla, + <em>Subsurface</em> distingue entre estas botellas. En comparación, la mayoría de + ordenadores de buceo que contemplan cambios de gas solo distinguen entre + diferentes <em>gases</em> usados, no entre diferentes <em>botellas</em> usadas. Esto supone + que, cuando se descargan inmersiones en sidemount desde estos ordenadores, los + eventos de cambio entre las diferentes botellas no se descargan. Esto puede + suponer que se tenga que guardar un registro manual de cambios de botella o + (si el ordenador tiene esta posibilidad) marcando cada cambio de botella con + una marca que se pueda descargar posteriormente. Regresar de una inmersión + en lateral con la información de cambios de botella es la única parte con + truco en cuanto a registrar buceos en sidemount. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>En <em>Subsurface</em> detalla las botellas usadas en la inmersión</strong>. El usuario + registra las especificaciones para las diferentes botellas usando la pestaña + <strong>Equipo</strong> del <strong>Panel de información</strong> (véase imagen a continuación en la que se + usó una botella de 12 litros). +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Indicar eventos de cambio de botella sobre el perfil de <em>Subsurface</em></strong>. Una + vez que se ha importado la inmersión desde el ordenador de buceo, es necesario + indicar los eventos de cambio de botella sobre el perfil. Los cambios se + anotan haciendo clic-derecho en el punto correspondiente del perfil y entonces + seleccionando <em>Añadir cambio de gas</em>. Se muestra una lista de las botellas con + la que se está utilizando en gris. En la imagen a continuación, Tank 1 está en + gris, permitiendo solo la selección de Tank 2. Tras seleccionar la botella + correspondiente el cambio se indicará sobre el perfil con un icono de una + botella. Si está activada la <strong>Barra de botellas</strong> también se indicará el cambio + sobre ella (ver imagen a continuación). Una vez que todos los cambios de + botella han sido registrados sobre el perfil, las presiones correctas de ambas + botellas se mostrarán en el perfil, como en la imagen de ejemplo. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/sidemount1.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Sidemount profile" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Esta sección es un ejemplo de la versatilidad de <em>Subsurface</em> como herramienta +de registro de inmersiones.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_sSCR_dives">6.3.3. Inmersiones con rebreather de circuito semi cerrado (SCR)</h4> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/halcyon_RB80.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Los rebreathers semi cerrados pasivos (pSCR) suponen un avance técnico en el +equipo de buceo que recircula el gas que el buzo respira, y elimina el dióxido +de carbono del gas exhalado. Al tiempo que una pequeña cantidad del gas exhalado +(habitualmente una décima parte) se libera en el agua, una pequeña cantidad de +gas de la botella se introduce en el circuito (habitualmente nitrox). Un buzo +usando una sola botella de gas puede, pues, bucear durante periodos de tiempo +mucho mayores que utilizando una configuración recreativa de circuito abierto. +Con los pSCR una cantidad muy pequeña de gas se libera cada vez que el buzo +inhala. Con los equipos SCR activos (aSCR), en cambio, una pequeña cantidad del +gas respirado se libera continuamente.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Para registrar inmersiones con pSCR, no se requieren procedimientos especiales, +solo los pasos normales descritos con anterioridad:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Seleccionar el modo pSCR en el desplegable <em>Modo de inmersión</em> en el panel + <strong>Información</strong>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +El buceo con pSCR, a menudo, requiere cambios de gas, necesitando una botella + adicional. Hay, pues, que describir todas las botellas como se indicó con + anterioridad e indicar los cambios de botella/gas como se explicó en la + sección <a href="#S_MulticylinderDives">Inmersiones multi botella</a>. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Si se ha seleccionado pSCR en el <em>Modo de inmersión</em>, el techo de buceo para +inmersiones pSCR se ajusta para la caída de oxígeno a través de la boquilla +que, a menudo, requiere mayores períodos de descompresión. A continuación un +perfil de inmersión de un buceo con pSCR usando EAN36 como gas de fondo y +oxígeno para la descompresión. Fíjate que la inmersión duró unas dos horas.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/pSCR_profile.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Perfil pSCR" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_CCR_dives">6.3.4. Inmersiones con rebreather de circuito cerrado (CCR)</h4> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/APD.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Los rebreathers de circuito cerrado utilizan tecnología avanzada para +reciclar el gas que se ha respirado, mientras mantienen una concentración de +oxígeno respirable llevando a cabo dos acciones: +a) Eliminan dióxido de carbono del gas que se ha exhalado. +b) Regulan la concentración de oxígeno para que permanezca en los límites. +La interfaz CCR de <em>Subsurface</em> es experimental actualmente y se halla bajo +desarrollo activo. <em>Subsurface</em> soporta en estos momentos el Poseidon MKVI y +los PD Discovery/Evolution En contraste con un ordenador +de buceo recreativo convencional, el ordenador de un sistema CCR no permite +descargar un diario que contenga múltiples inmersiones. En su lugar, cada buceo +se guarda independientemente. Esto significa que <em>SUbsurface</em> no puede descargar +el diario directamente desde un CCR, sino que lo importa de la misma manera que +se importan datos de otras bases de datos digitales, una inmersión cada vez.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_importar_una_inmersion_con_ccr">6.3.5. Importar una inmersión con CCR</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Véase la sección que trata de <a href="#S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs">Importar información de buceo de otras fuentes digitales</a>. +Desde el menú principal de <em>Subsurface</em>, seleccionar <em>Import → Importar archivos +de registro</em> para desplegar el <a href="#Unified_import">Diálogo de importación universal</a>. +Como se explicaba en esa sección, en la parte de abajo a la derecha hay una lista +desplegable (etiquetada como <em>Filtro:</em>) de dispositivos que incluye los archivos del +(Poseidon) MKVI o APD (la funcionalidad para otros dispositivos CCR está en desarrollo +actualmente). Tras haber seleccionado el dispositivo y el directorio donde se +hallan los archivos originales del ordenador CCR, se puede seleccionar un +archivo concreto (en el caso del MKVI es un archivo con extensión .txt). Tras +seleccionar el archivo, activar el botón <em>Abrir</em> de abajo a la derecha. Lee la +sección a continuación para:</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_informacion_mostrada_para_un_buceo_con_ccr">6.3.6. Información mostrada para un buceo con CCR</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Presiones parciales de los gases</em>: El gráfico de presión parcial de oxígeno +muestra la información de los sensores de oxígeno del equipo CCR. A diferencia +del equipo de circuito abierto (donde los valores de pO<sub>2</sub> se calculan en base +a la composición del gas y la profundidad), los equipos CCR proporcionan +mediciones instantáneas de pO<sub>2</sub>, a partir de sensores de oxígeno. En este +caso el gráfico de presión parcial de oxígeno debería se bastante plano, +reflejando el ajuste del setpoint durante la inmersión. La pO<sub>2</sub> media no es +la media de presiones parciales de oxígeno que facilita el equipo CCR, sino +un valor calculado por <em>Subsurface</em> de la siguiente forma:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Para DOS sensores de O<sub>2</sub> se da en valor medio de ambos sensores. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Para sistemas de TRES sensores (p.e. APD), también se usa la media. Sin + embargo las lecturas simultaneas de diferentes sensores con diferencias de + más de 0,1 bar, se consideran falsas y se ignoran. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>La pO<sub>2</sub> media de los sensores se indica con una línea verde.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>El valor del setpoint así como las lecturas de de los sensores de oxígeno +individuales puede mostrarse. La presentación en pantalla de información CCR +adicional se activa seleccionando las opciones adecuadas en el panel <em>Preferencias</em> +(accesible seleccionando <a href="#S_CCR_options"><em>Archivo → Preferencias → Gráfico</em></a>). +Esta parte del panel <em>Preferencias</em>, mostrada en la siguiente imagen, se +presenta como dos casillas seleccionables que modifican la presentación de la +pO<sub>2</sub> cuando se halla activada la opción correspondiente de la barra de herramientas +del Perfil de Inmersión.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/CCR_preferences_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Panel de preferencias de CCR" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Clicar cualquiera de las casillas seleccionables permite mostrar información +adicional relativa al oxígeno, siempre que el botón pO<sub>2</sub> de la barra de +herramientas del panel <em>Perfil</em> esté activado.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>La primera casilla permite mostrar información del setpoint. Esta es una línea +roja superpuesta al gráfico verde de presión parcial de oxígeno y permite +comparar la media de presiones parciales de oxígeno medidas, frente al valor +del setpoint, como se muestra a continuación.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>image::images/CCR_setpoint_f20.jpg"FIGURA: Gráfico de pO2 y setpoint del CCR",align="center"]</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>La segunda casilla permite mostrar datos de cada sensor de oxígeno individual +del equipo CCR. Los datos de cada sensor se colorean de la siguiente forma:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Sensor 1: gris +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Sensor 2: azul +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Sensor 3: marrón +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>La media de pO<sub>2</sub> se indica por la línea verde. Así se pueden comparar los +datos de cada uno de los sensores de oxígeno, lo cual es útil para detectar +lecturas erráticas o anormalmente bajas de un sensor en particular.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/CCR_sensor_data_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Gráfico de datos de los sensores del CCR" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>El dato del setpoint puede ser superpuesto sobre los datos de los sensores de +oxígeno activando ambas casillas. Las presiones parciales del nitrógeno y del +helio (en su caso) se muestran de la forma habitual para las inmersiones OC.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Eventos</em>: Se registran diversos eventos, p.e. los cambios a circuito abierto +de la boquilla. Estos eventos se muestran como triángulos amarillos y, si se +pasa el ratón sobre el icono, se da una descripción del evento en la línea +inferior del <a href="#S_InfoBox">Recuadro de información</a>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Presiones de las botellas</em>: Algunos ordenadores de buceo CCR, como el MKVI de +Poseidon, registran las presiones de las botellas de oxígeno y diluyente. Las +presiones de estas dos botellas se muestran como líneas verdes sobre el perfil +de la inmersión. Además, las presiones iniciales y finales de ambas botellas se +muestran en la pestaña <em>Equipo</em>. A continuación, un perfil de inmersión con CCR +incluyendo capas con el setpoint, las lecturas de los sensores de oxígeno y la +información de presión de las botellas. En este caso hay una buena coincidencia +entre las lecturas de los dos sensores de oxígeno.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/CCR_dive_profile_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Perfil de inmersión con CCR" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Información especifica del equipo</em>: <em>Subsurface</em> recoge información que puede +ser especifica de un tipo de equipo concreto. Se muestra en la <a href="#S_ExtraDataTab">pestaña Otros Datos</a>. +Puede incluir información de ajustes o metadatos sobre la inmersión.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>El techo calculado por <em>Subsurface</em> no es muy preciso dado que no se puede +determinar fiablemente la presión de nitrógeno en el circuito desde el divelog +importado del equipo del CCR. Muchos ordenadores de buceo CCR, sin embargo, +informan del techo calculado internamente por ellos mismos y este se mostrará +en el perfil activando el botón correspondiente a la izquierda del perfil:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/icons/cceiling.jpg" alt="Icono de techo" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>El color por defecto del techo de deco generado por el ordenador es blanco. Sin +embargo, puede ajustarse a rojo seleccionando la correspondiente casilla en +<em>Archivo → Preferencias → Gráfico</em>. A continuación se muestra un perfil +mostrando el techo deco generado por el ordenador de buceo:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/CCR_dive_ceilingF22.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Perfil de inmersión con CCR" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Se puede encontrar más información, específica para cada ordenador, sobre +como descargar divelogs de CCR en el <a href="#_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">Apéndice B</a></p></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_obtener_mas_informacion_sobre_inmersiones_guardadas_en_el_diario">7. Obtener más información sobre inmersiones guardadas en el diario</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_la_pestana_informacion_para_inmersiones_individuales">7.1. La pestaña Información (para inmersiones individuales)</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>La pestaña Información proporciona alguna información resumida +sobre un buceo en particular que ha sido seleccionado en la <strong>Lista de +inmersiones</strong>. La información útil incluye el intervalo en superficie antes de la +inmersión, las profundidades máxima y media, el volumen de gas consumido, el +C.A.S. (consumo de aire en superficie) y el número de unidades de toxicidad de +oxígeno (OTU) en las que se ha incurrido.</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/info.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Consumo de gas y cálculos de CAS: <em>Subsurface</em> calcula el CAS y el consumo de gas +teniendo en cuenta la incompresibilidad de los gases, particularmente a +presiones en las botellas superiores a 200 bar, haciéndolos más precisos. Los +usuarios deberían consultar el <a href="#SAC_CALCULATION">Apéndice F</a> para más información.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_ExtraDataTab">7.2. La pestaña <strong>Otros datos</strong> (para inmersiones individuales)</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Cuando se utiliza un ordenador de buceo, a menudo facilita determinadas +informaciones que no pueden presentarse de forma estandarizada ya que la +naturaleza de la información varía de un ordenador a otro. Estos datos suelen +comprender informaciones de ajustes, metadatos sobre una inmersión, niveles de +batería, tiempos de "no vuelo" o factores de gradiente usados durante el buceo. +Si es posible, toda esta información se presenta en la pestaña <strong>Otros datos</strong>. A +continuación hay una imagen que muestra otros datos para un buceo con un +rebreather Poseidon.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/ExtraDataTab_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Pestaña Otros datos" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_la_pestana_estadisticas_para_grupos_de_inmersiones">7.3. La pestaña Estadísticas (para grupos de inmersiones)</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>La pestaña Estadísticas facilita información resumida para más de una inmersión, +suponiendo que se haya seleccionado más de un buceo en la <strong>Lista de inmersiones</strong> +tcon los estándares "Ctrl+clic" o "Shift+clic" del ratón. Si solo se ha +seleccionado una los cálculos se efectuarán solo para esa inmersión. Esta +pestaña muestra el número de inmersiones seleccionadas, el tiempo total de buceo +para estas inmersiones, así como los máximos, mínimos y medios para la duración, +profundidad, temperatura en agua y superficie y CAS. También muestra la +profundidad máxima de las inmersiones más profunda y más superficial de las +seleccionadas.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_DiveProfile">7.4. El Perfil de inmersión</h3> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Profile2.jpg" alt="Típico perfil de buceo" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>De todos los paneles de <em>Subsurface</em>, el Perfil contiene la información más +detallada de cada inmersión. El perfil de inmersión tiene una <strong>barra de botones</strong> +en el lado izquierdo que permite controlar varias opciones. Las funciones de +estos botones se describen más adelante. El objeto principal del perfil de +inmersión es el gráfico de profundidad en función del tiempo. Además de la +información obvia acerca de la profundidad, también muestra los ratios de +ascenso y descenso en relación a las velocidades de ascenso y descenso +recomendadas. Esta información se proporciona utilizando diferentes colores:</p></div> +<div class="tableblock"> +<table rules="all" +width="100%" +frame="border" +cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4"> +<col width="33%" /> +<col width="33%" /> +<col width="33%" /> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Color</strong></p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Velocidad de descenso (m/min)</strong></p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Velocidad de ascenso (m/min)</strong></p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Rojo</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">> 30</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">> 18</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Naranja</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">18 - 30</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">9 - 18</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Amarillo</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">9 - 18</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">4 - 9</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Verde claro</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">1.5 - 9</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">1.5 - 4</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Verde oscuro</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">< 1.5</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">< 1.5</p></td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>El perfil también incluye lecturas de profundidad para los picos y valles del +gráfico. De esta forma, se debe poder visualizar la profundidad del punto más +hondo y otros picos. La profundidad media se muestra como una línea gris que +indica la profundidad media en cada momento de la inmersión.</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/scale.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">En algunos casos el perfil de inmersión no llena el área completa del panel. +Hacer clic en el botón Escala de la barra de herramientas de la izquierda, +habitualmente, incrementa el tamaño del perfil hasta llenar el área de forma +eficiente</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>La temperatura del agua</strong> se muestra con su propia línea azul con valores +situados junto a cambios significativos.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>El perfil de inmersión puede incluir <strong>gráficos de presiones parciales</strong> de O2, N2 +y He durante el buceo (ver la figura anterior) así como techos de deco +calculados por <em>Subsurface</em> o registrados por el ordenador de buceo (solo +visibles para buceos profundos, largos o repetitivos). La presión parcial del +oxígeno se indica en verde, la del nitrógeno en negro y la del helio en rojo +oscuro. Estos gráficos de presiones parciales se muestran bajo los datos de +perfil.</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/O2.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Clicar este botón permite visualizar la presión parcial de oxígeno durante la +inmersión. Se dibuja bajo los gráficos de profundidad y temperatura.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/N2.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Clicar este botón permite visualizar la presión parcial de nitrógeno durante la +inmersión.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/He.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Clicar este botón permite visualizar la presión parcial de helio durante la +inmersión. Esto solo es interesante para buceadores que usen trimix, helitrox o +mezclas respiratorias similares.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>El gráfico de <strong>consumo de gas</strong> muestra la presión de la botella y su variación +durante la inmersión. El consumo de gas tiene en cuenta la profundidad, de +manera que, incluso cuando introduces manualmente las presiones inicial y final, +el gráfico no es una línea recta. Al igual que el gráfico de profundidad, la +pendiente de la presión de la botella facilita información acerca del CAS +momentáneo, si se está usando ordenador con gas integrado. Aquí el color no se +refiere a valores absolutos, sino que se calcula en relación a la media +normalizada de aire consumido durante este buceo. Así pues, las áreas en rojo o +naranja indican momentos de consumo por encima de la media mientras que el verde +oscuro indicará momentos de consumo de gas por debajo de la media.</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/Heartbutton.png" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Hacer clic en el botón de ritmo cardiaco permitirá mostrar información de este +parámetro durante la inmersión si el ordenador de buceo tiene conectado un +sensor de ritmo cardiaco.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Es posible <strong>hacer zoom</strong> en el gráfico del perfil. Se puede hacer con la rueda +del ratón o el gesto equivalente en el trackpad. Por defecto, <em>Subsurface</em> +siempre muestra un área suficientemente grande para mostrar al menos 30 minutos +y 30 metros – de esta forma, las inmersiones cortas o superficiales se reconocen +a simple vista; algo que a los apneístas les trae claramente sin cuidado.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/MeasuringBar.png" alt="FIGURE: Barra de medidas" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/ruler.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Pueden hacerse <strong>medidas de profundidad o tiempo</strong> utilizando el botón <strong>regla</strong> de +la izquierda del perfil La medición se hace arrastrando los puntos rojos a los +dos puntos del perfil entre los que deseas medir. La información se facilita en +el área blanca horizontal bajo los dos puntos.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/ShowPhotos_f20.png" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Las fotografías que se han añadido a una inmersión pueden mostrarse en el perfil +seleccionando el botón <strong>Mostrar foto</strong> en la barra de herramientas a la izquierda +del perfil. La posición de la foto en el perfil indica la hora exacta a la que +se tomó. Si el botón no está activado, las fotos permanecen ocultas.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>El perfil de buceo también puede incluir el <strong>techo</strong> registrado por el ordenador +de buceo (o, más precisamente, la parada deco más profunda que el ordenador de +buceo calcule para cada momento en el tiempo) como una capa roja en el perfil de +la inmersión. Los techos de ascenso surgen cuando un ascenso directo a +superficie incrementa el riesgo de que el buzo sufra enfermedad descompresiva +(ED) y se necesita ascender más despacio, o efectuar paradas de descompresión +antes de subir a la superficie. No todos los ordenadores de buceo guardan esta +información y posibilitan su descarga; por ejemplo todos los ordenadores Suunto +carecen de la posibilidad de facilitar estos datos tan útiles a los softwares de +registro de inmersiones. <em>Subsurface</em> también calcula los techos +independientemente, mostrándolos como una capa verde sobre el perfil. A causa de +las diferencias en los algoritmos utilizados y la cantidad de datos disponibles +(y otros factores tomados en consideración en el momento de los cálculos) es +improbable que los techos de los ordenadores de buceo y de <em>Subsurface</em> sean los +mismos, incluso si se utilizan el mismo algoritmo y los mismos factores de +gradiente (ver más adelante). También es bastante común que <em>Subsurface</em> calcule +un techo cuando el ordenador permaneció en modo no deco durante la inmersión +completa (representada por la sección <span class="green">verde oscuro</span> del perfil). Esto se +debe al hecho de que los cálculos de <em>Subsurface</em> describen la obligación de +descompresión en ese punto del tiempo durante la inmersión, mientras los +ordenadores de buceo habitualmente, tienen en cuenta el ascenso que va a venir. +Durante el ascenso parte del exceso de nitrógeno (y posiblemente de helio) ya se +ha eliminado a través de la respiración por lo que, aunque el buceador +técnicamente encontrara un techo, la inmersión aún no requiere explícitamente +una parada de descompresión. Esta característica permite a los ordenadores de +buceo ofrecer tiempos de fondo más largos.</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/cceiling.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Si el propio ordenador de buceo calcula un techo y lo pone a disposición de +<em>Subsurface</em> durante la descarga de inmersiones, puede ser mostrado como un +árearoja seleccionando el botón <strong>Mostrar techo informado por el ordenador</strong> del +panel de perfil.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/ceiling1.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Si hacemos clic en el botón <strong>Mostrar techo calculado</strong> por <em>Subsurface</em> del panel +del perfil, se muestra en verde este techo, si existe, para una inmersión en +particular (<strong>A</strong> en la figura a continuación). Este ajuste puede modificarse de +dos maneras:</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/ceiling2.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Si, además, se selecciona el botón <strong>Calcular todos los tejidos</strong> del panel de +perfil, se muestra el techo para los distintos tejidos del modelo Bühlman (<strong>B</strong> +en la figura de debajo).</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/ceiling3.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Si, además, se selecciona el botón <strong>Mostrar el techo calculado con incrementos +de 3m</strong> entonces el techo se muestra con saltos de 3 en 3 metros.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Ceilings2.jpg" alt="Figura: Techo con resolución de 3 metros" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/ShowCylindersButton.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Al seleccionar este icono, los diferentes gases utilizados durante una inmersión +se presentarán en forma de barras de colores en la parte de abajo del perfil. En +general, el oxígeno se presenta con una barra verde, el nitrógeno con una barra +amarilla y el helio con una barra roja. La imagen a continuación muestra un buceo +que primero utiliza una botella de trimix (rojo y verde), seguida por un cambio a +una botella de nitrox (amarillo y verde) tras 23 minutos. Las botellas con aire +se muestran con una barra azul claro.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/ShowCylinders_f20.jpg" alt="Figura: Gráfico de uso de botellas" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/tissues.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Muestra presiones de los gases inertes en los tejidos, en relación con la +presión ambiental (línea gris horizontal). +Las presiones en los tejidos se calculan utilizando el algoritmo Bühlmann ZH-16 +y se muestran como líneas de colores que varían desde el verde (tejidos rápidos) +al azul (tejidos más lentos). +La línea negra, dibujada sobre la presión ambiental, es la máxima sobresaturación +de tejidos permitida, en la que se incluyen los factores de gradiente que se +establecieron en <em>Preferencias</em>. Para buceadores que hacen buceo con descompresión +planificada, se obtienen ritmos de desaturación eficientes manteniendo los tejidos +entre la presión ambiental de los gases inertes (línea gris) y la presión límite +(línea negra). Lo que se muestra en pantalla es una representación de la presión +en los tejidos durante toda la inmersión. En contraste, el +<a href="#S_gas_pressure_graph">Gráfico de presión de gases</a> de la ventana <strong>Información</strong> +del <strong>Perfil</strong> es un reflejo de las presiones de los tejidos en el instante de +tiempo señalado por la posición del cursor sobre el perfil de la inmersión.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/tissuesGraph.jpg" alt="Figura: Gráfico de presión de gases inertes en los tejidos" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>El ajuste de los factores de gradiente afecta mucho a los techos calculados y +sus profundidades. Para más información acerca de factores de gradiente, +consultar la sección <a href="#S_GradientFactors">Ajuste de preferencias de factores de gradiente</a>. +Los factores de gradiente que se están utilizando(p.e. 35/75) +aparecen sobre el gráfico de profundidad si se activan los botones adecuados de +la barra de herramientas. +<strong>N.B.</strong>: Los factores de gradiente indicados NO son los utilizados por el +ordenador de buceo, sino los que utiliza <em>Subsurface</em> para calcular las +obligaciones descompresivas durante la inmersión. Para una explicación más +detallada de los factores de gradiente, consultar los siguientes links:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html">Gradient factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts</a> +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_el_menu_contextual_del_perfil_de_inmersion">7.5. El menú contextual del Perfil de Inmersión</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Se accede al menú contextual del Perfil de Inmersión haciendo clic-derecho +mientras el cursor del ratón está sobre el panel del Perfil de Inmersión. El +menú permite la creación de marcadores, eventos de cambio de gas o cambios +manuales en setpoint de un CCR, aparte de los que se hayan podido importar del +ordenador de buceo. Las marcas se sitúan contra la línea de profundidad del +perfil y con el tiempo fijado donde estaba el cursor cuando el botón derecho +se clicó para desplegar el menú. Los eventos de cambio de gas suponen una +selección sobre el gas al que estamos cambiando, habiendo sido definida la lista +de posibilidades en la pestaña <strong>Equipo</strong>. Los eventos de cambio de setpoint +abren un diálogo en el que se permite elegir el valor del próximo setpoint. Como +en el planificador, un setpoint cero indica que el buceador está respirando en +circuito abierto, mientras cualquier valor diferente de cero indica el uso de +circuito cerrado. Si hacemos clic-derecho mientras estamos sobre +un marcador preexistente, el menú se extiende añadiendo opciones para permitir +el borrado del marcador o permitir ocultar todos los marcadores de ese tipo.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_InfoBox">7.6. El <strong>Recuadro Información</strong></h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>El recuadro de Información muestra una amplia gama de información del <strong>perfil de +inmersión</strong>. Normalmente el recuadro se situa en la parte de arriba a la +izquierda del panel <strong>Perfil de Inmersión</strong>. Si el ratón apunta fuera del panel, +solo es visible la linea superior del recuadro (ver figura (<strong>A</strong>) abajo). El +recuadro puede moverse en el panel <strong>Perfil de Inmersión</strong> pulsando y +arrastrándolo con el ratón de forma que no cubra detalles importantes. La +posición del recuadro queda guardada y se usará de nuevo en los siguientes +análisis.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/InfoBox2.jpg" alt="Figura: Recuadro de Información" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>En el momento en que el ratón apunta dentro del panel <strong>Perfil de Inmersión</strong>, el +recuadro de información se expande y muestra varios detalles de datos. En esta +situación, los datos reflejan el punto temporal a lo largo del perfil indicado +por el cursor del ratón (ver la parte derecha de la figura (<strong>B</strong>) anterior donde +el recuadro refleja la información en la posición de la [flecha] del cursor en +esa imagen). Por lo tanto, mover el cursor en dirección horizontal permite que +el recuadro muestre información para cualquier punto a lo largo del perfil.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>En este modo, el recuadro de información da extensas estadísticas sobre la +profundidad, el gas y el techo de la inmersión. Entre ellas se incluyen: el +lapso de tiempo en el buceo (indicado con @), la profundidad (Prof), la presión +de la botella (Pres), la temperatura, la velocidad de ascenso/descenso, el +consumo de aire en superficie (CAS), la presión parcial de oxígeno, la +profundidad máxima operativa (PMO), la profundidad equivalente al aire (PEA), la +profundidad narcótica equivalente (PNE), la densidad equivalente al aire (EADD), +los requisitos descompresivos en ese momento del tiempo (Deco), el tiempo hasta +la superficie (TTS), el techo calculado, así como el techo calculado para varios +compartimentos de tejidos Bühlmann.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>El usuario tiene control sobre como se muestran varias estadísticas, +representadas en cuatro de los botones a la izquierda del panel del perfil. +Son:</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/MOD.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Activar este botón hace que el Recuadro de Información muestre la <strong>Profundidad +máxima operativa (PMO)</strong> de la inmersión para la mezcla de gases utilizada. La +PMO depende de la concentración de oxígeno en el gas respirado. Para el aire +(21% de oxígeno) se sitúa alrededor de 57 m si se ha especificado una pO<sub>2</sub> +máxima de 1.4 en la sección <strong>Preferencias</strong>. Por debajo de la PMO existe un +riesgo muy elevado de exposición a los peligros asociados con la toxicidad del +oxígeno.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/NDL.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Activar este botón hace que el recuadro Información muestre, bien el <strong>Límite +de no descompresión (LND)</strong> o el <strong>*Tiempo total hasta superficie (TTS)</strong>. El +LND es el tiempo que un buzo puede permanecer sumergido a la profundidad actual +sin requerir descompresión (esto es, sin que aparezca un techo para el ascenso). +Una vez que se ha excedido el LND y se requiere descompresión, el TTS incluirá +el total de minutos requeridos antes de que el buceador pueda salir a superficie. +El TTS incluye el tiempo de ascenso y las paradas de descompresión. Se calcula +suponiendo que se usa el gas actual. Incluso si el perfil incluye varios +cambios de gas, el TTS en un momento dado de la inmersión se habrá calculado +con el gas en uso en ese momento. Para TTS superiores a 2 horas, no se calcula +con precisión y simplemente se indica <em>TTS > 2h</em>.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/SAC.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Activar este botón hace que el Recuadro de información muestre el <strong>Consumo de +aire en superficie (CAS)</strong>. El CAS es un indicador del ritmo respiratorio del +buceador calculado a nivel del mar. El valor del CAS es inferior al real ya que +un buceador a 10m usa aproximadamente el doble del que consume en superficie. El +SAC da una indicación del ritmo de consumo de gas independientemente de la +profundidad de la inmersión de forma que se pueden comparar los ritmos de +diferentes inmersiones. Las unidades del CAS son litros/min o pies^3/min.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/EAD.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Activar este botón hace que el Recuadro de información muestre la <strong>Profundidad +equivalente al aire (PEA)</strong> para los buceos con nitrox y la <strong>Profundidad +narcótica equivalente (PNE)</strong> para buceos con trimix. Estas magnitudes son +importantes para buceadores que utilicen mezclas de gases distintas del aire. +Sus valores dependen de la composición del gas respirado. La PEA es la +profundidad de un hipotético buceo con aire que tenga la misma presión parcial +de nitrógeno que la inmersión con nitrox actual. Una inmersión con nitrox +conllevaría una obligación de descompresión igual que una inmersión con aire a +una profundidad igual a la PEA. La PNE es la profundidad de una hipotética +inmersión con aire que tenga la misma suma de presiones parciales de gases +narcóticos (oxígeno y nitrógeno) que la actual inmersión con trimix. Un buceador +con trimix puede esperar los mismos efectos narcóticos que un buceador +respirando aire a una profundidad igual a la PNE.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>La figura (<strong>B</strong>) anterior muestra un Recuadro de Información con un conjunto de +datos casi completo.</p></div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_gas_pressure_graph">7.6.1. El gráfico de barras de presión de gases</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>A la izquierda del <strong>Recuadro de Información</strong> hay un gráfico de barras vertical +que indica las presiones de los gases inertes que el buceador estaba respirando +<em>en un momento dado de la inmersión</em>, señalado por la posición del cursor sobre +el <strong>Perfil de inmersión</strong>. La figura abajo a la izquierda indica el significado +de las diferentes partes del gráfico de barras.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/GasPressureBarGraph.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Gráfico de barras de presiones de gases" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +El área verde claro indica el gas total, con el margen superior de esta zona + indicando la presión total de gas inhalada por el buceador y medida desde el + fondo del gráfico a la parte superior. Esta presión tiene un valor <em>relativo</em> + en el gráfico y no indica presión absoluta. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +La línea negra horizontal por debajo de la zona verde claro indica la presión de + equilibrio de los gases inertes respirados, habitualmente nitrógeno. En el caso + del trimix, es la presión combinada del helio y el nitrógeno. En este ejemplo, + el usuario esta buceando con EAN32, por lo tanto la presión del gas inerte está + al 68% de la distancia desde el fondo del gráfico hasta el valor de la presión + total. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +La zona verde oscura en la parte baja del gráfico representa las presiones de + los gases inertes en cada uno de los 16 compartimentos de tejidos, según el + algoritmo de Bühlmann, estando los tejidos rápidos en el lado izquierdo. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +La línea horizontal negra superior indica el factor de gradiente que se aplica + a la profundidad del buceador para el punto concreto del <strong>Perfil de Inmersión</strong>. + Este factor de gradiente es una interpolación entre el GFbajo y el GFalto que + se hayan especificado en la pestaña Gráfico del <strong>Panel de preferencias</strong> de + <em>Subsurface</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +El margen inferior de la zona roja del gráfico indica el valor M derivado de + Bühlman, o sea el valor de la presión de gases inertes a partir de la cual la + formación de burbujas se espera que sea severa, resultando en una enfermedad + descompresiva. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Estos cinco valores se indican a la izquierda en la figura anterior. La forma +en que el gráfico de barras cambia durante una inmersión, se representa en el +lado derecho de la figura anterior, para un buceador usando EAN32.</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +El gráfico <strong>A</strong> indica la situación al inicio de una inmersión, con el buzo + en superficie. Las presiones en los compartimentos de tejidos todavía están + a la presión de equilibrio ya que aún no se ha buceado. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +El gráfico <strong>B</strong> indica la situación tras un descenso a 30 metros. Pocos de + los compartimentos de tejidos han tenido tiempo de responder al descenso, las + presiones de los gases muy por debajo de presión de equilibrio. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +El gráfico <strong>C</strong> representa las presiones tras 30 minutos a 30 metros. Los + compartimentos rápidos han llegado al equilibrio (p.e. han alcanzado la altura + de la línea negra que indica la presión de equilibrio). Los compartimentos más + lentos (hacia la derecha) no han alcanzado el equilibrio y están en proceso de + incrementar lentamente la presión. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +El gráfico <strong>D</strong> muestra las presiones tras ascender a una profundidad de 4.5 + metros. Ya que, durante el ascenso, la presión total del gas inhalado ha caído + mucho, de 4 bares a 1.45 bares, las presiones en los diferentes compartimentos + de tejidos sobrepasan la presión total del gas y se aproximan al factor de + gradiente (la línea negra superior en la imagen). Continuar el ascenso haría + que rebasáramos el valor del factor de gradiente (GFalto), poniendo en peligro + al buceador. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +El gráfico <strong>E</strong> indica la situación después de permanecer a 4.5 metros durante + 10 minutos. Los compartimentos rápidos han bajado su presión. Como era de + esperar, las presiones en los compartimentos lentos no han variado mucho. Las + presiones en los compartimentos rápidos ya no se acercan al valor de GFalto y + el buceador está más seguro que en la situación expuesta en el gráfico <strong>D</strong>. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_organizar_el_registro_manipular_grupos_de_inmersiones">8. Organizar el registro (Manipular grupos de inmersiones)</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_el_menu_contextual_de_la_lista_de_inmersiones">8.1. El menú contextual de la Lista de Inmersiones</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Varias acciones sobre, bien una inmersión, bien un grupo de ellas, se pueden +efectuar utilizando el Menú Contextual de la Lista de inmersiones, al que se +accede seleccionando una inmersión o un grupo de ellas y haciendo clic-derecho.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/ContextMenu.jpg" alt="Figura: Menú contextual" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>El menú contextual se usa en muchas de las acciones que se describen a +continuación.</p></div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_personalizar_las_columnas_mostradas_en_el_panel_strong_lista_de_inmersiones_strong">8.1.1. Personalizar las columnas mostradas en el panel <strong>Lista de inmersiones</strong></h4> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/DiveListOptions.jpg" alt="Ejemplo: Opciones de la Lista de inmersiones" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>La información por defecto de la <strong>Lista de inmersiones</strong> incluye, para cada buceo, +Numero de inmersión, Fecha, Calificación, Profundidad, Duración y Ubicación. Esta +información puede controlarse y cambiarse haciendo clic derecho sobre la barra de +encabezamiento de la <strong>Lista de inmersiones</strong>. Por ejemplo, un clic derecho sobre +la cabecera 'Fecha’despliega una lista de valores que pueden mostrarse (ver la +figura anterior). Si seleccionamos un valor para que se muestre o desaparezca de +la lista, esta se actualiza inmediatamente. Las preferencias para la información +que muestre la lista se guardan y reutilizan cada vez que se abre <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_seleccionar_inmersiones_en_una_ubicacion_concreta">8.1.2. Seleccionar inmersiones en una ubicación concreta</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Muchos buceadores tienen largas listas de inmersiones, y puede resultar difícil +localizar todos los buceos en un punto en concreto. Presionando <em>Ctrl+F</em> en el +teclado se abre una casilla de texto en la parte de arriba a la izquierda de la +<strong>Lista de inmersiones</strong>. Si se teclea el nombre de una ubicación en esta casilla +la <strong>Lista de inmersiones</strong> se filtra inmediatamente para mostrar solo los buceos +en esta ubicación.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_Renumber">8.2. Renumerar las inmersiones</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Las inmersiones normalmente se numeran incrementando desde las no-recientes +(menores números de secuencia) a las más recientes (números de secuencia más +altos). Numerar los buceos no siempre es consistente. Por ejemplo, cuando se +añaden inmersiones antiguas a la lista, la numeración no sigue automáticamente +por ser estas anteriores en fecha/hora a las ya existentes. Por lo tanto, en +ocasiones, se puede necesitar renumerar los buceos. Esto se hace seleccionando +(desde el menú principal) <em>Registro → Renumerar</em>. Se permite elegir el número de +secuencia inferior que se va a usar. Completar esta operación supone obtener +nuevos números de secuencia (basados en fecha/hora) para los buceos del panel +<strong>Lista de Inmersiones</strong>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>También se pueden renumerar algunas inmersiones seleccionadas de la lista. Se +seleccionan las inmersiones que necesiten renumerarse. Se hace clic-derecho +sobre la lista seleccionada y se utiliza la lista contextual para efectuar el +renumerado. Aparecerá una ventana solicitando al usuario que especifique el +número de inicio para el proceso de numeración.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_Group">8.3. Agrupar las inmersiones en viajes y manipularlos</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Si buceas regularmente, la lista de inmersiones puede hacerse rápidamente muy +larga. <em>Subsurface</em> puede agrupar los buceos en <em>viajes</em>. Lo hace agrupando +inmersiones que tengan fechas/horas que no estén separadas más de dos días y +crea una sola cabecera para cada viaje . Abajo hay una lista de inmersiones no +agrupada (<strong>A</strong>, a la izquierda) y la lista agrupada correspondiente incluyendo +cinco viajes (<strong>B</strong>, a la derecha):</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Group2.jpg" alt="Figura: Agrupar inmersiones" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Agrupar en viajes permite una forma rápida de acceder a buceos individuales sin +tener que pasar por largas listas de inmersiones. Para agrupar los buceos de una +lista de inmersiones (desde el menú principal) se selecciona <em>Registro → +Autoagrupar</em>. El panel Lista de Inmersiones ahora muestra solo los títulos de +los viajes.</p></div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_editar_el_titulo_y_la_informacion_asociada_a_un_viaje_en_particular">8.3.1. Editar el título y la información asociada a un viaje en particular</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Normalmente, en la lista de inmersiones se incluye una mínima información en el +título del viaje. Puede añadirse mucha más sobre un viaje seleccionando su +título en la lista. Esto muestra una pestaña <strong>Notas del Viaje</strong> en el panel Notas +de la inmersión. Aquí se puede añadir o editar información sobre dia/hora, +ubicación del viaje, y otros comentarios generales. Al terminar, se selecciona +<strong>Guardar</strong> en los botones de arriba a la derecha en la pestaña Notas del viaje. +El título en la <strong>Lista de inmersiones</strong> debería reflejar ya algo de la +información editada.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_ver_los_buceos_de_un_viaje_en_concreto">8.3.2. Ver los buceos de un viaje en concreto</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Una vez que las inmersiones agrupadas en viajes, los usuarios pueden expandir +uno o más viajes clicando la punta de flecha a la izquierda del título. Con ello +se expande el viaje mostrando los buceos individuales efectuados.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_colapsar_o_expandir_informacion_de_diferentes_viajes">8.3.3. Colapsar o expandir información de diferentes viajes</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Tras seleccionar un viaje concreto de la lista, el menú contextual resultante +ofrece varias posibilidades de expandir o contraer buceos incluidos en viajes. +Entre ellas expandir todos los viajes y contraer todos los viajes.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_mezclar_inmersiones_de_mas_de_un_viaje_en_uno_solo">8.3.4. Mezclar inmersiones de más de un viaje en uno solo</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Tras seleccionar el título de un viaje del panel <strong>Lista de Inmersiones</strong>, el +menú permite mezclar viajes con el viaje de abajo o con el de arriba.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_separar_un_viaje_en_mas_de_uno">8.3.5. Separar un viaje en más de uno</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Si un viaje incluye diez inmersiones, el usuario puede separar el viaje en dos +(viaje 1: cuatro inmersiones de arriba; viaje 2: seis inmersiones de abajo) +seleccionando y haciendo clic-derecho en las cuatro inmersiones de arriba. El menú +que aparecerá te permite crear un nuevo viaje seleccionando la opción <strong>Crear +nuevo viaje arriba</strong>. Las cuatro inmersiones superiores quedan entonces agrupadas +en un viaje separado. La siguiente figura muestra la selección y el menú a la +izquierda (A), la acción completada a la derecha (B):</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/SplitDive3a.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Separar un viaje en dos" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_manipular_inmersiones_individuales">8.4. Manipular inmersiones individuales</h3> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_borrar_una_inmersion_del_diario">8.4.1. Borrar una inmersión del diario</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Las inmersiones pueden borrarse permanentemente del diario seleccionándolas y +haciendo clic-derecho para mostrar el menú y, entonces, seleccionando <strong>Borrar +inmersión</strong>. Habitualmente esto se hará en casos donde se desee borrar +inmersiones de prueba o buceos de duración extremadamente corta.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_separar_una_inmersion_de_un_viaje">8.4.2. Separar una inmersión de un viaje</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Se pueden separar inmersiones del viaje al que pertenecen. Para ello se +selecciona y hace clic-derecho en los buceos para mostrar el menú. Luego se +selecciona <strong>Quitar inmersión(es) del viaje</strong>. Las inmersiones que han sido +separadas aparecerán ahora encima o debajo del viaje al que pertenecieron, en +función de la fecha y la hora de la inmersión separada.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_anadir_una_inmersion_al_viaje_de_arriba">8.4.3. Añadir una inmersión al viaje de arriba</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Las inmersiones seleccionadas pueden moverse del viaje al que pertenecen al +inmediatamente superior al actual. Para ello se selecciona y hace clic-derecho +en los buceos para mostrar el menú, luego se selecciona <strong>Añadir inmersión(es) al +viaje de arriba</strong>.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_desplazar_la_hora_de_inicio_del_buceo_s">8.4.4. Desplazar la hora de inicio del buceo(s)</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>En ocasiones es necesario ajustar la hora de comienzo de una inmersión. Esto +puede aplicarse a situaciones en las que las inmersiones se han efectuado en +diferentes zonas horarias o si el ordenador de buceo tiene mal configurada la +hora. Se selecciona y hace clic-derecho en la inmersión(es) a ajustar. Esto +despliega el menú. Seleccionar <strong>Desplazar horas</strong>. Se especifica el tiempo (en +horas y minutos) en el que deben ajustarse los buceos y se hace clic en la +opción que indica si el ajuste debe ser hacia adelante o hacia atrás.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_juntar_buceos_en_uno_solo">8.4.5. Juntar buceos en uno solo</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>En ocasiones una inmersión se interrumpe brevemente, p.e. si un buceador regresa +a superficie unos pocos minutos, dando como resultado dos o más inmersiones +grabadas por el ordenador y apareciendo como buceos distintos en el panel <strong>Lista +de inmersiones</strong>. Se pueden unir estos buceos en uno solo seleccionando las +correspondientes inmersiones y haciendo clic-derecho para mostrar el menú. +Entonces se selecciona <strong>Mezclar inmersiones seleccionadas</strong>. Puede que sea +necesario editar la información de la inmersión en el panel <strong>Notas</strong> para +reflejar situaciones o condiciones que afecten al buceo +resultante de la fusión. La figura a continuación muestra el perfil de dos +inmersiones que fueron unidas:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/MergedDive.png" alt="Ejemplo: Inmersión mezclada" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_deshacer_manipulaciones_de_inmersiones">8.4.6. Deshacer manipulaciones de inmersiones</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Se pueden deshacer o rehacer acciones importantes, de las que se han comentado +anteriormente, sobre inmersiones o viajes. Aquí se incluyen: <em>Borrar inmersión</em>, +<em>Mezclar inmersiones</em>, <em>Renumerar inmersiones</em> y <em>Desplazar hora de buceo</em>. +Para hacerlo, tras haber llevado a cabo cualquiera de estas acciones, se +selecciona <em>Editar</em> desde el <strong>Menú Principal</strong>, lo que presentará un desplegable +con las posibilidades <em>Deshacer</em> y <em>Rehacer</em>.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_Filter">8.5. Filtrar la Lista de Inmersiones</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Los buceos del panel <strong>Lista de inmersiones</strong> pueden filtrarse, esto es, se pueden +seleccionar únicamente algunos de los buceos basándose en sus atributos, p.e. +las etiquetas, el lugar de buceo, el divemaster, compañeros o traje protector. +El filtrado permite, por ejemplo, listar las inmersiones profundas en un punto +determinado o, por el contrario, las inmersiones en cuevas con cierto +compañero.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Para abrir el filtrado, seleccionar <em>Registro → Filtrar la lista de inmersiones</em> +desde el menú principal. Esto abrirá el <em>Panel de filtrado</em> en la parte de arriba +de la ventana de <em>Subsurface</em>. Arriba a la derecha del panel se ubican tres +iconos (ver imagen a continuación). +El <em>Panel de filtrado</em> puede reiniciarse (p.e. limpiar todos los filtros +actuales) seleccionando la flecha amarilla. El <em>Panel de filtrado</em> también puede +minimizarse seleccionando la <strong>flecha verde</strong>. Cuando está minimizado solo se +muestran los tres iconos. El panel puede maximizarse clicando el icono que lo +minimizó. El filtro se cierra y reinicia seleccionando el <strong>botón rojo</strong> con la +cruz blanca.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Filterpanel.jpg" alt="Figura: Panel de filtrado" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Se pueden utilizar cuatro criterios para filtrar la lista de inmersiones: +las etiquetas, las personas (compañeros/divemasters), punto de inmersión y traje +de buceo, cada uno de los cuales viene representado por una lista seleccionable. +Sobre cada lista hay un segundo nivel de filtrado. Por ejemplo, tecleando "<em>Ba</em>" +en la casilla de texto sobre las ubicaciones, la lista podría quedar reducida a +"<em>Bajo Piles I</em>", "<em>Bajo Piles II</em>" y "<em>Bajo de Testa</em>". Filtrar la lista +permite encontrar rápidamente términos de búsqueda para filtrar la lista de +inmersiones.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Para activar el filtrado de la lista de inmersiones, se necesita seleccionar +al menos una casilla en una de las cuatro listas. La lista de inmersiones se +reduce para mostrar solo los buceos que cumplen los criterios seleccionados en +las listas. Las cuatro listas funcionan como un filtro con operadores <em>Y</em>, +<em>Subsurface</em> filtraría, pues, para "<em>cueva</em>" como etiqueta y "<em>José García</em>" +como compañero; pero los filtros dentro de una categoría son inclusivos, esto +es, filtrar por etiquetas con "cueva" y "barco" mostraría todas las inmersiones +en las que aparezcan las etiquetas "cueva" <em>O</em> "barco", solas o conjuntamente.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_ExportLog">9. Exportar el registro de inmersiones o parte del mismo</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Hay dos posibilidades de exportar información de buceo desde <em>Subsurface</em>:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Exportar información de buceo a <em>Facebook</em> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_Export_other">Exportar información de buceo a otros destinos o formatos</a> +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_facebook">9.1. Exportar información de buceo a <em>Facebook</em></h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>La exportación de inmersiones a <em>Facebook</em> se maneja de forma diferente a otros +tipos de exportación porque se requiere una +conexión a esta red social y se necesita un usuario de <em>Facebook</em> y su password. +Si, desde el menú principal, seleccionamos <em>Archivo → Preferencias → +Facebook</em>, se nos presentará una pantalla de acceso (ver imagen <strong>A</strong> de la +izquierda a continuación). Introducimos nuestro usuario y password de +<em>Facebook</em>. Una vez que nos hemos conectado a <em>Facebook</em>, se nos presenta el +panel de la imagen <strong>B</strong> a continuación, donde se incluye un botón <em>Desconectar</em> +para cerrar la conexión a <em>Facebook</em>.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/facebook1_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Acceso a Facebook" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Desde la ventana de <em>Subsurface</em> es fácil saber si se tiene una conexión válida +con <em>Facebook</em>. Desde el <strong>Menú principal</strong>, selecciona <em>Compartir → Facebook</em> +(ver imagen <strong>A</strong> a continuación. Normalmente la opción <em>Facebook</em> está +desactivada, pero, si hay una conexión establecida, la opción está activa y +puede ser selecciionada. +Tras haber establecido una conexión con <em>Facebook</em>, transferir un perfil de +inmersión a nuestro perfil de <em>Facebook</em> es sencillo.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Asegúrate de que la inmersión que quieres transferir al historial +es la que se muestra en el panel <strong>Perfil de la inmersión</strong>. Si se pulsa +<em>Compartir → Facebook</em> desde el <strong>Menú principal</strong> aparecerá un diálogo en el +que se definirá la cantidad de información adicional que se desea transferir +al historial junto con el perfil (ver imagen <strong>B</strong>, a continuación). Se necesita +proporcionar el nombre de un álbum de <em>Facebook</em> para poder enviar el perfil de +inmersión. Las casillas seleccionables de la izquierda nos permiten seleccionar +la información que vamos a enviar. Esta información se muestra en la ventana de +texto de la derecha (ver imagen <strong>B</strong> a continuación). El mensaje que se va a +enviar se puede editar directamente en esta ventana de texto. Tras haber elegido +la información y verificado lo que se va a subir, se selecciona el botón <em>OK</em> +lo que inicia la transferencia a <em>Facebook</em>. Unos momentos después aparecerá +un mensaje indicando una transferencia correcta.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>El álbum creado y el post al historial se marcarán como privados. Para que +los amigos puedan ver el post habrá que cambiar los permisos desde un acceso +normal a <em>Facebook</em> desde un navegador o desde la app de <em>Facebook</em>. Aunque +esto suponga un paso de más, los desarrolladores entienden que esta es la mejor +solución para evitar subidas no deseadas en el historial público.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/facebook2_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Facebook login" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Si se considera necesario, cierra la conexión a <em>Facebook</em>, bien cerrando +<em>Subsurface</em> o bien seleccionando <em>Archivo → Preferencias → Facebook</em> desde +el menú principal, clicando el botón correspondiente en el panel <em>Facebook</em>.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_Export_other">9.2. Exportar información de buceo a otros destinos o formatos</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Para exportar a otros destinos, +se llega a la función de exportación seleccionando <em>Archivo → Exportar</em> lo que +despliega el diálogo de exportación. Este diálogo siempre ofrece dos opciones: +guardar TODAS las inmersiones, o guardar solo las inmersiones seleccionadas en +el panel <strong>Lista de Inmersiones</strong> de <em>Subsurface</em>. Marca la casilla seleccionable +apropiada (ver imagen a continuación).</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Export_f20.jpg" alt="Figura: Diálogo de exportación" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Un registro de buceo puede guardarse en tres formatos:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Formato XML de <em>Subsurface</em>. Es el formato usado nativamente por <em>Subsurface</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Universal Dive Data format (UDDF). Ver <a href="http://uddf.org">http://uddf.org</a> para más información. + UDDF es un formato genérico que permite la comunicación entre muchos ordenadores + de buceo y programas de de ordenador. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Divelogs.de</em>, un registro de inmersiones basado en internet. Para enviar + buceos a <em>Divelogs.de</em>, se necesita un usuario y una password de <em>Divelogs.de</em>. + Hay que registrarse en <em>htttp://es.divelogs.de</em> y suscribir el servicio para + poder enviar datos de inmersiones desde <em>Subsurface</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>DiveShare</em> es también un repositorio de inmersiones basado en internet que se + dirige a inmersiones recreativas. Para subir inmersiones se necesita una + identificación de usuario, por lo que es necesario registrase en <em>http://scubadiveshare.com</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Detalles de inmersión CSV</em>, que incluye la información más crítica del perfil de la + inmersión. La información que se incluye es número, fecha, hora, duración, + profundidad, temperatura y presión. En resumen, la mayoría de la información + que un buceador recreativo conserva en un registro escrito. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Perfil de inmersión CSV</em>, que incluye una gran cantidad de detalles para + cada inmersión, entre ellos el perfil de profundidad, temperaturas + e información de presiones para cada inmersión. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Formato <em>HTML</em>, en el cual los buceos se guardan en archivos HTML, + visualizables con un navegador de internet.Se soportan la mayoría de navegadores + modernos, pero debe estar activado Javascript. Este archivo <strong>NO</strong> es editable. El + registro de inmersiones en HTML contiene la mayor parte de la información del + divelog. Sin embargo, no muestra los valores calculados del panel <strong>Perfil de + Inmersión</strong>, p.e. la presión calculada de la botella, presiones de los gases o + PMO. Dispone de una opción de búsqueda que permite rastrear el diario. La exportación + a HTML se especifica en la segunda pestaña del diálogo de exportación (imagen + <strong>B</strong> anterior). Un uso típico de esta opción es exportar todas nuestros buceos + a un smartphone o tablet donde nos serviría de registro portátil, util para + compañías a las que les gusta verificar el historial de un buceador. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Formato <em>mapamundi</em>, un archivo HTML con un mapa del mundo en el que quedará + marcada cada inmersión y alguna información sobre ella. El mapa <strong>NO</strong> es + editable. Si se selecciona cualquiera de los puntos de buceo + sobre el mapa, se muestra en texto un sumario de la inmersión, como se ve + en la imagen a continuación. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/mapview_f20.jpg" alt="Figura: Vista de exportación en formato Mapamundi" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Profundidad de imágenes</em>, que crea un fichero de texto que contiene los + nombres de todos los archivos de imágenes añadidos a cualquiera de los buceos + seleccionados del la <em>Lista de inmersiones</em>, junto con la profundidad a la + fue tomada la fotografía. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Ajustes generales</em>, en la pestaña HTML, se proporcionan las siguientes + opciones: +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Numeración de Subsurface: Si se activa esta opción, las inmersiones se + exportan con la misma numeración que tienen asociada en <em>Subsurface</em>. De lo + contrario, los buceos se numerarán a partir de 1. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Exportar estadísticas anuales: Si se selecciona esta opción, se anexará una + tabla con estadísticas anuales a los datos exportados a HTML. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Solo exportar lista: Solo se exportará una lista de inmersiones. No se + dispondrá de información detallada de los buceos. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Opciones de estilo</em>: Algunas opciones relativas al estilo de visualización + en el navegador, como el tamaño de la letra o el tema aplicado. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_Cloud_access">10. Guardar un diario de <em>Subsurface</em> en la Nube</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Para cualquier buceador, la información contenida en su diario es muy importante. +No es únicamente un registro de actividades de buceo para su propio placer +personal, sino que es información importante requerida para su admisión en +futuros cursos de entrenamiento o (en ocasiones) incluso en puntos de buceo. La +seguridad del diario es, así pues, crítica. De cara a poseer un diario que pueda +soportar el fallo del disco duro del ordenador de casa, el robo o la perdida del +equipo, etc, la <em>nube</em> es una solución obvia. Esto, además, añade el beneficio +de que se puede acceder al diario, casi, desde cualquier parte del mundo sin +tener que llevarlo encima. Por este motivo, facilidades como <em>divelogs.de</em> y +<em>Diving Log</em> ofrecen la posibilidad de guardar dicha información en internet.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> incluye acceso a almacenamiento en la nube integrado de forma +transparente, disponible para todos los usuarios de Subsurface. Guardar y +recuperar un divelog desde la nube no es más difícil que hacerlo desde un disco +duro. El único requisito es que, previamente, nos hemos de registrar como +usuarios. Para utilizar el <em>Almacenamiento en la nube de Subsurface</em> sigue estos +pasos:</p></div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_crea_una_cuenta_en_el_almacenamiento_en_la_nube">10.1. Crea una cuenta en el almacenamiento en la nube:</h3> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Abrir las <em>Preferencias de Red</em> seleccionando <em>Archivo</em> → <em>Preferencias</em> → + <em>Red</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +En la sección llamada <em>Almacenamiento en la nube de Subsurface</em>, introduce un + correo electrónico que <em>Subsurface</em> pueda utilizar para registrarnos. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Introduce una contraseña que <em>Subsurface</em> utilizará para guardar y recuperar + el divelog en la nube. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Se clica en <em>Aplicar</em> o en <em>OK</em> para enviar el email y la password al + servidor en la nube. El servidor responderá con un correo a la dirección + facilitada que contendrá un PIN de verificación (está será la única ocasión + en que <em>Subsurface</em> usará la dirección de correo proporcionada). El diálogo + <em>Preferencias de Red</em> mostrará una nueva casilla de texto, que no se mostraba + antes, para el PIN. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Se introduce el PIN en la casilla correspondiente del diálogo (Este campo solo + será visible mientras el servidor espera la confirmación de la dirección de + correo). +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Clica de nuevo en <em>Aplicar</em> o en <em>OK</em> y la cuenta del <em>Almacenamiento + de Subsurface en la nube</em> se marcará como verificada y se podrá utilizar el + servicio. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_usar_el_em_almacenamiento_de_subsurface_en_la_nube_em">10.2. Usar el <em>Almacenamiento de Subsurface en la nube</em></h3> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Una vez que se ha inicializado el almacenamiento en la nube, aparecen dos + nuevas opciones en el desplegable <em>Archivo</em> del <em>Menú principal</em>: <em>Abrir + almacenamiento en la nube</em> y <em>Guardar en almacenamiento en la nube</em>. Estas + opciones permiten al usuario descargar y guardar los registros en el + servidor de <em>Subsurface</em> en la nube. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +En la pestaña de <em>Preferencias predeterminadas</em> se puede seleccionar usar el + almacenamiento en la nube como archivo por defecto seleccionando la casilla + marcada como <em>Archivo por defecto en la nube</em>. Esto significa que los datos + del almacenamiento en la nube se cargarán al iniciar <em>Subsurface</em> y se + guardarán allí al salir del programa. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Subsurface</em> mantiene una copia local de los datos y sigue siendo completamente + funcional si se utiliza desconectado. Simplemente sincronizará los datos con el + servidor la próxima vez que se utilice el programa y exista conexión a internet. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_Cloud_storage">10.3. Acceso web al <em>Almacenamiento de Subsurface en la nube</em></h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Uno de los efectos interesantes de utilizar el <em>Almacenamiento de Subsurface +en la nube</em> es que también se puede acceder a los datos con cualquier navegador. +Simplemente se abre <a href="https://cloud.subsurface-divelog.org">https://cloud.subsurface-divelog.org</a>, +se accede con los mismos e-mail y password, y se pueden visualizar los datos +del registro hasta la última sincronización efectuada con el <em>Almacenamiento +en la nube de Subsurface</em>. La información que se muestra son solo los contenidos +de los registros, NO los valores calculados que aparecen en el panel <strong>Perfil</strong>, +por ejemplo, presiones de botellas, techos deco o presiones parciales de +O<sub>2</sub>/He/N<sub>2</sub>.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_otros_servicios_en_la_nube">10.4. Otros servicios en la nube</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Si se prefiere no usar el almacenamiento en la nube integrado (y no se necesita +tener acceso vía web a los datos), también resulta muy fácil guardar los +divelogs en la nube usando uno de los servicios disponibles en internet.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Por ejemplo <a href="http://www.dropbox.com/"><em>Dropbox</em></a> ofrece una aplicación gratuita +que permite que se vean como locales en nuestro ordenador los archivos guardados +en sus servidores.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Cloud.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Carpeta de Dropbox" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>El programa <em>Dropbox</em> crea una copia del contenido de <em>Dropbox</em> en la nube, en +una carpeta de nuestro ordenador. Cuando el ordenador se conecta a internet, el +contenido de nuestra carpeta y la nube se sincronizan. Así pues, las operaciones +<em>Abrir</em> y <em>Guardar</em> de los diarios se efectúan sobre la copia local de la carpeta +<em>Dropbox</em>, no siendo necesario disponer de conexión a internet al realizar estas +operaciones. Si se modifica la copia local, p.e. al añadir una inmersión, la +copia en el servidor <em>Dropbox</em> en la <em>nube</em> se actualizará automáticamente al +volvernos a conectar a internet.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Actualmente el servicio no tiene ningún coste. Dropbox (Windows, Mac y Linux) +se puede instalar accediendo a la <a href="http://www.dropbox.com/install"><em>página de instalación</em></a> +<em>de Dropbox</em>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Como alternativa, se puede utilizar <em>Dropbox</em> como mecanismo para mantener una +copia de seguridad del diario.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Para guardar un diario en <em>Dropbox</em>, selecciona <em>Archivo→ Guardar como</em> desde +menú principal de <em>Subsurface</em>, navega a la carpeta Dropbox y selecciona el +botón <em>Guardar</em>. Para usar el diario en <em>Dropbox</em>, selecciona <em>Archivo→Abrir +registro</em> desde el menú principal de <em>Subsurface</em>, navega al archivo en la +carpeta Dropbox y selecciona el botón <em>Abrir</em>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Existen varios servicios de pago en Internet (Google, Amazon …) con los que +se puede seguir el mismo proceso para tener los diarios de buceo almacenados en +la nube.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_PrintDivelog">11. Imprimir un diario</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> proporciona un interfaz simple y flexible para imprimir el diario +completo o solo unas pocas inmersiones seleccionadas. Se pueden utilizar +plantillas pre instaladas o escritas a medida para seleccionar donde situar +los datos en la página.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Antes de imprimir, se deben tomar dos decisiones:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +¿ Se desea imprimir el registro completo o solo parte de él ? Si solo se desea + parte del registro, entonces el usuario selecciona los buceos deseados en el + panel <strong>Lista de inmersiones</strong>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +¿ Que información sobre presiones parciales de los gases se desea tener en el + perfil ? El usuario activaría los botones apropiados de la barra de la izquierda + del panel <strong>Perfil de Inmersión</strong>. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Si se ha seleccionado_Archivo → Imprimir_ desde el menú principal, aparecerá +el diálogo siguiente (imagen *A). Se necesita especificar tres cosas para +conseguir el diseño de información deseado:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Print1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Diálogo de imresión" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> +<li> +<p> +En <em>Tipo de impresión</em> seleccionar una de las dos opciones: +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Impresión de lista de inmersiones</em>: Imprime buceos de la <strong>Lista de inmersiones</strong> +con perfiles y otra información. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Impresión de estadísticas</em>: Imprime estadísticas anuales de las inmersiones. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +<li> +<p> +En <em>Opciones de impresión</em> seleccionar: +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Imprimir solo inmersiones seleccionadas</em>. Se imprimirán solo las inmersiones de +la lista que se hubieran seleccionado previamente. Si no se activa esta casilla, +se imprimirán <strong>todas</strong> las inmersiones del registro. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Impresión en color</em>. Si no se selecciona se imprimirá en escala de grises +(blanco y negro). +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +<li> +<p> +En <em>Plantilla</em> seleccionar una plantilla que usar como distribución de la +página. Existen varias plantillas (ver imagen <strong>B</strong> anterior). +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Table</em>: Se imprime una tabla resumen de todas las inmersiones seleccionadas +(ver imagen). +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +</ol></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Print_summarylist_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Imprimir tabla resumen" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Flow layout</em>: Imprime el texto asociado a cada inmersión, sin imprimir los +perfiles de los buceos (ver imagen): +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Print_flow_layout_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print flow layout" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>-<em>One Dive</em>: Imprime una inmersión por página, mostrando el perfil (ver imagen)</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/print2_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print one dive / page" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Two Dives</em>: Imprime dos inmersiones por página mostrando los perfiles. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Six Dives</em>: Imprime seis inmersiones por página mostrando los perfiles. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Los usuarios pueden <em>Previsualizar</em> la página a imprimir pulsando el botón +<em>Previsualizar</em> del diálogo (ver imagen <strong>A</strong> al inicio de la sección). Tras +visualizar , se pueden efectuar cambios en las opciones del diálogo de impresión, +hasta completar una distribución que se ajuste al gusto personal.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>A continuación, selecciona el botón <em>Imprimir</em> (ver imagen <strong>A</strong> al inicio de +esta sección). Esto activa el diálogo normal de impresión del sistema +operativo, que nos permitirá elegir la impresora y configurar sus propiedades.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Print_print_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print one dive / page" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Ajusta la resolución de la impresora a un valor apropiado modificando sus +propiedades . Finalmente selecciona el botón <em>Print</em> para imprimir los buceos. +A continuación un ejemplo (bastante pequeño) de la salida de una página.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Printpreview.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Previsualización de impresión" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_escribir_una_plantilla_de_impresion_a_medida_avanzado">11.1. Escribir una plantilla de impresión a medida (avanzado)</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Escribir una plantilla a medida es una forma efectiva de producir impresiones +altamente personalizadas. Subsurface utiliza plantillas HTML con Grantlee como +sistema de impresión. Se puede crear una plantilla, exportar una nueva plantilla, +importar una existente o borrarla. Ver el <a href="#S_APPENDIX_E">APÉNDICE E</a> para ver +como escribir o modificar una plantilla.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_Configure">12. Configurar un ordenador de buceo</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> permite configurar algunos ordenadores de buceo. En estos momentos, +los Heinrichs-Weikamp OSTC2 y OSTC3 y los Suunto de la familia Vyper (Stinger, +Mosquito, D3, Vyper, Vytec, Cobra, Gekko y Zoop). Se pueden leer y modificar un +gran número de ajustes. En primer lugar hay que asegurarse de tener instalado el +driver adecuado para el ordenador de buceo y de conocer el nombre de dispositivo +asignado al ordenador por el sistema operativo. +Ver el <a href="#_apendice_a_informacion_especifica_del_sistema_operativo_para_importar_inmersiones_desde_un_ordenador_de_buceo">APÉNDICE A</a> +para información sobre como hacerlo.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Una vez que el ordenador de buceo está al PC con <em>Subsurface</em>, se selecciona +<em>Archivo → Configurar ordenador de buceo</em> en el menú principal. Si se ha +indicado el nombre de dispositivo correcto en el campo de texto de la parte +superior, esto abrirá y seleccionará el modelo correcto en el panel de la +izquierda (ver imagen a continuación).</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Configure_dc_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Configurar ordenador de buceo" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Utilizando los botones apropiados del panel de configuración, pueden llevarse +a cabo las siguientes acciones:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Descargar detalles disponibles</strong>. Descarga a <em>Subsurface</em> la configuración +del ordenador de buceo, mostrándola en el panel. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Guardar cambios en el dispositivo</strong>. Esto cambia la configuración del +ordenador de buceo para hacerla coincidir con la que se muestra en el panel. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Copia de seguridad</strong>. Guarda los datos de configuración en un archivo. +<em>Subsurface</em> solicitará una ubicación y un nombre de archivo para guardar la +información. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Restaurar copia de seguridad</strong>. Carga la información de un archivo de copia +de seguridad y la muestra en el panel. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Actualizar firmware</strong>. Si está disponible un nuevo firmware para el +ordenador de buceo, este será cargado al mismo. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_Preferences">13. Ajustar las Preferencias del usuario para <em>Subsurface</em></h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Hay varios ajustes en <em>Subsurface</em> que el usuario puede especificar. Se +encuentran a través de <em>Archivo → Preferencias</em>. Los ajustes se efectúan en +siete grupos: <strong>Predeterminados</strong>, <strong>Unidades</strong>, <strong>Gráfico</strong> , <strong>Lenguaje</strong>, <strong>Red</strong>, +<strong>Facebook</strong> y <strong>Georeferencia</strong>. Las +siete secciones funcionan con los mismos principios: el usuario debe especificar +los ajustes que desee modificar, luego guárdarlos usando el botón <strong>Aplicar</strong>. +Tras aplicarlos todos se puede salir seleccionando <strong>Aceptar</strong> o <strong>Cerrar sin +guardar</strong> si finalmente decide no hacer los cambios.</p></div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_predeterminados">13.1. Predeterminados</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Hay varios ajustes en el panel <strong>Predeterminados</strong>:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Pref1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Pantalla de Predeterminados en Preferencias" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Listas y tablas</strong>: Aquí se pueden elegir el tipo de fuente y el tamaño de la + misma en el panel <strong>Lista de inmersiones</strong>. Reduciendo el tamaño de la fuente, se + pueden ver más buceos en una sola pantalla. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Inmersiones</strong>: En este bloque se especifica la carpeta y nombre de archivo + del registro de buceo electrónico. Es un archivo con extensión .xml o .ssrf. Al iniciar + <em>Subsurface</em> sin argumentos cargará automáticamente el registro especificado + aquí. Existen tres opciones: +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Sin archivo por defecto</em>: Si se selecciona, <em>Subsurface</em> no abre ningún + archivo automáticamente al iniciarse +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Archivo por defecto local</em>: Si se selecciona, <em>Subsurface</em> abre un archivo + del disco duro local al iniciarse. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Archivo por defecto en la nube</em>: Si se selecciona, <em>Subsurface</em> abre el + divelog en la nube que se inicializó desde la pestaña <em>Red</em> de las + <strong>Preferencias</strong> (ver a continuación). +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Mostrar invalidas</strong>: Las inmersiones pueden marcarse como "invalidas" (cuando + el usuario desea ocultar buceos que no considere validos, p.e. en piscina, pero + aún quiera mantenerlos registrados en el diario). Esta opción controla si estas + inmersiones se muestran en la lista. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Botella por defecto</strong>: Se puede especificar una botella por defecto de las + que aparecen listadas en la pestaña <strong>Equipo</strong> del panel <strong>Notas</strong>. + Es muy cómodo si se bucea habitualmente con el mismo tipo de botella, asigna a + cada nueva inmersión una botella del tipo aquí definido. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Animaciones</strong>: Algunas acciones, al mostrar el perfil, se ejecutan utilizando + animaciones. Por ejemplo, los valores de los ejes para la profundidad y el + tiempo cambian de una inmersión a otra. Al visualizar inmersiones distintas + estos cambios en las características de los ejes no suceden de forma + instantánea, sino que son animados. La <em>Velocidad</em> de las animaciones puede + controlarse ajustando esta regleta, con mayor velocidad a la izquierda y + significando "0" ninguna animación en absoluto. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Servicio web de Subsurface</strong>: Cuando uno se suscribe al <a href="#S_Companion">servicio web de Subsurface</a>, se proporciona una ID de usuario muy larga y + difícil de recordar. Este es el lugar donde guardar esa ID. Seleccionando la + opción <em>¿Guardar localmente la ID de usuario?</em> nos aseguramos de que se guarda + una copia de dicha ID en el ordenador. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Borrar todos los ajustes</strong> Tal como se indica en el botón bajo esta cabecera, + se borran todos los ajustes y se reinician con los valores por defecto. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_unidades">13.2. Unidades</h3> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Pref2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Página de preferencias de unidades" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Aquí el usuario puede elegir entre medidas métricas o imperiales para +profundidad, presión, volumen, temperatura y masa. Al seleccionar el botón de +Métrico o Imperial de arriba, el usuario indica que todas las unidades vayan en +las correspondientes al sistema elegido. Como alternativa, si se selecciona +<strong>Personalizar</strong> se pueden mezclar, con algunas medidas en métrico y otras en +imperial.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Independientemente de los ajustes citados, en la opción <em>Unidades de tiempo</em> +se puede elegir si se desea que las +velocidades de ascenso/descenso se muestren en m/s o en m/min. Los buzos con +botella, habitualmente, manejan velocidades en m/min, sin embargo, los apneístas +ascienden mucho más deprisa por lo que suelen utilizar velocidades en m/s. +Igualmente, las coordenadas GPS pueden representarse de la forma tradiciona +(grados, minutos, segundos) o como grados con decimales, elige la más adecuada +a tus necesidades.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_grafico">13.3. Gráfico</h3> +<div class="imageblock" id="S_CCR_options" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Pref3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Página de Preferencias del gráfico" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph" id="S_GradientFactors"><p>Este panel permite dos tipos de selecciones:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Mostrar</strong>: Aquí los usuarios eligen la cantidad de información que se muestra + como parte del perfil de la inmersión: +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Umbrales</em>: <em>Subsurface</em> puede mostrar las presiones parciales de nitrógeno, + oxígeno y helio durante el buceo. Se activan utilizando la barra de herramientas + de la izquierda de panel <strong>Perfil de inmersión</strong>. Para cada uno de estos gases, + los usuarios puede especifica un valor umbral a la derecha en el panel de + Preferencias. Si cualquiera de los gráficos sube por encima de este nivel, + entonces el gráfico se resalta en rojo, indicando que se ha excedido dicho + umbral de presión parcial. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Max pO<sub>2</sub> al mostrar PMO</em> es el valor usado para calcular la profundidad + máxima operativa (PMO) de un gas. Especifica una presión parcial apropiada. + Habitualmente se usa un valor de 1.4. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Trazar en rojo el techo informado por el ordenador de buceo</em>: Esta casilla + seleccionable permite exactamente lo que dice. El color por defecto es blanco. + No todos los ordenadores de buceo + facilitan los valores de los techos. Si el ordenador de buceo lo facilita, puede + diferir de los techos calculados por <em>Subsurface</em>. Esto se debe al uso de + diferentes algoritmos, diferentes factores de gradiente y a la forma dinámica en + que los ordenadores de buceo calculan los techos durante la inmersión. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Mostrar botellas no usadas en la pestaña equipo</em>: Esta casilla seleccionable + permite mostrar información sobre botellas que no se han utilizado durante la + inmersión, en la pestaña Equipo. Por el contrario, si la casilla no está + seleccionada, cualquier botella que se haya registrado en la pestaña Equipo y no + haya sido utilizada (p.e. botellas de bail-out) se omiten en la lista mostrada + aunque siguen estando guardadas. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Mostrar la profundidad media</em>: Activar esta casilla hace que <em>Subsurface</em> + trace una línea gris a través del perfil, indicando la profundidad media del + buceo en cada momento de la inmersión. Normalmente es una línea con forma de + "u" que indicará la profundidad media mayor justo antes de iniciar el ascenso. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Varios</strong>: +</p> +<div class="ulist" id="GradientFactors_Ref"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Factores de gradiente (GF_bajo y GF_alto)<strong>: Se fijan los <em>factores + de gradiente</em> usados en la inmersión. El GF_bajo es el factor de gradiente a + mayores profundidades y el GF_alto se usa justo debajo de la superficie. A + profundidades intermedias se usan factores entre GF_bajo y GF_alto. Los factores + de gradiente añaden conservadurismo a la exposición al nitrógeno durante un + buceo, del mismo modo que muchos ordenadores de buceo tienen un ajuste del + conservadurismo. Cuanto menor sea el valor de un factor de gradiente, más + conservativos son los cálculos en relación a la carga de nitrógeno y más + profundos serán los techos durante el ascenso. Factores de gradiente de 20/60 + son considerados conservadores y valores de 70/90 se consideran agresivos. + Seleccionar la casilla *GF bajo a la máxima profundidad</strong> hace que se use el + GF_bajo en la mayor profundidad de la inmersión. Si no se selecciona, GF_bajo se + aplica a todas las profundidades mayores que la primera parada deco. Para más + información, ver: +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html">Gradient factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts</a> +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>CCR: Mostrar setpoints al visualizar pO<sub>2</sub></em>: Con esta casilla activada, el + gráfico de pO<sub>2</sub> del perfil mostrará una línea en rojo que indicará los + valores de setpoint del CCR. Véase la sección en <a href="#S_CCR_dives">Inmersiones con rebreather de circuito cerrado</a>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>CCR: Mostrar los valores de los sensores de O<sub>2</sub> al visualizar la pO<sub>2</sub></em>: + Muestra los valores de pO<sub>2</sub> asociados con cada uno de los sensores de + oxígeno de un sistema CCR. Ver la sección <a href="#S_CCR_dives">Inmersiones con rebreather de circuito cerrado</a>. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Configurar la planificación de inmersiones usando equipo de rebreather</strong>: +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Setpoint del CCR por defecto para la planificación de inmersiones</em>: + Especifica el setpoint de O<sub>2</sub> para planificar buceos con CCR. Este valor + determinará la pO<sub>2</sub> a mantener durante una inmersión. Los cambios + efectuados durante el buceo se pueden añadir a través del menú contextual + del perfil. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>pSCR Ratio de O<sub>2</sub> en el metabolismo</em>: Para un rebreather semicerrado (pSCR) + este es el volumen de oxígeno usado por el buceador en un minuto. Fija este + valor para planificar buceos con pSCR y cálculos de descompresión. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>pSCR Ratio</em>: En equipos pSCR el ratio de vertido es la cantidad de gas + expulsada del circuito frente a la cantidad de gas recirculada en el circuito. + Fija este valor para planificar buceos con pSCR. Se suele usar un ratio 1:10 +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_lenguaje">13.4. Lenguaje</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Se elige el lenguaje que debe utilizar <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Pref4_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURA: página de preferencias de lenguaje" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Una casilla de selección permite usar el lenguaje <em>Predeterminado del sistema</em> +que, en la mayoría de los casos será el ajuste correcto; con esto <em>Subsurface</em> +simplemente se ejecuta con los mismos ajustes de lenguaje/país que el SO +subyacente. Si esto, por alguna razón, no fuera deseable, se puede deseleccionar +la casilla y elegir una de las combinaciones de lenguaje/país incluidas en la +lista de traducciones. La casilla de texto <em>Filtro</em> permite listar lenguajes +similares. Por ejemplo hay diversas variantes de inglés o francés.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_red">13.5. Red</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Este panel facilita la comunicación entre <em>Subsurface</em> y las fuentes de datos en +internet.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Esto es importante cuando <em>Subsurface</em> tiene que comunicarse con servicios como +el <a href="#S_Companion">servicio web de <em>Subsurface</em></a> o importar/exportar datos de +<em>Divelogs.de</em>. El acceso a internet viene determinado por el tipo de conexión y +por el proveedor de acceso (ISP) utilizado. El ISP debería proporcionar la +información necesaria.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Pref5_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURA: página de preferencias de red" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Este diálogo tiene tres secciones:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Tipo de proxy</em>: + Si se utiliza un servidor proxy para acceder a internet, el tipo de proxy se + selecciona del desplegable, tras + lo cual debe facilitarse la dirección IP del servidor y el número de puerto. Si + el servidor proxy utiliza autenticación también han de indicarse el usuario y su + password para que <em>Subsurface</em> pueda pasar automáticamente a través del proxy + para acceder a internet. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Almacenamiento en la nube de Subsurface</em>: + Para poder guardar nuestro divelog en la nube, se precisa una dirección + de correo electrónico y una password. Esto permite a <em>Subsurface</em> mandar + un correo electrónico al usuario con información de seguridad relativa al + almacenamiento en la nube. Tiene dos opciones adicionales: +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Sincronizar con la nube en segundo plano</em>: Permite guardar la información + en la nube mientras el usuario lleva a cabo otras tareas en <em>Subsurface</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Guardar contraseña localmente</em>: Permite guardar la contraseña de acceso + a la nube en el disco duro. ¡¡¡ OJO !!! La contraseña se guarda en texto + plano sin encriptar. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Servicio web de Subsurface</em>: + Al suscribirnos al <a href="#S_Companion">Servicio web de Subsurface</a>, se nos + facilita una identificación de usuario muy larga y dificil de recordar. + Este es el lugar donde guardarla. Seleccionando la opción, nos asegurammos + de tener una copia local de la misma. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_Facebook">13.6. Acceso a Facebook</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Este panel nos permite acceder a una cuenta de <em>Facebook</em> para poder enviar +información desde <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Pref6_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Facebook login panel" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Si se proporciona un usuario y una clave validos, se crea una conexión a +<em>Facebook</em>. La conexión se cierra cuando al cerrar <em>Subsurface</em>. La casilla +seleccionable "No cerrar sesión con Subsurface" de la pantalla de acceso no +tiene ningún efecto, en estos momentos. +Ver la sección <a href="#S_facebook">Exportar perfiles de inmersión a Facebook</a> +para más información.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_georefencia">13.7. Georefencia</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> proporciona un servicio de búsqueda geográfica (Esto es, la +capacidad de buscar el nombre de un lugar, en base a unas coordenadas +geográficas proporcionadas haciendo clic en el panel <strong>Globo</strong>, de un GPS o +desde la app <em>Subsurface companion</em>) basado en internet, que localiza el +nombre conocido más cercano a nuestra posición. Obviamente la función solo +actúa con conexión a internet. La configuración se puede efectuar como en +la imagen a continuación</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Pref7_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Facebook login panel" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_DivePlanner">14. El Planificador de <em>Subsurface</em></h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>La planificación de inmersiones es una característica avanzada de <em>Subsurface</em> +accesible desde <em>Registro → Planificar Inmersión</em> en el menú principal. Permite +calcular la carga de gases inertes durante una inmersión utilizando el algoritmo +Bühlmann ZHL16 con factores de gradiente tal y como lo implementó Erik Baker.</p></div> +<div class="sidebarblock"> +<div class="content"> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/warning2.png" alt="Warning" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Esta prestación <strong>ES EXPERIMENTAL</strong> y supone que el usuario ya está familiarizado +con el interfaz de <em>Subsurface</em>. Se utiliza <strong>EXPLICITAMENTE</strong> bajo las siguientes +condiciones:</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +El usuario está versado en la planificación de inmersiones y tiene el + entrenamiento necesario para planificar inmersiones. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +El usuario planifica buceos dentro de los límites para los que está + certificado. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +La planificación de inmersiones hace grandes suposiciones sobre las + características de la <em>persona media</em> y no puede compensar las características + fisiológicas individuales , de salud o de estilos de vida. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +La seguridad de un plan de buceo depende mucho de la forma en que se use el + planificador. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +El usuario esta familiarizado con la interfaz de usuario de <em>Subsurface</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Un usuario que no este completamente seguro de cualquiera de los requisitos + anteriores, no debería utilizar esta capacidad de <em>Subsurface</em>. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div></div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_la_pantalla_del_planificador_de_em_subsurface_em">14.1. La pantalla del planificador de <em>Subsurface</em></h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Al igual que el diario de <em>Subsurface</em>, la pantalla del planificador se divide +en varias secciones (ver imagen a continuación). Los parámetros de ajuste de una +inmersión se introducen en las diversas secciones a la izquierda de la pantalla. +El ajuste se divide en varias secciones: Gases disponibles, Ritmos, Planificar, +Opciones de gases y Notas.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Arriba a la derecha hay un <strong>panel de diseño</strong> verde sobre el cual puede +manipularse directamente el perfil de inmersión arrastrando y haciendo clic como +se explica a continuación. Esta característica hace al planificador de +<em>Subsurface</em> único en facilidad de uso.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Abajo a la derecha hay un panel de texto con la cabecera <em>Detalle del Plan</em>. +Aquí es donde se proporcionan los detalles del plan de inmersión de forma que +pueda copiarse con facilidad a otro software. También es donde se imprimirá +cualquier mensaje de aviso sobre el plan de buceo.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/PlannerWindow1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Ventana de inicio del planificador" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_inmersiones_con_circuito_abierto">14.2. Inmersiones con circuito abierto</h3> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +En la parte de abajo al centro del planificador (círculo azul en la imágen + anterior) hay un desplegable con tres opciones. Selecciona la correcta + entre ellas: +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Circuito abierto (por defecto) +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +CCR +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +pSCR +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +<li> +<p> +En el área de arriba a la izquierda de la pantalla del planificador, hay que + asegurarse de que los parámetros constantes son correctos. Son: Fecha y hora + de inicio de la inmersión, Presión atmosférica, y altura sobre el nivel del + mar. Estos dos últimos están relacionados, variando uno se modifica el otro. + La presión atmosférica por defecto a nivel del mar son 1.013 bar. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +En la tabla etiquetada como <em>Gases disponibles</em>, añadir la información de las + botellas que se han de utilizar y la composición de los gases de cada botella. + Esto se hace de forma similar a <a href="#cylinder_definitions">como se rellena la información de botellas en un diario</a>. Se elige el tipo de botella de la lista desplegable + y se especifica la presión de trabajo de la botella. Si dejamos en blanco la + concentración de oxígeno (O2%) se asume que el gas que contiene es aire. En otro + caso, se introducen las concentraciones de oxígeno y/o helio en las casillas del + diálogo. Si es necesario , se añaden botellas utilizando el icono "+" de arriba + a la derecha. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +El perfil del buceo a planificar se puede crear de dos maneras: +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Arrastrar los puntos del perfil + (los pequeños círculos blancos) para que representen la inmersión. Se pueden + crear puntos adicionales haciendo doble-clic sobre el perfil de buceo. Se + pueden borrar haciendo clic-derecho en un punto concreto y seleccionando + <em>borrar</em> en el menú contextual. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +La forma más eficiente de crear un perfil es introducir los valores + apropiados en la tabla llamada <em>Puntos del planificador de inmersiones</em>. + La primera línea de la tabla representa la duración y profundidad final + de un descenso desde superficie. Los segmentos siguientes describirán la + fase de fondo de la inmersión. La columna <em>CC set point</em> solo es relevante + para para buceadores en circuito cerrado. + El ascenso, normalmente, no se especifica, ya que esto es lo que se supone + que el planificador debe calcular. + Añade segmentos adicionales al perfil utilizando el icono "+" arriba a la + derecha de la tabla. Los segmentos introducidos en la tabla aparecen de + forma automática en el diagrama "Perfil de la inmersión". +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_inmersiones_recreativas">14.2.1. Inmersiones recreativas</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>El modo recreativo es lo que más se aproxima a planificar una inmersión +basándonos en el límite de no descompresión (LND). Tiene en cuenta el tiempo +que un buceador puede estar a la profundidad actual sin incurrir en paradas +de descompresión obligatorias, y usando el gas disponible menos una reserva. +El planificador tiene en cuenta automáticamente la carga nitrógeno acumulada +en inmersiones previas. Sin embargo, las tablas convencionales también tienen +en cuenta los buceos anteriores ¿Por qué utilizar un planificador para buceos +recreativos? Al utilizar las tablas recreativas se tiene en cuenta la máxima +profundidad de una inmersión. Sin embargo, pocas inmersiones se efectúan a +una profundidad constante que corresponda con la máxima (perfil "cuadrado"). +Esto supone que las tablas sobre estiman la carga de nitrógeno acumulada de +las inmersiones previas. El planificador de <em>Subsurface</em> calcula la carga de +nitrógeno de acuerdo con los perfiles reales de las inmersiones anteriores de +forma similar a como lo hacen los ordenadores de buceo durante la inmersión. +Esto significa que el buceador es "bonificado" por no permanecer a profundidad +máxima en las inmersiones anteriores, permitiendo planificar una inmersión +posterior más larga. Para que el planificador funcione es, pues, crucial haber +descargado a <em>Subsurface</em> todas las inmersiones anteriores antes de hacer la +planificación.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Para planificar un buceo, es necesario definir los ajustes apropiados.</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Asegurarse de que el día y la hora se han ajustado a los de la inmersión +planeada. Esto permite calcular la carga de nitrógeno de los buceos anteriores. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Justo bajo la cabecera <em>Planificar</em> hay dos casillas seleccionables + <em>Recreativo</em> y <em>Parada de seguridad</em>. Para inmersiones recreativas se seleccionan + ambas casillas. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Luego se define el tamaño de las botellas, la mezcla de gas (aire o % de + oxígeno) y la presión inicial de las botellas en la parte superior izquierda + del planificador, en <em>Gases disponibles</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +El planificador calcula si la botella elegida contiene suficiente aire/gas + para completar la inmersión planeada. Para que esto sea realista, bajo + <em>Opciones de gases</em>, se especifica un consumo de aire en superficie (CAS) + adecuado para la opción <em>CAS en fondo</em>. Los valores adecuados se situarían + entre 15 l/min y 30 l/min, siendo para buceadores noveles o buceos difíciles + próximos a 30 l/min. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Definir la cantidad de gas que se pretende que sobre en la botella al final + de la inmersión, justo antes de iniciar el ascenso. Se suele usar un valor de + 50 bar. La razón para esta reserva de gas guardarlo para una posible + necesidad de ascender compartiendo aire con el compañero. Es bastante + difícil estimar cuanto gas se usaría al compartir, así que la mayoría de + agencias establecen una cantidad fija p.e 40 o 50 bares. <em>Subsurface</em> aún lo + hace mejor, porque conoce el ascenso y tiene en cuenta el gas consumido en + el mismo. Además de esto, <em>Subsurface</em> aún utiliza una reserva fija de + presión. La cantidad de gas de esta reserva puede ser configurada por el + usuario. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Definir la profundidad de la inmersión arrastrando los puntos blancos en el + perfil o introduciendo la profundidad en la tabla que se encuentra en <em>Puntos + del planificador de inmersiones</em>. Si se tratara de una inmersión multinivel, + se añaden los puntos necesarios que representen el plan, bien añadiéndolos en + el perfil de la inmersión, bien en la tabla citada. <em>Subsurface</em> extenderá + la sección de fondo de la inmersión a la duración máxima dentro del LND. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Se puede modificar la velocidad de ascenso. Las velocidades de ascenso + establecidas por defecto son aquellas consideradas seguras para el buceo + recreativo. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +El perfil del planificador indica el tiempo máximo de inmersión dentro de +los límites de no descompresión, utilizando el algoritmo Bülmann ZH-L16 y el +gas y la profundidad especificados como se ha descrito anteriormente. El +planificador de <em>Subsurface</em> permite una visualización rápida de la duración +de una inmersión en función de la profundidad, teniendo en cuenta la carga de +nitrógeno residual resultante de las inmersiones previas. El plan de buceo +incluye una estimación de la cantidad de aire/gas que se va a utilizar, +dependiendo de los ajustes de las botellas especificadas en <em>Gases disponibles</em>. +Si la presión inicial de la botella se ajusta a "0", la duración del buceo que +se mostrará será el auténtico límite de no descompresión (LND) sin tener en +cuenta el gas utilizado durante la inmersión. Si la superficie sobre el perfil +se vuelve roja, significa que se han sobrepasado los límites del buceo recreativo +y se necesita reducir, bien la profundidad, bien la duración. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>A continuación se muestra una imagen de un plan para una inmersión recreativa +a 30 metros. Aunque el límite de no descompresión es 23 minutos, la duración +del buceo se ve limitada por la cantidad de aire en la botella, reflejada por +la ventana de texto informativa abajo a la derecha del panel en la que se nos +indica que no existe suficiente gas para compartir con el compañero durante el +ascenso.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/rec_diveplan.jpg" alt="FIGURE: A recreational dive plan: setup" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_inmersiones_en_circuito_abierto_no_recreativas_incluyendo_descompresion">14.2.2. Inmersiones en circuito abierto no recreativas, incluyendo descompresión</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>La planificación no recreativa supone exceder los límites de no descompresión +y/o utilizar múltiples gases. Tales inmersiones se planifican en tres fases:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>a) Control de gases inertes</strong>: Esto se consigue especificando las velocidades +de descenso y ascenso, así como el modelo descompresivo (GF bajo y GF alto o +nivel de conservadurismo) bajo los encabezamientos <em>Velocidades</em> y <em>Planificar</em> +en la parte inferior de la pantalla de planificación. Están soportados dos +modelos descompresivos, el modelo Bühlmann y el modelo VPM-B. Elige uno de los +dos modelos. Si se selecciona el modelo Bühlmann, se necesita especificar los +factores de gradiente (GF_alto y GF_bajo). En principio se utilizarán los +factores de gradiente especificados en la pantalla de <em>Preferencias</em> de +<em>Subsurface</em>. Si se modifican en el planificador(ver <em>Opciones de gases</em>), se +utilizan los nuevos valores sin modificar los marcados en las <em>Preferencias</em>. +Los ajustes de los factores de gradiente afectan enormemente a los techos +calculados y sus profundidades. +Un <em>GF bajo</em> muy pequeño produce paradas de descompresión más pronto durante la +inmersión. +** Para más información sobre factores de gradiente visita la sección +<a href="#S_GradientFactors">Ajustes de la Preferencias de factores de gradiente</a>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Si se seleccioná ell modelo VPM-B, es necesario especificar el nivel de +conservadurismo, en una escala de 0 (menos conservador) a 4 (más conservador). +Este modelo tiende a dar paradas deco a mayores profundidades que el modelo de +Bühlmann y, a menudo, produce perfiles ligeramente más cortos que este último. +Cuando elijas uno de los modelos, recuerda que no son modelos fisiológicos +exactos, sino modelos matemáticos que parecen funcionar en la práctica.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Para más información externa a este manual ver:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html">Gradient factors for dummies, por Kevin Watts</a> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="http://www.amazon.com/Deco-Divers-Decompression-Theory-Physiology/dp/1905492073/ref=sr_1_1?s=books&ie=UTF8&qid=1403932320&sr=1-1&keywords=deco+for+divers"><em>Deco for Divers</em>, by Mark Powell (2008). Aquapress</a> Southend-on-Sea, UK. ISBN 10:1-905492-07-3. Un excelente estudio no técnico en el que se discuten ambos modelos, el de Bühlmann y el VPM-B. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>La velocidad de ascenso es crítica para la desgasificación al final de la +inmersión y se especifica para varios rangos utilizando la profundidad media +como vara de medir. La profundidad media del plan se indica como una línea gris +sobre el perfil. Las velocidades de ascenso en los niveles más +profundos se sitúan, a menudo, en el rango de 8 a 12 m/min, mientras que en los +niveles más superficiales suelen estar en los 3 a 6 m/min llegando en ocasiones +a 1 m/min. La velocidad de descenso también se especifica. Si activamos la +opción <em>Caer a la primera profundidad</em> , la fase de descenso se efectuará a la +máxima velocidad indicada en la sección <em>Velocidades</em> de los ajustes.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>b) Control del oxígeno</strong>: En las <em>Opciones de gases</em> es necesario +especificar la máxima presión parcial de oxígeno para la parte del fondo +(<em>pO2 en fondo</em> ) y también para la fase de descompresión (<em>pO2 en deco</em>). +Los valores más comunes son 1.4 bar para el fondo de la inmersión y 1.6 bar +para las paradas de descompresión. Habitualmente no se excede una presión +parcial de 1.6 bar de O2. Los ajustes de pO2 y la profundidad a la que cambiar +de gases también pueden editarse en el diálogo <em>Gases disponibles</em>. Normalmente +el planificador decide el cambio a otro gas cuando, durante el ascenso, la +presión parcial del nuevo gas se sitúa por debajo de 1.6 bar.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>c) Control del gas</strong>: En inmersiones con circuito abierto esta es una +consideración prioritaria. Es necesario mantenerse en los límites de la cantidad +de gas de la botella, manteniendo un margen de seguridad apropiado para regresar +a superficie, posiblemente compartiendo gas con un compañero. En las <em>Opciones +de gases</em> especifica la mejor (pero conservativa) estimación de tu "consumo de +aire equivalente a superficie" (CAS, del inglés SAC, también llamado RMV) en +litros/minuto (en estos momentos solo están soportadas las unidades del Sistema +Internacional). Se especifica el CAS para el fondo (<em>CAS en fondo</em>) y también +para la fase de descompresión (<em>CAS en deco</em>). Son comunes valores de 15 a +30 l/min. Para hacer una buena gestión del gas, una regla del pulgar no es +suficiente y se necesita monitorizar el consumo regularmente, dependiendo de +diferentes condiciones ambientales y de equipo. El planificador calculará el +volumen total de gas a utilizar durante la inmersión y emitirá un aviso si se +excede la cantidad total de gas disponible. Las buenas prácticas exigen que no +se bucee al límite del gas disponible, sino que se mantenga una reserva de gas +apropiada para atender circunstancias imprevistas. En el caso del buceo técnico, +esta reserva puede ser, fácilmente, del 66% del gas disponible.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Ahora, por fin, se puede empezar la planificación detallada de tiempos y +profundidades. <em>Subsurface</em> ofrece una interfaz gráfica única para llevar a cabo +esta parte de la planificación. El mecanismo es similar a introducir a mano un +perfil en el diario de inmersiones. Al activar el planificador, se genera un +perfil por defecto de 40 minutos a 15 metros. Los puntos blancos (puntos de +paso) del perfil, se pueden arrastrar con el ratón. Se crean más puntos haciendo +doble-clic en la línea del perfil. Se arrastran los puntos de paso paso hasta +estar seguros de que el perfil refleja la inmersión que se pretende efectuar. +No es necesario especificar la fase de ascenso ya que será calculada por el +planificador basándose en los ajustes que se hayan especificado. +Si se sobrepasa cualquiera de los límites establecidos, la superficie sobre el +perfil se volverá roja.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Cada punto de paso en el perfil crea un <em>punto en el planificador</em> en la tabla +a la izquierda del panel del planificador. Hay que asegurarse de que el valor +del <em>Gas usado</em> en cada fila de esta tabla corresponde a una de las mezclas +especificadas en la tabla de <em>Gases disponibles</em>. Se añaden nuevos puntos hasta +que las principales características del buceo estén completas, p.e. el segmento +de tiempo en el fondo y paradas profundas (si se implementan). Se dejan los +restantes puntos del ascenso a <em>Subsurface</em>. En la mayoría de los casos +<em>Subsurface</em> calcula puntos de paso adicionales para completar los requisitos +de descompresión de la inmersión.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Los puntos de paso relacionados en el diálogo <em>Puntos del planificador</em> pueden +editarse a mano para obtener una representación precisa del plan. De hecho +podría crearse el plan completo editando los puntos desde el diálogo.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Indica cualquier cambio de gas, tal como se explicaba en la sección +<a href="#S_CreateProfile">Crear a mano un perfil de inmersión</a>. Estos cambios deberían +reflejar las botellas y composiciones de gas definidas en la table <em>Gases +disponibles</em>. Si se usan dos o más gases, se sugerirán automáticamente cambios +de gas durante la fase de ascenso a superficie. Sin embargo, estos cambios +pueden borrarse haciendo clic-derecho en el cambio de gas, o pueden crearse +manualmente de la misma forma, haciendo clic-derecho en el punto de paso +adecuado.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>A continuación hay un ejemplo de planificación de inmersión a 45m usando EAN26, +seguido de un ascenso usando EAN50:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/DivePlanner2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Planificar una inmersión: construcción" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Una vez que lo anterior se ha completado, se puede guardar clicando el botón +<em>Guardar</em> arriba en el centro del panel del planificador. El plan de buceo +guardado aparecerá en el panel <strong>Lista de Inmersiones</strong>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Los detalles del plan de buceo</strong></p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>En la parte inferior derecha del planificador, bajo el encabezamiento <em>Detalles +del plan de buceo</em>, se proporcionan los detalles exactos del plan de inmersión. +Estos detalles pueden modificarse seleccionando cualquiera de las opciones bajo +el encabezamiento <em>Notas</em> del planificador, justo a la izquierda +del anterior. Si se solicita un <em>Plan de buceo detallado</em>, se obtendrá un plan +detallado al nivel de oraciones. Si cualquiera de los límites especificados se +sobrepasa, se obtendrá un mensaje de aviso bajo la información del plan.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Si se selecciona la opción <em>Mostrar duración de segmentos</em>, se indicará la +duración de cada segmento de profundidad en los <em>Detalles del plan de buceo</em>. +Esta duración INCLUYE el tiempo de transición hasta llegar al nivel. Sin +embargo, si se selecciona <em>Mostrar transiciones en deco</em>, las transiciones se +muestran separadamente de las duraciones de las paradas en cada nivel.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_planificar_inmersiones_con_pscr">14.3. Planificar inmersiones con pSCR</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Para planificar una inmersión usando un rebreather pasivo de circuito +semi-cerrado, selecciona <em>pSCR</em> en lugar de <em>Circuito abierto</em> en la lista +desplegable. +Los parámetros para la inmersción con pSCR se pueden ajustar seleccionando +<em>Archivo → Preferencias → Gráfico</em> desde el menú principal, donde el cálculo +de consumo de gas tiene en cuenta el ratio de vertido (por defecto 10:1) así +como el ratio de metabolismo. El cálculo también tiene en cuenta la pérdida +de oxígeno por la boquilla del rebreather. Si la pO<sub>2</sub> cae por debajo de lo que +se considera un valor seguro, aparecerá un aviso en los <em>Detalles del plan de +buceo</em>. Una configuración típica con pSCR es con una sola botella y una o más +botellas de emergencia. Así pues, el ajuste de las tablas de <em>Gases disponibles</em> +y <em>Puntos del planificador</em> son muy similares a las de un plan con CCR, como se +ha descrito anteriormente. Sin embargo, no se especifican setpoints de oxígeno +en las inmersiones con pSCR. A continuación hay un plan de inmersión para un +buceo con pSCR. El buceo es comparable al anterior con CCR, pero hay que hacer +notar la mayor duración del ascenso debido al menor contenido de oxígeno en el +circuito por la caída de oxígeno en la boquilla del equipo pSCR.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Planner_pSCR1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Planning a pSCR dive: setup" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_planificar_inmersiones_con_ccr">14.4. Planificar inmersiones con CCR</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Para planificar una inmersión utilizando un rebreather de circuito cerrado, +selecciona la opción <em>CCR</em> en la lista desplegable (en un circulo azul en la +imagen a continuación.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Gases disponibles</strong>: en la tabla de <em>Gases disponibles</em>, introduce los datos de +la botella de diluyente y las de bail-out. NO indiques información para la +botella de oxígeno, ya que está implícita al haber seleccionado <em>CCR</em>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Introducir setpoints</strong>: Especifica un setpoint por defecto en la pestaña de +Preferencias seleccionando <em>Archivo → Preferencias → Gráfico</em> desde el menú +principal. Todos los segmentos introducidos por el usuario en los <em>Puntos del +planificador</em> utilizan el valor del setpoint por defecto. Luego se pueden +especificar diferentes setpoints para los diferentes segmentos en la tabla. +Un setpoint cero significa que el buceador ha pasado a circuito abierto para +el segmento en que se ha indicado. La descompresión siempre se calcula usando +el setpoint del último segmento que se haya añadido manualmente. De esta forma, +si se desea planificar un ascenso de emergencia, se añadiría un segmento de un +minuto al final de la inmersión con un setpoint de valor cero. El algoritmo de +descompresión no cambia de mezclas automáticamente mientras se está en modo CCR +pero, desde luego, lo hace para ascensos de emergencia en circuito abierto.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>El perfil para una inmersión con CCR puede parecerse a la imagen a continuación</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Planner_CCR1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Planning a CCR dive: setup" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Fíjate que, en los <em>Detalles del plan de buceo</em>, no se calcula el consumo de +gas para un segmento en CCR, por tanto, lo normal es obtener valores de 0 l.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_Replan">14.5. Modificar un plan de inmersión existente</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Normalmente, cuando se ha guardado un plan de inmersión, se encuentra disponible +desde la <strong>Lista de Inmersiones</strong> como cualquier buceo. Desde la <strong>Lista de +Inmersiones</strong> no hay forma de cambiar un plan. Para efectuar cambios a un plan de +buceo, selecciónalo en la <strong>Lista de Inmersiones</strong>, luego, desde el menú principal +selecciona <em>Registro → Re-planificar inmersión</em>, con ello se abrirá el plan en +el planificador, permitiendo hacer las modificaciones oportunas y guardarlas de +la forma habitual.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_planificar_inmersiones_sucesivas">14.6. Planificar inmersiones sucesivas</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Se pueden planear fácilmente inmersiones sucesivas si la fecha y hora de las +mismas se especifican correctamente en el campo arriba a la izquierda <em>Hora de +inicio</em>. <em>SUbsurface</em> calcula las cargas de gases inertes de la primera +inmersión y su efecto se evalúa en las posteriores.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Si se acaba de completar una inmersión larga/profunda y se está planificando +otra, se selecciona de la <strong>Lista de inmersiones</strong> la que se acaba de completar y +se activa el planificador. Dependiendo de la hora de inicio del buceo planeado, +el planificador toma en cuenta la carga de gas en la que se ha incurrido durante +la inmersión completada y permite planear con estas limitaciones.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Si solo se usan unas pocas configuraciones (p.e. en GUE), puede crearse una +plantilla de acuerdo con una de las configuraciones. Si ahora se desea planear +una inmersión usando esta configuración, simplemente se selecciona la plantilla +de la <strong>Lista de inmersiones</strong> y se activa el planificador: el planificador tendrá +en cuenta la configuración de la plantilla seleccionada.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_imprimir_el_plan_de_inmersion">14.7. Imprimir el plan de inmersión</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Seleccionar el botón <em>Imprimir</em> permite imprimir los <em>Detalles del plan de +buceo</em> para unas "wet notes". También se pueden copiar y pegar los <em>Detalles del +plan de buceo</em> para incluirlos en un archivo de texto o un procesador de +textos.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Los planes de inmersión tienen muchas características en común con los registros +de buceo (perfil, notas, etc). Despues de haber guardado un plan, los detalles y +los calculos de gas quedan almacenados en la pestaña <strong>Notas</strong>. +Mientras se está diseñando un plan, se puede imprimir utilizando el botón +<em>Imprimir</em> del planificador. Esto imprimirá los detalles y cálculos de gases del +panel <em>Detalles del plan de inmersión</em> del planificador. Sin embargo, tras haber +sido guardado, aparece de una forma muy similar a una anotación en el diario y +no se puede acceder a los cáculos de gas de la misma forma que durante el proceso +de planificación. En esta situación, la única manera de imprimir el plan es usar +<em>Archivo → Imprimir</em> en el menú principal, igual que haríamos para imprimir un +registro de inmersión.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_descripcion_de_las_opciones_del_menu_principal_de_em_subsurface_em">15. Descripción de las opciones del menú principal de <em>Subsurface</em></h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Esta sección describe las funciones y manejo de las opciones del menú principal +de <em>Subsurface</em>. Varias de las opciones que veremos luego son links a secciones +de este manual que describen las operaciones con más detalle.</p></div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_archivo">15.1. Archivo</h3> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_NewLogbook"><em>NuevoRegistro</em></a> - Cierra el diario abierto en estos momentos + y limpia toda la información. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Abrir Registro</em> - Abre el navegador de archivos para seleccionar un archivo + de registro que abrir. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Abrir almacenamiento en la nube</em> - Abre el diario previamente configurado en + <a href="#S_Cloud_storage"><em>Almacenamiento en la nube</em></a>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Guardar</em> - Guarda el diario abierto en estos momentos. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Guardar en almacenamiento en la nube</em> - Guarda el diario actual en el + <a href="#S_Cloud_storage"><em>Almacenamiento en la nube</em></a>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Guardar como</em> - Guarda el diario actual con un nombre de archivo diferente. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Cerrar</em> - Cierra el registro de inmersiones abierto en estos momentos. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_ExportLog"><em>Exportar</em></a> - Exporta el diario abierto actualmente (o las + inmersiones seleccionadas en el diario) a algún otro formato. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_PrintDivelog"><em>Imprimir</em></a> - Imprime el registro de inmersiones abierto. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_Preferences"><em>Preferencias</em></a> - Fija las preferencias del usuario de + <em>Subsurface</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_FindMovedImages"><em>Encontrar imágenes movidas</em></a> - Si las fotos que se + hicieron durante las inmersiones se han cambiado de carpeta o de disco, las + localiza y las une alas inmersiones correspondientes. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_Configure"><em>Configurar ordenador de buceo</em></a> - Edita la configuración de + un ordenador de buceo. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Salir</em> - Sale de <em>Subsurface</em>. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_importar">15.2. Importar</h3> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_ImportDiveComputer"><em>Importar del ordenador de buceo</em></a> - Descarga + información desde un ordenador de buceo. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#Unified_import"><em>Importar Archivos de registro</em></a> - Importa información de + buceo desde un fichero que esté en un formato compatible con <em>Subsurface</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_Companion"><em>Importar datos GPS del Servicio web de Subsurface</em></a> - Carga + coordenadas GPS desde la app para teléfonos móviles. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_ImportingDivelogsDe"><em>Importar desde Divelogs.de</em></a> - Importa información + de buceo desde www.divelogs.de. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_registro">15.3. Registro</h3> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_EnterData"><em>Añadir inmersión</em></a> - Añade manualmente una nueva inmersión al + panel Lista de inmersiones. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Editar inmersión</em> - Edita una inmersión cuyo perfil se hizo manualmente y no + descargándola desde un ordenador de buceo. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_DivePlanner"><em>Planificar inmersión</em></a> - Esta característica permite + planificar inmersiones. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_Replan"><em>Editar inmersión en planificador</em></a> - Edita un plan de buceo que se ha + guardado en la <strong>Lista de Inmersiones</strong>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_CopyComponents"><em>Copiar componentes</em></a> - Al seleccionar esta opción se + se puede copiar información de varios campos de una inmersión al portapapeles. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Pegar componentes</em> - Pega, en las inmersiones previamente seleccionadas de + la <strong>Lista de Inmersiones</strong>, la información copiada previamente usando la opción + <em>Copiar componentes</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_Renumber"><em>Renumerar</em></a> - Renumera las inmersiones listadas en el panel + Lista de inmersiones. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_Group"><em>Auto agrupar</em></a> - Agrupa automáticamente los buceos de la Lista de + inmersiones en viajes de buceo. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_DeviceNames"><em>Editar nombres de dispositivos</em></a> - Edita los nombres + asignados a los ordenadores de buceo. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_Filter"><em>Filtrar la lista de inmersiones</em></a> - Seleccionar únicamente + algunas inmersiones, basándose en criterios específicos. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_vista">15.4. Vista</h3> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Todo</em></a> - Se presentan los cuatro paneles principales de + <em>Subsurface</em> simultáneamente. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Lista_de_inmersiones</em></a> - Se visualiza solo el panel Lista de + inmersiones. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Perfil</em></a> - Se visualiza solo el panel Perfil de inmersión. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Info</em></a> - Se visualiza solo el panel Notas. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Globo</em></a> - Se presenta solo el panel Mapamundi. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Estadísticas anuales</em> - Muestra estadísticas anuales resumidas sobre las + inmersiones efectuadas en este año y los pasados. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Anterior ordenador</em> - Si una inmersión se ha registrado con más de un ordenador + de buceo, cambia a los datos del anterior ordenador de buceo. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Siguiente ordenador</em> - Cambia al siguiente ordenador de buceo. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Pantalla completa</em> - Activa el modo de pantalla completa. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_ayuda">15.5. Ayuda</h3> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Acerca de Subsurface</em> - Muestra un panel con el número de versión de + <em>Subsurface</em> e información de la licencia. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Comprobar si hay actualizaciones</em> - Encuentra si hay disponible una nueva + versión de <em>Subsurface</em> en la <a href="http://subsurface-divelog.org/">página web de <em>Subsurface</em></a>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_UserSurvey"><em>Encuesta de usuarios</em></a> - Ayuda a hacer mejor <em>Subsurface</em> + tomando parte en nuestra encuesta a usuarios, o completando otra si tus hábitos + de buceo han cambiado. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Manual de usuario</em> - Abre una ventana que muestra este manual. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_apendice_a_informacion_especifica_del_sistema_operativo_para_importar_inmersiones_desde_un_ordenador_de_buceo">16. APÉNDICE A: Información específica del sistema operativo para importar inmersiones desde un ordenador de buceo.</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_asegurate_de_que_el_so_tiene_instalados_los_drivers_necesarios">16.1. Asegúrate de que el SO tiene instalados los drivers necesarios</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/drivers.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">El sistema operativo del ordenador de sobremesa necesita los drivers correctos +para comunicarse con el ordenador de buceo de la forma en que este lo prefiera +(p.e. bluetooth, USB, infrarrojos).</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +En Linux esto significa que el usuario tiene que tener cargados los módulos +del kernel correctos. La mayoría de las distribuciones lo harán automáticamente. +Sin embargo algunos protocolos de comunicación requieren un driver adicional, +especialmente para tecnología poco usada como los infrarojos. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +En Windows, el SO debería ofrecer descargar el driver correcto cuando el +usuario conecte su ordenador de buceo al puerto USB y el sistema operativo vea +el dispositivo por primera vez. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +En un Mac, en ocasiones, el usuario tiene que buscar manualmente el driver +correcto. Por ejemplo, el driver correcto para los dispositivos Mares Puck puede +encontrarse como Mac_OSX_VCP_driver.zip en el +<a href="http://www.silabs.com/support/pages/document-library.aspx?p=Interface&f=USB%20Bridges&pn=CP2101">repositorio +de documentos y software de Silicon Labs</a>. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_HowFindDeviceName">16.2. Como encontrar el nombre de dispositivo para conexiones USB y ajustar sus permisos de escritura</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/usb.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Cuando un usuario conecta el ordenador de buceo utilizando un conector USB, +normalmente <em>Subsurface</em> propondrá una lista desplegable que contendrá el nombre +de dispositivo correcto (o punto de montaje para el Uemis Zurich), o +deshabilitará el desplegable de selección si no se necesita ningún nombre. En +los raros casos en que esto no funcione, aquí hay algunas instrucciones sobre +formas de averiguar cual es el nombre de dispositivo.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">En Windows:</div><p>Simplemente intenta COM1, COM2, etc. La lista desplegable debería contener todos +los dispositivos COM conectados.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">En MacOS:</div><p>El desplegable debería encontrar todos los ordenadores de buceo conectados.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">En Linux:</div><p>Hay una forma definitiva de encontrar el puerto:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Desconectar el cable USB del ordenador de buceo +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Abrir un terminal +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Teclear el comando: dmesg y pulsar enter +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Conectar el cable USB del ordenador de buceo +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Teclear el comando: dmesg y pulsar enter +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>En el terminal debería poderse ver un mensaje similar a este:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>usb 2-1.1: new full speed USB device number 14 using ehci_hcd +usbcore: registered new interface driver usbserial +USB Serial support registered for generic +usbcore: registered new interface driver usbserial_generic +usbserial: USB Serial Driver core +USB Serial support registered for FTDI USB Serial Device +ftdi_sio 2-1.1:1.0: FTDI USB Serial Device converter detected +usb 2-1.1: Detected FT232BM +usb 2-1.1: Number of endpoints 2 +usb 2-1.1: Endpoint 1 MaxPacketSize 64 +usb 2-1.1: Endpoint 2 MaxPacketSize 64 +usb 2-1.1: Setting MaxPacketSize 64 +usb 2-1.1: FTDI USB Serial Device converter now attached to ttyUSB3 +usbcore: registered new interface driver ftdi_sio +ftdi_sio: v1.6.0:USB FTDI Serial Converters Driver</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>En la tercera línea desde abajo muestra que se detecta el adaptador USB FTDI y +está conctado a <code>ttyUSB3</code> . Ahora puede usarse esta información en el ajuste de +la importación como <code>/dev/ttyUSB3</code> lo que dirigirá a <em>Subsurface</em> al puerto USB +correcto.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Asegurarse de que el usuario tiene permisos de escritura en el puerto serie USB:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>En sistemas operativos tipo Unix los puertos USB solo pueden accederse por +usuarios que sean miembros del grupo dialout. Si uno no es root, puede que no +sea miembro de dicho grupo y no podrá utilizar el puerto USB. Asumamos que el +nombre de usuario de uno es johnB.</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Como root se teclea: <code>usermod -a -G dialout johnB</code> (usuarios de Ubuntu: <code>sudo +usermod -a -G dialout johnB</code>) . Esto hace a johnB miembro del grupo <code>dialout</code>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Teclea: <code>id johnB</code> Esto listará todos los grupos a los que pertenece johnB y +verifica que se ha creado la pertenencia correcta al grupo. El grupo <code>dialout</code> +debería aparecer entre los diferentes IDs. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +En algunas circunstancias, este cambio solo tiene efecto (p.e. en Ubuntu) tras +cerrar sesión y reiniciarla. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Con el nombre de dispositivo apropiado (p.e. <code>/dev/ttyUSB3</code>) y con permisos de +escritura para el puerto USB, el interface del ordenador de buceo puede +conectarse y se debería poder importar las inmersiones.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_HowFindBluetoothDeviceName">16.3. Ajustar manualmente dispositivos con bluetooth</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/bluetooth.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Para ordenadores de buceo que se comunican por bluetooth como el Heinrichs +Weikamp Frog o el Shearwater Predator, Petrel y Nerd hay un procedimiento distinto +para localizar los nombres de dispositivo con los que se comunicará +<em>Subsurface</em>. En general consiste en estos pasos:</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<strong>En el ordenador de buceo, tras habilitar Bluetooth, asegurarse que está en +modo Upload</strong> +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Para emparejar el ordenador de buceo, consulta la guía de usuario del +fabricante. Si se está usando un Shearwater Predator/Petrel/Nerd, hay que seleccionar +<em>Dive Log → Upload Log</em> y esperar al mensaje <em>Wait PC</em>.</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Emparejar el PC con <em>Subsurface</em> con el ordenador de buceo.</strong> +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_en_windows_2">16.3.1. En Windows:</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Probablemente bluetooth ya esté activado. Para emparejar el dispositivo se +selecciona <em>Panel de Control → Dispositivos Bluetooth → Añadir dispositivo +Inalámbrico</em>. Esto debería desplegar un diálogo que mostraría tu ordenador de +buceo (en modo bluetooth) y te permitiría emparejarlo. El ordenador de buceo +debería mostrarse en la lista de dispositivos y podrías hacer clic-derecho en él +y seleccionar <em>Propiedades → Puertos COM</em> para identificar el puerto usado por +tu ordenador de buceo. Si se mostraran varios puertos, utiliza el que diga +"Saliente" en vez de "Entrante".</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Para descargar a <em>Subsurface</em>, la lista desplegable ya debería contener este +puerto COM. Si no, introdúcelo manualmente.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Nota: Si tienes problemas descargando desde tu ordenador de buceo a otro +software después, intenta borrar el emparejamiento y volverlo a hacer.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_en_macos">16.3.2. En MacOS:</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Clica en el símbolo Bluetooth en la barra de menú y selecciona <em>Configurar +Dispositivo Bluetooth …</em>. Asegúrate de que tu ordenador de buceo está en modo +upload; entonces debería mostrar la lista de dispositivos. Selecciónalo y pasa +por el proceso de emparejamiento. Este paso solo debería se necesario una vez +para la configuración inicial.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Una vez que el emparejamiento está completo el dispositivo correcto se mostrará +en el desplegable <em>Dispositivo o punto de montaje</em> del diálogo <strong>Importar</strong> de +<em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_en_linux">16.3.3. En Linux</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Asegúrate de que tienes activado el ordenador con <em>Subsurface</em>. En las +distribuciones más habituales esto debería ser cierto de entrada y el +emparejamiento debería se fácil. Por ejemplo, Gnome3 muestra un icono Bluetooth +a la derecha de la barra de tareas, arriba en la pantalla. +Los usuarios han informado de dificultades con algunos controladores de +Bluetooth. Si tienes un controlador incluido en el PC, prueba primero con +este. Es más fácil si quitas cualquier receptor USB que tengas activado. +Si tienes un receptor USB que viniera con el ordenador de buceo, prueba con +este antes que con cualquier otro.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Configurar una conexión para descargar inmersiones desde tu ordenador de buceo +con capacidad Bluetooth, tal como el <em>Shearwater Petrel</em>, todavía no es un +proceso automatizado y requerirá generalmente la línea de comandos. +Se trata esencialmente de un proceso en tres pasos.</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Activar el controlador Bluetooth y emparejarlo con el ordenador de buceo +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Establecer una conexión RFCOMM +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Descargar las inmersiones con <em>Subsurface</em> +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Asegurarse de que el ordenador de buceo está en modo "upload". En el <em>Petrel</em> +y <em>Petrel 2</em> y <em>Nerd</em>, navega por el menú, selecciona <em>Dive Log</em>, luego <em>Upload log</em>. En +la pantalla se leerá <em>Initializing</em>, luego <em>Wait PC 3:00</em> e iniciará una cuenta +atrás. Una vez que la conexión esté establecida, en la pantalla se leerá +<em>Wait CMD …</em> y la cuenta atrás seguirá. Cuando se descargue la inmersión a +<em>Subsurface</em> en la pantalla se leerá <em>Sending</em> y luego <em>Sent dive</em>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Para establecer la conexión, accede como root vía <code>sudo</code> o <code>su</code>. +Se necesitan los permisos correctos para descargar las inmersiones al PC. En la +mayoría de los sistemas Linux, esto significa hacerse miembro del grupo dialout +(de forma idéntica como con los ordenadores de buceo que utilizan un puerto USB, +como se describía en la sección anterior). En la línea de comando introduce:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><code>sudo usermod -a -G dialout username</code></p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Luego desconecta el usuario y vuélvelo a conectar para que tenga efecto la +modificación.</p></div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_activar_el_controlador_bluetooth_y_emparejar_el_ordenador_de_buceo">Activar el controlador Bluetooth y emparejar el ordenador de buceo</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Intenta configurar el controlador Bluetooth y emparejar tu ordenador de buceo +utilizando el entorno gráfico del sistema operativo. Tras configurar el +ordenador de buceo en modo "upload", haz clic en el icono Bluetooth en la +barra del sistema y selecciona <em>Añadir nuevo dispositivo</em>. El ordenador de +buceo debería aparecer. Si se pide una contraseña, introduce 0000. Anótate o +copia la dirección MAC de tu ordenador de buceo, que necesitaremos más +adelante, y debería ser de la forma 00:11:22:33:44:55.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Si el método gráfico no funcionó, empareja el dispositivo desde la línea de +comandos. Abre un terminal y usa <code>hciconfig</code> para comprobar el estado del +controlador Bluetooth</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>$ hciconfig +hci0: Type: BR/EDR Bus: USB + BD Address: 01:23:45:67:89:AB ACL MTU: 310:10 SCO MTU: 64:8 + *DOWN* + RX bytes:504 acl:0 sco:0 events:22 errors:0 + TX bytes:92 acl:0 sco:0 commands:21 errors:0</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Esto indica un controlador Bluetooth con dirección MAC 01:23:45:67:89:AB, +conectado como hci0. Su estado es DOWN, por ejemplo no activado. Otros +controladores adicionales aparecerían como hci1, etc. Si no había un receptor +Bluetooth conectado al PC en el momento del arranque, hci0 es, probablemente, +el receptor interno. +Ahora conectemos el controlador y activemos la autenticación:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>sudo hciconfig hci0 up auth (enter password when prompted) +hciconfig +hci0: Type: BR/EDR Bus: USB + BD Address: 01:23:45:67:89:AB ACL MTU: 310:10 SCO MTU: 64:8 + *UP RUNNING PSCAN AUTH* + RX bytes:1026 acl:0 sco:0 events:47 errors:0 + TX bytes:449 acl:0 sco:0 commands:46 errors:0</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Comprueba que el estado ahora incluye <code><em>UP</em>, <em>RUNNING</em> y <em>AUTH</em></code>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If se están ejecutando múltiples controladores, lo más simple es desconectar +los no utilizados, por ejemplo, para <code>hci1</code>:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>sudo hciconfig hci1 down</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>El próximo paso es <em>trust</em> y <em>pair</em> el ordenador de buceo. En distribuciones +con Bluez 5, como Fedora 22, se puede utilizar una herramienta llamada +<code>blutoothctl</code>, que lanzará su propia linea de comandos.</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>bluetoothctl +[NEW] Controller 01:23:45:67:89:AB localhost.localdomain [default] +[bluetooth]# agent on +Agent registered +[bluetooth]# default-agent +Default agent request successful +[bluetooth]# scan on <----now set your dive computer to upload mode +Discovery started +[CHG] Controller 01:23:45:67:89:AB Discovering: yes +[NEW] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Petrel +[bluetooth]# trust 00:11:22:33:44:55 <----you can use the tab key to autocomplete the MAC address +[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Trusted: yes +Changing 00:11:22:33:44:55 trust succeeded +[bluetooth]# pair 00:11:22:33:44:55 +Attempting to pair with 00:11:22:33:44:55 +[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Connected: yes +[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 UUIDs: 00001101-0000-1000-8000-0089abc12345 +[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Paired: yes +Pairing successful +[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Connected: no</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Si se solicita una contraseña, introduce 0000. Está bien aunque la última +línea diga <em>Connected: no</em>. La parte importante es la anterior <code>Pairing +successful</code>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Si el sistema tiene Bluez 4 (p.e. Ubuntu 12.04 a 15.04), probablemente no haya +<code>bluetoothctl</code>, sino un script llamado <code>bluez-simple-agent</code>.</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>hcitool -i hci0 scanning +Scanning ... + 00:11:22:33:44:55 Petrel + bluez-simple-agent hci0 00:11:22:33:44:55</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Una vez que el ordenador esté emparejado, configura la conexión RFCOMM.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_establecer_la_conexion_rfcomm">Establecer la conexión RFCOMM</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>El comando para establecer una conexión RFCOMM es:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><code>sudo rfcomm -i <controller> connect <dev> <bdaddr> [channel]</code></p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<code><controller></code> es el controlador Bluetooth, <code>hci0</code>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<code><dev></code> es el dispositivo RFCOMM, <code>rfcomm0</code> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<code><bdaddr></code> es la dirección MAC del ordenador de buceo, +00:11:22:33:44:55 +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<code>[channel]</code> es el canal Bluetooth al que nos queremos conectar. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Si se omite el canal, se asume el 1. Basándonos en un número limitado de +informaciones de usuarios el canal apropiado para el ordenador de buceo, +probablemente sea:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Shearwater Petrel 1</em>: channel 1 +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Shearwater Petrel 2</em>: channel 5 +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Shearwater Nerd</em>: channel 5 +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Heinrichs-Weikamp OSTC Sport</em>: channel 1 +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>P.e. para conectar un <em>Shearwater Petrel 2</em>, ajusta el ordenador de buceo a +modo "upload" e introduce:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>sudo rfcomm -i hci0 connect rfcomm0 00:11:22:33:44:55 5</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>(introduce una contraseña, probablemente 0000, cuando se solicite) +Se obtendrá la respuesta:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>Connected /dev/rfcomm0 to 00:11:22:33:44:55 on channel 5 +Press CTRL-C for hangup</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Para conectar un <code>Shearwater Petrel 1</code> o <code>H&W OSTC Sport</code>, ajusta el ordenador +de buceo a modo "upload" e introduce:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>sudo rfcomm -i hci0 connect rfcomm0 00:11:22:33:44:55 (intruduce el password, probablemente 0000, cuando se solicite) +Connected /dev/rfcomm0 to 00:11:22:33:44:55 on channel 1 +Press CTRL-C for hangup</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Si se desconoce el canal específico de un ordenador de buceo, o el canal de la +lista anterior no funciona, el comando <code>sdptool records</code> debería ayudar a dar +con el canal apropiado, la salida a continuación es para un Petrel 2:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>sdptool -i hci0 records 00:11:22:33:44:55 +Service Name: Serial Port +Service RecHandle: 0x10000 +Service Class ID List: + "Serial Port" (0x1101) + Protocol Descriptor List: + "L2CAP" (0x0100) + "RFCOMM" (0x0003) + Channel: 5</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>En el caso de ordenadores de buceo Bluetooth que no estén incluidos en la lista +anterior, por favor, informa a los desarrolladores de Subsurface a través del +foro de usuarios o de la lista de correo <em>subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org</em>.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_descargar_las_inmersiones_con_subsurface">Descargar las inmersiones con Subsurface</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Tras establecer la conexión RFCOMM y mientras esta corriendo la cuenta atrás +del ordenador de buceo, ves a <em>Subsurface</em>, selecciona desde el menú principal +<em>Importar → Importar del ordenador de buceo</em> y selecciona el fabricante +adecuado (p.e. <em>Shearwater</em>), el ordenador de buceo (p.e. <em>Petrel</em>), el punto +de montaje o dispositivo (p.e. <em>/dev/rfcomm0</em>) y pulsa <em>Descargar</em>.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">17. APÉNDICE B: Información específica por ordenadores de buceo.</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_ImportUemis">17.1. Importar desde un Uemis Zurich</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/iumis.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content"><em>Subsurface</em> descarga la información guardada en el SDA (el sistema de archivos +interno del Uemis) incluyendo información sobre puntos de buceo y equipo. La +información sobre el compañero aún no se puede descargar. Se hace de forma muy +similar a un ordenador de buceo con conexión USB (el Uemis es uno de los que se +recargan cuando están conectados al puerto USB). La principal diferencia es que +no se introduce un nombre de dispositivo, sino la ubicación donde se montará el +sistema de ficheros UEMISSDA una vez conectado tu ordenador de buceo. En Windows +este es una letra de disco (a menudo <em>E:</em> o <em>F:</em>), en un Mac este es +<em>/Volumes/UEMISSDA</em> y en sistemas Linux varía dependiendo de la distribución +utilizada. En Fedora habitualmente es +<em>/var/run/media/<nombre_usuario>/UEMISSDA</em>. En todos los casos <em>Subsurface</em> +debería sugerir la ubicación correcta en la lista desplegable.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Tras seleccionar el nombre anterior como nombre de dispositivo, se pueden +descargar las inmersiones del Uemis Zurich. Un problema técnico con la +implementación de descargas en el Uemis Zurich (es una limitación del firmware, +no un problema de <em>Subsurface</em>) es que no se pueden descargar más de 40/50 +buceos sin quedarse sin memoria en el SDA. Esto, usualmente, solo pasará la +primera vez que se descarguen inmersiones del Uemis Zurich (normalmente, al +descargar al final de un día o incluso de un viaje la capacidad será +suficiente). Si <em>Subsurface</em> muestra el error de que el ordenador de buceo se ha +quedado sin espacio la solución es directa. Desconectar el SDA, apágarlo y +volverlo a encender, y reconectarlo. Ahora se puede reintentar (o iniciar una +nueva sesión de descarga) y continuará donde paró la última vez. Puede que se +tenga que repetir esta operación más de una vez dependiendo de cuantos buceos +haya guardados en el ordenador.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_ImportingGalileo">17.2. Importar buceos desde el Galileo de Uwatec</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/Galileo.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Los ordenadores de buceo Galileo de Uwatec usan comunicaciones por infrarrojos +(IrDA) entre el dispositivo y <em>Subsurface</em>. El hardware de Uwatec utiliza un USB +basado en le protocolo serie/infrarrojo (SIR) y el controlador IrDA MSC7780 +fabricado por MosChip y comercializado por Scubapro y algunas compañías de +electrónica. En Linux, el kernel ya proporciona comunicación usando el protocolo +IrDA. Sin embargo, el usuario necesita cargar adicionalmente un driver para el +interface IrDA con el ordenador de buceo. La forma más fácil es cargar el +paquete <strong>irda-tools</strong> del <a href="http://irda.sourceforge.net/docs/startirda.html">Linux +IrDA Project</a>. Tras la instalación de irda-tools, el <strong>usuario root</strong> puede +especificar un nombre de dispositivo desde la consola así:</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><code>irattach irda0</code></p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Después de ejecutar este comando, <em>Subsurface</em> reconocerá el ordenador Galileo y +descargará la información de buceo.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>En Windows existe una situación similar. Hay drivers para el MCS7780 disponibles +en algunos sitios de internet p.e. +<a href="http://www.drivers-download.com/Drv/MosChip/MCS7780/">www.drivers-download.com</a>. +También se pueden encontrar drivers IrDA basados en Windows, para los +ordenadores Uwatec en el sitio web de ScubaPro, pudiendo encontrarlos en la +página de descargas del software SmarTrak.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Para el Mac de Apple, la comunicación IrDA vía MCS7780 no está disponible para +OSX 10.6 o superior.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_ImportingDR5">17.3. Importar buceos desde Heinrichs Weikamp DR5</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/HW_DR5.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">El H&W DR5 se monta como un disco USB y guarda un fichero UDDF para cada +buceo. Marca todas las inmersiones que quieras abrir o importar. Nota: El DR5 no +parece conservar factores de gradiente ni información de deco, por lo que +<em>Subsurface</em> no puede mostrarla. Ajusta los factores de gradiente en +<em>Subsurface</em> en <strong>Preferencias</strong> para generar una capa de deco en el panel del +<strong>Perfil</strong>. Observa que la deco calculada por <em>Subsurface</em> diferirá, con toda +seguridad, de la calculada por el DR5.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_ImportingXDeep">17.4. Importar desde xDEEP BLACK</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/HW_xdeepblack.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Cada inmersión se ha de guardar individualmente como archivo UDDF utilizando la +opción "Exportar a UDDF" en el menú del logbook del BLACK. Al montar el BLACK +como disco USB, los archivos UDDF están disponibles en el directorio LOGBOOK. +Nota: El xDEEP BLACK guarda el LND pero no parece guardar factores de gradiente +ni información sobre deco, por lo que <em>Subsurface</em> no puede mostralos. Ajusta +los factores de gradiente en <em>Gráfico</em> en las <em>Preferencias</em> para generar una +capa de deco en el <strong>Perfil deinmersión</strong> de <em>Subsurface</em> pero fíjate que la +deco calculada por <em>Subsurface</em> diferirá con toda probabilidad de la que +mostraría el xDEEP BLACK.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_importar_del_shearwater_predator_petrel_nerd_usando_bluetooth">17.5. Importar del Shearwater Predator/Petrel/Nerd usando Bluetooth</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/predator.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">En la sección anterior, <a href="#S_Bluetooth"><em>Conectar Subsurface a ordenadores de buceo con Bluetooth</em></a> +se facilitan instrucciones específicas para descargar inmersiones usando Bluetooth.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_PoseidonMkVI">17.6. Importar desde el Poseidon MKVI Discovery</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/MkVI.jpeg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">La descarga de diarios desde el MKVI se realiza utilizando un adaptador de +comunicaciones personalizado y el <em>Poseidon PC Configuration Software</em>, que +se obtiene al adquirir el equipo MKVI. La última es una aplicación de +windows que permite configurar el equipo y guardar los diarios. La comunicación +entre el ordenador de buceo y el PC utiliza el protocolo IrDA de infrarrojos. +Solo se pueden descargar datos de una inmersión cada vez e incluyen tres +archivos:</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Configuración de ajustes para la inmersión y parámetros clave de la misma (es + el archivo con extensión .txt). +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Detalles del diario (archivo con extensión .csv). +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Diario en formato Redbook (archivo con extensión .cvsr). Es una versión +comprimida del diario utilizando un formato propio. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> accede a los archivos .txt y .csv para obtener información.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_importar_desde_el_ccr_apd_inspiration">17.7. Importar desde el CCR APD Inspiration</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/APDComputer.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Los diarios del ordenador de buceo de un APD Inspiration o similar, se +descargan utilizando un adaptador y el <em>AP Communicator</em>, obtenidos al comprar +el equipo. Los diarios se pueden visualizar utilizando el <em>AP Log Viewer</em> desde +Windows o Mac/OS. Sin embargo, los diarios de APD se pueden ver o manejar desde +<em>Subsurface</em> (junto a buceos en los que se haya utilizado otros muchos tipos de +ordenador de buceo). Los diarios de APD Inspiration se importan a <em>Subsurface</em> +como sigue:</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Descargar la inmersión usando <em>AP Communicator</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Abrir una inmersión con el <em>AP Log Viewer</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Seleccionar la pestaña llamada <em>Datos</em> (<em>Data</em>). +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Con los datos del diario "en crudo" mostrados en pantalla, pulsar en + <em>Copiar al portapapeles</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Abrir un editor de texto (p.e. Notepad en windows o TextWrangler en Mac). +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Copiar el contenido del portapapeles al editor y guardar el archivo de texto + con extensión de archivo <em>.apd</em> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Desde Subsurface, seleccionar <em>Importar → Importar archivos de registro</em> + para abrir el <a href="#Unified_import">diálogo de importación universal</a>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +En la lista desplegable de abajo del diálogo (llamada <em>Filtro:</em>) seleccionar "APD log viewer". +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +En la lista de nombres de archivo, seleccionar el archivo <em>.apd</em> que acabamos + de crear y se abrirá un diálogo de importación que mostrará los ajustes por + defecto para los datos en un archivo <em>.apd</em>. Si es necesario algún cambio + hazlo como en <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">CSV imports</a>. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/APD_CSVimportF22.jpg" alt="Figure: APD log viewer import" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +El primer desplegable a la izquierda en el panel de importación nos permite +el ordenador de buceo APD del que importar el registro. Por defecto es DC1, el +primero de los dos ordenadores que usa el APD. Es posible importar secuencialmente +los datos de ambos ordenadores, importando primero el DC1 y luego el DC2. +(<strong>Truco</strong>: Los registros de ambos ordenadores se pueden visualizar seleccionando + <em>Vista → Siguiente Ordenador</em> desde el menú principal, o situando el cursor + sobre el perfil y pulsando la flecha derecha/izquierda). Pulsa el botón OK en +la parte de debajo del panel. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>El diario de APD aparecerá en <em>Subsurface</em>. El techo generado por el ordenador +Inspiration puede visualizarse seleccionando el correspondiente botón de la +izquierda del <strong>Perfil de inmersión</strong>. Los datos de presión de las botellas no +se registran en el equipo APD pero pueden completarse a mano desde la pestaña +<strong>Equipo</strong>.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_apendice_c_exportar_informacion_de_diarios_desde_otros_softwares_externos">18. APÉNDICE C: Exportar información de diarios desde otros softwares externos.</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>La importación de datos de diarios de buceos desde softwares externos se +efectúa, habitualmente, utilizando el dialogo que resulta de seleccionar +<em>Importar</em> desde el menú principal y luego Importar archivos de registro. Este +proceso se efectúa en un solo paso y puede obtenerse más información +<a href="#Unified_import">aquí</a> . Sin embargo, en algunos casos, puede ser necesario +efectuar dos pasos:</p></div> +<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> +<li> +<p> +Exportar los datos del diario externo a un formato accesible por + <em>Subsurface</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Importar el diario accesible a <em>Subsurface</em>. +</p> +</li> +</ol></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Este apéndice proporciona algo de información sobre como exportar datos de +diarios desde softwares externos. Los procedimientos a continuación se aplican +mayormente en Linux y/o Windows.</p></div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_ImportingDivesSuunto">18.1. Exportar desde <strong>Suunto Divemanager (DM3, DM4 o DM5)</strong></h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/suuntologo.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Divemanager es una aplicación en MS Windows para ordenadores de buceo Suunto. +Divemanager 3 (DM3) es una versión más antigua del software de Suunto. Los +ordenadores de buceo más recientes usan Divemanager 4 o 5 (DM4 o DM5). Las +diferentes versiones de Divemanager usan diferentes métodos y diferentes +nomenclaturas de archivos al exportar datos.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemanager 3 (DM3):</strong></p></div> +<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> +<li> +<p> +Iniciar <em>Suunto Divemanager 3</em> y registrarse con el nombre que contiene los + diarios. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +No iniciar el ayudante de importación para importar inmersiones desde el + ordenador de buceo. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +En el árbol de la izquierda de la ventana del programa, seleccionar las + inmersiones que correspondan. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +De la lista de buceos, seleccionar las inmersiones que se deseará descargar + después: +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Para seleccionar alguna: mantén pulsada la tecla <em>ctrl</em> y haz clic en la + inmersión. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Para seleccionarlas todas: Selecciona la primera, mantén pulsada la tecla + <em>shift</em> y haz clic en la última inmersión. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Con las inmersiones marcadas se usa el menú <em>File → Export</em> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Se mostrará el desplegable de exportación. En este desplegable hay un campo + llamado Export Path. +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Haz clic en el botón browse junto al campo Export Path +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Se despliega un navegador de archivos +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Navega a la carpeta donde quieras que se guarde el archivo Divelog.SDE +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Opcionalmente cambia el nombre del archivo a guardar. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Clica <em>Save</em>. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +<li> +<p> +De vuelta en el desplegable de exportación, pulsa el botón <em>Export</em>. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Las inmersiones han quedado exportadas en el archivo Divelogs.SDE. +</p> +</li> +</ol></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemanager 4 (DM4) y Divemanager 5 (DM5):</strong></p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>DM4 y DM5 utilizan idénticos mecanismos para exportar los diarios. +Para exportar un diario desde Divemanager, se necesita localizar la base de +datos DM4/DM5 donde están guardadas las inmersiones. El usuario puede buscar la +base de datos original o hacer una copia de respaldo. A continuación se +describen ambos métodos.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Localizar la base de datos Suunto DM4 (o DM5):</p></div> +<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> +<li> +<p> +Iniciar Suunto DM4/DM5 +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Seleccionar <em>Help → About</em> (Ayuda → Acerca de) +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Hacer clic en el botón <em>Copy</em> (Copiar) tras el texto <em>Copy log folder path to + clipboard</em> (Copiar la ruta a la carpeta del registro al portapapeles) +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Abrir el explorador de Windows +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Pegar la ruta en la casilla de direcciones en la parte de arriba del + explorador +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +La base de datos se llama DM4.db o DM5.db +</p> +</li> +</ol></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Hacer una copia de respaldo de la base de datos de Suunto DM4/DM5:</p></div> +<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> +<li> +<p> +Iniciar Suunto DM4/DN5 +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Seleccionar <em>File → Create backup</em> (Archivo → Copia de seguridad) +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Desde el menú de archivos, seleccionar la carpeta y el nombre para la copia, +aquí usaremos DM4 (o DM5) con la extensión por defecto .bak +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Clicar <em>Save</em> (Guardar) +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Los buceos se han exportado al archivo DM4.bak (o DM5.bak) +</p> +</li> +</ol></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="Atomic_Export">18.2. Exportar desde Atomic Logbook</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="./images/icons/note.png" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Atomic Logbook es un software en Windows de Atomics Aquatics. Permite descargar +información de buceo de los ordenadores Cobalt y Cobalt 2. El archivo se guarda +en una base de datos SQlite en C:\ProgramData\AtomicsAquatics\Cobalt-Logbook\Cobalt.db. +Este archivo se puede importar directamente a <em>Subsurface</em>.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="Mares_Export">18.3. Exportar desde Mares Dive Organiser V2.1</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/mareslogo.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Mares Dive Organiser es una aplicación de Windows. El diario de inmersiones se +guarda en una base de datos Microsoft SQL Compact Edition con una extensión de +nombre de archivo <em>.sdf</em>. La base de datos incluye a todos los buceadores +registrados en el Dive Organiser del PC y a todos los ordenadores Mares usados. +La forma más segura de obtener una copia de la base de datos de inmersiones es +exportar la información a otro formato compatible que pueda ser importado a +<em>Subsurface</em>.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> +<li> +<p> +En el Dive Organiser, selecciona <em>Database → Backup</em> en el menú principal y + haz una copia de seguridad de la base de datos en el escritorio. Esto creará un + archivo comprimido DiveOrganiserxxxxx.dbf +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Cambia el nombre del archivo a DiveOrganiserxxxxx.zip. Dentro de una carpeta + comprimida en el archivo .zip, hay otro archivo llamado <em>DiveOrganiser.sdf</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Extrae a tu escritorio el archivo <em>.sdf</em> desde la carpeta comprimida. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +La password para acceder al archivo .zip es <em>mares</em>. +</p> +</li> +</ol></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_ImportingDivingLog">18.4. Exportar desde <strong>DivingLog 5.0 y 6.0</strong></h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/divingloglogo.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">La mejor manera de traer tus diarios desde DivingLog a <em>Subsurface</em> es +convertir la base de datos completa. Esto se debe a que otros formatos de +exportación no incluyen todos los detalles, y careceríamos, por ejemplo, de +cambios de gas e información acerca de que unidades se utilizan. Al importar +la base de datos, toda esta información esta incluida y disponible.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Para transferir todos los archivos desde DivingLog a <em>Subsurface</em> haz lo +siguiente:</p></div> +<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> +<li> +<p> +En DivingLog abre el menú <em>Archivo → Exportar → SQLite</em> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Selecciona el botón <em>Ajustes</em> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Ajusta el <em>RTF2Plaintext</em> a <em>true</em> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Cierra el diálogo <em>Ajustes</em> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Pulsa el botón <em>Exportar</em> y selecciona el nombre de archivo +</p> +</li> +</ol></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Una vez hecho esto, abre con <em>Subsurface_la base de datos guardada y las +inmersiones se convertirán automáticamente a nuestro formato. El último paso +a efectuar es guardar el diario en _Subsurface</em>.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_Appendix_D">19. APÉNDICE D: Exportar una hoja de cálculo a formato CSV</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Muchos buceadores mantienen un diario en alguna forma de archivo digital, en +muchos casos en una hoja de cálculo con varios campos de información. Estos +registros se pueden importar con facilidad a <em>Subsurface</em> +una vez que la hoja de cálculo se ha convertido a archivo .CSV . +Esta sección explica el procedimiento para convertir un diario de buceo que +se haya conservado en una hoja de cálculo en un archivo .CSV que se pueda, +posteriormente, importar a <em>Subsurface</em>. +Crear un .CSV es una tarea sencilla, aunque el procedimiento es algo distinto +según el programa de hojas de cálculo que se utilice.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>El primer paso consiste en organizar los datos en la hoja de cálculo, de forma +que la primera fila contenga los nombres (o títulos) de cada columna y que la +información de cada inmersión ocupe una sola fila. +<em>Subsurface</em> soporta muchos tipos de datos (Número, Fecha, Hora, Duración, +Ubicación, GPS, Prof. máxima, Prof. media, Compañero, Notas, Lastre y Etiquetas). +El usuario puede organizar los datos siguiendo unas sencillas reglas:</p></div> +<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> +<li> +<p> +Fecha: Usar uno de los siguientes formatos: aaaa-mm-dd, dd.mm.aaaa o + mm/dd/aaaa +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Duración: El formato debería ser minutos:segundos +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Sistema de unidades: Solo debe usarse un sistema. Evitar la mezcla sistemas. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Etiquetas y compañeros: los valores deben separarse usando una coma. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Posición GPS: Se deben utilizar grados decimales, p.e. 30.22496 30.821798 +</p> +</li> +</ol></div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_em_libreoffice_calc_em_y_em_openoffice_calc_em">19.1. <em>LibreOffice Calc</em> y <em>OpenOffice Calc</em></h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Son aplicaciones de hojas de cálculo de código abierto que forman parte de +suits mayores que, a su vez, también son código abierto. La interacción del +usuario con <em>LibreOffice Calc</em> y _OpenOffice Calc_es muy similar.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>En LibreOffice Calc el formato de tiempo debe ajustarse a minutos:segundos - +[mm]:ss y las fechas se deben ajustar a aaaa-mm-dd, dd.mm.aaaa o mm/dd/aaaa. +Un diario típico codría parecerse a esto:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/LOffice_spreadsheetdata.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Datos de una hoja de cálculo" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Para exportar los datos en archivo .CSV, desde LibreOffice clicar <em>Archivo → + Guardar como</em>. En el diálogo que se desplegará, seleccionar <em>Texto CSV (.csv)</em> +como tipo de archivo y seleccionar la opción <em>Editar ajustes de filtros</em>.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/LOffice_save_as_options.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Opciones de Guardar como" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Tras seleccionar <em>Guardar</em>, seleccionar el delimitador de campos apropiado +(selecciona <em>TABULADOR</em> para evitar conflictos con las comas cuando estas se +usen como coma decimal), luego seleccionar <em>OK</em>.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/LOffice_field_options.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Opciones de campos" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Se puede verificar el archivo .CSV abriéndolo con un editor de textos y luego +se importaría como se explicó en <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importar inmersiones desde archivos <em>CSV</em> manuales</a>.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_microsoft_em_excel_em">19.2. Microsoft <em>Excel</em></h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>El delimitador de campos (llamado "separador de listas" en los manuales de +Microsoft) no está accesible desde <em>Excel</em> y debe ajustarse desde el <em>Panel de +Control</em>. Tras cambiar el carácter separador todo el software del ordenador con +Windows usará el nuevo carácter como separador. +Se puede volver a cambiar el carácter al inicial siguiendo el mismo sistema.</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +En Microsoft Windows, pulsar el botón <strong>Inicio</strong> y seleccionar el <em>Panel de + Control</em> de la lista de la izquierda. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Abrir el diálogo <em>Opciones de región y lenguaje</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Hacer una de las dos siguientes acciones: +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +En Windows 7, clicar la pestaña <em>Formatos</em> y luego <em>Personalizar este + formato</em> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +En Windows XP, clicar la pestaña <em>Opciones de región</em> y luego <em>Personalizar</em>. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Teclear un nuevo separador en el <em>Separador de listas</em>. Para utilizar un + tabulador teclea "TAB" en la casilla de texto. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Pulsar <em>OK</em> dos veces. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>A continuación, una imagen del <em>Panel de Control</em>:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Win_SaveCSV2.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Separador de listas en Win" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Para exportar el archivo en formato CSV:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Con el diario abierto en <em>Excel</em>, seleccionar el botón redondo de Windows de +arriba a la izquierda, luego <em>Guardar como</em>.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Win_SaveCSV1.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Opción Guardar como en Excel" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Clicar en la parte izquierda de la opción <em>Guardar como</em>, <strong>NO</strong> sobre la flecha +de la derecha. Esto desplegará un diálogo para guardar la hoja de cálculo en un +formato alternativo. De la lista desplegable abajo en el diálogo, seleccionar +<em>CSV(delimitado por comas) (*.CSV)</em>. Asegurarse de que se ha seleccionado la +carpeta correcta para guardar el archivo.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Win_SaveCSV3.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Excel save _CSV_ dialogue" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Seleccionar el botón <em>Guardar</em>. El archivo formateado en <em>CSV</em> se guardará en la +carpeta que se hubiera seleccionado. Se puede verificar el archivo creado con +un editor de textos y luego importar los datos de buceo como se explicó en +<a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importar inmersiones desde archivos <em>CSV</em> manuales</a>.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_APPENDIX_E">20. APÉNDICE E: Escribir una plantilla de impresión a medida</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> proporciona un mecanismo para crear o modificar plantillas que +permite producir impresiones a medida de los divelogs. Las plantillas escritas +en HTML, y también como sencillo conjunto de instrucciones de Grantlee, se +interpretan y envian a la impresora por <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Se accede a las plantillas utilizando el diálogo de impresión (imagen <strong>B</strong> a +continuación)</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Print1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Diálogo de impresión" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Los botones en la parte de abajo de diálogo permiten <em>Editar</em>, <em>Borrar</em>, +<em>Importar</em> y <em>Exportar</em> plantillas (ver imagen <strong>A</strong> anterior). Las plantillas, +nuevas o modificadas, se guardan como archivos HTML en la misma carpeta en la +que está el divelog que se está procesando. Para crear o modificar una plantilla, +selecciona la plantilla <em>Custom</em> de la lista desplegable (imagen <strong>B</strong> anterior) y +pulsa <em>Editar</em>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>El panel de edición incluye tres pestañas:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Template1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURA: Diálogo de edición de plantillas" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>1) La pestaña <em>Estilo</em> (imagen <strong>A</strong> anterior) controla la fuente, el espaciado de + lineas y la plantilla de colores utilizada para imprimir. Los atributos de estilo + son editables. Elige una de las cuatro paletas.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>2) La pestaña <em>Colores</em> (imagen <strong>B</strong> anterior) permite editar los colores que se + usarán para imprimir el registro. Los colores se pueden modificar: el botón + <em>Editar</em> de la pestaña <em>Colores</em> permite elegir colores arbitrarios para los + diferentes componentes de la impresión.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>3) La pestaña <em>Plantilla</em> del panel de edición (imagen a continuación) permite crear + una plantilla usando HTML y sentencias de Grantlee. Grantlee proporciona la + habilidad de crear y formatear código HTML de forma muy simple pero muy eficiente + (ver a continuación). El HTML de la plantilla puede editarse y guardarse. La + plantilla salvada se guarda en la carpeta en la que está el divelog con el que + se está trabajando. Por defecto, una plantilla <em>a medida</em> es un esqueleto sin + instrucciones de impresión. La información a imprimir necesita ser especificada + y formateada reemplazando la sección "<!-- Template must be filled -→". + Escribir código HtMl con Grantlee da una libertad ilimitada para elegir lo que + se imprime y como se va a visualizar.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Template2_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Template tab" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>El usuario también puede adaptar las plantillas existentes y guardarlas en la +carpeta donde se halle el divelog (por ejemplo One Dive, Six Dives, Table, etc).</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Para escribir una plantilla a medida, deben existir los siguientes elementos +para que puedan ser manejadas e interpretadas:</p></div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_bucle_principal">20.1. Bucle principal</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> pasa una lista de inmersiones llamada (<strong>dives</strong>) al sistema <em>Grantlee</em>. +Se puede iterar sobre la lista de la siguiente manera:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="title">template.html</div> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code> {% for dive in dives %} + <h1> {{ dive.number }} </h1> + {% endfor %}</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="title">output.html</div> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code> <h1> 1 </h1> + <h1> 2 </h1> + <h1> 3 </h1></code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Se puede encontrar información sobre <em>Grantlee</em> <a href="http://www.grantlee.org/apidox/for_themers.html">aquí</a></p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_variables_pasadas_a_grantlee">20.2. Variables pasadas a Grantlee</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Solo se pasa un subconjunto de los datos de una inmersión:</p></div> +<div class="tableblock"> +<table rules="all" +width="100%" +frame="border" +cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4"> +<col width="50%" /> +<col width="50%" /> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Nombre</strong></p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Descripción</strong></p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">number</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) número de la inmersión</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">id</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) diveID único, se usará para descargar el perfil</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">date</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) fecha de la inmersión</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">time</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) hora de la inmersión</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">location</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) ubicación del buceo</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">duration</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) duración del buceo</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">depth</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) profundidad de la inmersión</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">divemaster</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) datos del divemaster</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">buddy</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) datos del compañero</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">airTemp</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) temperatura del aire</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">waterTemp</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) temperatura del agua</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">notes</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) notas de la inmersión</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">rating</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) calificación del buceo, varía entre 0 y 5</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">sac</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) valor del CAS</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">tags</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) todas las etiquetas de la inmersión empalmadas</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">gas</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) datos de la botella</p></td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> también pasa datos de la plantilla <strong>template_options</strong>. Estos datos +deben usarse como valores <em>CSS</em> para proporcionar una plantilla editable de +forma dinámica. Los datos exportados se muestran en la tabla a continuación:</p></div> +<div class="tableblock"> +<table rules="all" +width="100%" +frame="border" +cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4"> +<col width="50%" /> +<col width="50%" /> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Nombre</strong></p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Descripción</strong></p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">font</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) familia de la fuente</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">borderwidth</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) valor de la anchura del borde, calculado dinámicamente +como 0.1% de la anchura de la página con un valor mínimo de 1px</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">font_size</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>double</strong>) tamaño de la fuente en vw, varía entre 1.0 y 2.0</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">line_spacing</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>double</strong>) distancia entre líneas de texto, varía entre 1.0 y 3.0</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color1</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) color del fondo</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color2</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) color primario de las celdas de la tabla</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color3</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) color secundario de las celdas de la tabla</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color4</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) color primario del texto</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color5</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) color secundario del texto</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color6</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) colores de los bordes</p></td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> +</div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="title">template.html</div> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code> border-width: {{ template_options.borderwidth }}px;</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="title">output.html</div> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code> border-width: 3px;</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Otra variable que pasa <em>Subsurface</em> es <strong>print_options</strong>. Esta variable solo +contiene un único valor:</p></div> +<div class="tableblock"> +<table rules="all" +width="100%" +frame="border" +cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4"> +<col width="50%" /> +<col width="50%" /> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Nombre</strong></p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Descripción</strong></p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">grayscale</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Utiliza filtros <em>CSS</em> para convertir la página a escala de grises +(debe añadirse al estilo del cuerpo para activar la impresión en blanco y negro)</p></td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> +</div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="title">template.html</div> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code> body { + {{ print_options.grayscale }}; + }</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="title">output.html</div> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code> body { + -webkit-filter: grayscale(100%); + }</code></pre> +</div></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_selectores_css_definidos">20.3. Selectores CSS definidos</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Como el perfil se coloca después del renderizado, <em>Subsurface</em> usa unos selectores +<em>CSS</em> especiales para ejecutar algunas búsquedas en la salida HTML. Deben añadirse +los selectores de la siguiente tabla:</p></div> +<div class="tableblock"> +<table rules="all" +width="100%" +frame="border" +cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4"> +<col width="33%" /> +<col width="33%" /> +<col width="33%" /> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Selector</strong></p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Tipo</strong></p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Descripción</strong></p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">dive_{{ dive.id }}</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">id</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">se utiliza para descargar el perfil de inmersión +correspondiente</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">diveProfile</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">class</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">cada div que contendrá un perfil de inmersión debe tener +este selector de clase añadido al selector divee_{{ dive.id }}</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">dontbreak</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">class</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">evita que el div que tenga esta clase se divida en dos +páginas</p></td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>IMPORTANTE: Renderizar perfiles de inmersión no está soportado en plantillas +de distribución de flujo (cuando datos-número de buceos = 0).</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_atributos_especiales">20.4. Atributos especiales</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Hay dos formas de renderizar: bien renderizar un número concreto de buceos por +página, bien hacer que <em>Subsurface</em> intente introducir tantas inmersiones como +sea posible en una sola página.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>El atributo de datos <strong>data-numberofdives</strong> se añade a la etiqueta body para +fijar el modo de renderizado.</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Renderizar 6 inmersiones por página: +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code> <body data-numberofdives = 6></code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Renderizar tantas inmersiones como sea posible: +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code> <body data-numberofdives = 0></code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>IMPORTANTE: Todas las unidades CSS deben estar en longitudes relativas para +imprimir en cualquier tamaño de página.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_APPENDIX_F">21. APÉNDICE F: Preguntas Frecuentes</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_em_subsurface_em_parece_calcular_mal_el_consumo_de_gas_y_el_cas">21.1. <em>Subsurface</em> parece calcular mal el consumo de gas y el CAS</h3> +<div class="paragraph" id="SAC_CALCULATION"><p><em>Pregunta</em>: Buceé con una botella de 12,2 l empezando con 220 bar y terminando +con 100 bar y yo calculo un CAS distinto al que calcula <em>Subsurface</em> ¿Está +calculándolo mal <em>Subsurface</em>?</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Respuesta</em>: En realidad no. Lo que sucede es que <em>Subsurface</em> calcula el +consumo de gas de forma diferente (y mejor) de lo que esperas. En particular, +tiene en cuenta la incompresibilidad de los gases. +Tradicionalmente para calcular el consumo y el CAS se usaba</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><code>consumo = tamaño_de_botella x (presión_inicial - presión_final)</code></p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>y es cierto para un gas ideal y es lo que se enseña en la teoría del buceo. Pero +actualmente no existe un "gas ideal" y los gases reales no se comprimen +linealmente con la presión. Además, estás olvidando el hecho de que una +atmósfera de presión no es un bar. Así pues, el cálculo <strong>real</strong> es</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><code>consumo = (cantidad_de_aire_al_inicio - cantidad_de_aire_al_final)</code></p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>donde la cantidad de aire <strong>no</strong> es simplemente "tamaño_de_botella x +presión_en_bares". Es una combinación de "tener en cuenta la compresibilidad de +los gases" (que es bastante poco a 220 bar pero se nota mucho más a 300 bar) y +"convertir los bares en atmósferas" (que es la mayor parte de la discrepancia). +Recuerda: una atm es ~1.013 bar, por tanto sin compresibilidad, tu uso de gas es +:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><code>12.2*((220-100)/1.013)</code></p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>que es aproximadamente 1445, no 1464. Así pues había 19 litros de más en tu +cálculo que ignoraba la diferencia entre bar y atm. La compresibilidad aparece +por encima de 200 bar y reduce los 1445 en unos 8 litros más por lo que +realmente usaste unos 1437 litros al nivel del mar.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Por lo tanto, alégrate: tu CAS es mejor de lo que tus cálculos indicaban. O +entristécete: tu botella contiene menos aire de lo que pensabas. Y como +mencionábamos el "contiene menos aire de lo que pensabas" se hace más notorio a +altas presiones. A 400 bar realmente no contiene el doble de aire que a 200 bar. +A presiones más bajas, el aire se comporta bastante como un gas ideal.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_algunos_perfiles_de_inmersion_tienen_discrepancias_de_tiempos_con_las_muestras_que_toma_mi_ordenador_de_buceo">21.2. Algunos perfiles de inmersión tienen discrepancias de tiempos con las muestras que toma mi ordenador de buceo …</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> termina por ignorar el tiempo en superficie por varios motivos +(profundidad media, tiempo de inmersión, CAS, etc).</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Pregunta</em>: ¿Por qué las duraciones de los buceos en mi ordenador difieren de +los proporcionados por <em>Subsurface</em>?</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Respuesta</em>: Por ejemplo, si al terminar haces una prueba de lastre +(suficientemente profunda para iniciar el ordenador de buceo) y luego subes y +esperas 5 minutos a tus compañeros, tu ordenador puede decir que has hecho una +inmersión de 50 minutos, pero <em>Subsurface</em> dirá que es de 45 minutos (porque +realmente has estado buceando 45 minutos). Es mucho más notable si haces cosas +como actuar de instructor en inmersiones de curso, donde puedes estar en el agua +mucho rato pero pasar la mayor parte del tiempo en superficie. En este caso no +querrás que te cuente como algún tipo de inmersión larga.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_se_han_perdido_algunos_perfiles_en_la_descarga">21.3. Se han perdido algunos perfiles en la descarga</h3> +<div class="paragraph" id="DC_HISTORY"><p><em>Pregunta</em>: No consigo descargar todas mis inmersiones, solo las más recientes, +incluso aunque el manual de mi ordenador de buceo afirma que guarda el historial +de, por ejemplo, 999 buceos.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Respuesta</em>: El historial de buceo es diferente de los perfiles de inmersión del +registro. El historial solo conserva rastro del total de inmersiones y el tiempo +total pasado bajo el agua. Los registros, por otra parte, conservan el perfil de +inmersión, pero disponen de una cantidad limitada de memoria para hacerlo. La +cantidad exacta de perfiles que pueden guardarse en un dispositivo dependen del +intervalo de las muestras y de la duración de los buceos. Una vez que la memoria +se ha llenado se sobre escriben las inmersiones más antiguas con nuevas. De +esta forma, solo podemos descargar las últimas 13, 30 o 199 inmersiones.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Si has descargado tus inmersiones a otro divelog antes de que se sobrescribieran, +hay muchas posibilidades de que Subsurface pueda importarlas. Sin embargo, si los +registros estaban solo en el ordenador de buceo, no pueden recuperarse tras haber +sido sobrescritos.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div id="footnotes"><hr /></div> +<div id="footer"> +<div id="footer-text"> +Last updated 2015-12-15 13:35:29 PST +</div> +</div> +</body> +</html> diff --git a/Documentation/user-manual_fr.html.git b/Documentation/user-manual_fr.html.git index f6bcf6fe6..128f62872 100644 --- a/Documentation/user-manual_fr.html.git +++ b/Documentation/user-manual_fr.html.git @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
- "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd">
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"> <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en"> <head> <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="application/xhtml+xml; charset=UTF-8" /> @@ -7,461 +7,461 @@ <title></title> <style type="text/css"> /* - * compact_subsurface.css, a special style sheet for Subsurface,
- * modified by Willem Ferguson and derived from:
- * compact.css, version 1.3 by Alex Efros <powerman@powerman.name>
- * Licence: Public Domain
- *
- * Usage: asciidoc -a theme=compact_subsurface ...
- */
-
-* { padding: 0; margin: 0; }
-img { border: 0; }
-
-/*** Layout ***/
-
-body { margin: 10px 20px; }
-#header br { display: none; }
-#revnumber { display: block; }
-#toc { margin: 1em 0; }
-.toclevel2 { margin-left: 1em; }
-.toclevel3 { margin-left: 2em; }
-#footer { margin-top: 2em; }
-
-#preamble .sectionbody,
-h2,
-h3,
-h4,
-h5 { margin: 1em 0 0 0; }
-
-.admonitionblock,
-.listingblock,
-.sidebarblock,
-.exampleblock,
-.tableblock,
-.literalblock { margin: 1em 0; }
-.admonitionblock td.icon { padding-right: 0.5em; }
-.admonitionblock td.content { padding-left: 0.5em; }
-.listingblock .content { padding: 0.5em; }
-.sidebarblock > .content { padding: 0.5em; }
-.exampleblock > .content { padding: 0 0.5em; }
-.tableblock caption { padding: 0 0 0.5em 0; }
-.tableblock thead th,
-.tableblock tbody td,
-.tableblock tfoot td { padding: 0 0.5em; }
-.quoteblock { padding: 0 2.0em; }
-
-.paragraph { margin: 1em 0 0 0; }
-.sidebarblock .paragraph:first-child,
-.exampleblock .paragraph:first-child,
-.admonitionblock .paragraph:first-child { margin: 0; }
-
- .ulist, .olist, .dlist, .hdlist, .qlist { margin: 1em 0; }
-li .ulist, li .olist, li .dlist, li .hdlist, li .qlist,
-dd .ulist, dd .olist, dd .dlist, dd .hdlist, dd .qlist { margin: 0; }
-ul { margin-left: 1.5em; }
-ol { margin-left: 2em; }
-dd { margin-left: 3em; }
-td.hdlist1 { padding-right: 1em; }
-
-/*** Fonts ***/
-
-body { font-family: Verdana, sans-serif; }
-#header { font-family: Arial, sans-serif; }
-#header h1 { font-family: Arial, sans-serif; }
-#footer { font-family: Georgia, serif; }
-#email { font-size: 0.85em; }
-#revnumber { font-size: 0.75em; }
-#toc { font-size: 0.9em; }
-#toctitle { font-weight: bold; }
-#footer { font-size: 0.8em; }
-
-h2, h3, h4, h5, .title { font-family: Arial, sans-serif; }
-h2 { font-size: 1.5em; }
-.sectionbody { font-size: 0.85em; }
-.sectionbody .sectionbody { font-size: inherit; }
-h3 { font-size: 159%; } /* 1.35em */
-h4 { font-size: 141%; } /* 1.2em */
-h5 { font-size: 118%; } /* 1em */
-.title { font-size: 106%; /* 0.9em */
- font-weight: bold;
- }
-
-tt, .monospaced { font-family: monospace; font-size: 106%; } /* 0.9em */
-dt, td.hdlist1, .qlist em { font-family: Times New Roman, serif;
- font-size: 118%; /* 1em */
- font-style: italic;
- }
-.tableblock tfoot td { font-weight: bold; }
-
-/*** Colors and Backgrounds ***/
-
-h1 { color: #527bbd; border-bottom: 2px solid silver; }
-#footer { border-top: 2px solid silver; }
-
-h2 { color: #527bbd; border-bottom: 2px solid silver; }
-h3 { color: #5D7EAE; border-bottom: 2px solid silver; }
-h3 { display: inline-block; }
-h4,h5 { color: #5D7EAE; }
-
-.admonitionblock td.content { border-left: 2px solid silver; }
-.listingblock .content { background: #f4f4f4; border: 1px solid silver; border-left: 5px solid #e0e0e0; }
-.sidebarblock > .content { background: #ffffee; border: 1px solid silver; border-left: 5px solid #e0e0e0; }
-.exampleblock > .content { border-left: 2px solid silver; }
-.quoteblock { border-left: 5px solid #e0e0e0; }
-.tableblock table {
- border-collapse: collapse;
- border-width: 3px;
- border-color: #527bbd;
-}
-.tableblock table[frame=hsides] { border-style: solid none; }
-.tableblock table[frame=border] { border-style: solid; }
-.tableblock table[frame=void] { border-style: none; }
-.tableblock table[frame=vsides] { border-style: none solid; }
-.tableblock table[rules=all] tbody tr *,
-.tableblock table[rules=rows] tbody tr * {
- border-top: 1px solid #527bbd;
-}
-.tableblock table[rules=all] tr *,
-.tableblock table[rules=cols] tr * {
- border-left: 1px solid #527bbd;
-}
-.tableblock table tbody tr:first-child * {
- border-top: 1px solid white; /* none don't work here... %-[] */
-}
-.tableblock table tr *:first-child {
- border-left: none;
-}
-.tableblock table[frame] thead tr *,
-.tableblock table[frame] thead tr * {
- border-top: 1px solid white;
- border-bottom: 2px solid #527bbd;
-}
-.tableblock table tr td p.table,
-.tableblock table tr td p.table * {
- border: 0px;
-}
-
-tt, .monospaced { color: navy; }
-
-li { color: #a0a0a0; }
-li > * { color: black; }
-
-span.aqua { color: aqua; }
-span.black { color: black; }
-span.blue { color: blue; }
-span.fuchsia { color: fuchsia; }
-span.gray { color: gray; }
-span.green { color: green; }
-span.lime { color: lime; }
-span.maroon { color: maroon; }
-span.navy { color: navy; }
-span.olive { color: olive; }
-span.purple { color: purple; }
-span.red { color: red; }
-span.silver { color: silver; }
-span.teal { color: teal; }
-span.white { color: white; }
-span.yellow { color: yellow; }
-
-span.aqua-background { background: aqua; }
-span.black-background { background: black; }
-span.blue-background { background: blue; }
-span.fuchsia-background { background: fuchsia; }
-span.gray-background { background: gray; }
-span.green-background { background: green; }
-span.lime-background { background: lime; }
-span.maroon-background { background: maroon; }
-span.navy-background { background: navy; }
-span.olive-background { background: olive; }
-span.purple-background { background: purple; }
-span.red-background { background: red; }
-span.silver-background { background: silver; }
-span.teal-background { background: teal; }
-span.white-background { background: white; }
-span.yellow-background { background: yellow; }
-
-span.big { font-size: 2em; }
-span.small { font-size: 0.6em; }
-
-span.underline { text-decoration: underline; }
-span.overline { text-decoration: overline; }
-span.line-through { text-decoration: line-through; }
-
-/*** Misc ***/
-
-.admonitionblock td.icon { vertical-align: top; }
-.attribution { text-align: right; }
-
-ul { list-style-type: disc; }
-ol.arabic { list-style-type: decimal; }
-ol.loweralpha { list-style-type: lower-alpha; }
-ol.upperalpha { list-style-type: upper-alpha; }
-ol.lowerroman { list-style-type: lower-roman; }
-ol.upperroman { list-style-type: upper-roman; }
-.hdlist td { vertical-align: top; }
-
-
-@media screen {
- body {
- max-width: 50em; /* approximately 80 characters wide */
- margin-left: 16em;
- }
-
- #toc {
- position: fixed;
- top: 0;
- left: 0;
- bottom: 0;
- width: 13em;
- padding: 0.5em;
- padding-bottom: 1.5em;
- margin: 0;
- overflow: auto;
- border-right: 3px solid #f8f8f8;
- background-color: white;
- }
-
- #toc .toclevel1 {
- margin-top: 0.5em;
- }
-
- #toc .toclevel2 {
- margin-top: 0.25em;
- display: list-item;
- color: #aaaaaa;
- }
-
- #toctitle {
- margin-top: 0.5em;
- }
-}
-</style>
-<script type="text/javascript">
-/*<+'])');
- // Function that scans the DOM tree for header elements (the DOM2
- // nodeIterator API would be a better technique but not supported by all
- // browsers).
- var iterate = function (el) {
- for (var i = el.firstChild; i != null; i = i.nextSibling) {
- if (i.nodeType == 1 /* Node.ELEMENT_NODE */) {
- var mo = re.exec(i.tagName);
- if (mo && (i.getAttribute("class") || i.getAttribute("className")) != "float") {
- result[result.length] = new TocEntry(i, getText(i), mo[1]-1);
- }
- iterate(i);
- }
- }
- }
- iterate(el);
- return result;
- }
-
- var toc = document.getElementById("toc");
- if (!toc) {
- return;
- }
-
- // Delete existing TOC entries in case we're reloading the TOC.
- var tocEntriesToRemove = [];
- var i;
- for (i = 0; i < toc.childNodes.length; i++) {
- var entry = toc.childNodes[i];
- if (entry.nodeName.toLowerCase() == 'div'
- && entry.getAttribute("class")
- && entry.getAttribute("class").match(/^toclevel/))
- tocEntriesToRemove.push(entry);
- }
- for (i = 0; i < tocEntriesToRemove.length; i++) {
- toc.removeChild(tocEntriesToRemove[i]);
- }
-
- // Rebuild TOC entries.
- var entries = tocEntries(document.getElementById("content"), toclevels);
- for (var i = 0; i < entries.length; ++i) {
- var entry = entries[i];
- if (entry.element.id == "")
- entry.element.id = "_toc_" + i;
- var a = document.createElement("a");
- a.href = "#" + entry.element.id;
- a.appendChild(document.createTextNode(entry.text));
- var div = document.createElement("div");
- div.appendChild(a);
- div.className = "toclevel" + entry.toclevel;
- toc.appendChild(div);
- }
- if (entries.length == 0)
- toc.parentNode.removeChild(toc);
-},
-
-
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Footnotes generator
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-/* Based on footnote generation code from:
- * http://www.brandspankingnew.net/archive/2005/07/format_footnote.html
- */
-
-footnotes: function () {
- // Delete existing footnote entries in case we're reloading the footnodes.
- var i;
- var noteholder = document.getElementById("footnotes");
- if (!noteholder) {
- return;
- }
- var entriesToRemove = [];
- for (i = 0; i < noteholder.childNodes.length; i++) {
- var entry = noteholder.childNodes[i];
- if (entry.nodeName.toLowerCase() == 'div' && entry.getAttribute("class") == "footnote")
- entriesToRemove.push(entry);
- }
- for (i = 0; i < entriesToRemove.length; i++) {
- noteholder.removeChild(entriesToRemove[i]);
- }
-
- // Rebuild footnote entries.
- var cont = document.getElementById("content");
- var spans = cont.getElementsByTagName("span");
- var refs = {};
- var n = 0;
- for (i=0; i<spans.length; i++) {
- if (spans[i].className == "footnote") {
- n++;
- var note = spans[i].getAttribute("data-note");
- if (!note) {
- // Use [\s\S] in place of . so multi-line matches work.
- // Because JavaScript has no s (dotall) regex flag.
- note = spans[i].innerHTML.match(/\s*\[([\s\S]*)]\s*/)[1];
- spans[i].innerHTML =
- "[<a id='_footnoteref_" + n + "' href='#_footnote_" + n +
- "' title='View footnote' class='footnote'>" + n + "</a>]";
- spans[i].setAttribute("data-note", note);
- }
- noteholder.innerHTML +=
- "<div class='footnote' id='_footnote_" + n + "'>" +
- "<a href='#_footnoteref_" + n + "' title='Return to text'>" +
- n + "</a>. " + note + "</div>";
- var id =spans[i].getAttribute("id");
- if (id != null) refs["#"+id] = n;
- }
- }
- if (n == 0)
- noteholder.parentNode.removeChild(noteholder);
- else {
- // Process footnoterefs.
- for (i=0; i<spans.length; i++) {
- if (spans[i].className == "footnoteref") {
- var href = spans[i].getElementsByTagName("a")[0].getAttribute("href");
- href = href.match(/#.*/)[0]; // Because IE return full URL.
- n = refs[href];
- spans[i].innerHTML =
- "[<a href='#_footnote_" + n +
- "' title='View footnote' class='footnote'>" + n + "</a>]";
- }
- }
- }
-},
-
-install: function(toclevels) {
- var timerId;
-
- function reinstall() {
- asciidoc.footnotes();
- if (toclevels) {
- asciidoc.toc(toclevels);
- }
- }
-
- function reinstallAndRemoveTimer() {
- clearInterval(timerId);
- reinstall();
- }
-
- timerId = setInterval(reinstall, 500);
- if (document.addEventListener)
- document.addEventListener("DOMContentLoaded", reinstallAndRemoveTimer, false);
- else
- window.onload = reinstallAndRemoveTimer;
-}
-
-}
-asciidoc.install(3);
-/*]]>*/
-</script>
-</head>
-<body class="article">
-<div id="header">
-</div>
-<div id="content">
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Subsurface4Banner.jpg" alt="Banner" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><span class="big">MANUEL UTILISATEUR</span></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Auteurs du manuel</strong> : Willem Ferguson, Jacco van Koll, Dirk Hohndel, Reinout Hoornweg,
-Linus Torvalds, Miika Turkia, Amit Chaudhuri, Jan Schubert, Salvador Cuñat, Pedro Neves</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><span class="blue"><em>Version 4.5, Octobre 2015</em></span></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Bienvenue en tant qu’utilisateur de <em>Subsurface</em>, un programme avancé
-d’enregistrement de plongées (carnet de plongées) avec une bonne
-infrastructure pour décrire, organiser, interpréter et imprimer des plongées
-en scaphandre et en apnée. <em>Subsurface</em> offre de nombreux avantages par
-rapport à d’autres solutions logicielles similaires :</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Avez-vous besoin d’une façon d’enregistrer vos plongées utilisant des
- équipements loisirs, même sans utiliser d’ordinateur de plongée ?
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Utilisez-vous deux marques différentes d’ordinateurs de plongée, chacun avec
- son propre logiciel propriétaire pour télécharger les enregistrements des
- plongées ? Plongez-vous avec un recycleur ou un équipement en circuit ouvert
+ * compact_subsurface.css, a special style sheet for Subsurface, + * modified by Willem Ferguson and derived from: + * compact.css, version 1.3 by Alex Efros <powerman@powerman.name> + * Licence: Public Domain + * + * Usage: asciidoc -a theme=compact_subsurface ... + */ + +* { padding: 0; margin: 0; } +img { border: 0; } + +/*** Layout ***/ + +body { margin: 10px 20px; } +#header br { display: none; } +#revnumber { display: block; } +#toc { margin: 1em 0; } +.toclevel2 { margin-left: 1em; } +.toclevel3 { margin-left: 2em; } +#footer { margin-top: 2em; } + +#preamble .sectionbody, +h2, +h3, +h4, +h5 { margin: 1em 0 0 0; } + +.admonitionblock, +.listingblock, +.sidebarblock, +.exampleblock, +.tableblock, +.literalblock { margin: 1em 0; } +.admonitionblock td.icon { padding-right: 0.5em; } +.admonitionblock td.content { padding-left: 0.5em; } +.listingblock .content { padding: 0.5em; } +.sidebarblock > .content { padding: 0.5em; } +.exampleblock > .content { padding: 0 0.5em; } +.tableblock caption { padding: 0 0 0.5em 0; } +.tableblock thead th, +.tableblock tbody td, +.tableblock tfoot td { padding: 0 0.5em; } +.quoteblock { padding: 0 2.0em; } + +.paragraph { margin: 1em 0 0 0; } +.sidebarblock .paragraph:first-child, +.exampleblock .paragraph:first-child, +.admonitionblock .paragraph:first-child { margin: 0; } + + .ulist, .olist, .dlist, .hdlist, .qlist { margin: 1em 0; } +li .ulist, li .olist, li .dlist, li .hdlist, li .qlist, +dd .ulist, dd .olist, dd .dlist, dd .hdlist, dd .qlist { margin: 0; } +ul { margin-left: 1.5em; } +ol { margin-left: 2em; } +dd { margin-left: 3em; } +td.hdlist1 { padding-right: 1em; } + +/*** Fonts ***/ + +body { font-family: Verdana, sans-serif; } +#header { font-family: Arial, sans-serif; } +#header h1 { font-family: Arial, sans-serif; } +#footer { font-family: Georgia, serif; } +#email { font-size: 0.85em; } +#revnumber { font-size: 0.75em; } +#toc { font-size: 0.9em; } +#toctitle { font-weight: bold; } +#footer { font-size: 0.8em; } + +h2, h3, h4, h5, .title { font-family: Arial, sans-serif; } +h2 { font-size: 1.5em; } +.sectionbody { font-size: 0.85em; } +.sectionbody .sectionbody { font-size: inherit; } +h3 { font-size: 159%; } /* 1.35em */ +h4 { font-size: 141%; } /* 1.2em */ +h5 { font-size: 118%; } /* 1em */ +.title { font-size: 106%; /* 0.9em */ + font-weight: bold; + } + +tt, .monospaced { font-family: monospace; font-size: 106%; } /* 0.9em */ +dt, td.hdlist1, .qlist em { font-family: Times New Roman, serif; + font-size: 118%; /* 1em */ + font-style: italic; + } +.tableblock tfoot td { font-weight: bold; } + +/*** Colors and Backgrounds ***/ + +h1 { color: #527bbd; border-bottom: 2px solid silver; } +#footer { border-top: 2px solid silver; } + +h2 { color: #527bbd; border-bottom: 2px solid silver; } +h3 { color: #5D7EAE; border-bottom: 2px solid silver; } +h3 { display: inline-block; } +h4,h5 { color: #5D7EAE; } + +.admonitionblock td.content { border-left: 2px solid silver; } +.listingblock .content { background: #f4f4f4; border: 1px solid silver; border-left: 5px solid #e0e0e0; } +.sidebarblock > .content { background: #ffffee; border: 1px solid silver; border-left: 5px solid #e0e0e0; } +.exampleblock > .content { border-left: 2px solid silver; } +.quoteblock { border-left: 5px solid #e0e0e0; } +.tableblock table { + border-collapse: collapse; + border-width: 3px; + border-color: #527bbd; +} +.tableblock table[frame=hsides] { border-style: solid none; } +.tableblock table[frame=border] { border-style: solid; } +.tableblock table[frame=void] { border-style: none; } +.tableblock table[frame=vsides] { border-style: none solid; } +.tableblock table[rules=all] tbody tr *, +.tableblock table[rules=rows] tbody tr * { + border-top: 1px solid #527bbd; +} +.tableblock table[rules=all] tr *, +.tableblock table[rules=cols] tr * { + border-left: 1px solid #527bbd; +} +.tableblock table tbody tr:first-child * { + border-top: 1px solid white; /* none don't work here... %-[] */ +} +.tableblock table tr *:first-child { + border-left: none; +} +.tableblock table[frame] thead tr *, +.tableblock table[frame] thead tr * { + border-top: 1px solid white; + border-bottom: 2px solid #527bbd; +} +.tableblock table tr td p.table, +.tableblock table tr td p.table * { + border: 0px; +} + +tt, .monospaced { color: navy; } + +li { color: #a0a0a0; } +li > * { color: black; } + +span.aqua { color: aqua; } +span.black { color: black; } +span.blue { color: blue; } +span.fuchsia { color: fuchsia; } +span.gray { color: gray; } +span.green { color: green; } +span.lime { color: lime; } +span.maroon { color: maroon; } +span.navy { color: navy; } +span.olive { color: olive; } +span.purple { color: purple; } +span.red { color: red; } +span.silver { color: silver; } +span.teal { color: teal; } +span.white { color: white; } +span.yellow { color: yellow; } + +span.aqua-background { background: aqua; } +span.black-background { background: black; } +span.blue-background { background: blue; } +span.fuchsia-background { background: fuchsia; } +span.gray-background { background: gray; } +span.green-background { background: green; } +span.lime-background { background: lime; } +span.maroon-background { background: maroon; } +span.navy-background { background: navy; } +span.olive-background { background: olive; } +span.purple-background { background: purple; } +span.red-background { background: red; } +span.silver-background { background: silver; } +span.teal-background { background: teal; } +span.white-background { background: white; } +span.yellow-background { background: yellow; } + +span.big { font-size: 2em; } +span.small { font-size: 0.6em; } + +span.underline { text-decoration: underline; } +span.overline { text-decoration: overline; } +span.line-through { text-decoration: line-through; } + +/*** Misc ***/ + +.admonitionblock td.icon { vertical-align: top; } +.attribution { text-align: right; } + +ul { list-style-type: disc; } +ol.arabic { list-style-type: decimal; } +ol.loweralpha { list-style-type: lower-alpha; } +ol.upperalpha { list-style-type: upper-alpha; } +ol.lowerroman { list-style-type: lower-roman; } +ol.upperroman { list-style-type: upper-roman; } +.hdlist td { vertical-align: top; } + + +@media screen { + body { + max-width: 50em; /* approximately 80 characters wide */ + margin-left: 16em; + } + + #toc { + position: fixed; + top: 0; + left: 0; + bottom: 0; + width: 13em; + padding: 0.5em; + padding-bottom: 1.5em; + margin: 0; + overflow: auto; + border-right: 3px solid #f8f8f8; + background-color: white; + } + + #toc .toclevel1 { + margin-top: 0.5em; + } + + #toc .toclevel2 { + margin-top: 0.25em; + display: list-item; + color: #aaaaaa; + } + + #toctitle { + margin-top: 0.5em; + } +} +</style> +<script type="text/javascript"> +/*<+'])'); + // Function that scans the DOM tree for header elements (the DOM2 + // nodeIterator API would be a better technique but not supported by all + // browsers). + var iterate = function (el) { + for (var i = el.firstChild; i != null; i = i.nextSibling) { + if (i.nodeType == 1 /* Node.ELEMENT_NODE */) { + var mo = re.exec(i.tagName); + if (mo && (i.getAttribute("class") || i.getAttribute("className")) != "float") { + result[result.length] = new TocEntry(i, getText(i), mo[1]-1); + } + iterate(i); + } + } + } + iterate(el); + return result; + } + + var toc = document.getElementById("toc"); + if (!toc) { + return; + } + + // Delete existing TOC entries in case we're reloading the TOC. + var tocEntriesToRemove = []; + var i; + for (i = 0; i < toc.childNodes.length; i++) { + var entry = toc.childNodes[i]; + if (entry.nodeName.toLowerCase() == 'div' + && entry.getAttribute("class") + && entry.getAttribute("class").match(/^toclevel/)) + tocEntriesToRemove.push(entry); + } + for (i = 0; i < tocEntriesToRemove.length; i++) { + toc.removeChild(tocEntriesToRemove[i]); + } + + // Rebuild TOC entries. + var entries = tocEntries(document.getElementById("content"), toclevels); + for (var i = 0; i < entries.length; ++i) { + var entry = entries[i]; + if (entry.element.id == "") + entry.element.id = "_toc_" + i; + var a = document.createElement("a"); + a.href = "#" + entry.element.id; + a.appendChild(document.createTextNode(entry.text)); + var div = document.createElement("div"); + div.appendChild(a); + div.className = "toclevel" + entry.toclevel; + toc.appendChild(div); + } + if (entries.length == 0) + toc.parentNode.removeChild(toc); +}, + + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Footnotes generator +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/* Based on footnote generation code from: + * http://www.brandspankingnew.net/archive/2005/07/format_footnote.html + */ + +footnotes: function () { + // Delete existing footnote entries in case we're reloading the footnodes. + var i; + var noteholder = document.getElementById("footnotes"); + if (!noteholder) { + return; + } + var entriesToRemove = []; + for (i = 0; i < noteholder.childNodes.length; i++) { + var entry = noteholder.childNodes[i]; + if (entry.nodeName.toLowerCase() == 'div' && entry.getAttribute("class") == "footnote") + entriesToRemove.push(entry); + } + for (i = 0; i < entriesToRemove.length; i++) { + noteholder.removeChild(entriesToRemove[i]); + } + + // Rebuild footnote entries. + var cont = document.getElementById("content"); + var spans = cont.getElementsByTagName("span"); + var refs = {}; + var n = 0; + for (i=0; i<spans.length; i++) { + if (spans[i].className == "footnote") { + n++; + var note = spans[i].getAttribute("data-note"); + if (!note) { + // Use [\s\S] in place of . so multi-line matches work. + // Because JavaScript has no s (dotall) regex flag. + note = spans[i].innerHTML.match(/\s*\[([\s\S]*)]\s*/)[1]; + spans[i].innerHTML = + "[<a id='_footnoteref_" + n + "' href='#_footnote_" + n + + "' title='View footnote' class='footnote'>" + n + "</a>]"; + spans[i].setAttribute("data-note", note); + } + noteholder.innerHTML += + "<div class='footnote' id='_footnote_" + n + "'>" + + "<a href='#_footnoteref_" + n + "' title='Return to text'>" + + n + "</a>. " + note + "</div>"; + var id =spans[i].getAttribute("id"); + if (id != null) refs["#"+id] = n; + } + } + if (n == 0) + noteholder.parentNode.removeChild(noteholder); + else { + // Process footnoterefs. + for (i=0; i<spans.length; i++) { + if (spans[i].className == "footnoteref") { + var href = spans[i].getElementsByTagName("a")[0].getAttribute("href"); + href = href.match(/#.*/)[0]; // Because IE return full URL. + n = refs[href]; + spans[i].innerHTML = + "[<a href='#_footnote_" + n + + "' title='View footnote' class='footnote'>" + n + "</a>]"; + } + } + } +}, + +install: function(toclevels) { + var timerId; + + function reinstall() { + asciidoc.footnotes(); + if (toclevels) { + asciidoc.toc(toclevels); + } + } + + function reinstallAndRemoveTimer() { + clearInterval(timerId); + reinstall(); + } + + timerId = setInterval(reinstall, 500); + if (document.addEventListener) + document.addEventListener("DOMContentLoaded", reinstallAndRemoveTimer, false); + else + window.onload = reinstallAndRemoveTimer; +} + +} +asciidoc.install(3); +/*]]>*/ +</script> +</head> +<body class="article"> +<div id="header"> +</div> +<div id="content"> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Subsurface4Banner.jpg" alt="Banner" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><span class="big">MANUEL UTILISATEUR</span></p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Auteurs du manuel</strong> : Willem Ferguson, Jacco van Koll, Dirk Hohndel, Reinout Hoornweg, +Linus Torvalds, Miika Turkia, Amit Chaudhuri, Jan Schubert, Salvador Cuñat, Pedro Neves</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><span class="blue"><em>Version 4.5, Octobre 2015</em></span></p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Bienvenue en tant qu’utilisateur de <em>Subsurface</em>, un programme avancé +d’enregistrement de plongées (carnet de plongées) avec une bonne +infrastructure pour décrire, organiser, interpréter et imprimer des plongées +en scaphandre et en apnée. <em>Subsurface</em> offre de nombreux avantages par +rapport à d’autres solutions logicielles similaires :</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Avez-vous besoin d’une façon d’enregistrer vos plongées utilisant des + équipements loisirs, même sans utiliser d’ordinateur de plongée ? +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Utilisez-vous deux marques différentes d’ordinateurs de plongée, chacun avec + son propre logiciel propriétaire pour télécharger les enregistrements des + plongées ? Plongez-vous avec un recycleur ou un équipement en circuit ouvert ou de loisir ? Utilisez-vous un enregistreur de profondeur et de durée Reefnet Sensus avec un ordinateur de plongée ? <em>Subsurface</em> offre une interface standard pour télécharger les enregistrements des plongées à @@ -469,13 +469,13 @@ Utilisez-vous deux marques différentes d’ordinateurs de plongée, chacun ces enregistrements dans un système unique. </p> </li> -<li>
-<p>
-Utilisez-vous plus d’un système d’exploitation ? <em>Subsurface</em> est
- intégralement compatible avec Mac, Linux et Windows, ce qui vous permet
- d’accéder à vos enregistrements de plongées sur chaque système
- d’exploitation en utilisant une application unique.
-</p>
+<li> +<p> +Utilisez-vous plus d’un système d’exploitation ? <em>Subsurface</em> est + intégralement compatible avec Mac, Linux et Windows, ce qui vous permet + d’accéder à vos enregistrements de plongées sur chaque système + d’exploitation en utilisant une application unique. +</p> </li> <li> <p> @@ -483,9 +483,9 @@ Utilisez-vous Linux ou Mac mais votre ordinateur de plongée n’a que des logiciels pour Windows pour télécharger les informations de plongées (par exemple Mares) ? <em>Subsurface</em> fournit un moyen de télécharger et d’analyser vos enregistrements de plongées sur d’autres systèmes d’exploitation. -</p>
-</li>
-<li>
+</p> +</li> +<li> <p> Avez-vous besoin d’un planificateur de plongée graphique intuitif qui intègre et prend en compte les plongées qui ont déjà été enregistrées ? @@ -503,22 +503,22 @@ libdivecomputer sont disponibles. installer le logiciel, consultez la page <em>Téléchargement</em> sur le <a href="http://subsurface-divelog.org/">site web de <em>Subsurface</em></a>. En cas de problème, vous pouvez envoyer un e-mail sur -<a href="mailto:subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org">notre liste de diffusion</a> et
-rapportez les bogues sur <a href="http://trac.hohndel.org">notre bugtracker</a>. Pour
-des instructions de compilation du logiciel et (si besoin) de ses
-dépendances, merci de consulter le fichier INSTALL inclus dans les sources
-logicielles.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Public</strong> : Plongeurs loisirs, apnéistes, plongeurs Tek et plongeurs
-professionnels</p></div>
-<div id="toc">
- <div id="toctitle">Table of Contents</div>
- <noscript><p><b>JavaScript must be enabled in your browser to display the table of contents.</b></p></noscript>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_utilisation_de_ce_manuel">1. Utilisation de ce manuel</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>When opened from within <em>Subsurface</em>, this manual does not have external
-controls for paging or selecting previous pages. However, two facilities are
+<a href="mailto:subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org">notre liste de diffusion</a> et +rapportez les bogues sur <a href="http://trac.hohndel.org">notre bugtracker</a>. Pour +des instructions de compilation du logiciel et (si besoin) de ses +dépendances, merci de consulter le fichier INSTALL inclus dans les sources +logicielles.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Public</strong> : Plongeurs loisirs, apnéistes, plongeurs Tek et plongeurs +professionnels</p></div> +<div id="toc"> + <div id="toctitle">Table of Contents</div> + <noscript><p><b>JavaScript must be enabled in your browser to display the table of contents.</b></p></noscript> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_utilisation_de_ce_manuel">1. Utilisation de ce manuel</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>When opened from within <em>Subsurface</em>, this manual does not have external +controls for paging or selecting previous pages. However, two facilities are provided:</p></div> <div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>SEARCH</em> function is activated by pressing control-F or command-F on the keyboard. A text box appears at the bottom right-hand of the window (see @@ -556,9 +556,9 @@ subsurface habits change and you wish to fill in another survey, just launch </div> </div> <div class="sect1"> -<h2 id="S_StartUsing">3. Commencer à utiliser le programme</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>La fenêtre <em>Subsurface</em> est généralement divisée en 4 panneaux avec un <strong>Menu
+<h2 id="S_StartUsing">3. Commencer à utiliser le programme</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>La fenêtre <em>Subsurface</em> est généralement divisée en 4 panneaux avec un <strong>Menu principal</strong> (Fichier Importer Journal Vue Aide) en haut de la fenêtre (pour Windows et Linux) ou en haut de l'écran (pour Mac et Ubuntu Unity). Les quatre panneaux sont :</p></div> @@ -635,7 +635,7 @@ before a new logbook is created.</p></div> <li> <p> Importer les informations de plongée qui ont été maintenues soit dans un - tableur
+ tableur soit dans un fichier CSV. Se reporter à : <a href="#S_Appendix_D">ANNEXE D : Exporter un tableur vers le format CSV</a> et à <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importer des plongées au format CSV</a>. @@ -647,16 +647,16 @@ imported from: <li> <p> L’ordinateur de plongée lui-même. Voir : <a href="#S_ImportDiveComputer">Importer - de nouvelles informations de plongée à partir de l’ordinateur de plongée</a> ou
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Logiciels propriétaires fournis par les fabricants d’ordinateurs de
- plongée. Voir
- <a href="#S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs">Importer les informations à partir d’autres
- sources de données numériques ou d’autres formats de données</a>.
-</p>
+ de nouvelles informations de plongée à partir de l’ordinateur de plongée</a> ou +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Logiciels propriétaires fournis par les fabricants d’ordinateurs de + plongée. Voir + <a href="#S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs">Importer les informations à partir d’autres + sources de données numériques ou d’autres formats de données</a>. +</p> </li> <li> <p> @@ -664,10 +664,10 @@ Spreadsheet or CSV files containing dive profiles. Voir : <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importer les plongées au format CSV à partir des ordinateurs de plongées ou d’autres logiciels de carnet de plongée</a> </p> -</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_EnterData">5.1. Entrer les informations de plongée à la main</h3>
+</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_EnterData">5.1. Entrer les informations de plongée à la main</h3> <div class="paragraph"><p>This is usually the approach for dives without a dive computer. The basic record of information within <em>Subsurface</em> is a dive. The most important information in a simple dive logbook usually includes dive type, date, time, @@ -689,12 +689,12 @@ explained for data entry.</p></div> <strong>Editing Mode</strong>, indicated by the message in the blue box at the top of the <strong>Notes</strong> panel (see the image below). This message is displayed in all the panels under Notes and Equipment when in <strong>Editing Mode</strong>.</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/BlueEditBar_f22.jpg" alt="Blue edit bar" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>Apply changes</em> button should only be selected after all the parts of a
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/BlueEditBar_f22.jpg" alt="Blue edit bar" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>Apply changes</em> button should only be selected after all the parts of a dive have been entered. When entering dives by hand, the <em>Info</em>, <em>Equipment</em> and <em>Profile</em> tabs should be completed before saving the information. By selecting the <em>Apply changes</em> button, a local copy of the @@ -753,9 +753,9 @@ top left hand of the <em>Subsurface</em> window should be used. Click on </div> </div> <div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="S_ImportDiveComputer">5.2. Importer de nouvelles informations de plongée à partir de l’ordinateur de plongée</h3>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_connecting_and_importing_data_from_a_dive_computer">5.2.1. Connecting and importing data from a dive computer.</h4>
+<h3 id="S_ImportDiveComputer">5.2. Importer de nouvelles informations de plongée à partir de l’ordinateur de plongée</h3> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_connecting_and_importing_data_from_a_dive_computer">5.2.1. Connecting and importing data from a dive computer.</h4> <div class="paragraph"><p>The use of dive computers allows the collection of a large amount of information about each dive, e.g. a detailed record of depth, duration, rates of ascent/descent and of gas partial pressures. <em>Subsurface</em> can @@ -764,7 +764,7 @@ computers. The latest list of supported dive computers can be found at: <a href="http://subsurface-divelog.org/documentation/supported-dive-computers/"> Supported dive computers</a>.</p></div> <div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr>
+<table><tr> <td class="icon"> <img src="images/icons/warning2.png" alt="Warning" /> </td> @@ -794,25 +794,25 @@ steps:</p></div> <div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> <li> <p> -The interface cable should be connected to a free USB port (or the Infra-red
- or Bluetooth connection set up as described later in this manual)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The dive computer should be placed into PC Communication mode.
- (Se reporter au manuel de l’ordinateur de plongée)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-In <em>Subsurface</em>, from the Main Menu, select <em>Import → Import From Dive
- Computer</em>. Dialogue <strong>A</strong> in the figure below appears:
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
+The interface cable should be connected to a free USB port (or the Infra-red + or Bluetooth connection set up as described later in this manual) +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The dive computer should be placed into PC Communication mode. + (Se reporter au manuel de l’ordinateur de plongée) +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +In <em>Subsurface</em>, from the Main Menu, select <em>Import → Import From Dive + Computer</em>. Dialogue <strong>A</strong> in the figure below appears: +</p> +</li> +</ol></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> <img src="images/DC_import_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Download dialogue 1" /> </div> </div> @@ -825,19 +825,19 @@ those not charging while connected via USB).</p></div> <div class="ulist"><ul> <li> <p> -The dialogue has two drop-down lists, <strong>Vendor</strong> and <strong>Dive Computer</strong>. On the
- <strong>vendor</strong> drop-down list select the make of the computer, e.g. Suunto,
- Oceanic, Uwatec, Mares. On the <strong>Dive Computer</strong> drop-down list, the model
- name of the dive computer must be selected, e.g. D4 (Suunto), Veo200
- (Oceanic), or Puck (Mares).
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The <strong>Device or Mount Point</strong> drop-down list contains the USB or Bluetooth
- port name that <em>Subsurface</em> needs in order to communicate with the dive
- computer. The appropriate port name must be selected. Consult
- <a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">Appendix
+The dialogue has two drop-down lists, <strong>Vendor</strong> and <strong>Dive Computer</strong>. On the + <strong>vendor</strong> drop-down list select the make of the computer, e.g. Suunto, + Oceanic, Uwatec, Mares. On the <strong>Dive Computer</strong> drop-down list, the model + name of the dive computer must be selected, e.g. D4 (Suunto), Veo200 + (Oceanic), or Puck (Mares). +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The <strong>Device or Mount Point</strong> drop-down list contains the USB or Bluetooth + port name that <em>Subsurface</em> needs in order to communicate with the dive + computer. The appropriate port name must be selected. Consult + <a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">Appendix A</a> and <a href="#_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">Appendix B</a> for technical details on how to find the appropriate port information for @@ -846,7 +846,7 @@ The <strong>Device or Mount Point</strong> drop-down list contains the USB or Bl </p> </li> <li> -<p>
+<p> If all the dives on the dive computer need to be downloaded, check the checkbox <em>Force download of all dives</em>. Normally, <em>Subsurface</em> only downloads dives after the date-time of the last dive in the <strong>Dive List</strong> @@ -856,11 +856,11 @@ If all the dives on the dive computer need to be downloaded, check the (e.g. Mares Puck) do not provide a contents list to <em>Subsurface</em> before the download in order to select only new dives. Consequently, for these dive computers, all dives are downloaded irrespective of the status of this check - box.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
+ box. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> If the checkbox <em>Always prefer downloaded dives</em> has been checked and, during download, dives with identical date-times exist on the dive computer and on the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive List</strong> panel, the dive in the <em>Subsurface</em> @@ -868,12 +868,12 @@ If the checkbox <em>Always prefer downloaded dives</em> has been checked and, </p> </li> <li> -<p>
-The checkbox marked <em>Download into new trip</em> ensures that, after upload, the
- downloaded dives are grouped together as a new trip(s) in the <strong>Dive List</strong>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
+<p> +The checkbox marked <em>Download into new trip</em> ensures that, after upload, the + downloaded dives are grouped together as a new trip(s) in the <strong>Dive List</strong>. +</p> +</li> +<li> <p> Do <strong>not</strong> check the checkboxes labelled <em>Save libdivecomputer logfile</em> and <em>Save libdivecomputer dumpfile</em>. These are only used as diagnostic tools @@ -907,28 +907,28 @@ List</strong>.</p></div> <div class="ulist"><ul> <li> <p> -If there is a problem in communicating with the dive computer, an error
- message will be shown, similar to this text: "Unable to open /dev/ttyUSB0
- Mares (Puck Pro)". Refer to the text in the box below.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="sidebarblock">
-<div class="content">
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>PROBLEMS WITH DATA DOWNLOAD FROM A DIVE COMPUTER?</strong></p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Check the following:</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Is the dive computer still in PC-communication or Upload mode?
-</p>
+If there is a problem in communicating with the dive computer, an error + message will be shown, similar to this text: "Unable to open /dev/ttyUSB0 + Mares (Puck Pro)". Refer to the text in the box below. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="sidebarblock"> +<div class="content"> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>PROBLEMS WITH DATA DOWNLOAD FROM A DIVE COMPUTER?</strong></p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Check the following:</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Is the dive computer still in PC-communication or Upload mode? +</p> </li> <li> <p> @@ -951,11 +951,11 @@ Consult </p> </li> <li> -<p>
-On Unix-like operating systems, does the user have write permission to the
- USB port? If not, consult
- <a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">Appendix
- A</a>
+<p> +On Unix-like operating systems, does the user have write permission to the + USB port? If not, consult + <a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">Appendix + A</a> </p> </li> </ul></div> @@ -978,11 +978,11 @@ When checking these boxes, the user is prompted to select a folder where the inf dive log is kept.</p></div> <div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Important:</strong> <em>After downloading with the above checkboxes checked, no dives are added to the -<strong>Dive List</strong> but two files are created in the folder selected above</em>:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>subsurface.log
-subsurface.bin</code></pre>
+<strong>Dive List</strong> but two files are created in the folder selected above</em>:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>subsurface.log +subsurface.bin</code></pre> </div></div> <div class="paragraph"><p>These files should be send to the <em>Subsurface</em> mail list: <em>subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org</em> with a request for the files to be @@ -1060,27 +1060,27 @@ computer being used.</p></div> <div class="sidebarblock"> <div class="content"> <div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Currently <em>Subsurface</em> does not support Bluetooth pairing with dive
-computers that require a custom PIN code. In order to pair the devices, use
-other OS utilities as suggested below.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>One way to achieve this is to use <code>bluetoothctl</code>:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>$ bluetoothctl
-[bluetooth]# agent KeyboardOnly
-Agent registered
-[bluetooth]# default-agent
-Default agent request successful
-[bluetooth]# pair 00:80:25:49:6C:E3
-Attempting to pair with 00:80:25:49:6C:E3
-[CHG] Device 00:80:25:49:6C:E3 Connected: yes
-Request PIN code
+<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Currently <em>Subsurface</em> does not support Bluetooth pairing with dive +computers that require a custom PIN code. In order to pair the devices, use +other OS utilities as suggested below.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>One way to achieve this is to use <code>bluetoothctl</code>:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>$ bluetoothctl +[bluetooth]# agent KeyboardOnly +Agent registered +[bluetooth]# default-agent +Default agent request successful +[bluetooth]# pair 00:80:25:49:6C:E3 +Attempting to pair with 00:80:25:49:6C:E3 +[CHG] Device 00:80:25:49:6C:E3 Connected: yes +Request PIN code [agent] Enter PIN code: 0000</code></pre> </div></div> </div></div> @@ -1091,8 +1091,8 @@ shown on the righthand side of the download dialogue.</p></div> <div class="sect4"> <h5 id="_sur_windows">Sur Windows :</h5> <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DC_import_Bluetooth_Windows.png" alt="FIGURE: Download Bluetooth on Windows" />
+<div class="content"> +<img src="images/DC_import_Bluetooth_Windows.png" alt="FIGURE: Download Bluetooth on Windows" /> </div> </div> <div class="paragraph"><p>On <em>Windows</em> platforms the <em>Local Bluetooth device details section</em> on the @@ -1113,7 +1113,7 @@ button on the <em>Download</em> dialogue and wait for the process to complete.</ <div class="admonitionblock"> <table><tr> <td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
+<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" /> </td> <td class="content">Currently <em>Subsurface</em> works only with local Bluetooth adapters which use Microsoft Bluetooth Stack. If the local device uses <em>Widcomm</em>, <em>Stonestreet @@ -1126,22 +1126,22 @@ support the Microsoft Bluetooth Stack do work.</td> shows details about the current status of the Bluetooth agent. To select another dive computer for download using the "Remote Bluetooth selection dialogue" press the three-dots button from the <em>"Choose Bluetooth download -mode"</em> option.</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
-</td>
-<td class="content"><strong>IN CASE OF PROBLEMS</strong>: If the Bluetooth adapter from the <em>Subsurface</em> computer
-gets stuck and the <em>Download</em> process fails repeatedly,
- <em>unpair</em> the devices and then repeat the above steps. If this is not successful,
- <a href="#S_HowFindBluetoothDeviceName"><em>Appendix A</em></a> contains
-information for manually setting up and inspecting the Bluetooth connection
-with <em>Subsurface</em>.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
+mode"</em> option.</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" /> +</td> +<td class="content"><strong>IN CASE OF PROBLEMS</strong>: If the Bluetooth adapter from the <em>Subsurface</em> computer +gets stuck and the <em>Download</em> process fails repeatedly, + <em>unpair</em> the devices and then repeat the above steps. If this is not successful, + <a href="#S_HowFindBluetoothDeviceName"><em>Appendix A</em></a> contains +information for manually setting up and inspecting the Bluetooth connection +with <em>Subsurface</em>.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +</div> +</div> <div class="sect3"> <h4 id="S_DeviceNames">5.2.3. Changing the name of a dive computer</h4> <div class="paragraph"><p>It may be necessary to distinguish between different dive computers used to @@ -1180,8 +1180,8 @@ edited. If you click on the <strong>Notes</strong> tab, the following fields are (left hand image, below):</p></div> <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> <div class="content"> -<img src="images/AddDive3_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: The Notes tab" />
-</div>
+<img src="images/AddDive3_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: The Notes tab" /> +</div> </div> <div class="paragraph"><p>The right hand image, above, shows a <strong>Notes tab</strong> filled with dive information. The <strong>Time</strong> field reflects the date and time of the dive. By @@ -1197,11 +1197,11 @@ might be used for the air temperature. Generally this is close to the real air t If editing is required, only a value is required, the units of temperature will be automatically supplied by <em>Subsurface</em> (following the <em>Preferences</em>, metric or imperial units will -be used).</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Location</strong>:</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
+be used).</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Location</strong>:</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> <img src="images/icons/warning2.png" alt="Warning" /> </td> <td class="content">Dive locations are managed as a <strong>separate</strong> part of the dive log. The dive @@ -1261,14 +1261,14 @@ Enter by hand if the coordinates are known, using one of four formats with </p> <div class="literalblock"> <div class="content"> -<pre><code>ISO 6709 Annex D format e.g. 30°13'28.9"N 30°49'1.5"E Degrees and decimal
-minutes, e.g. N30° 13.49760' , E30° 49.30788' Degrees minutes seconds,
-e.g. N30° 13' 29.8" , E30° 49' 1.5" Decimal degrees, e.g. 30.22496 ,
-30.821798</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Southern hemisphere latitudes are given with a <strong>S</strong>, e.g. S30°, or with a
+<pre><code>ISO 6709 Annex D format e.g. 30°13'28.9"N 30°49'1.5"E Degrees and decimal +minutes, e.g. N30° 13.49760' , E30° 49.30788' Degrees minutes seconds, +e.g. N30° 13' 29.8" , E30° 49' 1.5" Decimal degrees, e.g. 30.22496 , +30.821798</code></pre> +</div></div> +</li> +</ol></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Southern hemisphere latitudes are given with a <strong>S</strong>, e.g. S30°, or with a negative value, e.g. -30.22496. Similarly western longitudes are given with a <strong>W</strong>, e.g. W07°, or with a negative value, e.g. -7.34323. Some keyboards don’t have the degree sign (°). It can be replaced by a <strong>d</strong> like this: N30d @@ -1344,8 +1344,8 @@ determines the behavior of the <strong>Dive profile</strong> (top right-hand pan <div class="paragraph" id="cylinder_definitions"><p><strong>Cylinders</strong>: The cylinder information is entered through a dialogue that looks like this:</p></div> <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DC_gas-dialogue1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Initial cylinder dialogue" />
+<div class="content"> +<img src="images/DC_gas-dialogue1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Initial cylinder dialogue" /> </div> </div> <div class="paragraph"><p>For hand-entered dives, this information needs to be typed in. For dive @@ -1369,13 +1369,13 @@ used for this dive, or just start typing in the box which shows the available options for the entered characters. The <strong>Size</strong> of the cylinder as well as its working pressure (<em>Work.press</em>) will automatically be shown in the dialogue.</p></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Next, indicate the starting pressure and the ending pressure of the
-specified gas during the dive. The unit of pressure (metric/imperial)
-corresponds to the settings chosen in the <em>Preferences</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Finally, provide the gas mixture used. If air was used, the value of 21% can
-be entered or this field can be left blank. If nitrox or trimix were used,
-their percentages of oxygen and/or helium should be entered. Any
-inappropriate fields should be left empty. After typing the information for
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Next, indicate the starting pressure and the ending pressure of the +specified gas during the dive. The unit of pressure (metric/imperial) +corresponds to the settings chosen in the <em>Preferences</em>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Finally, provide the gas mixture used. If air was used, the value of 21% can +be entered or this field can be left blank. If nitrox or trimix were used, +their percentages of oxygen and/or helium should be entered. Any +inappropriate fields should be left empty. After typing the information for the cylinder, save the data either by pressing <em>ENTER</em> on the keyboard or by clicking outside the cell containing the cursor. Information for any additional cylinders can be added by using the + button at the top right @@ -1392,15 +1392,15 @@ click the + button on the top right of the weights dialogue, the table looks like this:</p></div> <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content">
-<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE:The Weights dialogue" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>By clicking on the <em>Type</em> field, a drop-down list becomes accessible through
-a down-arrow:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Weights type drop-down list button" />
+<div class="content"> +<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE:The Weights dialogue" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>By clicking on the <em>Type</em> field, a drop-down list becomes accessible through +a down-arrow:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Weights type drop-down list button" /> </div> </div> <div class="paragraph"><p>This can be used to select the type of weight system used during the dive or @@ -1416,10 +1416,10 @@ weights: integrated as well as a weight belt:</p></div> <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> <div class="content"> <img src="images/WeightsDataEntry3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: A completed weights information table" /> -</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
+</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> <div class="sect3"> <h4 id="_editing_several_selected_dives_simultaneously">5.2.5. Editing several selected dives simultaneously</h4> <div class="paragraph"><p><em>METHOD 1</em>: After uploading dives from a dive computer, the dive profiles of @@ -1448,13 +1448,13 @@ similar dives.</p></div> <div class="paragraph" id="S_CopyComponents"><p><em>METHOD 2</em>:There is a different way of achieving the same goal. Select a dive with all the appropriate information typed into the <strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs. Then, from the main menu, select <em>Log → Copy dive -components</em>. A box is presented with a selection of check boxes for most of
-the fields in the <strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs. Select the fields to be
-copied from the currently selected dive, then select <em>OK</em>. Now, in the <strong>Dive
-List</strong>, select the dives into which this information is to be pasted. Then,
-from the main menu, select <em>Log → Paste dive components</em>. All the selected
-dives now contain the data initially selected in the original source dive
-log.</p></div>
+components</em>. A box is presented with a selection of check boxes for most of +the fields in the <strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs. Select the fields to be +copied from the currently selected dive, then select <em>OK</em>. Now, in the <strong>Dive +List</strong>, select the dives into which this information is to be pasted. Then, +from the main menu, select <em>Log → Paste dive components</em>. All the selected +dives now contain the data initially selected in the original source dive +log.</p></div> </div> <div class="sect3"> <h4 id="_adding_bookmarks_to_a_dive">5.2.6. Adding Bookmarks to a dive</h4> @@ -1470,16 +1470,16 @@ Right-click at the appropriate point on the dive profile. This brings up </p> </li> <li> -<p>
-Right-click on the red flag. This brings up the context menu (see <strong>B</strong>
- below). Select <em>Edit name</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-A text box is shown. Type the explanatory text for the bookmark (see <strong>C</strong>
- below). Select <em>OK</em>. This saves the text associated with the bookmark.
-</p>
+<p> +Right-click on the red flag. This brings up the context menu (see <strong>B</strong> + below). Select <em>Edit name</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +A text box is shown. Type the explanatory text for the bookmark (see <strong>C</strong> + below). Select <em>OK</em>. This saves the text associated with the bookmark. +</p> </li> <li> <p> @@ -1488,14 +1488,14 @@ Hovering the mouse over the red bookmark, the appropriate text is shown at </p> </li> </ul></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Bookmarks.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Bookmark dialog" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_saving_the_updated_dive_information">5.2.7. Saving the updated dive information</h4>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Bookmarks.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Bookmark dialog" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_saving_the_updated_dive_information">5.2.7. Saving the updated dive information</h4> <div class="paragraph"><p>The information entered in the <strong>Notes</strong> tab and the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab can be saved by using the two buttons on the top right hand of the <strong>Notes</strong> tab. If the <em>Apply changes</em> button is clicked, the dive data are saved in the memory @@ -1548,64 +1548,64 @@ as in dialogue <strong>B</strong>, above. Currently these are:</p></div> <div class="ulist"><ul> <li> <p> -XML-formatted dive logs (DivingLog 5.0, MacDive and several other dive log
- systems)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Cochran dive logs
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-UDDF-formatted dive logs (e.g. Kenozoooid)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-UDCF-formatted dive logs
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Poseidon MkVI CCR logs
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-APD Inspiration/Evolution CCR logs
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-LiquiVision logs
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-divelog.de logs
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-OSTC Tools logs
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-JDiveLog
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Suunto Dive Manager (DM3 and DM4)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-CSV (text-based and spreadsheet-based) dive logs, including APD CCR logs
-</p>
+XML-formatted dive logs (DivingLog 5.0, MacDive and several other dive log + systems) +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Cochran dive logs +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +UDDF-formatted dive logs (e.g. Kenozoooid) +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +UDCF-formatted dive logs +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Poseidon MkVI CCR logs +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +APD Inspiration/Evolution CCR logs +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +LiquiVision logs +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +divelog.de logs +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +OSTC Tools logs +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +JDiveLog +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Suunto Dive Manager (DM3 and DM4) +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +CSV (text-based and spreadsheet-based) dive logs, including APD CCR logs +</p> </li> </ul></div> <div class="paragraph"><p>Selecting the appropriate format and then the specific log file in the large @@ -1618,8 +1618,8 @@ below.</p></div> <div class="paragraph"><p><em>OSTC Tools</em> is a Microsoft-based suite of dive download and dive management tools for the OSTC family of dive computers. <em>OSTC Tools</em> downloads dive data from the dive computer and stores it as a binary file with file -extension <em>.dive</em> . Subsurface can directly import these files when using
-the universal import dialogue. From the dropdown list at the bottom right
+extension <em>.dive</em> . Subsurface can directly import these files when using +the universal import dialogue. From the dropdown list at the bottom right select <em>OSTCTools Files (.dive .DIVE)</em>. This makes the <em>OSTC Tools</em> dive logs visible in the file list panel. Select one or more dive, then click the <em>Open</em> button. The OSTC dives are shown in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel.</p></div> @@ -1658,11 +1658,11 @@ Data should then be imported into <em>www.divelogs.de</em>. You will first need </p> </li> <li> -<p>
-Finally, import the dives from <em>divelogs.de</em> to <em>Subsurface</em>, using the
- instructions below.
-</p>
-</li>
+<p> +Finally, import the dives from <em>divelogs.de</em> to <em>Subsurface</em>, using the + instructions below. +</p> +</li> </ol></div> </div> <div class="sect3"> @@ -1679,7 +1679,7 @@ should then be selected, after which the imported dives appear in the <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> <div class="content"> <img src="images/Divelogs1.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Download from Divelogs.de" /> -</div>
+</div> </div> </div> <div class="sect3"> @@ -1692,8 +1692,8 @@ allows easy information exchange between different computers or software packages. For an introduction to CSV-formatted files see <a href="#S_CSV_Intro">A Diver’s Introduction To CSV Files</a>. <em>Subsurface</em> dive logs can also be exported in <em>CSV</em> format to other software that reads this format. See -<a href="#S_Appendix_D">APPENDIX D: Exporting a spreadsheet to CSV format</a> for
-information that may be helpful for importing spreadsheet-based data into
+<a href="#S_Appendix_D">APPENDIX D: Exporting a spreadsheet to CSV format</a> for +information that may be helpful for importing spreadsheet-based data into <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div> <div class="sect4"> <h5 id="S_ImportingCSVDives">Importer les plongées au format CSV à partir des ordinateurs de plongées ou d’autres logiciels de carnet de plongée</h5> @@ -1702,9 +1702,9 @@ organized into a single line that provides the headers (or <em>field names</em> <em>column headings</em>) of the data columns, followed by the data, one record per line.</p></div> <div class="paragraph"><p>There are two types of <em>CSV</em> dive logs that can be imported into -<em>Subsurface</em>:</p></div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
+<em>Subsurface</em>:</p></div> +<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> +<li> <p> <em>CSV dive details</em>: This dive log format contains similar information to that of a typical written dive log, e.g. dive date and time, dive depth, @@ -1732,27 +1732,27 @@ line.</p></div> know a few things about the data being imported</strong>:</p></div> <div class="olist loweralpha"><ol class="loweralpha"> <li> -<p>
-Which character separates the different columns within a single line of
- data? This field separator should be either a comma (,) a semicolon (;) or a
- TAB character. This can be determined by opening the file with a text
- editor. If it is comma-delimited or semicolon-delimited, the comma or
- semicolon characters between the values are clearly visible. If these are
- not evident and the numbers are aligned in columns, the file is probably
- TAB-delimited (i.e. it uses a TAB as a field separator).
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Which data columns need to be imported into <em>Subsurface</em>? Is it a <em>CSV dive
- details</em> file or a <em>CSV dive profile</em> file? Open the file using a text
- editor and note the titles of the columns to be imported and their column
- positions.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Is the numeric information (e.g. dive depth) in metric or in imperial units?
+<p> +Which character separates the different columns within a single line of + data? This field separator should be either a comma (,) a semicolon (;) or a + TAB character. This can be determined by opening the file with a text + editor. If it is comma-delimited or semicolon-delimited, the comma or + semicolon characters between the values are clearly visible. If these are + not evident and the numbers are aligned in columns, the file is probably + TAB-delimited (i.e. it uses a TAB as a field separator). +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Which data columns need to be imported into <em>Subsurface</em>? Is it a <em>CSV dive + details</em> file or a <em>CSV dive profile</em> file? Open the file using a text + editor and note the titles of the columns to be imported and their column + positions. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Is the numeric information (e.g. dive depth) in metric or in imperial units? </p> </li> </ol></div> @@ -1760,9 +1760,9 @@ Is the numeric information (e.g. dive depth) in metric or in imperial units? straightforward. Select <em>Import → Import Log Files</em> from the main menu. In the resulting file selection menu, select <em>CSV files</em> (towards the bottom right). This shows all .CSV files in the selected directory. Select the file -that needs to be imported. A configuration panel appears as depicted below:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
+that needs to be imported. A configuration panel appears as depicted below:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> <img src="images/csv_import1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CSV download dialogue 1" /> </div> </div> @@ -1800,9 +1800,9 @@ panel.</p></div> <div class="sidebarblock" id="S_CSV_Intro"> <div class="content"> <div class="paragraph"><p><strong>A Diver’s Introduction to <em>CSV</em> Files</strong></p></div> -<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
+<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> <img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" /> </td> <td class="content"><em>CSV</em> is an abbreviation for a data file format: <em>Comma-Separated @@ -1820,8 +1820,8 @@ some dive computers.</td> </tr></table> </div> <div class="paragraph"><p><em>CSV</em> files can be created or edited with a normal text editor. The most -important attribute of a <em>CSV</em> file is the <em>field separator</em>, the character
-used to separate fields within a single line. The field separator is
+important attribute of a <em>CSV</em> file is the <em>field separator</em>, the character +used to separate fields within a single line. The field separator is frequently a comma, a colon, a SPACE character or a TAB character. When exporting data from spreadsheet software, the field separator needs to be specified in order to create the <em>CSV</em> file. <em>CSV</em> files are normally @@ -1829,46 +1829,46 @@ organized into a single line that provides the headers (or <em>field names</em>) the data columns, followed by the data, one record per line. Note that each field name may comprise more than one word separated by spaces; for instance <em>Dive site</em>, below. Here is an example of dive information for four dives -using a comma as a field separator:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>Dive site,Dive date,Time,Dive_duration, Dive_depth,Dive buddy
-Illovo Beach,2012-11-23,10:45,46:15,18.4,John Smith
-Key Largo,2012-11-24,09:12,34:15,20.4,Jason McDonald
-Wismar Baltic,2012-12-01,10:13,35:27,15.4,Dieter Albrecht
-Pulau Weh,2012-12-20,09:46,55:56,38.6,Karaeng Bontonompo</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The above data are not easily read by a human. Here is the same information
-in TAB-delimited format:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>Dive site Dive date Time Dive_duration Dive_depth Dive buddy
-Illovo Beach 2012-11-23 10:45 46:15 18.4 John Smith
-Key Largo 2012-11-24 09:12 34:15 20.4 Jason McDonald
-Wismar Baltic 2012-12-01 10:13 35:27 15.4 Dieter Albrecht
-Pulau Weh 2012-12-20 09:46 55:56 38.6 Karaeng Bontonompo</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>It is clear why many people prefer the TAB-delimited format to the
-comma-delimited format. The disadvantage is that one cannot see the TAB
-characters. For instance, the space between <em>Dive</em> and <em>date</em> in the top
-line may be a SPACE character or a TAB character (in this case it is a SPACE
-character: the tabs are before and after <em>Dive date</em>). If the field names in
-the first line are long, the alignment with data in the other lines cannot
-be maintained. Here is a highly simplified and shortened TAB-delimited
-example of a <em>CSV</em> dive log from an APD closed-circuit rebreather (CCR) dive
-computer:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>Dive Time (s) Depth (m) pO₂ - Setpoint (Bar) pO₂ - C1 Cell 1 (Bar) Ambient temp. (Celsius)
-0 0.0 0.70 0.81 13.1
-0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.1
-0 0.0 0.70 0.71 13.1
-0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.2
-0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.1
-10 1.6 0.70 0.72 12.7
-20 1.6 0.70 0.71 12.6
-30 1.7 0.70 0.71 12.6
-40 1.8 0.70 0.68 12.5</code></pre>
+using a comma as a field separator:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>Dive site,Dive date,Time,Dive_duration, Dive_depth,Dive buddy +Illovo Beach,2012-11-23,10:45,46:15,18.4,John Smith +Key Largo,2012-11-24,09:12,34:15,20.4,Jason McDonald +Wismar Baltic,2012-12-01,10:13,35:27,15.4,Dieter Albrecht +Pulau Weh,2012-12-20,09:46,55:56,38.6,Karaeng Bontonompo</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The above data are not easily read by a human. Here is the same information +in TAB-delimited format:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>Dive site Dive date Time Dive_duration Dive_depth Dive buddy +Illovo Beach 2012-11-23 10:45 46:15 18.4 John Smith +Key Largo 2012-11-24 09:12 34:15 20.4 Jason McDonald +Wismar Baltic 2012-12-01 10:13 35:27 15.4 Dieter Albrecht +Pulau Weh 2012-12-20 09:46 55:56 38.6 Karaeng Bontonompo</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>It is clear why many people prefer the TAB-delimited format to the +comma-delimited format. The disadvantage is that one cannot see the TAB +characters. For instance, the space between <em>Dive</em> and <em>date</em> in the top +line may be a SPACE character or a TAB character (in this case it is a SPACE +character: the tabs are before and after <em>Dive date</em>). If the field names in +the first line are long, the alignment with data in the other lines cannot +be maintained. Here is a highly simplified and shortened TAB-delimited +example of a <em>CSV</em> dive log from an APD closed-circuit rebreather (CCR) dive +computer:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>Dive Time (s) Depth (m) pO₂ - Setpoint (Bar) pO₂ - C1 Cell 1 (Bar) Ambient temp. (Celsius) +0 0.0 0.70 0.81 13.1 +0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.1 +0 0.0 0.70 0.71 13.1 +0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.2 +0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.1 +10 1.6 0.70 0.72 12.7 +20 1.6 0.70 0.71 12.6 +30 1.7 0.70 0.71 12.6 +40 1.8 0.70 0.68 12.5</code></pre> </div></div> <div class="paragraph"><p>When a <em>CSV</em> file is selected for import, <em>Subsurface</em> displays the column headers as well as some of the data in the first few lines of the <em>CSV</em> @@ -1890,13 +1890,13 @@ file might cause problems. Importing 100 dives at a time (<em>CSV dive details</em>) works, but larger files might exceed the limits of the parser used. When encountering problems with <em>CSV</em> imports, first try with a smaller file to make sure everything works.</td> -</tr></table>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_Companion">5.4. Importing GPS coordinates with the <em>Subsurface Companion App</em> for mobile phones</h3>
+</tr></table> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_Companion">5.4. Importing GPS coordinates with the <em>Subsurface Companion App</em> for mobile phones</h3> <div class="paragraph"><p>Using the <strong>Subsurface Companion App</strong> on an <em>Android device</em> or <a href="#S_iphone"><em>iPhone</em></a> with GPS, the coordinates for the diving @@ -1907,7 +1907,7 @@ To do this:</p></div> <div class="sect3"> <h4 id="_create_a_companion_app_account">5.4.1. Create a Companion App account</h4> <div class="ulist"><ul> -<li>
+<li> <p> Register on the <a href="http://api.hohndel.org/login/"><em>Subsurface companion web page</em></a>. A confirmation email with instructions and a personal <strong>DIVERID</strong> @@ -1915,19 +1915,19 @@ Register on the <a href="http://api.hohndel.org/login/"><em>Subsurface companion Companion App capabilities. </p> </li> -<li>
-<p>
-Download the app from
- <a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=org.subsurface">Google Play
- Store</a> or from
- <a href="http://f-droid.org/repository/browse/?fdfilter=subsurface&fdid=org.subsurface">F-Droid</a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_using_the_subsurface_companion_app_on_an_android_smartphone">5.4.2. Using the Subsurface companion app on an Android smartphone</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>On first use the app has three options:</p></div>
+<li> +<p> +Download the app from + <a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=org.subsurface">Google Play + Store</a> or from + <a href="http://f-droid.org/repository/browse/?fdfilter=subsurface&fdid=org.subsurface">F-Droid</a>. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_using_the_subsurface_companion_app_on_an_android_smartphone">5.4.2. Using the Subsurface companion app on an Android smartphone</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>On first use the app has three options:</p></div> <div class="ulist"><ul> <li> <p> @@ -1951,10 +1951,10 @@ Download the app from <em>Disconnect</em> menu option (see below). </p> </li> -</ul></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
+</ul></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> <img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" /> </td> <td class="content">In the <em>Subsurface</em> main program, the <strong>DIVERID</strong> should also be entered on @@ -1973,9 +1973,9 @@ with 3 options:</p></div> <div class="ulist"><ul> <li> <p> -Current: A prompt for a place name (or a request to activate the GPS if it
- is turned off) will be displayed, after which the current location is saved.
-</p>
+Current: A prompt for a place name (or a request to activate the GPS if it + is turned off) will be displayed, after which the current location is saved. +</p> </li> <li> <p> @@ -1990,13 +1990,13 @@ Use Map: This option lets you fix a position by searching a world map. A </p> </li> </ul></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Companion_5.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Companion App, add location using map" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Companion_5.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Companion App, add location using map" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> <p> Import local GPX file: The android device searches for .gpx files and located archives will be shown. The selected .gpx file is opened and the @@ -2006,8 +2006,8 @@ Import local GPX file: The android device searches for .gpx files and </p> </li> </ul></div> -</div>
-<div class="sect4">
+</div> +<div class="sect4"> <h5 id="_dive_lists_of_dive_locations">Dive lists of dive locations</h5> <div class="paragraph"><p>The main screen shows a list of dive locations, each with a name, date and time (see <strong>A</strong> below). Some locations may have an arrow-up icon over the @@ -2031,9 +2031,9 @@ the dive description or other details may be changed.</p></div> it, date/time and GPS coordinates will be shown, with two options at the top of the screen:</p></div> <div class="ulist"><ul> -<li>
-<p>
-Edit (pencil): Change the text name or other characteristics of the dive
+<li> +<p> +Edit (pencil): Change the text name or other characteristics of the dive location. </p> </li> @@ -2048,7 +2048,7 @@ below.</p></div> simply selecting the locations (See <strong>A</strong> below) and then touching the right arrow at the top right of the screen.</p></div> <div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr>
+<table><tr> <td class="icon"> <img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" /> </td> @@ -2057,26 +2057,26 @@ deletes the selected dive location(s).</td> </tr></table> </div> <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Companion_1.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Screen shots (A-B) of companion app" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>After a dive trip using the Companion App, all dive locations are ready to
-be downloaded to a <em>Subsurface</em> dive log (see below).</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_settings_on_the_companion_app">Settings on the Companion App</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Selecting the <em>Settings</em> menu option results in the right hand image above
-(<strong>B</strong>).</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_server_and_account">Server and account</h5>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Web-service URL.</em> This is predefined (<a href="http://api.hohndel.org/">http://api.hohndel.org/</a>)
-</p>
-</li>
+<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Companion_1.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Screen shots (A-B) of companion app" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>After a dive trip using the Companion App, all dive locations are ready to +be downloaded to a <em>Subsurface</em> dive log (see below).</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_settings_on_the_companion_app">Settings on the Companion App</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Selecting the <em>Settings</em> menu option results in the right hand image above +(<strong>B</strong>).</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_server_and_account">Server and account</h5> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Web-service URL.</em> This is predefined (<a href="http://api.hohndel.org/">http://api.hohndel.org/</a>) +</p> +</li> <li> <p> <em>User ID.</em> The DIVERID obtained by registering as described above. The @@ -2092,12 +2092,12 @@ be downloaded to a <em>Subsurface</em> dive log (see below).</p></div> </p> </li> <li> -<p>
-<em>Upload new dives.</em> If selected, each time the user adds a dive location it
- is automatically sent to the server.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
+<p> +<em>Upload new dives.</em> If selected, each time the user adds a dive location it + is automatically sent to the server. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> </div> <div class="sect4"> <h5 id="_background_service">Background service</h5> @@ -2108,23 +2108,23 @@ collection of GPS locations.</p></div> <div class="ulist"><ul> <li> <p> -<em>Min duration.</em> In minutes. The app will try to get a location every X
- minutes until stopped by the user.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Min distance.</em> In meters. Minimum distance between two locations.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Name template.</em> The name the app will use when saving the locations.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
+<em>Min duration.</em> In minutes. The app will try to get a location every X + minutes until stopped by the user. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Min distance.</em> In meters. Minimum distance between two locations. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Name template.</em> The name the app will use when saving the locations. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> <td class="icon"> <img src="images/icons/info.jpg" alt="Tip" /> </td> @@ -2139,26 +2139,26 @@ location every 50 meters.</td> </tr></table> </div> </div> -<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_other">Other</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Mailing List.</em> The mail box for <em>Subsurface</em>. Users can send an email to
-the Subsurface mailing list.</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Subsurface website.</em> A link to the URL of Subsurface web
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Version.</em> Displays the current version of the Companion App.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_search">Search</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Search the saved dive locations by name or by date and time.</p></div>
+<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_other">Other</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Mailing List.</em> The mail box for <em>Subsurface</em>. Users can send an email to +the Subsurface mailing list.</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Subsurface website.</em> A link to the URL of Subsurface web +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Version.</em> Displays the current version of the Companion App. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_search">Search</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Search the saved dive locations by name or by date and time.</p></div> </div> <div class="sect4"> <h5 id="_start_service">Start service</h5> @@ -2174,8 +2174,8 @@ used to download the dive locations of another registered diver.</p></div> </div> <div class="sect4"> <h5 id="_send_all_locations">Send all locations</h5> -<div class="paragraph"><p>This option sends all locations stored in the Android device to the server.</p></div>
-</div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>This option sends all locations stored in the Android device to the server.</p></div> +</div> </div> <div class="sect3"> <h4 id="S_iphone">5.4.3. Using the Subsurface companion app on an <em>iPhone</em> to record dive locations</h4> @@ -2186,7 +2186,7 @@ information.</p></div> <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> <div class="content"> <img src="images/iphone.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Using iPhone companion application" width="640" /> -</div>
+</div> </div> <div class="paragraph"><p>Dives can be added automatically or manually. In manual mode, a dive location or waypoint is added to the GPS input stream. In automatic mode, a @@ -2204,8 +2204,8 @@ service. There isn’t an option to trigger upload manually.</p></div> </div> <div class="sect3"> <h4 id="_downloading_dive_locations_to_the_em_subsurface_em_divelog">5.4.4. Downloading dive locations to the <em>Subsurface</em> divelog</h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Download dive(s) from a dive computer or enter them manually into
-<em>Subsurface</em> before obtaining the GPS coordinates from the server. The
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Download dive(s) from a dive computer or enter them manually into +<em>Subsurface</em> before obtaining the GPS coordinates from the server. The download dialog can be reached via <em>Ctrl+G</em> or from the <em>Subsurface</em> Main Menu <em>Import → Import GPS data from Subsurface Service</em>, resulting in the image on the left (<strong>A</strong>), below. On first use the DIVERID text box is @@ -2241,11 +2241,11 @@ then to change the date-time back again <strong>after</strong> downloading GPS d <div class="admonitionblock"> <table><tr> <td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/info.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">TIPS:</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
+<img src="images/icons/info.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">TIPS:</td> +</tr></table> +</div> <div class="ulist"><ul> <li> <p> @@ -2261,16 +2261,16 @@ then to change the date-time back again <strong>after</strong> downloading GPS d </p> </li> <li> -<p>
-It may also make sense to give informative names to the locations sent to
- the web server, or at least to use an informative name in the <em>Name
- Template</em> setting while running the <em>background service</em>, especially on a
- dive trip with many dives and dive locations.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-</div>
+<p> +It may also make sense to give informative names to the locations sent to + the web server, or at least to use an informative name in the <em>Name + Template</em> setting while running the <em>background service</em>, especially on a + dive trip with many dives and dive locations. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +</div> <div class="sect2"> <h3 id="S_LoadImage">5.5. Adding photographs to dives</h3> <div class="paragraph"><p>Many (if not most) divers take a camera with them and take photographs @@ -2282,15 +2282,15 @@ profile, from where they can be viewed.</p></div> <div class="paragraph"><p>Left-lick on a dive or on a group of dives on the dive list. Then right-click on this dive or group of dives and choose the option <em>Load Images</em>:</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/LoadImage1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Load images option" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The system file browser appears. Select the folder and photographs that need
-to be loaded into <em>Subsurface</em> and click the <em>Open</em> button.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/LoadImage1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Load images option" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The system file browser appears. Select the folder and photographs that need +to be loaded into <em>Subsurface</em> and click the <em>Open</em> button.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> <img src="images/LoadImage2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Load images option" /> </div> </div> @@ -2348,20 +2348,20 @@ profile.</p></div> Image <strong>B</strong> above shows a photograph of the face of the dive computer and with the date-time tool set to the date-time. </p> -</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If the timestamp of a photograph is more than 30 minutes before or after the
-dive, it is not placed on the dive profile.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_viewing_the_photos">5.5.2. Viewing the photos</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>After the images have been loaded, they appear in two places:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-the <em>Photos</em> tab of the <strong>Notes</strong> panel.
-</p>
-</li>
+</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If the timestamp of a photograph is more than 30 minutes before or after the +dive, it is not placed on the dive profile.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_viewing_the_photos">5.5.2. Viewing the photos</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>After the images have been loaded, they appear in two places:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +the <em>Photos</em> tab of the <strong>Notes</strong> panel. +</p> +</li> <li> <p> as tiny icons (stubs) on the dive profile at the appropriate positions @@ -2371,14 +2371,14 @@ as tiny icons (stubs) on the dive profile at the appropriate positions </p> </li> </ul></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:left;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/icons/ShowPhotos_f20.png" alt="FIGURE:Show photos toolbar button" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This results in a profile display as in the image below:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:left;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/icons/ShowPhotos_f20.png" alt="FIGURE:Show photos toolbar button" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>This results in a profile display as in the image below:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> <img src="images/LoadImage4_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Photos on dive profile" /> </div> </div> @@ -2398,12 +2398,12 @@ also be deleted using the <em>Photos</em> tab (see text below).</p></div> <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> <div class="content"> <img src="images/LoadImage6_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Full-screen photo on dive profile" /> -</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_the_em_photos_em_tab">5.5.3. The <em>Photos</em> tab</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Photographs associated with a dive are shown as thumbnails in the <em>Photos</em>
+</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_the_em_photos_em_tab">5.5.3. The <em>Photos</em> tab</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Photographs associated with a dive are shown as thumbnails in the <em>Photos</em> tab of the <em>Notes</em> panel. Photos taken in rapid succession during a dive (therefore sometimes with large overlap on the dive profile) can easily be accessed in the <em>Photos</em> tab. This tab serves as a tool for individually @@ -2461,11 +2461,11 @@ if there is a match between a calculated fingerprint and the one originally which the NEW directory of the photos needs to be specified. Select the appropriate directory and click the <em>Scan</em> button towards the bottom right of the panel. The process may require several minutes to complete, after which <em>Subsurface</em> will show the appropriate photographs when a particular dive is opened.</p></div> -<div class="sidebarblock" id="Image_fingerprint_upgrade">
-<div class="content">
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Upgrading existing photo collections without fingerprints</strong></p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
+<div class="sidebarblock" id="Image_fingerprint_upgrade"> +<div class="content"> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Upgrading existing photo collections without fingerprints</strong></p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> <td class="icon"> <img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" /> </td> @@ -2483,8 +2483,8 @@ fingerprints associated with a single dive if: </div></div> </div> </div> -<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_logging_special_types_of_dives">5.6. Logging special types of dives</h3>
+<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_logging_special_types_of_dives">5.6. Logging special types of dives</h3> <div class="sect3"> <h4 id="S_MulticylinderDives">5.6.1. Multicylinder dives</h4> <div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> easily handles dives involving more than one @@ -2509,16 +2509,16 @@ only two types of information that need to be provided:</p></div> by pressing specific buttons). If the dive computer does not provide the information, the diver has to record these changes using a different method, e.g. writing it on a slate. </p> -</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Record the cylinder changes on the dive profile</strong>: If the latter option
- was followed, the diver needs to indicate the gas change event by right-clicking at the appropriate point
- in time on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel and indicating the cylinder to which the change was made. After
- right-clicking, follow the context menu to "Add gas change" and select the appropriate cylinder from
- those defined during the first step, above (see image below). If the
- <strong>tank bar</strong> button in the toolbar has been activated, the cylinder switches are also indicated in the
- tank bar.
+</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Record the cylinder changes on the dive profile</strong>: If the latter option + was followed, the diver needs to indicate the gas change event by right-clicking at the appropriate point + in time on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel and indicating the cylinder to which the change was made. After + right-clicking, follow the context menu to "Add gas change" and select the appropriate cylinder from + those defined during the first step, above (see image below). If the + <strong>tank bar</strong> button in the toolbar has been activated, the cylinder switches are also indicated in the + tank bar. </p> </li> </ul></div> @@ -2528,10 +2528,10 @@ with EAN28, then changing cylinders to EAN50 after 26 minutes for decompression.</p></div> <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> <div class="content"> -<img src="images/multicylinder_dive.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Multicylinder profile" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
+<img src="images/multicylinder_dive.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Multicylinder profile" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> <div class="sect3"> <h4 id="_sidemount_dives">5.6.2. Sidemount dives</h4> <div class="paragraph"><p>Sidemount diving is just another form of multi-cylinder diving, often with @@ -2552,13 +2552,13 @@ involves three steps, exactly as with multi-cylinder dives above:</p></div> from a dive with the times of cylinder changes is the only tricky part of logging sidemount dives. </p> </li> -<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Within <em>Subsurface</em> describe the cylinders used during the dive</strong>. The diver needs to provide the
- specifications of the different cylinders, using the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab of the <strong>Info Panel</strong> (see
- image below where two 12 litre cylinder were used).
-</p>
-</li>
+<li> +<p> +<strong>Within <em>Subsurface</em> describe the cylinders used during the dive</strong>. The diver needs to provide the + specifications of the different cylinders, using the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab of the <strong>Info Panel</strong> (see + image below where two 12 litre cylinder were used). +</p> +</li> <li> <p> <strong>Indicate cylinder change events on the <em>Subsurface</em> dive profile</strong>. Once the dive log has been imported @@ -2572,20 +2572,20 @@ involves three steps, exactly as with multi-cylinder dives above:</p></div> the cylinder change events have been recorded on the dive profile, the correct cylinder pressures for both cylinders are shown on the dive profile, as in the image below. </p> -</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/sidemount1.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Sidemount profile" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This section gives an example of the versatility of <em>Subsurface</em> as a dive
-logging tool.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_sSCR_dives">5.6.3. Semi-closed circuit rebreather (SCR) dives</h4>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
+</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/sidemount1.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Sidemount profile" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>This section gives an example of the versatility of <em>Subsurface</em> as a dive +logging tool.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_sSCR_dives">5.6.3. Semi-closed circuit rebreather (SCR) dives</h4> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> <td class="icon"> <img src="images/halcyon_RB80.jpg" alt="Note" /> </td> @@ -2606,16 +2606,16 @@ continuously from the back cylinder.</td> outlined above:</p></div> <div class="ulist"><ul> <li> -<p>
-Select pSCR in the <em>Dive Mode</em> dropdown list on the <strong>Info</strong> panel.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-pSCR diving often involves gas changes, requiring an additional cylinder.
- Define all the appropriate cylinders as described above and indicate the
- cylinder/gas changes as described above in the section on
- <a href="#S_MulticylinderDives">multicylinder dives</a>.
+<p> +Select pSCR in the <em>Dive Mode</em> dropdown list on the <strong>Info</strong> panel. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +pSCR diving often involves gas changes, requiring an additional cylinder. + Define all the appropriate cylinders as described above and indicate the + cylinder/gas changes as described above in the section on + <a href="#S_MulticylinderDives">multicylinder dives</a>. </p> </li> </ul></div> @@ -2624,17 +2624,17 @@ adjusted for the oxygen drop across the mouthpiece, which often requires longer decompression periods. Below is a dive profile of a pSCR dive using EAN36 on the back cylinder and oxygen for decompression. Note that this dive lasted over two hours.</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/pSCR_profile.jpg" alt="FIGURE: pSCR profile" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_CCR_dives">5.6.4. Closed circuit rebreather (CCR) dives</h4>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/pSCR_profile.jpg" alt="FIGURE: pSCR profile" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_CCR_dives">5.6.4. Closed circuit rebreather (CCR) dives</h4> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> <img src="images/APD.jpg" alt="Note" /> </td> <td class="content">Closed system rebreathers use advanced technology to recirculate gas that @@ -2644,8 +2644,8 @@ a) remove carbon dioxide from the exhaled gas regulate the oxygen concentration to remain within safe diving limits. The CCR interface of <em>Subsurface</em> is currently experimental and under active development. Subsurface currently supports Poseidon MkVI and APD -Discovery/Evolution dive computers. In contrast to a conventional
-recreational dive computer, a CCR system computer does not allow the
+Discovery/Evolution dive computers. In contrast to a conventional +recreational dive computer, a CCR system computer does not allow the download of a log containing multiple dives. Rather, each dive is stored independently. This means that <em>Subsurface</em> cannot download a dive log directly from a CCR dive computer, but that it imports CCR dive logs in the @@ -2654,10 +2654,10 @@ a time.</td> </tr></table> </div> <div class="sect4"> -<h5 id="_import_a_ccr_dive">Import a CCR dive</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>See the section dealing with <a href="#S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs">Importing dive
-information from other digital sources</a>. From the main menu of <em>Subsurface</em>,
-select <em>Import → Import log files</em> to bring up the
+<h5 id="_import_a_ccr_dive">Import a CCR dive</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>See the section dealing with <a href="#S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs">Importing dive +information from other digital sources</a>. From the main menu of <em>Subsurface</em>, +select <em>Import → Import log files</em> to bring up the <a href="#Unified_import">universal import dialogue</a>. As explained in that section, the bottom right hand of the import dialogue contains a dropdown list (labled <em>Filter:</em>) of appropriate devices that currently @@ -2672,22 +2672,22 @@ list.</p></div> </div> <div class="sect4"> <h5 id="_displayed_information_for_a_ccr_dive">Displayed information for a CCR dive</h5> -<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Partial pressures of gases</em>: The graph of oxygen partial pressure shows the
-information from the oxygen sensors of the CCR equipment. In contrast to
-recreational equipment (where pO<sub>2</sub> values are calculated based on gas
-composition and dive depth), CCR equipment provide actual measurements of
-pO<sub>2</sub>, derived from oxygen sensors. In this case the graph for oxygen
-partial pressure should be fairly flat, reflecting the setpoint settings
-during the dive. The mean pO<sub>2</sub> is NOT the mean oxygen partial pressure as
-given by the CCR equipment, but a value calculated by <em>Subsurface</em> as
-follows:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-For TWO O<sub>2</sub> sensors the mean value of the two sensors are given.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Partial pressures of gases</em>: The graph of oxygen partial pressure shows the +information from the oxygen sensors of the CCR equipment. In contrast to +recreational equipment (where pO<sub>2</sub> values are calculated based on gas +composition and dive depth), CCR equipment provide actual measurements of +pO<sub>2</sub>, derived from oxygen sensors. In this case the graph for oxygen +partial pressure should be fairly flat, reflecting the setpoint settings +during the dive. The mean pO<sub>2</sub> is NOT the mean oxygen partial pressure as +given by the CCR equipment, but a value calculated by <em>Subsurface</em> as +follows:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +For TWO O<sub>2</sub> sensors the mean value of the two sensors are given. +</p> +</li> +<li> <p> For THREE-sensor systems (e.g. APD), the mean value is also used. However differences of more than 0,1 bar in the simultaneous readings of different @@ -2696,12 +2696,12 @@ For THREE-sensor systems (e.g. APD), the mean value is also used. However </p> </li> <li> -<p>
-If no sensor data are available, the pO<sub>2</sub> value is assumed to be equal to
- the setpoint.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
+<p> +If no sensor data are available, the pO<sub>2</sub> value is assumed to be equal to + the setpoint. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> <div class="paragraph"><p>The mean pO<sub>2</sub> of the sensors is indicated with a green line,</p></div> <div class="paragraph"><p>The oxygen setpoint values as well as the readings from the individual oxygen sensors can be shown. The display of additional CCR information is @@ -2724,46 +2724,46 @@ pressure and the setpoint values, as shown below.</p></div> <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> <div class="content"> <img src="images/CCR_setpoint_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR setpoint and po2 graph" /> -</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The second checkbox allows the display of the data from each individual
-oxygen sensor of the CCR equipment. The data for each sensor is colour-coded
-as follows:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Sensor 1: grey
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Sensor 2: blue
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Sensor 3: brown
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The mean oxygen pO<sub>2</sub> is indicated by the green line. This allows the direct
-comparison of data from each of the oxygen sensors, useful for detecting
-abnormally low or erratic readings from a particular sensor.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/CCR_sensor_data_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR sensor data graph" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The setpoint data can be overlaid on the oxygen sensor data by activating
-both of the above check boxes. Partial pressures for nitrogen (and helium,
-if applicable) are shown in the usual way as for open circuit dives.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Events</em>: Several events are logged, e.g. switching the mouthpiece to open
-circuit. These events are indicated by yellow triangles and, if one hovers
-over a triangle, a description of that event is given as the bottom line in
-the <a href="#S_InfoBox">Information Box</a>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Cylinder pressures</em>: Some CCR dive computers like the Poseidon MkVI record
-the pressures of the oxygen and diluent cylinders. The pressures of these
-two cylinders are shown as green lines overlapping the depth profile. In
+</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The second checkbox allows the display of the data from each individual +oxygen sensor of the CCR equipment. The data for each sensor is colour-coded +as follows:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Sensor 1: grey +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Sensor 2: blue +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Sensor 3: brown +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The mean oxygen pO<sub>2</sub> is indicated by the green line. This allows the direct +comparison of data from each of the oxygen sensors, useful for detecting +abnormally low or erratic readings from a particular sensor.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/CCR_sensor_data_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR sensor data graph" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The setpoint data can be overlaid on the oxygen sensor data by activating +both of the above check boxes. Partial pressures for nitrogen (and helium, +if applicable) are shown in the usual way as for open circuit dives.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Events</em>: Several events are logged, e.g. switching the mouthpiece to open +circuit. These events are indicated by yellow triangles and, if one hovers +over a triangle, a description of that event is given as the bottom line in +the <a href="#S_InfoBox">Information Box</a>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Cylinder pressures</em>: Some CCR dive computers like the Poseidon MkVI record +the pressures of the oxygen and diluent cylinders. The pressures of these +two cylinders are shown as green lines overlapping the depth profile. In addition, start and end pressures for both oxygen and diluent cylinders are shown in the <em>Equipment Tab</em>. Below is a dive profile for a CCR dive, including an overlay of setpoint and oxygen sensor data, as well as the @@ -2772,20 +2772,20 @@ the two oxygen sensors.</p></div> <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> <div class="content"> <img src="images/CCR_dive_profile_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR dive profile" /> -</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Equipment-specific information</em>: Equipment-specific information gathered by
-<em>Subsurface</em> is shown in the <a href="#S_ExtraDataTab">Extra data tab</a>. This may
-include setup information or metadata about the dive.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The deco ceiling calculated by Subsurface is not very accurate because the
-precise pressure of nitrogen in the loop can usually not be determined from
-the dive log imported from the CCR equipment. Many CCR dive computers,
-however, report an internally-calculated deco ceiling that is reported in
-the dive log, reflecting a more accurate assessment. The display of this
-ceiling is activated by clicking the appropriate button to the left of the
-dive profile:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock">
-<div class="content">
+</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Equipment-specific information</em>: Equipment-specific information gathered by +<em>Subsurface</em> is shown in the <a href="#S_ExtraDataTab">Extra data tab</a>. This may +include setup information or metadata about the dive.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The deco ceiling calculated by Subsurface is not very accurate because the +precise pressure of nitrogen in the loop can usually not be determined from +the dive log imported from the CCR equipment. Many CCR dive computers, +however, report an internally-calculated deco ceiling that is reported in +the dive log, reflecting a more accurate assessment. The display of this +ceiling is activated by clicking the appropriate button to the left of the +dive profile:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock"> +<div class="content"> <img src="images/icons/cceiling.jpg" alt="DC ceiling icon" /> </div> </div> @@ -2795,57 +2795,57 @@ Preferences → Graph</em>. Below is a dive profile indicating the dive computer-generated deco ceiling:</p></div> <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> <div class="content"> -<img src="images/CCR_dive_ceilingF22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR computer-generated deco ceiling" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>More equipment-specific information for downloading CCR dive logs for
-Poseidon MkVI and APD equipment can be found in
-<a href="#_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">Appendix
-B</a>.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_obtaining_more_information_about_dives_entered_into_the_logbook">6. Obtaining more information about dives entered into the logbook</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_the_strong_info_strong_tab_for_individual_dives">6.1. The <strong>Info</strong> tab (for individual dives)</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The Info tab gives some summary information about a particular dive that has
-been selected in the <strong>Dive List</strong>. Useful information here includes the
-surface interval before the dive, the maximum and mean depths of the dive,
-the gas volume consumed, the surface air consumption (SAC) and the number of
-oxygen toxicity units (OTU) incurred.</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/info.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Gas consumption and SAC calculations: <em>Subsurface</em> calculates SAC and Gas
-consumption taking in account gas incompressibility, particularly at tank
-pressures above 200 bar, making them more accurate. Users should refer to
-<a href="#SAC_CALCULATION">Appendix F</a> for more information.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_ExtraDataTab">6.2. The <strong>Extra Data</strong> tab (usually for individual dives)</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>When using a dive computer, it often reports several data items that cannot
-easily be presented in a standardised way because the nature of the
-information differs from one dive computer to another. These data often
-comprise setup information, metadata about a dive, battery levels, no fly
-times, or gradient factors used during the dive. When possible, this
-information is presented in the <strong>Extra Data</strong> tab. Below is an image showing
-extra data for a dive using a Poseidon rebreather.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/ExtraDataTab_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Extra Data tab" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_the_strong_stats_strong_tab_for_groups_of_dives">6.3. The <strong>Stats</strong> tab (for groups of dives)</h3>
+<img src="images/CCR_dive_ceilingF22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR computer-generated deco ceiling" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>More equipment-specific information for downloading CCR dive logs for +Poseidon MkVI and APD equipment can be found in +<a href="#_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">Appendix +B</a>.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_obtaining_more_information_about_dives_entered_into_the_logbook">6. Obtaining more information about dives entered into the logbook</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_the_strong_info_strong_tab_for_individual_dives">6.1. The <strong>Info</strong> tab (for individual dives)</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The Info tab gives some summary information about a particular dive that has +been selected in the <strong>Dive List</strong>. Useful information here includes the +surface interval before the dive, the maximum and mean depths of the dive, +the gas volume consumed, the surface air consumption (SAC) and the number of +oxygen toxicity units (OTU) incurred.</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/info.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Gas consumption and SAC calculations: <em>Subsurface</em> calculates SAC and Gas +consumption taking in account gas incompressibility, particularly at tank +pressures above 200 bar, making them more accurate. Users should refer to +<a href="#SAC_CALCULATION">Appendix F</a> for more information.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_ExtraDataTab">6.2. The <strong>Extra Data</strong> tab (usually for individual dives)</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>When using a dive computer, it often reports several data items that cannot +easily be presented in a standardised way because the nature of the +information differs from one dive computer to another. These data often +comprise setup information, metadata about a dive, battery levels, no fly +times, or gradient factors used during the dive. When possible, this +information is presented in the <strong>Extra Data</strong> tab. Below is an image showing +extra data for a dive using a Poseidon rebreather.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/ExtraDataTab_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Extra Data tab" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_the_strong_stats_strong_tab_for_groups_of_dives">6.3. The <strong>Stats</strong> tab (for groups of dives)</h3> <div class="paragraph"><p>The Stats tab gives summary statistics for more than one dive, assuming that more than one dive has been selected in the <strong>Dive List</strong> using the standard Ctrl-click or Shift-click of the mouse. If only one dive has been selected, @@ -2854,13 +2854,13 @@ selected, the total amount of dive time in these dives, as well as the minimum, maximum and mean for the dive duration, water temperature and surface air consumption (SAC). It also shows the depth of the shallowest and deepest dives of those selected.</p></div> -</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_DiveProfile">6.4. The <strong>Dive Profile</strong></h3>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Profile2.jpg" alt="Typical dive profile" />
-</div>
+</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_DiveProfile">6.4. The <strong>Dive Profile</strong></h3> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Profile2.jpg" alt="Typical dive profile" /> +</div> </div> <div class="paragraph"><p>Of all the panels in <em>Subsurface</em>, the Dive Profile contains the most detailed information about each dive. The Dive Profile has a <strong>button bar</strong> on @@ -2873,10 +2873,10 @@ is given using different colors:</p></div> <div class="tableblock"> <table rules="all" width="100%" -frame="border"
-cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
-<col width="33%" />
-<col width="33%" />
+frame="border" +cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4"> +<col width="33%" /> +<col width="33%" /> <col width="33%" /> <tbody> <tr> @@ -2889,9 +2889,9 @@ cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4"> <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">> 30</p></td> <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">> 18</p></td> </tr> -<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Orange</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">18 - 30</p></td>
+<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Orange</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">18 - 30</p></td> <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">9 - 18</p></td> </tr> <tr> @@ -2909,7 +2909,7 @@ cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4"> <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">< 1.5</p></td> <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">< 1.5</p></td> </tr> -</tbody>
+</tbody> </table> </div> <div class="paragraph"><p>The profile also includes depth readings for the peaks and troughs in the @@ -2917,9 +2917,9 @@ graph. So users should see the depth of the deepest point and other peaks. Mean depth is plotted as a grey line, indicating mean dive depth up to a particular moment during the dive.</p></div> <div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/scale.jpg" alt="Note" />
+<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/scale.jpg" alt="Note" /> </td> <td class="content">In some cases the dive profile does not fill the whole area of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel. Clicking the <strong>Scale</strong> button in the toolbar on the left of @@ -2928,8 +2928,8 @@ the panel.</td> </tr></table> </div> <div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Water temperature</strong> is displayed with its own blue line with temperature values -placed adjacent to significant changes.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The dive profile can include graphs of the <strong>partial pressures</strong> of O<sub>2</sub>,
+placed adjacent to significant changes.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The dive profile can include graphs of the <strong>partial pressures</strong> of O<sub>2</sub>, N<sub>2</sub>, and He during the dive (see figure above) as well as a calculated and dive computer reported deco ceilings (only visible for deep, long, or repetitive dives). Partial pressures of oxygen are indicated in green, @@ -2945,18 +2945,18 @@ during the dive. This is shown below the dive depth and water temperature graphs.</td> </tr></table> </div> -<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/N2.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Clicking this button allows display of the partial pressure of <strong>nitrogen</strong>
-during the dive.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
+<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/N2.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Clicking this button allows display of the partial pressure of <strong>nitrogen</strong> +during the dive.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> <img src="images/icons/He.jpg" alt="Note" /> </td> <td class="content">Clicking this button allows display of the partial pressure of <strong>helium</strong> @@ -2974,17 +2974,17 @@ relative to some absolute values but relative to the average normalized air consumption during the dive. So areas that are red or orange indicate times of increased normalized air consumption while dark green reflects times when the diver was using less gas than average.</p></div> -<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/Heartbutton.png" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Clicking on the heart rate button will allow the display of heart rate
-information during the dive if the dive computer was attached to a heart
-rate sensor.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>It is possible to <strong>zoom</strong> into the profile graph. This is done either by using
+<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/Heartbutton.png" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Clicking on the heart rate button will allow the display of heart rate +information during the dive if the dive computer was attached to a heart +rate sensor.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>It is possible to <strong>zoom</strong> into the profile graph. This is done either by using the scroll wheel / scroll gesture of your mouse or trackpad. By default <em>Subsurface</em> always shows a profile area large enough for at least 30 minutes and 30m @@ -2996,7 +2996,7 @@ something free divers won’t care about. <div class="admonitionblock"> <table><tr> <td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/ruler.jpg" alt="Note" />
+<img src="images/icons/ruler.jpg" alt="Note" /> </td> <td class="content">Measurements of <strong>depth or time differences</strong> can be achieved by using the <strong>ruler button</strong> on the left of the dive profile panel. The measurement is @@ -3006,9 +3006,9 @@ underneath the two red dots.</td> </tr></table> </div> <div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/ShowPhotos.png" alt="Note" />
+<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/ShowPhotos.png" alt="Note" /> </td> <td class="content">Photographs that have been added to a dive can be shown on the profile by selecting the <strong>Show-photo</strong> button. The position of a photo on the profile @@ -3043,51 +3043,51 @@ computers offer longer non-stop bottom times.</p></div> <div class="admonitionblock"> <table><tr> <td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/cceiling.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">If the dive computer itself calculates a ceiling and makes it available to
-<em>Subsurface</em> during upload of dives, this can be shown as a red area by
-checking <strong>Dive computer reported ceiling</strong> button on the Profile Panel.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/ceiling1.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">If the <strong>Calculated ceiling</strong> button on the Profile Panel is clicked, then a
-ceiling, calculated by <em>Subsurface</em>, is shown in green if it exists for a
-particular dive (<strong>A</strong> in figure below). This setting can be modified in two
-ways:</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/ceiling2.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">If, in addition, the <strong>show all tissues</strong> button on the Profile Panel is
-clicked, the ceiling is shown for the tissue compartments following the
-Bühlmann model (<strong>B</strong> in figure below).</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/ceiling3.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">If, in addition, the <strong>3m increments</strong> button on the Profile Panel is clicked,
-then the ceiling is indicated in 3 m increments (<strong>C</strong> in figure below).</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Ceilings2.jpg" alt="Figure: Ceiling with 3m resolution" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
+<img src="images/icons/cceiling.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">If the dive computer itself calculates a ceiling and makes it available to +<em>Subsurface</em> during upload of dives, this can be shown as a red area by +checking <strong>Dive computer reported ceiling</strong> button on the Profile Panel.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/ceiling1.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">If the <strong>Calculated ceiling</strong> button on the Profile Panel is clicked, then a +ceiling, calculated by <em>Subsurface</em>, is shown in green if it exists for a +particular dive (<strong>A</strong> in figure below). This setting can be modified in two +ways:</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/ceiling2.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">If, in addition, the <strong>show all tissues</strong> button on the Profile Panel is +clicked, the ceiling is shown for the tissue compartments following the +Bühlmann model (<strong>B</strong> in figure below).</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/ceiling3.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">If, in addition, the <strong>3m increments</strong> button on the Profile Panel is clicked, +then the ceiling is indicated in 3 m increments (<strong>C</strong> in figure below).</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Ceilings2.jpg" alt="Figure: Ceiling with 3m resolution" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> <img src="images/icons/ShowCylindersButton.jpg" alt="Note" /> </td> <td class="content">By selecting this icon, the different cylinders used during a dive can be @@ -3099,18 +3099,18 @@ after 23 minutes. Cylinders with air are shown as a light blue bar.</td> </tr></table> </div> <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content">
-<img src="images/ShowCylinders_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Cylinder use graph" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/tissues.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Display inert gas tissue pressures relative to ambient inert gas pressure
-(horizontal grey line). Tissue pressures are calculated using the Bühlmann
-ZH-L16 algorithm and are displayed as lines ranging from green (faster
+<div class="content"> +<img src="images/ShowCylinders_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Cylinder use graph" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/tissues.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Display inert gas tissue pressures relative to ambient inert gas pressure +(horizontal grey line). Tissue pressures are calculated using the Bühlmann +ZH-L16 algorithm and are displayed as lines ranging from green (faster tissues) to blue (slower tissues). The black line, graphed above the ambient pressure, is the maximum allowable tissue supersaturation (pressure limit) derived from the gradient factors specified in the <strong>Preferences</strong>. For @@ -3124,31 +3124,31 @@ moment in time, at the position of the cursor on the dive profile.</td> </tr></table> </div> <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content">
-<img src="images/tissuesGraph.jpg" alt="Figure: Inert gas tissue pressure graph" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Gradient Factor settings strongly affect the calculated ceilings and their
-depths. For more information about Gradient factors, see the section on
-<a href="#S_GradientFactors">Gradient Factor Preference settings</a>. The currently
-used gradient factors (e.g. GF 35/75) are shown above the depth profile if
-the appropriate toolbar buttons are activated. <strong>N.B.:</strong> The indicated
-gradient factors are NOT the gradient factors in use by the dive computer,
-but those used by <em>Subsurface</em> to calculate deco obligations during the
-dive. For more information external to this manual see:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html">Gradient factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts</a>
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
+<div class="content"> +<img src="images/tissuesGraph.jpg" alt="Figure: Inert gas tissue pressure graph" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Gradient Factor settings strongly affect the calculated ceilings and their +depths. For more information about Gradient factors, see the section on +<a href="#S_GradientFactors">Gradient Factor Preference settings</a>. The currently +used gradient factors (e.g. GF 35/75) are shown above the depth profile if +the appropriate toolbar buttons are activated. <strong>N.B.:</strong> The indicated +gradient factors are NOT the gradient factors in use by the dive computer, +but those used by <em>Subsurface</em> to calculate deco obligations during the +dive. For more information external to this manual see:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html">Gradient factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts</a> +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> <div class="sect2"> <h3 id="_the_dive_profile_context_menu">6.5. The Dive Profile context menu</h3> <div class="paragraph"><p>The context menu for the Dive Profile is accessed by right-clicking while @@ -3175,11 +3175,11 @@ profile. Normally the Information Box is located to the top left of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel. If the mouse points outside of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel, then only the top line of the Information Box is visible (see left-hand part of figure (<strong>A</strong>) below). The Information Box can be moved -around in the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel by click-dragging it with the mouse so
-that it is not obstructing important detail. The position of the Information
-Box is saved and used again during subsequent dive analyses.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
+around in the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel by click-dragging it with the mouse so +that it is not obstructing important detail. The position of the Information +Box is saved and used again during subsequent dive analyses.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> <img src="images/InfoBox2.jpg" alt="Figure: Information Box" /> </div> </div> @@ -3203,11 +3203,11 @@ buttons on the left of the profile panel. These are:</p></div> <div class="admonitionblock"> <table><tr> <td class="icon"> -<img src="images/icons/MOD.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Clicking this button causes the Information Box to display the <strong>Maximum
-Operating Depth (MOD)</strong> of the dive, given the gas mixture used. MOD is
-dependent on the oxygen concentration in the breathing gas. For air (21%
+<img src="images/icons/MOD.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Clicking this button causes the Information Box to display the <strong>Maximum +Operating Depth (MOD)</strong> of the dive, given the gas mixture used. MOD is +dependent on the oxygen concentration in the breathing gas. For air (21% oxygen) it is around 57 m if a maximum pO<sub>2</sub> of 1.4 is specified in the <strong>Preferences</strong> section (select <em>File</em> → Preferences → Graph_ and edit the text box <em>Max pO<sub>2</sub> when showing MOD</em>. Below the MOD there is a markedly @@ -3215,11 +3215,11 @@ increased risk of exposure to the dangers of oxygen toxicity.</td> </tr></table> </div> <div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/NDL.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Clicking this button causes the Information Box to display either the
+<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/NDL.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Clicking this button causes the Information Box to display either the <strong>No-deco Limit (NDL)</strong> or the <strong>Total Time to Surface (TTS)</strong>. NDL is the time duration that a diver can continue with a dive, given the present depth, that does not require decompression (that is, before an ascent ceiling @@ -3234,8 +3234,8 @@ accurately calculated and Subsurface only indicates <em>TTS > 2h</em>.</td> </tr></table> </div> <div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
+<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> <img src="images/icons/SAC.jpg" alt="Note" /> </td> <td class="content">Clicking this button causes the Information Box to display the <strong>Surface Air @@ -3249,9 +3249,9 @@ is liters/min or cubic ft/min.</td> </tr></table> </div> <div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/EAD.jpg" alt="Note" />
+<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/EAD.jpg" alt="Note" /> </td> <td class="content">Clicking this button displays the <strong>Equivalent Air Depth (EAD)</strong> for nitrox dives as well as the <strong>Equivalent Narcotic Depth (END)</strong> for trimix @@ -3277,11 +3277,11 @@ dive</em>. It is shown by the position of the cursor on the <strong>Dive Profile drawing on the left below indicates the meaning of the different parts of the Gas Pressure Bar Graph.</p></div> <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> -<div class="content">
-<img src="images/GasPressureBarGraph.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Gas Pressure bar Graph" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
+<div class="content"> +<img src="images/GasPressureBarGraph.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Gas Pressure bar Graph" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> <li> <p> The light green area indicates the total gas, with the top margin of the @@ -3289,34 +3289,34 @@ The light green area indicates the total gas, with the top margin of the measured from the bottom of the graph to the top of the light green area. This pressure has a <em>relative</em> value in the graph and does not indicate absolute pressure. -</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The horizontal black line underneath the light green margin indicates the
- equilibrium pressure of the inert gases inhaled by the diver, usually
- nitrogen. In the case of trimix, it is the pressures of nitrogen and helium
- combined. In this example, the user is diving with EAN32, so the inert gas
- pressure is 68% of the distance from the bottom of the graph to the total
- gas pressure value.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The dark green area at the bottom of the graph represents the pressures of
- inert gas in each of the 16 tissue compartments, following the Bühlmann
- algorithm, the fast tissues being on the left hand side.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The top black horizontal line indicates the gradient factor that applies to
- the depth of the diver at the particular point on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. The
- gradient factor shown is an interpolation between the GFLow and GFHigh
- values specified in the Graph tab of the <strong>Preferences Panel</strong> of
- <strong>Subsurface</strong>.
-</p>
-</li>
+</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The horizontal black line underneath the light green margin indicates the + equilibrium pressure of the inert gases inhaled by the diver, usually + nitrogen. In the case of trimix, it is the pressures of nitrogen and helium + combined. In this example, the user is diving with EAN32, so the inert gas + pressure is 68% of the distance from the bottom of the graph to the total + gas pressure value. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The dark green area at the bottom of the graph represents the pressures of + inert gas in each of the 16 tissue compartments, following the Bühlmann + algorithm, the fast tissues being on the left hand side. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The top black horizontal line indicates the gradient factor that applies to + the depth of the diver at the particular point on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. The + gradient factor shown is an interpolation between the GFLow and GFHigh + values specified in the Graph tab of the <strong>Preferences Panel</strong> of + <strong>Subsurface</strong>. +</p> +</li> <li> <p> The bottom margin of the red area in the graph indicates the Bühlman-derived @@ -3344,13 +3344,13 @@ Graph <strong>B</strong> indicates the situation after a descent to 30 meters. F </p> </li> <li> -<p>
-Graph <strong>C</strong> represents the pressures after 30 minutes at 30 m. The fast
- compartments have attained equilibrium (i.e. they have reached the hight of
- the black line indicating the equilibrium pressure). The slower compartments
- (towards the right) have not reached equilibrium and are in the process of
- slowly increasing in pressure.
-</p>
+<p> +Graph <strong>C</strong> represents the pressures after 30 minutes at 30 m. The fast + compartments have attained equilibrium (i.e. they have reached the hight of + the black line indicating the equilibrium pressure). The slower compartments + (towards the right) have not reached equilibrium and are in the process of + slowly increasing in pressure. +</p> </li> <li> <p> @@ -3362,18 +3362,18 @@ Graph <strong>D</strong> shows the pressures after ascent to a depth of 4.5 mete exceeding the gradient factor value (GFHigh), endangering the diver. </p> </li> -<li>
-<p>
-Graph <strong>E</strong> indicates the situation after remaining at 4.5 meters for 10
- minutes. The fast compartments have decreased in pressure. As expected, the
- pressures in the slow compartments have not changed much. The pressures in
- the fast compartments do not approach the GFHigh value any more and the
- diver is safer than in the situation indicated in graph <strong>D</strong>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-</div>
+<li> +<p> +Graph <strong>E</strong> indicates the situation after remaining at 4.5 meters for 10 + minutes. The fast compartments have decreased in pressure. As expected, the + pressures in the slow compartments have not changed much. The pressures in + the fast compartments do not approach the GFHigh value any more and the + diver is safer than in the situation indicated in graph <strong>D</strong>. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +</div> </div> </div> <div class="sect1"> @@ -3395,10 +3395,10 @@ a single dive or a group of dives and then right-clicking.</p></div> <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> <div class="content"> <img src="images/DiveListOptions.jpg" alt="Example: Dive list info options" /> -</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The default information in the <strong>Dive List</strong> includes, for each dive,
-Dive_number, Date, Rating, Dive_depth, Dive_duration and Dive_location. This
+</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The default information in the <strong>Dive List</strong> includes, for each dive, +Dive_number, Date, Rating, Dive_depth, Dive_duration and Dive_location. This information can be controlled and changed by right-clicking on the header bar of the <strong>Dive List</strong>. For instance, a right-click on the <em>Date</em> header brings up a list of items that can be shown in the dive list (see @@ -3407,7 +3407,7 @@ above). Select an item to be shown in the <strong>Dive List</strong> or be delet updated. Preferences for information shown in the <strong>Dive List</strong> are saved and used when <em>Subsurface</em> is re-opened.</p></div> </div> -</div>
+</div> <div class="sect2"> <h3 id="S_Renumber">7.2. Renumbering the dives</h3> <div class="paragraph"><p>Dives are normally numbered incrementally from non-recent dives (low @@ -3467,9 +3467,9 @@ expanding all trips and collapsing all trips.</p></div> </div> <div class="sect3"> <h4 id="_merging_dives_from_more_than_one_trip_into_a_single_trip">7.3.4. Merging dives from more than one trip into a single trip</h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting a trip title, the context menu allows the merging of trips
-by either merging the selected trip with the trip below or with the trip
-above. (Merge trip with trip below; Merge trip with trip above)</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting a trip title, the context menu allows the merging of trips +by either merging the selected trip with the trip below or with the trip +above. (Merge trip with trip below; Merge trip with trip above)</p></div> </div> <div class="sect3"> <h4 id="_splitting_a_single_trip_into_more_than_one_trip">7.3.5. Splitting a single trip into more than one trip</h4> @@ -3482,12 +3482,12 @@ context menu on the left (A) and the completed action on the right (B):</p></div <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> <div class="content"> <img src="images/SplitDive3a.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Split a trip into 2 trips" /> -</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_manipulating_single_dives">7.4. Manipulating single dives</h3>
+</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_manipulating_single_dives">7.4. Manipulating single dives</h3> <div class="sect3"> <h4 id="_delete_a_dive_from_the_dive_log">7.4.1. Delete a dive from the dive log</h4> <div class="paragraph"><p>Dives can be permanently deleted from the dive log by selecting and @@ -3506,9 +3506,9 @@ time of the unlinked dive.</p></div> </div> <div class="sect3"> <h4 id="_add_a_dive_to_the_trip_immediately_above">7.4.3. Add a dive to the trip immediately above</h4> -<div class="paragraph"><p>Selected dives can be moved from the trip to which they belong and placed
-within a separate trip. To do this, select and right-click the dive(s) to
-bring up the context menu, and then select <strong>Create new trip above</strong>.</p></div>
+<div class="paragraph"><p>Selected dives can be moved from the trip to which they belong and placed +within a separate trip. To do this, select and right-click the dive(s) to +bring up the context menu, and then select <strong>Create new trip above</strong>.</p></div> </div> <div class="sect3"> <h4 id="_shift_the_start_time_of_dive_s">7.4.4. Shift the start time of dive(s)</h4> @@ -3529,22 +3529,22 @@ List</strong> panel. You can merge these dives onto a single dive by selecting t appropriate dives, right-clicking them to bring up the context menu and then selecting <strong>Merge selected dives</strong>. It may be necessary to edit the dive information in the <strong>Notes</strong> panel to reflect events or conditions that apply -to the merged dive. The figure below shows the depth profile of two dives
-that were merged:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/MergedDive.png" alt="Example: Merged dive" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_undo_dive_manipulations">7.4.6. Undo dive manipulations</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Important actions on dives or trips, described above, can be undone or
-redone. This includes: <em>delete dives</em>, <em>merge dives</em>, <em>renumber dives</em> and
-<em>shift dive times</em>. To do this after performing any of these actions, from
-the <strong>Main Menu</strong> select <em>Edit</em>. This brings up the possibility to <em>Undo</em> or
-<em>Redo</em> an action.</p></div>
-</div>
+to the merged dive. The figure below shows the depth profile of two dives +that were merged:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/MergedDive.png" alt="Example: Merged dive" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_undo_dive_manipulations">7.4.6. Undo dive manipulations</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Important actions on dives or trips, described above, can be undone or +redone. This includes: <em>delete dives</em>, <em>merge dives</em>, <em>renumber dives</em> and +<em>shift dive times</em>. To do this after performing any of these actions, from +the <strong>Main Menu</strong> select <em>Edit</em>. This brings up the possibility to <em>Undo</em> or +<em>Redo</em> an action.</p></div> +</div> </div> <div class="sect2"> <h3 id="S_Filter">7.5. Filtering the dive list</h3> @@ -3564,7 +3564,7 @@ it. The filter may also be reset and closed by selecting the *red button</strong with the white cross.</p></div> <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> <div class="content"> -<img src="images/Filterpanel.jpg" alt="Figure: Filter panel" />
+<img src="images/Filterpanel.jpg" alt="Figure: Filter panel" /> </div> </div> <div class="paragraph"><p>Four filter criteria may be used to filter the dive list: dive tags, person @@ -3583,8 +3583,8 @@ therefore for <em>cave</em> as a tag AND <em>Joe Smith</em> as a buddy. But the within a category are inclusive - filtering for <em>cave</em> and <em>boat</em> shows those dives that have either one OR both of these tags.</p></div> </div> -</div>
-</div>
+</div> +</div> <div class="sect1"> <h2 id="S_ExportLog">8. Exporting the dive log or parts of the dive log</h2> <div class="sectionbody"> @@ -3592,15 +3592,15 @@ those dives that have either one OR both of these tags.</p></div> <div class="ulist"><ul> <li> <p> -Exporter les informations de plongée vers <em>Facebook</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_Export_other">Exporter des informations de plongée vers d’autres
- destinations ou formats</a>
-</p>
-</li>
+Exporter les informations de plongée vers <em>Facebook</em> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_Export_other">Exporter des informations de plongée vers d’autres + destinations ou formats</a> +</p> +</li> </ul></div> <div class="sect2"> <h3 id="S_facebook">8.1. Export des informations de plongée vers <em>Facebook</em></h3> @@ -3642,11 +3642,11 @@ from a regular Facebook login either in a browser or a Facebook app.</p></div> <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> <div class="content"> <img src="images/facebook2_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Facebook login" /> -</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Si besoin, fermer la connexion <em>Facebook</em> en fermant <em>Subsurface</em> ou en
-sélectionnant _Fichier → Préférences → Facebook, à partir du menu
-principal et en cliquant sur le bouton approprié dans le panneau des
+</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Si besoin, fermer la connexion <em>Facebook</em> en fermant <em>Subsurface</em> ou en +sélectionnant _Fichier → Préférences → Facebook, à partir du menu +principal et en cliquant sur le bouton approprié dans le panneau des préférences Facebook.</p></div> </div> <div class="sect2"> @@ -3655,26 +3655,26 @@ préférences Facebook.</p></div> <em>File → Export</em>, which brings up the Export dialog. This dialog always gives two options: save ALL dives, or save only the dives selected in <strong>Dive List</strong> panel of <em>Subsurface</em>. Click the appropriate radio button (see images -below).</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Export_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Export dialog" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>A dive log or part of it can be saved in three formats:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Subsurface XML</em> format. This is the native format used by <em>Subsurface</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Universal Dive Data Format (<em>UDDF</em>). Refer to <em>http://uddf.org</em> for more
- information. UDDF is a generic format that enables communication among many
- dive computers and computer programs.
-</p>
-</li>
+below).</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Export_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Export dialog" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>A dive log or part of it can be saved in three formats:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Subsurface XML</em> format. This is the native format used by <em>Subsurface</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Universal Dive Data Format (<em>UDDF</em>). Refer to <em>http://uddf.org</em> for more + information. UDDF is a generic format that enables communication among many + dive computers and computer programs. +</p> +</li> <li> <p> <em>Divelogs.de</em>, an Internet-based dive log repository. In order to upload to @@ -3691,27 +3691,27 @@ Universal Dive Data Format (<em>UDDF</em>). Refer to <em>http://uddf.org</em> fo </p> </li> <li> -<p>
-<em>CSV dive details</em>, that includes the most critical information of the dive
- profile. Included information of a dive is: dive number, date, time, buddy,
- duration, depth, temperature and pressure: in short, most of the information
- that recreational divers enter into handwritten log books.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>CSV dive profile</em>, that includes a large amount of detail for each dive,
- including the depth profile, temperature and pressure information of each
- dive.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>HTML</em> format, in which the dive(s) are stored in HTML files, readable with
- an Internet browser. Most modern web browsers are supported, but JavaScript
- must be enabled. The HTML export cannot be changed or edited. It contains
- most of the information recorded in the dive log. However, it does not show
- the calculated values in the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel, e.g. calculated cylinder
+<p> +<em>CSV dive details</em>, that includes the most critical information of the dive + profile. Included information of a dive is: dive number, date, time, buddy, + duration, depth, temperature and pressure: in short, most of the information + that recreational divers enter into handwritten log books. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>CSV dive profile</em>, that includes a large amount of detail for each dive, + including the depth profile, temperature and pressure information of each + dive. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>HTML</em> format, in which the dive(s) are stored in HTML files, readable with + an Internet browser. Most modern web browsers are supported, but JavaScript + must be enabled. The HTML export cannot be changed or edited. It contains + most of the information recorded in the dive log. However, it does not show + the calculated values in the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel, e.g. calculated cylinder pressure, gas pressures and MOD. The HTML export contains a search option to search the dive log. HTML export is specified on the second tab of the Export dialog (image <strong>B</strong> above). A typical use of this option is to export @@ -3729,14 +3729,14 @@ Universal Dive Data Format (<em>UDDF</em>). Refer to <em>http://uddf.org</em> fo in text, as shown in the image below. </p> </li> -</ul></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/mapview_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: HTML Map export view" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
+</ul></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/mapview_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: HTML Map export view" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> <p> <em>Image depths</em>, which creates a text file that contains the file names of all photos or images attached to any of the selected dives in the <em>Dive @@ -3745,35 +3745,35 @@ Universal Dive Data Format (<em>UDDF</em>). Refer to <em>http://uddf.org</em> fo </p> </li> <li> -<p>
-<em>General Settings</em>, under the HTML tab, provides the following options:
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Subsurface Numbers: if this option is checked, the dive(s) are exported with the
- numbers associated with them in Subsurface, Otherwise the dive(s) will be numbered
- starting from 1.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Export Yearly Statistics: if this option is checked, a yearly statistics table will
- be attached to the HTML exports.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Export List only: a list of dives only (date, time, depth, duration) will be exported
- and the detailed dive information, e.g. dive profile, will not be available.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Under <em>Style Options</em> some style-related options are available like font
- size and theme.
+<p> +<em>General Settings</em>, under the HTML tab, provides the following options: +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Subsurface Numbers: if this option is checked, the dive(s) are exported with the + numbers associated with them in Subsurface, Otherwise the dive(s) will be numbered + starting from 1. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Export Yearly Statistics: if this option is checked, a yearly statistics table will + be attached to the HTML exports. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Export List only: a list of dives only (date, time, depth, duration) will be exported + and the detailed dive information, e.g. dive profile, will not be available. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Under <em>Style Options</em> some style-related options are available like font + size and theme. </p> </li> </ul></div> @@ -3781,8 +3781,8 @@ Under <em>Style Options</em> some style-related options are available like font instance <em>www.divelogs.de</em>.</p></div> </div> </div> -</div>
-<div class="sect1">
+</div> +<div class="sect1"> <h2 id="S_Cloud_access">9. Keeping a <em>Subsurface</em> dive log in the Cloud</h2> <div class="sectionbody"> <div class="paragraph"><p>For each diver, dive log information is highly important. Not only is it a @@ -3801,51 +3801,51 @@ local hard disk. The only requirement is that you should first register as a user on the cloud. To use <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> , follow these steps:</p></div> <div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_create_a_cloud_storage_account">9.1. Create a cloud storage account</h3>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Open the <strong>Network Preferences</strong> by selecting <em>File</em> → <em>Preferences</em> → <em>Network</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-In the section headed <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em>, enter an email address that
- <em>Subsurface</em> can use for user registration.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Enter a novel password that <em>Subsurface</em> will use to store the
- dive log in the cloud.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Click <em>Apply</em> to send the above email address and password to the
- (remote) cloud server. The server responds by sending a verification PIN to
- the above email address (This is the <strong>only</strong> occasion that <em>Subsurface</em> uses the
- email address provided above). The <strong>Network Preferences</strong> dialog now has a new PIN text
- box, not visible previously.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Enter the PIN in the corresponding text box in the <strong>Network Preferences</strong> dialog
-(this field is only visible while the server is waiting for email
-address confirmation)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Click <em>Apply</em> again. The <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> account
-will be marked as verified and the <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> service is initialised for use.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_using_em_subsurface_cloud_storage_em">9.2. Using <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em></h3>
+<h3 id="_create_a_cloud_storage_account">9.1. Create a cloud storage account</h3> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Open the <strong>Network Preferences</strong> by selecting <em>File</em> → <em>Preferences</em> → <em>Network</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +In the section headed <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em>, enter an email address that + <em>Subsurface</em> can use for user registration. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Enter a novel password that <em>Subsurface</em> will use to store the + dive log in the cloud. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Click <em>Apply</em> to send the above email address and password to the + (remote) cloud server. The server responds by sending a verification PIN to + the above email address (This is the <strong>only</strong> occasion that <em>Subsurface</em> uses the + email address provided above). The <strong>Network Preferences</strong> dialog now has a new PIN text + box, not visible previously. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Enter the PIN in the corresponding text box in the <strong>Network Preferences</strong> dialog +(this field is only visible while the server is waiting for email +address confirmation) +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Click <em>Apply</em> again. The <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> account +will be marked as verified and the <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> service is initialised for use. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_using_em_subsurface_cloud_storage_em">9.2. Using <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em></h3> <div class="ulist"><ul> <li> <p> @@ -3871,8 +3871,8 @@ data with the cloud server the next time the program is used while the computer connected to the Internet. </p> </li> -</ul></div>
-</div>
+</ul></div> +</div> <div class="sect2"> <h3 id="S_Cloud_storage">9.3. Web access to <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em></h3> <div class="paragraph"><p>One of the nice side benefits of using <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> is that @@ -3919,8 +3919,8 @@ folder and select the <em>Open</em> button.</p></div> <div class="paragraph"><p>Several paid services exist on the Internet (e.g. Google, Amazon) where the same process could be used for the Cloud-based storage of dive logs.</p></div> </div> -</div>
-</div>
+</div> +</div> <div class="sect1"> <h2 id="S_PrintDivelog">10. Printing a dive log</h2> <div class="sectionbody"> @@ -3948,31 +3948,31 @@ and page layout:</p></div> <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> <div class="content"> <img src="images/Print1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print dialogue" /> -</div>
-</div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-Under <em>Print type</em> select one of two options:
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Dive list print</em>: Print dives from the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel with profiles and
- other information.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Statistics print</em>: Print yearly statistics of the dives.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Under <em>Print options</em> select:
-</p>
+</div> +</div> +<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> +<li> +<p> +Under <em>Print type</em> select one of two options: +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Dive list print</em>: Print dives from the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel with profiles and + other information. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Statistics print</em>: Print yearly statistics of the dives. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Under <em>Print options</em> select: +</p> <div class="ulist"><ul> <li> <p> @@ -3995,51 +3995,51 @@ several choices. (see image <strong>B</strong>, above).</p></div> <div class="ulist"><ul> <li> <p> -<em>Table</em>: This prints a summary table of all dives selected (see below).
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Print_summarylist_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print summary table" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Flow layout</em>: Print the text associated with each dive without printing the
- dive profiles
- of each dive (see below):
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Print_flow_layout_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print flow layout" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>One Dive</em>: Print one dive per page, also showing the dive profile (see
- below)
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/print2_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print one dive / page" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Two Dives</em>: Print two dives per page, also showing the dive profiles.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Six Dives</em>: Print six dives per page, also showing the dive profiles.
+<em>Table</em>: This prints a summary table of all dives selected (see below). +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Print_summarylist_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print summary table" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Flow layout</em>: Print the text associated with each dive without printing the + dive profiles + of each dive (see below): +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Print_flow_layout_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print flow layout" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>One Dive</em>: Print one dive per page, also showing the dive profile (see + below) +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/print2_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print one dive / page" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Two Dives</em>: Print two dives per page, also showing the dive profiles. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Six Dives</em>: Print six dives per page, also showing the dive profiles. </p> </li> </ul></div> @@ -4054,17 +4054,17 @@ below):</p></div> <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> <div class="content"> <img src="images/Print_print_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print dialog" /> -</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Set the print resolution of the printer to an appropriate value by changing
-the printer <em>Properties</em>. Finally, select the <em>Print</em> button to print the
-dives. Below is a (rather small) example of the output for one particular
-page.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Printpreview.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print preview page" />
-</div>
-</div>
+</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Set the print resolution of the printer to an appropriate value by changing +the printer <em>Properties</em>. Finally, select the <em>Print</em> button to print the +dives. Below is a (rather small) example of the output for one particular +page.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Printpreview.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print preview page" /> +</div> +</div> <div class="sect2"> <h3 id="_créer_un_modèle_d_8217_impression_personnalisé_avancé">10.1. Créer un modèle d’impression personnalisé (avancé)</h3> <div class="paragraph"><p>Writing a custom template is an effective way to produce highly customized @@ -4072,10 +4072,10 @@ printouts. Subsurface uses HTML templates to render printing. You can create a template, export a new template, import an existing template and delete an existing template by using the appropriate buttons under the <em>Template</em> dropdown list in the print dialogue. See <a href="#S_APPENDIX_E">APPENDIX E</a> for -information on how to write or modify a template.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
+information on how to write or modify a template.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> <div class="sect1"> <h2 id="S_Configure">11. Configurer un ordinateur de plongée</h2> <div class="sectionbody"> @@ -4091,10 +4091,10 @@ this.</p></div> <div class="paragraph"><p>Une fois que l’ordinateur de plongée est connecté à <em>Subsurface</em>, sélectionner <em>Fichier → Configurer l’ordinateur de plongée</em>, à partir du menu principal. Fournir le nom du périphérique dans le champ en haut du -panneau de configuration et sélectionner le bon modèle d’ordinateur de
-plongée à partir du panneau à gauche (voir l’image ci-dessous).</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
+panneau de configuration et sélectionner le bon modèle d’ordinateur de +plongée à partir du panneau à gauche (voir l’image ci-dessous).</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> <img src="images/Configure_dc_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Configure dive computer" /> </div> </div> @@ -4103,38 +4103,38 @@ actions can be done:</p></div> <div class="ulist"><ul> <li> <p> -<strong>Récupérer les détails disponibles</strong>. Cela charge la configuration existante à partir de l’ordinateur de plongée
- dans <em>Subsurface</em>, en l’affichant dans le panneau de configuration.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Enregistrer les modifications sur le périphérique</strong>. Cela change la configuration de l’ordinateur
- de plongée pour correspondre aux informations affichées dans le panneau de configuration.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Sauvegarder</strong>. Cela enregistre la configuration dans un fichier. <em>Subsurface</em> demande
- l’emplacement et le nom du fichier pour enregistrer les informations.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Restaurer une sauvegarde</strong>. Cela charge les informations à partir d’un fichier de sauvegarde et l’affiche
- dans le panneau de configuration.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Mettre à jour le firmware</strong>. Si un nouveau firmware est disponible pour l’ordinateur de plongée,
- il sera chargé dans l’ordinateur de plongée.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
+<strong>Récupérer les détails disponibles</strong>. Cela charge la configuration existante à partir de l’ordinateur de plongée + dans <em>Subsurface</em>, en l’affichant dans le panneau de configuration. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Enregistrer les modifications sur le périphérique</strong>. Cela change la configuration de l’ordinateur + de plongée pour correspondre aux informations affichées dans le panneau de configuration. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Sauvegarder</strong>. Cela enregistre la configuration dans un fichier. <em>Subsurface</em> demande + l’emplacement et le nom du fichier pour enregistrer les informations. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Restaurer une sauvegarde</strong>. Cela charge les informations à partir d’un fichier de sauvegarde et l’affiche + dans le panneau de configuration. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Mettre à jour le firmware</strong>. Si un nouveau firmware est disponible pour l’ordinateur de plongée, + il sera chargé dans l’ordinateur de plongée. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> <h2 id="S_Preferences">12. Setting user <em>Preferences</em> for <em>Subsurface</em></h2> <div class="sectionbody"> <div class="paragraph"><p>There are several user-definable settings within <em>Subsurface</em>, found by @@ -4148,11 +4148,11 @@ preferences are not saved.</p></div> <div class="sect2"> <h3 id="_defaults">12.1. Defaults</h3> <div class="paragraph"><p>There are several settings in the <strong>Defaults</strong> panel:</p></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Pref1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences defaults page" />
-</div>
-</div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Pref1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences defaults page" /> +</div> +</div> <div class="ulist"><ul> <li> <p> @@ -4167,18 +4167,18 @@ preferences are not saved.</p></div> electronic dive log book. This is a file with filename extension of either <em>.xml</em> or <em>.ssrf</em>. When launched, <em>Subsurface</em> will automatically load the specified dive log book. There are three options: </p> -<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>No default file</em>: When checked, <em>Subsurface</em> does not automatically load a dive log at startup.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Local default file</em>: When checked, <em>Subsurface</em> automatically loads a dive log from the local hard disk
- as described above.
-</p>
-</li>
+<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>No default file</em>: When checked, <em>Subsurface</em> does not automatically load a dive log at startup. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Local default file</em>: When checked, <em>Subsurface</em> automatically loads a dive log from the local hard disk + as described above. +</p> +</li> <li> <p> <em>Cloud storage default file</em>: When checked, <em>Subsurface automatically loads the dive log from the cloud @@ -4186,44 +4186,44 @@ preferences are not saved.</p></div> </p> </li> </ul></div> -</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Display invalid</strong>: Dives can be marked as invalid (when a user wishes to hide
- dives that he/she doesn’t consider valid dives, e.g. pool dives, but still want to
- keep them in the dive log). This controls whether those dives are displayed in
- the dive list.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Default cylinder</strong>: Specify the default cylinder listed in
- the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab of the <strong>Notes</strong> panel.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Animations</strong>: Some actions in showing the dive profile are performed using
- animations. For instance, the axis values for depth and time change from dive to
- dive. When viewing a different dive, these changes in axis characteristics do not
- happen instantaneously, but are animated. The <em>Speed</em> of animations can be controlled
- by setting this slider
- with faster animation speed to the left, and a 0 value representing no animation
- at all.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Clear all settings</strong>: As indicated in the button below this heading, all settings are
- cleared and set to default values.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_units">12.2. Units</h3>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
+</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Display invalid</strong>: Dives can be marked as invalid (when a user wishes to hide + dives that he/she doesn’t consider valid dives, e.g. pool dives, but still want to + keep them in the dive log). This controls whether those dives are displayed in + the dive list. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Default cylinder</strong>: Specify the default cylinder listed in + the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab of the <strong>Notes</strong> panel. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Animations</strong>: Some actions in showing the dive profile are performed using + animations. For instance, the axis values for depth and time change from dive to + dive. When viewing a different dive, these changes in axis characteristics do not + happen instantaneously, but are animated. The <em>Speed</em> of animations can be controlled + by setting this slider + with faster animation speed to the left, and a 0 value representing no animation + at all. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Clear all settings</strong>: As indicated in the button below this heading, all settings are + cleared and set to default values. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_units">12.2. Units</h3> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> <img src="images/Pref2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Units page" /> </div> </div> @@ -4237,12 +4237,12 @@ and others in imperial.</p></div> seconds or minutes. Choose the appropriate option. GPS coordinates can be represented either as traditional coordinates (degrees, minutes, seconds) or as decimal degrees Choose the appropriate option.</p></div> -</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_graph">12.3. Graph</h3>
-<div class="imageblock" id="S_CCR_options" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Pref3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Graph page" />
+</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_graph">12.3. Graph</h3> +<div class="imageblock" id="S_CCR_options" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Pref3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Graph page" /> </div> </div> <div class="paragraph" id="S_GradientFactors"><p>This panel allows two type of selections:</p></div> @@ -4269,12 +4269,12 @@ was no gas switch to such a cylinder), then these cylinders are omitted from tha ascent.</p></div> <div class="ulist"><ul> <li> -<p>
-<strong>Misc</strong>:
-</p>
-<div class="ulist" id="GradientFactors_Ref"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
+<p> +<strong>Misc</strong>: +</p> +<div class="ulist" id="GradientFactors_Ref"><ul> +<li> +<p> Gradient Factors (GFLow and GFHigh):* Set the <em>gradient factors</em> used while diving. GF_Low is the gradient factor at depth and GF_High is used just below the surface. At intermediate depths gradient factors between GF_Low and GF_High are used. @@ -4283,22 +4283,22 @@ Gradient Factors (GFLow and GFHigh):* Set the <em>gradient factors</em> used whi the value of a gradient factor, the more conservative the calculations are with respect to nitrogen loading and the deeper the ascent ceilings are. Gradient factors of 20/60 are considered conservative and values of 70/90 are considered - harsh. Checking the <strong>GFLow at max depth</strong> box causes GF_Low to be used at the
- deepest depth of a dive. If this box is not checked, GF_Low is applied at
- all depths deeper than the first deco stop. For more information see:
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html">Gradient factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts</a>
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
+ harsh. Checking the <strong>GFLow at max depth</strong> box causes GF_Low to be used at the + deepest depth of a dive. If this box is not checked, GF_Low is applied at + all depths deeper than the first deco stop. For more information see: +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html">Gradient factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts</a> +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> </li> <li> <p> @@ -4307,27 +4307,27 @@ Gradient Factors (GFLow and GFHigh):* Set the <em>gradient factors</em> used whi values. See the section on <a href="#S_CCR_dives">Closed Circuit Rebreather dives</a>. </p> </li> -<li>
-<p>
-<em>CCR: Show individual O<sub>2</sub> sensor values when viewing pO<sub>2</sub>:</em> Show the pO<sub>2</sub>
- values associated with each of the individual oxygen sensors of a CCR system.
- See the section on <a href="#S_CCR_dives">Closed Circuit Rebreather dives</a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Configuring dive planning using rebreather equipment:</strong>
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Default CCR setpoint for dive planning:</em> Specify the O<sub>2</sub> setpoint for a
- CCR dive plan. This determines the pO<sub>2</sub> maintained
- during a particular dive. Setpoint changes during the dive can be added via the
- profile context menu.
-</p>
+<li> +<p> +<em>CCR: Show individual O<sub>2</sub> sensor values when viewing pO<sub>2</sub>:</em> Show the pO<sub>2</sub> + values associated with each of the individual oxygen sensors of a CCR system. + See the section on <a href="#S_CCR_dives">Closed Circuit Rebreather dives</a>. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Configuring dive planning using rebreather equipment:</strong> +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Default CCR setpoint for dive planning:</em> Specify the O<sub>2</sub> setpoint for a + CCR dive plan. This determines the pO<sub>2</sub> maintained + during a particular dive. Setpoint changes during the dive can be added via the + profile context menu. +</p> </li> <li> <p> @@ -4335,23 +4335,23 @@ Gradient Factors (GFLow and GFHigh):* Set the <em>gradient factors</em> used whi volume of oxygen used by a diver during a minute. Set this value for pSCR dive planning and decompression calculations. </p> -</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>pSCR ratio:</em> For pSCR equipment the dump ratio is the ratio of gas released to the
- environment to that of the gas recirculated to the diver. Set this value for a
- pSCR dive plan. A 1:10 ratio is commonly used.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_language">12.4. Language</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Choose a language that <em>Subsurface</em> will use.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
+</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>pSCR ratio:</em> For pSCR equipment the dump ratio is the ratio of gas released to the + environment to that of the gas recirculated to the diver. Set this value for a + pSCR dive plan. A 1:10 ratio is commonly used. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_language">12.4. Language</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Choose a language that <em>Subsurface</em> will use.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> <img src="images/Pref4_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Language page" /> </div> </div> @@ -4374,21 +4374,21 @@ Service Provider (ISP) used. Your ISP should provide the appropriate information.</p></div> <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> <div class="content"> -<img src="images/Pref5_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Network page" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This dialogue has three sections:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Proxy type</em>:
-If a proxy server is used for Internet access, the type of proxy needs to be selected from the dropdown list,
-after which the IP address of the host and the appropriate port number should
-be provided. If the proxy server uses authentication, the appropriate userID and
-password are required so that <em>Subsurface</em> can automatically pass
-through the proxy server to access the Internet. This information is usually obtained
-from one’s ISP.
-</p>
+<img src="images/Pref5_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Network page" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>This dialogue has three sections:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Proxy type</em>: +If a proxy server is used for Internet access, the type of proxy needs to be selected from the dropdown list, +after which the IP address of the host and the appropriate port number should +be provided. If the proxy server uses authentication, the appropriate userID and +password are required so that <em>Subsurface</em> can automatically pass +through the proxy server to access the Internet. This information is usually obtained +from one’s ISP. +</p> </li> <li> <p> @@ -4405,12 +4405,12 @@ from one’s ISP. </p> </li> <li> -<p>
-<em>Save password locally</em>: This allows local storage of the cloud storage password. Note that this
- information is saved in raw text form, not encoded in any way.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
+<p> +<em>Save password locally</em>: This allows local storage of the cloud storage password. Note that this + information is saved in raw text form, not encoded in any way. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> </li> <li> <p> @@ -4449,11 +4449,11 @@ below).</p></div> <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> <div class="content"> <img src="images/Pref7_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Facebook login panel" /> -</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
+</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> <div class="sect1"> <h2 id="S_DivePlanner">13. The <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner</h2> <div class="sectionbody"> @@ -4464,54 +4464,54 @@ of gradient factors as implemented by Erik Baker.</p></div> <div class="sidebarblock"> <div class="content"> <div class="admonitionblock"> -<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/warning2.png" alt="Warning" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">The <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner IS CURRENTLY EXPERIMENTAL and assumes the user
-is already familiar with the <em>Subsurface</em> user interface. It is explicitly
-used under the following conditions:</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-The user is conversant with dive planning and has the necessary training to
- perform dive planning.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The user plans dives within his/her certification limits.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Dive planning makes large assumptions about the characteristics of the
- <em>average person</em> and cannot compensate for individual physiology or health
- or personal history or life style characteristics.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The safety of a dive plan depends heavily on the way in which the planner is
- used.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The user is familiar with the user interface of <em>Subsurface</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-A user who is not absolutely sure about any of the above requirements should
- not use this feature.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div></div>
-<div class="sect2">
+<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/warning2.png" alt="Warning" /> +</td> +<td class="content">The <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner IS CURRENTLY EXPERIMENTAL and assumes the user +is already familiar with the <em>Subsurface</em> user interface. It is explicitly +used under the following conditions:</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +The user is conversant with dive planning and has the necessary training to + perform dive planning. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The user plans dives within his/her certification limits. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Dive planning makes large assumptions about the characteristics of the + <em>average person</em> and cannot compensate for individual physiology or health + or personal history or life style characteristics. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The safety of a dive plan depends heavily on the way in which the planner is + used. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The user is familiar with the user interface of <em>Subsurface</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +A user who is not absolutely sure about any of the above requirements should + not use this feature. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div></div> +<div class="sect2"> <h3 id="_the_em_subsurface_em_dive_planner_screen">13.1. The <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner screen</h3> <div class="paragraph"><p>Like the <em>Subsurface</em> dive log, the planner screen is divided into several sections (see image below). The <strong>setup</strong> parameters for a dive are entered @@ -4522,17 +4522,17 @@ dive can be manipulated directly by dragging and clicking as explained below. This feature makes the <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner unique in ease of use.</p></div> <div class="paragraph"><p>At the bottom right is a text panel with a heading of <em>Dive Plan -Details</em>. This is where the details of the dive plan are provided in a way
-that can easily be copied to other software. This is also where any warning
-messages about the dive plan are printed.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/PlannerWindow1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Dive planner startup window" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_open_circuit_dives">13.2. Open circuit dives</h3>
+Details</em>. This is where the details of the dive plan are provided in a way +that can easily be copied to other software. This is also where any warning +messages about the dive plan are printed.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/PlannerWindow1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Dive planner startup window" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_open_circuit_dives">13.2. Open circuit dives</h3> <div class="ulist"><ul> <li> <p> @@ -4540,27 +4540,27 @@ Towards the center bottom of the planner (circled in blue in the image above) is a dropbox with three options. Select the appropriate one of these: </p> <div class="ulist"><ul> -<li>
-<p>
-Open Circuit (the default)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-CCR
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-pSCR
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Choose the Open Circuit option.
-</p>
+<li> +<p> +Open Circuit (the default) +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +CCR +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +pSCR +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Choose the Open Circuit option. +</p> </li> <li> <p> @@ -4571,24 +4571,24 @@ In the top left-hand area of the planning screen, be sure the constant dive assuming a sea-level atmospheric pressure of 1.013 bar. </p> </li> -<li>
-<p>
-In the table labelled <em>Available Gases</em>, add the information of the
- cylinders to be used as well as the gas composition within that
- cylinder. This is done in a similar way as for
- <a href="#cylinder_definitions">providing cylinder data for dive logs</a>. Choose the
- cylinder type by double clicking the cylinder type and using the dropdown
- list, then specify the work pressure of this cylinder. By leaving the oxygen
- concentration (O2%) filed empty, the cylinder is assumed to contain
- air. Otherwise enter the oxygen and/or helium concentration in the boxes
- provided in this dialogue. Add additional cylinders by using the "+" icon to
- the top right-hand of the dialogue.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The profile of the planned dive can be created in two ways:
-</p>
+<li> +<p> +In the table labelled <em>Available Gases</em>, add the information of the + cylinders to be used as well as the gas composition within that + cylinder. This is done in a similar way as for + <a href="#cylinder_definitions">providing cylinder data for dive logs</a>. Choose the + cylinder type by double clicking the cylinder type and using the dropdown + list, then specify the work pressure of this cylinder. By leaving the oxygen + concentration (O2%) filed empty, the cylinder is assumed to contain + air. Otherwise enter the oxygen and/or helium concentration in the boxes + provided in this dialogue. Add additional cylinders by using the "+" icon to + the top right-hand of the dialogue. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The profile of the planned dive can be created in two ways: +</p> <div class="ulist"><ul> <li> <p> @@ -4600,20 +4600,20 @@ Drag the waypoints (the small white circles) on the existing dive profile to </p> </li> <li> -<p>
-The most efficient way to create a dive profile is to enter the appropriate
- values into the table marked <em>Dive planner points</em>. The first line of the
- table represents the duration and the final depth of the descent from the
- surface. Subsequent segments describe the bottom phase of the dive. The <em>CC
- set point</em> column is only relevant for closed circuit divers. The ascent is
- usually not specified because this is what the planner is supposed to
- calculate. Add additional segments to the profile by selecting the "+" icon
- at the top right hand of the table. Segments entered into the <em>Dive planner
- points</em> table automatically appear in the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> diagram.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
+<p> +The most efficient way to create a dive profile is to enter the appropriate + values into the table marked <em>Dive planner points</em>. The first line of the + table represents the duration and the final depth of the descent from the + surface. Subsequent segments describe the bottom phase of the dive. The <em>CC + set point</em> column is only relevant for closed circuit divers. The ascent is + usually not specified because this is what the planner is supposed to + calculate. Add additional segments to the profile by selecting the "+" icon + at the top right hand of the table. Segments entered into the <em>Dive planner + points</em> table automatically appear in the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> diagram. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> </ul></div> <div class="sect3"> <h4 id="_recreational_dives">13.2.1. Recreational dives</h4> @@ -4637,17 +4637,17 @@ calculation of the nitrogen load incurred during previous dives.</p></div> <div class="ulist"><ul> <li> <p> -Immediately under the heading <em>Planning</em> are two checkboxes <em>Recreational</em>
- and <em>Safety Stop</em>. Check these two boxes.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Then define the cylinder size, the gas mixture (air or % oxygen) and the
- starting cylinder pressure in the top left-hand section of the planner under
- <em>Available gases</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
+Immediately under the heading <em>Planning</em> are two checkboxes <em>Recreational</em> + and <em>Safety Stop</em>. Check these two boxes. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Then define the cylinder size, the gas mixture (air or % oxygen) and the + starting cylinder pressure in the top left-hand section of the planner under + <em>Available gases</em>. +</p> +</li> <li> <p> The planner calculates whether the specified cylinder contains enough @@ -4655,7 +4655,7 @@ The planner calculates whether the specified cylinder contains enough under <em>Gas options</em>, specify an appropriate surface air consumption (SAC) rate for <em>Bottom SAC</em>. Suitable values are between 15 l/min and 30 l/min, with novice divers or difficult dives requiring SAC rates closer to 30l/min. -</p>
+</p> </li> <li> <p> @@ -4674,21 +4674,21 @@ Define the amount of gas the cylinder must have at the end of the bottom </p> </li> <li> -<p>
-Define the depth of the dive by dragging the waypoints (white dots) on the
- dive profile or (even better) defining the appropriate depths using the
- table under <em>Dive planner points</em> as desribed under the previous heading. If
- this is a multilevel dive, set the appropriate dive depths to represent the
- dive plan by adding waypoints to the dive profile or by adding appropriate
- dive planner points to the <em>Dive Planner Points</em> table. <em>Subsurface</em> will
- automatically extend the bottom section of the dive to the maximum duration
- within the no-decompression limits (NDL).
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The ascent speed can be changed. The default ascent speeds are those
- considered safe for recreational divers.
+<p> +Define the depth of the dive by dragging the waypoints (white dots) on the + dive profile or (even better) defining the appropriate depths using the + table under <em>Dive planner points</em> as desribed under the previous heading. If + this is a multilevel dive, set the appropriate dive depths to represent the + dive plan by adding waypoints to the dive profile or by adding appropriate + dive planner points to the <em>Dive Planner Points</em> table. <em>Subsurface</em> will + automatically extend the bottom section of the dive to the maximum duration + within the no-decompression limits (NDL). +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The ascent speed can be changed. The default ascent speeds are those + considered safe for recreational divers. </p> </li> </ul></div> @@ -4698,9 +4698,9 @@ specified as described above. The <em>Subsurface</em> planner allows rapid assessment of dive duration as a function of dive depth, given the nitrogen load incurred during previous dives. The dive plan includes estimates of the amount of air/gas used, depending on the cylinder settings specified under -<em>Available gases</em>. If the initial cylinder pressure is set to 0, the dive
-duration shown is the true no-deco limit (NDL) without taking into account
-gas used during the dive. If the surface above the dive profile is RED it
+<em>Available gases</em>. If the initial cylinder pressure is set to 0, the dive +duration shown is the true no-deco limit (NDL) without taking into account +gas used during the dive. If the surface above the dive profile is RED it means that recreational dive limits are exceeded and either the dive duration or the dive depth needs to be reduced.</p></div> <div class="paragraph"><p>Below is an image of a dive plan for a recreational dive at 30 @@ -4711,9 +4711,9 @@ buddy-sharing during ascent.</p></div> <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> <div class="content"> <img src="images/rec_diveplan.jpg" alt="FIGURE: A recreational dive plan: setup" /> -</div>
-</div>
-</div>
+</div> +</div> +</div> <div class="sect3"> <h4 id="_non_recreational_open_circuit_dives_including_decompression">13.2.2. Non-recreational open circuit dives, including decompression</h4> <div class="paragraph"><p>Non-recreational dive planning involves exceeding the no-deco limits and/or @@ -4738,20 +4738,20 @@ models but only mathematical models that appear to work in practice.</p></div> <div class="paragraph"><p>For more information external to this manual see:</p></div> <div class="ulist"><ul> <li> -<p>
-<a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding
- M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html">Gradient
- factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts</a>
-<a href="http://www.amazon.com/Deco-Divers-Decompression-Theory-Physiology/dp/1905492073/ref=sr_1_1?s=books&ie=UTF8&qid=1403932320&sr=1-1&keywords=deco+for+divers"><em>Deco
-for Divers</em>, by Mark Powell (2008). Aquapress</a> Southend-on-Sea, UK. ISBN 10:
-1-905492-07-3. Un excellent livre non technique qui traite à la fois des
-modèles de décompression Bühlmann et VPM-B.
-</p>
+<p> +<a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding + M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html">Gradient + factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts</a> +<a href="http://www.amazon.com/Deco-Divers-Decompression-Theory-Physiology/dp/1905492073/ref=sr_1_1?s=books&ie=UTF8&qid=1403932320&sr=1-1&keywords=deco+for+divers"><em>Deco +for Divers</em>, by Mark Powell (2008). Aquapress</a> Southend-on-Sea, UK. ISBN 10: +1-905492-07-3. Un excellent livre non technique qui traite à la fois des +modèles de décompression Bühlmann et VPM-B. +</p> </li> </ul></div> <div class="paragraph"><p>The ascent rate is critical for nitrogen off-gassing at the end of the dive @@ -4766,8 +4766,8 @@ setup.</p></div> <div class="paragraph"><p><strong>b) Oxygen management</strong>: In the <strong>Gas Options</strong> part of the dive specification, the maximum partial pressure for oxygen needs to be specified for the bottom part of the dive (<em>bottom po2</em>) as well as for the decompression part of the dive (<em>deco po2</em>). -The most commonly
-used values are 1.4 bar for the bottom part of the dive and 1.6 bar for any decompression
+The most commonly +used values are 1.4 bar for the bottom part of the dive and 1.6 bar for any decompression stages. Normally, a partial pressure of 1.6 bar is not exceeded. PO2 settings and the depth at which switching to a gas takes place can also be edited in the <em>Available Gases</em> dialog. Normally the planner decides on switching to a new gas when, during ascent, the partial pressure of the new gas has increased to 1.6 bar.</p></div> @@ -4822,15 +4822,15 @@ change by right-clicking on the appropriate waypoint.</p></div> <div class="paragraph"><p>A non-zero value in the "CC set point" column of the table of dive planner points indicates a valid setpoint for oxygen partial pressure and that the segment is dived using a closed circuit rebreather (CCR). If the last -manually entered segment is a CCR segment, the decompression phase is
-computed assuming the diver uses a CCR with the specified set-point. If the
-last segment (however short) is on open circuit (OC, indicated by a zero
-set-point) the decompression is computed in OC mode. The planner only
-considers gas changes in OC mode.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Below is an example of a dive plan to 45m using EAN26, followed by an ascent
-using EAN50 and using the settings as described above.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
+manually entered segment is a CCR segment, the decompression phase is +computed assuming the diver uses a CCR with the specified set-point. If the +last segment (however short) is on open circuit (OC, indicated by a zero +set-point) the decompression is computed in OC mode. The planner only +considers gas changes in OC mode.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Below is an example of a dive plan to 45m using EAN26, followed by an ascent +using EAN50 and using the settings as described above.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> <img src="images/DivePlanner2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Planning a dive: setup" /> </div> </div> @@ -4840,24 +4840,24 @@ the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel of <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div> <div class="paragraph"><p><strong>The dive plan details</strong></p></div> <div class="paragraph"><p>On the bottom right of the dive planner, under <em>Dive Plan Details</em>, the exact details of the dive plan are provided. These details may be modified -by checking any of the options under the <em>Notes</em> section of the dive
-planner, immediately to the left of the <em>Dive Plan Details</em>. If a <em>Verbatim
-dive plan</em> is requested, a detailed sentence-level explanation of the dive
-plan is given. If any of the management specifications have been exceeded
-during the planning, a warning message is printed underneath the dive plan
-information.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If the option <em>Display segment duration</em> is checked, then the duration of
-each depth level is indicated in the <em>Dive Plan Details</em>. This duration
-INCLUDES the transition time to get to that level. However, if the <em>Display
-transition in deco</em> option is checked, the transitions are shown separately
-from the segment durations at a particular level.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_planning_pscr_dives">13.3. Planning pSCR dives</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>To plan a dive using a passive semi-closed rebreather (pSCR), select <em>pSCR</em> rather than
-<em>Open circuit</em> in the dropdown list.
-The parameters of the pSCR dive can be set by selecting <em>File → Preferences → Graph</em>
+by checking any of the options under the <em>Notes</em> section of the dive +planner, immediately to the left of the <em>Dive Plan Details</em>. If a <em>Verbatim +dive plan</em> is requested, a detailed sentence-level explanation of the dive +plan is given. If any of the management specifications have been exceeded +during the planning, a warning message is printed underneath the dive plan +information.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If the option <em>Display segment duration</em> is checked, then the duration of +each depth level is indicated in the <em>Dive Plan Details</em>. This duration +INCLUDES the transition time to get to that level. However, if the <em>Display +transition in deco</em> option is checked, the transitions are shown separately +from the segment durations at a particular level.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_planning_pscr_dives">13.3. Planning pSCR dives</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>To plan a dive using a passive semi-closed rebreather (pSCR), select <em>pSCR</em> rather than +<em>Open circuit</em> in the dropdown list. +The parameters of the pSCR dive can be set by selecting <em>File → Preferences → Graph</em> from the main menu, where the gas consumption calculation takes into account the pSCR dump ratio (default 10:1) as well as the metabolism rate. The calculation also takes the oxygen drop accross the mouthpiece of the rebreather into account. If the @@ -4865,23 +4865,23 @@ pO<sub>2</sub> drops below what is considered safe, a warning appears in the <em details</em>. A typical pSCR configuration is with a single cylinder and one or more bail-out cylinders. Therefore the setup of the <em>Available gases</em> and the <em>Dive planner points</em> tables are very similar to that of a CCR dive plan, described below. However, no oxygen setpoints -are specified for pSCR dives. Below is a dive plan for a pSCR dive. The dive is comparable
-to that of the CCR dive below, but note the longer ascent duration due to the lower oxygen
-in the loop due to the oxygen drop across the mouthpiece of the pSCR equipment.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Planner_pSCR1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Planning a pSCR dive: setup" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_planning_ccr_dives">13.4. Planning CCR dives</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>To plan a dive using a closed circuit rebreather, select the <em>CCR</em> option in
-the dropdown list, circled in blue in the image below.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Available gases</strong>: In the <em>Available gases</em> table, enter the cylinder information for the
-diluent cylinder and for any bail-out cylinders. Do NOT enter the information for the oxygen
-cylinder since it is implied when the <em>CCR</em> dropdown selection is made.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Entering setpoints</strong>: Specify a default setpoint in the Preferences tab, by selecting <em>File → Preferences → Graph</em> from
+are specified for pSCR dives. Below is a dive plan for a pSCR dive. The dive is comparable +to that of the CCR dive below, but note the longer ascent duration due to the lower oxygen +in the loop due to the oxygen drop across the mouthpiece of the pSCR equipment.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Planner_pSCR1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Planning a pSCR dive: setup" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_planning_ccr_dives">13.4. Planning CCR dives</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>To plan a dive using a closed circuit rebreather, select the <em>CCR</em> option in +the dropdown list, circled in blue in the image below.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Available gases</strong>: In the <em>Available gases</em> table, enter the cylinder information for the +diluent cylinder and for any bail-out cylinders. Do NOT enter the information for the oxygen +cylinder since it is implied when the <em>CCR</em> dropdown selection is made.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Entering setpoints</strong>: Specify a default setpoint in the Preferences tab, by selecting <em>File → Preferences → Graph</em> from the main menu. All user-entered segments in the <em>Dive planner points</em> table use the default setpoint value. Then, different setpoints can be specified for dive segments in the <em>Dive planner points</em> table. A zero setpoint @@ -4893,7 +4893,7 @@ this is calculated for bail out ascents.</p></div> <div class="paragraph"><p>The dive profile for a CCR dive may look something like the image below.</p></div> <div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> <div class="content"> -<img src="images/Planner_CCR1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Planning a CCR dive: setup" />
+<img src="images/Planner_CCR1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Planning a CCR dive: setup" /> </div> </div> <div class="paragraph"><p>Note that, in the <em>Dive plan details</em>, the gas consumption for a CCR segment @@ -4911,8 +4911,8 @@ saved as usual.</p></div> dive and adds a (possibly modified) copy to the dive list. If that copy is saved with the same start time as the original, the two dives are considered two versions of the same dive and do not influence other each during -decompression calculation (see next section).</p></div>
-</div>
+decompression calculation (see next section).</p></div> +</div> <div class="sect2"> <h3 id="_planning_for_repetitive_dives">13.6. Planning for repetitive dives</h3> <div class="paragraph"><p>Repetitive dives can easily be planned if the dates and start times of the @@ -4938,9 +4938,9 @@ Details</em> to include in a text file or word processing document.</p></div> <div class="paragraph"><p>Dive plans have many characteristics in common with dive logs (dive profile, dive notes, etc). After a dive plan has been saved, the dive details and gas calculations are saved in the <strong>Notes</strong> tab. While a dive plan is being -designed, it can be printed using the <em>Print</em> button in the dive
-planner. This prints the dive details and gas calculations in the <em>Dive Plan
-Details</em> panel of the dive planner. However, after the plan has been saved,
+designed, it can be printed using the <em>Print</em> button in the dive +planner. This prints the dive details and gas calculations in the <em>Dive Plan +Details</em> panel of the dive planner. However, after the plan has been saved, it is represented in a way very similar to a dive log and the gas calculations cannot be accessed in the same way as during the planning process. The only way to print the dive plan is to use the <em>File → Print</em> @@ -4948,21 +4948,21 @@ function on the main menu in the same way as for dive logs or by copy and paste to a word processor.</p></div> </div> </div> -</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_description_des_éléments_du_menu_principal_de_subsurface">14. Description des éléments du menu principal de Subsurface</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Cette section décrit les fonctions et les opérations des éléments du menu
-principal de Subsurface. Plusieurs éléments ci-dessous sont des liens vers
-des sections de ce manuel traitant des opérations relatives.</p></div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_fichier">14.1. Fichier</h3>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_NewLogbook"><em>Nouveau carnet de plongée</em></a> - Fermer le carnet de plongée
- actuellement ouvert et supprime toutes les informations de plongées.
-</p>
+</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_description_des_éléments_du_menu_principal_de_subsurface">14. Description des éléments du menu principal de Subsurface</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Cette section décrit les fonctions et les opérations des éléments du menu +principal de Subsurface. Plusieurs éléments ci-dessous sont des liens vers +des sections de ce manuel traitant des opérations relatives.</p></div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_fichier">14.1. Fichier</h3> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_NewLogbook"><em>Nouveau carnet de plongée</em></a> - Fermer le carnet de plongée + actuellement ouvert et supprime toutes les informations de plongées. +</p> </li> <li> <p> @@ -4970,10 +4970,10 @@ des sections de ce manuel traitant des opérations relatives.</p></div> </p> </li> <li> -<p>
-<em>Open cloud storage</em> - Open the dive log previously saved in
- <a href="#S_Cloud_storage"><em>Cloud storage</em></a>.
-</p>
+<p> +<em>Open cloud storage</em> - Open the dive log previously saved in + <a href="#S_Cloud_storage"><em>Cloud storage</em></a>. +</p> </li> <li> <p> @@ -4981,15 +4981,15 @@ des sections de ce manuel traitant des opérations relatives.</p></div> </p> </li> <li> -<p>
-<em>Save to cloud storage</em> - Save the current dive log to
- <a href="#S_Cloud_storage"><em>Cloud storage</em></a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Enregsitrer sous</em> - Enregistrer le carnet actuel sous un nom différent.
-</p>
+<p> +<em>Save to cloud storage</em> - Save the current dive log to + <a href="#S_Cloud_storage"><em>Cloud storage</em></a>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Enregsitrer sous</em> - Enregistrer le carnet actuel sous un nom différent. +</p> </li> <li> <p> @@ -4997,83 +4997,83 @@ des sections de ce manuel traitant des opérations relatives.</p></div> </p> </li> <li> -<p>
-<a href="#S_ExportLog"><em>Exporter</em></a> - Exporter le carnet de plongée actuellement
- ouvert (ou les plongées sélectionnées dans le carnet) vers un des nombreux
- formats.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_PrintDivelog"><em>Imprimer</em></a> - Imprimer le carnet de plongée actuellement
- ouvert.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_Preferences"><em>Préférences</em></a> - Définir les préférences de <em>Subsurface</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_FindMovedImages"><em>Find moved images</em></a> - If photos taken during dives
- have been moved to
- a different disk or directory, locate them and link them to the appropriate
- dives.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_Configure"><em>Configurer l’ordinateur de plongée</em></a> - Modifier la
- configuration d’un ordinateur de plongée.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Quitter</em> - Quitter <em>Subsurface</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_importer">14.2. Importer</h3>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_ImportDiveComputer"><em>Importer depuis un l’ordinateur de plongée</em></a> -
- Importer des informations de plongées à partir de l’ordinateur de plongée.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#Unified_import"><em>Importer des fichiers de log</em></a> - Importer des
- informations de plongées à partir d’un fichier d’un format compatible avec
- <em>Subsurface</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_Companion"><em>Importer les données GPS depis le service web Subsurface</em></a> -
- Charge les coordonnées GPS à partir de l’application mobile <em>Subsurface</em>
- (téléphones et tablettes).
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_ImportingDivelogsDe"><em>Importer depuis Divelogs.de</em></a> - Importer des
- informations de plongées à partir de <em>www.Divelogs.de</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_journal_log">14.3. Journal (log)</h3>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_EnterData"><em>Ajouter une plongée</em></a> - Ajouter manuellement une nouvelle
- plongée au panneau de la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>.
-</p>
+<p> +<a href="#S_ExportLog"><em>Exporter</em></a> - Exporter le carnet de plongée actuellement + ouvert (ou les plongées sélectionnées dans le carnet) vers un des nombreux + formats. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_PrintDivelog"><em>Imprimer</em></a> - Imprimer le carnet de plongée actuellement + ouvert. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_Preferences"><em>Préférences</em></a> - Définir les préférences de <em>Subsurface</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_FindMovedImages"><em>Find moved images</em></a> - If photos taken during dives + have been moved to + a different disk or directory, locate them and link them to the appropriate + dives. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_Configure"><em>Configurer l’ordinateur de plongée</em></a> - Modifier la + configuration d’un ordinateur de plongée. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Quitter</em> - Quitter <em>Subsurface</em>. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_importer">14.2. Importer</h3> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_ImportDiveComputer"><em>Importer depuis un l’ordinateur de plongée</em></a> - + Importer des informations de plongées à partir de l’ordinateur de plongée. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#Unified_import"><em>Importer des fichiers de log</em></a> - Importer des + informations de plongées à partir d’un fichier d’un format compatible avec + <em>Subsurface</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_Companion"><em>Importer les données GPS depis le service web Subsurface</em></a> - + Charge les coordonnées GPS à partir de l’application mobile <em>Subsurface</em> + (téléphones et tablettes). +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_ImportingDivelogsDe"><em>Importer depuis Divelogs.de</em></a> - Importer des + informations de plongées à partir de <em>www.Divelogs.de</em>. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_journal_log">14.3. Journal (log)</h3> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_EnterData"><em>Ajouter une plongée</em></a> - Ajouter manuellement une nouvelle + plongée au panneau de la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>. +</p> </li> <li> <p> @@ -5087,10 +5087,10 @@ des sections de ce manuel traitant des opérations relatives.</p></div> </p> </li> <li> -<p>
-<a href="#S_Replan"><em>Modifier la plongée dans le planificateur</em></a> - Modifier une
- plongée planifiée qui a été enregistrée dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>.
-</p>
+<p> +<a href="#S_Replan"><em>Modifier la plongée dans le planificateur</em></a> - Modifier une + plongée planifiée qui a été enregistrée dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>. +</p> </li> <li> <p> @@ -5100,24 +5100,24 @@ des sections de ce manuel traitant des opérations relatives.</p></div> </p> </li> <li> -<p>
-<em>Coller les composants de la plongée</em> - Colle, dans les plongées
- sélectionnées dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>, les informations copiées au
- préalable avec l’option <em>Copier les composants de la plongée</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_Renumber"><em>Renuméroter</em></a> - Renuméroter les plongées sélectionnées dans
- le panneau de la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_Group"><em>Grouper automatiquement</em></a> - Grouper les plongées du panneau de
- <strong>liste des plongées</strong> dans des voyages de plongées.
-</p>
-</li>
+<p> +<em>Coller les composants de la plongée</em> - Colle, dans les plongées + sélectionnées dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>, les informations copiées au + préalable avec l’option <em>Copier les composants de la plongée</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_Renumber"><em>Renuméroter</em></a> - Renuméroter les plongées sélectionnées dans + le panneau de la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_Group"><em>Grouper automatiquement</em></a> - Grouper les plongées du panneau de + <strong>liste des plongées</strong> dans des voyages de plongées. +</p> +</li> <li> <p> <a href="#S_DeviceNames"><em>Editer les noms des ordinateurs de plongée</em></a> - Modifier @@ -5125,50 +5125,50 @@ des sections de ce manuel traitant des opérations relatives.</p></div> </p> </li> <li> -<p>
-<a href="#S_Filter"><em>Filtrer la liste des plongées</em></a> - Sélectionner seulement
- certaines plongées, à partir de tags ou de critères de plongées.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_vue">14.4. Vue</h3>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Tout</em></a> - Affiche les quatre panneaux principaux de
- <em>Subsurface</em> simultanément.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Liste des plongées</em></a> - Affiche uniquement le panneau de la
- <strong>liste des plongées</strong>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Profil</em></a> - Affiche uniquement le panneau du <strong>profil de la
- plongée</strong>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Info</em></a> - Affiche uniquement le panneau des <strong>notes</strong>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Globe</em></a> - Affiche uniquement le panneau de la <strong>carte
- mondiale</strong>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Statistiques annuelles</em> - Affiche par année le résumé des statistiques des
- plongées effectuées.
-</p>
+<p> +<a href="#S_Filter"><em>Filtrer la liste des plongées</em></a> - Sélectionner seulement + certaines plongées, à partir de tags ou de critères de plongées. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_vue">14.4. Vue</h3> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Tout</em></a> - Affiche les quatre panneaux principaux de + <em>Subsurface</em> simultanément. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Liste des plongées</em></a> - Affiche uniquement le panneau de la + <strong>liste des plongées</strong>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Profil</em></a> - Affiche uniquement le panneau du <strong>profil de la + plongée</strong>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Info</em></a> - Affiche uniquement le panneau des <strong>notes</strong>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Globe</em></a> - Affiche uniquement le panneau de la <strong>carte + mondiale</strong>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Statistiques annuelles</em> - Affiche par année le résumé des statistiques des + plongées effectuées. +</p> </li> <li> <p> @@ -5177,67 +5177,67 @@ des sections de ce manuel traitant des opérations relatives.</p></div> </p> </li> <li> -<p>
-<em>Ordinateur suivant</em> - Passer à l’ordinateur de plongée suivant.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Plein écran</em> - Passer en mode plein écran.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_share_on">14.5. Share on</h3>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_Facebook"><em>Facebook</em></a> - Partager la plongée sélectionnée sur votre
- Facebook.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_aide">14.6. Aide</h3>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>À propos de Subsurface</em> - Affiche un panneau avec le numéro de version de
- <em>Subsurface</em> ainsi que les informations de licence.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Vérifier les mises à jour</em> - Vérifier si une nouvelle version de
- Subsurface est disponible sur le <a href="http://subsurface-divelog.org/">site web de
- <em>Subsurface</em> </a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_UserSurvey"><em>Sondge utilisateur</em></a> - Aider à rendre <em>Subsurface</em> encore
- meilleur en répondant à notre sondage utilisateur ou en répondant à un autre
- sondage, si vos habitudes de plongées ont changées.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Manuel utilisateur</em> - Ouvre une fenêtre affichant ce manuel utilisateur.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_annexe_a_informations_spécifiques_au_système_d_8217_exploitation_utilisé_pour_importer_les_informations_de_plongées_depuis_un_ordinateur_de_plongée">15. ANNEXE A : informations spécifiques au système d’exploitation utilisé pour importer les informations de plongées depuis un ordinateur de plongée.</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_assurez_vous_que_les_pilotes_drivers_nécessaires_sont_installés">15.1. Assurez-vous que les pilotes (drivers) nécessaires sont installés</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
+<p> +<em>Ordinateur suivant</em> - Passer à l’ordinateur de plongée suivant. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Plein écran</em> - Passer en mode plein écran. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_share_on">14.5. Share on</h3> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_Facebook"><em>Facebook</em></a> - Partager la plongée sélectionnée sur votre + Facebook. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_aide">14.6. Aide</h3> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>À propos de Subsurface</em> - Affiche un panneau avec le numéro de version de + <em>Subsurface</em> ainsi que les informations de licence. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Vérifier les mises à jour</em> - Vérifier si une nouvelle version de + Subsurface est disponible sur le <a href="http://subsurface-divelog.org/">site web de + <em>Subsurface</em> </a>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_UserSurvey"><em>Sondge utilisateur</em></a> - Aider à rendre <em>Subsurface</em> encore + meilleur en répondant à notre sondage utilisateur ou en répondant à un autre + sondage, si vos habitudes de plongées ont changées. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Manuel utilisateur</em> - Ouvre une fenêtre affichant ce manuel utilisateur. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_annexe_a_informations_spécifiques_au_système_d_8217_exploitation_utilisé_pour_importer_les_informations_de_plongées_depuis_un_ordinateur_de_plongée">15. ANNEXE A : informations spécifiques au système d’exploitation utilisé pour importer les informations de plongées depuis un ordinateur de plongée.</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_assurez_vous_que_les_pilotes_drivers_nécessaires_sont_installés">15.1. Assurez-vous que les pilotes (drivers) nécessaires sont installés</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> <td class="icon"> <img src="images/icons/drivers.jpg" alt="Note" /> </td> @@ -5247,35 +5247,35 @@ prefers (e.g. Bluetooth, USB, infra-red).</td> </tr></table> </div> <div class="ulist"><ul> -<li>
-<p>
-Sous Linux, les utilisateurs doivent avoir le bon module noyau de chargé. La
- plupart des distributions Linux le font automatiquement, de telle sorte que
- l’utilisateur n’ait rien à faire de particulier. Cependant, certains
- protocoles de communication nécessitent des pilotes additionnels, plus
- particulièrement pour certaines technologies telles que l’infra-rouge.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Sous Windows, le bon pilote devrait être téléchargé automatiquement la
- première fois que l’utilisateur branche son ordinateur de plongée sur le
- port USB de son ordinateur de bureau.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Sous Mac, les utilisateurs peuvent parfois avoir besoin d’installer
-manuellement le bon pilote. Par exemple, pour le Mares Puck ou n’importe
-quel autre ordinateur de plongée utilisant une interface USB-série basé sur
-le composant Silicon Labs CP2101 ou similaire, le bon pilote est disponible
-sous <em>Mac_OSX_VCP_Driver.zip</em> sur le
-<a href="http://www.silabs.com/support/pages/document-library.aspx?p=Interface&f=USB%20Bridges&pn=CP2101">dépôt
-de documents et logiciels Silicon Labs</a>.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_HowFindDeviceName">15.2. Comment trouver le nom du périphérique branché sur USB et paramétrer les permissions en écriture</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
+<li> +<p> +Sous Linux, les utilisateurs doivent avoir le bon module noyau de chargé. La + plupart des distributions Linux le font automatiquement, de telle sorte que + l’utilisateur n’ait rien à faire de particulier. Cependant, certains + protocoles de communication nécessitent des pilotes additionnels, plus + particulièrement pour certaines technologies telles que l’infra-rouge. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Sous Windows, le bon pilote devrait être téléchargé automatiquement la + première fois que l’utilisateur branche son ordinateur de plongée sur le + port USB de son ordinateur de bureau. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Sous Mac, les utilisateurs peuvent parfois avoir besoin d’installer +manuellement le bon pilote. Par exemple, pour le Mares Puck ou n’importe +quel autre ordinateur de plongée utilisant une interface USB-série basé sur +le composant Silicon Labs CP2101 ou similaire, le bon pilote est disponible +sous <em>Mac_OSX_VCP_Driver.zip</em> sur le +<a href="http://www.silabs.com/support/pages/document-library.aspx?p=Interface&f=USB%20Bridges&pn=CP2101">dépôt +de documents et logiciels Silicon Labs</a>.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_HowFindDeviceName">15.2. Comment trouver le nom du périphérique branché sur USB et paramétrer les permissions en écriture</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> <td class="icon"> <img src="images/icons/usb.jpg" alt="Note" /> </td> @@ -5287,57 +5287,57 @@ this doesn’t work, here are some ways to find out what the device name is: </tr></table> </div> <div class="paragraph"><div class="title">Sur Windows :</div><p>Essayez simplement COM1, COM2, etc. La liste déroulante devrait contenir -tous les périphériques COM connectés.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">Sur MacOS :</div><p>La liste déroulante devrait contenir tous les ordinateurs de plongée
-connectés.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">Sur Linux :</div><p>Il existe un moyen sûr de trouver le port :</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Déconnecter le cable USB de l’ordinateur de plongée
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Ouvrir un terminal
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Taper la commande <em>dmesg</em> et appuyer sur la touche Entrer
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Connecter le cable USB de l’ordinateur de plongée
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Taper la commande <em>dmesg</em> et appuyer sur la touche Entrer
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Un message similaire à celui-ci devrait apparaitre :</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>usb 2-1.1: new full speed USB device number 14 using ehci_hcd
-usbcore: registered new interface driver usbserial
-USB Serial support registered for generic
-usbcore: registered new interface driver usbserial_generic
-usbserial: USB Serial Driver core
-USB Serial support registered for FTDI USB Serial Device
-ftdi_sio 2-1.1:1.0: FTDI USB Serial Device converter detected
-usb 2-1.1: Detected FT232BM
-usb 2-1.1: Number of endpoints 2
-usb 2-1.1: Endpoint 1 MaxPacketSize 64
-usb 2-1.1: Endpoint 2 MaxPacketSize 64
-usb 2-1.1: Setting MaxPacketSize 64
-usb 2-1.1: FTDI USB Serial Device converter now attached to ttyUSB3
-usbcore: registered new interface driver ftdi_sio
-ftdi_sio: v1.6.0:USB FTDI Serial Converters Driver</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>La troisième ligne en partant du bas montre que l’adaptateur FTDI USB est
+tous les périphériques COM connectés.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">Sur MacOS :</div><p>La liste déroulante devrait contenir tous les ordinateurs de plongée +connectés.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">Sur Linux :</div><p>Il existe un moyen sûr de trouver le port :</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Déconnecter le cable USB de l’ordinateur de plongée +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Ouvrir un terminal +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Taper la commande <em>dmesg</em> et appuyer sur la touche Entrer +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Connecter le cable USB de l’ordinateur de plongée +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Taper la commande <em>dmesg</em> et appuyer sur la touche Entrer +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Un message similaire à celui-ci devrait apparaitre :</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>usb 2-1.1: new full speed USB device number 14 using ehci_hcd +usbcore: registered new interface driver usbserial +USB Serial support registered for generic +usbcore: registered new interface driver usbserial_generic +usbserial: USB Serial Driver core +USB Serial support registered for FTDI USB Serial Device +ftdi_sio 2-1.1:1.0: FTDI USB Serial Device converter detected +usb 2-1.1: Detected FT232BM +usb 2-1.1: Number of endpoints 2 +usb 2-1.1: Endpoint 1 MaxPacketSize 64 +usb 2-1.1: Endpoint 2 MaxPacketSize 64 +usb 2-1.1: Setting MaxPacketSize 64 +usb 2-1.1: FTDI USB Serial Device converter now attached to ttyUSB3 +usbcore: registered new interface driver ftdi_sio +ftdi_sio: v1.6.0:USB FTDI Serial Converters Driver</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>La troisième ligne en partant du bas montre que l’adaptateur FTDI USB est détecté et connecté sur <code>ttyUSB3</code>. Cette information peut à présent être utilisée pour les paramètres d’importation en tant que <code>/dev/ttyUSB3</code> pour que Subsurface utilise le bon port USB.</p></div> @@ -5352,8 +5352,8 @@ USB port. Let us assume one’s username is <em>johnB</em>.</p></div> <div class="paragraph"><p>En tant que root, tapez : usermod -a -G dialout johnB+ (utilisateurs d’Ubuntu : <code>sudo usermod -a -G dialout johnB</code>) Cela ajoute johnB au groupe <code>dialout</code>. -Tapez : <code>id johnB</code> Cela liste tous les groupes auquel johnB appartient et
-vérifiez que
+Tapez : <code>id johnB</code> Cela liste tous les groupes auquel johnB appartient et +vérifiez que l’appartenance au groupe est bien effectif. Le groupe <code>dialout</code> devrait être listé parmi les différents IDs. @@ -5363,12 +5363,12 @@ puis reconnexion sur l’ordinateur (sous Ubuntu, par exemple).</p></div> en écriture au port USB, l’ordinateur de plongée devrait se connecter et vous devriez pouvoir importer vos plongées.</p></div> </div> -<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_HowFindBluetoothDeviceName">15.3. Manually setting up Bluetooth enabled devices</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/bluetooth.jpg" alt="Note" />
+<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_HowFindBluetoothDeviceName">15.3. Manually setting up Bluetooth enabled devices</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/bluetooth.jpg" alt="Note" /> </td> <td class="content">For dive computers communicating through Bluetooth like the Heinrichs Weikamp Frog or the Shearwater Predator, Petrel and Nerd there is a @@ -5383,33 +5383,33 @@ different procedure to get the device’s name to communicate with </p> </li> </ul></div> -<div class="paragraph"><p>For Bluetooth pairing of the dive computer, refer to the manufacturer’s user
-guide. When using a Shearwater Predator/Petrel/Nerd, select <em>Dive Log →
-Upload Log</em> and wait for the <em>Wait PC</em> message.</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Pair the <em>Subsurface</em> computer with the dive computer.</strong>
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_sur_windows_2">15.3.1. Sur Windows :</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Bluetooth is most likely already enabled. For pairing with the dive computer
-choose <em>Control Panel → Bluetooth Devices → Add Wireless Device</em>. This
-should bring up a dialog showing your dive computer (which should be in
-Bluetooth mode) and allowing pairing. Right click on it and choose
-<em>Properties→ COM Ports</em> to identify the port used for your dive
-computer. If there are several ports listed, use the one saying "Outgoing"
-instead of "Incoming".</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>For downloading to <em>Subsurface</em>, the <em>Subsurface</em> drop-down list should
-contain this COM port already. If not, enter it manually.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Note: If there are issues afterwards when downloading from the dive computer
-using other software, remove the existing pairing with the dive computer.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_sur_macos">15.3.2. Sur MacOS :</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Click on the Bluetooth symbol in the menu bar and select <em>Set up Bluetooth
+<div class="paragraph"><p>For Bluetooth pairing of the dive computer, refer to the manufacturer’s user +guide. When using a Shearwater Predator/Petrel/Nerd, select <em>Dive Log → +Upload Log</em> and wait for the <em>Wait PC</em> message.</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Pair the <em>Subsurface</em> computer with the dive computer.</strong> +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_sur_windows_2">15.3.1. Sur Windows :</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Bluetooth is most likely already enabled. For pairing with the dive computer +choose <em>Control Panel → Bluetooth Devices → Add Wireless Device</em>. This +should bring up a dialog showing your dive computer (which should be in +Bluetooth mode) and allowing pairing. Right click on it and choose +<em>Properties→ COM Ports</em> to identify the port used for your dive +computer. If there are several ports listed, use the one saying "Outgoing" +instead of "Incoming".</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>For downloading to <em>Subsurface</em>, the <em>Subsurface</em> drop-down list should +contain this COM port already. If not, enter it manually.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Note: If there are issues afterwards when downloading from the dive computer +using other software, remove the existing pairing with the dive computer.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_sur_macos">15.3.2. Sur MacOS :</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Click on the Bluetooth symbol in the menu bar and select <em>Set up Bluetooth Device…</em>. The dive computer should then show up in the list of devices. Select it and go through the pairing process. This step should only be needed once for initial setup.</p></div> @@ -5428,42 +5428,42 @@ a USB dongle that came with your dive computer, try that before any others.</p>< <div class="paragraph"><p>Setting up a connection to download dives from your Bluetooth-enabled device, such as the <em>Shearwater Petrel</em>, is not yet an automated process and will generally require the command prompt. It is essentially a three step -process.</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Enable the Bluetooth controller and pair your dive computer
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Establish an RFCOMM connection
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Download the dives with Subsurface
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Ensure the dive computer is in upload mode. On the <em>Shearwater Petrel</em>,
-<em>Petrel 2</em> and <em>Nerd</em> cycle through the menu, select <em>Dive Log</em>, then
-<em>Upload Log</em>. The display will read <em>Initializing</em>, then <em>Wait PC 3:00</em> and
-will countdown. Once the connection is established, the display reads <em>Wait
-CMD …</em> and the countdown continues. When downloading the dive from
-Subsurface, the display reads <em>Sending</em> then <em>Sent Dive</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>To establish the connection, establish root access through <code>sudo</code> or <code>su</code>.
-The correct permission is required to download the dives in the computer. On
-most Linux systems this means becoming a member of the dialout group (This
-is identical as for many dive computers using a Linux USB port, described in
-the previous section). On the command terminal, enter:</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><code>sudo usermod -a -G dialout username</code></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Then log out and log in for the change to take effect.</p></div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_enabling_the_bluetooth_controller_and_pairing_your_dive_computer">Enabling the Bluetooth controller and pairing your dive computer</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Attempt to set up the Bluetooth controller and pair your dive computer using
-the graphical environment of the operating system. After setting the dive
-computer to upload mode, click the Bluetooth icon in the system tray and
+process.</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Enable the Bluetooth controller and pair your dive computer +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Establish an RFCOMM connection +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Download the dives with Subsurface +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Ensure the dive computer is in upload mode. On the <em>Shearwater Petrel</em>, +<em>Petrel 2</em> and <em>Nerd</em> cycle through the menu, select <em>Dive Log</em>, then +<em>Upload Log</em>. The display will read <em>Initializing</em>, then <em>Wait PC 3:00</em> and +will countdown. Once the connection is established, the display reads <em>Wait +CMD …</em> and the countdown continues. When downloading the dive from +Subsurface, the display reads <em>Sending</em> then <em>Sent Dive</em>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>To establish the connection, establish root access through <code>sudo</code> or <code>su</code>. +The correct permission is required to download the dives in the computer. On +most Linux systems this means becoming a member of the dialout group (This +is identical as for many dive computers using a Linux USB port, described in +the previous section). On the command terminal, enter:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><code>sudo usermod -a -G dialout username</code></p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Then log out and log in for the change to take effect.</p></div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_enabling_the_bluetooth_controller_and_pairing_your_dive_computer">Enabling the Bluetooth controller and pairing your dive computer</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Attempt to set up the Bluetooth controller and pair your dive computer using +the graphical environment of the operating system. After setting the dive +computer to upload mode, click the Bluetooth icon in the system tray and select <em>Add new device</em>. The dive computer should appear. If asked for a password, enter 0000. Write down or copy the MAC address of your dive computer - this needed later and should be in the form 00:11:22:33:44:55.</p></div> @@ -5471,190 +5471,190 @@ computer - this needed later and should be in the form 00:11:22:33:44:55.</p></ line. Open a terminal and use <code>hciconfig</code> to check the Bluetooth controller status</p></div> <div class="literalblock"> -<div class="content">
-<pre><code>$ hciconfig
-hci0: Type: BR/EDR Bus: USB
- BD Address: 01:23:45:67:89:AB ACL MTU: 310:10 SCO MTU: 64:8
- *DOWN*
- RX bytes:504 acl:0 sco:0 events:22 errors:0
- TX bytes:92 acl:0 sco:0 commands:21 errors:0</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This indicates a Bluetooth controller with MAC address 01:23:45:67:89:AB,
-connected as hci0. Its status is <em>DOWN</em>, i.e. not powered. Additional
-controllers will appear as hci1, etc. If there is not a Bluetooth dongle
-plugged in upon booting the computer, hci0 is probably the onboard. Now
-power on the controller and enable authentication:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>sudo hciconfig hci0 up auth+ (enter password when prompted)
-hciconfig
-hci0: Type: BR/EDR Bus: USB
- BD Address: 01:23:45:67:89:AB ACL MTU: 310:10 SCO MTU: 64:8
- *UP RUNNING PSCAN AUTH*
- RX bytes:1026 acl:0 sco:0 events:47 errors:0
- TX bytes:449 acl:0 sco:0 commands:46 errors:0</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Check that the status now includes <code><em>UP</em>, <em>RUNNING</em> AND <em>AUTH</em></code>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If there are multiple controllers running, it’s easiest to off the unused
-controller(s). For example, for <code>hci1</code>:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>sudo hciconfig hci1 down</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Next step is to <em>trust</em> and <em>pair</em> the dive computer. On distros with Bluez
-5, such as Fedora 22, one can use a tool called <code>blutootctl</code>, which will
-bring up its own command prompt.</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>bluetoothctl
-[NEW] Controller 01:23:45:67:89:AB localhost.localdomain [default]
-[bluetooth]# agent on
-Agent registered
-[bluetooth]# default-agent
-Default agent request successful
-[bluetooth]# scan on <----now set your dive computer to upload mode
-Discovery started
-[CHG] Controller 01:23:45:67:89:AB Discovering: yes
-[NEW] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Petrel
-[bluetooth]# trust 00:11:22:33:44:55 <----you can use the tab key to autocomplete the MAC address
-[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Trusted: yes
-Changing 00:11:22:33:44:55 trust succeeded
-[bluetooth]# pair 00:11:22:33:44:55
-Attempting to pair with 00:11:22:33:44:55
-[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Connected: yes
-[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 UUIDs: 00001101-0000-1000-8000-0089abc12345
-[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Paired: yes
-Pairing successful
-[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Connected: no</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If asked for a password, enter 0000. It’s ok if the last line says
-<em>Connected: no</em>. The important part is the line above, <code>Pairing successful</code>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If the system has Bluez version 4 (e.g. Ubuntu 12.04 through to 15.04),
-there is probably not a <code>bluetoothctl</code>, but a script called
-<code>bluez-simple-agent</code> or just <code>simple-agent</code>.</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>hcitool -i hci0 scanning
-Scanning ...
- 00:11:22:33:44:55 Petrel
- bluez-simple-agent hci0 00:11:22:33:44:55</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Once ther dive computer is pired, set up the RFCOMM connection</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_establishing_the_rfcomm_connection">Establishing the RFCOMM connection</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The command to establish an RFCOMM connection is:</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><code>sudo rfcomm -i <controller> connect <dev> <bdaddr> [channel]</code></p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<code><controller></code> is the Bluetooth controller, <code>hci0</code>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<code><dev></code> is the RFCOMM device file, <code>rfcomm0</code>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<code><bdaddr></code> is the dive computer’s MAC address, <code>00:11:22:33:44:55</code>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<code>[channel]</code> is the dive computer’s Bluetooth channel we need to connect to.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If one omits it, channel 1 is assumed. Based on a limited number of user
-reports, the appropriate channel for the dive computer is probably:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Shearwater Petrel 1</em>: channel 1
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Shearwater Petrel 2</em>: channel 5
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Shearwater Nerd</em>: channel 5
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Heinrichs-Weikamp OSTC Sport</em>: channel 1
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>E.g. to connect a <em>Shearwater Petrel 2</em>, set the dive computer to upload
-mode and enter:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>sudo rfcomm -i hci0 connect rfcomm0 00:11:22:33:44:55 5 (enter a password, probably 0000, when prompted)</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This gives the response:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>Connected /dev/rfcomm0 to 00:11:22:33:44:55 on channel 5
-Press CTRL-C for hangup</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>To connect a _Shearwater Petrel 1+ or + HW OSTC Sport+, set the dive
-computer to upload mode and enter:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>sudo rfcomm -i hci0 connect rfcomm0 00:11:22:33:44:55 (enter a password, probably 0000, when prompted)
-Connected /dev/rfcomm0 to 00:11:22:33:44:55 on channel 1
-Press CTRL-C for hangup</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>If the specific channel the dive computer needs is not known, or the channel
-in the list above doesn’t work, the command <code>sdptool records</code> should help
-determine the appropriate channel. The output below is for a <em>Shearwater
-Petrel 2</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>sdptool -i hci0 records 00:11:22:33:44:55
-Service Name: Serial Port
-Service RecHandle: 0x10000
-Service Class ID List:
- "Serial Port" (0x1101)
- Protocol Descriptor List:
- "L2CAP" (0x0100)
- "RFCOMM" (0x0003)
- Channel: 5</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>For a Bluetooth dive computer not in the list above, or if the channel
-listed is not correct, please let the Subsurface developers know on the user
-forum or the developer mailing list <em>subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org</em>.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_download_the_dives_with_subsurface">Download the dives with Subsurface</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>After establishing the RFCOMM connection and while the dive computer’s
-upload mode countdown is still running, go to_Subsurface_, select
-<em>Import→Import from dive computer</em> and enter appropriate Vendor
-(e.g. <em>Shearwater</em>), Dive Computer (<em>Petrel</em>), Device or Mount Point
-(<em>/dev/rfcomm0</em>) and click <em>Download</em>.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">16. APPENDIX B: Dive Computer specific information for importing dive data.</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_ImportUemis">16.1. Importing from Uemis Zurich</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/iumis.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content"><em>Subsurface</em> downloads the information stored on the SDA (the built-in file
-system of the Uemis) including information about dive spots and
+<div class="content"> +<pre><code>$ hciconfig +hci0: Type: BR/EDR Bus: USB + BD Address: 01:23:45:67:89:AB ACL MTU: 310:10 SCO MTU: 64:8 + *DOWN* + RX bytes:504 acl:0 sco:0 events:22 errors:0 + TX bytes:92 acl:0 sco:0 commands:21 errors:0</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>This indicates a Bluetooth controller with MAC address 01:23:45:67:89:AB, +connected as hci0. Its status is <em>DOWN</em>, i.e. not powered. Additional +controllers will appear as hci1, etc. If there is not a Bluetooth dongle +plugged in upon booting the computer, hci0 is probably the onboard. Now +power on the controller and enable authentication:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>sudo hciconfig hci0 up auth+ (enter password when prompted) +hciconfig +hci0: Type: BR/EDR Bus: USB + BD Address: 01:23:45:67:89:AB ACL MTU: 310:10 SCO MTU: 64:8 + *UP RUNNING PSCAN AUTH* + RX bytes:1026 acl:0 sco:0 events:47 errors:0 + TX bytes:449 acl:0 sco:0 commands:46 errors:0</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Check that the status now includes <code><em>UP</em>, <em>RUNNING</em> AND <em>AUTH</em></code>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If there are multiple controllers running, it’s easiest to off the unused +controller(s). For example, for <code>hci1</code>:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>sudo hciconfig hci1 down</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Next step is to <em>trust</em> and <em>pair</em> the dive computer. On distros with Bluez +5, such as Fedora 22, one can use a tool called <code>blutootctl</code>, which will +bring up its own command prompt.</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>bluetoothctl +[NEW] Controller 01:23:45:67:89:AB localhost.localdomain [default] +[bluetooth]# agent on +Agent registered +[bluetooth]# default-agent +Default agent request successful +[bluetooth]# scan on <----now set your dive computer to upload mode +Discovery started +[CHG] Controller 01:23:45:67:89:AB Discovering: yes +[NEW] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Petrel +[bluetooth]# trust 00:11:22:33:44:55 <----you can use the tab key to autocomplete the MAC address +[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Trusted: yes +Changing 00:11:22:33:44:55 trust succeeded +[bluetooth]# pair 00:11:22:33:44:55 +Attempting to pair with 00:11:22:33:44:55 +[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Connected: yes +[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 UUIDs: 00001101-0000-1000-8000-0089abc12345 +[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Paired: yes +Pairing successful +[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Connected: no</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If asked for a password, enter 0000. It’s ok if the last line says +<em>Connected: no</em>. The important part is the line above, <code>Pairing successful</code>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If the system has Bluez version 4 (e.g. Ubuntu 12.04 through to 15.04), +there is probably not a <code>bluetoothctl</code>, but a script called +<code>bluez-simple-agent</code> or just <code>simple-agent</code>.</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>hcitool -i hci0 scanning +Scanning ... + 00:11:22:33:44:55 Petrel + bluez-simple-agent hci0 00:11:22:33:44:55</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Once ther dive computer is pired, set up the RFCOMM connection</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_establishing_the_rfcomm_connection">Establishing the RFCOMM connection</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The command to establish an RFCOMM connection is:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><code>sudo rfcomm -i <controller> connect <dev> <bdaddr> [channel]</code></p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<code><controller></code> is the Bluetooth controller, <code>hci0</code>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<code><dev></code> is the RFCOMM device file, <code>rfcomm0</code> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<code><bdaddr></code> is the dive computer’s MAC address, <code>00:11:22:33:44:55</code> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<code>[channel]</code> is the dive computer’s Bluetooth channel we need to connect to. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If one omits it, channel 1 is assumed. Based on a limited number of user +reports, the appropriate channel for the dive computer is probably:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Shearwater Petrel 1</em>: channel 1 +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Shearwater Petrel 2</em>: channel 5 +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Shearwater Nerd</em>: channel 5 +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Heinrichs-Weikamp OSTC Sport</em>: channel 1 +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>E.g. to connect a <em>Shearwater Petrel 2</em>, set the dive computer to upload +mode and enter:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>sudo rfcomm -i hci0 connect rfcomm0 00:11:22:33:44:55 5 (enter a password, probably 0000, when prompted)</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>This gives the response:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>Connected /dev/rfcomm0 to 00:11:22:33:44:55 on channel 5 +Press CTRL-C for hangup</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>To connect a _Shearwater Petrel 1+ or + HW OSTC Sport+, set the dive +computer to upload mode and enter:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>sudo rfcomm -i hci0 connect rfcomm0 00:11:22:33:44:55 (enter a password, probably 0000, when prompted) +Connected /dev/rfcomm0 to 00:11:22:33:44:55 on channel 1 +Press CTRL-C for hangup</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>If the specific channel the dive computer needs is not known, or the channel +in the list above doesn’t work, the command <code>sdptool records</code> should help +determine the appropriate channel. The output below is for a <em>Shearwater +Petrel 2</em>.</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>sdptool -i hci0 records 00:11:22:33:44:55 +Service Name: Serial Port +Service RecHandle: 0x10000 +Service Class ID List: + "Serial Port" (0x1101) + Protocol Descriptor List: + "L2CAP" (0x0100) + "RFCOMM" (0x0003) + Channel: 5</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>For a Bluetooth dive computer not in the list above, or if the channel +listed is not correct, please let the Subsurface developers know on the user +forum or the developer mailing list <em>subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org</em>.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_download_the_dives_with_subsurface">Download the dives with Subsurface</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>After establishing the RFCOMM connection and while the dive computer’s +upload mode countdown is still running, go to_Subsurface_, select +<em>Import→Import from dive computer</em> and enter appropriate Vendor +(e.g. <em>Shearwater</em>), Dive Computer (<em>Petrel</em>), Device or Mount Point +(<em>/dev/rfcomm0</em>) and click <em>Download</em>.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">16. APPENDIX B: Dive Computer specific information for importing dive data.</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_ImportUemis">16.1. Importing from Uemis Zurich</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/iumis.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content"><em>Subsurface</em> downloads the information stored on the SDA (the built-in file +system of the Uemis) including information about dive spots and equipment. Buddy information is not yet downloadable. Things are very similar to a normal USB-connected dive computer (the Uemis is one of those that recharge when connected to the USB port). The main difference is that @@ -5664,8 +5664,8 @@ is a drive letter ( often <em>E:</em> or <em>F:</em>), on a Mac this is <em>/Volumes/UEMISSDA</em> and on Linux systems this differs depending on the distribution. On Fedora it usually is <em>/var/run/media/<your_username>/UEMISSDA</em>. In all cases <em>Subsurface</em> should -suggest the correct location in the drop down list.</td>
-</tr></table>
+suggest the correct location in the drop down list.</td> +</tr></table> </div> <div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting the above device name, download the dives from the Uemis Zurich. One technical issue with the Uemis Zurich download implementation @@ -5681,22 +5681,22 @@ download will continue where it stopped previously. You may have to do this more than once, depending on how many dives are stored on the dive computer.</p></div> </div> <div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="S_ImportingGalileo">16.2. Importing from Uwatec Galileo</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/Galileo.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">The Uwatec Galileo dive computers use infra red (IrDA) communication between
-the dive computer and Subsurface. The Uwatec hardware uses a USB dongle
-based on the serial infra-red (SIR) protocol and the MSC7780 IrDA controller
-manufactured by MosChip and marketed by Scubapro and some electronics
-companies. Under Linux, the kernel already provides for communication using
-the IrDA protocol. However, the user additionally needs to load a driver for
-the IrDA interface with the dive computer. The easiest way is to load the
-<strong>irda-tools</strong> package from the
-<a href="http://irda.sourceforge.net/docs/startirda.html">Linux IrDA Project</a>. After
-the installation of the irda-tools, the <strong>root user</strong> can specify a device
+<h3 id="S_ImportingGalileo">16.2. Importing from Uwatec Galileo</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/Galileo.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">The Uwatec Galileo dive computers use infra red (IrDA) communication between +the dive computer and Subsurface. The Uwatec hardware uses a USB dongle +based on the serial infra-red (SIR) protocol and the MSC7780 IrDA controller +manufactured by MosChip and marketed by Scubapro and some electronics +companies. Under Linux, the kernel already provides for communication using +the IrDA protocol. However, the user additionally needs to load a driver for +the IrDA interface with the dive computer. The easiest way is to load the +<strong>irda-tools</strong> package from the +<a href="http://irda.sourceforge.net/docs/startirda.html">Linux IrDA Project</a>. After +the installation of the irda-tools, the <strong>root user</strong> can specify a device name from the console as follows: <code>irattach irda0</code></td> </tr></table> </div> @@ -5710,64 +5710,64 @@ ScubaPro web site, with drivers located on the download page for the ScubaPro SmartTrak software.</p></div> <div class="paragraph"><p>For the Apple Mac, IrDA communication via the MCS7780 link is not available for OSX 10.6 or higher.</p></div> -</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_ImportingDR5">16.3. Importing from Heinrichs Weikamp DR5</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/HW_DR5.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">When mounted as a USB drive the Heinrichs Weikamp DR5 saves a single UDDF
-file for every dive. Mark all the dives you’d like to import or open.
-Note: The DR5 does not seem to store gradient factors nor deco information,
-so for <em>Subsurface</em> it is not possible to display them. Adjust the gradient
-factors in the <em>Graph Settings</em> in <em>Subsurface</em> to generate a deco overlay
-in the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel but please note that the deco
-calculated by <em>Subsurface</em> will most likely differ from the one displayed on
-the DR5.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_ImportingXDeep">16.4. Importing from xDEEP BLACK</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/HW_xdeepblack.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Each dive has to be individually saved as UDDF file using "Export UDDF"
-option in BLACK’s logbook menu. When mounted as a USB drive UDDF files are
-available in LOGBOOK directory. Note: The xDEEP BLACK saves NDL time but
-does not seem to store gradient factors nor deco information, so for
-<em>Subsurface</em> it is not possible to display them. Adjust the gradient factors
-in the <em>Graph Settings</em> in <em>Subsurface</em> to generate a deco overlay in the
-<em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel but please note that the deco calculated
-by <em>Subsurface</em> will most likely differ from the one displayed on the xDEEP
-BLACK.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_importing_from_shearwater_predator_petrel_nerd_using_bluetooth">16.5. Importing from Shearwater Predator/Petrel/Nerd using Bluetooth</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/predator.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Specific instructions for downloading dives using Bluetooth are given in the
-section above, <a href="#S_Bluetooth"><em>Connecting Subsurface to a Bluetooth-enabled dive computer</em></a>.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_PoseidonMkVI">16.6. Importing from Poseidon MkVI Discovery</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/MkVI.jpeg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Download of dive logs from the MkVI is performed using a custom
+</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_ImportingDR5">16.3. Importing from Heinrichs Weikamp DR5</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/HW_DR5.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">When mounted as a USB drive the Heinrichs Weikamp DR5 saves a single UDDF +file for every dive. Mark all the dives you’d like to import or open. +Note: The DR5 does not seem to store gradient factors nor deco information, +so for <em>Subsurface</em> it is not possible to display them. Adjust the gradient +factors in the <em>Graph Settings</em> in <em>Subsurface</em> to generate a deco overlay +in the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel but please note that the deco +calculated by <em>Subsurface</em> will most likely differ from the one displayed on +the DR5.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_ImportingXDeep">16.4. Importing from xDEEP BLACK</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/HW_xdeepblack.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Each dive has to be individually saved as UDDF file using "Export UDDF" +option in BLACK’s logbook menu. When mounted as a USB drive UDDF files are +available in LOGBOOK directory. Note: The xDEEP BLACK saves NDL time but +does not seem to store gradient factors nor deco information, so for +<em>Subsurface</em> it is not possible to display them. Adjust the gradient factors +in the <em>Graph Settings</em> in <em>Subsurface</em> to generate a deco overlay in the +<em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel but please note that the deco calculated +by <em>Subsurface</em> will most likely differ from the one displayed on the xDEEP +BLACK.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_importing_from_shearwater_predator_petrel_nerd_using_bluetooth">16.5. Importing from Shearwater Predator/Petrel/Nerd using Bluetooth</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/predator.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Specific instructions for downloading dives using Bluetooth are given in the +section above, <a href="#S_Bluetooth"><em>Connecting Subsurface to a Bluetooth-enabled dive computer</em></a>.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_PoseidonMkVI">16.6. Importing from Poseidon MkVI Discovery</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/MkVI.jpeg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Download of dive logs from the MkVI is performed using a custom communications adapter and the <em>Poseidon PC Configuration Software</em>, obtained when purchasing the MKVI equipment. The latter is a Windows application allowing configuration of equipment and storage of dive @@ -5777,21 +5777,21 @@ in three files:</td> </tr></table> </div> <div class="ulist"><ul> -<li>
-<p>
-Setup configuration for the dive and key dive parameters (file with a .txt
- extension)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Dive log details (file with a .csv extension)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Redbook format dive log (file with .cvsr extension). This is a compressed
- version of the dive log using a proprietary format.
+<li> +<p> +Setup configuration for the dive and key dive parameters (file with a .txt + extension) +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Dive log details (file with a .csv extension) +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Redbook format dive log (file with .cvsr extension). This is a compressed + version of the dive log using a proprietary format. </p> </li> </ul></div> @@ -5799,59 +5799,59 @@ Redbook format dive log (file with .cvsr extension). This is a compressed information.</p></div> </div> <div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_importing_from_apd_inspiration_evolution_ccr">16.7. Importing from APD Inspiration/Evolution CCR</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/APDComputer.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">The dive logs of an APD Inspiration or similar CCR dive computer are
-downloaded using a communications adapter and <em>AP Communicator</em>, obtained
-when purchasing the equipment. The dive logs can be viewed using the <em>AP Log
-Viewer</em>, within Windows or Mac/OS. However, APD logs can be viewed and
-managed from within <em>Subsurface</em> (together with dives using many other types
-of dive computer). The APD inspiration dive logs are imported into
-<em>Subsurface</em> as follows:</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Download the dive using <em>AP Communicator</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Open a dive within the <em>AP Log Viewer</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Select the tab at the top of the screen, entitled "<em>Data</em>".
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-With the raw dive log data show on the screen, click on "<em>Copy to
- Clipboard</em>".
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Open a text editor, e.g. Notepad (Windows) or TextWrangler (Mac).
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Copy the contents of the clipboard into the text editor and save the text
- file with a filename extension of <em>.apd</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Within <em>Subsurface</em>, select <em>Import → Import log files</em> to open the
- <a href="#Unified_import">universal import dialogue</a>.
-</p>
+<h3 id="_importing_from_apd_inspiration_evolution_ccr">16.7. Importing from APD Inspiration/Evolution CCR</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/APDComputer.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">The dive logs of an APD Inspiration or similar CCR dive computer are +downloaded using a communications adapter and <em>AP Communicator</em>, obtained +when purchasing the equipment. The dive logs can be viewed using the <em>AP Log +Viewer</em>, within Windows or Mac/OS. However, APD logs can be viewed and +managed from within <em>Subsurface</em> (together with dives using many other types +of dive computer). The APD inspiration dive logs are imported into +<em>Subsurface</em> as follows:</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Download the dive using <em>AP Communicator</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Open a dive within the <em>AP Log Viewer</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Select the tab at the top of the screen, entitled "<em>Data</em>". +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +With the raw dive log data show on the screen, click on "<em>Copy to + Clipboard</em>". +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Open a text editor, e.g. Notepad (Windows) or TextWrangler (Mac). +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Copy the contents of the clipboard into the text editor and save the text + file with a filename extension of <em>.apd</em> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Within <em>Subsurface</em>, select <em>Import → Import log files</em> to open the + <a href="#Unified_import">universal import dialogue</a>. +</p> </li> <li> <p> @@ -5864,11 +5864,11 @@ dialogue opens showing the default settings for the data in the </p> </li> </ul></div> -<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/APD_CSVimportF22.jpg" alt="Figure: APD log viewer import" />
-</div>
-</div>
+<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/APD_CSVimportF22.jpg" alt="Figure: APD log viewer import" /> +</div> +</div> <div class="ulist"><ul> <li> <p> @@ -5882,8 +5882,8 @@ The top left hand dropdown box in the import panel lets you select the APD </p> </li> <li> -<p>
-Click the <em>Ok</em> button at the bottom of the import panel.
+<p> +Click the <em>Ok</em> button at the bottom of the import panel. </p> </li> </ul></div> @@ -5895,131 +5895,131 @@ are not logged by the APD equipment but can be manually entered in the </div> </div> </div> -<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_appendix_c_exporting_dive_log_information_from_external_dive_log_software">17. APPENDIX C: Exporting Dive log information from external dive log software.</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>The import of dive log data from external dive log software is mostly
-performed using the dialogue found by selecting <em>Import</em> from the Main Menu,
-then clicking on <em>Import Log Files</em>. This is a single-step process, more
-information about which can be found <a href="#Unified_import">here.</a> However, in
-some cases, a two-step process may be required:</p></div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-Export the foreign dive log data to format that is accessible from
- <em>Subsurface</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Import the accessible dive log data into <em>Subsurface</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>This appendix provides some information about approaches to export dive log
-data from foreign dive log software. The procedures below mostly apply to
-Linux and/or Windows.</p></div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_ImportingDivesSuunto">17.1. Exporting from <strong>Suunto Divemanager (DM3, DM4 or DM5)</strong></h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/suuntologo.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">DiveManager is a MS Windows application for Suunto dive computers.
-Divemanager 3 (DM3) is an older version of the Suunto software. More recent
-Suunto dive computers use Divemanager version 4 or 5 (DM4 or DM5). The
-different versions of Divemanager use different methods and different file
-naming conventions to export dive log data.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemanager 3 (DM3):</strong></p></div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-Start <em>Suunto Divemanager 3</em> and log in with the name containing the logs
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Do not start the import wizard to import dives from the dive computer.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-In the navigation tree on the left side of the program-window, select the
- appropriate dives.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Within the list of dives, select the dives you would like to import later:
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-To select certain dives: hold <em>ctrl</em> and click the dive
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-To select all dives: Select the first dive, hold down shift and select the
- last dive
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-With the dives marked, use the program menu <em>File → Export</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The export pop-up will show. Within this pop-up, there is one field called
- <em>Export Path</em>.
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Click the browse button next to the field Export Path
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-A file-manager like window pops up
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Navigate to the directory for storing the
- Divelog.SDE file
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Optionally change the name of the file for saving
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Click <em>Save</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Back in the Export pop-up, press the button <em>Export</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The dives are now exported to the file Divelog.SDE.
-</p>
-</li>
+<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_appendix_c_exporting_dive_log_information_from_external_dive_log_software">17. APPENDIX C: Exporting Dive log information from external dive log software.</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>The import of dive log data from external dive log software is mostly +performed using the dialogue found by selecting <em>Import</em> from the Main Menu, +then clicking on <em>Import Log Files</em>. This is a single-step process, more +information about which can be found <a href="#Unified_import">here.</a> However, in +some cases, a two-step process may be required:</p></div> +<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> +<li> +<p> +Export the foreign dive log data to format that is accessible from + <em>Subsurface</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Import the accessible dive log data into <em>Subsurface</em>. +</p> +</li> +</ol></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>This appendix provides some information about approaches to export dive log +data from foreign dive log software. The procedures below mostly apply to +Linux and/or Windows.</p></div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_ImportingDivesSuunto">17.1. Exporting from <strong>Suunto Divemanager (DM3, DM4 or DM5)</strong></h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/suuntologo.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">DiveManager is a MS Windows application for Suunto dive computers. +Divemanager 3 (DM3) is an older version of the Suunto software. More recent +Suunto dive computers use Divemanager version 4 or 5 (DM4 or DM5). The +different versions of Divemanager use different methods and different file +naming conventions to export dive log data.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemanager 3 (DM3):</strong></p></div> +<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> +<li> +<p> +Start <em>Suunto Divemanager 3</em> and log in with the name containing the logs +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Do not start the import wizard to import dives from the dive computer. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +In the navigation tree on the left side of the program-window, select the + appropriate dives. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Within the list of dives, select the dives you would like to import later: +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +To select certain dives: hold <em>ctrl</em> and click the dive +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +To select all dives: Select the first dive, hold down shift and select the + last dive +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +<li> +<p> +With the dives marked, use the program menu <em>File → Export</em> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The export pop-up will show. Within this pop-up, there is one field called + <em>Export Path</em>. +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Click the browse button next to the field Export Path +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +A file-manager like window pops up +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Navigate to the directory for storing the + Divelog.SDE file +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Optionally change the name of the file for saving +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Click <em>Save</em> +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Back in the Export pop-up, press the button <em>Export</em> +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The dives are now exported to the file Divelog.SDE. +</p> +</li> </ol></div> <div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemanager 4 (DM4) and Divemanager 5 (DM5):</strong></p></div> <div class="paragraph"><p>DM4 and DM5 use identical mechanisms for exporting dive logs. To export a @@ -6029,19 +6029,19 @@ backup of the dives. Both methods are described here.</p></div> <div class="paragraph"><p>Locating the Suunto DM4 (or DM5) database:</p></div> <div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> <li> -<p>
-Start Suunto DM4/DM5
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Select <em>Help → About</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Click <em>Copy</em> after text <em>Copy log folder path to clipboard</em>
-</p>
+<p> +Start Suunto DM4/DM5 +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Select <em>Help → About</em> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Click <em>Copy</em> after text <em>Copy log folder path to clipboard</em> +</p> </li> <li> <p> @@ -6049,65 +6049,65 @@ Ouvrir l’explorateur Windows </p> </li> <li> -<p>
-Paste the address to the path box at the top of the File Explorer
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The database is called DM4.db or DM5.db
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Making a backup copy of the Suunto DM4/DM5 database:</p></div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-Start Suunto DM4/DM5
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Select <em>File - Create backup</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-From the file menu select the location and name for the backup, we’ll use
- DM4 (or DM5) in here with the default extension .bak
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Click <em>Save</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The dives are now exported to the file DM4.bak (or DM5.bak)
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_exporting_from_atomic_logbook">17.2. Exporting from Atomic Logbook</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock" id="Atomic_Export">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/atomiclogo.jpg" alt="Note" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Atomic Logbook is a Windows software by Atomic Aquatics. It allows
-downloading of dive information from Cobalt and Cobalt 2 dive computers.
-The divelog is kept in a SQLite database at
-C:\ProgramData\AtomicsAquatics\Cobalt-Logbook\Cobalt.db. This file can be
-directly imported to Subsurface.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_exporting_from_mares_dive_organiser_v2_1">17.3. Exporting from Mares Dive Organiser V2.1</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock" id="Mares_Export">
-<table><tr>
+<p> +Paste the address to the path box at the top of the File Explorer +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The database is called DM4.db or DM5.db +</p> +</li> +</ol></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Making a backup copy of the Suunto DM4/DM5 database:</p></div> +<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> +<li> +<p> +Start Suunto DM4/DM5 +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Select <em>File - Create backup</em> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +From the file menu select the location and name for the backup, we’ll use + DM4 (or DM5) in here with the default extension .bak +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Click <em>Save</em> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The dives are now exported to the file DM4.bak (or DM5.bak) +</p> +</li> +</ol></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_exporting_from_atomic_logbook">17.2. Exporting from Atomic Logbook</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock" id="Atomic_Export"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/atomiclogo.jpg" alt="Note" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Atomic Logbook is a Windows software by Atomic Aquatics. It allows +downloading of dive information from Cobalt and Cobalt 2 dive computers. +The divelog is kept in a SQLite database at +C:\ProgramData\AtomicsAquatics\Cobalt-Logbook\Cobalt.db. This file can be +directly imported to Subsurface.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_exporting_from_mares_dive_organiser_v2_1">17.3. Exporting from Mares Dive Organiser V2.1</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock" id="Mares_Export"> +<table><tr> <td class="icon"> <img src="images/icons/mareslogo.jpg" alt="Note" /> </td> @@ -6134,23 +6134,23 @@ Rename the file to DiveOrganizerxxxxx.zip. Inside the zipped directory is a </p> </li> <li> -<p>
-Extract the <em>.sdf</em> file from the zipped folder to your Desktop.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-The password for accessing the .zip file is <em>mares</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_ImportingDivingLog">17.4. Exporting from <strong>DivingLog 5.0 and 6.0</strong></h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/divingloglogo.jpg" alt="Note" />
+<p> +Extract the <em>.sdf</em> file from the zipped folder to your Desktop. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +The password for accessing the .zip file is <em>mares</em>. +</p> +</li> +</ol></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_ImportingDivingLog">17.4. Exporting from <strong>DivingLog 5.0 and 6.0</strong></h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/divingloglogo.jpg" alt="Note" /> </td> <td class="content">The best way to bring your logs from DivingLog to Subsurface is to convert the whole database. This is because other export formats do not include all @@ -6163,28 +6163,28 @@ and readily available.</td> <div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> <li> <p> -In DivingLog open the <em>File → Export → SQLite</em> menu
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Select <em>Settings</em> button
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Set the <em>RTF2Plaintext</em> to <em>true</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Close the Settings dialog
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Click <em>Export</em> button and select the filename
-</p>
+In DivingLog open the <em>File → Export → SQLite</em> menu +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Select <em>Settings</em> button +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Set the <em>RTF2Plaintext</em> to <em>true</em> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Close the Settings dialog +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Click <em>Export</em> button and select the filename +</p> </li> </ol></div> <div class="paragraph"><p>Once this is done, open the saved database file with Subsurface and the @@ -6211,25 +6211,25 @@ and Tags). Organize dive data following a few simple rules:</p></div> <div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> <li> <p> -Date : utiliser un des formats suivants : aaaa-mm-jj, jj.mm.aaaa, mm/jj/aaaa
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Durée : le format est minutes:secondes.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Système d’unité : un seul système d’unité doit être utilisé (pas de mélange
- entre les unités impériales et métriques)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Étiquettes et équipiers : les valeurs doivent être séparées par des
- virgules.
-</p>
+Date : utiliser un des formats suivants : aaaa-mm-jj, jj.mm.aaaa, mm/jj/aaaa +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Durée : le format est minutes:secondes. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Système d’unité : un seul système d’unité doit être utilisé (pas de mélange + entre les unités impériales et métriques) +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Étiquettes et équipiers : les valeurs doivent être séparées par des + virgules. +</p> </li> <li> <p> @@ -6242,27 +6242,27 @@ Position GPS : utilisez les degrés décimaux, par exemple : 30.22496 <div class="paragraph"><p>These are open source spreadsheet applications forming parts of larger open source office suite applications. The user interaction with <em>LibreOffice</em> and <em>OpenOffice</em> is very similar. In Libreoffice Calc the time format -should be set to minutes:seconds - [mm]:ss and dates should be set to one
-of: yyyy-mm-dd, dd.mm.yyyy, mm/dd/yyyy. A typical dive log may look like
-this:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/LOffice_spreadsheetdata.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Spreadsheet data" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>To export the data as a .CSV file from within LibreOffice click <em>File →
-Save As</em>. On the dialogue that comes up, select the <em>Text CSV (.csv)</em> as the
-file type and select the option <em>Edit filter settings</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/LOffice_save_as_options.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Save as options" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting <em>Save</em>, select the appropriate field delimiter (choose <em>Tab</em>
-to prevent conflicts with the comma when using this as a decimal point),
-then select <em>OK</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
+should be set to minutes:seconds - [mm]:ss and dates should be set to one +of: yyyy-mm-dd, dd.mm.yyyy, mm/dd/yyyy. A typical dive log may look like +this:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/LOffice_spreadsheetdata.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Spreadsheet data" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>To export the data as a .CSV file from within LibreOffice click <em>File → +Save As</em>. On the dialogue that comes up, select the <em>Text CSV (.csv)</em> as the +file type and select the option <em>Edit filter settings</em>.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/LOffice_save_as_options.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Save as options" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting <em>Save</em>, select the appropriate field delimiter (choose <em>Tab</em> +to prevent conflicts with the comma when using this as a decimal point), +then select <em>OK</em>.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> <img src="images/LOffice_field_options.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Field options" /> </div> </div> @@ -6285,43 +6285,43 @@ In Microsoft Windows, click the <strong>Start</strong> button, then select <em>C </p> </li> <li> -<p>
-Open the <em>Regional and Language Options</em> dialog box.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Do one of the following: <strong> In Windows 7, click the <em>Formats</em> tab, and then
- click <em>Customize this format</em>. </strong> In Windows XP, click the <em>Regional
- Options</em> tab, and then click <em>Customize</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Type a new separator in the <em>List separator</em> box. To use a TAB-delimited
- file, type the word TAB in the box.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Click <em>OK</em> twice.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Below is an image of the <em>Control Panel</em>:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Win_SaveCSV2.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Win List separator" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>To export the dive log in CSV format:</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>With the dive log opened in <em>Excel</em>, select the round Windows button at the
-top left, then <em>Save As</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Win_SaveCSV1.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Excel save as option" />
-</div>
-</div>
+<p> +Open the <em>Regional and Language Options</em> dialog box. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Do one of the following: <strong> In Windows 7, click the <em>Formats</em> tab, and then + click <em>Customize this format</em>. </strong> In Windows XP, click the <em>Regional + Options</em> tab, and then click <em>Customize</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Type a new separator in the <em>List separator</em> box. To use a TAB-delimited + file, type the word TAB in the box. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Click <em>OK</em> twice. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Below is an image of the <em>Control Panel</em>:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Win_SaveCSV2.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Win List separator" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>To export the dive log in CSV format:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>With the dive log opened in <em>Excel</em>, select the round Windows button at the +top left, then <em>Save As</em>.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Win_SaveCSV1.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Excel save as option" /> +</div> +</div> <div class="paragraph"><p>Click on the left-hand part of the <em>Save as</em> option, NOT on the arrow on the right-hand. This brings up a dialogue for saving the spreadsheet in an alternative format. From the dropdown list at the bottom of the dialogue, @@ -6338,7 +6338,7 @@ text editor, then import the dive data as explained on the section <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importing CSV dives</a>.</p></div> </div> </div> -</div>
+</div> <div class="sect1"> <h2 id="S_APPENDIX_E">19. ANNEXE E : Créer un modèle d’impression personnalisé</h2> <div class="sectionbody"> @@ -6403,12 +6403,12 @@ end. It is possible to iterate over the list as follows: <div class="content"> <pre><code> {% for dive in dives %} <h1> {{ dive.number }} </h1> - {% endfor %}</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="title">output.html</div>
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code> <h1> 1 </h1>
+ {% endfor %}</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="title">output.html</div> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code> <h1> 1 </h1> <h1> 2 </h1> <h1> 3 </h1></code></pre> </div></div> @@ -6416,27 +6416,27 @@ end. It is possible to iterate over the list as follows: <a href="http://www.grantlee.org/apidox/for_themers.html">here</a></p></div> </div> <div class="sect2"> -<h3 id="_grantlee_exported_variables">19.2. Grantlee exported variables</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Only a subset of the dive data is exported:</p></div>
-<div class="tableblock">
-<table rules="all"
-width="100%"
-frame="border"
-cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
-<col width="50%" />
-<col width="50%" />
-<tbody>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Name</strong></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Description</strong></p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">number</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) dive number</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">id</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) unique dive ID, should be used to fetch the dive profile</p></td>
+<h3 id="_grantlee_exported_variables">19.2. Grantlee exported variables</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Only a subset of the dive data is exported:</p></div> +<div class="tableblock"> +<table rules="all" +width="100%" +frame="border" +cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4"> +<col width="50%" /> +<col width="50%" /> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Name</strong></p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Description</strong></p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">number</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) dive number</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">id</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) unique dive ID, should be used to fetch the dive profile</p></td> </tr> <tr> <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">date</p></td> @@ -6444,19 +6444,19 @@ cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4"> </tr> <tr> <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">time</p></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) time of the dive</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">location</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) location of the dive</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">duration</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) duration of the dive</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">depth</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) depth of the dive</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) time of the dive</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">location</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) location of the dive</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">duration</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) duration of the dive</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">depth</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) depth of the dive</p></td> </tr> <tr> <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">divemaster</p></td> @@ -6476,7 +6476,7 @@ cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4"> </tr> <tr> <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">notes</p></td> -<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) dive notes</p></td>
+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) dive notes</p></td> </tr> <tr> <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">rating</p></td> @@ -6540,110 +6540,110 @@ cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4"> </tr> </tbody> </table> -</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> also exports <strong>template_options</strong> data. This data must be used as
-<em>CSS</em> values to provide a dynamically editable template. The exported data
-is shown in the following table:</p></div>
-<div class="tableblock">
-<table rules="all"
-width="100%"
-frame="border"
-cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
-<col width="50%" />
-<col width="50%" />
-<tbody>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Name</strong></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Description</strong></p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">font</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) font family</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">borderwidth</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) border-width value dynamically calculated as 0.1% of the page width with minimum value of 1px</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">font_size</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>double</strong>) size of fonts in vw, ranges between 1.0 and 2.0</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">line_spacing</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>double</strong>) distance between text lines, ranges between 1.0 and 3.0</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color1</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) background color</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color2</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) primary table cell color</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color3</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) secondary table cell color</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color4</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) primary text color</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color5</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) secondary text color</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color6</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) border colors</p></td>
-</tr>
-</tbody>
-</table>
-</div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="title">template.html</div>
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code> border-width: {{ template_options.borderwidth }}px;</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="title">output.html</div>
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code> border-width: 3px;</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Another variable that <em>Subsurface</em> exports is <strong>print_options</strong>. This variable
-contains a single member:</p></div>
-<div class="tableblock">
-<table rules="all"
-width="100%"
-frame="border"
-cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
-<col width="50%" />
-<col width="50%" />
-<tbody>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Name</strong></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Description</strong></p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">grayscale</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Use <em>CSS</em> filters to convert the page into grayscale (should be added to body style to enable printing grayscale prints)</p></td>
-</tr>
-</tbody>
-</table>
-</div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="title">template.html</div>
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code> body {
- {{ print_options.grayscale }};
- }</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="title">output.html</div>
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code> body {
- -webkit-filter: grayscale(100%);
- }</code></pre>
-</div></div>
+</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> also exports <strong>template_options</strong> data. This data must be used as +<em>CSS</em> values to provide a dynamically editable template. The exported data +is shown in the following table:</p></div> +<div class="tableblock"> +<table rules="all" +width="100%" +frame="border" +cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4"> +<col width="50%" /> +<col width="50%" /> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Name</strong></p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Description</strong></p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">font</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) font family</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">borderwidth</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) border-width value dynamically calculated as 0.1% of the page width with minimum value of 1px</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">font_size</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>double</strong>) size of fonts in vw, ranges between 1.0 and 2.0</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">line_spacing</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>double</strong>) distance between text lines, ranges between 1.0 and 3.0</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color1</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) background color</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color2</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) primary table cell color</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color3</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) secondary table cell color</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color4</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) primary text color</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color5</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) secondary text color</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color6</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) border colors</p></td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> +</div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="title">template.html</div> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code> border-width: {{ template_options.borderwidth }}px;</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="title">output.html</div> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code> border-width: 3px;</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Another variable that <em>Subsurface</em> exports is <strong>print_options</strong>. This variable +contains a single member:</p></div> +<div class="tableblock"> +<table rules="all" +width="100%" +frame="border" +cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4"> +<col width="50%" /> +<col width="50%" /> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Name</strong></p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Description</strong></p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">grayscale</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Use <em>CSS</em> filters to convert the page into grayscale (should be added to body style to enable printing grayscale prints)</p></td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> +</div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="title">template.html</div> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code> body { + {{ print_options.grayscale }}; + }</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="title">output.html</div> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code> body { + -webkit-filter: grayscale(100%); + }</code></pre> +</div></div> </div> <div class="sect2"> <h3 id="_defined_css_selectors">19.3. Defined CSS selectors</h3> @@ -6653,22 +6653,22 @@ following table should be added.</p></div> <div class="tableblock"> <table rules="all" width="100%" -frame="border"
-cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
-<col width="33%" />
-<col width="33%" />
-<col width="33%" />
-<tbody>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Selector</strong></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Type</strong></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Description</strong></p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">dive_{{ dive.id }}</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">id</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">is used to fetch the relevant dive profile</p></td>
-</tr>
+frame="border" +cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4"> +<col width="33%" /> +<col width="33%" /> +<col width="33%" /> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Selector</strong></p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Type</strong></p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Description</strong></p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">dive_{{ dive.id }}</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">id</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">is used to fetch the relevant dive profile</p></td> +</tr> <tr> <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">diveProfile</p></td> <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">class</p></td> @@ -6681,18 +6681,18 @@ cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4"> in flow layout templates only (when data-numberofdives = 0)</p></td> </tr> </tbody> -</table>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="./images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Rendering dive profiles is not supported for flow layout templates (when
-data-numberofdives = 0).</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-</div>
+</table> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="./images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Rendering dive profiles is not supported for flow layout templates (when +data-numberofdives = 0).</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +</div> <div class="sect2"> <h3 id="_special_attributes">19.4. Special attributes</h3> <div class="paragraph"><p>There are two ways of rendering- either rendering a specific number of dives @@ -6703,44 +6703,44 @@ rendering mode.</p></div> <div class="ulist"><ul> <li> <p> -render 6 dives per page:
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code> <body data-numberofdives = 6></code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-render as much dives as possible:
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code> <body data-numberofdives = 0></code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="./images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">All CSS units should be in relative lengths only, to support printing on any
-page size.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_appendix_f_faqs">20. APPENDIX F: FAQs.</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_APPENDIX_F">20.1. Subsurface appears to miscalculate gas consumption and SAC</h3>
-<div class="paragraph" id="SAC_CALCULATION"><p><em>Question</em>: I dived with a 12.2 l tank, starting with 220 bar and ending
-with 100 bar, and I calculate a different SAC compared what <em>Subsurface</em>
+render 6 dives per page: +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code> <body data-numberofdives = 6></code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +render as much dives as possible: +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code> <body data-numberofdives = 0></code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="./images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" /> +</td> +<td class="content">All CSS units should be in relative lengths only, to support printing on any +page size.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_appendix_f_faqs">20. APPENDIX F: FAQs.</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_APPENDIX_F">20.1. Subsurface appears to miscalculate gas consumption and SAC</h3> +<div class="paragraph" id="SAC_CALCULATION"><p><em>Question</em>: I dived with a 12.2 l tank, starting with 220 bar and ending +with 100 bar, and I calculate a different SAC compared what <em>Subsurface</em> calculates. Is <em>Subsurface</em> miscalculating?</p></div> <div class="paragraph"><p><em>Answer</em>: Not really. What happens is that <em>Subsurface</em> actually calculates gas consumption differently - and better - than you expect. In particular, @@ -6748,44 +6748,44 @@ it takes the incompressibility of the gas into account. Traditionally, gas consumption and SAC should be: <code>consumption = tank size x (start pressure - end pressure)</code></p></div> <div class="paragraph"><p>and that’s true for an ideal gas, and it’s what you get taught in dive -theory. But an "ideal gas" doesn’t actually exist, and real gases actually
-don’t compress linearly with pressure. Also, you are missing the fact that
-one atmosphere of pressure isn’t actually one bar. So the <strong>real</strong>
-calculation is:</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><code>consumption = (amount_of_air_at_beginning - amount_of_air_at_end)</code></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>where the amount of air is <strong>not</strong> just "tank size times pressure in bar".
-It’s a combination of: "take compressibility into account" (which is a
-fairly small issue under 220 bar - you’ll see more differences when you do
-high-pressure tanks with 300bar) and "convert bar to atm" (which is the
-majority of your discrepancy). Remember: one ATM is ~1.013 bar, so without
-the compressibility, your gas use is:</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><code>12.2*((220-100)/1.013)</code></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>which is about 1445, not 1464. So there was 19 l too much in your simple
-calculation that ignored the difference between 1 bar and one ATM. The
-compressibility does show up above 200 bar, and takes that 1445 down about
-eight litres more, so you really did use only about 1437 l of air at surface
-pressure.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>So be happy: your SAC really is better than your calculations indicated. Or
-be sad: your cylinder contains less air than you thought it did. And as
-mentioned, the "contains less air than you thought it did" really starts
-becoming much more noticeable at high pressure. A 400 bar really does not
-contain twice as much air as a 200 bar one. At lower pressures, air acts
-pretty much like an ideal gas.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_some_dive_profiles_have_time_discrepancies_with_the_recorded_samples_from_my_dive_computer_8230">20.2. Some dive profiles have time discrepancies with the recorded samples from my dive computer…</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> ends up ignoring surface time for many things (average depth,
-divetime, SAC, etc). <em>Question</em>: Why do dive durations in my dive computer
-differ from that given by <em>Subsurface</em>?</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Answer</em>: For example, if you end up doing a weight check (deep enough to
-trigger the "dive started") but then come back up and wait five minutes for
-your buddies, your dive computer may say that your dive is 50 minutes long -
-because you have fifty minutes worth of samples - but subsurface will say
-it’s 45 minutes - because you were actually diving for 45 minutes. It’s
-even more noticeable if you do things like divemastering the initial OW
-dives, when you may stay in the water for a long time, but spend most of it
-at the surface. And then you don’t want that to count as some kind of long
-dive”.</p></div>
+theory. But an "ideal gas" doesn’t actually exist, and real gases actually +don’t compress linearly with pressure. Also, you are missing the fact that +one atmosphere of pressure isn’t actually one bar. So the <strong>real</strong> +calculation is:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><code>consumption = (amount_of_air_at_beginning - amount_of_air_at_end)</code></p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>where the amount of air is <strong>not</strong> just "tank size times pressure in bar". +It’s a combination of: "take compressibility into account" (which is a +fairly small issue under 220 bar - you’ll see more differences when you do +high-pressure tanks with 300bar) and "convert bar to atm" (which is the +majority of your discrepancy). Remember: one ATM is ~1.013 bar, so without +the compressibility, your gas use is:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><code>12.2*((220-100)/1.013)</code></p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>which is about 1445, not 1464. So there was 19 l too much in your simple +calculation that ignored the difference between 1 bar and one ATM. The +compressibility does show up above 200 bar, and takes that 1445 down about +eight litres more, so you really did use only about 1437 l of air at surface +pressure.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>So be happy: your SAC really is better than your calculations indicated. Or +be sad: your cylinder contains less air than you thought it did. And as +mentioned, the "contains less air than you thought it did" really starts +becoming much more noticeable at high pressure. A 400 bar really does not +contain twice as much air as a 200 bar one. At lower pressures, air acts +pretty much like an ideal gas.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_some_dive_profiles_have_time_discrepancies_with_the_recorded_samples_from_my_dive_computer_8230">20.2. Some dive profiles have time discrepancies with the recorded samples from my dive computer…</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> ends up ignoring surface time for many things (average depth, +divetime, SAC, etc). <em>Question</em>: Why do dive durations in my dive computer +differ from that given by <em>Subsurface</em>?</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Answer</em>: For example, if you end up doing a weight check (deep enough to +trigger the "dive started") but then come back up and wait five minutes for +your buddies, your dive computer may say that your dive is 50 minutes long - +because you have fifty minutes worth of samples - but subsurface will say +it’s 45 minutes - because you were actually diving for 45 minutes. It’s +even more noticeable if you do things like divemastering the initial OW +dives, when you may stay in the water for a long time, but spend most of it +at the surface. And then you don’t want that to count as some kind of long +dive”.</p></div> </div> <div class="sect2"> <h3 id="_some_dive_profiles_are_missing_from_the_download">20.3. Some dive profiles are missing from the download</h3> @@ -6806,7 +6806,7 @@ salvaged after being overwritten by new dives.</p></div> </div> </div> </div> -</div>
+</div> <div id="footnotes"><hr /></div> <div id="footer"> <div id="footer-text"> @@ -6814,4 +6814,4 @@ Last updated 2016-03-12 13:57:29 CET </div> </div> </body> -</html>
+</html> diff --git a/Documentation/user-manual_ru.html.git b/Documentation/user-manual_ru.html.git index 1cda8a63d..402583ecb 100644 --- a/Documentation/user-manual_ru.html.git +++ b/Documentation/user-manual_ru.html.git @@ -1,6192 +1,6192 @@ -<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
- "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd">
-<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="ru">
-<head>
-<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="application/xhtml+xml; charset=UTF-8" />
-<meta name="generator" content="AsciiDoc 8.6.9" />
-<title></title>
-<style type="text/css">
-/*
- * compact_subsurface.css, a special style sheet for Subsurface,
- * modified by Willem Ferguson and derived from:
- * compact.css, version 1.3 by Alex Efros <powerman@powerman.name>
- * Licence: Public Domain
- *
- * Usage: asciidoc -a theme=compact_subsurface ...
- */
-
-* { padding: 0; margin: 0; }
-img { border: 0; }
-
-/*** Layout ***/
-
-body { margin: 10px 20px; }
-#header br { display: none; }
-#revnumber { display: block; }
-#toc { margin: 1em 0; }
-.toclevel2 { margin-left: 1em; }
-.toclevel3 { margin-left: 2em; }
-#footer { margin-top: 2em; }
-
-#preamble .sectionbody,
-h2,
-h3,
-h4,
-h5 { margin: 1em 0 0 0; }
-
-.admonitionblock,
-.listingblock,
-.sidebarblock,
-.exampleblock,
-.tableblock,
-.literalblock { margin: 1em 0; }
-.admonitionblock td.icon { padding-right: 0.5em; }
-.admonitionblock td.content { padding-left: 0.5em; }
-.listingblock .content { padding: 0.5em; }
-.sidebarblock > .content { padding: 0.5em; }
-.exampleblock > .content { padding: 0 0.5em; }
-.tableblock caption { padding: 0 0 0.5em 0; }
-.tableblock thead th,
-.tableblock tbody td,
-.tableblock tfoot td { padding: 0 0.5em; }
-.quoteblock { padding: 0 2.0em; }
-
-.paragraph { margin: 1em 0 0 0; }
-.sidebarblock .paragraph:first-child,
-.exampleblock .paragraph:first-child,
-.admonitionblock .paragraph:first-child { margin: 0; }
-
- .ulist, .olist, .dlist, .hdlist, .qlist { margin: 1em 0; }
-li .ulist, li .olist, li .dlist, li .hdlist, li .qlist,
-dd .ulist, dd .olist, dd .dlist, dd .hdlist, dd .qlist { margin: 0; }
-ul { margin-left: 1.5em; }
-ol { margin-left: 2em; }
-dd { margin-left: 3em; }
-td.hdlist1 { padding-right: 1em; }
-
-/*** Fonts ***/
-
-body { font-family: Verdana, sans-serif; }
-#header { font-family: Arial, sans-serif; }
-#header h1 { font-family: Arial, sans-serif; }
-#footer { font-family: Georgia, serif; }
-#email { font-size: 0.85em; }
-#revnumber { font-size: 0.75em; }
-#toc { font-size: 0.9em; }
-#toctitle { font-weight: bold; }
-#footer { font-size: 0.8em; }
-
-h2, h3, h4, h5, .title { font-family: Arial, sans-serif; }
-h2 { font-size: 1.5em; }
-.sectionbody { font-size: 0.85em; }
-.sectionbody .sectionbody { font-size: inherit; }
-h3 { font-size: 159%; } /* 1.35em */
-h4 { font-size: 141%; } /* 1.2em */
-h5 { font-size: 118%; } /* 1em */
-.title { font-size: 106%; /* 0.9em */
- font-weight: bold;
- }
-
-tt, .monospaced { font-family: monospace; font-size: 106%; } /* 0.9em */
-dt, td.hdlist1, .qlist em { font-family: Times New Roman, serif;
- font-size: 118%; /* 1em */
- font-style: italic;
- }
-.tableblock tfoot td { font-weight: bold; }
-
-/*** Colors and Backgrounds ***/
-
-h1 { color: #527bbd; border-bottom: 2px solid silver; }
-#footer { border-top: 2px solid silver; }
-
-h2 { color: #527bbd; border-bottom: 2px solid silver; }
-h3 { color: #5D7EAE; border-bottom: 2px solid silver; }
-h3 { display: inline-block; }
-h4,h5 { color: #5D7EAE; }
-
-.admonitionblock td.content { border-left: 2px solid silver; }
-.listingblock .content { background: #f4f4f4; border: 1px solid silver; border-left: 5px solid #e0e0e0; }
-.sidebarblock > .content { background: #ffffee; border: 1px solid silver; border-left: 5px solid #e0e0e0; }
-.exampleblock > .content { border-left: 2px solid silver; }
-.quoteblock { border-left: 5px solid #e0e0e0; }
-.tableblock table {
- border-collapse: collapse;
- border-width: 3px;
- border-color: #527bbd;
-}
-.tableblock table[frame=hsides] { border-style: solid none; }
-.tableblock table[frame=border] { border-style: solid; }
-.tableblock table[frame=void] { border-style: none; }
-.tableblock table[frame=vsides] { border-style: none solid; }
-.tableblock table[rules=all] tbody tr *,
-.tableblock table[rules=rows] tbody tr * {
- border-top: 1px solid #527bbd;
-}
-.tableblock table[rules=all] tr *,
-.tableblock table[rules=cols] tr * {
- border-left: 1px solid #527bbd;
-}
-.tableblock table tbody tr:first-child * {
- border-top: 1px solid white; /* none don't work here... %-[] */
-}
-.tableblock table tr *:first-child {
- border-left: none;
-}
-.tableblock table[frame] thead tr *,
-.tableblock table[frame] thead tr * {
- border-top: 1px solid white;
- border-bottom: 2px solid #527bbd;
-}
-.tableblock table tr td p.table,
-.tableblock table tr td p.table * {
- border: 0px;
-}
-
-tt, .monospaced { color: navy; }
-
-li { color: #a0a0a0; }
-li > * { color: black; }
-
-span.aqua { color: aqua; }
-span.black { color: black; }
-span.blue { color: blue; }
-span.fuchsia { color: fuchsia; }
-span.gray { color: gray; }
-span.green { color: green; }
-span.lime { color: lime; }
-span.maroon { color: maroon; }
-span.navy { color: navy; }
-span.olive { color: olive; }
-span.purple { color: purple; }
-span.red { color: red; }
-span.silver { color: silver; }
-span.teal { color: teal; }
-span.white { color: white; }
-span.yellow { color: yellow; }
-
-span.aqua-background { background: aqua; }
-span.black-background { background: black; }
-span.blue-background { background: blue; }
-span.fuchsia-background { background: fuchsia; }
-span.gray-background { background: gray; }
-span.green-background { background: green; }
-span.lime-background { background: lime; }
-span.maroon-background { background: maroon; }
-span.navy-background { background: navy; }
-span.olive-background { background: olive; }
-span.purple-background { background: purple; }
-span.red-background { background: red; }
-span.silver-background { background: silver; }
-span.teal-background { background: teal; }
-span.white-background { background: white; }
-span.yellow-background { background: yellow; }
-
-span.big { font-size: 2em; }
-span.small { font-size: 0.6em; }
-
-span.underline { text-decoration: underline; }
-span.overline { text-decoration: overline; }
-span.line-through { text-decoration: line-through; }
-
-/*** Misc ***/
-
-.admonitionblock td.icon { vertical-align: top; }
-.attribution { text-align: right; }
-
-ul { list-style-type: disc; }
-ol.arabic { list-style-type: decimal; }
-ol.loweralpha { list-style-type: lower-alpha; }
-ol.upperalpha { list-style-type: upper-alpha; }
-ol.lowerroman { list-style-type: lower-roman; }
-ol.upperroman { list-style-type: upper-roman; }
-.hdlist td { vertical-align: top; }
-
-
-@media screen {
- body {
- max-width: 50em; /* approximately 80 characters wide */
- margin-left: 16em;
- }
-
- #toc {
- position: fixed;
- top: 0;
- left: 0;
- bottom: 0;
- width: 13em;
- padding: 0.5em;
- padding-bottom: 1.5em;
- margin: 0;
- overflow: auto;
- border-right: 3px solid #f8f8f8;
- background-color: white;
- }
-
- #toc .toclevel1 {
- margin-top: 0.5em;
- }
-
- #toc .toclevel2 {
- margin-top: 0.25em;
- display: list-item;
- color: #aaaaaa;
- }
-
- #toctitle {
- margin-top: 0.5em;
- }
-}
-</style>
-<script type="text/javascript">
-/*<+'])');
- // Function that scans the DOM tree for header elements (the DOM2
- // nodeIterator API would be a better technique but not supported by all
- // browsers).
- var iterate = function (el) {
- for (var i = el.firstChild; i != null; i = i.nextSibling) {
- if (i.nodeType == 1 /* Node.ELEMENT_NODE */) {
- var mo = re.exec(i.tagName);
- if (mo && (i.getAttribute("class") || i.getAttribute("className")) != "float") {
- result[result.length] = new TocEntry(i, getText(i), mo[1]-1);
- }
- iterate(i);
- }
- }
- }
- iterate(el);
- return result;
- }
-
- var toc = document.getElementById("toc");
- if (!toc) {
- return;
- }
-
- // Delete existing TOC entries in case we're reloading the TOC.
- var tocEntriesToRemove = [];
- var i;
- for (i = 0; i < toc.childNodes.length; i++) {
- var entry = toc.childNodes[i];
- if (entry.nodeName.toLowerCase() == 'div'
- && entry.getAttribute("class")
- && entry.getAttribute("class").match(/^toclevel/))
- tocEntriesToRemove.push(entry);
- }
- for (i = 0; i < tocEntriesToRemove.length; i++) {
- toc.removeChild(tocEntriesToRemove[i]);
- }
-
- // Rebuild TOC entries.
- var entries = tocEntries(document.getElementById("content"), toclevels);
- for (var i = 0; i < entries.length; ++i) {
- var entry = entries[i];
- if (entry.element.id == "")
- entry.element.id = "_toc_" + i;
- var a = document.createElement("a");
- a.href = "#" + entry.element.id;
- a.appendChild(document.createTextNode(entry.text));
- var div = document.createElement("div");
- div.appendChild(a);
- div.className = "toclevel" + entry.toclevel;
- toc.appendChild(div);
- }
- if (entries.length == 0)
- toc.parentNode.removeChild(toc);
-},
-
-
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// Footnotes generator
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-/* Based on footnote generation code from:
- * http://www.brandspankingnew.net/archive/2005/07/format_footnote.html
- */
-
-footnotes: function () {
- // Delete existing footnote entries in case we're reloading the footnodes.
- var i;
- var noteholder = document.getElementById("footnotes");
- if (!noteholder) {
- return;
- }
- var entriesToRemove = [];
- for (i = 0; i < noteholder.childNodes.length; i++) {
- var entry = noteholder.childNodes[i];
- if (entry.nodeName.toLowerCase() == 'div' && entry.getAttribute("class") == "footnote")
- entriesToRemove.push(entry);
- }
- for (i = 0; i < entriesToRemove.length; i++) {
- noteholder.removeChild(entriesToRemove[i]);
- }
-
- // Rebuild footnote entries.
- var cont = document.getElementById("content");
- var spans = cont.getElementsByTagName("span");
- var refs = {};
- var n = 0;
- for (i=0; i<spans.length; i++) {
- if (spans[i].className == "footnote") {
- n++;
- var note = spans[i].getAttribute("data-note");
- if (!note) {
- // Use [\s\S] in place of . so multi-line matches work.
- // Because JavaScript has no s (dotall) regex flag.
- note = spans[i].innerHTML.match(/\s*\[([\s\S]*)]\s*/)[1];
- spans[i].innerHTML =
- "[<a id='_footnoteref_" + n + "' href='#_footnote_" + n +
- "' title='View footnote' class='footnote'>" + n + "</a>]";
- spans[i].setAttribute("data-note", note);
- }
- noteholder.innerHTML +=
- "<div class='footnote' id='_footnote_" + n + "'>" +
- "<a href='#_footnoteref_" + n + "' title='Return to text'>" +
- n + "</a>. " + note + "</div>";
- var id =spans[i].getAttribute("id");
- if (id != null) refs["#"+id] = n;
- }
- }
- if (n == 0)
- noteholder.parentNode.removeChild(noteholder);
- else {
- // Process footnoterefs.
- for (i=0; i<spans.length; i++) {
- if (spans[i].className == "footnoteref") {
- var href = spans[i].getElementsByTagName("a")[0].getAttribute("href");
- href = href.match(/#.*/)[0]; // Because IE return full URL.
- n = refs[href];
- spans[i].innerHTML =
- "[<a href='#_footnote_" + n +
- "' title='View footnote' class='footnote'>" + n + "</a>]";
- }
- }
- }
-},
-
-install: function(toclevels) {
- var timerId;
-
- function reinstall() {
- asciidoc.footnotes();
- if (toclevels) {
- asciidoc.toc(toclevels);
- }
- }
-
- function reinstallAndRemoveTimer() {
- clearInterval(timerId);
- reinstall();
- }
-
- timerId = setInterval(reinstall, 500);
- if (document.addEventListener)
- document.addEventListener("DOMContentLoaded", reinstallAndRemoveTimer, false);
- else
- window.onload = reinstallAndRemoveTimer;
-}
-
-}
-asciidoc.install(3);
-/*]]>*/
-</script>
-</head>
-<body class="article">
-<div id="header">
-</div>
-<div id="content">
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Subsurface4Banner.jpg" alt="Banner" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><span class="big">Руководство пользователя</span></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Авторы документа</strong>: Willem Ferguson, Jacco van Koll, Dirk Hohndel, Reinout Hoornweg,
-Linus Torvalds, Miika Turkia, Amit Chaudhuri, Jan Schubert, Salvador Cuñat, Pedro Neves</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><span class="blue"><em>Версия 4.5, Октябрь 2015</em></span></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Вас приветствует <em>Subsurface</em>, современная программа для ведения журнала
-погружений с возможностями организации, документирования, анализа и печати
-погружений для SCUBA и фридайверов. <em>Subsurface</em> предлагает множество
-преимуществ по сравнению с другими решениями:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Вам нужен удобный инструмент для ведения журнала рекреационных погружений
- даже без использования дайв-компьютера?
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Вы используете два дайв-компьютера различных производителей, каждый со
- своим программным обеспечением, для загрузки профилей? Вы ныряете с
- ребризером и на открытом цикле? Используете Reefnet Sensus ботом-таймер
- совместно с дайв-компьютером? <em>Subsurface</em> предоставляет общий
- унифицированный интерфейс для загрузки журналов со всех этих устройств,
- хранения и анализа профилей.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Вы используете более одной операционной системы? <em>Subsurface</em> полностью
- совместим с Mac, Linux и Windows, позволяя вам получить доступ к журналу
- на любой операционной системе одинаковым способом.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Вы используете Linux или Mac, а для вашего дайв-компьютер есть программное
- обеспечение только для Windows (например, Mares)? <em>Subsurface</em> дает вам
- возможность работать с профилями погружения на других операционных системах.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Вам нужен интуитивно понятный графический планировщик погружений, который
- принимает во внимание ранее выполненные погружения?
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Вам нужно хранить или создавать резервные копии журнала погружения в Интернет, с
- возможностью доступа к журналу откуда угодно, используя веб-броузер?
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Установочные образы <em>Subsurface</em> доступны для Windows PC (Win XP и позже),
-Intel Mac (OS/X) и множества дистрибутивов Linux. <em>Subsurface</em> может быть
-также скомпилирован на множестве других платформ, где доступны Qt и
-libdivecomputer.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Этот документ описывает использование программы <em>Subsurface</em>. Для установки
-обратитесь к странице <em>Downloads</em> на <a href="http://subsurface-divelog.org/">веб-сайте
-<em>Subsurface</em></a>. Вы можете обсудить эту программу, отправив email на адрес
-<a href="mailto:subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org">списка рассылки</a> и сообщить об ошибках на сайте
-<a href="http://trac.hohndel.org">треккера ошибок</a>. Инструкции по самостоятельной сборке
-<em>Subsurface</em> и, если необходимо, зависимостей, описаны в файле INSTALL, распространяемом
-вместе с исходными текстами.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Аудитория</strong>: Рекреационные, технические и коммерческие дайверы, фридайверы</p></div>
-<div id="toc">
- <div id="toctitle">Содержание</div>
- <noscript><p><b>JavaScript must be enabled in your browser to display the table of contents.</b></p></noscript>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_работа_с_этим_руководством">1. Работа с этим руководством</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Если руководство открыто из <em>Subsurface</em>, то вы не увидите никаких элементов
-управления. Однако вам доступны две удобных функции:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>ПОИСК</em> активируется нажатием комбинации клавиш control-F или command-F.
- Используйте текстовое поле в нижней части экрана для поиска нужной информации
- в руководстве. Справа от поля поиска кнопки с изображением стрелок вверх и
- вниз позволяют перемещаться по результатам поиска.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/usermanualfunctions.jpg" alt="Руководство пользователя" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>ИСТОРИЯ ПЕРЕХОДОВ</em>. Как и в случае работы с веб-браузером, вы можете
- переходить по ссылкам в руководстве. Контекстное меню (его вы можете вызвать
- правым щелчком мыши) позволяет вам перемещаться по истории переходов вперед и
- назад.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_UserSurvey">2. Опрос пользователей</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Для того, чтобы <em>Subsurface</em> удовлетворял всем потребностям наших пользователей,
-нам важно знать о вас. После нескольких дней использования <em>Subsurface</em> предложит
-вам заполнить опросник. Вы сами решаете заполнять ли его и какую информацию вы готовы
-предоставить. Эта информация помогает развивать проект в правильном направлении.
-Если вы отправите анкету или решите отказаться, в обоих случаях <em>Subsurface</em> больше
-не будет надоедать вам. Если в будущем ваши привычки или пожелания изменятся,
-вы можете вызвать опросник, запустив <em>Subsurface</em> с параметром
-командной строки <em>--survey</em>.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_StartUsing">3. Начало работы с программой</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Окно <em>Subsurface</em> обычно разделено на четыре панели с <strong>Главным меню</strong> (Файл
-Импорт Журнал Вид Помощь) в верхней части окна (Windows и Linux) или в верхней
-части экрана (Mac и Ubuntu Unity). Эти четыре панели:</p></div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Список погружений</strong> в левой нижней части, в котором отображаются все
-погружения из журнала. Погружение можно выбрать и подсветить нажав на нем
-мышкой. В большинстве случаев между погружениями можно перемещаться клавишами
-вверх/вниз. Список погружений - важный инструмент управления журналом.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Карта погружений</strong> в правой нижней части. В ней показываются места
-погружений на карте мира. Карта отцентрирована по местоположению последнего
-выбранного погружения в <strong>Списке погружений</strong>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Информация о погружении</strong> в левой верхней части. Предоставляет наиболее
-полную информацию о дайве, выбранном в <strong>Списке погружений</strong>, включая статистику
-одного или всех выбранных погружений.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Профиль погружения</strong> в правой верхней части. Показывает графический профиль
-выбранного погружения.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Разделители панелей можно двигать для того, чтобы изменить их размер.
-<em>Subsurface</em> запоминает положение разделителей так, что при следующем запуске
-программы размер панелей будет таким же, как и в предыдущий раз.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Если в <strong>Списке погружений</strong> выбран дайв, то в соответствующих панелях
-отображается местоположение, подробная информация и профиль этого погружения.
-Если же подсвечено более одного погружения, то последнее подсвеченное
-считается выбранным, но на вкладке <strong>Статистика</strong> информационной панели
-показывается сводная информация _всех подсвеченных_ дайвов (минимальная,
-максимальная и средняя глубина, длительность, температура воды и SAC;
-общее время на дне и количество погружений).</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" id="S_ViewPanels" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/main_window_f22.jpg" alt="Главное окно" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Вы можете выбрать какие из панелей показывать на главном экране. Для этого
-перейдите в пункт меню <strong>Вид</strong> и выберите один из вариантов отображения:</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Все</strong>: показываются все четыре панели, как на картинке выше.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Список</strong>: показать только список погружений.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Профиль</strong>: отобразить только профиль выбранного погружения.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Информация</strong>: показать только информацию о выбранном дайве и статистику по
-подсвеченным погружениям.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Карта</strong>: показать карту, отцентрированную по последнему выбранному погружению.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Как и большинство других функций, доступных из главного меню, вид главного
-экрана можно переключать комбинацией клавиш. Эти комбинации указаны рядом с
-соответствующими пунктами меню. В зависимости от операционной системы и
-выбранного языка интерфейса эти комбинации могут различаться, поэтому они не
-перечислены в данном руководстве.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>При первом запуске программы главное окно не отображает вообще никакой
-информации. Дело в том, что в этот момент еще нет данных о погружениях. В
-следующих главах будут описаны шаги по созданию нового журнала погружений.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_NewLogbook">4. Создание нового журнала</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>В главном меню выберите <em>Файл → Новый журнал</em>. Все существующие данные
-очищаются чтобы можно было добавлять новую информацию. Если в открытом журнале
-были сделаны изменения, вам будет предложено сохранить данные перед
-созданием нового журнала.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_GetInformation">5. Сохранение погружений в журнале</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Теперь, когда создан новый журнал, очень просто добавить погружения к нему.
-<em>Subsurface</em> предлагает несколько способов добавления погружений, которые подробно
-описаны далее:</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>1) Если вы ведете бумажный журнал, храните информацию в электронной таблице или
-используете другой ручной способ, данные о погружениях могут быть добавлены с
-помощью одного из перечисленных вариантов:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Ввод данных о погружении вручную. Это может оказаться полезным, если вы не
- используете дайв-компьютер и погружения были записаны в бумажном журнале. Смотрите:
- <a href="#S_EnterData">Ввод данных о погружении вручную</a>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Импорт данных из журнала, который велся в электронной таблице или в виде CSV-файла.
- Обратитесь к главам <a href="#S_Appendix_D">ПРИЛОЖЕНИЕ Г: Экспорт таблиц в CSV формат</a> и
- <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Импорт погружений в CSV формате</a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>2) Если ваши погружения записаны в дайв-компьютере, вы можете получить значительное
- количество информации, включая профиль погружения. Погружения могут быть импортированы
- из:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Непосредственно дайв-компьютера. Смотрите главу <a href="#S_ImportDiveComputer">Импорт данных нового погружения из дайв-компьютера</a> или
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Стороннего программного обеспечения, распространяемого производителями дайв-компьютеров.
- Обратитесь к <a href="#S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs">Импорт погружений из других источников и форматов данных</a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Импорт из электронных таблиц и CSV-файлов, содержащих профили погружений. Смотрите
- <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Импорт погружений в CSV-формате из дайв-компьютеров и другого ПО для ведения журналов</a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_EnterData">5.1. Ввод данных о погружении вручную</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Этот способ обычно используется для погружений без дайв-компьютера. Основная
-учетная запись в <em>Subsurface</em> - это дайв. В простом журнале погружений обычно
-фиксируется только наиболее важная информация: тип дайва, дата, время,
-длительность, глубина, имена напарников, дайв-мастера или гида, возможно
-некоторые заметки о погружении. <em>Subsurface</em> может хранить гораздо больше
-информации о каждом отдельном дайве. Чтобы добавить новый дайв в журнал
-выберите в главном меню <em>Журнал → Добавить погружение</em>. Программа при этом
-покажет три области, доступных для ввода данных: две вкладки на информационной
-панели (<strong>Примечания</strong> и <strong>Снаряжение</strong>) и панель <strong>Профиль</strong> с графиком погружения.
-Эти области отмечены соответственно как <span class="red">A</span>, <span class="red">B</span> и <span class="red">C</span> на
-картинке ниже. Далее будет пояснено как вводить данные.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/AddDive1_f22.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Добавление погружения" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Когда вы щелкаете мышью в одном из полей указанных панелей, вы переходите в
-режим редактирования. Об этом свидетельствует сообщение на синем фоне в
-верхней части.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/BlueEditBar_f22.jpg" alt="Синяя полоса редактирования" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Не нажимайте на кнопку <em>Применить изменения</em> до тех пор, пока вы не ввели все данные.
-При ручном вводе вам нужно заполнить поля на вкладках <em>Примечания</em>, <em>Снаряжение</em> и
-<em>Профиль</em> перед сохранением. При нажатии кнопки <em>Применить изменения</em>, информация о
-погружении сохраняется в памяти. При закрытии <em>Subsurface</em> вам будет предложено
-сохранить весь журнал на диск.</p></div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_CreateProfile">5.1.1. Создание профиля погружения</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Профиль погружения</strong> (графическое представление глубины дайва как функции
-от времени) отображается в правой верхней панели окна <em>Subsurface</em>. В случае
-ручного добавления погружения в журнал, <em>Subsurface</em> предлагает начальный
-профиль дайва, который необходимо изменить, чтобы он соответствовал реальному
-погружению:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DiveProfile1_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Начальный профиль погружения" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Изменение профиля погружения</em>: при перемещении курсора по профилю погружения,
-его положение показывается двумя красными линиями. Глубина
-и время, соответствующие положению курсора, отображаются на координатных осях
-слева и внизу. Единицы измерения (имперская или метрическая система мер)
-берутся из <em>Настроек</em> приложения. Профиль дайва состоит из нескольких
-сегментов, определенных путевыми точками (белые точки, как показано на рисунке
-выше). Глубина по умолчанию составляет 15м. Если погружение было совершено на
-глубину 21м, вам необходимо передвинуть соответствующие точки вниз к нужной
-глубине. Для добавления новой точки, дважды щелкните на линии любого сегмента.
-Чтобы переместить точку, нажмите на нее мышкой и перетаскивайте. Для удаления
-путевой точки, нажмите на ней правой кнопкой мыши и во всплывающем меню
-выберите пункт "Удалить эту точку". Добавляйте и перемещайте точки до тех пор,
-пока профиль не будет соответствовать реальному погружению (глубина и время).
-Ниже приведен пример погружения на 20м в течение 30 минут с последующей
-остановкой безопасности на 5м на 5 минут.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DiveProfile2_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Отредактированный профиль погружения" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Редактирование газовой смеси:</em> Название используемой газовой смеси
-отображается на профиле рядом с каждым сегментом погружения. По умолчанию
-используется первая смесь из списка газов, указанных на вкладке
-<strong>Снаряжение</strong>. В предыдущем примере это воздух. Чтобы изменить газ для отдельно
-взятого сегмента, нажмите правой кнопкой мыши на путевой точке и выберите
-смесь из выпадающего контекстного меню. Изменение газа в путевой точке
-изменяет сегмент <em>слева</em> от этой точки. Обратите также внимание, что в
-контекстном меню доступны только газы, определенные на вкладке <strong>Снаряжение</strong>.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DiveProfile3_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Меню выбора газовой смеси" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>После того, как профиль погружения был задан, необходимо указать дополнительные детали.
-Используйте для этого вкладки <strong>Примечания</strong> и <strong>Снаряжение</strong>, находящиеся в верхней левой
-части окна <em>Subsurface</em>. Перейдите по <a href="#S_Notes_dc">этой ссылке</a> для получения более
-подробной информации.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_ImportDiveComputer">5.2. Импорт новых погружений из дайв-компьютера</h3>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_подсоединение_дайв_компьютера_и_импорт_данных">5.2.1. Подсоединение дайв-компьютера и импорт данных</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Использование дайв-компьютеров позволяет получить большое количество подробной
-информации о погружении, например, точные значения глубин, длительности,
-скорости погружения и всплытия, парциального давления газов. <em>Subsurface</em>
-поддерживает множество моделей дайв-компьютеров,
-<a href="http://subsurface-divelog.org/documentation/supported-dive-computers/">
-актуальный список</a> доступен на веб-сайте.</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/warning2.png" alt="Внимание" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Некоторые модели дайв-компьютеров потребляют значительное количество энергии,
-будучи переведенным в режим обмена данными с компьютером. <strong>Это может привести
-к быстрому разряду батареи</strong>. Поэтому мы рекомендуем предварительно проверить
-уровень заряда батареи перед подключением к USB-порту вашего персонального
-компьютера. Так, некоторые модели Suunto и Mares не заряжаются, будучи
-подключенными к ПК. Советуем вам обратиться к руководству по использованию
-вашего дайв-компьютера, чтобы выяснить, заряжается ли его батарея при
-подключении к USB-порту.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Для переноса данных из дайв-компьютера в ваш ПК необходимо установить
-соединение между ними. Для этого вам нужно выяснить порт или точку
-монтирования и сообщить эту информацию <em>Subsurface</em>. В
-<a href="#APPENDIX_A">Приложении А</a> приведена техническая информация,
-специфичная для различных операционных систем, а в
-<a href="#APPENDIX_B">Приложении Б</a> для отдельных моделей дайв-компьютеров.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Когда у вас есть необходимая информация, можно подключить дайв-компьютер к ПК,
-выполнив следующие шаги:</p></div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-Интерфейсный кабель должен быть подключен к свободному USB-порту
- (подключение через ИК-порт и Bluetooth рассматривается далее)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Дайв-компьютер должен быть переведен в режим передачи данных
- (Обратитесь к руководству пользователя вашего дайв-компьютера)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-В главном меню <em>Subsurface</em> выберите <em>Импорт → Импорт из дайв-компьютера</em>.
- Вам будет представлено следующее диалоговое окно <strong>A</strong>:
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DC_import_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Загрузка из дайв-компьютера 1" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Дайв-компьютеры обычно хранят в своей памяти информацию о нескольких последних
-погружениях, даже не смотря на то, что они уже были загружены в <em>Subsurface</em>.
-По этой причине <em>Subsurface</em> импортирует только те дайвы, которые еще не были
-загружены ранее. Это значительно ускоряет процесс импорта из большинства
-дайв-компьютеров, а также предохраняет батарею от разряда (если конечно ваш
-дайв-компьютер не заряжается, будучи подключенным к USB-порту).</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-В диалоговом окне присутствуют два выпадающих списка: <strong>Производитель</strong> и
- <strong>Модель</strong>. Сначала выберите производителя, например, Suunto, Oceanic, Uwatec
- или Mares. Затем в списке <strong>Модель</strong> выберите марку вашего дайв-компьютера,
- например, D4 (Suunto), Veo200 (Oceanic) или Puck (Mares).
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Поле <strong>Устройство или точка монтирования</strong> содержит список USB или Bluetooth
- портов, необходимых для связи <em>Subsurface</em> с вашим дайв-компьютером. Вы
- должны выбрать порт, соответствующий вашему устройству. Обратитесь к
- <a href="#APPENDIX_A">Приложению А</a> и
- <a href="#APPENDIX_B">Приложению Б</a> для получения технической информации о том,
- как выяснить название порта связи для определенного дайв-компьютера,
- а в некоторых случаях, как настроить операционную систему ПК, на котором
- запущен <em>Subsurface</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Если необходимо загрузить все дайвы, поставьте галочку в поле
- <em>Принудительная загрузка всех погружения</em>. Обычно <em>Subsurface</em> импортирует
- только погружения новее самого последнего в вашем журнале. Эта функция вам
- также может понадобиться, если вы случайно удалили погружения из журнала.
- Некоторые модели дайв-компьютеров (например, Mares Puck) не предоставляют
- список погружения в своей памяти перед импортом, поэтому <em>Subsurface</em> не
- может определить какие из дайвов являются новыми и загружает все погружения
- не зависимо от состояния этого поля.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Если в поле <strong>Предпочтение загруженным</strong> стоит галочка,и во время импорта
- будут существовать погружения с одинаковой датой в журнале и в
- дайв-компьютере, <em>Subsurface</em> перезапишет данные такого дайва данными из
- дайв-компьютера.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Если напротив поля _Загружать в новую поездку" стоит галочка, то после загрузки все
- новые погружения будут сгруппированы в одну поездку в <strong>Списке погружений</strong>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Не выбирайте</strong> поля <em>Сохранить журнал libdivecomputer</em> и <em>Сохранить
- дамп-файл libdivecomputer</em>. Они используются для диагностики в случае
- возникновения проблем с импортом из дайв-компьютера (см. ниже).
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Нажмите кнопку <em>Загрузить</em>. При установленном соединении вы можете наблюдать
- как загружаются данные из дайв-компьютера. В зависимости от модели компьютера
- и количества погружений в памяти последнего, импорт может занять довольно долгое время,
- будьте терпеливы. Бегущая полоса, показывающая процесс загрузки, может не совсем
- точно отражать скорость загрузки, так как зачастую <em>Subsurface</em> не знает
- точно сколько погружений будет загружено до тех пор, пока импорт не завершен.
- После загрузки погружений они отобразятся в в виде таблицы в правой части окна
- (как показано на рисунке <strong>В</strong> выше). Проставьте галочки напротив тех погружений,
- которые должны быть перенесены в <strong>Список погружений</strong> и нажмите кнопку <strong>OK</strong>.
- Окно загрузки будет закрыто, а выбранные погружения появятся в списке.
- После окончания загрузки отключите дайв-компьютер и выключите его
- для экономии заряда батареи.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-В случае возникновения проблем связи с дайв-компьютером показывается
- информационное сообщение вида "Невозможно открыть /dev/ttyUSB0 Mares (Puck
- Pro)". Внимательно прочитайте следующую главу.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="sidebarblock">
-<div class="content">
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Проблемы импорта из дайв-компьютера</strong></p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Важно" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Проверьте следующее:</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Дайв-компьютер все еще находится в режиме передачи данных?
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Полностью ли заряжена батарея дайв-компьютера? Если нет, то следует ее
- зарядить или заменить.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Рабочий ли интерфейсный кабель? Работает ли этот кабель при использовании
- других программ? Работал ли этот кабель ранее или вы используете его в
- первый раз?
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Обратитесь к
- <a href="#APPENDIX_A">Приложению А</a> и убедитесь что правильно указано устройство
- или точка монтирования (см. выше).
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-На Unix-подобных операционных системах убедитесь что у вас есть права на
- открытие порта USB. Если нет, прочитайте
- <a href="#APPENDIX_A">Приложение А</a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Если <em>Subsurface</em> не распознает USB адаптер, не показывая при правильное
-название устройства в поле <em>Устройство или точка монтирования</em>, велика
-вероятность, что кабель нерабочий. Это наиболее часто встречающаяся причина
-ошибок при импорте. Также существует вероятность того, что <em>Subsurface</em> не может
-распознать данные, полученные с дайв-компьютера. В этом случае выполните
-необходимо выполнить диагностическую загрузку, пометив галочками следующие два
-поля:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>Сохранить журнал libdivecomputer
-Сохранить дамп-файл libdivecomputer</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Важно</strong>: эти поля используются только для диагностики ошибок, возникших при
-импорте данных из дайв-компьютера, в обычной ситуации галочки в этих полях
-должны быть сняты. Когда они выбраны, вам при импорте будет предложено выбрать
-папку для сохранения диагностической информации. По умолчанию используется
-папка, в которой хранится журнал погружений.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Важно</strong>: При импорте в диагностическом режиме, погружения в журнал не
-добавляются. Вместо этого в указанной вами папке будут созданы два файла:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>subsurface.log
-subsurface.bin</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Эти файлы следует отправить разработчикам в mailto:subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org
-[список рассылки] с просьбой проанализировать проблему. Необходимо указать
-производителя и модель дайв-компьютера и дать словесное описание загружаемых
-погружений.</p></div>
-</div></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_Bluetooth">5.2.2. Подключение <em>Subsurface</em> к дайв-компьютеру через Bluetooth</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Bluetooth все чаще встречается в качестве интерфейса для взаимодействия с дайв-компьютерами,
-например Shearwater Petrel Mk2 и OSTC Mk3. <em>Subsurface</em> предоставляет интерфейс взаимодействия
-с Bluetooth, слабо зависящий от операционной системы. Нестройка Bluetooth-соединения в <em>Subsurface</em>
-требует выполнения четырех шагов:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Удостоверьтесь, что Bluetooth активирован на вашем персональном компьютере.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Убедитесь, что <em>Subsurface</em> распознает адаптер Bluetooth на этом компьютере.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Проверьте, что дайв-компьютер переведен в режим связи с ПК и его можно обнаружить через Bluetooth.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Проверьте, чтобы <em>Subsurface</em> был сопряжен с дайв-компьютером.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Перейдите в окно "Загрузка из дайв-компьютера", выбрав в <strong>Главном меню</strong> <em>Импорт → Импорт из
-дайв-компьютера</em>. Если поставить галочку напротив пункта <em>Загрузка через Bluetooth</em>,
-вам будет представлено следующее окно:</p></div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_linux_или_macos">Linux или MacOS:</h5>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DC_import_Bluetooth.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Сопряжение устройств Bluetooth" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>На платформах <em>Linux</em> и <em>MacOS</em> в правой части окна показывается название
-компьютера, на котором запущен <em>Subsurface</em>, и его адрес Bluetooth. Если на
-компьютере найдено более одного локального Bluetooth-адаптера, то они будут
-представлены в выпадающем списке и вы можете указать тот, который необходимо
-использовать. Кнопка ниже позволяет включить ии выключить питание локального
-Bluetooth-адаптера.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Если Bluetooth-адрес не указан, это означает, что <em>Subsurface</em> не может распознать локальное
-Bluetooth-устройство. Убедитесь, что на компьютере установлен драйвер адаптера и проверьте, что
-он может использоваться другими программами для работы с Bluetooth (<em>bluetoothctl</em> или <em>bluemoon</em>).
-Эти шаги покрывают первые два из из перечисленных выше.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Проверьте, что дайв-компьютер переведен в режим связи с ПК и его можно обнаружить через Bluetooth.
-Обратитесь к руководству пользователя вашего дайв-компьютера, чтобы сделать это. Это действие
-завершает третий шаг.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Нажмите на кнопку <em>Сканировать</em> в левой нижней части окна. Спустя небольшое
-время поиска, ваш дайв-компьютер должен появиться в списке обнаруженных
-устройств (возможно наряду с другими найденными устройствами) в левой части
-диалогового окна (см. картинку выше). Если компьютер в списке не появился,
-нажмите кнопку <em>Очистить</em> и повторите процедуру сканирования. В итоге
-<em>Subsurface</em> должен обнаружить дайв-компьютер. В списке обнаруженных устройств
-показывается их название, адрес и статус сопряжения. Если устройство не
-сопряжено и подсвечено красным цветом, щелкните на нем правой кнопкой мыши и из
-контекстного меню выберите пункт <em>Сопряжение</em>. Дождитесь окончания этого
-действия. Если сопряжение с этим устройством производится впервые, <em>Subsurface</em>
-может запросить пароль или PIN-код. Наиболее часто используется код 0000 (например,
-это работает с Shearwater Petrel). При необходимости обратитесь к руководству
-пользователя вашего дайв-компьютера.</p></div>
-<div class="sidebarblock">
-<div class="content">
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Важно" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">В настоящий момент <em>Subsurface</em> не поддерживает сопряжение с дайв-компьютерами, которые требуют
-собственный PIN-код. В этом случае для сопряжения используйте другие утилиты операционной системы
-так, как это предложено ниже.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Один и способов сопряжения - использование утилиты <code>bluetoothctl</code>:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>$ bluetoothctl
-[bluetooth]# agent KeyboardOnly
-Agent registered
-[bluetooth]# default-agent
-Default agent request successful
-[bluetooth]# pair 00:80:25:49:6C:E3
-Attempting to pair with 00:80:25:49:6C:E3
-[CHG] Device 00:80:25:49:6C:E3 Connected: yes
-Request PIN code
-[agent] Enter PIN code: 0000</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>После сопряжения устройств можно нажать на кнопку <em>Сохранить</em>. Окно выбора
-Bluetooth-устройства будет закрыто. Теперь в окне <em>Загрузка из дайв-компьютера</em>
-нажмите кнопку <em>Загрузить</em>. Загруженные погружения будут показаны в списке в
-правой части окна.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_windows">Windows</h5>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DC_import_Bluetooth_Windows.png" alt="Рисунок: Сопряжение устройств Bluetooth в Windows" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>На платформе <em>Windows</em> детали локального Bluetooth-адаптера не отображаются как в
-случае Mac и Linux.
-Для успешного обнаружения дайв-компьютера убедитесь, что на вашем компьютере
-включен Bluetooth. Используйте кнопку <em>Сканировать</em> для обнаружения устройств.
-Если сопряжение устройства производится впервые, вам возможно придется указать
-PIN-код. Обычно это 0000; при необходимости обратитесь к руководству пользователя
-вашего дайв-компьютера.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Сопряжение устройств происходит автоматически при загрузке погружений. Если до
-этого устройства никогда не были сопряжены, операционная система запросит
-подтверждение и выведет уведомление в правой части экрана: <em>Добавление устройства,
-нажмите чтобы настроить ваш дайв-компьютер</em>. Вам необходимо подтвердить сопряжение.
-Выберите устройство из списка обнаруженных и нажмите кнопку <em>Сохранить</em>. В окне
-<em>Загрузка из дайв-компьютера</em> нажмите кнопку <em>Загрузить</em> и дождитесь окончания процесса.</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Важно" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Учтите, что в настоящий момент <em>Subsurface</em> работает только с локальными Bluetooth-адаптерами
-и Bluetooth-брелками, использующими стэк Microsoft Bluetooth (например, iSonic).
-Прочие, использующие драйверы <em>Widcomm</em>, <em>Stonestreet One Bluetopia Bluetooth</em> или
-<em>BlueSolei</em>, заведомо работать не будут.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Информационное сообщение в левой нижней части окна выбора Bluetooth-устройства
-показывает текущее состояние агента Bluetooth. Для выбора другого устройства,
-вызовите окно выбора Bluetooth-устройства нажатием на кнопку с троеточием
-справа от галочки <em>Загрузка через Bluetooth</em></p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Важно" />
-</td>
-<td class="content"><strong>В случае возникновения проблем</strong>: Если локальный Bluetooth-адаптер на компьютере с <em>Subsurface</em>
-"завис" и загрузка погружений постоянно завершается с ошибкой, <em>удалите</em> сопряжение с устройством
-и повторите шаги, перечисленные выше. Если и это не помогло, в
-<a href="#S_HowFindBluetoothDeviceName"><em>Приложении А</em></a> вы сможете найти информацию о том, как вручную
-настроить и проверить соединение с <em>Subsurface</em>.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_DeviceNames">5.2.3. Изменение названия дайв-компьютера</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Может возникнуть ситуация, когда вам будет необходимо каким-то образом
-различать дайв-компьютеры, используемые совместно с <em>Subsurface</em>. Например,
-если у вас с напарником одинаковые дайв-компьютеры и вы их используете для
-импорта данных на одном ПК, то вы возможно захотите назвать один из
-компьютеров как "Suunto D4 Ивана", а другой как "Suunto D4 Петра". Или же
-вы технический дайвер и используете два или более дайв-компьютеров одной
-модели. В этом случае мы можете назвать их "Suunto D4 (1)" и "Suunto D4 (2)".
-<em>Subsurface</em> позволяет вам легко это сделать. В <strong>Главном меню</strong> выберите
-<em>Журнал → Мои дайв-компьютеры</em>. В открывшемся окне вам будет представлен
-список всех компьютеров, использовавшихся для импорта погружений.
-Отредактируйте название соответствующего устройства. После сохранения
-в журнале будет отображаться это название вместо его модели.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_EditDiveInfo">5.2.4. Редактирование погружения, загруженного из компьютера</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Информация из дайв-компьютера может быть неполной и вам потребуется ее
-отредактировать. Для этого вам предоставляется две вкладки <strong>Примечания</strong> и
-<strong>Снаряжение</strong> в верхней левой панели <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="S_Notes_dc">Примечания</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Вам возможно придется указать дополнительную информацию, чтобы иметь более полную
-запись о погружении. Нижеописанная процедура одинакова как для погружений, введенных
-вручную, так и для загруженных из дайв-компьютера.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Дата и время погружения, газовая смесь и (обычно) температура присутствуют в
-импортированных дайвах, но вам может понадобиться дополнить
-информацию вручную. Если вы начнете менять какие-то данные на этой вкладке,
-сообщение на голубом фоне в верхней части окна будет уведомлять вас, что
-погружение редактируется.
-На вкладке <strong>Примечания</strong> вам доступны следующие поля
-для редактирования (картинка слева):</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/AddDive3_f22.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Вкладка Примечания" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>На картинке справа показана заполненная вкладка <strong>Примечания</strong>.
-Поля <strong>Дата</strong> и <strong>Время</strong> соответствуют дате и времени дайва. При нажатии мышкой
-на поле даты отображается выпадающий календарь, в котором можно выбрать
-необходимую дату. Нажмите ESC чтобы закрыть календарь. Значение времени (часы
-и минуты) можно также непосредственно поменять, для чего необходимо нажать
-мышкой в нужном месте текстового поля и ввести цифры.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Температура воды и воздуха</strong> во время дайва. Зачастую дайв-компьютеры
-записывают эту информацию и вам не нужно ее редактировать. Если же вы решите
-их заполнить вручную,единицы измерения заполнять не нужно, они будут автоматически
-подставлены программой (единицы, выбранные в *Настройках* указывают будет ли
-использоваться метрическая или имперская система мер).</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Местоположение</strong>:</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/warning2.png" alt="Внимание" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Управление дайв-сайтами выполняется отдельно от журнала погружений. Поэтому информация погружения
-на вкладках <strong>Примечания</strong> и <strong>Снаряжение</strong> не может быть отредактирована одновременно с данными
-дайв-сайта. Сохраните прочую информацию (партнеры, дайв-мастер, костюм) нажатием на кнопку
-<strong>Применить изменения</strong>. Только после этого укажите название местоположения в поле <em>Местоположение</em>.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Укажите название дайв-сайта, например, «Эль-Мина рэк, Хургада, Египет».
-Если была указана информация для одного дайв-сайта, и у вас есть несколько погружений
-в этом же месте, то эта информация может быть использована без необходимости повторного ввода
-данных. Информация дайв-сайта может быть отредактирована в любой момент. Для этого выберите
-в списке любое погружение, выполнявшееся на этом сайте, и нажмите кнопку с изображением глобуса,
-которая находится справа от поля <strong>Местоположение</strong> (см. картинку справа выше). При вводе названия
-дайв-сайта <em>Subsurface</em> автоматически предложит вам список сайтов с похожими именами. Если сайт
-уже существует, выберите его из списка. Справа от названия сайта в выпадающем списке находится
-картинка либо с изображением глобуса (означает, что в базе данных <em>Subsurface</em> есть погружения
-на этом сайте), либо со значком <strong>+</strong> (сайты с похожим названием, которые еще не были добавлены
-в базу сайтов).</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Если сайт ранее не существовал, вы увидите следующее сообщение (рисунок <strong>А</strong> ниже)</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Locations1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Редактирование дайв-сайта" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Дважды щелкните мышью на наовом дайв-сайте. Вам будет представлена панель, на которой можно ввести
-координаты и прочую информацию о сайте (рисунок <strong>В</strong> выше). Наиболее важными являются географические
-координаты сайта. Их можно указать тремя способами:</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>а. Выбрать на карте, которая находится в правой нижней части окна
-<em>Subsurface</em>. На карте отображается оранжевая полоса с надписью «Выберите место
-на карте двойным щелчком мыши». При двойном нажатии в соответствующем месте
-карты, оранжевая полоса исчезнет и координаты точки будут заполнены в поле.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>б. Координаты могут быть получены с помощью вспомогательного приложения
-<em>Subsurface</em>, если у вас есть устройство Android с GPS-датчиком и координаты
-дайв-сайта были сохранены в этом устройстве. <a href="#S_Companion">Нажмите, чтобы
-узнать больше</a></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>в. Если вам известны координаты, их можно ввести вручную в одном из четырех
-форматов, сначала широта, потом долгота:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>ISO 6709 Приложение D, например 30°13'28.9"Ю 30°49'1.5"В
-Градусы и десятичные минуты, например, Ю30° 13.49760' , В30° 49.30788'
-Градусы минуты секунды, например, Ю30° 13' 29.8" , В30° 49' 1.5"
-Десятичные градусы, например, 30.22496 , 30.821798</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Широта южного полушария указывается с буквой <strong>Ю</strong>, например, Ю30°, или со знаком минус,
-например, -30.22496. Аналогично, долгота западного полушария указывается с буквой <strong>З</strong>,
-например, З07°, или со знаком минус, например,-7.34323. На некоторых клавиатурах отсутствует
-символ градусов ((°). Его можно заменить на <strong>d</strong>, например: С30d З20d.
-Если вы указали название дайв-сайта и его координаты, сохраните информацию, нажав на кнопку
-<em>Сохранить изменения</em> в верхней части панели.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Важно</strong> координаты GPS привязаны к названию дайв-сайта, поэтому
-указание координат для погружений, у которых не указано местоположение, может
-привести к непредсказуемым результатам (<em>Subsurface</em> будет предлагать, что все
-эти погружения были в одном месте и имеют одинаковые координаты).</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Геопоиск дайв-сайтов:</strong> Если были указаны географические координаты сайта,
-вы можете выполнить автоматический поиск его названия. Для этого <em>Subsurface</em> требуется
-подключение к Интернет. Найденая информация будет отображаться в метках рядом с названием
-дайв-сайта. Список <em>Дайв-сайты с такими же координатами</em> в нижней части панели отображает сайты,
-находящиеся по соседству.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Укажите прочую текстовую информацию о дайв-сайте (Описание и Примечания) и нажмите кнопку
-<em>Применить изменения</em>, чтобы сохранить информацию и сайте. В дальнейшем информация о сайте может
-быть отредактирована нажатием на кнопку с изображением глобуса справа от поля Местоположение на
-вкладке <strong>Примечания</strong>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Режим погружения</strong>: С помощью выпадающего списка вы можете выбрать режим погружения. Вам
-предоставляются следующие варианты: OC (открытый цикл, значение по умолчанию, подходит для большинства рекреационных дайверов),
-Freedive (погружение без дыхательного аппарата), CCR (ребризер замкнутого цикла) и pSCR (
-пассивный полу-замкнутый ребризер).</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Инструктор</strong>: Имя гида или дайв-мастера, с которым производилось это
-погружение. Это поле также производит автодополнение на основании списка всех
-инструкторов в текущем журнале.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Партнер</strong>: Имя buddy или имена партнеров (разделенные запятой), с которыми
-выполнялось данное погружение. Это поле делает автодополнение на основании
-списка всех партнеров в текущем журнале.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Костюм</strong>: Тип костюма в котором осуществлялось погружение. Как и с другими
-полями, для него доступно автодополнение. Если вы ныряете в сухом костюме, то
-можете также указать тип утеплителя и его теплозащиту.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Оценка</strong>: Ваша субъективная оценка этого погружения по 5-ти бальной шкале.
-Укажите рейтинг, нажав на соответствующей звездочке.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Видимость</strong>: Видимость под водой, как и в предыдущем случае, оценивается по
-5-ти бальной шкале.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Метки</strong>: Набор меток (разделенных запятой), описывающих это погружение,
-например: ночное, пещера, течение и т.п. <em>Subsurface</em> предоставляет также
-набор встроенных меток. Автодополнение доступно для этого поля. Например,
-набрав <code>cav</code>, вам предложат на выбор метки <strong>cave</strong> и <strong>cavern</strong>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Примечания</strong>: В это поле можно ввести любую дополнительную информацию.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Кнопка <strong>Применить изменения</strong> используются для сохранения информации на всех
-вкладках информационной панели и профиля погружения, поэтому нет необходимости
-нажимать ее до тех пор, пока вы не заполнили ВСЮ информацию. Картинка, помещенная
-<a href="#S_Notes_dc">в начале главы</a>, представляет пример полностью заполненной информационной панели.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_снаряжение">5.2.5. Снаряжение</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Вкладка Снаряжение позволяет ввести информацию об используемых баллонах и
-газах, а также грузовых системах. Голубая полоса в верхней части панели с
-сообщением:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/BlueEditBar_f22.jpg" alt="Голубая полоса редактирования" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>информирует о том, что в данный момент вы редактируете погружение. Эта часть
-<em>Subsurface</em> очень интерактивная и информация о баллонах и смесях влияет на
-поведение профиля погружения (верхняя правая панель).</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph" id="cylinder_definitions"><p><strong>Баллоны</strong>: Ввод информации о баллонах осуществляется с помощью диалога,
-изображенного на следующей картинке:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DC_gas-dialogue1_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Начальный вид диалога редактирования баллонов" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>В большинстве случаев <em>Subsurface</em> получает информацию о смесях из
-дайв-компьютера и подставляет ее в таблицу. Кнопка + в правом верхнем углу
-позволяет добавить новый баллон к текущему погружению. Темная иконка с
-изображением мусорной корзины удаляет выбранный баллон, однако
-только в том случае, если этот баллон уже не используется в погружении.
-Баллон может неявно использоваться даже в отсутствие событий смены газа.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Начните с выбора типа баллона из выпадающего списка в левой части таблицы. Для
-этого нажмите на ячейке в колонке <strong>Тип</strong>:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DC_gas-dialogue2_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Список типов баллонов" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Вы можете использовать выпадающий список для выбора типа баллона для
-погружения, а можете начать вводить название типа с помощью клавиатуры. В этом
-случае вам будут предложены совпадающие типы. Поля <strong>Объем</strong> и <strong>Рабочее
-давление</strong> будут заполнены автоматически. Если баллон отсутствует в списке,
-укажите его название и описание в поле <strong>Тип</strong></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Далее укажите начальное и конечное давление газа в баллоне. Единицы измерения
-давления (метрическая/имперская система мер) будут взяты из <em>Настроек</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Наконец, укажите состав используемой смеси в поле <strong>O₂%</strong>. Если используется
-воздух, то можно указать значение 21% или вовсе оставить это поле пустым. В
-случае использования Nitrox или Trmix, необходимо указать процентное
-содержание кислорода и гелия в соответствующих полях.
-Прочие ненужные поля следует оставить незаполненными. После ввода всей
-необходимой информации нажмите клавишу <em>ENTER</em> либо щелкните курсором мыши вне
-ячейки, в которой находится курсор. Информация о дополнительных баллонах может
-быть добавлена нажатием на кнопку + в правом верхнем углу. Ниже приведен
-пример погружения с двумя баллонами (воздух и EAN50):</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/CylinderDataEntry3_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: заполненная таблица баллонов" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Грузы</strong>: Информация о грузовых системах, используемых во время погружения,
-вводится таким же образом, как и информация о баллонах. Если нажать на кнопку
-+ в правом верхнем углу, таблица будет выглядеть приблизительно так:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry1_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Редактирование грузовых систем" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>При нажатии мышкой в поле <strong>Тип</strong>, выпадающий список можно вызвать, нажав
-клавишу вниз:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry2_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Список типов грузов" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Вы можете использовать выпадающий список для выбора типа груза, либо начать
-вводить название с помощью клавиатуры. В этом случае вам будут предложены
-совпадающие типы. После выбора типа груза, укажите его вес в поле <strong>Вес</strong>.
-Нажмите клавишу <em>ENTER</em> либо щелкните курсором мыши вне ячейки, в которой
-находится курсор. Если вам нужно добавить дополнительную грузовую систему,
-нажмите на кнопке + в правом верхнем углу. Чтобы удалить груз, нажмите на
-иконку с изображением мусорной корзины.
-Вот пример заполненной таблицы с двумя грузовыми системами: интегрированная и
-пояс:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry3_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Заполненная таблица грузов" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_одновременное_редактирование_нескольких_погружений">5.2.6. Одновременное редактирование нескольких погружений</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>СПОСОБ 1</em>: После загрузки данных из дайв-компьютера вы можете видеть профили погружений,
-дату и время, возможно температуру, но многие поля на вкладках <strong>Погружение</strong> и <strong>Снаряжение</strong>
-будут пустыми. И может оказаться очень удобным отредактировать эти поля у нескольких погружений
-одновременно. Например, вы совершили несколько последовательных погружений на одном дайв-сайте,
-в одной и той же конфигурации оборудования и с одним и тем же партнером. Вместо заполнения этой
-информации для каждого дайва, вы можете выбрать несколько погружений в списке и отредактировать
-необходимые поля для всех сразу.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Одновременное редактирование работает только для полей, которые не заполнены. Т.е. если
-у одного погружения среди нескольких выбранных были изменены какие-то поля, они не будут
-изменены при множественном редактировании. Технически правило одновременного редактирования
-звучит так: если редактируемое поле содержит <em>одинаковое</em> значение для всех выделенных
-погружений, только в этом случае новое значение будет сохранено для всех выделенных дайвов.
-В противном случае будет изменено только текущее редактируемое погружение.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph" id="S_CopyComponents"><p><em>СПОСОБ 2</em>: Существует альтернативный способ выполнить поставленную задачу. Выберите
-подходящее погружение с заполненными полями на вкладках <strong>Погружение</strong> и <strong>Снаряжение</strong>. Затем
-в главном меню выберите <em>Журнал → Копировать параметры погружения</em>. В появившемся окне
-проставьте галочки напротив полей, которые необходимо скопировать и нажмите <em>OK</em>. Теперь
-в списке погружений выберите дайвы, в которые нужно скопировать поля и в главном меню
-выберите <em>Журнал → Вставить параметры погружения</em>.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_добавление_закладок_к_погружению">5.2.7. Добавление закладок к погружению</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Многие дайверы комментируют свои погружения, добавляя закладки, отмечающие
-какие-то события по время дайва, например: "Встретили дельфинов", "Выпустили
-буй". Это легко сделать в <em>Subsurface</em>:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Нажмите правой кнопкой мыши в нужной точке профиля погружения. В появившемся
-контекстном меню выберите пункт <em>Добавить закладку</em>. На профиле в указанной
-точке времени появится иконка с изображением дайв-флага (рисунок <strong>А</strong> ниже).
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Нажмите правой кнопкой мыши на флаге. В появившемся контекстном меню
-(рисунок <strong>В</strong>) выберите <em>Изменить закладку</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-В появившемся окне введите название закладки (рисунок <strong>С</strong>) и нажмите <em>ОК</em>
-чтобы сохранить изменения.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-При наведении курсора мыши на изображение флага, в нижней части
-информационного окна будет отображаться название закладки (рисунок <strong>D</strong> ниже).
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Bookmarks.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Добавление закладки" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_сохранение_измененного_погружения">5.2.8. Сохранение измененного погружения</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Вы можете сохранить информацию со вкладок <strong>Погружение</strong> и <strong>Снаряжение</strong>, нажав
-кнопку <em>Применить изменения</em>. При нажатии кнопки <em>Отменить изменения</em>, введенные вами
-данные будут утеряны, но информация, загруженная из дайв-компьютера, будет сохранена.
-При закрытии <em>Subsurface</em> вам будет предложено сохранить данные журнала.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs">5.2.9. Импорт данных из других источников и файлов</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Если вы ныряете уже достаточно долго, вероятно ваши погружения уже сохранены в
-какой-то другой программе для ведения журнала погружений. Вам не потребуется
-вводить ее заново, потому что с большой долей вероятности <em>Subsurface</em> сможет
-импортировать эти данные. <em>Subsurface</em> поддерживает множество форматов данных.
-Некоторые форматы поддерживаются непосредственно, для других программ может
-понадобиться сделать экспорт в промежуточный формат, для последующего импорта
-в <em>Subsurface</em>.
-В настоящий момент <em>Subsurface</em> поддерживает импорт из CSV-файлов нескольких
-форматов. Для файлов APD LogViewer, XP5 и Sensus подготовлены шаблоны, но вы
-можете создать и свой шаблон импорта.
-Файлы журнала погружений, которые вы ведете вручную (в электронной таблице)
-также могут быть загружены с помощью CSV-импорта.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> также поддерживает импорт файлов с расширением UDDF и UDCF,
-которые используются некоторыми дайв-компьютерами, такими, как Heinrichs &
-Weikamp DR5. Наконец, для некоторых сторонних программ, например, Mares Dive
-Organiser, мы рекомендуем сначала экспортировать журнал в сторонний веб-сервис
-типа <em>divelogs.de</em>, а затем импортировать в <em>Subsurface</em>, так как
-<em>divelogs.de</em> поддерживает еще несколько других форматов, которые <em>Subsurface</em>
-в данный момент не распознает.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Если <em>Subsurface</em> поддерживает формат файла или стороннее программное обеспечение, то для
-импорта такого файла достаточно в главном меню выбрать <em>Файл → Открыть журнал</em> или
-<em>Импорт → Импорт журналов</em>. <em>Subsurface</em> поддерживает импорт с сторонних SQL баз данных
-Suunto Dive Manager и Shearwater. При импорте <em>Subsurface</em> пытается определить
-множественные записи относящиеся к одному погружению и объединить их. Если не
-обнаружено проблем (разница во временной зоне или значительная разница во времени),
-<em>Subsurface</em> не создаст дубликатов погружений.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="Unified_import">5.2.10. Использование универсального импорта</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Импорт погружений из сторонних форматов выполняется с помощью универсального
-диалога, который вы можете вызвать из Главного меню <em>Импорт → Импорт
-журналов</em>. Вам будет представлено диалоговое окно <strong>А</strong>:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Import1_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Импорт журналов: шаг 1" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>В нижней части окна находится выпадающий список типов файлов (как показано на
-рисунке В):</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-XML-файлы журналов ((Divinglog 5.0, MacDive и другие программы)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Журналы Cochran
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-UDDF журналы (например, Kenozoooid)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-UDCF журналы
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Журналы Poseidon MKVI CCR
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Журналы APD Inspiration/Evolution CCR
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Журналы LiquiVision
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Журналы divelog.de
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Журналы OSTC Tools
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-JDiveLog
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Suunto Dive Manager (DM3 и DM4)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-CSV файлы (текстовые файлы и электронные таблицы), включая журналы APD CCR
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Выберите необходимый файл в списке и погружения будут добавлены в текущий
-журнал. Прочие форматы, которые не поддерживаются <em>Subsurface</em>, можно
-импортировать другим способом, который описан ниже.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_импорт_из_ostc_tools">5.2.11. Импорт из OSTC Tools</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>OSTC Tools</em> - набор программ для платформы Microsoft Windows для семейства дайв-компьютеров OSTC.
-, позволяющий загружать и организовывать погружения. <em>OSTC Tools</em> загружает данные погружений из
-дайв-компьютера и сохраняет их в файле с расширением <em>.dive</em>. Эти файлы могут быть загружены в
-<em>Subsurface</em> напрямую, используя диалог универсального импорта. В выпадающем списке в правой нижней
-части окна выберите <em>_Файлы OSTCTools (.dive .DIVE)</em>. Это действие отобразит файлы данного типа
-в панели выбора файлов. Выберите одно или несколько погружений и нажмите кнопку <em>Открыть</em>. Погружения
-будет отображены в <strong>Списке погружений</strong>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Фактически, все устройства H&W, поддерживаемые OSTCTools, могут быть импортированы в <em>Subsurface</em>.
-Этот список включает в себя OSTC, OSTC Mk2, OSTC 2N/2C, OSTC3, OSTC Sport и, возможно, непроверенные
-Frog, OSTC2 и OSTC CR.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Помните, однако, что OSTCTools <strong>не является</strong> полноценным журналом погружений, а только набором
-инструментов для анализа и управления дайв-компьютерами OSTC. Поэтому только данные непосредственно
-из дайв-компьютера могут быть импортированы в <em>Subsurface</em>; остальную информация (партнеры,
-снаряжение, и т.д.) вам придется внести вручную.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_импорт_из_mares_dive_organiser_v2_1">5.2.12. Импорт из Mares Dive Organiser V2.1</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Так как Mares использует несвободное программное обеспечение для Microsoft,
-эти журналы не могут быть импортированы в <em>Subsurface</em> напрямую. Вместо этого
-вам придется выполнить процедуру, состоящую из трех шагов, и использовать
-веб-сайт <em>www.divelogs.de</em> для извлечения информации о погружениях.</p></div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-Данные журнала необходимо экспортировать на ваш ПК в файл с расширением
-<em>.sdf</em>. Подробнее об этом написано в <a href="#Mares_Export">Приложении В</a>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Выгрузить данные на веб-сайт <em>www.divelogs.de</em>. Вам будет необходимо
-создать учетную запись на сайте и войти под ней. После этого выберите
-<em>Import Logbook → Mares Dive Organizer</em>. Внимательно следуйте инструкциям
-и выгрузите файл с расширением <em>.sdf</em> в на сайт.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Наконец, импортируйте журнал с веб-сайта <em>divelogs.de</em> в <em>Subsurface</em>
-используя следующие инструкции.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_ImportingDivelogsDe">5.2.13. Импорт с веб-сайта <strong>divelogs.de</strong></h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Импорт журнала с сайта <em>divelogs.de</em> очень простой и использует одно
-диалоговое окно. Для начала в Главном меню выберите <em>Импорт → Импорт с сайта
-divelogs.de). В появившемся окне (рисунок <strong>А</strong> слева ниже) введите свои имя
-пользователя и пароль для сайта _divelogs.de</em> и нажмите кнопку <em>Загрузить</em>.
-После нажатия кнопки в окне будет отображаться прогресс импорта, а в случае
-успешного окончания будет показано уведомление (рисунок <strong>В</strong> справа ниже). Вам
-необходимо нажать кнопку <em>Применить</em>, чтобы загруженные погружения появились в
-<strong>Списке погружений</strong>.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Divelogs1.jpg" alt="Рисунок:Импорт с сайта Divelogs.de" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_ImportingCSVData">5.2.14. Импорт погружений в формате CSV</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Файл со значениями, разделенными запятой (.csv) может использоваться как для импорта
-профиля погружения (в случае ребризеров замкнутого цикла APD Inspiration и Evolution), так
-и для загрузки общей информации о дайвах (если вы вели учет в электронной таблице). CSV
-является универсальным и простым форматом для обмена данными между компьютерам и программами.
-Более подробно об этом формате рассказывается в главе <a href="#S_CSV_Intro">Формат CSV для дайверов</a>.
-<em>Subsurface</em> позволяет также выгружать журнал погружений для дальнейшей загрузки в другие программы.
-Обратитесь к главе <a href="#S_Appendix_D">ПРИЛОЖЕНИЕ Г: Экспорт электронных таблиц в формат CSV</a>
-за информацией по загрузке данных из электронных таблиц в <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_ImportingCSVDives">5.2.15. Импорт погружений в CSV-формате из дайв-компьютеров и других программ</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Для просмотре и редактирования CSV-файлов подойдет обычный текстовый редактор.
-Данные в CSV-файле обычно организованы следующим образом: одна строка
-заголовка и затем строки данных, по одной на каждую запись.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>В <em>Subsurface</em> может быть импортировано два вида CSV-файлов:</p></div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Общая информация о погружении</em>: в этом случае файл содержит обычную для журнала информацию,
- например, дату и время, глубину, длительность, имена партнеров и дайв-мастера, возможно
- данные об баллонах и давлении до и после погружения, примечания. Все данные для одного
- погружения хранятся в одной строке, а порядке определенном в заголовке.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Профиль погружения</em>: журнал этого вида содержит гораздо больше информации об отдельно
- взятом погружении. Например, он может включать данные с 30-ти секундным интервалом о
- времени, глубине, температуре и давлении в баллоне в конкретный момент времени. Каждая строчка
- в таком файле является выборкой параметров погружения в определенный момент. Для описание профиля
- одного погружения необходимо много информации. Этот формат зачастую используется ребризерами
- закрытого цикла и многочисленными программами для работы с дайв-компьютерами и ведения журналов.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Перед импортом CSV-файла в <em>Subsurface</em> вам <strong>необходимо выяснить некоторые свойства этого
-файла</strong>:</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>а. Какой символ служит разделителем колонок в одной строке данных? Этот символ должен быть
- запятой (,) или табуляцией? Вы можете определить это, открыв файл в текстовом редакторе.
- Если разделителем служит запятая, то она хорошо заметна между полями данных в строке. Если
- запятых не и числа выровнены в колонки, то с большей долей вероятности можно утверждать, что
- разделителем служит символ табуляции.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>б. Данные из каких колонок должны быть импортированы в <em>Subsurface</em>? Содержит файл <em>Общую
- информацию</em> или <em>Профиль погружения</em>? Откройте файл, использую текстовый редактор, и
- отметьте для себя название колонок в заголовке и их позиционный номер.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>в. В какой системе мер (имперской или метрической_ записаны данные (например, глубина)?</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Вооружившись этой информацией, импорт данных в <em>Subsurface</em> не будет для вас проблемой.
-В Главном меню выберите <em>Импорт → Импорт журналов</em>. В окне выбора файлов выберите тип
-<em>CSV файлы</em> (в правом нижнем углу). Вам будет представлен список CSV-файлов в текущей
-директории. Выберите файл, который необходимо импортировать, после чего вы увидите окно
-конфигурации импорта:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/csv_import1_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Диалог 1 импорт CSV" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Обратите внимание на выпадающий список в левом верхнем углу. Он содержит настройки для
-часто встречающихся дайв-компьютеров и программ. Если ваш CSV-файл есть в этом списке,
-используйте его. В противном случае следует выбрать <em>Импорт вручную</em>. В окне конфигурации
-также есть выпадающие список для указания символа-разделителя, формата даты и длительности
-погружения, а также используемой системы мер. Для успешного импорта очень важно задать
-правильные значения в этих списках.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>На последнем шаге вы должны сопоставить поля данных в файле их названиям. Первая белая
-строка таблицы данных содержит заголовки, найденные в CSV-файле. Голубая строка таблицы,
-находящаяся непосредственно на ней, содержит названия <em>Subsurface</em>. В белой области,
-находящейся сразу под выпадающими списками, представлены поля-метки, которые могут быть
-импортированы в <em>Subsurface</em>. Эти метки, заключенные в овалы голубого цвета, необходимо
-с помощью мыши перетащить на голубую полосу таблицы в соответствующую колонку.
-Например, для того, чтобы импортировать номер погружения ("Dive # " в английской версии,
-"№" в русской) <em>Subsurface</em>, перетащите метку "№" в ячейку над заголовком " # ", как показано
-на рисунке ниже:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/csv_import2_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Диалог 2 импорт CSV" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Продолжайте до тех пор, пока не сопоставите всем заголовкам соответствующие метки. После
-этого нажмите клавишу _ОК в нижней части окна. Данные будут импортированы и погружения
-будут отображены в панели <strong>Список погружений</strong>.</p></div>
-<div class="sidebarblock" id="S_CSV_Intro">
-<div class="content">
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Формат CSV для дайверов</strong></p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Важно" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Аббревиатура <em>CSV</em> происходит от английского <em>Comma-Separated Values</em>, что означает
-<em>значения, разделенные запятой</em>. Файлы этого формата можно отредактировать с помощь текстового
-редактора, например Notepad (Windows), gedit (Linux) или TextWrangler(OS/X). Преимущества
-этого формата заключаются в том, что а) для его редактирования не нужно никакого специализированного
-программного обеспечения, и б) в нем нет ничего лишнего и он может легко быть
-отредактирован человеком.
-Благодаря своей простоте, CSV-формат широко используется для обмена данными между различными
-программами, например между электронными таблицами, базами данных и программами для дайвинга.
-В <em>Subsurface</em> этот формат используется для импорта из других источников, таких как электронные
-таблицы, и даже некоторых дайв-компьютеров.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>CSV</em> файлы могут быть созданы и отредактированы с помощью обычного текстового редактора.
-Самым важным атрибутом таких файлов является символ, разделяющий поля в одной строке данных.
-Чаще всего таким символом является запятая, точка с запятой или табуляция. При экспорте из
-электронной таблицы вам необходимо указать какой символ-разделитель использовать. CSV-файлы
-обычно организованы следующим образом: в первой строке указаны заголовки (или <em>имена полей</em>),
-а в последующих строках находятся данные, по одной строке на запись. Обратите внимание, что название
-поля может состоять из нескольких слов, разделенных пробелами; "Дата дайва". Ниже приведен пример файла для четырех погружений
-с использованием запятой в качестве символа-разделителя:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>Место,Дата дайва,Время_дайва,Длительность, Глубина,Напарник
-Illovo Beach,2012-11-23,10:45,46:15,18.4,John Smith
-Key Largo,2012-11-24,09:12,34:15,20.4,Jason McDonald
-Wismar Baltic,2012-12-01,10:13,35:27,15.4,Dieter Albrecht
-Pulau Weh,2012-12-20,09:46,55:56,38.6,Karaeng Bontonompo</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>В таком виде его не так просто прочитать человеку. Вот эти же данные с использованием символа табуляции:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>Место Дата дайва Время_дайва Длительность Глубина Напарник
-Illovo Beach 2012-11-23 10:45 46:15 18.4 John Smith
-Key Largo 2012-11-24 09:12 34:15 20.4 Jason McDonald
-Wismar Baltic 2012-12-01 10:13 35:27 15.4 Dieter Albrecht
-Pulau Weh 2012-12-20 09:46 55:56 38.6 Karaeng Bontonompo</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Понятно, почему большинство людей предпочитает использовать табуляцию как разделитель.
-Недостаток же в том, что мы не можете отличить табуляцию от пробела, как в заголовке <em>Дата дайва</em>
-(на самом деле между словами стоит пробел, а табуляция находится после заголовка).
-Также при слишком длинных названиях не всегда удается достичь выравнивания. Ниже приведен
-урезанный пример профиля погружения с ребризера замкнутого цикла APD, в котором используется
-табуляция в качестве разделителя:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>Dive Time (s) Depth (m) pO₂ - Setpoint (Bar) pO₂ - C1 Cell 1 (Bar) Ambient temp. (Celsius)
-0 0.0 0.70 0.81 13.1
-0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.1
-0 0.0 0.70 0.71 13.1
-0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.2
-0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.1
-10 1.6 0.70 0.72 12.7
-20 1.6 0.70 0.71 12.6
-30 1.7 0.70 0.71 12.6
-40 1.8 0.70 0.68 12.5</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>При импорте <em>CSV</em> файлов <em>Subsurface</em> показывает не только заголовки, но и несколько первых
-строк данных, что значительно упрощает работу. Обладая базовыми знаниями о формате <em>CSV</em>,
-вы сможете без проблем импортировать свои данные в <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
-</div></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Важно" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">При импорте <em>CSV</em> есть несколько предостережений. Избегайте использования некоторых специальных
-символов, таких амперсанд (&), меньше (<), больше (>) и двойной кавычки (") в значениях ячеек.
-Файл должен быть сохранен в кодировке UTF-8, если вы используете символы отличные от латинских.
-Размер файла также может быть причиной определенных проблем. Импорт 100 погружений за раз
-(<em>Общая информация о погружениях_) вряд ли будет проблемой, но файлы большего размера могут.
-При возникновении проблем с _Импортом CSV</em> попробуйте для начала уменьшить размер файла.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_Companion">5.3. Импорт GPS координат из <em>вспомогательного приложения Subsurface</em> для мобильных телефонов</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Используя <strong>вспомогательное приложение Subsurface</strong> на устройствах Android с GPS
-датчиком или <a href="#S_iphone"><em>iPhone</em></a>, координаты дайв-сайтов могут быть автоматически
-переданы в журнал <em>Subsurface</em>. Вспомогательное приложение сохраняет координаты на
-выделенном сервере в Интернет. <em>Subsurface</em> в свою очередь умеет подгружать координаты
-погружений с этого сервера.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Чтобы воспользоваться этой функцией, вам необходимо:</p></div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_создать_учетную_запись_для_вспомогательного_приложения">5.3.1. Создать учетную запись для вспомогательного приложения</h4>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Зарегистрируйтесь на <a href="http://api.hohndel.org/login/">странице вспомогательного
- приложения</a>. Вам будет прислано письмо-подтверждение с вашим персональным
- <strong>КЛЮЧОМ</strong>. Этот ключ используется для авторизации на сервере и работы приложения.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Загрузите вспомогательное приложение с сайта
- <a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=org.subsurface">Google Play
- Store</a> или с сайта
- <a href="http://f-droid.org/repository/browse/?fdfilter=subsurface&fdid=org.subsurface">F-Droid</a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_использование_приложения_на_android_смартфоне">5.3.2. Использование приложения на Android-смартфоне</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>При первом запуске приложения у вас есть три возможности:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Создать учетную запись.</em> Это эквивалентно созданию учетной записи с помощью
- интернет-броузера. Вы можете запросить <strong>КЛЮЧ</strong>, который будет прислан на вашу
- электронную почту, но затем вам будет нужно активировать учетную запись на
- <a href="http://api.hohndel.org/login/">странице вспомогательного приложения</a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Получить учетную запись.</em> С помощью этого варианта вы можете восстановить
- забытый ключ.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Использовать учетную запись</em>. Вам нужно ввести ваш персональный ключ.
- Приложение сохранит ключ и больше не будет его запрашивать, если только вы
- не выберите в меню пункт <em>Отключиться</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Важно" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">В программе <em>Subsurface</em> нужно также ввести ваш персональный <strong>КЛЮЧ</strong> в
-настройках приложения. Для этого выберите в меню <em>Файл → Настройки</em> и на
-вкладке <em>Общие</em> введите <strong>КЛЮЧ</strong> в поле <em>ID пользователя</em> веб-сервиса
-<em>Subsurface</em>. Это обеспечит синхронизацию между приложениями.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_создание_нового_места_погружения">Создание нового места погружения</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Теперь вы готовы получить координаты места погружения и отправить их на
-сервер. Экран смартфона выглядит как на левой картинке (<strong>А</strong>) ниже, но без
-погружений.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Нажмите на значок со знаком "+" в правом верхнем углу, чтобы добавить новый
-дайв-сайт. Отобразится выпадающее меню с тремя вариантами:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Текущее положение: вам будет предложено ввести название места (и возможно
- потребуется включить GPS, если он был выключен), после чего текущее
- положение будет сохранено.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Выбрать на карте: этот вариант позволяет выбрать интересующее вас
- местоположение на карте (см. рисунок <strong>В</strong>). Выбор точки осуществляется долгим
- нажатием на сенсорном экране. Если место выбрано неправильно, выберите
- другое, после чего нажмите на галочку в правом верхнем углу экрана. Укажите
- название точки и дату и время погружения (рисунок <strong>С</strong>). Для корректного
- импорта местоположения в <em>Subsurface</em> мы рекомендуем, чтобы время совпадало
- со временем дайва.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Companion_5.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Добавление погружения" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Импорт GPX-файла: Ваше Android-устройство просканирует карту памяти и
- покажет найденные GPX-файлы. Нажмите на выбранном файле, выберите
- необходимые точки погружений и нажмите на галочку в правом верхнем углу
- экрана. После этого выбранные места погружений будут отправлены на сервер в
- Интернете и добавлены к списку дайвов в вашем смартфоне.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_список_мест_погружений">5.3.3. Список мест погружений</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>На главном экране приложения отображается список мест погружений с
-названиями, датой и временем. Слева от названия над полем выбора может
-показываться значок с изображением стрелки, указывающей вверх, означающий, что
-этот дайв ожидает отправки на сервер. Вы можете выбрать одно или несколько
-погружений, проставив галочки в поле рядом с названием. Групповые операции
-(<em>Отправить</em> и <em>Удалить</em>) применяются к выбранным погружениям.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Погружения можно просматривать двумя способами: текстовый список и карта.
-Режим отображения переключается нажатием на на текстовом поле <em>Погружения</em> в
-левой верхней части экрана (см. рисунок <strong>А</strong> ниже). Находясь в режиме карты, вы
-также можете нажать на текстовом поле <em>Карта</em> в левом верхнем углу (рисунок
-<strong>В</strong>) и выбрать другой режим. При выборе погружения на карте или в списке, вам
-будет представлен экран редактирования места дайва (рисунок <strong>С</strong>), на котором
-вы можете поменять название точки и прочие детали.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Companion_4.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Просмотр и редактирование мест погружений" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>На экране редактирование вам доступно два инструмента (в правом верхнем углу
-экрана):</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Редактировать (карандаш): для изменения названия и прочих параметров
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Карта: отобразить положение дайва на карте
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>После редактирования и сохранения (рисунок <strong>С</strong>) вам необходимо отправить
-погружение на сервер, как объясняется ниже.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_отправка_погружения_на_сервер">5.3.4. Отправка погружения на сервер</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Существует несколько способов выгрузки координат на сервер. Самый простой - отметить
-погружения в списке (см. рисунок <strong>A</strong> ниже) и нажать на кнопку с изображением стрелки в
-правом верхнем углу экрана.</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Важно" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Будьте внимательны: находящаяся рядом кнопка с изображением мусорной корзины
-удаляет точки погружений.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Companion_1.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Вспомогательное приложение Subsurface" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>После вашей поездки с использованием вспомогательного приложения,
-все погружения могут быть загружены в <em>Subsurface</em> (см. ниже).</p></div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_дополнительные_функции_вспомогательного_приложения">Дополнительные функции вспомогательного приложения</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>В зависимости от размера экрана вашего Android-устройства дополнительные
-возможности приложения доступны вам только после нажатия кнопки <em>Меню</em>.
-Вам будет предложено на выбор 5 пунктов (рисунок <strong>В</strong> выше):</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_поиск">Поиск</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Позволяет вам найти места погружений по названию и указанном временном
-интервале.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_запуск_фоновой_службы">Запуск фоновой службы</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Вместо ручного ввода мест погружений, вы можете запустить фоновую службы
-записи координат, которая автоматически будет сохранять места ваших дайвов.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Следующие <em>Настройки</em> (см. ниже) влияют на работу этой службы:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Минимальный интервал</em> в минутах. Приложение будет пытаться определить и
- записать координаты местоположения каждые Х минут.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Минимальное расстояние</em> в метрах. Минимальное расстояние в метрах между
- двумя последовательными точками фиксации координат.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Шаблон названия</em>. Название автоматически создаваемых точек погружения.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/info.jpg" alt="Подсказка" />
-</td>
-<td class="content"><em>Как работает фоновая служба?</em> Предположим вы установили временной интервал в
-5мин и минимальное расстояние равное 50 метрам. Приложение будет записывать
-координаты каждые 5 минут <strong>или</strong> если вы переместитесь более чем на 50 метров
-от предыдущей точки. Если же новая точка находится в радиусе 50м от
-предыдущей, то она не будет сохранена. Если вы не двигаетесь, то будут
-сохранены только координаты первой точки.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_отправить_все_местоположения">Отправить все местоположения</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Отправляет на сервер все местоположения, которые не были выгружены ранее.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_отключиться">Отключиться</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Не самое удачное название. Эта функция удаляет сохраненные <strong>КЛЮЧ</strong>, который вы
-вводили при первом старте. Может пригодиться в том случае, если другой дайвер
-пользовался вашим смартфоном для записи координат погружений.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_настройки">Настройки</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>В _Настройках_ приложения вам доступны следующие параметры:</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_сервер_и_учетная_запись">Сервер и учетная запись</h5>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>URL веб-сервиса</em>. По умолчанию используется <a href="http://api.hohndel.org/">http://api.hohndel.org/</a>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>ID пользователя</em>. Ваш персональный ключ, полученный по email после
- регистрации на сайте. Вы можете скопировать его из письма и вставить сюда,
- либо ввести вручную.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_синхронизация">Синхронизация</h5>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Синхронизация при старте</em>. Если выбран этот параметр, при каждом старте приложения погружения
-на вашем Android-устройстве и веб-сервисе будут синхронизироваться.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Отправлять новые</em>. Если этот параметр установлен, добавленные точки будут
- автоматически отправляться на сервер.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_фоновая_служба">Фоновая служба</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Параметры фоновой службы уже были описаны выше.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_разное">Разное</h5>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Список рассылки</em>. Отсюда вы можете отправить письмо разработчикам
- <em>Subsurface</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Веб-сайт</em>. Ссылка на веб-сайт <em>Subsurface</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Версия</em>. Текущая версия вспомогательного приложения.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_iphone">5.3.5. Запись координат погружений из <em>вспомогательного приложения Subsurface</em> для <em>iPhone</em></h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Интерфейс приложения для iPhone крайне прост. Необходимо ввести ключ, полученный при
-регистрации, в соответствующее поле, затем нажать "Dive in" (см. левую картинку на рисунке
-ниже), после чего можно приступать к сбору информации о местоположении погружений.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/iphone.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Использование вспомогательного приложения на iPhone" width="640" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Погружения могут быть добавлены автоматически или вручную. В ручном режиме, служба получения
-координат запускается автоматически, а в нижней части экрана появляется красная полоса. После
-завершения погружения вам нужно нажать на красной области, чтобы остановить службу
-позиционирования. При запущенной службе позиционирования вы можете добавлять погружения
-только в ручном режиме.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Позже вы можете отредактировать название места погружения, выбрав и нажав на него в списке.
-Другие поля для редактирования недоступны. Список дайвов автоматически выгружается на сервер,
-возможно вручную синхронизировать погружения отсутствует.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_загрузка_координат_погружений_в_журнал_em_subsurface_em">5.3.6. Загрузка координат погружений в журнал <em>Subsurface</em></h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Перед получением GPS-координат с сервера, погружения должны быть загружены в
-журнал из дайв-компьютера или введены вручную. Для загрузки координат выберите
-в главном меню <em>Импорт → Импорт координат</em> или нажмите комбинацию клавиш
-Ctrl-G. Вам будет представлено окно, как показано на рисунке <strong>А</strong> ниже. При
-первом импорте необходимо указать ключ, после чего нажмите кнопку <em>Загрузить</em>.
-Окно примет следующий вид (рисунок <strong>В</strong>):</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DownloadGPS.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Импорт координат погружений" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Обратите внимание, что теперь кнопка <em>Применить</em> доступна. Нажатие на нее обновит
-названия мест и координаты недавно загруженных или введенных вручную погружений, у
-которых дата и время совпадают с временем фиксации на смартфоне. Если вы уже
-указали название дайв-сайта перед импортом координат, <em>Subsurface</em> отдаст
-предпочтение этим данных и не будет их перезаписывать.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Важно, чтобы часы на вашем смартфоне и дайв-компьютере были синхронизированы,
-так как <em>Subsurface</em> сопоставляет погружения именно по дате-времени, хотя и
-допускает некоторую погрешность. В случае большого разбега в показаниях
-времени координаты не будут обновлены.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Сопоставление по дате-времени может не сработать и по другим причинам
-например, из-за часовых поясов, или в случае нескольких повторных погружений в
-одном месте (в этом случае координаты будут сопоставлены только с первым
-погружением в серии). Для обхода этой проблемы мы рекомендуем вручную изменить
-дату-время погружения <strong>перед</strong> загрузкой GPS-координат и вернуть в начальное
-значение <strong>после</strong> импорта.</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/info.jpg" alt="Замечание" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Полезные советы:</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Фоновая служба</em>, будучи хорошим подспорьем, может тем не менее заполнить весь
-список точками, не имеющими никакого отношения к погружениям, а отражающими
-путь судна. И в настоящий момент удаление этих точек с сервера довольно
-проблематично. Поэтому очень желательно удалить ненужные точки перед отправкой
-их на сервер. Это необходимо, если вы хотите видеть на карте только точки погружений.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Желательно для погружений указывать информативные названия, и как минимум
-задать вразумительное название шаблона для автоматически добавляемых
-погружений.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_LoadImage">5.4. Добавление фотографий к погружениям</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Многие (если не все) дайверы берут с собой на погружение камеру, чтобы сделать
-несколько запоминающихся фото. <em>Subsurface</em> позволяет прикрепить эти
-фотографии к конкретному погружению и просматривать их на профиле погружения
-и на вкладке <em>Фотографии</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_загрузка_фотографий_и_синхронизация_времени_между_фотоаппаратом_и_дайв_компьютером">5.4.1. Загрузка фотографий и синхронизация времени между фотоаппаратом и дайв-компьютером</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Нажмите левой кнопкой мыши на погружении в списке, чтобы выбрать его, а затем
-правой кнопкой мыши и выберите из контекстного меню пункт <em>Загрузить фото</em>:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/LoadImage1_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Меню загрузки фотографий" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>В системном диалоге выбора файлов выберите фотографии для загрузки в
-<em>Subsurface</em> и нажмите клавишу <em>Открыть</em>:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/LoadImage2_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Выбор фотографий для загрузки" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Вам будет представлен диалог, показанный ниже. Проблема состоит в том, что
-зачастую время на дайв-компьютере и камере, используемых при погружении,
-не совпадают. Разница может составлять несколько минут. Если <em>Subsurface</em>
-сможет синхронизировать время между этими двумя устройствами, то сможет и
-правильно расположить фотографии на профиле погружения.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Добиться такой синхронизации в <em>Subsurface</em> можно двумя способами:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Вручную</strong>: Если вы записали точное время камеры в самом начале погружения,
-то вы можете вычислить смещение по времени. Если вы не меняли установки
-даты-времени на своих устройствах, то вы можете это сделать в конце дня после
-серии дайвов. После этого вы можете указать этот смещение в поле <em>Сдвинуть
-время изображений</em> , как показано на рисунке <strong>А</strong>. Если часы камеры спешат на
-7 минут от показаний часов дайв-компьютера, укажите значение смещения 00:07,
-выберите в переключателе <em>Раньше - Позже</em> значение <em>Раньше</em> (поскольку часы
-камеры спешат, нужно сдвинуть время на 7 минут раньше) и нажмите кнопку
-<em>ОК</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/LoadImage3b_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Диалог синхронизации" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>По фотографии</strong>: <em>Subsurface</em> предлагает другой хитрый способ для синхронизации
-времени. Если вы сделаете фотографию экрана дайв-компьютера с показаниями
-часов, <em>Subsurface</em> сможет получить точное время камеры из информации,
-сохраняемой в каждой сделанной фотографии. Для этого используйте нижнюю часть
-диалогового окна <em>Сдвинуть время изображений</em>. При этом значения сдвига
-в верхней части окна игнорируются.
-Нажмите на горизонтально вытянутой кнопке <em>Выбрать изображения отображающие
-время на дайв-компьютере</em>. В окне выбора файлов укажите фото вашего
-дайв-компьютера и нажмите <em>Открыть</em>. <em>Subsurface</em> отобразит это фото в правой
-нижней части окна и к этому моменту будет знать время, когда эта фотография
-была сделана. Теперь вам только осталось в поле слева от фотографии указать
-дату-время компьютера, как указано на фото. Основываясь на этой информации,
-<em>Subsurface</em> может вычислить разницу во времени между камерой и
-дайв-компьютером. На рисунке <strong>В</strong> выше показано загруженное изображение компьютера
-и дата-время у него, перенесенные в поле слева.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Если фотография была сделана задолго до или после погружения, она не будет
-показываться на профиле. <em>Subsurface</em> допускает интервал равный 30 минутам до и после погружения.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_просмотр_фотографий">5.4.2. Просмотр фотографий</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>После загрузки фотографии отображаются:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-на вкладке <em>Фотографии</em> информационной панели
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-в виде маленьких иконок на профиле погружения в соответствии
- со временем фото:
- Для просмотра добавленных фотографий на профиле погружений, активируйте
- переключатель <em>Фотографии</em> на панели слева от профиля погружения:
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:left;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/icons/ShowPhotos_f20.png" alt="Рисунок: Переключатель Фотографии" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Профиль погружения при этом будет выглядеть следующим образом:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/LoadImage4_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Фотографии на профиле" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>При наведении мышкой на иконку фото на профиле, будет показана миниатюрная
-фотография:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/LoadImage5_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок:Миниатюрное фото на профиле" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Обратите внимание, что в левом верхнем углу миниатюры есть изображение
-мусорной корзины, при нажатии на которое картинка будет удалена. Поэтому
-будьте внимательны, кожа щелкаете мышкой на картинке. При нажатии мышкой на
-миниатюрное фото (в профиле или на вкладке <em>Фотографии), полноразмерная
-фотография откроется во внешней программе для просмотра изображений. Фотографии также могут
-быть удалены на вкладке _Фотографии</em> (см. ниже).</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/LoadImage6_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Просмотр полноразмерных фотографий" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_вкладка_em_фотографии_em">5.4.3. Вкладка <em>Фотографии</em></h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Фотографии, добавленные к погружению, отображаются миниатюрными картинками на
-вкладке <em>Фотографии</em> в <em>Информационной панели</em>. Снимки, сделанные в серии и
-имеющие короткий временной интервал, могут перекрывать друг друга на профиле,
-но легко различимы на этой вкладке. Одиночный щелчок мышью на фотографии
-выделяет ее, двойной щелчок мышью открывает окно просмотра фото во внешней
-программе. Фотографию можно удалить на вкладке <em>Фотографии</em>, выбрав ее щелчком
-мыши и нажатием клавиши <em>Del</em> (фотография будет удалена и из профиля).</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_фотографии_на_внешнем_жестком_диске">5.4.4. Фотографии на внешнем жестком диске</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Многие фотографы хранят свои снимки на внешнем накопителе. Если внешний диск
-подключен, то <em>Subsurface</em> в большинстве случаев увидит его, и таким образом
-будет обеспечен доступ к внешнему хранилищу фотографий. При этом вы добавляете
-фото с внешнего диска так, как описан выше. Однако после того, как внешний
-накопитель отключен, у <em>Subsurface</em> не будет доступа к фотографиям. Если на
-панели кнопок-переключателей (слева от профиля) нажата кнопка <em>Миниатюры
-фотографий</em>, то вместо картинок на профиле буду показываться белые точки, а на
-вкладке <em>Фотографии</em> только имена файлов вместо миниатюр. После подключения
-внешнего накопителя вы снова сможете увидеть фотографии.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_FindMovedImages">5.4.5. Перенос фотографий между директориями, жесткими дисками и компьютерами</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>После загрузки фотографии в <em>Subsurface</em> и ее привязки к погружению, папка, в
-которой она находится, запоминается с тем, чтобы найти фото в следующий раз,
-когда вы откроете погружение. Если фотография или вся коллекция переносится на
-другой жесткий диск или компьютер, маловероятно что структура каталогов будет
-такой же, как до переноса. <em>Subsurface</em> попытается загрузить фотографии из их
-начального местоположения и не сможет их найти. Вместо того, чтобы удалять все
-фотографии и загружать их заново, <em>Subsurface</em> предлагает механизм, который значительно
-упрощает процесс обновления местоположения фотографий: обновление с помощью "отпечатков".</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Когда фотография загружается в <em>Subsurface</em>, для нее вычисляется цифровой отпечаток, который
-сохраняется наряду с прочей информацией о фотографии. После переноса фото-коллекции (которая уже
-была загружена в <em>Subsurface</em>) в другую папку, диск или компьютер, <em>Subsurface</em> может выполнить
-следующие шаги:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-рекурсивно просканировать указанную папку и вложенные поддиректории, куда фотографии были
- перенесены,
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-вычислить отпечатки для всех найденных фотографий и
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-если найдено соответствие между новым отпечатком и оригинальным, вычисленным при начальной
- загрузке фотографии (даже если имена файлов изменились), то информация о новом местоположении
- будет автоматически обновлена, с тем чтобы <em>Subsurface</em> мог найти ее в новой директории.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Это можно сделать, выбрав в <strong>Главном меню</strong> пункт <em>Файл → Найти перемещенные фото</em>. Вам будет
-предложено выбрать папку, куда были перенесены фотографии. Выберите директорию и нажмите кнопку
-<em>Сканировать</em>. Этот процесс может занять несколько минут, после чего сможет отобразить фотографии
-для выбранного погружения.</p></div>
-<div class="sidebarblock" id="Image_fingerprint_upgrade">
-<div class="content">
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Обновления существующих коллекций фотографий без отпечатков</strong></p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Важно" />
-</td>
-<td class="content"><em>Subsurface</em> автоматически вычисляет отпечатки всех фотографий, загруженных в него. При работе
-с фото, удостоверьтесь, что они доступны для <em>Subsurface</em>.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> каждый раз проверяет и, если необходимо, обновляет отпечатки фотографий в рамках отдельного погружения, если:
-- Ассоциированные фото отображаются на профиле в фите миниатюр.
-- Были внесены изменения на вкладке <strong>Примечания</strong> и была нажата кнопка <em>Применить изменения</em>.</p></div>
-</div></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_ведение_журнала_для_специальных_типов_погружений">5.5. Ведение журнала для специальных типов погружений</h3>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_MulticylinderDives">5.5.1. Погружения с несколькими баллонами</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> позволяет без проблем вести учет многобаллонных погружений. Такие погружения обычно
-выполняются если (а) не хватает воздуха для совершения погружения на одном баллоне; (б) нужно более
-одной смеси по причине большой глубины или для выполнения декомпрессионных процедур. Поэтому
-многобаллонные погружения зачастую выполняются техническими дайверами, которые ныряют дольше и глубже.
-Для <em>Subsurface</em> важна только следующая информация:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Описание баллонов погружения</strong>. Это выполняется на вкладке <strong>Снаряжение</strong> информационной панели так,
- как описано <a href="#cylinder_definitions">выше</a>. Перечислите все баллоны, указав их характеристики и
- типы смесей.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Запишите время замены смесей</strong>: некоторые дайв-компьютеры предоставляют такую информацию (при
- условии, что вы нажали соответствующую кнопку). Если же компьютер не сохраняет эту информацию,
- вы можете записать время замены на слэйте.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Укажите события замены смеси на профиле погружения</strong>: если вы выполнили предыдущий пункт, то вам
- нужно отметить эти события на профиле. Для этого щелкните на нем правой кнопкой мыши в соответствующее
- время и в контекстном меню выберите пункт "Добавить замену газа" и укажите нужный баллон из списка,
- созданного на первом шаге (см. рисунок ниже). Если на панели переключателей нажата кнопка <strong>Замена
- смесей</strong>, то эти события будут также отображены на полосе в нижней части профиля погружения.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Если вы выполнили эти шаги, то <em>Subsurface</em> будет отображать выбранные баллоны для соответствующих
-сегментов погружения. Ниже на рисунке представлен профиль многобаллонного погружения, начинающегося
-с EAN28, и дальнейшим переходом на 26 минуте на EAN50 для выполнения декомпрессии.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/multicylinder_dive.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Профиль многобаллонного погружения" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_погружения_в_конфигурации_side_mount">5.5.2. Погружения в конфигурации side-mount</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Погружения в конфигурации с боковой подвеской является просто еще одной из разновидностей
-многобаллонных погружений, зачастую с двумя или всеми баллонами, заполненными одинаковой смесью.
-Хотя эта конфигурация наиболее популяра среди пещерных дайвером, она может использоваться и для
-рекреационных погружений после соответствующей подготовки. Как и в случае многобаллонных погружений,
-для учета таких погружений необходимо выполнить три шага:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Запись событий смена баллонов во время погружения</strong>. Поскольку сайд-маунт погружения
- обычно выполняются с двумя баллонами с воздухом или одинаковым газом, <em>Subsurface</em>
- различает баллоны между собой. Чего не скажешь о большинстве дайв-компьютеров, которые
- делают понимают переключение между разными <em>смесями</em>, а не <em>баллонами</em>. Это означает, что
- при импорте погружений с таких компьютеров события о смене баллонов с одинаковой смесью
- не будут загружены. Поэтому вам придется записывать эти события на слэйте, или, если
- ваш компьютер умеет, ставить закладки для таких событий, чтобы позже их загрузить.
- Сохранение событий замены баллонов - наиболее сложная задача при ведении журнала сайд-маунт погружений.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Укажите конфигурацию баллонов</strong> на вкладке <strong>Снаряжение</strong> (см. рисунок ниже, на котором
- добавлено два 12-литровых баллона).
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Укажите события смены баллонов</strong>. После импорта погружения из дайв-компьютера в <em>Subsurface</em>,
-вам необходимо проставить события замены баллонов на профиле погружения. События добавляются
-щелчком правой кнопки мыши в соответствующем месте профиля и выбором пункта <em>Добавить замену смеси</em>
-в выпадающем контекстном меню. В списке показывает список доступных баллонов, при этом текущий
-активный баллон будет недоступен для выбора. На картинке ниже Баллон 1 недоступен, оставляя для
-выбора только Баллон 2. Выберите нужный баллон из списка. Событие смены баллона будет отображено на
-профиле соответствующей картинкой. Если активировано отображение <strong>Замена смесей</strong> (на панели
-инструментов слева от профиля), то соответствующая информация будет показываться в нижней части профиля.
-После добавления всех событий замены к профилю, на нем должны отображаться корректные значения
-давления по всех баллонах, как показано на следующем рисунке.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/sidemount1.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Профиль погружения в конфигурации сайд-маунт" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Эта глава демонстрирует гибкость <em>Subsurface</em> при ведении журналов погружений.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_sSCR_dives">5.5.3. Погружения с ребризером полузамкнутого цикла (SCR)</h4>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/halcyon_RB80.jpg" alt="Замечание" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Пассивные ребризеры полузамкнутого цикла (pSCR) представляют собой дыхательный аппарат, рециркулирующий
-дыхательную смесь, удаляя из нее выдыхаемый углекислый газ. Приблизительно десятая часть выдыхаемого
-воздуха сбрасывается в воду, при этом свежая дыхательная смесь (обычно Nitrox) добавляется из баллона.
-Поэтому даже на одном баллоне можно провести гораздо больше времени под водой, чем используя
-рекреационную конфигурацию на открытом цикле. В случае pSCR свежая смесь подается из баллона при
-каждом вдохе. Активные ребризеры (aSCR) подают свежую смесь из баллона постоянно.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Для учета погружений с использованием pSCR не требуется никаких специальных действий. Достаточно:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Выбрать режим погружения pSCR на вкладке <strong>Погружение</strong>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Погружения с использованием pSCR обычно выполняются с заменой смесей. Укажите все необходимые
- баллоны как описано выше и укажите события замены смесей на профиле, как указано выше в главе
- <a href="#S_MulticylinderDives">Погружения с несколькими баллонами</a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>При выборе режима pSCR, расчетный потолок погружения учитывает снижение уровня кислорода в области
-загубника, что увеличивает время декомпрессии. Ниже приведен профиль pSCR погружения на смеси EAN36
-и с одним баллоном кислорода для декомпрессии. Обратите внимание, что погружение заняло более двух
-часов.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/pSCR_profile.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Профиль погружения с pSCR" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_CCR_dives">5.5.4. Погружения с ребризером закрытого цикла (CCR)</h4>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/APD.jpg" alt="Замечание" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Ребризеры замкнутого цикла используют передовые технологии для рециркуляции отработанного газа,
-выполняя две функции для поддержания концентрации кислорода, делая смест пригодной для дыхания:
-а) удаление углекислого газа из выдыхаемого воздуха
-б) поддержание концентрации кислорода в безопасных пределах.
-На текущий момент <em>Subsurface</em> обеспечивает наилучшую поддержку CCR дайв-компьютера Poseidon
-MkVI Discovery. Интерфейс работы с ребризерами замнутого цикла находится в активной разработке и на
-текущий момент считается экспериментальным. А отличие от рекреационных дайв-компьютеров, системы
-CCR не позволяют загружать журналы нескольких погружений одномоментно. Вместо этого каждое погружение
-хранится отдельно. Это означает, что <em>Subsurface</em> не может загружать погружения непосредственно с
-дайв-компьютера ребризера. Погружения должны быть импортированы таким же образом, как и из других
-цифровых источников.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="sect4">
-<h5 id="_импорт_погружения_с_ребризером_закрытого_цикла">Импорт погружения с ребризером закрытого цикла</h5>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Прочитайте главу <a href="#S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs">Импорт погружений из других
-цифровых источников</a>. В главном меню <em>Subsurface</em> выберите <em>Импорт → Импорт
-журналов</em> чтобы открыть окно <a href="#Unified_import">Универсальный импорт</a>. Как
-описано в этой главе, в правой нижней части окна находится список
-поддерживаемых источников, среди которых есть и файлы (Poseidon) MkVI
-(поддержка другого CCR-оборудование активно развивается). Выбрав нужный формат
-и директорию с файлами-журналами, вам нужно выбрать конкретный журнал
-погружения (в случае MkVI это один файл с расширением .txt). После выбора
-файла нажмите на кнопку <em>Открыть</em>.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_информация_отображаемая_для_ccr_погружений">5.5.5. Информация, отображаемая для CCR-погружений</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Парциальные давления газов</em>: График парциального давления кислорода показывает информацию с
-кислородных датчиков ребризера. В отличие от рекреационного режима, где значения pO<sub>2</sub> высчитываются
-исходя из состава смеси и глубины, для CCR-погружений эти значения берутся от датчиков. В этом случае
-график должен быть достаточно ровным, соответствуя значению установки кислорода (set-point). Среднее значение
-pO<sub>2</sub> не является средним значением от датчика, а рассчитано <em>Subsurface</em> следующим
-образом:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-для двух датчиков O<sub>2</sub> рассчитывается среднее значение.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-для систем с тремя датчиками (например, APD) также используется среднее значение. Однако разница
- в показаниях разных датчиков более 0,1 бар в один момент времени, такое значение считается
- ложны. Если один из датчиков возвращает ложное значение, то он игнорируется.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-если данные от датчиков отсутствуют, то значение pO<sub>2</sub> принимается равным установке.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Среднее значение pO<sub>2</sub> сенсоров отображается зеленой линией.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Значения установок кислорода, а также показания индивидуальных датчиков, могут быть показаны на
-профиле. Отображение расширенной информации для CCR-погружения регулируется в <em>Настройках_ (доступны
-в <a href="#S_CCR_options">_Файл → Настройки → Профиль</em></a>. Вот настройки, влияющие на отображение pO<sub>2</sub>
-на профиле погружения при нажатой на панели переключателей кнопке <em>График pO<sub>2</sub></em>.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/CCR_preferences_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Настройки профиля CCR-погружения" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Первый параметр позволяет показать график значения установки (set-point), который отображается
-красной линией поверх графика парциального давления и позволяет сравнить значения среднего
-измеренного парциального значения с установкой, как показано на рисунке ниже:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/CCR_setpoint_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Графики pO~2~ и установки CCR" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Второй параметр позволяет вывести график от каждого сенсора ребризера. Цветовая кодировка сенсоров
-следующая:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Сенсор 1: серый
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Сенсор 2: голубой
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Сенсор 3: коричневый
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Среднее значение pO<sub>2</sub> показывается зеленым цветом. Такое отображение позволяет непосредственно
-сравнить данные от каждого сенсора и выявить странно низкие или абсолютно неверные показания.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/CCR_sensor_data_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Графики сенсоров CCR" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>График установки может быть наложен поверх графика парциальных давлений, для этого нужно поставить
-галочки напротив обоих параметров. Парциальные давления азота (и гелия, если применимо) отображаются
-так же, как для погружения на открытом цикле.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>События</em>: в случае погружений с ребризером могут быть записаны дополнительные события, например,
-перевод загубника в режим открытого цикла. Такие события отображаются на профиле в виде желтых
-треугольников. При наведении на него указателя мыши, в <a href="#S_InfoBox">плавающем информационном окне</a>
-показывается описание события.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Давление в баллонах:</em> некоторые CCR дайв-компьютеры (например, Poseidon MkVI) сохраняют информацию
-о давлении в баллонах с кислородом и дилуентом. График давлений в этих баллонах отображается
-зелеными линиями поверх профиля глубины. В дополнение к этому, информация о начальном и конечном
-давлениях в баллонах с дилуентом и кислородом показывается на вкладке <em>Снаряжение</em>.
-Ниже представлен профиль CCR-погружения, на котором показаны графики значений установки, сенсоров и
-давлений в баллонах. В этом случае мы видим согласованность показаний двух сенсоров.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/CCR_dive_profile_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Профиль CCR-погружения" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Дополнительная информация</em>: Информация, специфичная для конкретного оборудования, отображается в
-<em>Subsurface</em> на вкладке <a href="#S_ExtraDataTab">Дополнительная информация</a>. Она может включать настройки
-оборудования и прочие данные.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Деко-потолок, вычисленный <em>Subsurface</em>, не всегда точен, потому что зачастую невозможно узнать
-точное парциальное давление азота в цикле из журнала, импортированного из ребризера. Однако, многие
-дайв-компьютеры, поддерживающие ребризеры, сообщают информацию о своем вычисленном деко-потолке в
-журнале, и это значение может быть более точным. Для отображения этого потолка необходимо активировать
-соответствующую кнопку на панели слева от профиля погружения?</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/icons/cceiling.jpg" alt="Кнопка отображения потолка дайв-компьютера" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>По умолчанию потолок дайв-компьютера отображается на профиле погружения белым цветом. Вы можете
-отобразить его красным, выбрав соответствующий параметр в <em>Файл → Настройки → Профиль</em>. Ниже
-показан профиль погружения с отображенным потолком дайв-компьютера:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/CCR_dive_ceilingF22.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Деко-потолок дайв-компьютера" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>За более детальной информацией по загрузке погружений из ребризеров Poseidon MkVI и APD обратитесь
-к <a href="#S_PoseidonMkVI">ПРИЛОЖЕНИЮ Б</a>.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_подробная_информация_о_погружениях_в_журнале">6. Подробная информация о погружениях в журнале</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_вкладка_strong_информация_strong_для_одиночного_погружения">6.1. Вкладка <strong>Информация</strong> (для одиночного погружения)</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Вкладка <em>Информация</em> предоставляет суммарную информацию по погружению,
-выбранному в <strong>Списке погружений</strong>. Здесь отображается такая полезная
-информация, как поверхностный интервал перед погружением, максимальная и
-средняя глубина дайва, объемный расход газов, расход воздуха на поверхности
-(SAC) и единицы кислородного отравления (OTU).</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/info.jpg" alt="Замечание" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Вычисление SAC и расхода газов:
-<em>Subsurface</em> очень точно вычисляет SAC и расход газов принимая во внимание
-несжимаемость газов, что особенно важно при давлении в баллоне свыше 200 бар.
-Более подробно об этом описано в <a href="#SAC_CALCULATION">Приложение Ж</a>.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_ExtraDataTab">6.2. Вкладка <strong>Дополнительно</strong> (обычно для индивидуального погружения)</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>При использовании дайв-компьютера он обычно сообщает дополнительную информацию, которую невозможно
-отобразить единообразным образом, принимая во внимание, что эта информация различается для разных
-моделей. Обычно эта информация включает в себя настройки компьютера, уровень заряда батареи,
-неполетное время или установки градиент-фактора. Когда доступны, эти данные отображаются на вкладке
-<strong>Дополнительно</strong>. На рисунке ниже приведены дополнительные данные для погружение на ребризере Poseidon.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/ExtraDataTab_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Вкладка Дополнительно" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_вкладка_strong_статистика_strong_для_нескольких_погружений">6.3. Вкладка <strong>Статистика</strong> (для нескольких погружений)</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Вкладка <em>Статистика</em> предоставляет суммарную статистику для нескольких
-погружений, предполагая, что вы выбрали несколько дайвов в <strong>Списке погружений</strong>
-(используйте клавиши Ctrl и Shift при выборе погружений мышкой). На вкладке
-отображается следующая полезная информация: количество выбранных погружений и их
-суммарное время, минимальные, максимальные и средние значения длительности,
-температуры воздуха и воды, SAC. Тут также отображается глубины самого
-глубокого и самого мелкого погружений среди выбранных.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_DiveProfile">6.4. Профиль погружения</h3>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Profile2.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Пример профиля погружения" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Из всех панелей <em>Subsurface</em>, профиль предоставляет наиболее детальную
-информацию о погружении. Слева от профиля находится панель переключателей,
-позволяющая выбрать несколько вариантов отображения. Функции этих
-переключателей описаны ниже. Главным элементов профиля является график глубины
-как функция времени. В дополнение к информации о глубине, график также
-показывает скорость спуска/подъема относительно рекомендованной скорости. Эта
-информация закодирована разными цветами:</p></div>
-<div class="tableblock">
-<table rules="all"
-width="100%"
-frame="border"
-cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
-<col width="33%" />
-<col width="33%" />
-<col width="33%" />
-<tbody>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Цвет</strong></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Скорость спуска (м/мин)</strong></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Скорость подъема (м/мин)</strong></p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Красный</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">> 30</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">>18</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Оранжевый</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">18 - 30</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">9 - 18</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Желтый</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">9 - 18</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">4 - 9</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Светло-зеленый</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">1.5 - 9</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">1.5 - 4</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Темно-зеленый</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">< 1.5</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">< 1.5</p></td>
-</tr>
-</tbody>
-</table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Профиль также отображает глубины пиков и провалов на графике. Серая линия показывает среднюю
-глубину в конкретный момент погружения.</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/scale.jpg" alt="Замечание" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">В некоторых случаях профиль занимает по ширине не всю панель <strong>Профиль
-погружения</strong> Нажмите на переключатель <strong>Альтернативный масштаб</strong>, чтобы более
-эффективно использовать пространство экрана.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Температура воды</strong> отображается синей линией со указанием значений температуры
-в местах значительного изменения.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Профиль погружения может отображать графики парциальных давлений O₂, N₂ и He,
-расчетный потолок декомпрессии и потолок, посчитанный дайв-компьютером (виден
-только для глубоких, долгих или повторных погружений). Графики парциальных
-давлений показываются в нижней части профиля, каждый своим цветом для
-отдельного газа: кислород - зеленым, азот - черным, гелий - темно-красным.</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/O2.jpg" alt="Замечание" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Переключатель отображения графика парциального давления <strong>кислорода</strong>.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/N2.jpg" alt="Замечание" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Переключатель отображения графика парциального давления <strong>азота</strong>.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/He.jpg" alt="Замечание" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Переключатель отображения графика парциального давления <strong>гелия</strong>. Актуально
-только для дайверов, использующих Trimix, Helitrox или схожие дыхательные смеси.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>График <strong>расхода газа</strong> показывает давление в баллоне и его изменение во время
-погружения. Этот график принимает во внимание глубину, поэтому даже если вы
-вручную ввели начальное и конечное давление в баллоне, линия никогда не будет
-прямой. Аналогично графику глубины, график давления визуально предоставляет
-информацию о моментальном расходе газа (SAC) при использовании дайв-компьютера
-с интегрированным датчиком давления. Однако в этом случае цветовое кодирование
-осуществляется безотносительно какой-то абсолютной величины, а относительно
-усредненного расхода за время погружения. Таким образом, области красного
-или оранжевого цвета указывают на повышенный расход газа, в то время, как
-области темно-зеленого цвета говорят о расходе ниже среднего.</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/Heartbutton.png" alt="Замечание" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Нажатие на кнопку с изображение ритма сердца показывает информацию о частоте
-сердцебиения если дайв-компьютер оборудован датчиком пульса.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Вы можете менять масштаб профиля с помощью колеса мыши или соответствующего
-жеста на сенсорной панели. По умолчанию <em>Subsurface</em> масштабирует панель
-профиля, так чтобы помещалось 30-минутное погружение на 30 метров. Очевидно,
-что для фридайверов это не актуально.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/MeasuringBar.png" alt="Рисунок: Рулетка" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/ruler.jpg" alt="Замечание" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">С помощью рулетки вы можете измерять разницу <strong>глубины и времени</strong> между двумя
-точками погружения. Измерение производится путем перетаскиванию мышью двух
-красных точек. Результаты измерения отображаются в горизонтальной белой
-области ниже линии рулетки.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/ShowPhotos.png" alt="Замечание" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Добавленные к погружению фотографии могут быть отображены нажатием на
-переключатель <strong>Миниатюры фотографий</strong>. Положение фотографии на профиле
-соответствуют времени когда она была сделана. Если этот переключатель
-неактивен, фотографии не показываются.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Профиле может показывать <strong>потолок</strong>, рассчитанный дайв-компьютером (а
-точнее, глубочайшая деко-остановка в данный момент времени). Он отображается
-полупрозрачной красной областью. Потолок появляется, когда при прямом подъеме
-на поверхность возникает риск возникновения декомпрессионной болезни (ДКБ) и в
-этом случае необходимо либо снизить скорость всплытия, либо выполнить
-несколько деко-остановок перед всплытием на поверхность. Не все
-дайв-компьютеры записывают эту информацию и делают ее доступной для загрузки;
-например, ни один из компьютеров Suunto не предоставляет этой информации.
-<em>Subsurface</em> независимо рассчитывает потолок и отображает его на профиле
-закрашенной областью зеленого цвета.
-Из-за разницы в алгоритмах, количества доступных данных и других факторов,
-доступных в момент расчета, расчетный потолок <em>Subsurface</em> и дайв-компьютера
-могут не совпадать, несмотря даже на то, что <em>градиент-факторы</em> могут
-совпадать (см. ниже).
-Зачастую <em>Subsurface</em> рассчитывает потолок для бездекомпрессионных погружений,
-в то время как компьютер не оставался в бездекомпрессионном режиме во все
-время дайва (представлен <span class="green">темно-зеленой</span> областью на профиле в начале
-этой главы). Это вызвано тем, что <em>Subsurface</em> рассчитывает деко-обязательства
-в каждый момент погружения, в то время, как дайв-компьютеры обычно принимают
-во внимание и время всплытия. Во время всплытия происходит рассыщение азота (и
-возможно гелия), поэтому даже технически "заработав" потолок на дне,
-обязательная деко-остановка не требуется. Это позволяет дайв-компьютерам
-рассчитывать большее время на дне.</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/cceiling.jpg" alt="Замечание" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Если дайв-компьютер умеет рассчитывать потолок и делает эту информацию
-доступной для <em>Subsurface</em> во время импорта, вы можете отображать этот
-потолок, нажать на переключатель <strong>Потолок компьютера</strong>.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/ceiling1.jpg" alt="Замечание" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Если переключатель <strong>Расчетный потолок</strong> нажат, потолок, если он существует,
-рассчитанный <em>Subsurface</em> будет показан на профиле зеленым цветом (рисунок <strong>А</strong>
-ниже). Вы можете далее поменять его отображение следующим образом:</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/ceiling2.jpg" alt="Замечание" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Если нажат переключатель <strong>Расчет всех тканей</strong>, показывается потолок для всех
-типов тканей согласно модели Бюльмана (рисунок <strong>В</strong> ниже)</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/ceiling3.jpg" alt="Замечание" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Если нажат переключатель <strong>3м шаг для расчетного потолка</strong>, потолок отображается
-ступеньками с шагом 3 метра.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Ceilings2.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Потолок с 3м шагом" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/ShowCylindersButton.jpg" alt="Замечание" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Если выбран этот переключатель, то баллоны, используемые в погружении, отображаются в виде цветной
-полосы в нижней части профиля погружения. Кодировка цветов следующая: кислород нарисован
-зеленой полосой, азот желтой, а гелий - красной. Рисунок ниже представляет профиль погружения с первой
-смесью Trimix (красно-зеленая полоса), с дальнейшим переходом на Nitrox (желто-зеленая полоса) на 23
-минуте. Баллоны с воздухом представлены светло-голубой полосой.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/ShowCylinders_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: График использования баллонов" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/tissues.jpg" alt="Замечание" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Показывает давление инертных газов в тканях относительно внешнего давления (горизонтальная серая
-линия). Давление в тканях рассчитывается по алгоритму Бюльмана ZH-L16 и отображается линиями, цвет
-которых варьируется от зеленого (самые быстрые ткани) до синего (самые медленные ткани).
-Черная линия, нарисованная выше графика внешнего давления, показывает максимальное допустимое
-перенасыщение согласно значений градиент-фактора, указанных в настройках. Для дайверов, планирующих
-декомпрессионные погружения, эффективное скорость рассыщения достигается при давлении в тканях
-большем чем окружающее давление (серая линия), но меньшем чем предельное (черная линия). Это
-представление отображает давление в тканях на протяжении всего погружения. Напротив,
-<a href="#S_gas_pressure_graph">Гистограмма давления газов</a> в плавающем <strong>Информационном окне</strong> отображает
-давление в момент времени, соответствующий положению указателя мыши на оси времени.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/tissuesGraph.jpg" alt="Рисунок: График насыщения тканей инертными газами" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Установки градиент-фактора непосредственно влияют на расчетный потолок и его глубину. Подробнее
-см. главу <a href="#S_GradientFactors">Установки градиент-фактора</a>. Текущие установки градиент-фактора
-(например, GF 35/75) указываются в верхней части профиля погружения.
-<strong>Обратите внимание:</strong> значение градиент-фактора на профиле - это НЕ значение, используемое
-дайв-компьютером, а установка, использующаяся самим <em>Subsurface</em> для расчета деко-обязательств.
-Более подробно по этой теме можно прочитать во внешних источниках:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html">Gradient factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts</a>
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_контекстное_меню_профиля_погружения">6.5. Контекстное меню профиля погружения</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Доступ к контекстному меню профиля погружения осуществляется нажатием правой кнопки мыши в любом
-месте графика. Меню позволяет добавлять закладки и события замены смеси или ручные установки для
-CCR-погружений в дополнение к тем, что были импортированы из дайв-компьютера. Маркеры помещаются
-на профиле в точках, соответствующих времени на горизонтальной оси в момент нажатия правой кнопкой
-мыши. При выборе события замены газа, вы далее должны выбрать смесь из списка доступных, как задано
-на вкладке Снаряжение. Добавления события смены установки CCR откроет окно, в котором можно задать
-новое значение. Как и в случает <strong>Планировщика</strong>, добавление установки со значением ноль означает, что
-дайвер перешел на открытый цикл, а ненулевое значение означает погружение на ребризере закрытого
-цикла (CCR).
-При щелчке правой кнопкой мыши на уже существующем
-маркере, меню будет расширено, позволяя вам удалить маркер и скрыть все
-маркеры данного типа. Чтобы восстановить скрытые маркеры, выберите в
-контекстном меню пункт <strong>Показывать все события</strong>.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_InfoBox">6.6. Информационное окно</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Информационное окно отображает подробную информацию, относящуюся к конкретной
-точке профиля погружения (рисунок <strong>В</strong>). Обычно это окно расположено в левой
-верхней части панели, но вы можете его перетащить в любое другое место, при
-этом позиция будет сохранена и не будет меняться при переключении между
-погружениями. Если мышка находится вне панели, информационное окно отображает
-только заголовок (рисунок <strong>А</strong>). Положение информационного окно запоминается между последовательными
-запусками <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/InfoBox2.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Информационное окно" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>В момент наведения мышкой на профиль погружения, информационное окно
-распахивается и отображает различную информацию, относящуюся к той временной
-точке, где находится курсор мыши (рисунок *В). Таким образом, передвигая
-курсор мыши по горизонтальной оси времени, вы можете получить информацию о
-любом моменте погружения.
-В информационном окне представлены следующие данные: время погружения (@),
-глубина (Г), давление в баллоне (Д), температура (Т), скорость спуска/подъема
-(С), расход воздуха (SAC), парциальное давление кислорода, максимальная
-рабочая глубина (MOD), эквивалентная глубина по воздуху (EAD), эквивалентная
-наркозная глубина (END), эквивалентная глубина по плотности воздуха (EADD),
-декомпрессионные обязательства в данный момент времени (Деко), время до
-поверхности (TTS), расчетный потолок наряду с потолком для отдельных тканей по
-Бюльману.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Вы можете контролировать отображение некоторых из этих значений,
-воспользовавшись четырьмя переключателями на левой панели кнопок:</p></div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/MOD.jpg" alt="Замечание" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Если этот переключатель нажат, информационное окно показывает <strong>максимальную
-рабочую глубину (MOD)</strong> для используемого газа. Значение MOD зависит от
-процентного содержания кислорода в смеси. Для воздуха (21% кислорода) это
-значение составляет около 57 метров. Погружения ниже MOD чреваты рисками,
-связанными с токсичностью кислорода.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/NDL.jpg" alt="Замечание" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Если этот переключатель нажат, информационное окно показывает
-<strong>бездекомпрессионный предел (NDL)</strong> или <strong>время до поверхности (TTS)</strong>. NDL
-указывает время, которое дайвер может оставаться на текущей глубине, без
-возникновения декомпрессионных обязательств (т.е. пока не появится потолок).
-Как только NDL превышен и появляются декомпрессионные обязательства, TTS
-указывает время до всплытия на поверхность, включая время всплытия и
-декомпрессии. TTS рассчитывается исходя и расхода (SAC) текущего газа, даже
-если на профиле указаны переходы на другие смеси.Значения TTS, превышающие 2
-часа, не могут быть точно рассчитаны и <em>Subsurface</em> отображает <em>TTS > 2ч</em>.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/SAC.jpg" alt="Замечание" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Если этот переключатель нажат, информационное окно показывает <strong>расход воздуха
-на поверхности (SAC)</strong>. SAC - объем дыхания, нормализованный для поверхности.
-Значение SAC меньше чем реальный расход газа, потому что на глубине 10м дайвер
-потребляет в два раза больше газа, чем на поверхности. Значение SAC не зависит
-от глубины и измеряются в литрах/мин или куб.футах/мин.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/EAD.jpg" alt="Замечание" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Если этот переключатель нажат, информационное окно показывает <strong>эквивалентную
-глубину по воздуху (EAD)</strong> для погружений на Nitrox и <strong>эквивалентную
-наркозную глубину (END)</strong> для Trimix. Эти значения важны для дайверов,
-погружающихся на смесях, отличных от воздуха. Значение этих величин зависят от
-состава газа. EAD - глубина гипотетического погружения на воздухе, в котором
-парциальное значение азота такое же, как и в текущем погружении на Nitrox.
-Дайв на Nitrox влечет такие же декомпрессионные обязательства, как и
-погружение на воздухе на глубину EAD. END - глубина гипотетического погружения
-на воздухе, в котором сумма парциальных давлений наркотических азота и
-кислорода такая же, как и в текущем погружении на Trimix. Тримиксный дайвер
-может ожидать такого же наркотического эффекта, погружайся он на воздухе на
-глубину END.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>На рисунке <strong>В</strong> выше показано информационное окно практически со всей доступной информацией.</p></div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="S_gas_pressure_graph">6.6.1. Гистограмма давления газов</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>В левой части <strong>Информационного окна</strong> расположена вертикальная гистограмма, отображающая давление
-азота (и других инертных газов, например гелия, там, где это применимо), вдыхаемых дайвером <em>в
-определенный момент времени</em>, соответствующий положению указателя мыши на оси времени. Рисунок ниже
-поясняет, что именно показывает гистограмма:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/GasPressureBarGraph.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Гистограмма давления газов" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Светло-зеленая область означает общий объем газа, а верхняя граница этой области показывает
- общее давление газа, вдыхаемого дайвером (измеренное от нижней части гистограммы). Это давление
- имеет относительную величину и не показывает абсолютное давление.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Горизонтальная черная линия ниже светло-зеленой границы указывает уравновешенное давление
- инертных газов, вдыхаемых дайвером, обычно азота. В случае Trimix, это значение будет составной
- величиной давлений азота и гелия. В нашем примере погружение выполнялось с использованием EAN32,
- поэтому эта линия отмечает 68% от общего расстояния от нижней части гистограммы до границы светло-
- зеленой области (общее давление газа).
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Темно-зеленая область в нижней части гистограммы отображает давление инертных газов в каждой из
- 16 групп тканей согласно алгоритма Бюльмана. "Быстрые" ткани расположены в левой части.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Верхняя черная линия указывает на градиент-фактор, примененный к глубине в конкретной точке
- на <strong>Профиле погружения</strong>. Градиент-фактор интерполируется исходя из значений GFLow и GFHigh,
- указанных в вкладке <strong>Профиль</strong> в *Настройках*.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Нижняя граница красной области на гистограмме отображает вычисленное по алгоритму Бюльмана
- M-значение, - давление инертного газа, при котором весьма вероятно формирование пузырьков,
- что в свою очередь может привести к декомпрессионной болезни.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Эти пять величин показаны на рисунке выше в левой его части. Как меняется гистограмма на протяжении
-погружения, показано в правой части рисунка (погружение с использованием EAN32).</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Гистограмма <strong>А</strong>. Дайвер перед погружением находится на поверхности. Давление в группах тканей
- такое же, как и уравновешенное давление.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Гистограмма <strong>B</strong>. Дайвер погрузился на глубину 30 метров. Лишь некоторые ткани успели частично
- насытиться за время спуска, давление в тканях гораздо ниже уравновешенного давления.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Гистограмма <strong>C</strong>. Дайвер провел 30 минут на глубине 30 метров. "Быстрые" ткани насытились до
- уровня уравновешенного давления (т.е. сравнялись по высоте с черной линий). Более "медленные"
- ткани, находящиеся справа, еще только находятся в процессе насыщения.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Гистограмма <strong>D</strong>. Дайвер поднялся до глубины 4.5 метра. Так как во время подъема давление вдыхаемого
- газа значительно упало с 4 бар до 1.45 бар, давление различных групп тканей теперь значительно
- превышает эту величину и приближается к значению градиент-фактора (верхняя черная линия). Дальнейший
- подъем приведет к превышению значения градиент-фактора (GFHigh) и подвергнет дайвера риску.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Гистограмма <strong>E</strong>. Дайвер оставался на глубине 4.5 метра в течение 10 минут. Насыщение "быстрых"
- тканей снизилось, в то время как насыщение "медленных тканей изменилось ожидаемо мало. Давление
- в "быстрых" тканях уже не приближается опасно близко к значению GFHigh и дайвер находится в более
- безопасной ситуации нежели чем случае <strong>D</strong>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_ведение_журнала_работа_с_группами_погружений">7. Ведение журнала (работа с группами погружений)</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_контекстное_меню_списка_погружений">7.1. Контекстное меню списка погружений</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Многие действия <em>Subsurface</em>, связанные с группами погружений, находятся в контекстном меню,
-которое вы можете вызвать, нажав правой кнопкой мыши на дайве или группе погружений.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/ContextMenu.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Контекстное меню" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Это меню используется во многих сценариях, которые описаны ниже:</p></div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_выбор_колонок_списка_погружений">7.1.1. Выбор колонок списка погружений</h4>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:left;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DiveListOptions.jpg" alt="Пример: Возможные колонки списка погружений" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>По умолчанию в таблице <strong>списка погружений</strong> показывается следующая информация:
-номер, дата, рейтинг, глубина, длительность и местоположение. Вы можете
-изменить набор колонок, нажав правой кнопкой мыши на заголовке таблицы. Ниже
-приведен пример контекстного меню при нажатии правой кнопкой на заголовке
-<em>Дата</em>. Поставьте или удалите галочки чтобы показать или скрыть поля. <em>Subsurface</em>
-запоминает ваши предпочтения, так что при следующим запуске набор полей останется прежним.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_Renumber">7.2. Перенумерация погружений</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Погружения обычно пронумерованы последовательно от более старых к более новым.
-Однако эта нумерация может быть нарушена. Например, при добавлении давних
-погружений, нумерация не будет последовательной, потому что существуют более
-поздние дайвы, нежели только что добавленные ранние погружения. В связи с этим
-вам может понадобиться перенумеровать погружения, для чего в главном меню
-выберите <em>Журнал → Перенумеровать</em>. Вам будет предоставлена возможность
-указать начальный номер, после чего погружения будут перенумерованы в
-соответствии с хронологическим порядком.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Вы также можете перенумеровать только избранные погружения. Для это выберите те, для которых
-необходимо изменить нумерацию. Щелкните правой кнопкой мыши на выделенных погружениях и используйте
-появившееся контекстное меню, чтобы выполнить перенумерацию. В появившемся окне вам будет необходимо
-указать начальный номер.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_Group">7.3. Группировка погружений и работа с поездками</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Если вы регулярно ныряете, журнал может очень быстро распухнуть. <em>Subsurface</em>
-позволяет группировать погружения в <em>поездки</em>. Это выполняется для погружений,
-у которых разрыв по времени не превышает двух дней. При этом для всех таких
-дайвов создается один заголовок в журнале. Ниже представлен несгруппированный
-список погружений (рисунок <strong>А</strong> слева) и тот же список,
-сгруппированный в пять поездок (рисунок <strong>В</strong> справа):</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Group2.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Группировка погружений" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Группировка в поездки обеспечивает более быстрый доступ к отдельному
-погружения без необходимости просматривать длинный список. Для группировки
-погружений в главном меню выберите <em>Журнал → Авто-группировка</em>. Теперь список
-показывает только заголовки поездок.</p></div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_редактирование_поездки">7.3.1. Редактирование поездки</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Обычно в списке погружения для поездки показывается только ее название. Чтобы
-расширить эту информацию, выберите поездку в списке. после чего перейдите на
-вкладку <strong>Поездка</strong> в информационной панели. Здесь вы можете добавить информацию,
-касающуюся поездки в целом: дату и время, местоположение, название дайв-центра,
-погодные условия и т.п. Сохраните данные, нажав на кнопку <strong>Сохранить</strong> (на
-голубом фоне в верхней части панели).</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_просмотр_погружений_из_поездки">7.3.2. Просмотр погружений из поездки</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Чтобы получить доступ к индивидуальным погружения в группе, распахните поездку
-нажатием кнопки мыши на значок слева от названия поездки.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_сворачивание_разворачивание_поездок">7.3.3. Сворачивание/разворачивание поездок</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>При щелчке правой кнопкой мыши на поездке, контекстное меню предлагает
-несколько вариантов просмотра поездок: свернуть все, развернуть все, свернуть
-остальные кроме выбранной.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_объединение_погружений_из_нескольких_поездок_в_одну">7.3.4. Объединение погружений из нескольких поездок в одну</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>При щелчке правой кнопкой мыши на поездке, контекстное меню предлагает два
-варианта объединения поездок: объединить с поездкой выше или с поездкой ниже по
-списку.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_разбиение_одной_поездки_на_несколько">7.3.5. Разбиение одной поездки на несколько</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Если, к примеру, поездка включает десять погружений, вы можете разбить ее на две
-(поездка 1: первые четыре дайва, поездка 2: оставшиеся 6 погружений), выделив первые
-четыре погружения в поездке и вызвав контекстное меню правой кнопкой мыши. В меню
-выберите пункт <strong>Создать поездку выше</strong>. Выбранные четыре погружения будут
-объединены в отдельную поездку. Рисунок ниже слева (А) иллюстрирует выбор погружений и
-контекстное меню, рисунок справа (Б) - погружения после разбиения:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/SplitDive3a.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Разбиение поездки на две" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_работа_с_индивидуальными_погружениями">7.4. Работа с индивидуальными погружениями</h3>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_удаление_погружения_из_журнала">7.4.1. Удаление погружения из журнала</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Вы можете навсегда удалить погружение из журнала, вызвав контекстное меню
-этого дайва и выбрав пункт <strong>Удалить</strong>. Вам может потребоваться это для удаления
-неверных погружений (калибровка дайв-компьютера, подбор грузов и т.п.)</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_удаление_погружения_из_поездки">7.4.2. Удаление погружения из поездки</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Чтобы удалить погружение из поездки, вызовите контекстное меню погружения
-щелчком правой кнопки мыши и выберите пункт <strong>Удалить из поездки</strong>. В списке это
-погружение окажется над поездкой из которой оно было удалено.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_добавление_погружения_к_существующей_поездке">7.4.3. Добавление погружения к существующей поездке</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Несгруппированные погружения могут быть добавлены к уже существующим поездкам.
-В контекстном меню погружения(-й) выберите пункт <strong>Добавить к поездке
-сверху/снизу</strong>.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_сдвиг_времени_начала_погружения">7.4.4. Сдвиг времени начала погружения</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Иногда вам может понадобиться изменить время начала погружения по причине
-разницы во времени между часовыми поясами или неверных установок часов
-дайв-компьютера. Для этого выделите одно или несколько погружений и в
-контекстном меню выберите пункт <strong>Сдвиг времени</strong>. В диалоговом окне вам
-необходимо указать величину сдвига в часах и минутах и направление.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_объединение_нескольких_погружений_в_одно">7.4.5. Объединение нескольких погружений в одно</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Бывают ситуации, когда вы вынуждены прервать дайв и всплыть на поверхность на
-короткое время. Дайв-компьютер в этом случае может зарегистрировать это как
-два разных погружения. Вы можете объединить такие дайвы, выделив их и выбрав в
-контекстном меню пункт <strong>Объединить выбранные</strong>. После этого вам вероятнее все
-придется отредактировать данные объединенного погружения. Ниже приведен пример
-профиля такого объединенного погружения?</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/MergedDive.png" alt="Рисунок: Объединенное погружение" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_отмена_манипуляций_с_погружением">7.4.6. Отмена манипуляций с погружением</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Критичные действия с погружениями или поездками, описанные выше, могут быть отменены либо
-выполнены повторно. Эти действия включают: <em>удаление погружений</em>, <em>объединение погружений</em> и
-<em>сдвиг времени погружения</em>. Для отмены или повторного выполнения операции выберите в <strong>Главном меню</strong>
-пункт <strong>Редактировать</strong> и в нем соответствующее действие.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_Filter">7.5. Фильтрация списка погружений</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Вы можете отфильтровать погружения в списке, указав те или иные атрибуты дайва (метки, напарник,
-место погружения, костюм). Например, можно выбрать все глубокие погружения в определенном месте,
-либо пещерные дайвы с вашим другом.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Чтобы вызвать фильтр, выберите в главном меню <em>Журнал → Фильтр погружений</em>. Вам будет представлена
-<em>Панель фильтров</em>, расположенная в верхней части окна <em>Subsurface</em>. В правой части этой панели
-находятся три кнопки, которые позволяют очистить фильтры, спрятать панель или вовсе закрыть ее (при
-этом фильтры очищаются).</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Filterpanel.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Панель фильтров" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Для фильтрации списка погружений используются четыре критерия: метки, люди (партнеры и инструктор),
-места погружений и костюм. Эти критерии представлены в виде списка значений с галочками. Помимо этого,
-над каждым списком находится поле вспомогательного фильтра, которое позволяет быстро найти значения
-в списке.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Эти четыре фильтра объединены логическим оператором <em>И</em>, однако значения в отдельно взятом фильтре
-объединены логическим оператором <em>ИЛИ</em>. Например, вы можете отфильтровать погружения следующим
-образом: <em>пещерное</em> ИЛИ <em>рэк</em>, где партнером был Василий.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_ExportLog">8. Экспорт всего или части журнала</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Существует два варианта экспорта погружений из <em>Subsurface</em>:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Экспорт информации о погружении в <em>Facebook</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_Export_other">Экспорт данных погружения в другие форматы</a>
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_facebook">8.1. Экспорт информации о погружении в <em>Facebook</em></h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Экспорт в <em>Facebook</em> отличается от всех других видов экспорта, поскольку он требует подключения
-учетной записи, что в свою очередь требует от вас логин и пароль <em>Facebook</em>. Для авторизации
-необходимо в главном меню выбрать <em>Файл → Настройки</em> и там выбрать вкладку <em>Facebook</em>, на которой
-вам будет представлена форма авторизации (см. рисунок <strong>А</strong> слева внизу). Авторизуйтесь своими логином
-и паролем, после чего экран должен выглядеть как показано на рисунке <strong>В</strong>. При необходимости вы
-можете отключить <em>Subsurface</em> от <em>Facebook</em>, нажав на соответствующую кнопку.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/facebook1_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Авторизация Facebook" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>После того как соединение с <em>Facebook</em> установлено, публикация профиля погружения в вашей Хронике не
-составит проблем. Выберите погружение в списке и убедитесь в том, что именно этот дайв должен быть
-опубликован. Нажмите кнопку с логотипом <em>Facebook</em>, расположенную в <strong>Информационной панели</strong> справа
-от поля <em>Примечания</em> (см. рисунок <strong>А</strong> ниже). По нажатию на эту кнопку вам будет представлено окно, в
-котором вы можете выбрать какую дополнительную информацию опубликовать вместе с профилем погружения
-(рисунок <strong>В</strong>). Обязательным является только поле <em>Альбом</em>. Кроме указания стандартных параметров
-погружения, вы можете вручную отредактировать сопроводительный текст. Для отправки профиля
-погружения в вашу Хронику <em>Facebook</em> нажмите кнопку <em>ОК</em>. Спустя короткое время вы должны получить
-подтверждение, что запись опубликована.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Созданный альбом и запись в хронике по умолчанию будут доступны только вам. Для того, чтобы ваши
-друзья смогли увидеть эти записи, вам необходимо изменить настройки безопасности приложений,
-войдя в <em>Facebook</em> с помощью обычного броузера или приложения <em>Facebook</em>. Возможно это и является
-некоторым неудобством, но разработчики придерживаются мнения, что такой дополнительный шаг позволит
-избежать нежелательных записей в вашей Хронике.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/facebook2_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Авторизация в Facebook" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Разорвать соединение с <em>Facebook</em> можно из <strong>Настроек</strong> приложения, либо просто закрыв <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_Export_other">8.2. Экспорт данных погружения в другие форматы</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Функция экспорта доступна через главное меню <em>Файл → Экспорт</em>. Диалог
-экспорта всегда предлагает два варианта: все погружения или только те, что выбраны в
-<strong>Списке погружений</strong>. Выберите соответствующий пункт (см. рисунок ниже):</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Export_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Диалог экспорта" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Журнал или его часть могут быть сохранены в нескольких форматах:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Внутренний формат <em>Subsurface</em> XML
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Универсальный формат данных погружений (<em>UDDF</em>). Более полную информацию
-можно найти на сайте <em>http://uddf.org</em>. UDDF используется для обмена данными
-между дайв-компьютерами и программами.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Divelogs.de</em>, интернет-сервис для ведения журнала погружений. Вам
-необходимо зарегистрироваться на сайте и получить логин и пароль, чтобы
-воспользоваться этим сервисом.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>DiveShare</em>, также интернет-сервис для хранения и обмена информацией о рекреационными
- погружениях. Для выгрузки данных в этот сервис нужен идентификатор пользователя, поэтому
- вам придется зарегистрироваться на сайте <em>http://scubadiveshare.com</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Погружение в формате _CSV</em>, который включает только наиболее важную информацию о
-погружении: номер, дату, время, длительность, глубину, температуру и давление, т.е. большую
-часть того, что обычно записывается в бумажном журнале.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Профиль а формате _CSV</em>, который включает в себя множество информации, включая профиль
-глубины, показатели температуры и давления для каждого погружения.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>HTML</em> формат. Журнал хранится в HTML-файлах, которые можно просмотреть с
-помощью интернет-браузера. Поддерживаются большинство современных браузеров, но
-обязательно должна быть включена поддержка Javascript. Предполагается, что вы
-не будете редактировать эти файлы. HTML-журнал содержит максимум информации и
-позволяет выполнять поиск в журнале. Этот вариант экспорта доступен на вкладке
-HTML (см. рисунок <strong>В</strong> выше). Вы можете выгрузить эти данные на смартфон или планшет и использовать
-как переносимый журнал для подтверждения своей квалификации в дайв-центре, если они захотят
-посмотреть вашу историю погружений.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Карта мира</em>. Это HTML файл, погружения отображаются на карте мира с
-минимальной информацией о погружении. Этот формат нельзя отредактировать.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/mapview_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Погружения на карте мира" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Глубины фото</em>. Создает текстовый файл, в котором содержатся имена файлов всех фотографий,
-прикрепленных к погружениям вместе с указанием глубины, на которой эти фотографии были сделаны.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Общие настройки</em> на вкладке HTML позволяет указать:
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Нумерация Subsurface: если выбран этот параметр, то номера погружений будут
- выбираться из <em>Subsurface</em>, иначе дайвы будут пронумерованы начиная с 1.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Статистика за год: если выбран этот параметр, в экспорт будет также включена статистика
- погружений по годам.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Только список: будет экспортирован только список погружений, а
- дополнительная информация не будет доступна.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Группа <em>Настройки стиля</em> позволяют настроить внешнее оформление экспорта (шрифты и тему).
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Экспорт в другие форматы можно выполнить с помощью сторонних сервисов, таких
-как <em>www.divelogs.de</em>.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_Cloud_access">9. Хранение журнала <em>Subsurface</em> в облаке</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Журнал погружений важен для каждого дайвера. Вы ведете учет погружений не
-только для своего удовольствия, он необходим для дальнейшего прохождения
-курсов, а иногда в некоторых дайв-центрах. Поэтому вы должны обеспечить
-сохранность журнала. На случай выхода из строя жесткого диска вашего
-компьютера, кражи и утери оборудования, хранение в облаке - первое что приходит
-в голову. Еще один плюс - вы можете получить доступ к журналу в любой точке
-мира и вам не нужно иметь его с собой. Именно поэтому сервисы типа
-<em>divelogs.de</em> и <em>Diving Log</em> предлагают хранение журнала в Интернете.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> предлашает встроенную поддержку облачного хранилища для всех своих
-пользователей. Сохранение и загрузка журнала погружений в облаке ничем не
-отличается от работы с жестким диском. От вас требуется только регистрация.
-Для использования облачного хранилища <em>Subsurface</em> необходимо выполнить
-следующие шаги:</p></div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_создание_учетной_записи_в_облаке">9.1. Создание учетной записи в облаке</h3>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Перейдите в настройки сети (в <strong>Главном меню</strong> выберите <em>Файл</em> → <em>Настройки</em>
- → <em>Сеть</em>).
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-В секции <em>Облачное хранилище Subsurface</em> укажите свой адрес электронной
- почты, который вы желаете использовать для регистрации.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Укажите надежный пароль, который будет защищать ваш журнал в облаке.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Нажмите кнопку <em>Применить</em>, чтобы отправить адрес почты и пароль на
- удаленный сервер в облаке. В ответ сервер пришлет вам PIN-код на указанный
- адрес (это <strong>единственный</strong> случай, когда <em>Subsurface</em> использует ваш адрес).
- Теперь в настройках сети появится поле PIN, которое ранее не было видно.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-ВВедите PIN-код в соответствующее текстовое поле (оно доступно только тогда,
- когда сервер ожидает подтверждения адреса электронной почты)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Нажмите снова кнопку <em>Применить</em>. Ваша учетная запись будет отмечена
- как проверенная; облачное хранилище готово к работе.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_использование_облачного_хранилища">9.2. Использование облачного хранилища</h3>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-После успешной инициализации хранилища, в меню <em>Файл</em> появятся два новых пункта:
- <em>Открыть облачное хранилище</em> и <em>Сохранить в облаке</em>. Эти действия позволяют
- соответственно загрузить и сохранить журнал в облаке.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-в настройках приложения (вкладка <strong>Общие</strong>) вы можете выбрать опцию хранить журнал погружений
-по умолчанию в облаке. В этом случае <em>Subsurface</em> будет загружать журнал из облака при запуске
-и сохранять при выходе из программы.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Subsurface</em> хранит локальную копию облачного хранилища на жестком диске и позволяет вам
-работать с журналом даже при отсутствии Интернета. При подключении к Интернет ваши локальные
-изменения буду синхронизированы в облако.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_Cloud_storage">9.3. Доступ из веб-браузера к облачному хранилищу <em>Subsurface</em></h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Одним из преимуществ облачного хранилища является то, что вы можете получить доступ к данным
-вашего журнала погружений, используя обычный веб-браузер. Откройте ссылку
-<a href="https://cloud.subsurface-divelog.org"><em>https://cloud.subsurface-divelog.org</em></a>, введите свой
-адрес электронной почты и пароль, указанные при регистрации, и вы сможете просматривать журнал в
-HTML-формате (данные погружений последней синхронизации в облачное хранилище <em>Subsurface</em>).
-Информация о погружениях отображает только реальные данные из журнала, вычисляемые значения
-НЕ отображаются (давление в баллонах, деко-потолок, парциальные давления O<sub>2</sub>/He/N<sub>2</sub> и т.п.)</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_прочие_облачные_сервисы">9.4. Прочие облачные сервисы</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Если вы предпочитаете не использовать встроенное облачное хранилище
-<em>Subsurface</em> (и вам не нужен доступ к журналу из веб-браузера), то можно просто
-хранить журнал в облаке, используя другие облачные хранилища в Интернет.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Например, <a href="http://www.dropbox.com/"><em>Dropbox</em></a> предлагает приложение, которое
-позволяет видеть файлы на серверах Dropbox как локальные папки на вашем
-домашнем компьютере.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Cloud.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Папка Dropbox" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Программа <em>Dropbox</em> позволяет получить копию облачного интернет-хранилища на
-вашем компьютере. Когда компьютер подключен к Интернет, ваша локальная копия
-автоматически синхронизируется с облаком. При работе <em>Subsurface</em> операции
-открытия и сохранения выполняются с локальной копией и доступ в Интернет не
-нужен. Если локальная копия была изменена, например, вы добавили погружения,
-файлы в облаке будут автоматически обновлены как только появится соединение с
-Интернет.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Таким образом, журнал будет доступен из любой точки с доступом в
-Интернет. В настоящий момент эту услуга бесплатна. Программное обеспечение
-для Windows, Mac и Linux может быть загружено со
-<a href="http://www.dropbox.com/install"><em>страницы установки Dropbox</em></a>.
-Аналогично вы можете использовать <em>Dropbox</em> для хранения резервной копии
-журнала. Для этого в главном меню выберите <em>Файл → Сохранить как</em> и сохраните
-копию журнала в папку <em>Dropbox</em>. Чтобы открыть копию журнала, хранящегося в
-облаке, выберите в главном меню <em>Файл → Открыть журнал</em>, перейдите в папку
-<em>Dropbox</em> и укажите необходимый файл.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Существуют и другие платные и бесплатные схожие сервисы (Google, Amazon),
-которые вы можете использовать для хранения журнала в облаке.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_PrintDivelog">10. Печать журнала погружений</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> предоставляет простой интерфейс для печати всего журнала или только выбранных погружений, включая профиль и сопутствующую информацию.
-Поставляемые или собственные шаблоны определяют как данные погружения расположены на странице.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Перед печатью вам нужно определиться с двумя вещами:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Нужно ли печатать весь журнал или только его часть? Если нужно распечатать
-только часть погружений, выделите эти дайвы с списке.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Для каких газов нужно печатать графики парциального давления? Выберите
-соответствующие переключатели на панели слева от профиля.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Теперь укажите параметры печати. Для этого в главном меню выберите <em>Файл → Print</em>.
-Вам будет представлено диалоговое окно (см. рисунок <strong>А</strong> ниже). Вам необходимо определиться с тремя параметрами:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Print1_f22.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Диалог печати" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-В секции <em>Варианты печати</em> выберите один из пунктов:
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Печать погружений</em>: печать погружений из списка с профилем и другой информацией.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Печать статистики</em>: печать статистики погружений по годам и месяцам.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-В секции <em>Параметры печати</em> выберите:
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Печать только выбранных погружений из списка. Если этот параметр не выбран,
- будут распечатаны все погружения из журнала.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Параметр <em>Цветная печать</em> указывает будет ли печать цветной или монохромной.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-В секции <em>Шаблон</em> выберите вариант расположения информации на странице. В штатной поставке
-вам предлагается несколько шаблонов (см. Рисунок В выше).
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Table</em>: Печать сводной таблицы погружений (картинка ниже).
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Print_summarylist_f22.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Печать сводной таблицы" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Flow layout</em>: Печать данных погружений без профилей:
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Print_flow_layout_f22.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Печать погружений без профиля" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>One Dive</em>: Печать одного погружения на странице вместе с профилем:
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/print2_f22.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Печать одно погружение на странице" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Two Dives</em>: Печать двух погружений на странице вместе с профилями
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Six Dives</em>: Печать шести погружений на странице вместе с профилями
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Вы можете предварительно оценить результат печати, нажав на кнопку <em>Просмотр</em>.
-При необходимости поменяйте параметры печати, чтобы добиться желаемого
-результата.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Нажатие на кнопку <em>Печать</em> вызовет стандартный для вашей операционной системы диалог печати,
-в котором вы можете выбрать принтер и установить параметры для него:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Print_print_f22.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Системный диалог печати" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Установите требуемое разрешение печати и другие параметры и нажмите кнопку <em>Печать</em>. На картинке
-ниже показан пример одного из вариантов печати:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Printpreview.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Предварительный просмотр результа печати" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_создание_собственных_шаблонов_печати">10.1. Создание собственных шаблонов печати</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Собственные шаблоны позволяют вам максимально гибко настроить расположение данных погружения на странице. <em>Subsurface</em> использует HTML для разметки
-шаблонов. С помощью соответствующих кнопок, расположенных под списком шаблонов, вы можете редактировать, удалять, импортировать и экспортировать шаблоны. В
-<a href="#S_APPENDIX_E">ПРИЛОЖЕНИИ Д</a> вы сможете найти информацию о том, как создавать и редактировать шаблоны.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_Configure">11. Конфигурация дайв-компьютера</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> предоставляет возможность конфигурации дайв-компьютеров. В настоящий момент поддерживаются
-компьютеры производства Heinrichs-Weikamp (OSTC 2 и OSTC 3) и семейство Suunto Vyper (Stinger, Mosquito,
-D3, Vyper, Vytec, Cobra, Gekko И Zoop). Множество параметров компьютера может быть считано и изменено.
-Первым шагом вы должны убедиться что установлены все необходимые драйверы оборудования и что вам известно
-имя устройства. Внимательно ознакомьтесь с информацией в <a href="#APPENDIX_A">ПРИЛОЖЕНИИ А</a>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>После того, как дайв-компьютер подключен, выберите <em>Файл → Настройка дайв-компьютера</em> в главном меню.
-Укажите имя устройства в текстовом поле в верхней части окна, и выберите соответствующую модель
-дайв-компьютера в списке слева (см. рисунок ниже).</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Configure_dc_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Конфигурация дайв-компьютера" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Вы можете выполнить следующие действия, используя соответствующие кнопки:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Загрузить настройки</strong>. Загружает существующие параметры дайв-компьютера в <em>Subsurface</em>. Загруженные
- параметры отображаются на конфигурационной панели.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Сохранить в устройстве</strong>. Сохраняет измененные параметры в дайв-компьютер.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Резервная копия</strong>. Сохраняет резервную копию настроек. <em>Subsurface</em> запросит директорию и имя
- файла.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Восстановить</strong>. Загружает настройки для дайв-компьютера из ранее сделанной резервной копии.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Обновить прошивку</strong>. Если доступна новая версия прошивки, она будет загружена в дайв-компьютер.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_Preferences">12. Настройки пользователя <em>Subsurface</em></h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Вы можете настроить <em>Subsurface</em> для своих нужд, используя пункт главного меню
-<em>Файл → Настройки</em>. Настройки программы разделены на семь групп: <strong>Общие</strong>.
-<strong>Единицы</strong>, <strong>Профиль</strong>, <strong>Язык</strong> и <strong>Сеть</strong>, <strong>Facebook</strong> и <strong>Геопривязка</strong>. Выберите
-соответствующий раздел в левой части, внесите необходимые изменения ик нажмите
-кнопку <strong>Применить</strong>, чтобы сохранить настройки. Чтобы закрыть диалог настроек,
-нажмите кнопку <strong>ОК</strong>. Вы также можете закрыть окно настроек без сохранения.</p></div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_общие">12.1. Общие</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>В этой группе доступны следующие настройки:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Pref1_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Общие настройки" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Списки и таблицы</strong>: тут вы можете указать шрифт и его размер для списка
- погружений. Уменьшите размер шрифта, чтобы в списке помещалось больше дайвов.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Погружения</strong>: укажите папку и имя файла с расширением <em>.xml</em> или <em>.ssrf</em>. При запуске
- <em>Subsurface</em> будет автоматически открывать этот журнал. Вам предоставляется три варианта:
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Отсутствует</em>: <em>Subsurface</em> автоматически не загружает журнал при запуске
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Локальный файл</em>: Автоматически загружать журнал из локального файла при запуске.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Файл в облаке</em>: При старте журнал загружается из облачного хранилища (вам нужно настроить
- доступ на вкладке <strong>Сеть</strong>, это описано ниже).
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Показывать ошибочные</strong>: Некоторые погружения могут быть помечены как
- ошибочные, например погружения в бассейне, но при этом вы не хотите удалять
- их из журнала. Этот параметр позволяет убрать такие дайва и списка.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Баллон по умолчанию</strong>: укажите баллон, который будет использоваться по
- умолчанию на вкладке <strong>Снаряжение</strong>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Анимация</strong>: скорость анимации профиля при переключении между
- погружениями. Чем меньше значение, тем быстрее скорость. Значение 0
- полностью отключает анимацию.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Сбросить все настройки</strong>: как следует из названия, эта кнопка сбрасывает
- все настройки в значение по умолчанию.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_единицы">12.2. Единицы</h3>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Pref2_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Настройки системы мер" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Здесь вы можете выбрать между имперской или метрической системой мер для
-единиц глубины, давления, объема, температуры и массы. Переключателями в
-верхней части вы выбираете системы мер для всех единиц сразу, либо выберите
-<strong>Настроить</strong> и укажите единицы для каждой величины по отдельности.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Независимо от вышеперечисленных настроек, вы можете указать единицы измерения
-времени (секунды или минуты). Координаты GPS могут быть представлены либо в
-традиционном формате (градусы, минуты, секунды) либо в десятичном.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_профиль">12.3. Профиль</h3>
-<div class="imageblock" id="S_CCR_options" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Pref3_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: настройки профиля" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph" id="S_GradientFactors"><p>В этой панели доступно две группы настроек:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Показывать</strong>: тут вы можете выбрать набор данных, отображаемых в профиле
-погружений:
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Пороговые значения</em>: <em>Subsurface</em> отображает на профиле погружения
-парциальные давления азота, кислорода и гелия. Вы можете включить их
-отображение с помощью кнопок-переключателей на слева от панели профиля.
-Для каждого их этих графиков вы можете указать пороговые значения, при
-превышении которых линия будет нарисована красным цветом.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Показывать потолок дайв-компьютера красным цветом</em>: Если дайв-компьютер
-записывает данные потолка, то вам может быть удобным различать его значения от
-тех, что посчитаны <em>Subsurface</em>. Зачастую эти значения различаются из-за
-разницы в алгоритмах, установках градиент-фактора и динамики расчет потолка.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Неиспользуемые баллоны</em>: следует ли отображать неиспользуемые баллоны в
-списке на вкладке Снаряжение.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Показывать среднюю глубину</em>: Если в этом поле стоит галочка, <em>Subsurface</em>
-будет показывать серой линией на профиле среднюю глубину погружения в конкретный момент времени.
-Обычно это линия имеет форму английской буквы U и отражает максимальную среднюю глубины непосредственно
-перед всплытием.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Разное</strong>:
-</p>
-<div class="ulist" id="S_GradientFactors"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Градиент фактор</em>: Значения GFLow для глубины и GFHigh для поверхности.
- Эти значения задают консерватизм азотной экспозиции во время погружения, так
- же, как вы настраиваете консерватизм вашего дайв-компьютера. Меньше значения
- градиент-фактора, тем консервативнее вычисления относительно азотного
- насыщения и тем глубже потолок всплытия. Установки 20/60 считаются достаточно
- консервативными, а значения 60/90 достаточно суровы. Если в поле <strong>GF Low на
- макс. глубине</strong> стоит галочка, значение нижнего градиент-фактора будет
- использоваться на максимальной глубине. В противном случае GF Low будет
- использоваться на всех глубинах ниже первой деко-остановки. Больше информации
- вы можете найти по ссылкам:
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html">Gradient factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts</a>
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>CCR: показывать установки</em>. При выборе этого параметра, на графике pO<sub>2</sub>
- профиля погружения красной линией отображаются значения установок CCR (set-point).
- См. <a href="#S_CCR_dives">Погружения с ребризером закрытого цикла</a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>CCR: индивидуальные значения сенсоров O<sub>2</sub></em>. Отображать показания отдельных кислородных
- датчиков ребризера замкнутого цикла на графике pO<sub>2</sub>.
- См. <a href="#S_CCR_dives">Погружения с ребризером закрытого цикла</a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Настройки для погружений с ребризером:</strong>
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Установка CCR для планировщика:</em> Укажите значение установки O<sub>2</sub> для планировщика. Она
- определяет начальную установку PO<sub>2</sub> для отдельно взятого погружения в его начале. Вы можете
- изменить значение установки через контекстное меню профиля погружения.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>pSCR метаболизм O<sub>2</sub>:</em> Для ребризеров полузамкнутого цикла указывает объем кислорода,
- потребляемый дайвером в минуту. Установите это значение для планирования погружений с ребризером
- pSCR и для расчета декомпрессионных обязательств.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>pSCR отношение сброса:</em> Отношение объема сброшенного газа к объему рециркулированного.
- Используется при планировании погружений на pSCR-оборудовании.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_язык">12.4. Язык</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Тут вы можете выбрать язык интерфейса <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Pref4_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Настройки языка интерфейса" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Вы можете использовать системные настройки языка, что в большинстве случаев
-использует тот же язык, что и ваша операционная система. Если по какой-то
-причине вас это не устраивает, снимите галочку и выберите подходящий язык из
-списка. Вы можете использовать фильтр чтобы быстро найти нужный вам язык в
-списке. Смена языка требует перезапуска <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_сеть">12.5. Сеть</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Эти настройки обеспечивают связь <em>Subsurface</em> с различными источниками данных в Интернет. Они
-влияют на подключение к облачному хранилищу, импорт координат погружений из
-<a href="#S_Companion"><em>веб-сервиса Subsurface</em></a> и импорт/экспорт данных из <em>Divelogs.de</em>.
-Эти настройки зависят от вашего подключения и поставщика услуг Интернет, который должен предоставить
-вам необходимую информацию.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Pref5_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Настройки сети" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Эта вкладка состоит из трех секций:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Прокси
-Если для соединения с Интернет используется прокси-сервер, вам необходимо выбрать его тип из
-выпадающего списка, после чего указать адрес и порт прокси-сервера. Если прокси-сервер требует
-авторизации, укажите имя пользователя и пароль. Обычно эту информацию предоставляет провайдер
-Интернет-услуг.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Облачное хранилище</em>: Для того, чтобы хранить журнал погружений в облаке, вам необходимо
- указать корректный адрес электронной почты и пароль. Это позволит <em>Subsurface</em> отправить вам
- PIN-код и подготовить хранилище. Дополнительно к этому вам предлагаются два параметра:
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Фоновая синхронизация</em> позволяет автоматически синхронизировать журнал в облако, в то время
- как вы выполняете другие задачи внутри <em>Subsurface</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Локальное хранение пароля</em> сохраняет пароль на вашем компьютере. Обратите внимание, что
- пароль хранится в незашифрованном виде.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Веб-сервис Subsurface</em>: при регистрации в <a href="#S_Companion">веб-сервисе <em>Subsurface</em></a>, вам
- генерируется длинный и труднозапоминаемый ключ. Этот ключ необходимо встравить в это поле.
- Поставьте галочку в поле <em>Сохранять ID пользователя</em>, чтобы сохранить этот ключ на вашем
- компьютере.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_Facebook">12.6. Соединение с <em>Facebook</em></h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Эта вкладка позволяет войти в <em>Facebook</em> для дальнейшей публикации погружений в этой социальной
-сети.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Pref6_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Панель авторизации Facebook" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>При указании корректных логина и пароля <em>Facebook</em> вы сможете публиковать профили погружений и
-комментарии к ним в своей хронике. Если вы закроете <em>Subsurface</em>, связь с <em>Facebook</em> будет
-разорвана. Параметр "Запомнить соединение с Subsurace" на текущий момент ни на что не влияет.
-См. подробнее в главе <a href="#S_facebook">Экспорт информации о погружении в <em>Facebook</em></a>.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_геопоиск">12.7. Геопоиск</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> предоставляет возможность геопоиска местоположений по GPS координатам (
-выбранным на карте, введенным вручную либо полученным из вспомогательного приложения)
-в Интернет. Очевидно, что эта функция работает только при наличии интернет-соединения.
-У вас есть возможно указаться формат названия дайв-сайта, например <em>Страна/Область/Город</em>
-(см. рисунок ниже).</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Pref7_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Настройки геопоиска" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_DivePlanner">13. Планировщик <em>Subsurface</em></h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Планировщик погружений <em>Subsurface</em> доступен из главного меню <em>Журнал →
-Планировщик</em>. Расчеты азотного насыщения осуществляются по алгоритму Бюльмана
-ZH-L16 с добавлением градиент-факторов за авторством Эрика Бейкера.</p></div>
-<div class="sidebarblock">
-<div class="content">
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/warning2.png" alt="Внимание" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Планировщик <em>Subsurface</em> ЯВЛЯЕТСЯ ЭКСПЕРИМЕНТАЛЬНЫМ и предполагает, что вы
-знакомы с пользовательским интерфейсом программы. Вы можете использовать
-планировщик только при условиях:</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Вы обучены планировать погружения и делали это ранее.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-План погружения находится в пределах ваших сертификатов.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Планировщик делает расчеты для усредненного человека и не принимает во
-внимание ваши индивидуальные психологическое и физическое состояние и образ
-жизни.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Безопасность плана очень зависит от того, как вы используете планировщик.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Вы знакомы с пользовательским интерфейсом <em>Subsurface</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Если вы не уверены в выше изложенном, вам не следует
-использовать планировщик.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div></div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_экран_планировщика">13.1. Экран планировщика</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Как и журнал <em>Subsurface</em>, экран планировщика разделен на несколько областей
-(см. рисунок ниже). Установочные параметры плана задаются в левой части
-экрана. Эти параметры разделены на несколько групп: Доступные газы, Скорости, Планирование, Газы, Погружение.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>В правой верхней части экрана находится профиль планируемого погружения,
-который можно менять только с помощью мыши. Это делает использование
-планировщика очень простым.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>В правой нижней части экрана находится текстовая область <em>Детальный план
-погружения</em>. В ней показываются все детали плана и предупреждения.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/PlannerWindow1_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Начальные экран планировщика" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_пример_планирования_погружения_на_открытом_цикле">13.2. Пример планирования погружения на открытом цикле</h3>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-В левой нижней части экрана планировщика расположен выпадающий список (на рисунке ниже обведен синей линией), предоставляющий варианта типа погружения:
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Открытый цикл (по умолчанию)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Ребризер замкнутого цикла (CCR)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Пассивный ребризер полузамкнутого цикла (pSCR)
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Выберите режим Открытого цикла.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Удостоверьтесь, что начальные параметры погружения в верхней левой части
- экрана введены правильно. Они включают: начальные дата и время погружения,
- атмосферное давление в точке погружения. Давление может быть задано как
- высота в метрах над уровнем моря, считая атмосферное давление равным 1.013 бар.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-В таблице, озаглавленной <em>Доступные газы</em>, добавьте информацию об
- используемых баллонах и составах смесей. Сделать это можно таким же образом,
- как и в случае <a href="#cylinder_definitions">добавления баллонов к погружению</a>. Выберите
- тип баллона из выпадающего списка, укажите рабочее давление, Если поле
- процентного содержания кислорода (O<sub>2</sub>%) пустое, то эта смесь считается
- воздухом. В противном случае введите концентрацию кислорода/гелия.
- Дополнительные баллоны можно добавить нажатием на значок "+".
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Профиль планируемого погружения может быть создан двумя способами:
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Перетаскивайте путевые точки (маленькие белые кружки), чтобы создать необходимый вам профиль.
- Дополнительные точки можно создать двойным щелчком мыши. Удалить точку можно правым щелчком мыши
- ней и выбрав пункт <em>Удалить эту точку</em> из появившегося контекстного меню.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Наиболее эффективный способ создания профиля - ввод необходимых значений в таблицу,
- озаглавленную <em>Путевые точки плана</em>. Первая строка таблицы описывает время и глубину спуска с
- поверхности. Последующие сегменты описывают донную фазу погружения. Колонка <em>Установка CC</em> важна
- только для погружений с ребризером. Точки подъема обычно не указываются, поскольку именно их
- планировщик и должен рассчитать. Для добавления нового сегмента нажмите значок "+" в правом
- верхнем углу таблицы. Добавленные сегменты автоматически появляются на графике профиля погружения.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_рекреационные_погружения">13.2.1. Рекреационные погружения</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Планировщик <em>Subsurface</em> предлагает изощренный способ планирования рекреационных погружений, т.е.
-погружений в бездекомпрессионных пределах. Он также учитывает насыщение азотом после предыдущих
-погружений. Но традиционные таблицы тоже позволяют вести расчеты по остаточному азоту. Для чего
-тогда нужен планировщик в рекреационных дайвах? При использовании рекреационных таблиц во внимание
-принимается максимальная глубина погружения. Однако мало какие погружения выполняются на постоянной
-глубине, равной максимальной ("квадратный" профиль). Т.е. таблицы чересчур консервативны в отношении
-остаточного азота после предыдущих погружений. Планировщик <em>Subsurface</em> рассчитывает остаточное
-азотное насыщение исходя из реальных профилей ранее совершенных погружений также, как это делает
-дайв-компьютер во время погружения. Это означает, вы что получаете "кредит" в виде времени, не
-проведенного на максимальной глубине во время предыдущих погружений, и как следствие, более долгое
-время последующих погружений. Это также означает, что вы должны загрузить все предыдущие погружения
-в <em>Subsurface</em>, прежде чем пользоваться планировщиком.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Для планирования погружения вам необходимо указать параметры.</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Убедитесь в правильности даты и времени планируемого погружения. Это позволит правильно вычислить
- остаточное насыщение азотом после предыдущих погружений.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Сразу под заголовком <em>Планирование</em> поставьте галочки в полях <em>Рекреационный режим</em> и
- <em>Остановка безопасности</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Укажите объем баллонов, тип смеси (воздух или % кислорода) и начальное давление в таблице
- <em>Доступные смеси</em> в левой верхней части планировщика.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Планировщик посчитает достаточно ли указанных газов для выполнения погружения. Для того, чтобы
- результат был реалистичным, в разделе <em>Газы</em> укажите ваш <em>SAC на дне</em>. Разумные значения лежат
- в интервале от 15 до 30л/мин (для новичков и сложных погружений ближе к 30л/мин)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Укажите газовый резерв, который должен оставаться в баллоне в конце донной части погружения
- непосредственно перед подъемом. Зачастую это 50 бар. Этот резерв может понадобиться при всплытии
- случись необходимость поделиться воздухом с вашим партнером. Нельзя сколько точно газа может
- понадобиться, это зависит от глубины подъема и скорости. Поэтому большинство школ предусматривают
- фиксированный резерв равный 50 или 60 барам, или 25% или 33% (правило третей).
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Укажите глубину погружения, перетаскивая путевые точки на профиле или (что лучше) задавая
- необходимые глубины в таблице <em>Путевые точки плана</em>. Для многоуровневых погружений вы также можете
- добавить новые сегменты в таблицу или создать новые путевые точки непосредственно на профиле.
- <em>Subsurface</em> автоматически пересчитает донное время до максимального в рамках бездекомпрессионного
- предела (NDL).
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-При необходимости измените скорость всплытия. Значения по умолчанию считаются безопасными для
- рекреационных дайверов.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Профиль в планировщике погружений отражает максимальное время погружения в бездекомпрессионных
-пределах согласно алгоритму Бюльмана ZH-L16, а также параметрам газа и глубины, как описано выше.
-<em>Subsurface</em> позволяет быстро оценить длительность погружения как функцию глубины, учитывая
-азотное насыщение после предыдущих дайвов. План также включает оценку расхода газов исходя из
-установок в таблице <em>Доступные смеси</em>. Если начальное давление в баллоне установлено в 0, то
-отображаемое время погружения является истинным NDL без учета используемой смеси. Если профиль
-погружения отображается КРАСНЫМ цветом, это означает, что превышены рекреационные пределы и либо
-глубина, либо время должны уменьшены.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>На рисунке ниже приведен план рекреационного погружения на 30 метров. Несмотря на то, что бездекомрпессионный
-предел (NDL) составляет 23 минуты, время погружения ограничено количеством воздуха. Текст в правой
-нижней части экрана сообщает о том, что необходим запас воздуха для поддержки партнера при всплытии.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/rec_diveplan.jpg" alt="Рисунок: План рекреационного погружения" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_нерекреационные_погружения_на_открытом_цикле_включая_декомпрессию">13.2.2. Нерекреационные погружения на открытом цикле, включая декомпрессию</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Нерекреационные погружения подразумевают превышение бездекомпрессионных пределов и/или использование
-нескольких дыхательный смесей. Планирование таких погружение состоит из трех фаз:</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>а) Управление азотом</strong>: включает в себя указание скоростей спуска и всплытия, а
-также деко-модели (GFLow, GFHigh или степень консерватизма) в секциях <em>Скорость</em>
-и <em>Планирование</em> в левой нижней части экрана. Выберите одну из двух поддерживаемых
-деко-моделей: Бюльман или VPM-B. Для модели Бюльмана необходимо указать градиент-факторы
-(GFLow и GFHigh). Изначально значения GFLow и GFHigh берутся из настроек <em>Subsurface</em>,
-однако, если вы их поменяли в планировщике, значения по умолчанию в настройках не
-затрагиваются. Значения градиент-фактора влияют на расчет потолка и его глубину.
-Слишком низкие значения GFLow ведут к ранним и более глубоким деко-остановкам.
- ** Подробнее читайте в <a href="#S_GradientFactors">настройках градиент-фактора</a> и внешних источниках:</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>При выборе VPM-B модели необходимо указать уровень консерватизма в диапазоне от 0 (наименее
-консервативный) до 4 (наиболее консервативный). Эта модель обычно предлагает более глубокие
-остановки и зачастую делает погружения немного короче по сравнению с моделью Бюльмана. При выборе
-этих моделей помните, что это не реальные физиологические, а математические модели, которые
-похоже работают на практике.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Вы можете найти больше информации во внешних источниках:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html">Gradient factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts</a>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="http://www.amazon.com/Deco-Divers-Decompression-Theory-Physiology/dp/1905492073/ref=sr_1_1?s=books&ie=UTF8&qid=1403932320&sr=1-1&keywords=deco+for+divers"><em>Deco for Divers</em>, by Mark Powell (2008). Aquapress</a> Southend-on-Sea, UK. ISBN 10: 1-905492-07-3.
-Превосходный обзор декомпрессионных моделей Бюльмана и VPM-B.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Скорость всплытия важна в фазе рассыщения в конце дайва и указывается для
-нескольких диапазонов глубины, принимая во внимание среднюю глубину как точку
-отсчета. Средняя глубина отображается на профиле красной горизонтальной линией.
-Скорость всплытия на больших глубинах находится обычно в пределах 8-12 м/мин,
-в то время, как возле поверхности она обычно составляет 4-9 м/мин. Скорость
-спуска также указывается. Если установлен флажок <em>Падение к первой глубине</em>,
-то в фазе спуска будет использоваться максимальная скорость, указанная в секции <em>Скорости</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>б) Управление кислородом</strong>: в секции <em>Газы</em> необходимо указать максимальное
-парциальное давление кислорода в донной фазе (<em>pO₂ на дне</em>) и во время
-декомпрессионных остановок (<em>pO₂ на деко</em>). Обычно используются значения
-1.4 и 1.6 бар соответственно, и парциальное давление 1.6 бар является
-максимально допустимым. Настройки pO₂ и глубина замены смеси могут быть также
-отредактированы в секции <em>Доступные смеси</em>. Обычно планировщик принимает
-решение о переключении на новую смесь, когда при подъеме парциальное давление
-кислорода в этой смеси опускается ниже значения 1.6 бар.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>в) Управление расходом газов:</strong> Вам необходимо контролировать и учитывать
-объем доступных газов, чтобы безопасно вернуться на поверхность,и , возможно,
-поделиться с напарником. В секции <em>Газы</em> укажите ваш лучший (но при этом
-достаточно консервативный) поверхностный расход воздуха (SAC, иногда именуемый
-RMV) в л/мин (в настоящий момент используется только метрическая система). Укажите
-SAC отдельно для донной фазы (<em>SAC на дне</em>) и для остановок декомпрессии (<em>SAC
-на деко</em>). Обычно это значения находятся в пределах 20-30 л/мин. Для более
-точного управления расходом газов не нужно строить догадки, регулярно
-контролируйте свой SAC, погружаясь в разных условиях и с разным снаряжением.
-Планировщик рассчитывает общий расход газов за все время погружения и выдаст
-предупреждение если расход превысит доступный объем газов. Для вашей
-безопасности всегда оставляйте резерв газов на случай непредвиденных обстоятельств.
-В техническом дайвинге такой резерв может составлять до 66% от общего объема газов.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>И, наконец, вы можете приступить к планированию времени и глубины
-погружения. Для этого <em>Subsurface</em> предоставляет уникальный графический
-интерфейс. Принцип его работы такой же, как при ручном добавлении погружения в
-журнал. После активации планировщика вам будет предложен начальный профиль
-погружения на 15 м в течение 40 минут. Путевый точки можно перетаскивать
-мышью или с помощью стрелок клавиатуры, Для создания новой точки, дважды
-щелкните на линии сегмента. При превышении какого-либо предела (парциальное
-давление, объем), <em>Subsurface</em> изменит цвет фона профиля с
-ГОЛУБОГО на КРАСНЫЙ.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Каждая путевая точка на профиле создает запись в таблице <em>Путевые точки
-плана</em> в левой части экрана. Проверьте, чтобы значение в колонке <em>Используемый
-газ</em> соответствовало одной из смесей, указанных в таблице <em>Доступные смеси</em>.
-Добавьте необходимые путевые точки с тем, чтобы профиль соответствовал вашему
-плану, т.е. присутствовал донная фаза, глубокие остановки (если планируются).
-Путевые точки всплытия <em>Subsurface</em> расставит сам с учетом декомпрессионных
-обязательств.
-Путевые точки можно двигать с помощью мыши или стрелок на клавиатуре.
-Точки можно редактировать и создавать непосредственно в таблице
-<em>Путевые точки плана</em>. На самом деле, вы можете спланировать погружение
-пользуясь только этой таблицей.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Укажите замену баллонов/смесей так же, как это делается в случае
-<a href="#S_CreateProfile">ручного создания профиля погружения</a>. События замены смесей
-должны соответствовать баллонам и смесям из таблицы <em>Доступные смеси</em>. При
-наличии нескольких смесей, <em>Subsurface</em> будет автоматически предлагать замену,
-однако вы можете удалить и добавить событие самостоятельно, вызвав контекстное
-меню точки правым щелчком мыши.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Ненулевое значение в колонке "Установка СС" в таблице путевых точек означает корректное значение
-установки и что погружение на этом сегменте выполняется на CCR-ребризере. Если последний вручную
-введенный сегмент выполняется на CCR, декомпрессионные процедуры рассчитываются согласно значения
-указанной установки. Если же последний сегмент выполняется на открытом цикле (значение установки кислорода
-равно нулю), декомпрессионные обязательства рассчитываются в режиме ОЦ. Замена газов предусмотрена
-только для открытого цикла.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Ниже на рисунке приведен пример плана погружения на 45м с использованием EAN26
-и всплытием на EAN50, используя настройки, описанные выше:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/DivePlanner2_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Планирование погружения: настройки" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>После окончания планирование, вы можете сохранить план, нажав на кнопку
-<em>Сохранить</em>. План появится в списке погружений.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Детальный план погружения</strong></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>В правой нижней части экрана планировщика находится текстовая область с
-подробным словесным описанием плана погружения. Вы можете изменить его
-детализацию с помощью нескольких параметров в секции <em>Заметки погружения</em>.
-Если выбран пункт <em>Подробный план</em>, описание будет достаточно многословным.
-При превышении каких-либо пределов в нижней части будет выведено
-предупреждение.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>При выборе пункта <em>Показать время сегмента</em>, план будет отображать время на
-каждой отдельно взятой глубине. Время сегмента ВКЛЮЧАЕТ время, необходимое чтобы
-перейти к заданной глубине. Однако, если выбран параметр <em>Показать переходы в
-деко</em>, то время переходом показывается отдельно от времени сегментов.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_планирование_погружений_на_ребризере_полузамкнутого_типа">13.3. Планирование погружений на ребризере полузамкнутого типа</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Для планирования таких погружений выберите pSCR в списке, как показано на рисунке выше (список
-обведен синей линией).
-Параметры pSCR-погружений также задаются в *Настройках* (в главном меню выберите <em>Файл → Настройки</em>
-и вкладку <em>Профиль</em>). К этим настройкам относятся уровень метаболизма и отношение сброса (1:10 по
-умолчанию). Расчеты принимают также во внимание снижение уровня кислорода в области загубника. Если
-значение pO<sub>2</sub> опускается ниже безопасного, в <em>Детальном плане</em> будет отображено предупреждение.
-Обычно pSCR погружение выполняется с одним основным баллоном и несколькими аварийными. Поэтому
-заполнение таблицы доступных баллонов и путевых точек очень похоже на погружение CCR, описанное
-ниже. Однако для pSCR-погружений не указываются установки кислорода. Ниже приведен план погружения
-с использованием pSCR. Он очень похож на план CCR ниже, но обратите внимание на более долгий подъем,
-что связано с более низким уровнем кислорода, вызванным снижением его количества в области загубника.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Planner_pSCR1_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: планирование pSCR-погружения" />
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_планирование_погружений_на_ребризере_замкнутого_цикла">13.4. Планирование погружений на ребризере замкнутого цикла</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Для планирования таких погружений выберите CCR в списке, как показано на рисунке выше (список
-обведен синей линией).</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Доступные смеси</strong>: добавьте в таблицу доступных смесей информацию о баллонах дилуэнта и аварийных
-газах. НЕ вводите информацию о кислородном баллоне, поскольку он подразумевается при использовании
-режима CCR.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Ввод установок</strong>: укажите значение установки по умолчанию в *Настройках* приложения (в главном меню
-выберите <em>Файл → Настройки</em> и вкладку <em>Профиль</em>). По умолчанию для всех добавляемых сегментов
-точка установки берется из настроек, он вы можете поменять их по своему желанию. Значение равное
-нулю означает, что дайвер перешел на открытый цикл. Декомпрессия всегда рассчитывается используя
-последнюю установку вручную добавленного сегмента. Чтобы запланировать переход на ОЦ во время подъема,
-добавьте одноминутный сегмент со значением установки равным нулю. Декомпрессионный алгоритм
-автоматически не меняет смеси в режиме CCR (когда указана положительная установка),
-но делает это для всплытий на открытом цикле.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Профиль погружения на ребризере замкнутого типа может выглядеть так:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Planner_CCR1_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Планирование CCR-погружения, настройка" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Обратите внимание, что в <em>Детальном плане погружения</em> расход газа для CCR-сегментов не рассчитывается
-и всегда равен нулю.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_Replan">13.5. Изменение существующего плана</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Обычно, после сохранения плана, он доступен в <strong>Списке погружений</strong>. <em>Subsurface</em> не предоставляет
-возможности изменить план из списка. Для того, чтобы изменить план, выберите его в списке. Затем в
-главном меню выберите <em>Журнал → Перепланировать</em>. Это действие откроет планировщик с существующим
-планом, позволяя изменить его.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>В случае перепланирования у вас появляется возможность <strong>Сохранить новый</strong> план, для того, чтобы
-не перезаписывать старый. Если новая копия сохраняется с тем же временем, что и старый план, то они
-считаются двумя версиями одного плана и не влияют друг на друга при вычислении декомпрессионных
-обязательств.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_планирование_повторных_погружений">13.6. Планирование повторных погружений</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> позволяет планировать повторные погружения при условии, что вы
-корректно укажете дату и время начала. При этом учитывается остаточное
-насыщение после предыдущего погружения.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Если вы только закончили долгое/глубокое погружение и планируете новое,
-выберите последний дайв в списке погружение и активируйте планировщик
-<em>Subsurface</em>. В зависимости от времени начала планируемого дайва, остаточное
-насыщение предыдущего погружения будет принято во внимание и план будет
-построен с учетом этих ограничений.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Если вы используете одну стандартную конфигурацию (например, как в GUE), то
-можно создать шаблонное погружение. Чтобы спланировать погружение с этой
-конфигурацией, выберите шаблонное погружение в списке и активируйте планировщик:
-для нового плана будет использоваться конфигурация из шаблона.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_печать_плана_погружения">13.7. Печать плана погружения</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Вы можете распечатать план погружения с тем чтобы взять его с собой под воду, нажав кнопку <em>Печать</em>.
-Альтернативный способ - скопировать текст из <em>Детального плана погружения</em> и вставить его в в ваш
-любимый текстовый редактор.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>План погружения имеет много общего с журналом обычного погружения (профиль, примечания и т.д.).
-После сохранения плана, его детали и расчет по газам сохраняются в *Примечаниях*. Во время
-планирования он может быть распечатан по нажатию кнопки <em>Печать</em>. Однако после сохранения план
-выглядит как обычный дайв.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_пункты_главного_меню_subsurface">14. Пункты главного меню Subsurface</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>В этой главе описываются пункты главного меню и их функции. Некоторые пункты
-ссылаются на соответствующие главы данного руководства для быстрой навигации.</p></div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_файл">14.1. Файл</h3>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_NewLogbook"><em>Новый журнал</em></a> - Закрывает текущий открытый журнал и
- создает новый.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Открыть журнал</em> - Вызывает диалог выбора файла для открытия
- журнала.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Открыть облачное хранилище</em> - Загружает ранее сохраненный журнал из
- <a href="#S_Cloud_storage"><em>облачного хранилища</em></a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Сохранить</em> - Сохраняет текущий открытый журнал.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Сохранить в облаке</em> - Сохраняет журнал в <a href="#S_Cloud_storage"><em>облачном хранилище</em></a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Сохранить как</em> - Сохраняет текущий журнал в файл с новым именем
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Закрыть</em> - Закрывает текущий журнал.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_ExportLog"><em>Экспорт</em></a> - экспортирует текущий журнал или выбранные
- погружения в один из форматов.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_PrintDivelog"><em>Печать</em></a> - печать журнала или выбранных погружений.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_Preferences"><em>Настройки</em></a> - настройка параметров <em>Subsurface</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_FindMovedImages"><em>Найти перемещенные фото</em></a> - Если ранее загруженные фотографии были перенесены
- в другое место, найти их и обновить их местоположение в соответствующих погружениях.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Выход</em> - Выйти из <em>Subsurface</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_импорт">14.2. Импорт</h3>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_ImportDiveComputer"><em>Импорт из дайв-компьютера</em></a> - импорт погружений
- из дайв-компьютера
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#Unified_import"><em>Импорт журналов</em></a> - импорт погружений из сторонних
- форматов
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_Companion"><em>Импорт координат</em></a> - загрузка координат погружений из
- мобильного помощника <em>Subsurface</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_ImportingDivelogsDe"><em>Импорт с сайта divelogs.de</em></a> - импорт погружений
- из интернет-сервиса <em>www.Divelogs.de</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_журнал">14.3. Журнал</h3>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_EnterData"><em>Добавить погружение</em></a> - ручное добавление погружения.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Редактировать погружение</em> - Позволяет отредактировать погружение, введенное вручную.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_DivePlanner"><em>Планировщик</em></a> - запускает планировщик погружений.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_Replan"><em>Перепланирование погружения</em></a> - Редактировать существующий план погружения
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_CopyComponents"><em>Копировать параметры погружения</em></a> - скопировать указанные поля погружения
- в буфер обмена
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Вставить параметры погружения</em> - вставить из буфера параметры, скопированные ранее,
- в выделенные погружения
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_Renumber"><em>Перенумеровать</em></a> - перенумерация списка погружений.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_Group"><em>Авто-группировка</em></a> - автоматическая группировка погружений в
- поездки.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_DeviceNames"><em>Мои дайв-компьютеры</em></a> - редактирование названий
- дайв-компьютеров.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_Filter"><em>Фильтр погружений</em></a> - фильтрация списка погружений
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_вид">14.4. Вид</h3>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Все</em></a> - показать все четыре панели <em>Subsurface</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Список</em></a> - показать только список погружений.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Профиль</em></a> - показать только профиль погружения.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Информация</em></a> - показать только информационную панель.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Карта</em></a> - показать только карту.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Статистика по годам</em> - показать статистику журнала погружений по годам и
- месяцам.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Предыдущий компьютер</em> - переключиться на предыдущий компьютер.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Следующий компьютер</em> - переключиться на следующий компьютер.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Полный экран</em> - переключение полноэкранного режима.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_поделиться">14.5. Поделиться</h3>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-- <a href="#S_Facebook"><em>Facebook</em></a> - поделиться информацией о выбранном погружении в вашей хронике на Facebook.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_помощь">14.6. Помощь</h3>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>О программе</em> - показывает информационное окно с указанием версии
- <em>Subsurface</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Проверить обновления</em> - проверяет доступность новой версии на
- <a href="http://subsurface-divelog.org/">_веб-сайте Subsurface</a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<a href="#S_UserSurvey"><em>Опрос пользователей</em></a> - помогите нам улучшить <em>Subsurface</em>, заполнив опросник.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Руководство пользователя</em> - открывает этот документ в новом окне.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="APPENDIX_A">15. ПРИЛОЖЕНИЕ А: Настройка ОС для импорта из дайв-компьютера</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_удостоверьтесь_что_установлены_необходимые_драйверы">15.1. Удостоверьтесь, что установлены необходимые драйверы</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/drivers.jpg" alt="Замечание" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Операционной системе вашего настольного компьютера необходим соответствующий
-драйвер для с связи с дайв-компьютером в зависимости от того, каким образом
-дайв-компьютер подключен (Bluetooth, USB, инфракрасный порт).</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-В Linux вам может понадобиться загрузить соответствующий модуль ядра.
- Большинство дистрибутивов делают это автоматически, так что вам не нужно
- предпринимать каких-то действий. Однако в некоторых случаях, например
- для ИК-устройств, вам придется загрузить дополнительный драйвер.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-В случае Windows OC сама предложит загрузить корректный драйвер сразу
- после подключения дайв-компьютера к USB-порту.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Пользователям MAC возможно придется самим найти соответствующий драйвер.
- Например, для Mares Puck и других дайв-компьютеров, использующих
- интерфейс последовательного USB-порта на основе чипа Silicon Labs CP2101,
- необходимый драйвер с именем <em>Mac_OSX_VCP_Driver.zip</em> можно взять на
- сайте <a href="http://www.silabs.com/support/pages/document-library.aspx?p=Interface&f=USB%20Bridges&pn=CP2101">Silicon Labs document and software repository</a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_HowFindDeviceName">15.2. Как определить имя USB-устройства и получить права доступа</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/usb.jpg" alt="Замечание" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Когда вы подключаете дайв-компьютер с помощью USB-кабеля, обычно <em>Subsurface</em>
-предлагает либо список устройств (точек монтирования в случае Uemis Zurich),
-либо делает список недоступным, если имя устройства не требуется вовсе. В
-редких случаях, если это не работает, попробуй следовать этим инструкциям,
-чтобы определить имя устройства самостоятельно:</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">Windows:</div><p>Простым перебором попробуйте COM1, COM2 и т.д. Список содержит все
-подключенные COM-устройства.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">Mac OS:</div><p>Список должен содержать все подключенные устройства.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">Linux:</div><p>Наиболее точный способ определить название порта:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Отсоедините USB-кабель от дайв-компьютера
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Откройте терминал
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Введите команду <em>dmesg</em> и нажмите Enter
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Подсоедините USB-кабель к дайв-компьютеру
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Введите команду <em>dmesg</em> и нажмите Enter
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Вы должны увидеть схожие сообщения:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>usb 2-1.1: new full speed USB device number 14 using ehci_hcd
-usbcore: registered new interface driver usbserial
-USB Serial support registered for generic
-usbcore: registered new interface driver usbserial_generic
-usbserial: USB Serial Driver core
-USB Serial support registered for FTDI USB Serial Device
-ftdi_sio 2-1.1:1.0: FTDI USB Serial Device converter detected
-usb 2-1.1: Detected FT232BM
-usb 2-1.1: Number of endpoints 2
-usb 2-1.1: Endpoint 1 MaxPacketSize 64
-usb 2-1.1: Endpoint 2 MaxPacketSize 64
-usb 2-1.1: Setting MaxPacketSize 64
-usb 2-1.1: FTDI USB Serial Device converter now attached to ttyUSB3
-usbcore: registered new interface driver ftdi_sio
-ftdi_sio: v1.6.0:USB FTDI Serial Converters Driver</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Третья строчка снизу показывает, что FTDI USB-адаптер обнаружен и подключен
-как устройство <code>ttyUSB3</code>. Для импорта в <em>Subsurface</em> используйте имя
-<code>/dev/ttyUSB3</code>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Убедитесь, что у вас есть права на запись в устройство:</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>В Unix-подобных операционных системах доступ к USB-портам разрешен только
-пользователям, которые являются членами группы <code>dialout</code>. Если пользователь не
-root, то он возможно не входит в эту группу и не сможет использовать USB-порт.
-Допустим, что имя пользователя <em>johnb</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Под пользователем root выполните команду <code>usermod -a -G dialout johnb</code> (для
- пользователей Ubuntu: <code>sudo usermod -a -G dialout johnb</code>)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Выполните команду <code>id johnb</code>. Она отображает список всех групп, к которым
- принадлежит указанный пользователь. Убедитесь, что в списке групп
- присутствует группа <code>dialout</code>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-В некоторых случаях (например, Ubuntu) может потребоваться закрыть текущий сеанс
- и войти в систему заново.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Зная название устройства (например, <code>dev/ttyUSB3</code>) и имея права на доступ к
-USB-порту, у вас должно получиться импортировать погружения из
-дайв-компьютера.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_HowFindBluetoothDeviceName">15.3. Настройка Bluetooth-устройств</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/bluetooth.jpg" alt="Замечание" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Для дайв-компьютеров с Bluetooth-интерфейсом (например, Heinrichs Weikamp Frog
-или Shearwater Predator, Petrel или Nerd), процедура получения имени устройства
-отличается от той, что описана выше:</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>После включения Bluetooth на дайв-компьютере, убедитесь что он находится в режиме выгрузки.</strong>
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>По вопросам сопряжения дайв-компьютера обратитесь к документации
-производителя. В случае Shearwater Predator/Petrel/Nerd выберите <em>Dive Log →
-Upload Log</em> и ожидайте сообщения <em>Wait PC</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<strong>Сопряжение настольного и дайв-компьютера</strong>
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_windows_2">15.3.1. Windows:</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Bluetooth вероятнее всего уже включен. Для сопряжения устройств перейдите в
-<em>Панель управления→Устройства Bluetooth→Добавить беспроводное устройство</em>.
-Вам будет представлено окно, в котором должен показываться ваш дайв-компьютер.
-Нажмите на нем правой кнопкой мыши и из контекстного меню выберите
-<em>Свойства→COM порты</em>, чтобы определить название порта. Если вам показываются
-несколько портов, выберите тот, который помечен как "Исходящий".</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Для импорта в <em>Subsurface</em> этот порт уже должен быть в списке. Если его там
-нет, то введите имя порта вручную.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Примечание: Если у вас возникают проблемы с загрузкой из дайв-компьютера после
-использования других программ, попробуйте удалить существующее сопряжение.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_macos">15.3.2. MacOS:</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Нажмите на значке Bluetooth в строке меню и выберите <em>Настроить устройство
-Bluetooth…</em>. Дайв-компьютер должен появиться в списке устройств. Выберите
-его и выполните процедуру сопряжения. Этот шаг потребуется выполнить один
-раз.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>После завершения сопряжения, устройство должно показываться в <em>Subsurface</em> в
-списке <em>Устройство или точка монтирования</em> в диалоге импорта.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_linux">15.3.3. Linux:</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Удостоверьтесь, что Bluetooth включен на вашем настольном компьютере. Процесс
-сопряжения в этом случае достаточно прост. Например, в Gnome3 в правом верхнем
-углу рабочего стола должен быть значок Bluetooth. Выберите <em>Настроить новое
-устройство</em>. В появившемся окне выберите дайв-компьютер и выполните
-сопряжение. Если у вас запросят PIN-код, попробуйте ввести <em>0000</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Установка соединения для загрузки погружений из дайв-компьютеров с интерфейсом Bluetooth, таких,
-как <em>Shearwater Petrel</em>, пока что не автоматизирована и в общем случае потребует от вас работы
-в коммандной строке. Этот процесс состоит из трех шагов.</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Включите Bluetooth-адаптер и установите сопряжение с дайв-компьютером
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Установите RFCOMM-соединение
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Загрузите погружения с помощь <em>Subsurface</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Убедитесь, что дайв-компьютер в режиме выгрузки. На <em>Shearwater Petrel</em>, <em>Petrel 2</em> и <em>Nerd</em> выберите
-в меню <em>Dive Log</em>, затем <em>Upload Log</em>. На дисплее высветится <em>Initializing</em>, <em>Wait PC 3:00</em> и
-начнется обратный отсчет. После установки соединения на дисплее высветится <em>Wait CMD …</em> и
-отсчет продолжится. Во время загрузки погружений на дисплее отображается надпись <em>Sending</em>, а
-затем <em>Sent Dive</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Чтобы установить соединение, вам нужно получить полномочия суперпользователя с помощью команд
-<code>sudo</code> или <code>su</code>. Для загрузки погружений у пользователя должны быть полномочия. В большинстве
-Linux-дистрибутивов пользователю достаточно быть членом группы dialout (что также действительно
-и для дайв-компьютеров с USB-интерфейсом). В командой строке введите команду:</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><code>sudo usermod -a -G dialout username</code></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>После этого завершите сеанс и войдите в систему заново.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_включение_bluetooth_контроллера_и_сопряжение_с_дайв_компьютером">15.3.4. Включение Bluetooth-контроллера и сопряжение с дайв-компьютером</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Попробуйте настроить Bluetooth-контроллер и сопряжение с дайв-компьютером посредством штатного
-графического интерфейса операционной системы. После перевода дайв-компьютера в режим выгрузки,
-щелкните по значку Bluetooth в области уведомлений и выберите <em>Добавить новое устройство</em>. Дайв-
-компьютер должен появиться в списке. Если у вас запросяи пароль, введите 0000. Запишите или скопируйте
-MAC-адрес дайв-компьютера, он понадобится позже (адрес имеет вид 00:11:22:33:44:55).</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Если этот метод не сработал, попробуйте сделать сопряжение из командной строки. Откройте терминал и
-используйте <code>hciconfig</code>, чтобы проверить статус Bluetooth-контроллера:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>$ hciconfig
-hci0: Type: BR/EDR Bus: USB
- BD Address: 01:23:45:67:89:AB ACL MTU: 310:10 SCO MTU: 64:8
- *DOWN*
- RX bytes:504 acl:0 sco:0 events:22 errors:0
- TX bytes:92 acl:0 sco:0 commands:21 errors:0</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Тут мы видим, что контроллер с адресом 01:23:45:67:89:AB подключен как hci0. Его состояние <em>DOWN</em>,
-т.е. выключен. Дополнительные контроллеры будут представлены как hci1, и т.д. Теперь необходимо
-включить питание контроллера:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>sudo hciconfig hci0 up auth+ (enter password when prompted)
-hciconfig
-hci0: Type: BR/EDR Bus: USB
- BD Address: 01:23:45:67:89:AB ACL MTU: 310:10 SCO MTU: 64:8
- *UP RUNNING PSCAN AUTH*
- RX bytes:1026 acl:0 sco:0 events:47 errors:0
- TX bytes:449 acl:0 sco:0 commands:46 errors:0</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Удостоверьтесь, что статус контроллера теперь содержит <code><em>UP</em>, <em>RUNNING</em> и <em>AUTH</em></code>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Если на компьютере несколько Bluetooth-контроллеров, остальные можно выключиться, чтобы избежать путаницы:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>sudo hciconfig hci1 down</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Следующий шаг: установить доверенное сопряжение с дайв-компьютером. В дистрибутивах с установленным
-пакетом BlueZ (например, Fedora 22) вы можете использовать <code>blutootctl</code>, который имеет собственную подсказку:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>bluetoothctl
-[NEW] Controller 01:23:45:67:89:AB localhost.localdomain [default]
-[bluetooth]# agent on
-Agent registered
-[bluetooth]# default-agent
-Default agent request successful
-[bluetooth]# scan on <----теперь переведите дайв-компьютер в режим выгрузки
-Discovery started
-[CHG] Controller 01:23:45:67:89:AB Discovering: yes
-[NEW] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Petrel
-[bluetooth]# trust 00:11:22:33:44:55 <----вы можете использовать клавишу TAB для автодополнения MAC-адреса
-[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Trusted: yes
-Changing 00:11:22:33:44:55 trust succeeded
-[bluetooth]# pair 00:11:22:33:44:55
-Attempting to pair with 00:11:22:33:44:55
-[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Connected: yes
-[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 UUIDs: 00001101-0000-1000-8000-0089abc12345
-[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Paired: yes
-Pairing successful
-[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Connected: no</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Если будет запрошен пароль, введите 0000. Ничего страшного в том, что в последней строке содержится
-фраза <em>Connected: no</em>, главное тут - сообщение строкой выше <em>Pairing successful</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Если в системе установлен пакет BlueZ версии 4 (например, в Ubuntu 12.04 до 15.04), то скорее всего
-в ней нет <code>bluetoothctl</code>, но есть утилита <code>bluez-simple-agent</code> или просто <code>simple-agent</code>.</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>hcitool -i hci0 scanning
-Scanning ...
- 00:11:22:33:44:55 Petrel
- bluez-simple-agent hci0 00:11:22:33:44:55</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>После сопряжения необходимо установить RFCOMM-соединение.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_установка_rfcomm_соединения">15.3.5. Установка RFCOMM-соединения</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Для установки RFCOMM-соединения используйте следующую команду:</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><code>sudo rfcomm -i <controller> connect <dev> <bdaddr> [channel]</code></p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<controller> - Bluetooth-контроллер, <code>hci0</code>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<dev> - устройство RFCOMM, <code>rfcomm0</code>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<bdaddr> - MAC-адрес дайв-компьютера, <code>00:11:22:33:44:55</code>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-[channel] - Bluetooth-канал дайв-компьютера, к которому на необходимо подключиться.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Если канал не указать, по умолчанию будет выбран 1. Основываясь на сообщениях наших пользователей,
-ниже приведен список каналов для различных моделей дайв-компьютеров:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Shearwater Petrel 1</em>: канал 1
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Shearwater Petrel 2</em>: канал 5
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Shearwater Nerd</em>: канал 5
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-<em>Heinrichs-Weikamp OSTC Sport</em>: канал 1
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Таким образом, чтобы подключить <em>Shearwater Petrel 2</em>, переведите его в режим выгрузки и введите команду:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>sudo rfcomm -i hci0 connect rfcomm0 00:11:22:33:44:55 5 (если вас запросят пароль, введите 0000)</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>В ответ вы должны получить сообщение:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>Connected /dev/rfcomm0 to 00:11:22:33:44:55 on channel 5
-Press CTRL-C for hangup</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Для подключения _Shearwater Petrel 1+ или <code>HW OSTC Sport</code>, переведите компьютер в режим загрузки и введите команду:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>sudo rfcomm -i hci0 connect rfcomm0 00:11:22:33:44:55 (если вас запросят пароль, введите 0000)
-Connected /dev/rfcomm0 to 00:11:22:33:44:55 on channel 1
-Press CTRL-C for hangup</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Если номер Bluetooth-канала неизвестен, либо указанный номер не работает, определить его вам поможет
-команда <code>sdptool records</code>. Ниже приведен её вывод для дайв-компьютера <em>Shearwater Petrel 2</em>:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code>sdptool -i hci0 records 00:11:22:33:44:55
-Service Name: Serial Port
-Service RecHandle: 0x10000
-Service Class ID List:
- "Serial Port" (0x1101)
- Protocol Descriptor List:
- "L2CAP" (0x0100)
- "RFCOMM" (0x0003)
- Channel: 5</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Если ваш дайв-компьютер не в списке, или номер канала отличается, пожалуйста, сообщите об этом
-разработчикам <em>Subsurface</em> через форум пользователей или список рассылки <em>subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org</em>.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect3">
-<h4 id="_загрузка_погружений_в_subsurface">15.3.6. Загрузка погружений в Subsurface</h4>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>После установки RFCOMM-соединения и пока идет обратный отсчет режима выгрузки на дайв-компьютере,
-перейдите в <em>Subsurface</em>, выберите <em>Импорт → Импорт из дайв-компьютера</em>, укажите производителя
-(например, <em>Shearwater</em>), модель (<em>Petrel</em>), устройство или точку монтирования (<em>/dev/rfcomm0</em>) и
-и нажмите <em>Загрузить</em>.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="APPENDIX_B">16. ПРИЛОЖЕНИЕ Б: Настройка дайв-компьютеров для импорта</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_ImportUemis">16.1. Импорт погружений из Uemis Zurich</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/iumis.jpg" alt="Замечание" />
-</td>
-<td class="content"><em>Subsurface</em> импортирует информацию, хранящуюся в SDA (внутренняя файловая
-система Uemis), включая данные о точках погружения и снаряжении. Информация о
-напарниках в данный момент недоступна. Сопряжение схоже с USB-компьютерами (и
-при этом Uemis заряжается от USB-порта). Главное отличие состоит в том, что
-вам нужно указывать не имя порта, а точку монтирования файловой системы
-UEMISSDA. В Windows это буква диска (зачастую E: или F:), в Mac это
-<em>/Volumes/UEMISSDA</em>, а в Linux это зависит от дистрибутива. Например, в Fedora
-это <em>/var/run/media/<имя<em>пользователя>/UEMISSDA</em>. В любом случае _Subsurface</em>
-предложить вам варианты в выпадающем списке на диалоге импорта.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>После того, как вы указали точку монтирования, выполните загрузку. Uemis
-Zurich имеет одно ограничение (это ограничение прошивки дайв-компьютера, а не
-<em>Subsurface</em>) - невозможно загрузить более 40-50 погружений за один раз,
-происходит переполнение SDA. Обычно это происходит при первой загрузке. Если
-вы импортируете погружения ежедневно или даже после поездки, емкости SDA
-вполне достаточно.
-Если <em>Subsurface</em> показывает сообщение о переполнении памяти дайв-компьютера,
-решение достаточно простое: отключите SDA, выключите и включите
-дайв-компьютер, и подключите заново. Начните импорт заново и <em>Subsurface</em>
-продолжит загрузку с того места где она прервалась. Возможно вам придется
-повторить процедуру несколько раз в зависимости от того, сколько погружений
-записано в памяти Uemis Zurich.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_ImportingGalileo">16.2. Импорт погружений из Uwatec Galileo</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/Galileo.jpg" alt="Замечание" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Компьютеры Uwatec Galileo используют беспроводной инфракрасный канал
-связи (IrDA). Со стороны настолько ПК используется USB-брелок с поддержкой
-протокола последовательного обмена через IrDA (SIR) на контроллере MSC7780
-производства компании MosChip.
-В Linux ядро изначально поддерживает протокол последовательного обмена через
-IrDA, однако вам придется дополнительно загрузить драйвер для коммуникации с
-дайв-компьютером. Самый простой путь: установить пакет irda-tools,
-предварительно загрузив его с сайта
-<a href="http://irda.sourceforge.net/docs/startirda.html">Linux IrDA Project</a>. После
-установки, пользователем <strong>root</strong> выполните в консоли команду <code>irattach irda0</code>.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>После этого <em>Subsurface</em> распознает дайв-компьютер и вы можете выполнить
-импорт.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>С Windows ситуация схожая. Драйвера для контроллера MCS7780 доступны на
-нескольких интернет-сайтах, например на
-<a href="http://www.drivers-download.com/Drv/MosChip/MCS7780/">www.drivers-download.com</a>. IrDA драйверы для
-Windows для компьютеров также могут быть загружены с веб-сайта ScubaPro со страницы загрузки
-программного обеспечения ScubaPro SmartTrak.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Для Apple Mac, IrDA-соединение через MCS7780 невозможно для версий OSX 10.6 и
-выше.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_ImportingDR5">16.3. Импорт погружений из Heinrichs Weikamp DR5</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/HW_DR5.jpg" alt="Замечание" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Когда этот дайв-компьютер подключен как USB-диск, он сохраняет отдельный
-UDDF-файл для каждого погружения. Выделите все файл погружения для импорта или
-открытия.
-Примечание: DR5 не сохраняет ни градиент-факторы, ни информацию а
-деко-обязательствах, поэтому <em>Subsurface</em> не может отобразить ее.
-Отрегулируйте значения градиент-фактора в <em>Настройках_ _Subsurface</em>, чтобы
-увидеть деко-обязательства на профиле, но учтите, что они вероятнее всего
-будут отличаться от тех, что показывает DR5.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_ImportingXDeep">16.4. Импорт погружений из xDEEP BLACK</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/HW_xdeepblack.jpg" alt="Замечание" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Каждое погружение должно быть сохранено в файл формата UDDF, используя пункт меню "Export UDDF".
-Если дайв-компьютер подключен как USB-устройство, то UDDF-файлы должны быть доступны в директории LOGBOOK.
-Примечание: xDEEP BLACK сохраняет время NDL, но не хранит информации о градиент-факторах и декомпрессии,
-и следовательно <em>Subsurface</em> не сможет отобразить их. Установите значения градиент-фактора в <em>Настройках_
-(вкладка _Профиль</em>), чтобы отобразить декомпрессионный потолок на профиле погружения, но учтите, что
-вероятнее всего деко-обязательства, рассчитанные в <em>Subsurface</em> наверняка будут отличаться от тех, что
-показывает xDEEP BLACK.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_импорт_погружений_из_shearwater_predator_petrel_nerd_используя_bluetooth">16.5. Импорт погружений из Shearwater Predator/Petrel/Nerd используя Bluetooth</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/predator.jpg" alt="Замечание" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Инструкции по загрузке погружений через Bluetooth приведены выше в главе <a href="#S_Bluetooth"><em>Подключение _Subsurface</em> к дайв-компьютеру через Bluetooth_</a></td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_PoseidonMkVI">16.6. Импорт погружений из Poseidon MkVI Discovery</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/MkVI.jpeg" alt="Замечание" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Загрузка журналов погружений из MkVI осуществляется с помощью специального коммуникационного
-адаптера и программного обеспечения <em>Poseidon PC Configuration Software</em>, предоставляемых при
-покупке MKVI. Это программное обеспечение работает в ОС Windows и позволяет настраивать
-оборудование и хранить журналы погружений. Связь между настольным и дайв-компьютером
-осуществляется через инфракрасный порт. Одномоментно можно загрузить данные только одного
-погружения, состоящие из трех файлов:</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Конфигурация настроек и ключевые параметры погружения (файл с расширением .txt)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Детали погружения (файл с расширением .csv)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Собственный формат журнала погружения (файл с расширение .cvsr).
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> использует файлы с расширением .txt и .csv для импорта погружения.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_импорт_погружений_из_apd_inspiration_ccr">16.7. Импорт погружений из APD Inspiration CCR</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/APDComputer.jpg" alt="Замечание" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Журналы погружений APD Inspiration и похожих CCR дайв-компьютеров можно загрузить, используя
-специальный коммуникационный адаптер и программное обеспечение <em>AP Communicator</em>, предоставляемые
-при покупке оборудования. Просмотреть журналы на платформах Windows и Mac/OS можно, используя
-<em>AP Log Viewer</em>. Вы также можете получить доступ к этим погружениям и из <em>Subsurface</em>. Для
-импорта погружений APD Inspiration необходимо выполнить следующие шаги:</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Загрузите погружение используя <em>AP Communicator</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Откройте погружение в <em>AP Log Viewer</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Выберите вкладку "<em>Data</em>" в верхней части экрана.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-На экране необработанных данных нажмите на "<em>_Copy to Clipboard</em>".
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Откройте текстовый редактор, например, Notepad (Windows), или TextWrangler (Mac).
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Вставьте данные из буфера обмена в редактор и сохраните файл с расширением <em>.APD</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Находясь в <em>Subsurface</em>, выберите в меню <em>Импорт → Импорт журналов</em>, чтобы открыть
- <a href="#Unified_import">диалог универсального импорта</a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-В окне в правой нижней части выберите тип "APD-файлы"
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-В списке файлов выберите тот, что вы сохранили ранее из текстового редактора. Будет представлено
- окно импорта.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Внесите по необходимости изменения в параметры импорта, как описано в главе <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Импорт CSV-файлов</a>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/APD_CSVimportF22.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Импорт файлов APD log viewer" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Выпадающий список в левом верхнем углу позволяет указать журнал какого именно компьютера необходимо
- импортировать. По умолчанию это первый компьютер (DC1). Вы можете последовательно импортировать
- данные погружения сначала для DC1, а потом для DC2 (при просмотре погружения в <em>Subsurface</em> вы можете
- переключаться между дайв-компьютерами, выбрав в главном меню <em>Вид → След. компьютер</em>).
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Нажмите кнопку <em>Ок</em>, чтобы выполнить импорт.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Журнал погружения APD должен появиться в <em>Subsurface</em>. Деко-потолок, сгенерированный Inspiration,
-можно посмотреть на профиле, выбрав соответствующую кнопку на панели слева от профиля погружения.
-Оборудование APD не записывает данные о давлении в баллонах, но вы можете указать их самостоятельно
-на вкладке <em>Снаряжение</em>.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="APPENDIX_C">17. ПРИЛОЖЕНИЕ В: Импорт журнала погружений из сторонних программ</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Импорт погружений из сторонних программ ведения журналов достаточно прост и
-выполняется с помощью универсального импорта, доступного из главного
-меню <em>Импорт → Импорт журнала</em>. Подробнее эта функциональность описана в
-<a href="#Unified_import">отдельной главе</a>.
-Однако в некоторых случаях может потребоваться два шага:</p></div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-Экспорт "чужого" журнала в формат, который может быть разобран
-<em>Subsurface</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Импорт этого файла в <em>Subsurface</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>В этом приложении мы попытаемся рассказать как экспортировать погружения из
-сторонних программ. В большей части это касается Linux и Windows.</p></div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_ImportingDivesSuunto">17.1. Экспорт погружений из <strong>Suunto Divemanager (DM3,DM4 и DM5)</strong></h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/suuntologo.jpg" alt="Замечание" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Divemanager 3 (DM3) - старая версия журнала погружений. Современные
-дайв-компьютеры Suunto используют Divemanager версий 4 или 5 (DM4 или DM5). Эти две версии
-используют разные подходы и имена файлов для экспорта погружений.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemanager 3 (DM3):</strong></p></div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-Запустите <em>Suunto Divemanager 3</em> и войдите под пользователем, для которого
-есть погружения в журнале.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Не запускайте импорт погружений из дайв-компьютера.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-В навигационной панели в левой части окна программы выберите погружения.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Используйте мышь и клавиши Ctrl и Shift для выбора одиночных и нескольких
-погружений.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Для выбранных погружений используйте пункт меню <em>File → Export</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Во всплывающем окне есть одно единственное поле <em>Export Path</em>
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Нажмите кнопку Обзор рядом в этим полем
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-вам будет представлено окно файлового проводника
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-перейдите в директорию для сохранения файла Divelog.SDE
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-при желании измените имя файла
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-нажмите <em>Сохранить</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Вернувшись во всплывающее окно экспорта, нажмите кнопку <em>Export</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Погружения экспортированы в файл Divelog.SDE.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemanager 4 (DM4) и Divemanager 5 (DM5):</strong></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Чтобы экспортировать данные журнала DM4 и DM5, вам необходимо узнать
-местоположение базы данных, в которой хранятся погружения. Вы можете
-использовать как основную, так и резервную копию базы. Ниже описаны оба варианта:</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Местонахождение базы данных Suunto DM4 (или DM5):</p></div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-Запустите Suunto DM4/DM5
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Выберите в меню <em>Help → About</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Нажмите <em>Copy</em> после текста <em>Copy log folder path to clipboard</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Запустите проводник Windows
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Вставьте текст из буфера обмена в строку навигации проводника
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Файл базы данных называется DM4.db
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Создание резервной копии Suunto DM4:</p></div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-Запустите Suunto DM4/DM5
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Выберите в меню <em>File - Create backup</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-В диалоге выбора файла укажите путь и название резервной копии, в этом
-примере мы используем расширение .bak по умолчанию
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Нажмите <em>Save</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Погружения сохранены в файл DM4.bak (или DM5.bak)
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_экспорт_погружений_из_atomic_logbook">17.2. Экспорт погружений из Atomic Logbook</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock" id="Atomic_Export">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/atomiclogo.jpg" alt="Замечание" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Компания Atomic Aquatics предлагает собственное программное обеспечение Atomic Logbook для платформы
-Windows. Оно позволяет загружать журналы погружений с компьютеров Cobalt и Cobalt 2. Журнал хранится
-в базе данных SQLite в файле C:\ProgramData\AtomicsAquatics\Cobalt-Logbook\Cobalt.db. Этот файл
-может быть напрямую импортирован в <em>Subsurface</em>.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="Mares_Export">17.3. Экспорт погружений из Mares Dive Organiser V2.1</h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/mareslogo.jpg" alt="Замечание" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Mares Dive Organiser работает исключительно под управлением ОС Windows. Журнал
-погружений хранится в фрмате SQL Compact Edition database в файле с
-расширением <em>.sdf</em>. База данных содержит данные о всех зарегистрированных
-дайверах на данном ПК и о всех используемых дайв-компьютерах Mares. На
-сегодняшний день самый надежный способ получить копию журнала -
-экспортировать погружения в другой формат, распознаваемый <em>Subsurface</em>.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-Находясь в Dive Organiser, выберите в главном меню <em>Database → Backup</em> и
-создайте резервную копию базы данных на рабочем столе. Это создаст ZIP-архив с
-именем DiveOrganiserxxxxx.dbf.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Переименуйте файл в DiveOrganiserxxxxx.zip. Внутри ZIP-архива находится
-файл <em>DiveOrganiser.sdf</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Извлеките файл с расширением <em>.sdf</em> на рабочий стол вашего ПК.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Пароль для доступа к ZIP-архиву <em>mares</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="S_ImportingDivinglog">17.4. Экспорт погружений из <strong>DivingLog 5.0 и 6.0</strong></h3>
-<div class="admonitionblock">
-<table><tr>
-<td class="icon">
-<img src="images/icons/divingloglogo.jpg" alt="Замечание" />
-</td>
-<td class="content">Лучший способ перенести журнал погружений из DivingLog в <em>Subsurface</em> - полная конвертация базы
-данных. Прочие форматы не содержат все детали погружений, такие как события замены газов, единицы
-измерения и т.п. При конвертации базы данных, вся эта информация будет доступна.</td>
-</tr></table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Для переноса всех файлов из DivingLog в <em>Subsurface</em> выполните следующие шаги:</p></div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-В главном меню DivingLog выберите <em>File → Export → SQLite</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Нажмите на кнопку <em>Установки</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Установите <em>RTF2Plaintext</em> в значение <em>true</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Закройте диалоговое окно <em>Установки</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Нажмите кнопку Экспорт и укажите имя файла
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>После выполнения этих шагов, откройте сохраненный файл с помощью <em>Subsurface</em>, все погружения будут
-преобразованы в наш собственный формат. Последним шагом не забудьте сохранить журнал.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_Appendix_D">18. ПРИЛОЖЕНИЕ Г: Экспорт электронных таблиц в CSV-формат</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Многие дайверы ведут журнал погружений в каком-либо электронном формате, зачастую в виде таблицы
-с разнообразными информационными полями. Такие журналы могут быть импортированы в <em>Subsurface</em>, но
-прежде их надо конвертировать в формат CSV.
-Эта глава описывает шаги по конвертации журнала из электронных таблиц в CSV-формат для последующего
-импорта в <em>Subsurface</em>. Создание CSV-файла довольно тривиальная задача, хотя это процедура различается
-для разных программ для работы с электронными таблицами.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Первым шагом вам нужно правильно организовать данные в таблице так, что первая строка содержала
-названия (заголовки) каждой из колонок и информация по каждому погружению хранилась в одной строке.
-<em>Subsurface</em> поддерживает множество полей (№ погружения, Дата, Время, Длительность, Напарник, Грузы,
-Метки и Примечания). Вы можете организовать данные, следуя простым правилам:</p></div>
-<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
-<li>
-<p>
-Дата. Используйте один из форматов: yyyy-mm-dd, dd.mm.yyyy, mm/dd/yyyy
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Длительность. Формат должен быть вида мин:сек.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Система мер. Нужно использовать только одну систему (т.е. нельзя использовать фунты и градусы Цельсия)
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Метки и партнеры. Значения должны быть разделены запятой.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-GPS-координаты. Следует использоваться десятичные доли градусов, т.е. e.g. 30.22496 30.821798
-</p>
-</li>
-</ol></div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_em_libreoffice_calc_em_и_em_openoffice_calc_em">18.1. <em>LibreOffice Calc</em> и <em>OpenOffice Calc</em></h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Эти программы для работы с электронными таблицами являются частью офисных пакетов с открытым кодом.
-Работы с <em>LibreOffice</em> и <em>OpenOffice</em> очень схожа. Формат времени должен быть вида минуты:секунды - [mm]:ss, а формат даты одним из yyyy-mm-dd, dd.mm.yyyy, mm/dd/yyyy. Типичный журнал может выгядеть так:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/LOffice_spreadsheetdata.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Электронная таблица" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Для экспорта файла CSV из LibreOffice в меню выберите <em>Файл → Сохранить как</em>. В появившемся диалоге выберите тип файла <em>Текст CSV (.csv)</em> и выберите опцию <em>Редактировать настройки фильтра</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/LOffice_save_as_options.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Сохранение CSV-файла" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>После нажатия на кнопку <em>Сохранить</em>, выберите <em>Tab</em> в качестве разделителя полей, чтобы избежать конфликтов при использовании запятой в качестве десятичного разделителя, и нажмите <em>OK</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/LOffice_field_options.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Настройки фильтра CSV" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Импортируйте только что сохраненный CSV-файл как описано в главе <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Импорт погружений в CSV-формате</a>.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_microsoft_em_excel_em">18.2. Microsoft <em>Excel</em></h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Excel</em> не предоставляет возможности указать разделитель полей (в руководстве Microsoft он называется
-<em>разделитель списка</em>); сделать это можно из <em>Панели управления</em>. После изменения символа-разделителя,
-его будут использовать все программы на компьютере. Вы всегда можете вернуться к предыдущему значению,
-выполнив следующую процедуру:</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-В Windows нажмите кнопку <strong>Пуск</strong> и выберите <em>Панель управления</em> в правой части окна.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Выберите <em>Региональные настройки</em>.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Выполните следующее:
-</p>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-Для Windows 7, выберите вкладку <em>Формат) и нажмите _Настроить</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Для Windows XP, выберите <em>Параметры региона</em> и нажмите <em>Настроить</em>
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Введите новый символ-разделитель в поле <em>Разделитель списка</em>. Чтобы указать символ табуляции, введите слово TAB.
-</p>
-</li>
-<li>
-<p>
-Последовательно нажмите кнопку <em>ОК</em> дважды.
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Ниже приведен внешний вид <em>Панели управления</em>:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Win_SaveCSV2.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Разделитель списков в Windows" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Чтобы экспортировать журнал погружений в CSV формат:</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Откройте журнал в <em>Excel</em>, нажмите на круглую кнопку с логотипом Windows в верхнем левом углу и выберите <em>Сохранить как</em></p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Win_SaveCSV1.jpg" alt="Рисунок: сохранить как в Excel" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Нажимайте непосредственно на пункт <em>Сохранить как</em>, а не на стрелочку справа от него. Это откроет диалоговое окно для сохранения таблицы в альтернативном формате. Из выпадающего списка в нижней части диалога выберите тип CSV, укажите папку для сохранения.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Win_SaveCSV3.jpg" alt="Рисунок: диалоговое окна сохранения CSV-файла в Excel" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Нажмите кнопку <em>Сохранить</em>. Импортируйте только что сохраненный CSV-файл как описано в главе <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Импорт погружений в CSV-формате</a>.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="S_APPENDIX_E">19. ПРИЛОЖЕНИЕ Д: Создание собственных шаблонов печати</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> предоставляет механизм по созданию и изменению шаблонов для печати погружений, что
-позволяет гибко менять положение информации на странице. Шаблоны используют HTML и набор инструкций
-библиотеки Grantlee.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Доступ к шаблонам осуществляется из диалога печати (см. рисунок В ниже).</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Print1_f22.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Диалог печати" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Кнопки под выпадающим списком шаблонов позволяют <em>Редактировать</em>, <em>Удалить</em>, выполнить <em>Импорт</em> и
-<em>Экспорт</em>. Новые или измененные шаблоны хранятся в той же директории, что и журнал, с которым вы работаете
-в данный момент. Чтобы изменить существующий шаблон, выберите его названиек в списке и нажмите
-кнопку <em>Редактировать</em>.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Окно редактирования шаблона состоит из трех вкладок:</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Template1_f22.jpg" alt="Рисунок: окно редактирования шаблона" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>1) Вкладка <em>Стиль</em> (рисунок <strong>А</strong> выше) управляет шрифтами, междстрочным интервалом и палитрой цветов.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>2) Вкладка <em>Цвета</em> (рисунок <strong>В</strong> выше) позволяет переопределить цвета шаблона</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>3) Вкладка <em>Шаблон</em> (рисунок ниже) дает вам возможность описать шаблон на языке HTML с использованием
- примитивов библиотеки Grantlee.</p></div>
-<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
-<div class="content">
-<img src="images/Template2_f22.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Вкладка редактирования шаблона" />
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Вы можете адаптировать существующие шаблоны под свои нужды и сохранить их в директории журнала погружений.
-После окончания редактирования, используйте функцию <em>Экспорт</em>, чтобы сохранить шаблон с новым именем.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Чтобы шаблон правильно отображался, в нем должны присутствовать следующие элементы:</p></div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_главный_цикл_погружений">19.1. Главный цикл погружений</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> экспортирует в <em>Grantlee</em> список погружений под именем <strong>dives</strong>. Для итерации по погружениям:</p></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="title">template.html</div>
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code> {% for dive in dives %}
- <h1> {{ dive.number }} </h1>
- {% endfor %}</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="title">output.html</div>
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code> <h1> 1 </h1>
- <h1> 2 </h1>
- <h1> 3 </h1></code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Дополнительную информация о <em>Grantlee</em> вы можете найти <a href="http://www.grantlee.org/apidox/for_themers.html">здесь</a>.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_переменные_доступные_в_grantlee">19.2. Переменные, доступные в Grantlee</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> экспортирует только часть информации о погружении:</p></div>
-<div class="tableblock">
-<table rules="all"
-width="100%"
-frame="border"
-cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
-<col width="50%" />
-<col width="50%" />
-<tbody>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Название</strong></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Описание</strong></p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">number</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) номер погружения</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">id</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) уникальный ID дайва, должен использоваться для получения профиляe</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">date</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) дата погружения</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">time</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) время погружения</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">location</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) местоположение</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">duration</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) длительность</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">depth</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) глубина погружения</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">divemaster</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) информация о дайв-мастере</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">buddy</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) информация о партнерах</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">airTemp</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) температура воздуха</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">waterTemp</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) температура воды</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">notes</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) примечания к погружению</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">rating</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) рейтинг погружения (от 0 до 5)</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">sac</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) значение SAC</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">tags</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) все метки погружения, перечисленные через запятую</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">gas</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) используемые баллоны</p></td>
-</tr>
-</tbody>
-</table>
-</div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> также экспортирует структуру <strong>template_options</strong>. Эти данные должны использоваться
-в определении стилей CSS. В таблице ниже приведены доступные переменные:</p></div>
-<div class="tableblock">
-<table rules="all"
-width="100%"
-frame="border"
-cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
-<col width="50%" />
-<col width="50%" />
-<tbody>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Название</strong></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Описание</strong></p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">font</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) семество шрифтов</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">borderwidth</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) значение border-width динамически высчитывается как 0.1% от ширины страницы, минимум 1px</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">font_size</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>double</strong>) размер шрифта в vw (viewport width), в диапазоне от 1.0 до 2.0</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">line_spacing</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>double</strong>) расстояние между строками, диапазон от 1.0 до 3.0</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color1</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) цвет фона</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color2</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) основной цвет ячейки таблицы</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color3</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) дополнительный цвет ячейки таблицы</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color4</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) основной цвет текста</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color5</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) дополнительный цвет текста</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color6</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) цвет рамки</p></td>
-</tr>
-</tbody>
-</table>
-</div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="title">template.html</div>
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code> border-width: {{ template_options.borderwidth }}px;</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="title">output.html</div>
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code> border-width: 3px;</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Дополнительно <em>Subsurface</em> экспортирует переменную <strong>print_options</strong>. У этой переменной одно поле.</p></div>
-<div class="tableblock">
-<table rules="all"
-width="100%"
-frame="border"
-cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
-<col width="50%" />
-<col width="50%" />
-<tbody>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Название</strong></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Описание</strong></p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">grayscale</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Используйте <em>CSS</em> фильтры для преобразования страницы в черно-белый цвет (необходимо добавлять в стиль body, чтобы сделать возможной черно-белую печать)</p></td>
-</tr>
-</tbody>
-</table>
-</div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="title">template.html</div>
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code> body {
- {{ print_options.grayscale }};
- }</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="title">output.html</div>
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code> body {
- -webkit-filter: grayscale(100%);
- }</code></pre>
-</div></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_определенные_css_селекторы">19.3. Определенные CSS-селекторы</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Так как профиль погружения добавляется после рендеринга, <em>Subsurface</em> использует специальные <em>CSS</em>-селекторы
-для поиска в сгенерированном HTML. Вам понадобится добавить селекторы из табдицы ниже.</p></div>
-<div class="tableblock">
-<table rules="all"
-width="100%"
-frame="border"
-cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
-<col width="33%" />
-<col width="33%" />
-<col width="33%" />
-<tbody>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Селектор</strong></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Тип</strong></p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Описание</strong></p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">dive_{{ dive.id }}</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">id</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">используется для получения соответствующего профиля погружения</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">diveProfile</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">class</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">каждый div-элемент, содержащий профиль, должен иметь этот селектор класса в дополнение к dive_{{ dive.id }} id-селектору</p></td>
-</tr>
-<tr>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">dontbreak</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">class</p></td>
-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">предотвращает div с этим классом от разбиаения на две страницы, может быть использован только в потоковых шаблонах (когда data-numberofdives = 0)</p></td>
-</tr>
-</tbody>
-</table>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_приложение_е_частые_вопросы_и_ответы">20. ПРИЛОЖЕНИЕ Е: Частые вопросы и ответы</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="paragraph"><p>ВАЖНО: Отображение профиля погружения не поддерживается в потоковых шаблонах (когда data-numberofdives = 0)</p></div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_специальные_атрибуты">20.1. Специальные атрибуты</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Существует два способа рендеринга - указанное количество погружений на странице и потоковое отображение
-(_Subsurface пытается разместить как можно больще погружений на странице).</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Атрибут <strong>data-numberofdives</strong> указывает сколько погружений должно быть отображено на странице</p></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-отобразить 6 погружений на странице:
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code> <body data-numberofdives = 6></code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="ulist"><ul>
-<li>
-<p>
-отобразаить как можно больше погружений:
-</p>
-</li>
-</ul></div>
-<div class="literalblock">
-<div class="content">
-<pre><code> <body data-numberofdives = 0></code></pre>
-</div></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>ВАЖНО: Все размеры CSS должны быть в относительных единицах, чтобы поддерживать печать на бумаге любого размера.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect1">
-<h2 id="_приложение_ж_чаво">21. ПРИЛОЖЕНИЕ Ж: ЧаВо</h2>
-<div class="sectionbody">
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="SAC_CALCULATION">21.1. Похоже, что <em>Subsurface</em> неправильно считает расход газов и SAC</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Вопрос</em>: Я погружался с баллоном 12.2л, начальное давление 220бар, конечное - 100 бар. Мои расчеты
-SAC не совпадают со значением в <em>Subsurface</em>. Возможно ли, что <em>Subsurface</em> считает неверно?</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Ответ</em>: Нет. <em>Subsurface</em> рассчитывает расход газа иначе, и даже лучше, чем вы
-ожидаете. В частности, мы принимаем во внимание несжимаемость газа.
-Традиционно, расход и SAC считаются по формуле:
-<code>расход = объем баллона x (начальное давление - конечное давление)</code></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>и это правильно для идеального газа, и это то, чему вас учили в теории. Но
-"идеального газа" не существует, а реальные газы сжимаются нелинейно с ростом
-давления. Также вы упускаете тот факт, что давление одной атмосферы не
-равняется одному бар. Поэтому <strong>реальная</strong> формула будет:</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><code>расход = (объем_воздуха_в_начале - объем_воздуха_в_конце)</code></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>где объем воздуха это <strong>не</strong> просто "произведение объема на давление". Это
-комбинация из: "примем во внимание сжимаемость газа" (что в принципе не играет
-роли до 220 бар, это становится существенным для баллонов с давлением 300
-бар), и "переведем бар в атмосферы" (это основная причина несоответствия).
-Напомним: одна атмосфера равняется ~1.013 бар, так что даже без сжимаемости ваш расход газа составит:</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><code>12.2*((220-100)/1.013)</code></p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>что будет около 1445, а не 1464. Т.е. в ваших расчета было лишних 19 литров
-из-за разницы между 1 бар и 1 АТМ. Сжимаемость начинает играть свою роль при
-давлениях свыше 200 бар и уменьшит расход еще приблизительно на 8 литров, т.о.
-вы расходовали около 1437 л при давлении на поверхности.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Поэтому радуйтесь: ваш SAC лучше, чем вы считали. Либо огорчайтесь: у вас в
-баллоне меньше воздуха, чем вы думали. И как уже упоминалось, "меньше чем
-думали" начинает работать при довольно высоком давлении. Баллон при 400 бар не
-содержит в два раза больше воздуха чем при 200 бар. При низких же давлениях
-воздух ведет себя почти как идеальный газ.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_на_некоторых_профилях_наблюдаются_различия_во_времени_с_данных_дайв_компьютера_8230">21.2. На некоторых профилях наблюдаются различия во времени с данных дайв-компьютера…</h3>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> игнорирует поверхностное время при различных расчетах (средняя глубина, время дайва, SAC и т.д)
-<em>Вопрос</em>: почему время погружения на дайв-компьютере и в <em>Subsurface</em> различаются?</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Ответ</em>: Например, вы решили выполнить проверку плавучести (достаточно глубокую, чтобы
-компьютер посчитал это началом погружения), после чего всплыли на поверхность и еще 5 минут
-прождали своего напарника. Ваш дайв-компьютер может посчитать длительность этого погружения
-50 минут, потому что компьютер находится в режиме погружения, а <em>Subsurface</em> посчитает
-длительность этого дайва равной 45 минутам, потому что вы действительно погружались 45 минут.
-Особенно это заметно, если вы обучаете новичков OW, вы долгое время находитесь
-в воде, но основное время проводите на поверхности. И это нельзя считать долгим погружением.</p></div>
-</div>
-<div class="sect2">
-<h3 id="_при_загрузке_отсутствуют_некоторые_погружения">21.3. При загрузке отсутствуют некоторые погружения</h3>
-<div class="paragraph" id="DC_HISTORY"><p><em>Вопрос</em>: У меня не получается загрузить все мои погружения, только недавние. При этом руководство
-по моему дайв-компьютеру утверждает, что он хранит историю ,например, 999 погружений.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Ответ</em>: История погружений и профиль погружения - две большие разницы. История
-хранит только общее количество погружений и общее время, проведенное под водой.
-С другой стороны, журнал хранит профили погружений, но объем его памяти
-ограничен. Точно количество хранимых профилей зависит от частоты дискретизации
-и длительности погружений. Как только память переполняется, старые погружения
-перетираются новыми. Поэтому мы можем загрузить последний 13, 30 или 199
-погружений.</p></div>
-<div class="paragraph"><p>Если вы выгрузили погружения в разные программы для ведения журналов перед тем как они были
-перезаписаны, есть вероятность, что <em>Subsurface</em> сможет импортировать их. Однако, если погружения
-были только в вашем дайв-компьютере, они не могут быть восстановлены после того как были
-перезаписаны новыми погружениями.</p></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-<div id="footnotes"><hr /></div>
-<div id="footer">
-<div id="footer-text">
-Последнее обновление 2015-12-15 13:35:30 PST
-</div>
-</div>
-</body>
-</html>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"> +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="ru"> +<head> +<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="application/xhtml+xml; charset=UTF-8" /> +<meta name="generator" content="AsciiDoc 8.6.9" /> +<title></title> +<style type="text/css"> +/* + * compact_subsurface.css, a special style sheet for Subsurface, + * modified by Willem Ferguson and derived from: + * compact.css, version 1.3 by Alex Efros <powerman@powerman.name> + * Licence: Public Domain + * + * Usage: asciidoc -a theme=compact_subsurface ... + */ + +* { padding: 0; margin: 0; } +img { border: 0; } + +/*** Layout ***/ + +body { margin: 10px 20px; } +#header br { display: none; } +#revnumber { display: block; } +#toc { margin: 1em 0; } +.toclevel2 { margin-left: 1em; } +.toclevel3 { margin-left: 2em; } +#footer { margin-top: 2em; } + +#preamble .sectionbody, +h2, +h3, +h4, +h5 { margin: 1em 0 0 0; } + +.admonitionblock, +.listingblock, +.sidebarblock, +.exampleblock, +.tableblock, +.literalblock { margin: 1em 0; } +.admonitionblock td.icon { padding-right: 0.5em; } +.admonitionblock td.content { padding-left: 0.5em; } +.listingblock .content { padding: 0.5em; } +.sidebarblock > .content { padding: 0.5em; } +.exampleblock > .content { padding: 0 0.5em; } +.tableblock caption { padding: 0 0 0.5em 0; } +.tableblock thead th, +.tableblock tbody td, +.tableblock tfoot td { padding: 0 0.5em; } +.quoteblock { padding: 0 2.0em; } + +.paragraph { margin: 1em 0 0 0; } +.sidebarblock .paragraph:first-child, +.exampleblock .paragraph:first-child, +.admonitionblock .paragraph:first-child { margin: 0; } + + .ulist, .olist, .dlist, .hdlist, .qlist { margin: 1em 0; } +li .ulist, li .olist, li .dlist, li .hdlist, li .qlist, +dd .ulist, dd .olist, dd .dlist, dd .hdlist, dd .qlist { margin: 0; } +ul { margin-left: 1.5em; } +ol { margin-left: 2em; } +dd { margin-left: 3em; } +td.hdlist1 { padding-right: 1em; } + +/*** Fonts ***/ + +body { font-family: Verdana, sans-serif; } +#header { font-family: Arial, sans-serif; } +#header h1 { font-family: Arial, sans-serif; } +#footer { font-family: Georgia, serif; } +#email { font-size: 0.85em; } +#revnumber { font-size: 0.75em; } +#toc { font-size: 0.9em; } +#toctitle { font-weight: bold; } +#footer { font-size: 0.8em; } + +h2, h3, h4, h5, .title { font-family: Arial, sans-serif; } +h2 { font-size: 1.5em; } +.sectionbody { font-size: 0.85em; } +.sectionbody .sectionbody { font-size: inherit; } +h3 { font-size: 159%; } /* 1.35em */ +h4 { font-size: 141%; } /* 1.2em */ +h5 { font-size: 118%; } /* 1em */ +.title { font-size: 106%; /* 0.9em */ + font-weight: bold; + } + +tt, .monospaced { font-family: monospace; font-size: 106%; } /* 0.9em */ +dt, td.hdlist1, .qlist em { font-family: Times New Roman, serif; + font-size: 118%; /* 1em */ + font-style: italic; + } +.tableblock tfoot td { font-weight: bold; } + +/*** Colors and Backgrounds ***/ + +h1 { color: #527bbd; border-bottom: 2px solid silver; } +#footer { border-top: 2px solid silver; } + +h2 { color: #527bbd; border-bottom: 2px solid silver; } +h3 { color: #5D7EAE; border-bottom: 2px solid silver; } +h3 { display: inline-block; } +h4,h5 { color: #5D7EAE; } + +.admonitionblock td.content { border-left: 2px solid silver; } +.listingblock .content { background: #f4f4f4; border: 1px solid silver; border-left: 5px solid #e0e0e0; } +.sidebarblock > .content { background: #ffffee; border: 1px solid silver; border-left: 5px solid #e0e0e0; } +.exampleblock > .content { border-left: 2px solid silver; } +.quoteblock { border-left: 5px solid #e0e0e0; } +.tableblock table { + border-collapse: collapse; + border-width: 3px; + border-color: #527bbd; +} +.tableblock table[frame=hsides] { border-style: solid none; } +.tableblock table[frame=border] { border-style: solid; } +.tableblock table[frame=void] { border-style: none; } +.tableblock table[frame=vsides] { border-style: none solid; } +.tableblock table[rules=all] tbody tr *, +.tableblock table[rules=rows] tbody tr * { + border-top: 1px solid #527bbd; +} +.tableblock table[rules=all] tr *, +.tableblock table[rules=cols] tr * { + border-left: 1px solid #527bbd; +} +.tableblock table tbody tr:first-child * { + border-top: 1px solid white; /* none don't work here... %-[] */ +} +.tableblock table tr *:first-child { + border-left: none; +} +.tableblock table[frame] thead tr *, +.tableblock table[frame] thead tr * { + border-top: 1px solid white; + border-bottom: 2px solid #527bbd; +} +.tableblock table tr td p.table, +.tableblock table tr td p.table * { + border: 0px; +} + +tt, .monospaced { color: navy; } + +li { color: #a0a0a0; } +li > * { color: black; } + +span.aqua { color: aqua; } +span.black { color: black; } +span.blue { color: blue; } +span.fuchsia { color: fuchsia; } +span.gray { color: gray; } +span.green { color: green; } +span.lime { color: lime; } +span.maroon { color: maroon; } +span.navy { color: navy; } +span.olive { color: olive; } +span.purple { color: purple; } +span.red { color: red; } +span.silver { color: silver; } +span.teal { color: teal; } +span.white { color: white; } +span.yellow { color: yellow; } + +span.aqua-background { background: aqua; } +span.black-background { background: black; } +span.blue-background { background: blue; } +span.fuchsia-background { background: fuchsia; } +span.gray-background { background: gray; } +span.green-background { background: green; } +span.lime-background { background: lime; } +span.maroon-background { background: maroon; } +span.navy-background { background: navy; } +span.olive-background { background: olive; } +span.purple-background { background: purple; } +span.red-background { background: red; } +span.silver-background { background: silver; } +span.teal-background { background: teal; } +span.white-background { background: white; } +span.yellow-background { background: yellow; } + +span.big { font-size: 2em; } +span.small { font-size: 0.6em; } + +span.underline { text-decoration: underline; } +span.overline { text-decoration: overline; } +span.line-through { text-decoration: line-through; } + +/*** Misc ***/ + +.admonitionblock td.icon { vertical-align: top; } +.attribution { text-align: right; } + +ul { list-style-type: disc; } +ol.arabic { list-style-type: decimal; } +ol.loweralpha { list-style-type: lower-alpha; } +ol.upperalpha { list-style-type: upper-alpha; } +ol.lowerroman { list-style-type: lower-roman; } +ol.upperroman { list-style-type: upper-roman; } +.hdlist td { vertical-align: top; } + + +@media screen { + body { + max-width: 50em; /* approximately 80 characters wide */ + margin-left: 16em; + } + + #toc { + position: fixed; + top: 0; + left: 0; + bottom: 0; + width: 13em; + padding: 0.5em; + padding-bottom: 1.5em; + margin: 0; + overflow: auto; + border-right: 3px solid #f8f8f8; + background-color: white; + } + + #toc .toclevel1 { + margin-top: 0.5em; + } + + #toc .toclevel2 { + margin-top: 0.25em; + display: list-item; + color: #aaaaaa; + } + + #toctitle { + margin-top: 0.5em; + } +} +</style> +<script type="text/javascript"> +/*<+'])'); + // Function that scans the DOM tree for header elements (the DOM2 + // nodeIterator API would be a better technique but not supported by all + // browsers). + var iterate = function (el) { + for (var i = el.firstChild; i != null; i = i.nextSibling) { + if (i.nodeType == 1 /* Node.ELEMENT_NODE */) { + var mo = re.exec(i.tagName); + if (mo && (i.getAttribute("class") || i.getAttribute("className")) != "float") { + result[result.length] = new TocEntry(i, getText(i), mo[1]-1); + } + iterate(i); + } + } + } + iterate(el); + return result; + } + + var toc = document.getElementById("toc"); + if (!toc) { + return; + } + + // Delete existing TOC entries in case we're reloading the TOC. + var tocEntriesToRemove = []; + var i; + for (i = 0; i < toc.childNodes.length; i++) { + var entry = toc.childNodes[i]; + if (entry.nodeName.toLowerCase() == 'div' + && entry.getAttribute("class") + && entry.getAttribute("class").match(/^toclevel/)) + tocEntriesToRemove.push(entry); + } + for (i = 0; i < tocEntriesToRemove.length; i++) { + toc.removeChild(tocEntriesToRemove[i]); + } + + // Rebuild TOC entries. + var entries = tocEntries(document.getElementById("content"), toclevels); + for (var i = 0; i < entries.length; ++i) { + var entry = entries[i]; + if (entry.element.id == "") + entry.element.id = "_toc_" + i; + var a = document.createElement("a"); + a.href = "#" + entry.element.id; + a.appendChild(document.createTextNode(entry.text)); + var div = document.createElement("div"); + div.appendChild(a); + div.className = "toclevel" + entry.toclevel; + toc.appendChild(div); + } + if (entries.length == 0) + toc.parentNode.removeChild(toc); +}, + + +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// +// Footnotes generator +///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// + +/* Based on footnote generation code from: + * http://www.brandspankingnew.net/archive/2005/07/format_footnote.html + */ + +footnotes: function () { + // Delete existing footnote entries in case we're reloading the footnodes. + var i; + var noteholder = document.getElementById("footnotes"); + if (!noteholder) { + return; + } + var entriesToRemove = []; + for (i = 0; i < noteholder.childNodes.length; i++) { + var entry = noteholder.childNodes[i]; + if (entry.nodeName.toLowerCase() == 'div' && entry.getAttribute("class") == "footnote") + entriesToRemove.push(entry); + } + for (i = 0; i < entriesToRemove.length; i++) { + noteholder.removeChild(entriesToRemove[i]); + } + + // Rebuild footnote entries. + var cont = document.getElementById("content"); + var spans = cont.getElementsByTagName("span"); + var refs = {}; + var n = 0; + for (i=0; i<spans.length; i++) { + if (spans[i].className == "footnote") { + n++; + var note = spans[i].getAttribute("data-note"); + if (!note) { + // Use [\s\S] in place of . so multi-line matches work. + // Because JavaScript has no s (dotall) regex flag. + note = spans[i].innerHTML.match(/\s*\[([\s\S]*)]\s*/)[1]; + spans[i].innerHTML = + "[<a id='_footnoteref_" + n + "' href='#_footnote_" + n + + "' title='View footnote' class='footnote'>" + n + "</a>]"; + spans[i].setAttribute("data-note", note); + } + noteholder.innerHTML += + "<div class='footnote' id='_footnote_" + n + "'>" + + "<a href='#_footnoteref_" + n + "' title='Return to text'>" + + n + "</a>. " + note + "</div>"; + var id =spans[i].getAttribute("id"); + if (id != null) refs["#"+id] = n; + } + } + if (n == 0) + noteholder.parentNode.removeChild(noteholder); + else { + // Process footnoterefs. + for (i=0; i<spans.length; i++) { + if (spans[i].className == "footnoteref") { + var href = spans[i].getElementsByTagName("a")[0].getAttribute("href"); + href = href.match(/#.*/)[0]; // Because IE return full URL. + n = refs[href]; + spans[i].innerHTML = + "[<a href='#_footnote_" + n + + "' title='View footnote' class='footnote'>" + n + "</a>]"; + } + } + } +}, + +install: function(toclevels) { + var timerId; + + function reinstall() { + asciidoc.footnotes(); + if (toclevels) { + asciidoc.toc(toclevels); + } + } + + function reinstallAndRemoveTimer() { + clearInterval(timerId); + reinstall(); + } + + timerId = setInterval(reinstall, 500); + if (document.addEventListener) + document.addEventListener("DOMContentLoaded", reinstallAndRemoveTimer, false); + else + window.onload = reinstallAndRemoveTimer; +} + +} +asciidoc.install(3); +/*]]>*/ +</script> +</head> +<body class="article"> +<div id="header"> +</div> +<div id="content"> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Subsurface4Banner.jpg" alt="Banner" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><span class="big">Руководство пользователя</span></p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Авторы документа</strong>: Willem Ferguson, Jacco van Koll, Dirk Hohndel, Reinout Hoornweg, +Linus Torvalds, Miika Turkia, Amit Chaudhuri, Jan Schubert, Salvador Cuñat, Pedro Neves</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><span class="blue"><em>Версия 4.5, Октябрь 2015</em></span></p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Вас приветствует <em>Subsurface</em>, современная программа для ведения журнала +погружений с возможностями организации, документирования, анализа и печати +погружений для SCUBA и фридайверов. <em>Subsurface</em> предлагает множество +преимуществ по сравнению с другими решениями:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Вам нужен удобный инструмент для ведения журнала рекреационных погружений + даже без использования дайв-компьютера? +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Вы используете два дайв-компьютера различных производителей, каждый со + своим программным обеспечением, для загрузки профилей? Вы ныряете с + ребризером и на открытом цикле? Используете Reefnet Sensus ботом-таймер + совместно с дайв-компьютером? <em>Subsurface</em> предоставляет общий + унифицированный интерфейс для загрузки журналов со всех этих устройств, + хранения и анализа профилей. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Вы используете более одной операционной системы? <em>Subsurface</em> полностью + совместим с Mac, Linux и Windows, позволяя вам получить доступ к журналу + на любой операционной системе одинаковым способом. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Вы используете Linux или Mac, а для вашего дайв-компьютер есть программное + обеспечение только для Windows (например, Mares)? <em>Subsurface</em> дает вам + возможность работать с профилями погружения на других операционных системах. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Вам нужен интуитивно понятный графический планировщик погружений, который + принимает во внимание ранее выполненные погружения? +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Вам нужно хранить или создавать резервные копии журнала погружения в Интернет, с + возможностью доступа к журналу откуда угодно, используя веб-броузер? +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Установочные образы <em>Subsurface</em> доступны для Windows PC (Win XP и позже), +Intel Mac (OS/X) и множества дистрибутивов Linux. <em>Subsurface</em> может быть +также скомпилирован на множестве других платформ, где доступны Qt и +libdivecomputer.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Этот документ описывает использование программы <em>Subsurface</em>. Для установки +обратитесь к странице <em>Downloads</em> на <a href="http://subsurface-divelog.org/">веб-сайте +<em>Subsurface</em></a>. Вы можете обсудить эту программу, отправив email на адрес +<a href="mailto:subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org">списка рассылки</a> и сообщить об ошибках на сайте +<a href="http://trac.hohndel.org">треккера ошибок</a>. Инструкции по самостоятельной сборке +<em>Subsurface</em> и, если необходимо, зависимостей, описаны в файле INSTALL, распространяемом +вместе с исходными текстами.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Аудитория</strong>: Рекреационные, технические и коммерческие дайверы, фридайверы</p></div> +<div id="toc"> + <div id="toctitle">Содержание</div> + <noscript><p><b>JavaScript must be enabled in your browser to display the table of contents.</b></p></noscript> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_работа_с_этим_руководством">1. Работа с этим руководством</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Если руководство открыто из <em>Subsurface</em>, то вы не увидите никаких элементов +управления. Однако вам доступны две удобных функции:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>ПОИСК</em> активируется нажатием комбинации клавиш control-F или command-F. + Используйте текстовое поле в нижней части экрана для поиска нужной информации + в руководстве. Справа от поля поиска кнопки с изображением стрелок вверх и + вниз позволяют перемещаться по результатам поиска. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/usermanualfunctions.jpg" alt="Руководство пользователя" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>ИСТОРИЯ ПЕРЕХОДОВ</em>. Как и в случае работы с веб-браузером, вы можете + переходить по ссылкам в руководстве. Контекстное меню (его вы можете вызвать + правым щелчком мыши) позволяет вам перемещаться по истории переходов вперед и + назад. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_UserSurvey">2. Опрос пользователей</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Для того, чтобы <em>Subsurface</em> удовлетворял всем потребностям наших пользователей, +нам важно знать о вас. После нескольких дней использования <em>Subsurface</em> предложит +вам заполнить опросник. Вы сами решаете заполнять ли его и какую информацию вы готовы +предоставить. Эта информация помогает развивать проект в правильном направлении. +Если вы отправите анкету или решите отказаться, в обоих случаях <em>Subsurface</em> больше +не будет надоедать вам. Если в будущем ваши привычки или пожелания изменятся, +вы можете вызвать опросник, запустив <em>Subsurface</em> с параметром +командной строки <em>--survey</em>.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_StartUsing">3. Начало работы с программой</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Окно <em>Subsurface</em> обычно разделено на четыре панели с <strong>Главным меню</strong> (Файл +Импорт Журнал Вид Помощь) в верхней части окна (Windows и Linux) или в верхней +части экрана (Mac и Ubuntu Unity). Эти четыре панели:</p></div> +<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Список погружений</strong> в левой нижней части, в котором отображаются все +погружения из журнала. Погружение можно выбрать и подсветить нажав на нем +мышкой. В большинстве случаев между погружениями можно перемещаться клавишами +вверх/вниз. Список погружений - важный инструмент управления журналом. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Карта погружений</strong> в правой нижней части. В ней показываются места +погружений на карте мира. Карта отцентрирована по местоположению последнего +выбранного погружения в <strong>Списке погружений</strong> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Информация о погружении</strong> в левой верхней части. Предоставляет наиболее +полную информацию о дайве, выбранном в <strong>Списке погружений</strong>, включая статистику +одного или всех выбранных погружений. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Профиль погружения</strong> в правой верхней части. Показывает графический профиль +выбранного погружения. +</p> +</li> +</ol></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Разделители панелей можно двигать для того, чтобы изменить их размер. +<em>Subsurface</em> запоминает положение разделителей так, что при следующем запуске +программы размер панелей будет таким же, как и в предыдущий раз.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Если в <strong>Списке погружений</strong> выбран дайв, то в соответствующих панелях +отображается местоположение, подробная информация и профиль этого погружения. +Если же подсвечено более одного погружения, то последнее подсвеченное +считается выбранным, но на вкладке <strong>Статистика</strong> информационной панели +показывается сводная информация _всех подсвеченных_ дайвов (минимальная, +максимальная и средняя глубина, длительность, температура воды и SAC; +общее время на дне и количество погружений).</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" id="S_ViewPanels" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/main_window_f22.jpg" alt="Главное окно" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Вы можете выбрать какие из панелей показывать на главном экране. Для этого +перейдите в пункт меню <strong>Вид</strong> и выберите один из вариантов отображения:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Все</strong>: показываются все четыре панели, как на картинке выше.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Список</strong>: показать только список погружений.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Профиль</strong>: отобразить только профиль выбранного погружения.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Информация</strong>: показать только информацию о выбранном дайве и статистику по +подсвеченным погружениям.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Карта</strong>: показать карту, отцентрированную по последнему выбранному погружению.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Как и большинство других функций, доступных из главного меню, вид главного +экрана можно переключать комбинацией клавиш. Эти комбинации указаны рядом с +соответствующими пунктами меню. В зависимости от операционной системы и +выбранного языка интерфейса эти комбинации могут различаться, поэтому они не +перечислены в данном руководстве.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>При первом запуске программы главное окно не отображает вообще никакой +информации. Дело в том, что в этот момент еще нет данных о погружениях. В +следующих главах будут описаны шаги по созданию нового журнала погружений.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_NewLogbook">4. Создание нового журнала</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>В главном меню выберите <em>Файл → Новый журнал</em>. Все существующие данные +очищаются чтобы можно было добавлять новую информацию. Если в открытом журнале +были сделаны изменения, вам будет предложено сохранить данные перед +созданием нового журнала.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_GetInformation">5. Сохранение погружений в журнале</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Теперь, когда создан новый журнал, очень просто добавить погружения к нему. +<em>Subsurface</em> предлагает несколько способов добавления погружений, которые подробно +описаны далее:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>1) Если вы ведете бумажный журнал, храните информацию в электронной таблице или +используете другой ручной способ, данные о погружениях могут быть добавлены с +помощью одного из перечисленных вариантов:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Ввод данных о погружении вручную. Это может оказаться полезным, если вы не + используете дайв-компьютер и погружения были записаны в бумажном журнале. Смотрите: + <a href="#S_EnterData">Ввод данных о погружении вручную</a> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Импорт данных из журнала, который велся в электронной таблице или в виде CSV-файла. + Обратитесь к главам <a href="#S_Appendix_D">ПРИЛОЖЕНИЕ Г: Экспорт таблиц в CSV формат</a> и + <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Импорт погружений в CSV формате</a>. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>2) Если ваши погружения записаны в дайв-компьютере, вы можете получить значительное + количество информации, включая профиль погружения. Погружения могут быть импортированы + из:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Непосредственно дайв-компьютера. Смотрите главу <a href="#S_ImportDiveComputer">Импорт данных нового погружения из дайв-компьютера</a> или +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Стороннего программного обеспечения, распространяемого производителями дайв-компьютеров. + Обратитесь к <a href="#S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs">Импорт погружений из других источников и форматов данных</a>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Импорт из электронных таблиц и CSV-файлов, содержащих профили погружений. Смотрите + <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Импорт погружений в CSV-формате из дайв-компьютеров и другого ПО для ведения журналов</a>. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_EnterData">5.1. Ввод данных о погружении вручную</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Этот способ обычно используется для погружений без дайв-компьютера. Основная +учетная запись в <em>Subsurface</em> - это дайв. В простом журнале погружений обычно +фиксируется только наиболее важная информация: тип дайва, дата, время, +длительность, глубина, имена напарников, дайв-мастера или гида, возможно +некоторые заметки о погружении. <em>Subsurface</em> может хранить гораздо больше +информации о каждом отдельном дайве. Чтобы добавить новый дайв в журнал +выберите в главном меню <em>Журнал → Добавить погружение</em>. Программа при этом +покажет три области, доступных для ввода данных: две вкладки на информационной +панели (<strong>Примечания</strong> и <strong>Снаряжение</strong>) и панель <strong>Профиль</strong> с графиком погружения. +Эти области отмечены соответственно как <span class="red">A</span>, <span class="red">B</span> и <span class="red">C</span> на +картинке ниже. Далее будет пояснено как вводить данные.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/AddDive1_f22.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Добавление погружения" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Когда вы щелкаете мышью в одном из полей указанных панелей, вы переходите в +режим редактирования. Об этом свидетельствует сообщение на синем фоне в +верхней части.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/BlueEditBar_f22.jpg" alt="Синяя полоса редактирования" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Не нажимайте на кнопку <em>Применить изменения</em> до тех пор, пока вы не ввели все данные. +При ручном вводе вам нужно заполнить поля на вкладках <em>Примечания</em>, <em>Снаряжение</em> и +<em>Профиль</em> перед сохранением. При нажатии кнопки <em>Применить изменения</em>, информация о +погружении сохраняется в памяти. При закрытии <em>Subsurface</em> вам будет предложено +сохранить весь журнал на диск.</p></div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_CreateProfile">5.1.1. Создание профиля погружения</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Профиль погружения</strong> (графическое представление глубины дайва как функции +от времени) отображается в правой верхней панели окна <em>Subsurface</em>. В случае +ручного добавления погружения в журнал, <em>Subsurface</em> предлагает начальный +профиль дайва, который необходимо изменить, чтобы он соответствовал реальному +погружению:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/DiveProfile1_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Начальный профиль погружения" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Изменение профиля погружения</em>: при перемещении курсора по профилю погружения, +его положение показывается двумя красными линиями. Глубина +и время, соответствующие положению курсора, отображаются на координатных осях +слева и внизу. Единицы измерения (имперская или метрическая система мер) +берутся из <em>Настроек</em> приложения. Профиль дайва состоит из нескольких +сегментов, определенных путевыми точками (белые точки, как показано на рисунке +выше). Глубина по умолчанию составляет 15м. Если погружение было совершено на +глубину 21м, вам необходимо передвинуть соответствующие точки вниз к нужной +глубине. Для добавления новой точки, дважды щелкните на линии любого сегмента. +Чтобы переместить точку, нажмите на нее мышкой и перетаскивайте. Для удаления +путевой точки, нажмите на ней правой кнопкой мыши и во всплывающем меню +выберите пункт "Удалить эту точку". Добавляйте и перемещайте точки до тех пор, +пока профиль не будет соответствовать реальному погружению (глубина и время). +Ниже приведен пример погружения на 20м в течение 30 минут с последующей +остановкой безопасности на 5м на 5 минут.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/DiveProfile2_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Отредактированный профиль погружения" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Редактирование газовой смеси:</em> Название используемой газовой смеси +отображается на профиле рядом с каждым сегментом погружения. По умолчанию +используется первая смесь из списка газов, указанных на вкладке +<strong>Снаряжение</strong>. В предыдущем примере это воздух. Чтобы изменить газ для отдельно +взятого сегмента, нажмите правой кнопкой мыши на путевой точке и выберите +смесь из выпадающего контекстного меню. Изменение газа в путевой точке +изменяет сегмент <em>слева</em> от этой точки. Обратите также внимание, что в +контекстном меню доступны только газы, определенные на вкладке <strong>Снаряжение</strong>.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/DiveProfile3_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Меню выбора газовой смеси" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>После того, как профиль погружения был задан, необходимо указать дополнительные детали. +Используйте для этого вкладки <strong>Примечания</strong> и <strong>Снаряжение</strong>, находящиеся в верхней левой +части окна <em>Subsurface</em>. Перейдите по <a href="#S_Notes_dc">этой ссылке</a> для получения более +подробной информации.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_ImportDiveComputer">5.2. Импорт новых погружений из дайв-компьютера</h3> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_подсоединение_дайв_компьютера_и_импорт_данных">5.2.1. Подсоединение дайв-компьютера и импорт данных</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Использование дайв-компьютеров позволяет получить большое количество подробной +информации о погружении, например, точные значения глубин, длительности, +скорости погружения и всплытия, парциального давления газов. <em>Subsurface</em> +поддерживает множество моделей дайв-компьютеров, +<a href="http://subsurface-divelog.org/documentation/supported-dive-computers/"> +актуальный список</a> доступен на веб-сайте.</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/warning2.png" alt="Внимание" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Некоторые модели дайв-компьютеров потребляют значительное количество энергии, +будучи переведенным в режим обмена данными с компьютером. <strong>Это может привести +к быстрому разряду батареи</strong>. Поэтому мы рекомендуем предварительно проверить +уровень заряда батареи перед подключением к USB-порту вашего персонального +компьютера. Так, некоторые модели Suunto и Mares не заряжаются, будучи +подключенными к ПК. Советуем вам обратиться к руководству по использованию +вашего дайв-компьютера, чтобы выяснить, заряжается ли его батарея при +подключении к USB-порту.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Для переноса данных из дайв-компьютера в ваш ПК необходимо установить +соединение между ними. Для этого вам нужно выяснить порт или точку +монтирования и сообщить эту информацию <em>Subsurface</em>. В +<a href="#APPENDIX_A">Приложении А</a> приведена техническая информация, +специфичная для различных операционных систем, а в +<a href="#APPENDIX_B">Приложении Б</a> для отдельных моделей дайв-компьютеров.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Когда у вас есть необходимая информация, можно подключить дайв-компьютер к ПК, +выполнив следующие шаги:</p></div> +<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> +<li> +<p> +Интерфейсный кабель должен быть подключен к свободному USB-порту + (подключение через ИК-порт и Bluetooth рассматривается далее) +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Дайв-компьютер должен быть переведен в режим передачи данных + (Обратитесь к руководству пользователя вашего дайв-компьютера) +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +В главном меню <em>Subsurface</em> выберите <em>Импорт → Импорт из дайв-компьютера</em>. + Вам будет представлено следующее диалоговое окно <strong>A</strong>: +</p> +</li> +</ol></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/DC_import_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Загрузка из дайв-компьютера 1" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Дайв-компьютеры обычно хранят в своей памяти информацию о нескольких последних +погружениях, даже не смотря на то, что они уже были загружены в <em>Subsurface</em>. +По этой причине <em>Subsurface</em> импортирует только те дайвы, которые еще не были +загружены ранее. Это значительно ускоряет процесс импорта из большинства +дайв-компьютеров, а также предохраняет батарею от разряда (если конечно ваш +дайв-компьютер не заряжается, будучи подключенным к USB-порту).</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +В диалоговом окне присутствуют два выпадающих списка: <strong>Производитель</strong> и + <strong>Модель</strong>. Сначала выберите производителя, например, Suunto, Oceanic, Uwatec + или Mares. Затем в списке <strong>Модель</strong> выберите марку вашего дайв-компьютера, + например, D4 (Suunto), Veo200 (Oceanic) или Puck (Mares). +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Поле <strong>Устройство или точка монтирования</strong> содержит список USB или Bluetooth + портов, необходимых для связи <em>Subsurface</em> с вашим дайв-компьютером. Вы + должны выбрать порт, соответствующий вашему устройству. Обратитесь к + <a href="#APPENDIX_A">Приложению А</a> и + <a href="#APPENDIX_B">Приложению Б</a> для получения технической информации о том, + как выяснить название порта связи для определенного дайв-компьютера, + а в некоторых случаях, как настроить операционную систему ПК, на котором + запущен <em>Subsurface</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Если необходимо загрузить все дайвы, поставьте галочку в поле + <em>Принудительная загрузка всех погружения</em>. Обычно <em>Subsurface</em> импортирует + только погружения новее самого последнего в вашем журнале. Эта функция вам + также может понадобиться, если вы случайно удалили погружения из журнала. + Некоторые модели дайв-компьютеров (например, Mares Puck) не предоставляют + список погружения в своей памяти перед импортом, поэтому <em>Subsurface</em> не + может определить какие из дайвов являются новыми и загружает все погружения + не зависимо от состояния этого поля. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Если в поле <strong>Предпочтение загруженным</strong> стоит галочка,и во время импорта + будут существовать погружения с одинаковой датой в журнале и в + дайв-компьютере, <em>Subsurface</em> перезапишет данные такого дайва данными из + дайв-компьютера. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Если напротив поля _Загружать в новую поездку" стоит галочка, то после загрузки все + новые погружения будут сгруппированы в одну поездку в <strong>Списке погружений</strong> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Не выбирайте</strong> поля <em>Сохранить журнал libdivecomputer</em> и <em>Сохранить + дамп-файл libdivecomputer</em>. Они используются для диагностики в случае + возникновения проблем с импортом из дайв-компьютера (см. ниже). +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Нажмите кнопку <em>Загрузить</em>. При установленном соединении вы можете наблюдать + как загружаются данные из дайв-компьютера. В зависимости от модели компьютера + и количества погружений в памяти последнего, импорт может занять довольно долгое время, + будьте терпеливы. Бегущая полоса, показывающая процесс загрузки, может не совсем + точно отражать скорость загрузки, так как зачастую <em>Subsurface</em> не знает + точно сколько погружений будет загружено до тех пор, пока импорт не завершен. + После загрузки погружений они отобразятся в в виде таблицы в правой части окна + (как показано на рисунке <strong>В</strong> выше). Проставьте галочки напротив тех погружений, + которые должны быть перенесены в <strong>Список погружений</strong> и нажмите кнопку <strong>OK</strong>. + Окно загрузки будет закрыто, а выбранные погружения появятся в списке. + После окончания загрузки отключите дайв-компьютер и выключите его + для экономии заряда батареи. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +В случае возникновения проблем связи с дайв-компьютером показывается + информационное сообщение вида "Невозможно открыть /dev/ttyUSB0 Mares (Puck + Pro)". Внимательно прочитайте следующую главу. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="sidebarblock"> +<div class="content"> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Проблемы импорта из дайв-компьютера</strong></p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Важно" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Проверьте следующее:</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Дайв-компьютер все еще находится в режиме передачи данных? +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Полностью ли заряжена батарея дайв-компьютера? Если нет, то следует ее + зарядить или заменить. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Рабочий ли интерфейсный кабель? Работает ли этот кабель при использовании + других программ? Работал ли этот кабель ранее или вы используете его в + первый раз? +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Обратитесь к + <a href="#APPENDIX_A">Приложению А</a> и убедитесь что правильно указано устройство + или точка монтирования (см. выше). +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +На Unix-подобных операционных системах убедитесь что у вас есть права на + открытие порта USB. Если нет, прочитайте + <a href="#APPENDIX_A">Приложение А</a>. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Если <em>Subsurface</em> не распознает USB адаптер, не показывая при правильное +название устройства в поле <em>Устройство или точка монтирования</em>, велика +вероятность, что кабель нерабочий. Это наиболее часто встречающаяся причина +ошибок при импорте. Также существует вероятность того, что <em>Subsurface</em> не может +распознать данные, полученные с дайв-компьютера. В этом случае выполните +необходимо выполнить диагностическую загрузку, пометив галочками следующие два +поля:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>Сохранить журнал libdivecomputer +Сохранить дамп-файл libdivecomputer</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Важно</strong>: эти поля используются только для диагностики ошибок, возникших при +импорте данных из дайв-компьютера, в обычной ситуации галочки в этих полях +должны быть сняты. Когда они выбраны, вам при импорте будет предложено выбрать +папку для сохранения диагностической информации. По умолчанию используется +папка, в которой хранится журнал погружений.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Важно</strong>: При импорте в диагностическом режиме, погружения в журнал не +добавляются. Вместо этого в указанной вами папке будут созданы два файла:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>subsurface.log +subsurface.bin</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Эти файлы следует отправить разработчикам в mailto:subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org +[список рассылки] с просьбой проанализировать проблему. Необходимо указать +производителя и модель дайв-компьютера и дать словесное описание загружаемых +погружений.</p></div> +</div></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_Bluetooth">5.2.2. Подключение <em>Subsurface</em> к дайв-компьютеру через Bluetooth</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Bluetooth все чаще встречается в качестве интерфейса для взаимодействия с дайв-компьютерами, +например Shearwater Petrel Mk2 и OSTC Mk3. <em>Subsurface</em> предоставляет интерфейс взаимодействия +с Bluetooth, слабо зависящий от операционной системы. Нестройка Bluetooth-соединения в <em>Subsurface</em> +требует выполнения четырех шагов:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Удостоверьтесь, что Bluetooth активирован на вашем персональном компьютере. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Убедитесь, что <em>Subsurface</em> распознает адаптер Bluetooth на этом компьютере. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Проверьте, что дайв-компьютер переведен в режим связи с ПК и его можно обнаружить через Bluetooth. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Проверьте, чтобы <em>Subsurface</em> был сопряжен с дайв-компьютером. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Перейдите в окно "Загрузка из дайв-компьютера", выбрав в <strong>Главном меню</strong> <em>Импорт → Импорт из +дайв-компьютера</em>. Если поставить галочку напротив пункта <em>Загрузка через Bluetooth</em>, +вам будет представлено следующее окно:</p></div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_linux_или_macos">Linux или MacOS:</h5> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/DC_import_Bluetooth.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Сопряжение устройств Bluetooth" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>На платформах <em>Linux</em> и <em>MacOS</em> в правой части окна показывается название +компьютера, на котором запущен <em>Subsurface</em>, и его адрес Bluetooth. Если на +компьютере найдено более одного локального Bluetooth-адаптера, то они будут +представлены в выпадающем списке и вы можете указать тот, который необходимо +использовать. Кнопка ниже позволяет включить ии выключить питание локального +Bluetooth-адаптера.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Если Bluetooth-адрес не указан, это означает, что <em>Subsurface</em> не может распознать локальное +Bluetooth-устройство. Убедитесь, что на компьютере установлен драйвер адаптера и проверьте, что +он может использоваться другими программами для работы с Bluetooth (<em>bluetoothctl</em> или <em>bluemoon</em>). +Эти шаги покрывают первые два из из перечисленных выше.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Проверьте, что дайв-компьютер переведен в режим связи с ПК и его можно обнаружить через Bluetooth. +Обратитесь к руководству пользователя вашего дайв-компьютера, чтобы сделать это. Это действие +завершает третий шаг.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Нажмите на кнопку <em>Сканировать</em> в левой нижней части окна. Спустя небольшое +время поиска, ваш дайв-компьютер должен появиться в списке обнаруженных +устройств (возможно наряду с другими найденными устройствами) в левой части +диалогового окна (см. картинку выше). Если компьютер в списке не появился, +нажмите кнопку <em>Очистить</em> и повторите процедуру сканирования. В итоге +<em>Subsurface</em> должен обнаружить дайв-компьютер. В списке обнаруженных устройств +показывается их название, адрес и статус сопряжения. Если устройство не +сопряжено и подсвечено красным цветом, щелкните на нем правой кнопкой мыши и из +контекстного меню выберите пункт <em>Сопряжение</em>. Дождитесь окончания этого +действия. Если сопряжение с этим устройством производится впервые, <em>Subsurface</em> +может запросить пароль или PIN-код. Наиболее часто используется код 0000 (например, +это работает с Shearwater Petrel). При необходимости обратитесь к руководству +пользователя вашего дайв-компьютера.</p></div> +<div class="sidebarblock"> +<div class="content"> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Важно" /> +</td> +<td class="content">В настоящий момент <em>Subsurface</em> не поддерживает сопряжение с дайв-компьютерами, которые требуют +собственный PIN-код. В этом случае для сопряжения используйте другие утилиты операционной системы +так, как это предложено ниже.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Один и способов сопряжения - использование утилиты <code>bluetoothctl</code>:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>$ bluetoothctl +[bluetooth]# agent KeyboardOnly +Agent registered +[bluetooth]# default-agent +Default agent request successful +[bluetooth]# pair 00:80:25:49:6C:E3 +Attempting to pair with 00:80:25:49:6C:E3 +[CHG] Device 00:80:25:49:6C:E3 Connected: yes +Request PIN code +[agent] Enter PIN code: 0000</code></pre> +</div></div> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>После сопряжения устройств можно нажать на кнопку <em>Сохранить</em>. Окно выбора +Bluetooth-устройства будет закрыто. Теперь в окне <em>Загрузка из дайв-компьютера</em> +нажмите кнопку <em>Загрузить</em>. Загруженные погружения будут показаны в списке в +правой части окна.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_windows">Windows</h5> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/DC_import_Bluetooth_Windows.png" alt="Рисунок: Сопряжение устройств Bluetooth в Windows" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>На платформе <em>Windows</em> детали локального Bluetooth-адаптера не отображаются как в +случае Mac и Linux. +Для успешного обнаружения дайв-компьютера убедитесь, что на вашем компьютере +включен Bluetooth. Используйте кнопку <em>Сканировать</em> для обнаружения устройств. +Если сопряжение устройства производится впервые, вам возможно придется указать +PIN-код. Обычно это 0000; при необходимости обратитесь к руководству пользователя +вашего дайв-компьютера.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Сопряжение устройств происходит автоматически при загрузке погружений. Если до +этого устройства никогда не были сопряжены, операционная система запросит +подтверждение и выведет уведомление в правой части экрана: <em>Добавление устройства, +нажмите чтобы настроить ваш дайв-компьютер</em>. Вам необходимо подтвердить сопряжение. +Выберите устройство из списка обнаруженных и нажмите кнопку <em>Сохранить</em>. В окне +<em>Загрузка из дайв-компьютера</em> нажмите кнопку <em>Загрузить</em> и дождитесь окончания процесса.</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Важно" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Учтите, что в настоящий момент <em>Subsurface</em> работает только с локальными Bluetooth-адаптерами +и Bluetooth-брелками, использующими стэк Microsoft Bluetooth (например, iSonic). +Прочие, использующие драйверы <em>Widcomm</em>, <em>Stonestreet One Bluetopia Bluetooth</em> или +<em>BlueSolei</em>, заведомо работать не будут.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Информационное сообщение в левой нижней части окна выбора Bluetooth-устройства +показывает текущее состояние агента Bluetooth. Для выбора другого устройства, +вызовите окно выбора Bluetooth-устройства нажатием на кнопку с троеточием +справа от галочки <em>Загрузка через Bluetooth</em></p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Важно" /> +</td> +<td class="content"><strong>В случае возникновения проблем</strong>: Если локальный Bluetooth-адаптер на компьютере с <em>Subsurface</em> +"завис" и загрузка погружений постоянно завершается с ошибкой, <em>удалите</em> сопряжение с устройством +и повторите шаги, перечисленные выше. Если и это не помогло, в +<a href="#S_HowFindBluetoothDeviceName"><em>Приложении А</em></a> вы сможете найти информацию о том, как вручную +настроить и проверить соединение с <em>Subsurface</em>.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_DeviceNames">5.2.3. Изменение названия дайв-компьютера</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Может возникнуть ситуация, когда вам будет необходимо каким-то образом +различать дайв-компьютеры, используемые совместно с <em>Subsurface</em>. Например, +если у вас с напарником одинаковые дайв-компьютеры и вы их используете для +импорта данных на одном ПК, то вы возможно захотите назвать один из +компьютеров как "Suunto D4 Ивана", а другой как "Suunto D4 Петра". Или же +вы технический дайвер и используете два или более дайв-компьютеров одной +модели. В этом случае мы можете назвать их "Suunto D4 (1)" и "Suunto D4 (2)". +<em>Subsurface</em> позволяет вам легко это сделать. В <strong>Главном меню</strong> выберите +<em>Журнал → Мои дайв-компьютеры</em>. В открывшемся окне вам будет представлен +список всех компьютеров, использовавшихся для импорта погружений. +Отредактируйте название соответствующего устройства. После сохранения +в журнале будет отображаться это название вместо его модели.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_EditDiveInfo">5.2.4. Редактирование погружения, загруженного из компьютера</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Информация из дайв-компьютера может быть неполной и вам потребуется ее +отредактировать. Для этого вам предоставляется две вкладки <strong>Примечания</strong> и +<strong>Снаряжение</strong> в верхней левой панели <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="S_Notes_dc">Примечания</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Вам возможно придется указать дополнительную информацию, чтобы иметь более полную +запись о погружении. Нижеописанная процедура одинакова как для погружений, введенных +вручную, так и для загруженных из дайв-компьютера.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Дата и время погружения, газовая смесь и (обычно) температура присутствуют в +импортированных дайвах, но вам может понадобиться дополнить +информацию вручную. Если вы начнете менять какие-то данные на этой вкладке, +сообщение на голубом фоне в верхней части окна будет уведомлять вас, что +погружение редактируется. +На вкладке <strong>Примечания</strong> вам доступны следующие поля +для редактирования (картинка слева):</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/AddDive3_f22.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Вкладка Примечания" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>На картинке справа показана заполненная вкладка <strong>Примечания</strong>. +Поля <strong>Дата</strong> и <strong>Время</strong> соответствуют дате и времени дайва. При нажатии мышкой +на поле даты отображается выпадающий календарь, в котором можно выбрать +необходимую дату. Нажмите ESC чтобы закрыть календарь. Значение времени (часы +и минуты) можно также непосредственно поменять, для чего необходимо нажать +мышкой в нужном месте текстового поля и ввести цифры.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Температура воды и воздуха</strong> во время дайва. Зачастую дайв-компьютеры +записывают эту информацию и вам не нужно ее редактировать. Если же вы решите +их заполнить вручную,единицы измерения заполнять не нужно, они будут автоматически +подставлены программой (единицы, выбранные в *Настройках* указывают будет ли +использоваться метрическая или имперская система мер).</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Местоположение</strong>:</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/warning2.png" alt="Внимание" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Управление дайв-сайтами выполняется отдельно от журнала погружений. Поэтому информация погружения +на вкладках <strong>Примечания</strong> и <strong>Снаряжение</strong> не может быть отредактирована одновременно с данными +дайв-сайта. Сохраните прочую информацию (партнеры, дайв-мастер, костюм) нажатием на кнопку +<strong>Применить изменения</strong>. Только после этого укажите название местоположения в поле <em>Местоположение</em>.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Укажите название дайв-сайта, например, «Эль-Мина рэк, Хургада, Египет». +Если была указана информация для одного дайв-сайта, и у вас есть несколько погружений +в этом же месте, то эта информация может быть использована без необходимости повторного ввода +данных. Информация дайв-сайта может быть отредактирована в любой момент. Для этого выберите +в списке любое погружение, выполнявшееся на этом сайте, и нажмите кнопку с изображением глобуса, +которая находится справа от поля <strong>Местоположение</strong> (см. картинку справа выше). При вводе названия +дайв-сайта <em>Subsurface</em> автоматически предложит вам список сайтов с похожими именами. Если сайт +уже существует, выберите его из списка. Справа от названия сайта в выпадающем списке находится +картинка либо с изображением глобуса (означает, что в базе данных <em>Subsurface</em> есть погружения +на этом сайте), либо со значком <strong>+</strong> (сайты с похожим названием, которые еще не были добавлены +в базу сайтов).</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Если сайт ранее не существовал, вы увидите следующее сообщение (рисунок <strong>А</strong> ниже)</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Locations1_f22.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Редактирование дайв-сайта" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Дважды щелкните мышью на наовом дайв-сайте. Вам будет представлена панель, на которой можно ввести +координаты и прочую информацию о сайте (рисунок <strong>В</strong> выше). Наиболее важными являются географические +координаты сайта. Их можно указать тремя способами:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>а. Выбрать на карте, которая находится в правой нижней части окна +<em>Subsurface</em>. На карте отображается оранжевая полоса с надписью «Выберите место +на карте двойным щелчком мыши». При двойном нажатии в соответствующем месте +карты, оранжевая полоса исчезнет и координаты точки будут заполнены в поле.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>б. Координаты могут быть получены с помощью вспомогательного приложения +<em>Subsurface</em>, если у вас есть устройство Android с GPS-датчиком и координаты +дайв-сайта были сохранены в этом устройстве. <a href="#S_Companion">Нажмите, чтобы +узнать больше</a></p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>в. Если вам известны координаты, их можно ввести вручную в одном из четырех +форматов, сначала широта, потом долгота:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>ISO 6709 Приложение D, например 30°13'28.9"Ю 30°49'1.5"В +Градусы и десятичные минуты, например, Ю30° 13.49760' , В30° 49.30788' +Градусы минуты секунды, например, Ю30° 13' 29.8" , В30° 49' 1.5" +Десятичные градусы, например, 30.22496 , 30.821798</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Широта южного полушария указывается с буквой <strong>Ю</strong>, например, Ю30°, или со знаком минус, +например, -30.22496. Аналогично, долгота западного полушария указывается с буквой <strong>З</strong>, +например, З07°, или со знаком минус, например,-7.34323. На некоторых клавиатурах отсутствует +символ градусов ((°). Его можно заменить на <strong>d</strong>, например: С30d З20d. +Если вы указали название дайв-сайта и его координаты, сохраните информацию, нажав на кнопку +<em>Сохранить изменения</em> в верхней части панели.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Важно</strong> координаты GPS привязаны к названию дайв-сайта, поэтому +указание координат для погружений, у которых не указано местоположение, может +привести к непредсказуемым результатам (<em>Subsurface</em> будет предлагать, что все +эти погружения были в одном месте и имеют одинаковые координаты).</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Геопоиск дайв-сайтов:</strong> Если были указаны географические координаты сайта, +вы можете выполнить автоматический поиск его названия. Для этого <em>Subsurface</em> требуется +подключение к Интернет. Найденая информация будет отображаться в метках рядом с названием +дайв-сайта. Список <em>Дайв-сайты с такими же координатами</em> в нижней части панели отображает сайты, +находящиеся по соседству.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Укажите прочую текстовую информацию о дайв-сайте (Описание и Примечания) и нажмите кнопку +<em>Применить изменения</em>, чтобы сохранить информацию и сайте. В дальнейшем информация о сайте может +быть отредактирована нажатием на кнопку с изображением глобуса справа от поля Местоположение на +вкладке <strong>Примечания</strong>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Режим погружения</strong>: С помощью выпадающего списка вы можете выбрать режим погружения. Вам +предоставляются следующие варианты: OC (открытый цикл, значение по умолчанию, подходит для большинства рекреационных дайверов), +Freedive (погружение без дыхательного аппарата), CCR (ребризер замкнутого цикла) и pSCR ( +пассивный полу-замкнутый ребризер).</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Инструктор</strong>: Имя гида или дайв-мастера, с которым производилось это +погружение. Это поле также производит автодополнение на основании списка всех +инструкторов в текущем журнале.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Партнер</strong>: Имя buddy или имена партнеров (разделенные запятой), с которыми +выполнялось данное погружение. Это поле делает автодополнение на основании +списка всех партнеров в текущем журнале.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Костюм</strong>: Тип костюма в котором осуществлялось погружение. Как и с другими +полями, для него доступно автодополнение. Если вы ныряете в сухом костюме, то +можете также указать тип утеплителя и его теплозащиту.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Оценка</strong>: Ваша субъективная оценка этого погружения по 5-ти бальной шкале. +Укажите рейтинг, нажав на соответствующей звездочке.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Видимость</strong>: Видимость под водой, как и в предыдущем случае, оценивается по +5-ти бальной шкале.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Метки</strong>: Набор меток (разделенных запятой), описывающих это погружение, +например: ночное, пещера, течение и т.п. <em>Subsurface</em> предоставляет также +набор встроенных меток. Автодополнение доступно для этого поля. Например, +набрав <code>cav</code>, вам предложат на выбор метки <strong>cave</strong> и <strong>cavern</strong>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Примечания</strong>: В это поле можно ввести любую дополнительную информацию.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Кнопка <strong>Применить изменения</strong> используются для сохранения информации на всех +вкладках информационной панели и профиля погружения, поэтому нет необходимости +нажимать ее до тех пор, пока вы не заполнили ВСЮ информацию. Картинка, помещенная +<a href="#S_Notes_dc">в начале главы</a>, представляет пример полностью заполненной информационной панели.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_снаряжение">5.2.5. Снаряжение</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Вкладка Снаряжение позволяет ввести информацию об используемых баллонах и +газах, а также грузовых системах. Голубая полоса в верхней части панели с +сообщением:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/BlueEditBar_f22.jpg" alt="Голубая полоса редактирования" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>информирует о том, что в данный момент вы редактируете погружение. Эта часть +<em>Subsurface</em> очень интерактивная и информация о баллонах и смесях влияет на +поведение профиля погружения (верхняя правая панель).</p></div> +<div class="paragraph" id="cylinder_definitions"><p><strong>Баллоны</strong>: Ввод информации о баллонах осуществляется с помощью диалога, +изображенного на следующей картинке:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/DC_gas-dialogue1_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Начальный вид диалога редактирования баллонов" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>В большинстве случаев <em>Subsurface</em> получает информацию о смесях из +дайв-компьютера и подставляет ее в таблицу. Кнопка + в правом верхнем углу +позволяет добавить новый баллон к текущему погружению. Темная иконка с +изображением мусорной корзины удаляет выбранный баллон, однако +только в том случае, если этот баллон уже не используется в погружении. +Баллон может неявно использоваться даже в отсутствие событий смены газа.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Начните с выбора типа баллона из выпадающего списка в левой части таблицы. Для +этого нажмите на ячейке в колонке <strong>Тип</strong>:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/DC_gas-dialogue2_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Список типов баллонов" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Вы можете использовать выпадающий список для выбора типа баллона для +погружения, а можете начать вводить название типа с помощью клавиатуры. В этом +случае вам будут предложены совпадающие типы. Поля <strong>Объем</strong> и <strong>Рабочее +давление</strong> будут заполнены автоматически. Если баллон отсутствует в списке, +укажите его название и описание в поле <strong>Тип</strong></p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Далее укажите начальное и конечное давление газа в баллоне. Единицы измерения +давления (метрическая/имперская система мер) будут взяты из <em>Настроек</em>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Наконец, укажите состав используемой смеси в поле <strong>O₂%</strong>. Если используется +воздух, то можно указать значение 21% или вовсе оставить это поле пустым. В +случае использования Nitrox или Trmix, необходимо указать процентное +содержание кислорода и гелия в соответствующих полях. +Прочие ненужные поля следует оставить незаполненными. После ввода всей +необходимой информации нажмите клавишу <em>ENTER</em> либо щелкните курсором мыши вне +ячейки, в которой находится курсор. Информация о дополнительных баллонах может +быть добавлена нажатием на кнопку + в правом верхнем углу. Ниже приведен +пример погружения с двумя баллонами (воздух и EAN50):</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/CylinderDataEntry3_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: заполненная таблица баллонов" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Грузы</strong>: Информация о грузовых системах, используемых во время погружения, +вводится таким же образом, как и информация о баллонах. Если нажать на кнопку ++ в правом верхнем углу, таблица будет выглядеть приблизительно так:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry1_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Редактирование грузовых систем" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>При нажатии мышкой в поле <strong>Тип</strong>, выпадающий список можно вызвать, нажав +клавишу вниз:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry2_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Список типов грузов" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Вы можете использовать выпадающий список для выбора типа груза, либо начать +вводить название с помощью клавиатуры. В этом случае вам будут предложены +совпадающие типы. После выбора типа груза, укажите его вес в поле <strong>Вес</strong>. +Нажмите клавишу <em>ENTER</em> либо щелкните курсором мыши вне ячейки, в которой +находится курсор. Если вам нужно добавить дополнительную грузовую систему, +нажмите на кнопке + в правом верхнем углу. Чтобы удалить груз, нажмите на +иконку с изображением мусорной корзины. +Вот пример заполненной таблицы с двумя грузовыми системами: интегрированная и +пояс:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry3_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Заполненная таблица грузов" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_одновременное_редактирование_нескольких_погружений">5.2.6. Одновременное редактирование нескольких погружений</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>СПОСОБ 1</em>: После загрузки данных из дайв-компьютера вы можете видеть профили погружений, +дату и время, возможно температуру, но многие поля на вкладках <strong>Погружение</strong> и <strong>Снаряжение</strong> +будут пустыми. И может оказаться очень удобным отредактировать эти поля у нескольких погружений +одновременно. Например, вы совершили несколько последовательных погружений на одном дайв-сайте, +в одной и той же конфигурации оборудования и с одним и тем же партнером. Вместо заполнения этой +информации для каждого дайва, вы можете выбрать несколько погружений в списке и отредактировать +необходимые поля для всех сразу.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Одновременное редактирование работает только для полей, которые не заполнены. Т.е. если +у одного погружения среди нескольких выбранных были изменены какие-то поля, они не будут +изменены при множественном редактировании. Технически правило одновременного редактирования +звучит так: если редактируемое поле содержит <em>одинаковое</em> значение для всех выделенных +погружений, только в этом случае новое значение будет сохранено для всех выделенных дайвов. +В противном случае будет изменено только текущее редактируемое погружение.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph" id="S_CopyComponents"><p><em>СПОСОБ 2</em>: Существует альтернативный способ выполнить поставленную задачу. Выберите +подходящее погружение с заполненными полями на вкладках <strong>Погружение</strong> и <strong>Снаряжение</strong>. Затем +в главном меню выберите <em>Журнал → Копировать параметры погружения</em>. В появившемся окне +проставьте галочки напротив полей, которые необходимо скопировать и нажмите <em>OK</em>. Теперь +в списке погружений выберите дайвы, в которые нужно скопировать поля и в главном меню +выберите <em>Журнал → Вставить параметры погружения</em>.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_добавление_закладок_к_погружению">5.2.7. Добавление закладок к погружению</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Многие дайверы комментируют свои погружения, добавляя закладки, отмечающие +какие-то события по время дайва, например: "Встретили дельфинов", "Выпустили +буй". Это легко сделать в <em>Subsurface</em>:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Нажмите правой кнопкой мыши в нужной точке профиля погружения. В появившемся +контекстном меню выберите пункт <em>Добавить закладку</em>. На профиле в указанной +точке времени появится иконка с изображением дайв-флага (рисунок <strong>А</strong> ниже). +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Нажмите правой кнопкой мыши на флаге. В появившемся контекстном меню +(рисунок <strong>В</strong>) выберите <em>Изменить закладку</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +В появившемся окне введите название закладки (рисунок <strong>С</strong>) и нажмите <em>ОК</em> +чтобы сохранить изменения. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +При наведении курсора мыши на изображение флага, в нижней части +информационного окна будет отображаться название закладки (рисунок <strong>D</strong> ниже). +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Bookmarks.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Добавление закладки" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_сохранение_измененного_погружения">5.2.8. Сохранение измененного погружения</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Вы можете сохранить информацию со вкладок <strong>Погружение</strong> и <strong>Снаряжение</strong>, нажав +кнопку <em>Применить изменения</em>. При нажатии кнопки <em>Отменить изменения</em>, введенные вами +данные будут утеряны, но информация, загруженная из дайв-компьютера, будет сохранена. +При закрытии <em>Subsurface</em> вам будет предложено сохранить данные журнала.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs">5.2.9. Импорт данных из других источников и файлов</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Если вы ныряете уже достаточно долго, вероятно ваши погружения уже сохранены в +какой-то другой программе для ведения журнала погружений. Вам не потребуется +вводить ее заново, потому что с большой долей вероятности <em>Subsurface</em> сможет +импортировать эти данные. <em>Subsurface</em> поддерживает множество форматов данных. +Некоторые форматы поддерживаются непосредственно, для других программ может +понадобиться сделать экспорт в промежуточный формат, для последующего импорта +в <em>Subsurface</em>. +В настоящий момент <em>Subsurface</em> поддерживает импорт из CSV-файлов нескольких +форматов. Для файлов APD LogViewer, XP5 и Sensus подготовлены шаблоны, но вы +можете создать и свой шаблон импорта. +Файлы журнала погружений, которые вы ведете вручную (в электронной таблице) +также могут быть загружены с помощью CSV-импорта.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> также поддерживает импорт файлов с расширением UDDF и UDCF, +которые используются некоторыми дайв-компьютерами, такими, как Heinrichs & +Weikamp DR5. Наконец, для некоторых сторонних программ, например, Mares Dive +Organiser, мы рекомендуем сначала экспортировать журнал в сторонний веб-сервис +типа <em>divelogs.de</em>, а затем импортировать в <em>Subsurface</em>, так как +<em>divelogs.de</em> поддерживает еще несколько других форматов, которые <em>Subsurface</em> +в данный момент не распознает.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Если <em>Subsurface</em> поддерживает формат файла или стороннее программное обеспечение, то для +импорта такого файла достаточно в главном меню выбрать <em>Файл → Открыть журнал</em> или +<em>Импорт → Импорт журналов</em>. <em>Subsurface</em> поддерживает импорт с сторонних SQL баз данных +Suunto Dive Manager и Shearwater. При импорте <em>Subsurface</em> пытается определить +множественные записи относящиеся к одному погружению и объединить их. Если не +обнаружено проблем (разница во временной зоне или значительная разница во времени), +<em>Subsurface</em> не создаст дубликатов погружений.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="Unified_import">5.2.10. Использование универсального импорта</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Импорт погружений из сторонних форматов выполняется с помощью универсального +диалога, который вы можете вызвать из Главного меню <em>Импорт → Импорт +журналов</em>. Вам будет представлено диалоговое окно <strong>А</strong>:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Import1_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Импорт журналов: шаг 1" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>В нижней части окна находится выпадающий список типов файлов (как показано на +рисунке В):</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +XML-файлы журналов ((Divinglog 5.0, MacDive и другие программы) +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Журналы Cochran +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +UDDF журналы (например, Kenozoooid) +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +UDCF журналы +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Журналы Poseidon MKVI CCR +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Журналы APD Inspiration/Evolution CCR +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Журналы LiquiVision +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Журналы divelog.de +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Журналы OSTC Tools +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +JDiveLog +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Suunto Dive Manager (DM3 и DM4) +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +CSV файлы (текстовые файлы и электронные таблицы), включая журналы APD CCR +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Выберите необходимый файл в списке и погружения будут добавлены в текущий +журнал. Прочие форматы, которые не поддерживаются <em>Subsurface</em>, можно +импортировать другим способом, который описан ниже.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_импорт_из_ostc_tools">5.2.11. Импорт из OSTC Tools</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>OSTC Tools</em> - набор программ для платформы Microsoft Windows для семейства дайв-компьютеров OSTC. +, позволяющий загружать и организовывать погружения. <em>OSTC Tools</em> загружает данные погружений из +дайв-компьютера и сохраняет их в файле с расширением <em>.dive</em>. Эти файлы могут быть загружены в +<em>Subsurface</em> напрямую, используя диалог универсального импорта. В выпадающем списке в правой нижней +части окна выберите <em>_Файлы OSTCTools (.dive .DIVE)</em>. Это действие отобразит файлы данного типа +в панели выбора файлов. Выберите одно или несколько погружений и нажмите кнопку <em>Открыть</em>. Погружения +будет отображены в <strong>Списке погружений</strong>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Фактически, все устройства H&W, поддерживаемые OSTCTools, могут быть импортированы в <em>Subsurface</em>. +Этот список включает в себя OSTC, OSTC Mk2, OSTC 2N/2C, OSTC3, OSTC Sport и, возможно, непроверенные +Frog, OSTC2 и OSTC CR.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Помните, однако, что OSTCTools <strong>не является</strong> полноценным журналом погружений, а только набором +инструментов для анализа и управления дайв-компьютерами OSTC. Поэтому только данные непосредственно +из дайв-компьютера могут быть импортированы в <em>Subsurface</em>; остальную информация (партнеры, +снаряжение, и т.д.) вам придется внести вручную.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_импорт_из_mares_dive_organiser_v2_1">5.2.12. Импорт из Mares Dive Organiser V2.1</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Так как Mares использует несвободное программное обеспечение для Microsoft, +эти журналы не могут быть импортированы в <em>Subsurface</em> напрямую. Вместо этого +вам придется выполнить процедуру, состоящую из трех шагов, и использовать +веб-сайт <em>www.divelogs.de</em> для извлечения информации о погружениях.</p></div> +<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> +<li> +<p> +Данные журнала необходимо экспортировать на ваш ПК в файл с расширением +<em>.sdf</em>. Подробнее об этом написано в <a href="#Mares_Export">Приложении В</a> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Выгрузить данные на веб-сайт <em>www.divelogs.de</em>. Вам будет необходимо +создать учетную запись на сайте и войти под ней. После этого выберите +<em>Import Logbook → Mares Dive Organizer</em>. Внимательно следуйте инструкциям +и выгрузите файл с расширением <em>.sdf</em> в на сайт. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Наконец, импортируйте журнал с веб-сайта <em>divelogs.de</em> в <em>Subsurface</em> +используя следующие инструкции. +</p> +</li> +</ol></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_ImportingDivelogsDe">5.2.13. Импорт с веб-сайта <strong>divelogs.de</strong></h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Импорт журнала с сайта <em>divelogs.de</em> очень простой и использует одно +диалоговое окно. Для начала в Главном меню выберите <em>Импорт → Импорт с сайта +divelogs.de). В появившемся окне (рисунок <strong>А</strong> слева ниже) введите свои имя +пользователя и пароль для сайта _divelogs.de</em> и нажмите кнопку <em>Загрузить</em>. +После нажатия кнопки в окне будет отображаться прогресс импорта, а в случае +успешного окончания будет показано уведомление (рисунок <strong>В</strong> справа ниже). Вам +необходимо нажать кнопку <em>Применить</em>, чтобы загруженные погружения появились в +<strong>Списке погружений</strong>.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Divelogs1.jpg" alt="Рисунок:Импорт с сайта Divelogs.de" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_ImportingCSVData">5.2.14. Импорт погружений в формате CSV</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Файл со значениями, разделенными запятой (.csv) может использоваться как для импорта +профиля погружения (в случае ребризеров замкнутого цикла APD Inspiration и Evolution), так +и для загрузки общей информации о дайвах (если вы вели учет в электронной таблице). CSV +является универсальным и простым форматом для обмена данными между компьютерам и программами. +Более подробно об этом формате рассказывается в главе <a href="#S_CSV_Intro">Формат CSV для дайверов</a>. +<em>Subsurface</em> позволяет также выгружать журнал погружений для дальнейшей загрузки в другие программы. +Обратитесь к главе <a href="#S_Appendix_D">ПРИЛОЖЕНИЕ Г: Экспорт электронных таблиц в формат CSV</a> +за информацией по загрузке данных из электронных таблиц в <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_ImportingCSVDives">5.2.15. Импорт погружений в CSV-формате из дайв-компьютеров и других программ</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Для просмотре и редактирования CSV-файлов подойдет обычный текстовый редактор. +Данные в CSV-файле обычно организованы следующим образом: одна строка +заголовка и затем строки данных, по одной на каждую запись.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>В <em>Subsurface</em> может быть импортировано два вида CSV-файлов:</p></div> +<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> +<li> +<p> +<em>Общая информация о погружении</em>: в этом случае файл содержит обычную для журнала информацию, + например, дату и время, глубину, длительность, имена партнеров и дайв-мастера, возможно + данные об баллонах и давлении до и после погружения, примечания. Все данные для одного + погружения хранятся в одной строке, а порядке определенном в заголовке. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Профиль погружения</em>: журнал этого вида содержит гораздо больше информации об отдельно + взятом погружении. Например, он может включать данные с 30-ти секундным интервалом о + времени, глубине, температуре и давлении в баллоне в конкретный момент времени. Каждая строчка + в таком файле является выборкой параметров погружения в определенный момент. Для описание профиля + одного погружения необходимо много информации. Этот формат зачастую используется ребризерами + закрытого цикла и многочисленными программами для работы с дайв-компьютерами и ведения журналов. +</p> +</li> +</ol></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Перед импортом CSV-файла в <em>Subsurface</em> вам <strong>необходимо выяснить некоторые свойства этого +файла</strong>:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>а. Какой символ служит разделителем колонок в одной строке данных? Этот символ должен быть + запятой (,) или табуляцией? Вы можете определить это, открыв файл в текстовом редакторе. + Если разделителем служит запятая, то она хорошо заметна между полями данных в строке. Если + запятых не и числа выровнены в колонки, то с большей долей вероятности можно утверждать, что + разделителем служит символ табуляции.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>б. Данные из каких колонок должны быть импортированы в <em>Subsurface</em>? Содержит файл <em>Общую + информацию</em> или <em>Профиль погружения</em>? Откройте файл, использую текстовый редактор, и + отметьте для себя название колонок в заголовке и их позиционный номер.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>в. В какой системе мер (имперской или метрической_ записаны данные (например, глубина)?</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Вооружившись этой информацией, импорт данных в <em>Subsurface</em> не будет для вас проблемой. +В Главном меню выберите <em>Импорт → Импорт журналов</em>. В окне выбора файлов выберите тип +<em>CSV файлы</em> (в правом нижнем углу). Вам будет представлен список CSV-файлов в текущей +директории. Выберите файл, который необходимо импортировать, после чего вы увидите окно +конфигурации импорта:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/csv_import1_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Диалог 1 импорт CSV" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Обратите внимание на выпадающий список в левом верхнем углу. Он содержит настройки для +часто встречающихся дайв-компьютеров и программ. Если ваш CSV-файл есть в этом списке, +используйте его. В противном случае следует выбрать <em>Импорт вручную</em>. В окне конфигурации +также есть выпадающие список для указания символа-разделителя, формата даты и длительности +погружения, а также используемой системы мер. Для успешного импорта очень важно задать +правильные значения в этих списках.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>На последнем шаге вы должны сопоставить поля данных в файле их названиям. Первая белая +строка таблицы данных содержит заголовки, найденные в CSV-файле. Голубая строка таблицы, +находящаяся непосредственно на ней, содержит названия <em>Subsurface</em>. В белой области, +находящейся сразу под выпадающими списками, представлены поля-метки, которые могут быть +импортированы в <em>Subsurface</em>. Эти метки, заключенные в овалы голубого цвета, необходимо +с помощью мыши перетащить на голубую полосу таблицы в соответствующую колонку. +Например, для того, чтобы импортировать номер погружения ("Dive # " в английской версии, +"№" в русской) <em>Subsurface</em>, перетащите метку "№" в ячейку над заголовком " # ", как показано +на рисунке ниже:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/csv_import2_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Диалог 2 импорт CSV" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Продолжайте до тех пор, пока не сопоставите всем заголовкам соответствующие метки. После +этого нажмите клавишу _ОК в нижней части окна. Данные будут импортированы и погружения +будут отображены в панели <strong>Список погружений</strong>.</p></div> +<div class="sidebarblock" id="S_CSV_Intro"> +<div class="content"> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Формат CSV для дайверов</strong></p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Важно" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Аббревиатура <em>CSV</em> происходит от английского <em>Comma-Separated Values</em>, что означает +<em>значения, разделенные запятой</em>. Файлы этого формата можно отредактировать с помощь текстового +редактора, например Notepad (Windows), gedit (Linux) или TextWrangler(OS/X). Преимущества +этого формата заключаются в том, что а) для его редактирования не нужно никакого специализированного +программного обеспечения, и б) в нем нет ничего лишнего и он может легко быть +отредактирован человеком. +Благодаря своей простоте, CSV-формат широко используется для обмена данными между различными +программами, например между электронными таблицами, базами данных и программами для дайвинга. +В <em>Subsurface</em> этот формат используется для импорта из других источников, таких как электронные +таблицы, и даже некоторых дайв-компьютеров.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>CSV</em> файлы могут быть созданы и отредактированы с помощью обычного текстового редактора. +Самым важным атрибутом таких файлов является символ, разделяющий поля в одной строке данных. +Чаще всего таким символом является запятая, точка с запятой или табуляция. При экспорте из +электронной таблицы вам необходимо указать какой символ-разделитель использовать. CSV-файлы +обычно организованы следующим образом: в первой строке указаны заголовки (или <em>имена полей</em>), +а в последующих строках находятся данные, по одной строке на запись. Обратите внимание, что название +поля может состоять из нескольких слов, разделенных пробелами; "Дата дайва". Ниже приведен пример файла для четырех погружений +с использованием запятой в качестве символа-разделителя:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>Место,Дата дайва,Время_дайва,Длительность, Глубина,Напарник +Illovo Beach,2012-11-23,10:45,46:15,18.4,John Smith +Key Largo,2012-11-24,09:12,34:15,20.4,Jason McDonald +Wismar Baltic,2012-12-01,10:13,35:27,15.4,Dieter Albrecht +Pulau Weh,2012-12-20,09:46,55:56,38.6,Karaeng Bontonompo</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>В таком виде его не так просто прочитать человеку. Вот эти же данные с использованием символа табуляции:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>Место Дата дайва Время_дайва Длительность Глубина Напарник +Illovo Beach 2012-11-23 10:45 46:15 18.4 John Smith +Key Largo 2012-11-24 09:12 34:15 20.4 Jason McDonald +Wismar Baltic 2012-12-01 10:13 35:27 15.4 Dieter Albrecht +Pulau Weh 2012-12-20 09:46 55:56 38.6 Karaeng Bontonompo</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Понятно, почему большинство людей предпочитает использовать табуляцию как разделитель. +Недостаток же в том, что мы не можете отличить табуляцию от пробела, как в заголовке <em>Дата дайва</em> +(на самом деле между словами стоит пробел, а табуляция находится после заголовка). +Также при слишком длинных названиях не всегда удается достичь выравнивания. Ниже приведен +урезанный пример профиля погружения с ребризера замкнутого цикла APD, в котором используется +табуляция в качестве разделителя:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>Dive Time (s) Depth (m) pO₂ - Setpoint (Bar) pO₂ - C1 Cell 1 (Bar) Ambient temp. (Celsius) +0 0.0 0.70 0.81 13.1 +0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.1 +0 0.0 0.70 0.71 13.1 +0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.2 +0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.1 +10 1.6 0.70 0.72 12.7 +20 1.6 0.70 0.71 12.6 +30 1.7 0.70 0.71 12.6 +40 1.8 0.70 0.68 12.5</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>При импорте <em>CSV</em> файлов <em>Subsurface</em> показывает не только заголовки, но и несколько первых +строк данных, что значительно упрощает работу. Обладая базовыми знаниями о формате <em>CSV</em>, +вы сможете без проблем импортировать свои данные в <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div> +</div></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Важно" /> +</td> +<td class="content">При импорте <em>CSV</em> есть несколько предостережений. Избегайте использования некоторых специальных +символов, таких амперсанд (&), меньше (<), больше (>) и двойной кавычки (") в значениях ячеек. +Файл должен быть сохранен в кодировке UTF-8, если вы используете символы отличные от латинских. +Размер файла также может быть причиной определенных проблем. Импорт 100 погружений за раз +(<em>Общая информация о погружениях_) вряд ли будет проблемой, но файлы большего размера могут. +При возникновении проблем с _Импортом CSV</em> попробуйте для начала уменьшить размер файла.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_Companion">5.3. Импорт GPS координат из <em>вспомогательного приложения Subsurface</em> для мобильных телефонов</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Используя <strong>вспомогательное приложение Subsurface</strong> на устройствах Android с GPS +датчиком или <a href="#S_iphone"><em>iPhone</em></a>, координаты дайв-сайтов могут быть автоматически +переданы в журнал <em>Subsurface</em>. Вспомогательное приложение сохраняет координаты на +выделенном сервере в Интернет. <em>Subsurface</em> в свою очередь умеет подгружать координаты +погружений с этого сервера.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Чтобы воспользоваться этой функцией, вам необходимо:</p></div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_создать_учетную_запись_для_вспомогательного_приложения">5.3.1. Создать учетную запись для вспомогательного приложения</h4> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Зарегистрируйтесь на <a href="http://api.hohndel.org/login/">странице вспомогательного + приложения</a>. Вам будет прислано письмо-подтверждение с вашим персональным + <strong>КЛЮЧОМ</strong>. Этот ключ используется для авторизации на сервере и работы приложения. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Загрузите вспомогательное приложение с сайта + <a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=org.subsurface">Google Play + Store</a> или с сайта + <a href="http://f-droid.org/repository/browse/?fdfilter=subsurface&fdid=org.subsurface">F-Droid</a>. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_использование_приложения_на_android_смартфоне">5.3.2. Использование приложения на Android-смартфоне</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>При первом запуске приложения у вас есть три возможности:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Создать учетную запись.</em> Это эквивалентно созданию учетной записи с помощью + интернет-броузера. Вы можете запросить <strong>КЛЮЧ</strong>, который будет прислан на вашу + электронную почту, но затем вам будет нужно активировать учетную запись на + <a href="http://api.hohndel.org/login/">странице вспомогательного приложения</a>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Получить учетную запись.</em> С помощью этого варианта вы можете восстановить + забытый ключ. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Использовать учетную запись</em>. Вам нужно ввести ваш персональный ключ. + Приложение сохранит ключ и больше не будет его запрашивать, если только вы + не выберите в меню пункт <em>Отключиться</em>. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Важно" /> +</td> +<td class="content">В программе <em>Subsurface</em> нужно также ввести ваш персональный <strong>КЛЮЧ</strong> в +настройках приложения. Для этого выберите в меню <em>Файл → Настройки</em> и на +вкладке <em>Общие</em> введите <strong>КЛЮЧ</strong> в поле <em>ID пользователя</em> веб-сервиса +<em>Subsurface</em>. Это обеспечит синхронизацию между приложениями.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_создание_нового_места_погружения">Создание нового места погружения</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Теперь вы готовы получить координаты места погружения и отправить их на +сервер. Экран смартфона выглядит как на левой картинке (<strong>А</strong>) ниже, но без +погружений.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Нажмите на значок со знаком "+" в правом верхнем углу, чтобы добавить новый +дайв-сайт. Отобразится выпадающее меню с тремя вариантами:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Текущее положение: вам будет предложено ввести название места (и возможно + потребуется включить GPS, если он был выключен), после чего текущее + положение будет сохранено. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Выбрать на карте: этот вариант позволяет выбрать интересующее вас + местоположение на карте (см. рисунок <strong>В</strong>). Выбор точки осуществляется долгим + нажатием на сенсорном экране. Если место выбрано неправильно, выберите + другое, после чего нажмите на галочку в правом верхнем углу экрана. Укажите + название точки и дату и время погружения (рисунок <strong>С</strong>). Для корректного + импорта местоположения в <em>Subsurface</em> мы рекомендуем, чтобы время совпадало + со временем дайва. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Companion_5.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Добавление погружения" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Импорт GPX-файла: Ваше Android-устройство просканирует карту памяти и + покажет найденные GPX-файлы. Нажмите на выбранном файле, выберите + необходимые точки погружений и нажмите на галочку в правом верхнем углу + экрана. После этого выбранные места погружений будут отправлены на сервер в + Интернете и добавлены к списку дайвов в вашем смартфоне. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_список_мест_погружений">5.3.3. Список мест погружений</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>На главном экране приложения отображается список мест погружений с +названиями, датой и временем. Слева от названия над полем выбора может +показываться значок с изображением стрелки, указывающей вверх, означающий, что +этот дайв ожидает отправки на сервер. Вы можете выбрать одно или несколько +погружений, проставив галочки в поле рядом с названием. Групповые операции +(<em>Отправить</em> и <em>Удалить</em>) применяются к выбранным погружениям.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Погружения можно просматривать двумя способами: текстовый список и карта. +Режим отображения переключается нажатием на на текстовом поле <em>Погружения</em> в +левой верхней части экрана (см. рисунок <strong>А</strong> ниже). Находясь в режиме карты, вы +также можете нажать на текстовом поле <em>Карта</em> в левом верхнем углу (рисунок +<strong>В</strong>) и выбрать другой режим. При выборе погружения на карте или в списке, вам +будет представлен экран редактирования места дайва (рисунок <strong>С</strong>), на котором +вы можете поменять название точки и прочие детали.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Companion_4.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Просмотр и редактирование мест погружений" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>На экране редактирование вам доступно два инструмента (в правом верхнем углу +экрана):</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Редактировать (карандаш): для изменения названия и прочих параметров +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Карта: отобразить положение дайва на карте +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>После редактирования и сохранения (рисунок <strong>С</strong>) вам необходимо отправить +погружение на сервер, как объясняется ниже.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_отправка_погружения_на_сервер">5.3.4. Отправка погружения на сервер</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Существует несколько способов выгрузки координат на сервер. Самый простой - отметить +погружения в списке (см. рисунок <strong>A</strong> ниже) и нажать на кнопку с изображением стрелки в +правом верхнем углу экрана.</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Важно" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Будьте внимательны: находящаяся рядом кнопка с изображением мусорной корзины +удаляет точки погружений.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Companion_1.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Вспомогательное приложение Subsurface" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>После вашей поездки с использованием вспомогательного приложения, +все погружения могут быть загружены в <em>Subsurface</em> (см. ниже).</p></div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_дополнительные_функции_вспомогательного_приложения">Дополнительные функции вспомогательного приложения</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>В зависимости от размера экрана вашего Android-устройства дополнительные +возможности приложения доступны вам только после нажатия кнопки <em>Меню</em>. +Вам будет предложено на выбор 5 пунктов (рисунок <strong>В</strong> выше):</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_поиск">Поиск</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Позволяет вам найти места погружений по названию и указанном временном +интервале.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_запуск_фоновой_службы">Запуск фоновой службы</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Вместо ручного ввода мест погружений, вы можете запустить фоновую службы +записи координат, которая автоматически будет сохранять места ваших дайвов.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Следующие <em>Настройки</em> (см. ниже) влияют на работу этой службы:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Минимальный интервал</em> в минутах. Приложение будет пытаться определить и + записать координаты местоположения каждые Х минут. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Минимальное расстояние</em> в метрах. Минимальное расстояние в метрах между + двумя последовательными точками фиксации координат. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Шаблон названия</em>. Название автоматически создаваемых точек погружения. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/info.jpg" alt="Подсказка" /> +</td> +<td class="content"><em>Как работает фоновая служба?</em> Предположим вы установили временной интервал в +5мин и минимальное расстояние равное 50 метрам. Приложение будет записывать +координаты каждые 5 минут <strong>или</strong> если вы переместитесь более чем на 50 метров +от предыдущей точки. Если же новая точка находится в радиусе 50м от +предыдущей, то она не будет сохранена. Если вы не двигаетесь, то будут +сохранены только координаты первой точки.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_отправить_все_местоположения">Отправить все местоположения</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Отправляет на сервер все местоположения, которые не были выгружены ранее.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_отключиться">Отключиться</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Не самое удачное название. Эта функция удаляет сохраненные <strong>КЛЮЧ</strong>, который вы +вводили при первом старте. Может пригодиться в том случае, если другой дайвер +пользовался вашим смартфоном для записи координат погружений.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_настройки">Настройки</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>В _Настройках_ приложения вам доступны следующие параметры:</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_сервер_и_учетная_запись">Сервер и учетная запись</h5> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>URL веб-сервиса</em>. По умолчанию используется <a href="http://api.hohndel.org/">http://api.hohndel.org/</a> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>ID пользователя</em>. Ваш персональный ключ, полученный по email после + регистрации на сайте. Вы можете скопировать его из письма и вставить сюда, + либо ввести вручную. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_синхронизация">Синхронизация</h5> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Синхронизация при старте</em>. Если выбран этот параметр, при каждом старте приложения погружения +на вашем Android-устройстве и веб-сервисе будут синхронизироваться. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Отправлять новые</em>. Если этот параметр установлен, добавленные точки будут + автоматически отправляться на сервер. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_фоновая_служба">Фоновая служба</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Параметры фоновой службы уже были описаны выше.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_разное">Разное</h5> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Список рассылки</em>. Отсюда вы можете отправить письмо разработчикам + <em>Subsurface</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Веб-сайт</em>. Ссылка на веб-сайт <em>Subsurface</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Версия</em>. Текущая версия вспомогательного приложения. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_iphone">5.3.5. Запись координат погружений из <em>вспомогательного приложения Subsurface</em> для <em>iPhone</em></h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Интерфейс приложения для iPhone крайне прост. Необходимо ввести ключ, полученный при +регистрации, в соответствующее поле, затем нажать "Dive in" (см. левую картинку на рисунке +ниже), после чего можно приступать к сбору информации о местоположении погружений.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/iphone.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Использование вспомогательного приложения на iPhone" width="640" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Погружения могут быть добавлены автоматически или вручную. В ручном режиме, служба получения +координат запускается автоматически, а в нижней части экрана появляется красная полоса. После +завершения погружения вам нужно нажать на красной области, чтобы остановить службу +позиционирования. При запущенной службе позиционирования вы можете добавлять погружения +только в ручном режиме.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Позже вы можете отредактировать название места погружения, выбрав и нажав на него в списке. +Другие поля для редактирования недоступны. Список дайвов автоматически выгружается на сервер, +возможно вручную синхронизировать погружения отсутствует.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_загрузка_координат_погружений_в_журнал_em_subsurface_em">5.3.6. Загрузка координат погружений в журнал <em>Subsurface</em></h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Перед получением GPS-координат с сервера, погружения должны быть загружены в +журнал из дайв-компьютера или введены вручную. Для загрузки координат выберите +в главном меню <em>Импорт → Импорт координат</em> или нажмите комбинацию клавиш +Ctrl-G. Вам будет представлено окно, как показано на рисунке <strong>А</strong> ниже. При +первом импорте необходимо указать ключ, после чего нажмите кнопку <em>Загрузить</em>. +Окно примет следующий вид (рисунок <strong>В</strong>):</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/DownloadGPS.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Импорт координат погружений" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Обратите внимание, что теперь кнопка <em>Применить</em> доступна. Нажатие на нее обновит +названия мест и координаты недавно загруженных или введенных вручную погружений, у +которых дата и время совпадают с временем фиксации на смартфоне. Если вы уже +указали название дайв-сайта перед импортом координат, <em>Subsurface</em> отдаст +предпочтение этим данных и не будет их перезаписывать.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Важно, чтобы часы на вашем смартфоне и дайв-компьютере были синхронизированы, +так как <em>Subsurface</em> сопоставляет погружения именно по дате-времени, хотя и +допускает некоторую погрешность. В случае большого разбега в показаниях +времени координаты не будут обновлены.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Сопоставление по дате-времени может не сработать и по другим причинам +например, из-за часовых поясов, или в случае нескольких повторных погружений в +одном месте (в этом случае координаты будут сопоставлены только с первым +погружением в серии). Для обхода этой проблемы мы рекомендуем вручную изменить +дату-время погружения <strong>перед</strong> загрузкой GPS-координат и вернуть в начальное +значение <strong>после</strong> импорта.</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/info.jpg" alt="Замечание" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Полезные советы:</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Фоновая служба</em>, будучи хорошим подспорьем, может тем не менее заполнить весь +список точками, не имеющими никакого отношения к погружениям, а отражающими +путь судна. И в настоящий момент удаление этих точек с сервера довольно +проблематично. Поэтому очень желательно удалить ненужные точки перед отправкой +их на сервер. Это необходимо, если вы хотите видеть на карте только точки погружений. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Желательно для погружений указывать информативные названия, и как минимум +задать вразумительное название шаблона для автоматически добавляемых +погружений. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_LoadImage">5.4. Добавление фотографий к погружениям</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Многие (если не все) дайверы берут с собой на погружение камеру, чтобы сделать +несколько запоминающихся фото. <em>Subsurface</em> позволяет прикрепить эти +фотографии к конкретному погружению и просматривать их на профиле погружения +и на вкладке <em>Фотографии</em>.</p></div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_загрузка_фотографий_и_синхронизация_времени_между_фотоаппаратом_и_дайв_компьютером">5.4.1. Загрузка фотографий и синхронизация времени между фотоаппаратом и дайв-компьютером</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Нажмите левой кнопкой мыши на погружении в списке, чтобы выбрать его, а затем +правой кнопкой мыши и выберите из контекстного меню пункт <em>Загрузить фото</em>:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/LoadImage1_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Меню загрузки фотографий" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>В системном диалоге выбора файлов выберите фотографии для загрузки в +<em>Subsurface</em> и нажмите клавишу <em>Открыть</em>:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/LoadImage2_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Выбор фотографий для загрузки" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Вам будет представлен диалог, показанный ниже. Проблема состоит в том, что +зачастую время на дайв-компьютере и камере, используемых при погружении, +не совпадают. Разница может составлять несколько минут. Если <em>Subsurface</em> +сможет синхронизировать время между этими двумя устройствами, то сможет и +правильно расположить фотографии на профиле погружения.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Добиться такой синхронизации в <em>Subsurface</em> можно двумя способами:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Вручную</strong>: Если вы записали точное время камеры в самом начале погружения, +то вы можете вычислить смещение по времени. Если вы не меняли установки +даты-времени на своих устройствах, то вы можете это сделать в конце дня после +серии дайвов. После этого вы можете указать этот смещение в поле <em>Сдвинуть +время изображений</em> , как показано на рисунке <strong>А</strong>. Если часы камеры спешат на +7 минут от показаний часов дайв-компьютера, укажите значение смещения 00:07, +выберите в переключателе <em>Раньше - Позже</em> значение <em>Раньше</em> (поскольку часы +камеры спешат, нужно сдвинуть время на 7 минут раньше) и нажмите кнопку +<em>ОК</em>. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/LoadImage3b_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Диалог синхронизации" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<strong>По фотографии</strong>: <em>Subsurface</em> предлагает другой хитрый способ для синхронизации +времени. Если вы сделаете фотографию экрана дайв-компьютера с показаниями +часов, <em>Subsurface</em> сможет получить точное время камеры из информации, +сохраняемой в каждой сделанной фотографии. Для этого используйте нижнюю часть +диалогового окна <em>Сдвинуть время изображений</em>. При этом значения сдвига +в верхней части окна игнорируются. +Нажмите на горизонтально вытянутой кнопке <em>Выбрать изображения отображающие +время на дайв-компьютере</em>. В окне выбора файлов укажите фото вашего +дайв-компьютера и нажмите <em>Открыть</em>. <em>Subsurface</em> отобразит это фото в правой +нижней части окна и к этому моменту будет знать время, когда эта фотография +была сделана. Теперь вам только осталось в поле слева от фотографии указать +дату-время компьютера, как указано на фото. Основываясь на этой информации, +<em>Subsurface</em> может вычислить разницу во времени между камерой и +дайв-компьютером. На рисунке <strong>В</strong> выше показано загруженное изображение компьютера +и дата-время у него, перенесенные в поле слева. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Если фотография была сделана задолго до или после погружения, она не будет +показываться на профиле. <em>Subsurface</em> допускает интервал равный 30 минутам до и после погружения.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_просмотр_фотографий">5.4.2. Просмотр фотографий</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>После загрузки фотографии отображаются:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +на вкладке <em>Фотографии</em> информационной панели +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +в виде маленьких иконок на профиле погружения в соответствии + со временем фото: + Для просмотра добавленных фотографий на профиле погружений, активируйте + переключатель <em>Фотографии</em> на панели слева от профиля погружения: +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:left;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/icons/ShowPhotos_f20.png" alt="Рисунок: Переключатель Фотографии" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Профиль погружения при этом будет выглядеть следующим образом:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/LoadImage4_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Фотографии на профиле" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>При наведении мышкой на иконку фото на профиле, будет показана миниатюрная +фотография:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/LoadImage5_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок:Миниатюрное фото на профиле" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Обратите внимание, что в левом верхнем углу миниатюры есть изображение +мусорной корзины, при нажатии на которое картинка будет удалена. Поэтому +будьте внимательны, кожа щелкаете мышкой на картинке. При нажатии мышкой на +миниатюрное фото (в профиле или на вкладке <em>Фотографии), полноразмерная +фотография откроется во внешней программе для просмотра изображений. Фотографии также могут +быть удалены на вкладке _Фотографии</em> (см. ниже).</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/LoadImage6_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Просмотр полноразмерных фотографий" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_вкладка_em_фотографии_em">5.4.3. Вкладка <em>Фотографии</em></h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Фотографии, добавленные к погружению, отображаются миниатюрными картинками на +вкладке <em>Фотографии</em> в <em>Информационной панели</em>. Снимки, сделанные в серии и +имеющие короткий временной интервал, могут перекрывать друг друга на профиле, +но легко различимы на этой вкладке. Одиночный щелчок мышью на фотографии +выделяет ее, двойной щелчок мышью открывает окно просмотра фото во внешней +программе. Фотографию можно удалить на вкладке <em>Фотографии</em>, выбрав ее щелчком +мыши и нажатием клавиши <em>Del</em> (фотография будет удалена и из профиля).</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_фотографии_на_внешнем_жестком_диске">5.4.4. Фотографии на внешнем жестком диске</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Многие фотографы хранят свои снимки на внешнем накопителе. Если внешний диск +подключен, то <em>Subsurface</em> в большинстве случаев увидит его, и таким образом +будет обеспечен доступ к внешнему хранилищу фотографий. При этом вы добавляете +фото с внешнего диска так, как описан выше. Однако после того, как внешний +накопитель отключен, у <em>Subsurface</em> не будет доступа к фотографиям. Если на +панели кнопок-переключателей (слева от профиля) нажата кнопка <em>Миниатюры +фотографий</em>, то вместо картинок на профиле буду показываться белые точки, а на +вкладке <em>Фотографии</em> только имена файлов вместо миниатюр. После подключения +внешнего накопителя вы снова сможете увидеть фотографии.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_FindMovedImages">5.4.5. Перенос фотографий между директориями, жесткими дисками и компьютерами</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>После загрузки фотографии в <em>Subsurface</em> и ее привязки к погружению, папка, в +которой она находится, запоминается с тем, чтобы найти фото в следующий раз, +когда вы откроете погружение. Если фотография или вся коллекция переносится на +другой жесткий диск или компьютер, маловероятно что структура каталогов будет +такой же, как до переноса. <em>Subsurface</em> попытается загрузить фотографии из их +начального местоположения и не сможет их найти. Вместо того, чтобы удалять все +фотографии и загружать их заново, <em>Subsurface</em> предлагает механизм, который значительно +упрощает процесс обновления местоположения фотографий: обновление с помощью "отпечатков".</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Когда фотография загружается в <em>Subsurface</em>, для нее вычисляется цифровой отпечаток, который +сохраняется наряду с прочей информацией о фотографии. После переноса фото-коллекции (которая уже +была загружена в <em>Subsurface</em>) в другую папку, диск или компьютер, <em>Subsurface</em> может выполнить +следующие шаги:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +рекурсивно просканировать указанную папку и вложенные поддиректории, куда фотографии были + перенесены, +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +вычислить отпечатки для всех найденных фотографий и +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +если найдено соответствие между новым отпечатком и оригинальным, вычисленным при начальной + загрузке фотографии (даже если имена файлов изменились), то информация о новом местоположении + будет автоматически обновлена, с тем чтобы <em>Subsurface</em> мог найти ее в новой директории. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Это можно сделать, выбрав в <strong>Главном меню</strong> пункт <em>Файл → Найти перемещенные фото</em>. Вам будет +предложено выбрать папку, куда были перенесены фотографии. Выберите директорию и нажмите кнопку +<em>Сканировать</em>. Этот процесс может занять несколько минут, после чего сможет отобразить фотографии +для выбранного погружения.</p></div> +<div class="sidebarblock" id="Image_fingerprint_upgrade"> +<div class="content"> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Обновления существующих коллекций фотографий без отпечатков</strong></p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Важно" /> +</td> +<td class="content"><em>Subsurface</em> автоматически вычисляет отпечатки всех фотографий, загруженных в него. При работе +с фото, удостоверьтесь, что они доступны для <em>Subsurface</em>.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> каждый раз проверяет и, если необходимо, обновляет отпечатки фотографий в рамках отдельного погружения, если: +- Ассоциированные фото отображаются на профиле в фите миниатюр. +- Были внесены изменения на вкладке <strong>Примечания</strong> и была нажата кнопка <em>Применить изменения</em>.</p></div> +</div></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_ведение_журнала_для_специальных_типов_погружений">5.5. Ведение журнала для специальных типов погружений</h3> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_MulticylinderDives">5.5.1. Погружения с несколькими баллонами</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> позволяет без проблем вести учет многобаллонных погружений. Такие погружения обычно +выполняются если (а) не хватает воздуха для совершения погружения на одном баллоне; (б) нужно более +одной смеси по причине большой глубины или для выполнения декомпрессионных процедур. Поэтому +многобаллонные погружения зачастую выполняются техническими дайверами, которые ныряют дольше и глубже. +Для <em>Subsurface</em> важна только следующая информация:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Описание баллонов погружения</strong>. Это выполняется на вкладке <strong>Снаряжение</strong> информационной панели так, + как описано <a href="#cylinder_definitions">выше</a>. Перечислите все баллоны, указав их характеристики и + типы смесей. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Запишите время замены смесей</strong>: некоторые дайв-компьютеры предоставляют такую информацию (при + условии, что вы нажали соответствующую кнопку). Если же компьютер не сохраняет эту информацию, + вы можете записать время замены на слэйте. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Укажите события замены смеси на профиле погружения</strong>: если вы выполнили предыдущий пункт, то вам + нужно отметить эти события на профиле. Для этого щелкните на нем правой кнопкой мыши в соответствующее + время и в контекстном меню выберите пункт "Добавить замену газа" и укажите нужный баллон из списка, + созданного на первом шаге (см. рисунок ниже). Если на панели переключателей нажата кнопка <strong>Замена + смесей</strong>, то эти события будут также отображены на полосе в нижней части профиля погружения. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Если вы выполнили эти шаги, то <em>Subsurface</em> будет отображать выбранные баллоны для соответствующих +сегментов погружения. Ниже на рисунке представлен профиль многобаллонного погружения, начинающегося +с EAN28, и дальнейшим переходом на 26 минуте на EAN50 для выполнения декомпрессии.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/multicylinder_dive.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Профиль многобаллонного погружения" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_погружения_в_конфигурации_side_mount">5.5.2. Погружения в конфигурации side-mount</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Погружения в конфигурации с боковой подвеской является просто еще одной из разновидностей +многобаллонных погружений, зачастую с двумя или всеми баллонами, заполненными одинаковой смесью. +Хотя эта конфигурация наиболее популяра среди пещерных дайвером, она может использоваться и для +рекреационных погружений после соответствующей подготовки. Как и в случае многобаллонных погружений, +для учета таких погружений необходимо выполнить три шага:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Запись событий смена баллонов во время погружения</strong>. Поскольку сайд-маунт погружения + обычно выполняются с двумя баллонами с воздухом или одинаковым газом, <em>Subsurface</em> + различает баллоны между собой. Чего не скажешь о большинстве дайв-компьютеров, которые + делают понимают переключение между разными <em>смесями</em>, а не <em>баллонами</em>. Это означает, что + при импорте погружений с таких компьютеров события о смене баллонов с одинаковой смесью + не будут загружены. Поэтому вам придется записывать эти события на слэйте, или, если + ваш компьютер умеет, ставить закладки для таких событий, чтобы позже их загрузить. + Сохранение событий замены баллонов - наиболее сложная задача при ведении журнала сайд-маунт погружений. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Укажите конфигурацию баллонов</strong> на вкладке <strong>Снаряжение</strong> (см. рисунок ниже, на котором + добавлено два 12-литровых баллона). +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Укажите события смены баллонов</strong>. После импорта погружения из дайв-компьютера в <em>Subsurface</em>, +вам необходимо проставить события замены баллонов на профиле погружения. События добавляются +щелчком правой кнопки мыши в соответствующем месте профиля и выбором пункта <em>Добавить замену смеси</em> +в выпадающем контекстном меню. В списке показывает список доступных баллонов, при этом текущий +активный баллон будет недоступен для выбора. На картинке ниже Баллон 1 недоступен, оставляя для +выбора только Баллон 2. Выберите нужный баллон из списка. Событие смены баллона будет отображено на +профиле соответствующей картинкой. Если активировано отображение <strong>Замена смесей</strong> (на панели +инструментов слева от профиля), то соответствующая информация будет показываться в нижней части профиля. +После добавления всех событий замены к профилю, на нем должны отображаться корректные значения +давления по всех баллонах, как показано на следующем рисунке. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/sidemount1.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Профиль погружения в конфигурации сайд-маунт" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Эта глава демонстрирует гибкость <em>Subsurface</em> при ведении журналов погружений.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_sSCR_dives">5.5.3. Погружения с ребризером полузамкнутого цикла (SCR)</h4> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/halcyon_RB80.jpg" alt="Замечание" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Пассивные ребризеры полузамкнутого цикла (pSCR) представляют собой дыхательный аппарат, рециркулирующий +дыхательную смесь, удаляя из нее выдыхаемый углекислый газ. Приблизительно десятая часть выдыхаемого +воздуха сбрасывается в воду, при этом свежая дыхательная смесь (обычно Nitrox) добавляется из баллона. +Поэтому даже на одном баллоне можно провести гораздо больше времени под водой, чем используя +рекреационную конфигурацию на открытом цикле. В случае pSCR свежая смесь подается из баллона при +каждом вдохе. Активные ребризеры (aSCR) подают свежую смесь из баллона постоянно.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Для учета погружений с использованием pSCR не требуется никаких специальных действий. Достаточно:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Выбрать режим погружения pSCR на вкладке <strong>Погружение</strong> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Погружения с использованием pSCR обычно выполняются с заменой смесей. Укажите все необходимые + баллоны как описано выше и укажите события замены смесей на профиле, как указано выше в главе + <a href="#S_MulticylinderDives">Погружения с несколькими баллонами</a>. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>При выборе режима pSCR, расчетный потолок погружения учитывает снижение уровня кислорода в области +загубника, что увеличивает время декомпрессии. Ниже приведен профиль pSCR погружения на смеси EAN36 +и с одним баллоном кислорода для декомпрессии. Обратите внимание, что погружение заняло более двух +часов.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/pSCR_profile.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Профиль погружения с pSCR" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_CCR_dives">5.5.4. Погружения с ребризером закрытого цикла (CCR)</h4> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/APD.jpg" alt="Замечание" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Ребризеры замкнутого цикла используют передовые технологии для рециркуляции отработанного газа, +выполняя две функции для поддержания концентрации кислорода, делая смест пригодной для дыхания: +а) удаление углекислого газа из выдыхаемого воздуха +б) поддержание концентрации кислорода в безопасных пределах. +На текущий момент <em>Subsurface</em> обеспечивает наилучшую поддержку CCR дайв-компьютера Poseidon +MkVI Discovery. Интерфейс работы с ребризерами замнутого цикла находится в активной разработке и на +текущий момент считается экспериментальным. А отличие от рекреационных дайв-компьютеров, системы +CCR не позволяют загружать журналы нескольких погружений одномоментно. Вместо этого каждое погружение +хранится отдельно. Это означает, что <em>Subsurface</em> не может загружать погружения непосредственно с +дайв-компьютера ребризера. Погружения должны быть импортированы таким же образом, как и из других +цифровых источников.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="sect4"> +<h5 id="_импорт_погружения_с_ребризером_закрытого_цикла">Импорт погружения с ребризером закрытого цикла</h5> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Прочитайте главу <a href="#S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs">Импорт погружений из других +цифровых источников</a>. В главном меню <em>Subsurface</em> выберите <em>Импорт → Импорт +журналов</em> чтобы открыть окно <a href="#Unified_import">Универсальный импорт</a>. Как +описано в этой главе, в правой нижней части окна находится список +поддерживаемых источников, среди которых есть и файлы (Poseidon) MkVI +(поддержка другого CCR-оборудование активно развивается). Выбрав нужный формат +и директорию с файлами-журналами, вам нужно выбрать конкретный журнал +погружения (в случае MkVI это один файл с расширением .txt). После выбора +файла нажмите на кнопку <em>Открыть</em>.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_информация_отображаемая_для_ccr_погружений">5.5.5. Информация, отображаемая для CCR-погружений</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Парциальные давления газов</em>: График парциального давления кислорода показывает информацию с +кислородных датчиков ребризера. В отличие от рекреационного режима, где значения pO<sub>2</sub> высчитываются +исходя из состава смеси и глубины, для CCR-погружений эти значения берутся от датчиков. В этом случае +график должен быть достаточно ровным, соответствуя значению установки кислорода (set-point). Среднее значение +pO<sub>2</sub> не является средним значением от датчика, а рассчитано <em>Subsurface</em> следующим +образом:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +для двух датчиков O<sub>2</sub> рассчитывается среднее значение. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +для систем с тремя датчиками (например, APD) также используется среднее значение. Однако разница + в показаниях разных датчиков более 0,1 бар в один момент времени, такое значение считается + ложны. Если один из датчиков возвращает ложное значение, то он игнорируется. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +если данные от датчиков отсутствуют, то значение pO<sub>2</sub> принимается равным установке. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Среднее значение pO<sub>2</sub> сенсоров отображается зеленой линией.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Значения установок кислорода, а также показания индивидуальных датчиков, могут быть показаны на +профиле. Отображение расширенной информации для CCR-погружения регулируется в <em>Настройках_ (доступны +в <a href="#S_CCR_options">_Файл → Настройки → Профиль</em></a>. Вот настройки, влияющие на отображение pO<sub>2</sub> +на профиле погружения при нажатой на панели переключателей кнопке <em>График pO<sub>2</sub></em>.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/CCR_preferences_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Настройки профиля CCR-погружения" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Первый параметр позволяет показать график значения установки (set-point), который отображается +красной линией поверх графика парциального давления и позволяет сравнить значения среднего +измеренного парциального значения с установкой, как показано на рисунке ниже:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/CCR_setpoint_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Графики pO~2~ и установки CCR" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Второй параметр позволяет вывести график от каждого сенсора ребризера. Цветовая кодировка сенсоров +следующая:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Сенсор 1: серый +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Сенсор 2: голубой +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Сенсор 3: коричневый +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Среднее значение pO<sub>2</sub> показывается зеленым цветом. Такое отображение позволяет непосредственно +сравнить данные от каждого сенсора и выявить странно низкие или абсолютно неверные показания.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/CCR_sensor_data_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Графики сенсоров CCR" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>График установки может быть наложен поверх графика парциальных давлений, для этого нужно поставить +галочки напротив обоих параметров. Парциальные давления азота (и гелия, если применимо) отображаются +так же, как для погружения на открытом цикле.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>События</em>: в случае погружений с ребризером могут быть записаны дополнительные события, например, +перевод загубника в режим открытого цикла. Такие события отображаются на профиле в виде желтых +треугольников. При наведении на него указателя мыши, в <a href="#S_InfoBox">плавающем информационном окне</a> +показывается описание события.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Давление в баллонах:</em> некоторые CCR дайв-компьютеры (например, Poseidon MkVI) сохраняют информацию +о давлении в баллонах с кислородом и дилуентом. График давлений в этих баллонах отображается +зелеными линиями поверх профиля глубины. В дополнение к этому, информация о начальном и конечном +давлениях в баллонах с дилуентом и кислородом показывается на вкладке <em>Снаряжение</em>. +Ниже представлен профиль CCR-погружения, на котором показаны графики значений установки, сенсоров и +давлений в баллонах. В этом случае мы видим согласованность показаний двух сенсоров.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/CCR_dive_profile_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Профиль CCR-погружения" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Дополнительная информация</em>: Информация, специфичная для конкретного оборудования, отображается в +<em>Subsurface</em> на вкладке <a href="#S_ExtraDataTab">Дополнительная информация</a>. Она может включать настройки +оборудования и прочие данные.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Деко-потолок, вычисленный <em>Subsurface</em>, не всегда точен, потому что зачастую невозможно узнать +точное парциальное давление азота в цикле из журнала, импортированного из ребризера. Однако, многие +дайв-компьютеры, поддерживающие ребризеры, сообщают информацию о своем вычисленном деко-потолке в +журнале, и это значение может быть более точным. Для отображения этого потолка необходимо активировать +соответствующую кнопку на панели слева от профиля погружения?</p></div> +<div class="imageblock"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/icons/cceiling.jpg" alt="Кнопка отображения потолка дайв-компьютера" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>По умолчанию потолок дайв-компьютера отображается на профиле погружения белым цветом. Вы можете +отобразить его красным, выбрав соответствующий параметр в <em>Файл → Настройки → Профиль</em>. Ниже +показан профиль погружения с отображенным потолком дайв-компьютера:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/CCR_dive_ceilingF22.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Деко-потолок дайв-компьютера" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>За более детальной информацией по загрузке погружений из ребризеров Poseidon MkVI и APD обратитесь +к <a href="#S_PoseidonMkVI">ПРИЛОЖЕНИЮ Б</a>.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_подробная_информация_о_погружениях_в_журнале">6. Подробная информация о погружениях в журнале</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_вкладка_strong_информация_strong_для_одиночного_погружения">6.1. Вкладка <strong>Информация</strong> (для одиночного погружения)</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Вкладка <em>Информация</em> предоставляет суммарную информацию по погружению, +выбранному в <strong>Списке погружений</strong>. Здесь отображается такая полезная +информация, как поверхностный интервал перед погружением, максимальная и +средняя глубина дайва, объемный расход газов, расход воздуха на поверхности +(SAC) и единицы кислородного отравления (OTU).</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/info.jpg" alt="Замечание" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Вычисление SAC и расхода газов: +<em>Subsurface</em> очень точно вычисляет SAC и расход газов принимая во внимание +несжимаемость газов, что особенно важно при давлении в баллоне свыше 200 бар. +Более подробно об этом описано в <a href="#SAC_CALCULATION">Приложение Ж</a>.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_ExtraDataTab">6.2. Вкладка <strong>Дополнительно</strong> (обычно для индивидуального погружения)</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>При использовании дайв-компьютера он обычно сообщает дополнительную информацию, которую невозможно +отобразить единообразным образом, принимая во внимание, что эта информация различается для разных +моделей. Обычно эта информация включает в себя настройки компьютера, уровень заряда батареи, +неполетное время или установки градиент-фактора. Когда доступны, эти данные отображаются на вкладке +<strong>Дополнительно</strong>. На рисунке ниже приведены дополнительные данные для погружение на ребризере Poseidon.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/ExtraDataTab_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Вкладка Дополнительно" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_вкладка_strong_статистика_strong_для_нескольких_погружений">6.3. Вкладка <strong>Статистика</strong> (для нескольких погружений)</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Вкладка <em>Статистика</em> предоставляет суммарную статистику для нескольких +погружений, предполагая, что вы выбрали несколько дайвов в <strong>Списке погружений</strong> +(используйте клавиши Ctrl и Shift при выборе погружений мышкой). На вкладке +отображается следующая полезная информация: количество выбранных погружений и их +суммарное время, минимальные, максимальные и средние значения длительности, +температуры воздуха и воды, SAC. Тут также отображается глубины самого +глубокого и самого мелкого погружений среди выбранных.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_DiveProfile">6.4. Профиль погружения</h3> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Profile2.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Пример профиля погружения" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Из всех панелей <em>Subsurface</em>, профиль предоставляет наиболее детальную +информацию о погружении. Слева от профиля находится панель переключателей, +позволяющая выбрать несколько вариантов отображения. Функции этих +переключателей описаны ниже. Главным элементов профиля является график глубины +как функция времени. В дополнение к информации о глубине, график также +показывает скорость спуска/подъема относительно рекомендованной скорости. Эта +информация закодирована разными цветами:</p></div> +<div class="tableblock"> +<table rules="all" +width="100%" +frame="border" +cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4"> +<col width="33%" /> +<col width="33%" /> +<col width="33%" /> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Цвет</strong></p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Скорость спуска (м/мин)</strong></p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Скорость подъема (м/мин)</strong></p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Красный</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">> 30</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">>18</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Оранжевый</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">18 - 30</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">9 - 18</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Желтый</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">9 - 18</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">4 - 9</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Светло-зеленый</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">1.5 - 9</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">1.5 - 4</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Темно-зеленый</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">< 1.5</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">< 1.5</p></td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Профиль также отображает глубины пиков и провалов на графике. Серая линия показывает среднюю +глубину в конкретный момент погружения.</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/scale.jpg" alt="Замечание" /> +</td> +<td class="content">В некоторых случаях профиль занимает по ширине не всю панель <strong>Профиль +погружения</strong> Нажмите на переключатель <strong>Альтернативный масштаб</strong>, чтобы более +эффективно использовать пространство экрана.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Температура воды</strong> отображается синей линией со указанием значений температуры +в местах значительного изменения.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Профиль погружения может отображать графики парциальных давлений O₂, N₂ и He, +расчетный потолок декомпрессии и потолок, посчитанный дайв-компьютером (виден +только для глубоких, долгих или повторных погружений). Графики парциальных +давлений показываются в нижней части профиля, каждый своим цветом для +отдельного газа: кислород - зеленым, азот - черным, гелий - темно-красным.</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/O2.jpg" alt="Замечание" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Переключатель отображения графика парциального давления <strong>кислорода</strong>.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/N2.jpg" alt="Замечание" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Переключатель отображения графика парциального давления <strong>азота</strong>.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/He.jpg" alt="Замечание" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Переключатель отображения графика парциального давления <strong>гелия</strong>. Актуально +только для дайверов, использующих Trimix, Helitrox или схожие дыхательные смеси.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>График <strong>расхода газа</strong> показывает давление в баллоне и его изменение во время +погружения. Этот график принимает во внимание глубину, поэтому даже если вы +вручную ввели начальное и конечное давление в баллоне, линия никогда не будет +прямой. Аналогично графику глубины, график давления визуально предоставляет +информацию о моментальном расходе газа (SAC) при использовании дайв-компьютера +с интегрированным датчиком давления. Однако в этом случае цветовое кодирование +осуществляется безотносительно какой-то абсолютной величины, а относительно +усредненного расхода за время погружения. Таким образом, области красного +или оранжевого цвета указывают на повышенный расход газа, в то время, как +области темно-зеленого цвета говорят о расходе ниже среднего.</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/Heartbutton.png" alt="Замечание" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Нажатие на кнопку с изображение ритма сердца показывает информацию о частоте +сердцебиения если дайв-компьютер оборудован датчиком пульса.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Вы можете менять масштаб профиля с помощью колеса мыши или соответствующего +жеста на сенсорной панели. По умолчанию <em>Subsurface</em> масштабирует панель +профиля, так чтобы помещалось 30-минутное погружение на 30 метров. Очевидно, +что для фридайверов это не актуально.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/MeasuringBar.png" alt="Рисунок: Рулетка" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/ruler.jpg" alt="Замечание" /> +</td> +<td class="content">С помощью рулетки вы можете измерять разницу <strong>глубины и времени</strong> между двумя +точками погружения. Измерение производится путем перетаскиванию мышью двух +красных точек. Результаты измерения отображаются в горизонтальной белой +области ниже линии рулетки.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/ShowPhotos.png" alt="Замечание" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Добавленные к погружению фотографии могут быть отображены нажатием на +переключатель <strong>Миниатюры фотографий</strong>. Положение фотографии на профиле +соответствуют времени когда она была сделана. Если этот переключатель +неактивен, фотографии не показываются.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Профиле может показывать <strong>потолок</strong>, рассчитанный дайв-компьютером (а +точнее, глубочайшая деко-остановка в данный момент времени). Он отображается +полупрозрачной красной областью. Потолок появляется, когда при прямом подъеме +на поверхность возникает риск возникновения декомпрессионной болезни (ДКБ) и в +этом случае необходимо либо снизить скорость всплытия, либо выполнить +несколько деко-остановок перед всплытием на поверхность. Не все +дайв-компьютеры записывают эту информацию и делают ее доступной для загрузки; +например, ни один из компьютеров Suunto не предоставляет этой информации. +<em>Subsurface</em> независимо рассчитывает потолок и отображает его на профиле +закрашенной областью зеленого цвета. +Из-за разницы в алгоритмах, количества доступных данных и других факторов, +доступных в момент расчета, расчетный потолок <em>Subsurface</em> и дайв-компьютера +могут не совпадать, несмотря даже на то, что <em>градиент-факторы</em> могут +совпадать (см. ниже). +Зачастую <em>Subsurface</em> рассчитывает потолок для бездекомпрессионных погружений, +в то время как компьютер не оставался в бездекомпрессионном режиме во все +время дайва (представлен <span class="green">темно-зеленой</span> областью на профиле в начале +этой главы). Это вызвано тем, что <em>Subsurface</em> рассчитывает деко-обязательства +в каждый момент погружения, в то время, как дайв-компьютеры обычно принимают +во внимание и время всплытия. Во время всплытия происходит рассыщение азота (и +возможно гелия), поэтому даже технически "заработав" потолок на дне, +обязательная деко-остановка не требуется. Это позволяет дайв-компьютерам +рассчитывать большее время на дне.</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/cceiling.jpg" alt="Замечание" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Если дайв-компьютер умеет рассчитывать потолок и делает эту информацию +доступной для <em>Subsurface</em> во время импорта, вы можете отображать этот +потолок, нажать на переключатель <strong>Потолок компьютера</strong>.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/ceiling1.jpg" alt="Замечание" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Если переключатель <strong>Расчетный потолок</strong> нажат, потолок, если он существует, +рассчитанный <em>Subsurface</em> будет показан на профиле зеленым цветом (рисунок <strong>А</strong> +ниже). Вы можете далее поменять его отображение следующим образом:</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/ceiling2.jpg" alt="Замечание" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Если нажат переключатель <strong>Расчет всех тканей</strong>, показывается потолок для всех +типов тканей согласно модели Бюльмана (рисунок <strong>В</strong> ниже)</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/ceiling3.jpg" alt="Замечание" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Если нажат переключатель <strong>3м шаг для расчетного потолка</strong>, потолок отображается +ступеньками с шагом 3 метра.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Ceilings2.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Потолок с 3м шагом" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/ShowCylindersButton.jpg" alt="Замечание" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Если выбран этот переключатель, то баллоны, используемые в погружении, отображаются в виде цветной +полосы в нижней части профиля погружения. Кодировка цветов следующая: кислород нарисован +зеленой полосой, азот желтой, а гелий - красной. Рисунок ниже представляет профиль погружения с первой +смесью Trimix (красно-зеленая полоса), с дальнейшим переходом на Nitrox (желто-зеленая полоса) на 23 +минуте. Баллоны с воздухом представлены светло-голубой полосой.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/ShowCylinders_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: График использования баллонов" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/tissues.jpg" alt="Замечание" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Показывает давление инертных газов в тканях относительно внешнего давления (горизонтальная серая +линия). Давление в тканях рассчитывается по алгоритму Бюльмана ZH-L16 и отображается линиями, цвет +которых варьируется от зеленого (самые быстрые ткани) до синего (самые медленные ткани). +Черная линия, нарисованная выше графика внешнего давления, показывает максимальное допустимое +перенасыщение согласно значений градиент-фактора, указанных в настройках. Для дайверов, планирующих +декомпрессионные погружения, эффективное скорость рассыщения достигается при давлении в тканях +большем чем окружающее давление (серая линия), но меньшем чем предельное (черная линия). Это +представление отображает давление в тканях на протяжении всего погружения. Напротив, +<a href="#S_gas_pressure_graph">Гистограмма давления газов</a> в плавающем <strong>Информационном окне</strong> отображает +давление в момент времени, соответствующий положению указателя мыши на оси времени.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/tissuesGraph.jpg" alt="Рисунок: График насыщения тканей инертными газами" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Установки градиент-фактора непосредственно влияют на расчетный потолок и его глубину. Подробнее +см. главу <a href="#S_GradientFactors">Установки градиент-фактора</a>. Текущие установки градиент-фактора +(например, GF 35/75) указываются в верхней части профиля погружения. +<strong>Обратите внимание:</strong> значение градиент-фактора на профиле - это НЕ значение, используемое +дайв-компьютером, а установка, использующаяся самим <em>Subsurface</em> для расчета деко-обязательств. +Более подробно по этой теме можно прочитать во внешних источниках:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html">Gradient factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts</a> +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_контекстное_меню_профиля_погружения">6.5. Контекстное меню профиля погружения</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Доступ к контекстному меню профиля погружения осуществляется нажатием правой кнопки мыши в любом +месте графика. Меню позволяет добавлять закладки и события замены смеси или ручные установки для +CCR-погружений в дополнение к тем, что были импортированы из дайв-компьютера. Маркеры помещаются +на профиле в точках, соответствующих времени на горизонтальной оси в момент нажатия правой кнопкой +мыши. При выборе события замены газа, вы далее должны выбрать смесь из списка доступных, как задано +на вкладке Снаряжение. Добавления события смены установки CCR откроет окно, в котором можно задать +новое значение. Как и в случает <strong>Планировщика</strong>, добавление установки со значением ноль означает, что +дайвер перешел на открытый цикл, а ненулевое значение означает погружение на ребризере закрытого +цикла (CCR). +При щелчке правой кнопкой мыши на уже существующем +маркере, меню будет расширено, позволяя вам удалить маркер и скрыть все +маркеры данного типа. Чтобы восстановить скрытые маркеры, выберите в +контекстном меню пункт <strong>Показывать все события</strong>.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_InfoBox">6.6. Информационное окно</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Информационное окно отображает подробную информацию, относящуюся к конкретной +точке профиля погружения (рисунок <strong>В</strong>). Обычно это окно расположено в левой +верхней части панели, но вы можете его перетащить в любое другое место, при +этом позиция будет сохранена и не будет меняться при переключении между +погружениями. Если мышка находится вне панели, информационное окно отображает +только заголовок (рисунок <strong>А</strong>). Положение информационного окно запоминается между последовательными +запусками <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/InfoBox2.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Информационное окно" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>В момент наведения мышкой на профиль погружения, информационное окно +распахивается и отображает различную информацию, относящуюся к той временной +точке, где находится курсор мыши (рисунок *В). Таким образом, передвигая +курсор мыши по горизонтальной оси времени, вы можете получить информацию о +любом моменте погружения. +В информационном окне представлены следующие данные: время погружения (@), +глубина (Г), давление в баллоне (Д), температура (Т), скорость спуска/подъема +(С), расход воздуха (SAC), парциальное давление кислорода, максимальная +рабочая глубина (MOD), эквивалентная глубина по воздуху (EAD), эквивалентная +наркозная глубина (END), эквивалентная глубина по плотности воздуха (EADD), +декомпрессионные обязательства в данный момент времени (Деко), время до +поверхности (TTS), расчетный потолок наряду с потолком для отдельных тканей по +Бюльману.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Вы можете контролировать отображение некоторых из этих значений, +воспользовавшись четырьмя переключателями на левой панели кнопок:</p></div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/MOD.jpg" alt="Замечание" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Если этот переключатель нажат, информационное окно показывает <strong>максимальную +рабочую глубину (MOD)</strong> для используемого газа. Значение MOD зависит от +процентного содержания кислорода в смеси. Для воздуха (21% кислорода) это +значение составляет около 57 метров. Погружения ниже MOD чреваты рисками, +связанными с токсичностью кислорода.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/NDL.jpg" alt="Замечание" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Если этот переключатель нажат, информационное окно показывает +<strong>бездекомпрессионный предел (NDL)</strong> или <strong>время до поверхности (TTS)</strong>. NDL +указывает время, которое дайвер может оставаться на текущей глубине, без +возникновения декомпрессионных обязательств (т.е. пока не появится потолок). +Как только NDL превышен и появляются декомпрессионные обязательства, TTS +указывает время до всплытия на поверхность, включая время всплытия и +декомпрессии. TTS рассчитывается исходя и расхода (SAC) текущего газа, даже +если на профиле указаны переходы на другие смеси.Значения TTS, превышающие 2 +часа, не могут быть точно рассчитаны и <em>Subsurface</em> отображает <em>TTS > 2ч</em>.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/SAC.jpg" alt="Замечание" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Если этот переключатель нажат, информационное окно показывает <strong>расход воздуха +на поверхности (SAC)</strong>. SAC - объем дыхания, нормализованный для поверхности. +Значение SAC меньше чем реальный расход газа, потому что на глубине 10м дайвер +потребляет в два раза больше газа, чем на поверхности. Значение SAC не зависит +от глубины и измеряются в литрах/мин или куб.футах/мин.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/EAD.jpg" alt="Замечание" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Если этот переключатель нажат, информационное окно показывает <strong>эквивалентную +глубину по воздуху (EAD)</strong> для погружений на Nitrox и <strong>эквивалентную +наркозную глубину (END)</strong> для Trimix. Эти значения важны для дайверов, +погружающихся на смесях, отличных от воздуха. Значение этих величин зависят от +состава газа. EAD - глубина гипотетического погружения на воздухе, в котором +парциальное значение азота такое же, как и в текущем погружении на Nitrox. +Дайв на Nitrox влечет такие же декомпрессионные обязательства, как и +погружение на воздухе на глубину EAD. END - глубина гипотетического погружения +на воздухе, в котором сумма парциальных давлений наркотических азота и +кислорода такая же, как и в текущем погружении на Trimix. Тримиксный дайвер +может ожидать такого же наркотического эффекта, погружайся он на воздухе на +глубину END.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>На рисунке <strong>В</strong> выше показано информационное окно практически со всей доступной информацией.</p></div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="S_gas_pressure_graph">6.6.1. Гистограмма давления газов</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>В левой части <strong>Информационного окна</strong> расположена вертикальная гистограмма, отображающая давление +азота (и других инертных газов, например гелия, там, где это применимо), вдыхаемых дайвером <em>в +определенный момент времени</em>, соответствующий положению указателя мыши на оси времени. Рисунок ниже +поясняет, что именно показывает гистограмма:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/GasPressureBarGraph.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Гистограмма давления газов" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Светло-зеленая область означает общий объем газа, а верхняя граница этой области показывает + общее давление газа, вдыхаемого дайвером (измеренное от нижней части гистограммы). Это давление + имеет относительную величину и не показывает абсолютное давление. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Горизонтальная черная линия ниже светло-зеленой границы указывает уравновешенное давление + инертных газов, вдыхаемых дайвером, обычно азота. В случае Trimix, это значение будет составной + величиной давлений азота и гелия. В нашем примере погружение выполнялось с использованием EAN32, + поэтому эта линия отмечает 68% от общего расстояния от нижней части гистограммы до границы светло- + зеленой области (общее давление газа). +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Темно-зеленая область в нижней части гистограммы отображает давление инертных газов в каждой из + 16 групп тканей согласно алгоритма Бюльмана. "Быстрые" ткани расположены в левой части. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Верхняя черная линия указывает на градиент-фактор, примененный к глубине в конкретной точке + на <strong>Профиле погружения</strong>. Градиент-фактор интерполируется исходя из значений GFLow и GFHigh, + указанных в вкладке <strong>Профиль</strong> в *Настройках*. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Нижняя граница красной области на гистограмме отображает вычисленное по алгоритму Бюльмана + M-значение, - давление инертного газа, при котором весьма вероятно формирование пузырьков, + что в свою очередь может привести к декомпрессионной болезни. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Эти пять величин показаны на рисунке выше в левой его части. Как меняется гистограмма на протяжении +погружения, показано в правой части рисунка (погружение с использованием EAN32).</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Гистограмма <strong>А</strong>. Дайвер перед погружением находится на поверхности. Давление в группах тканей + такое же, как и уравновешенное давление. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Гистограмма <strong>B</strong>. Дайвер погрузился на глубину 30 метров. Лишь некоторые ткани успели частично + насытиться за время спуска, давление в тканях гораздо ниже уравновешенного давления. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Гистограмма <strong>C</strong>. Дайвер провел 30 минут на глубине 30 метров. "Быстрые" ткани насытились до + уровня уравновешенного давления (т.е. сравнялись по высоте с черной линий). Более "медленные" + ткани, находящиеся справа, еще только находятся в процессе насыщения. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Гистограмма <strong>D</strong>. Дайвер поднялся до глубины 4.5 метра. Так как во время подъема давление вдыхаемого + газа значительно упало с 4 бар до 1.45 бар, давление различных групп тканей теперь значительно + превышает эту величину и приближается к значению градиент-фактора (верхняя черная линия). Дальнейший + подъем приведет к превышению значения градиент-фактора (GFHigh) и подвергнет дайвера риску. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Гистограмма <strong>E</strong>. Дайвер оставался на глубине 4.5 метра в течение 10 минут. Насыщение "быстрых" + тканей снизилось, в то время как насыщение "медленных тканей изменилось ожидаемо мало. Давление + в "быстрых" тканях уже не приближается опасно близко к значению GFHigh и дайвер находится в более + безопасной ситуации нежели чем случае <strong>D</strong>. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_ведение_журнала_работа_с_группами_погружений">7. Ведение журнала (работа с группами погружений)</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_контекстное_меню_списка_погружений">7.1. Контекстное меню списка погружений</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Многие действия <em>Subsurface</em>, связанные с группами погружений, находятся в контекстном меню, +которое вы можете вызвать, нажав правой кнопкой мыши на дайве или группе погружений.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/ContextMenu.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Контекстное меню" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Это меню используется во многих сценариях, которые описаны ниже:</p></div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_выбор_колонок_списка_погружений">7.1.1. Выбор колонок списка погружений</h4> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:left;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/DiveListOptions.jpg" alt="Пример: Возможные колонки списка погружений" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>По умолчанию в таблице <strong>списка погружений</strong> показывается следующая информация: +номер, дата, рейтинг, глубина, длительность и местоположение. Вы можете +изменить набор колонок, нажав правой кнопкой мыши на заголовке таблицы. Ниже +приведен пример контекстного меню при нажатии правой кнопкой на заголовке +<em>Дата</em>. Поставьте или удалите галочки чтобы показать или скрыть поля. <em>Subsurface</em> +запоминает ваши предпочтения, так что при следующим запуске набор полей останется прежним.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_Renumber">7.2. Перенумерация погружений</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Погружения обычно пронумерованы последовательно от более старых к более новым. +Однако эта нумерация может быть нарушена. Например, при добавлении давних +погружений, нумерация не будет последовательной, потому что существуют более +поздние дайвы, нежели только что добавленные ранние погружения. В связи с этим +вам может понадобиться перенумеровать погружения, для чего в главном меню +выберите <em>Журнал → Перенумеровать</em>. Вам будет предоставлена возможность +указать начальный номер, после чего погружения будут перенумерованы в +соответствии с хронологическим порядком.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Вы также можете перенумеровать только избранные погружения. Для это выберите те, для которых +необходимо изменить нумерацию. Щелкните правой кнопкой мыши на выделенных погружениях и используйте +появившееся контекстное меню, чтобы выполнить перенумерацию. В появившемся окне вам будет необходимо +указать начальный номер.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_Group">7.3. Группировка погружений и работа с поездками</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Если вы регулярно ныряете, журнал может очень быстро распухнуть. <em>Subsurface</em> +позволяет группировать погружения в <em>поездки</em>. Это выполняется для погружений, +у которых разрыв по времени не превышает двух дней. При этом для всех таких +дайвов создается один заголовок в журнале. Ниже представлен несгруппированный +список погружений (рисунок <strong>А</strong> слева) и тот же список, +сгруппированный в пять поездок (рисунок <strong>В</strong> справа):</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Group2.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Группировка погружений" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Группировка в поездки обеспечивает более быстрый доступ к отдельному +погружения без необходимости просматривать длинный список. Для группировки +погружений в главном меню выберите <em>Журнал → Авто-группировка</em>. Теперь список +показывает только заголовки поездок.</p></div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_редактирование_поездки">7.3.1. Редактирование поездки</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Обычно в списке погружения для поездки показывается только ее название. Чтобы +расширить эту информацию, выберите поездку в списке. после чего перейдите на +вкладку <strong>Поездка</strong> в информационной панели. Здесь вы можете добавить информацию, +касающуюся поездки в целом: дату и время, местоположение, название дайв-центра, +погодные условия и т.п. Сохраните данные, нажав на кнопку <strong>Сохранить</strong> (на +голубом фоне в верхней части панели).</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_просмотр_погружений_из_поездки">7.3.2. Просмотр погружений из поездки</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Чтобы получить доступ к индивидуальным погружения в группе, распахните поездку +нажатием кнопки мыши на значок слева от названия поездки.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_сворачивание_разворачивание_поездок">7.3.3. Сворачивание/разворачивание поездок</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>При щелчке правой кнопкой мыши на поездке, контекстное меню предлагает +несколько вариантов просмотра поездок: свернуть все, развернуть все, свернуть +остальные кроме выбранной.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_объединение_погружений_из_нескольких_поездок_в_одну">7.3.4. Объединение погружений из нескольких поездок в одну</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>При щелчке правой кнопкой мыши на поездке, контекстное меню предлагает два +варианта объединения поездок: объединить с поездкой выше или с поездкой ниже по +списку.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_разбиение_одной_поездки_на_несколько">7.3.5. Разбиение одной поездки на несколько</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Если, к примеру, поездка включает десять погружений, вы можете разбить ее на две +(поездка 1: первые четыре дайва, поездка 2: оставшиеся 6 погружений), выделив первые +четыре погружения в поездке и вызвав контекстное меню правой кнопкой мыши. В меню +выберите пункт <strong>Создать поездку выше</strong>. Выбранные четыре погружения будут +объединены в отдельную поездку. Рисунок ниже слева (А) иллюстрирует выбор погружений и +контекстное меню, рисунок справа (Б) - погружения после разбиения:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/SplitDive3a.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Разбиение поездки на две" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_работа_с_индивидуальными_погружениями">7.4. Работа с индивидуальными погружениями</h3> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_удаление_погружения_из_журнала">7.4.1. Удаление погружения из журнала</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Вы можете навсегда удалить погружение из журнала, вызвав контекстное меню +этого дайва и выбрав пункт <strong>Удалить</strong>. Вам может потребоваться это для удаления +неверных погружений (калибровка дайв-компьютера, подбор грузов и т.п.)</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_удаление_погружения_из_поездки">7.4.2. Удаление погружения из поездки</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Чтобы удалить погружение из поездки, вызовите контекстное меню погружения +щелчком правой кнопки мыши и выберите пункт <strong>Удалить из поездки</strong>. В списке это +погружение окажется над поездкой из которой оно было удалено.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_добавление_погружения_к_существующей_поездке">7.4.3. Добавление погружения к существующей поездке</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Несгруппированные погружения могут быть добавлены к уже существующим поездкам. +В контекстном меню погружения(-й) выберите пункт <strong>Добавить к поездке +сверху/снизу</strong>.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_сдвиг_времени_начала_погружения">7.4.4. Сдвиг времени начала погружения</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Иногда вам может понадобиться изменить время начала погружения по причине +разницы во времени между часовыми поясами или неверных установок часов +дайв-компьютера. Для этого выделите одно или несколько погружений и в +контекстном меню выберите пункт <strong>Сдвиг времени</strong>. В диалоговом окне вам +необходимо указать величину сдвига в часах и минутах и направление.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_объединение_нескольких_погружений_в_одно">7.4.5. Объединение нескольких погружений в одно</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Бывают ситуации, когда вы вынуждены прервать дайв и всплыть на поверхность на +короткое время. Дайв-компьютер в этом случае может зарегистрировать это как +два разных погружения. Вы можете объединить такие дайвы, выделив их и выбрав в +контекстном меню пункт <strong>Объединить выбранные</strong>. После этого вам вероятнее все +придется отредактировать данные объединенного погружения. Ниже приведен пример +профиля такого объединенного погружения?</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/MergedDive.png" alt="Рисунок: Объединенное погружение" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_отмена_манипуляций_с_погружением">7.4.6. Отмена манипуляций с погружением</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Критичные действия с погружениями или поездками, описанные выше, могут быть отменены либо +выполнены повторно. Эти действия включают: <em>удаление погружений</em>, <em>объединение погружений</em> и +<em>сдвиг времени погружения</em>. Для отмены или повторного выполнения операции выберите в <strong>Главном меню</strong> +пункт <strong>Редактировать</strong> и в нем соответствующее действие.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_Filter">7.5. Фильтрация списка погружений</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Вы можете отфильтровать погружения в списке, указав те или иные атрибуты дайва (метки, напарник, +место погружения, костюм). Например, можно выбрать все глубокие погружения в определенном месте, +либо пещерные дайвы с вашим другом.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Чтобы вызвать фильтр, выберите в главном меню <em>Журнал → Фильтр погружений</em>. Вам будет представлена +<em>Панель фильтров</em>, расположенная в верхней части окна <em>Subsurface</em>. В правой части этой панели +находятся три кнопки, которые позволяют очистить фильтры, спрятать панель или вовсе закрыть ее (при +этом фильтры очищаются).</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Filterpanel.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Панель фильтров" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Для фильтрации списка погружений используются четыре критерия: метки, люди (партнеры и инструктор), +места погружений и костюм. Эти критерии представлены в виде списка значений с галочками. Помимо этого, +над каждым списком находится поле вспомогательного фильтра, которое позволяет быстро найти значения +в списке.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Эти четыре фильтра объединены логическим оператором <em>И</em>, однако значения в отдельно взятом фильтре +объединены логическим оператором <em>ИЛИ</em>. Например, вы можете отфильтровать погружения следующим +образом: <em>пещерное</em> ИЛИ <em>рэк</em>, где партнером был Василий.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_ExportLog">8. Экспорт всего или части журнала</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Существует два варианта экспорта погружений из <em>Subsurface</em>:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Экспорт информации о погружении в <em>Facebook</em> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_Export_other">Экспорт данных погружения в другие форматы</a> +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_facebook">8.1. Экспорт информации о погружении в <em>Facebook</em></h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Экспорт в <em>Facebook</em> отличается от всех других видов экспорта, поскольку он требует подключения +учетной записи, что в свою очередь требует от вас логин и пароль <em>Facebook</em>. Для авторизации +необходимо в главном меню выбрать <em>Файл → Настройки</em> и там выбрать вкладку <em>Facebook</em>, на которой +вам будет представлена форма авторизации (см. рисунок <strong>А</strong> слева внизу). Авторизуйтесь своими логином +и паролем, после чего экран должен выглядеть как показано на рисунке <strong>В</strong>. При необходимости вы +можете отключить <em>Subsurface</em> от <em>Facebook</em>, нажав на соответствующую кнопку.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/facebook1_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Авторизация Facebook" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>После того как соединение с <em>Facebook</em> установлено, публикация профиля погружения в вашей Хронике не +составит проблем. Выберите погружение в списке и убедитесь в том, что именно этот дайв должен быть +опубликован. Нажмите кнопку с логотипом <em>Facebook</em>, расположенную в <strong>Информационной панели</strong> справа +от поля <em>Примечания</em> (см. рисунок <strong>А</strong> ниже). По нажатию на эту кнопку вам будет представлено окно, в +котором вы можете выбрать какую дополнительную информацию опубликовать вместе с профилем погружения +(рисунок <strong>В</strong>). Обязательным является только поле <em>Альбом</em>. Кроме указания стандартных параметров +погружения, вы можете вручную отредактировать сопроводительный текст. Для отправки профиля +погружения в вашу Хронику <em>Facebook</em> нажмите кнопку <em>ОК</em>. Спустя короткое время вы должны получить +подтверждение, что запись опубликована.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Созданный альбом и запись в хронике по умолчанию будут доступны только вам. Для того, чтобы ваши +друзья смогли увидеть эти записи, вам необходимо изменить настройки безопасности приложений, +войдя в <em>Facebook</em> с помощью обычного броузера или приложения <em>Facebook</em>. Возможно это и является +некоторым неудобством, но разработчики придерживаются мнения, что такой дополнительный шаг позволит +избежать нежелательных записей в вашей Хронике.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/facebook2_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Авторизация в Facebook" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Разорвать соединение с <em>Facebook</em> можно из <strong>Настроек</strong> приложения, либо просто закрыв <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_Export_other">8.2. Экспорт данных погружения в другие форматы</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Функция экспорта доступна через главное меню <em>Файл → Экспорт</em>. Диалог +экспорта всегда предлагает два варианта: все погружения или только те, что выбраны в +<strong>Списке погружений</strong>. Выберите соответствующий пункт (см. рисунок ниже):</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Export_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Диалог экспорта" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Журнал или его часть могут быть сохранены в нескольких форматах:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Внутренний формат <em>Subsurface</em> XML +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Универсальный формат данных погружений (<em>UDDF</em>). Более полную информацию +можно найти на сайте <em>http://uddf.org</em>. UDDF используется для обмена данными +между дайв-компьютерами и программами. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Divelogs.de</em>, интернет-сервис для ведения журнала погружений. Вам +необходимо зарегистрироваться на сайте и получить логин и пароль, чтобы +воспользоваться этим сервисом. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>DiveShare</em>, также интернет-сервис для хранения и обмена информацией о рекреационными + погружениях. Для выгрузки данных в этот сервис нужен идентификатор пользователя, поэтому + вам придется зарегистрироваться на сайте <em>http://scubadiveshare.com</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Погружение в формате _CSV</em>, который включает только наиболее важную информацию о +погружении: номер, дату, время, длительность, глубину, температуру и давление, т.е. большую +часть того, что обычно записывается в бумажном журнале. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Профиль а формате _CSV</em>, который включает в себя множество информации, включая профиль +глубины, показатели температуры и давления для каждого погружения. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>HTML</em> формат. Журнал хранится в HTML-файлах, которые можно просмотреть с +помощью интернет-браузера. Поддерживаются большинство современных браузеров, но +обязательно должна быть включена поддержка Javascript. Предполагается, что вы +не будете редактировать эти файлы. HTML-журнал содержит максимум информации и +позволяет выполнять поиск в журнале. Этот вариант экспорта доступен на вкладке +HTML (см. рисунок <strong>В</strong> выше). Вы можете выгрузить эти данные на смартфон или планшет и использовать +как переносимый журнал для подтверждения своей квалификации в дайв-центре, если они захотят +посмотреть вашу историю погружений. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Карта мира</em>. Это HTML файл, погружения отображаются на карте мира с +минимальной информацией о погружении. Этот формат нельзя отредактировать. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/mapview_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Погружения на карте мира" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Глубины фото</em>. Создает текстовый файл, в котором содержатся имена файлов всех фотографий, +прикрепленных к погружениям вместе с указанием глубины, на которой эти фотографии были сделаны. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Общие настройки</em> на вкладке HTML позволяет указать: +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Нумерация Subsurface: если выбран этот параметр, то номера погружений будут + выбираться из <em>Subsurface</em>, иначе дайвы будут пронумерованы начиная с 1. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Статистика за год: если выбран этот параметр, в экспорт будет также включена статистика + погружений по годам. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Только список: будет экспортирован только список погружений, а + дополнительная информация не будет доступна. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Группа <em>Настройки стиля</em> позволяют настроить внешнее оформление экспорта (шрифты и тему). +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Экспорт в другие форматы можно выполнить с помощью сторонних сервисов, таких +как <em>www.divelogs.de</em>.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_Cloud_access">9. Хранение журнала <em>Subsurface</em> в облаке</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Журнал погружений важен для каждого дайвера. Вы ведете учет погружений не +только для своего удовольствия, он необходим для дальнейшего прохождения +курсов, а иногда в некоторых дайв-центрах. Поэтому вы должны обеспечить +сохранность журнала. На случай выхода из строя жесткого диска вашего +компьютера, кражи и утери оборудования, хранение в облаке - первое что приходит +в голову. Еще один плюс - вы можете получить доступ к журналу в любой точке +мира и вам не нужно иметь его с собой. Именно поэтому сервисы типа +<em>divelogs.de</em> и <em>Diving Log</em> предлагают хранение журнала в Интернете.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> предлашает встроенную поддержку облачного хранилища для всех своих +пользователей. Сохранение и загрузка журнала погружений в облаке ничем не +отличается от работы с жестким диском. От вас требуется только регистрация. +Для использования облачного хранилища <em>Subsurface</em> необходимо выполнить +следующие шаги:</p></div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_создание_учетной_записи_в_облаке">9.1. Создание учетной записи в облаке</h3> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Перейдите в настройки сети (в <strong>Главном меню</strong> выберите <em>Файл</em> → <em>Настройки</em> + → <em>Сеть</em>). +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +В секции <em>Облачное хранилище Subsurface</em> укажите свой адрес электронной + почты, который вы желаете использовать для регистрации. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Укажите надежный пароль, который будет защищать ваш журнал в облаке. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Нажмите кнопку <em>Применить</em>, чтобы отправить адрес почты и пароль на + удаленный сервер в облаке. В ответ сервер пришлет вам PIN-код на указанный + адрес (это <strong>единственный</strong> случай, когда <em>Subsurface</em> использует ваш адрес). + Теперь в настройках сети появится поле PIN, которое ранее не было видно. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +ВВедите PIN-код в соответствующее текстовое поле (оно доступно только тогда, + когда сервер ожидает подтверждения адреса электронной почты) +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Нажмите снова кнопку <em>Применить</em>. Ваша учетная запись будет отмечена + как проверенная; облачное хранилище готово к работе. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_использование_облачного_хранилища">9.2. Использование облачного хранилища</h3> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +После успешной инициализации хранилища, в меню <em>Файл</em> появятся два новых пункта: + <em>Открыть облачное хранилище</em> и <em>Сохранить в облаке</em>. Эти действия позволяют + соответственно загрузить и сохранить журнал в облаке. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +в настройках приложения (вкладка <strong>Общие</strong>) вы можете выбрать опцию хранить журнал погружений +по умолчанию в облаке. В этом случае <em>Subsurface</em> будет загружать журнал из облака при запуске +и сохранять при выходе из программы. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Subsurface</em> хранит локальную копию облачного хранилища на жестком диске и позволяет вам +работать с журналом даже при отсутствии Интернета. При подключении к Интернет ваши локальные +изменения буду синхронизированы в облако. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_Cloud_storage">9.3. Доступ из веб-браузера к облачному хранилищу <em>Subsurface</em></h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Одним из преимуществ облачного хранилища является то, что вы можете получить доступ к данным +вашего журнала погружений, используя обычный веб-браузер. Откройте ссылку +<a href="https://cloud.subsurface-divelog.org"><em>https://cloud.subsurface-divelog.org</em></a>, введите свой +адрес электронной почты и пароль, указанные при регистрации, и вы сможете просматривать журнал в +HTML-формате (данные погружений последней синхронизации в облачное хранилище <em>Subsurface</em>). +Информация о погружениях отображает только реальные данные из журнала, вычисляемые значения +НЕ отображаются (давление в баллонах, деко-потолок, парциальные давления O<sub>2</sub>/He/N<sub>2</sub> и т.п.)</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_прочие_облачные_сервисы">9.4. Прочие облачные сервисы</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Если вы предпочитаете не использовать встроенное облачное хранилище +<em>Subsurface</em> (и вам не нужен доступ к журналу из веб-браузера), то можно просто +хранить журнал в облаке, используя другие облачные хранилища в Интернет.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Например, <a href="http://www.dropbox.com/"><em>Dropbox</em></a> предлагает приложение, которое +позволяет видеть файлы на серверах Dropbox как локальные папки на вашем +домашнем компьютере.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Cloud.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Папка Dropbox" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Программа <em>Dropbox</em> позволяет получить копию облачного интернет-хранилища на +вашем компьютере. Когда компьютер подключен к Интернет, ваша локальная копия +автоматически синхронизируется с облаком. При работе <em>Subsurface</em> операции +открытия и сохранения выполняются с локальной копией и доступ в Интернет не +нужен. Если локальная копия была изменена, например, вы добавили погружения, +файлы в облаке будут автоматически обновлены как только появится соединение с +Интернет.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Таким образом, журнал будет доступен из любой точки с доступом в +Интернет. В настоящий момент эту услуга бесплатна. Программное обеспечение +для Windows, Mac и Linux может быть загружено со +<a href="http://www.dropbox.com/install"><em>страницы установки Dropbox</em></a>. +Аналогично вы можете использовать <em>Dropbox</em> для хранения резервной копии +журнала. Для этого в главном меню выберите <em>Файл → Сохранить как</em> и сохраните +копию журнала в папку <em>Dropbox</em>. Чтобы открыть копию журнала, хранящегося в +облаке, выберите в главном меню <em>Файл → Открыть журнал</em>, перейдите в папку +<em>Dropbox</em> и укажите необходимый файл.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Существуют и другие платные и бесплатные схожие сервисы (Google, Amazon), +которые вы можете использовать для хранения журнала в облаке.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_PrintDivelog">10. Печать журнала погружений</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> предоставляет простой интерфейс для печати всего журнала или только выбранных погружений, включая профиль и сопутствующую информацию. +Поставляемые или собственные шаблоны определяют как данные погружения расположены на странице.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Перед печатью вам нужно определиться с двумя вещами:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Нужно ли печатать весь журнал или только его часть? Если нужно распечатать +только часть погружений, выделите эти дайвы с списке. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Для каких газов нужно печатать графики парциального давления? Выберите +соответствующие переключатели на панели слева от профиля. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Теперь укажите параметры печати. Для этого в главном меню выберите <em>Файл → Print</em>. +Вам будет представлено диалоговое окно (см. рисунок <strong>А</strong> ниже). Вам необходимо определиться с тремя параметрами:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Print1_f22.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Диалог печати" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> +<li> +<p> +В секции <em>Варианты печати</em> выберите один из пунктов: +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Печать погружений</em>: печать погружений из списка с профилем и другой информацией. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Печать статистики</em>: печать статистики погружений по годам и месяцам. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +<li> +<p> +В секции <em>Параметры печати</em> выберите: +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Печать только выбранных погружений из списка. Если этот параметр не выбран, + будут распечатаны все погружения из журнала. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Параметр <em>Цветная печать</em> указывает будет ли печать цветной или монохромной. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +<li> +<p> +В секции <em>Шаблон</em> выберите вариант расположения информации на странице. В штатной поставке +вам предлагается несколько шаблонов (см. Рисунок В выше). +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Table</em>: Печать сводной таблицы погружений (картинка ниже). +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +</ol></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Print_summarylist_f22.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Печать сводной таблицы" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Flow layout</em>: Печать данных погружений без профилей: +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Print_flow_layout_f22.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Печать погружений без профиля" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>One Dive</em>: Печать одного погружения на странице вместе с профилем: +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/print2_f22.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Печать одно погружение на странице" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Two Dives</em>: Печать двух погружений на странице вместе с профилями +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Six Dives</em>: Печать шести погружений на странице вместе с профилями +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Вы можете предварительно оценить результат печати, нажав на кнопку <em>Просмотр</em>. +При необходимости поменяйте параметры печати, чтобы добиться желаемого +результата.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Нажатие на кнопку <em>Печать</em> вызовет стандартный для вашей операционной системы диалог печати, +в котором вы можете выбрать принтер и установить параметры для него:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Print_print_f22.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Системный диалог печати" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Установите требуемое разрешение печати и другие параметры и нажмите кнопку <em>Печать</em>. На картинке +ниже показан пример одного из вариантов печати:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Printpreview.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Предварительный просмотр результа печати" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_создание_собственных_шаблонов_печати">10.1. Создание собственных шаблонов печати</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Собственные шаблоны позволяют вам максимально гибко настроить расположение данных погружения на странице. <em>Subsurface</em> использует HTML для разметки +шаблонов. С помощью соответствующих кнопок, расположенных под списком шаблонов, вы можете редактировать, удалять, импортировать и экспортировать шаблоны. В +<a href="#S_APPENDIX_E">ПРИЛОЖЕНИИ Д</a> вы сможете найти информацию о том, как создавать и редактировать шаблоны.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_Configure">11. Конфигурация дайв-компьютера</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> предоставляет возможность конфигурации дайв-компьютеров. В настоящий момент поддерживаются +компьютеры производства Heinrichs-Weikamp (OSTC 2 и OSTC 3) и семейство Suunto Vyper (Stinger, Mosquito, +D3, Vyper, Vytec, Cobra, Gekko И Zoop). Множество параметров компьютера может быть считано и изменено. +Первым шагом вы должны убедиться что установлены все необходимые драйверы оборудования и что вам известно +имя устройства. Внимательно ознакомьтесь с информацией в <a href="#APPENDIX_A">ПРИЛОЖЕНИИ А</a>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>После того, как дайв-компьютер подключен, выберите <em>Файл → Настройка дайв-компьютера</em> в главном меню. +Укажите имя устройства в текстовом поле в верхней части окна, и выберите соответствующую модель +дайв-компьютера в списке слева (см. рисунок ниже).</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Configure_dc_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Конфигурация дайв-компьютера" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Вы можете выполнить следующие действия, используя соответствующие кнопки:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Загрузить настройки</strong>. Загружает существующие параметры дайв-компьютера в <em>Subsurface</em>. Загруженные + параметры отображаются на конфигурационной панели. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Сохранить в устройстве</strong>. Сохраняет измененные параметры в дайв-компьютер. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Резервная копия</strong>. Сохраняет резервную копию настроек. <em>Subsurface</em> запросит директорию и имя + файла. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Восстановить</strong>. Загружает настройки для дайв-компьютера из ранее сделанной резервной копии. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Обновить прошивку</strong>. Если доступна новая версия прошивки, она будет загружена в дайв-компьютер. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_Preferences">12. Настройки пользователя <em>Subsurface</em></h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Вы можете настроить <em>Subsurface</em> для своих нужд, используя пункт главного меню +<em>Файл → Настройки</em>. Настройки программы разделены на семь групп: <strong>Общие</strong>. +<strong>Единицы</strong>, <strong>Профиль</strong>, <strong>Язык</strong> и <strong>Сеть</strong>, <strong>Facebook</strong> и <strong>Геопривязка</strong>. Выберите +соответствующий раздел в левой части, внесите необходимые изменения ик нажмите +кнопку <strong>Применить</strong>, чтобы сохранить настройки. Чтобы закрыть диалог настроек, +нажмите кнопку <strong>ОК</strong>. Вы также можете закрыть окно настроек без сохранения.</p></div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_общие">12.1. Общие</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>В этой группе доступны следующие настройки:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Pref1_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Общие настройки" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Списки и таблицы</strong>: тут вы можете указать шрифт и его размер для списка + погружений. Уменьшите размер шрифта, чтобы в списке помещалось больше дайвов. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Погружения</strong>: укажите папку и имя файла с расширением <em>.xml</em> или <em>.ssrf</em>. При запуске + <em>Subsurface</em> будет автоматически открывать этот журнал. Вам предоставляется три варианта: +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Отсутствует</em>: <em>Subsurface</em> автоматически не загружает журнал при запуске +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Локальный файл</em>: Автоматически загружать журнал из локального файла при запуске. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Файл в облаке</em>: При старте журнал загружается из облачного хранилища (вам нужно настроить + доступ на вкладке <strong>Сеть</strong>, это описано ниже). +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Показывать ошибочные</strong>: Некоторые погружения могут быть помечены как + ошибочные, например погружения в бассейне, но при этом вы не хотите удалять + их из журнала. Этот параметр позволяет убрать такие дайва и списка. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Баллон по умолчанию</strong>: укажите баллон, который будет использоваться по + умолчанию на вкладке <strong>Снаряжение</strong>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Анимация</strong>: скорость анимации профиля при переключении между + погружениями. Чем меньше значение, тем быстрее скорость. Значение 0 + полностью отключает анимацию. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Сбросить все настройки</strong>: как следует из названия, эта кнопка сбрасывает + все настройки в значение по умолчанию. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_единицы">12.2. Единицы</h3> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Pref2_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Настройки системы мер" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Здесь вы можете выбрать между имперской или метрической системой мер для +единиц глубины, давления, объема, температуры и массы. Переключателями в +верхней части вы выбираете системы мер для всех единиц сразу, либо выберите +<strong>Настроить</strong> и укажите единицы для каждой величины по отдельности.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Независимо от вышеперечисленных настроек, вы можете указать единицы измерения +времени (секунды или минуты). Координаты GPS могут быть представлены либо в +традиционном формате (градусы, минуты, секунды) либо в десятичном.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_профиль">12.3. Профиль</h3> +<div class="imageblock" id="S_CCR_options" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Pref3_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: настройки профиля" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph" id="S_GradientFactors"><p>В этой панели доступно две группы настроек:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Показывать</strong>: тут вы можете выбрать набор данных, отображаемых в профиле +погружений: +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Пороговые значения</em>: <em>Subsurface</em> отображает на профиле погружения +парциальные давления азота, кислорода и гелия. Вы можете включить их +отображение с помощью кнопок-переключателей на слева от панели профиля. +Для каждого их этих графиков вы можете указать пороговые значения, при +превышении которых линия будет нарисована красным цветом. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Показывать потолок дайв-компьютера красным цветом</em>: Если дайв-компьютер +записывает данные потолка, то вам может быть удобным различать его значения от +тех, что посчитаны <em>Subsurface</em>. Зачастую эти значения различаются из-за +разницы в алгоритмах, установках градиент-фактора и динамики расчет потолка. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Неиспользуемые баллоны</em>: следует ли отображать неиспользуемые баллоны в +списке на вкладке Снаряжение. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Показывать среднюю глубину</em>: Если в этом поле стоит галочка, <em>Subsurface</em> +будет показывать серой линией на профиле среднюю глубину погружения в конкретный момент времени. +Обычно это линия имеет форму английской буквы U и отражает максимальную среднюю глубины непосредственно +перед всплытием. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Разное</strong>: +</p> +<div class="ulist" id="S_GradientFactors"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Градиент фактор</em>: Значения GFLow для глубины и GFHigh для поверхности. + Эти значения задают консерватизм азотной экспозиции во время погружения, так + же, как вы настраиваете консерватизм вашего дайв-компьютера. Меньше значения + градиент-фактора, тем консервативнее вычисления относительно азотного + насыщения и тем глубже потолок всплытия. Установки 20/60 считаются достаточно + консервативными, а значения 60/90 достаточно суровы. Если в поле <strong>GF Low на + макс. глубине</strong> стоит галочка, значение нижнего градиент-фактора будет + использоваться на максимальной глубине. В противном случае GF Low будет + использоваться на всех глубинах ниже первой деко-остановки. Больше информации + вы можете найти по ссылкам: +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html">Gradient factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts</a> +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>CCR: показывать установки</em>. При выборе этого параметра, на графике pO<sub>2</sub> + профиля погружения красной линией отображаются значения установок CCR (set-point). + См. <a href="#S_CCR_dives">Погружения с ребризером закрытого цикла</a>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>CCR: индивидуальные значения сенсоров O<sub>2</sub></em>. Отображать показания отдельных кислородных + датчиков ребризера замкнутого цикла на графике pO<sub>2</sub>. + См. <a href="#S_CCR_dives">Погружения с ребризером закрытого цикла</a>. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Настройки для погружений с ребризером:</strong> +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Установка CCR для планировщика:</em> Укажите значение установки O<sub>2</sub> для планировщика. Она + определяет начальную установку PO<sub>2</sub> для отдельно взятого погружения в его начале. Вы можете + изменить значение установки через контекстное меню профиля погружения. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>pSCR метаболизм O<sub>2</sub>:</em> Для ребризеров полузамкнутого цикла указывает объем кислорода, + потребляемый дайвером в минуту. Установите это значение для планирования погружений с ребризером + pSCR и для расчета декомпрессионных обязательств. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>pSCR отношение сброса:</em> Отношение объема сброшенного газа к объему рециркулированного. + Используется при планировании погружений на pSCR-оборудовании. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_язык">12.4. Язык</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Тут вы можете выбрать язык интерфейса <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Pref4_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Настройки языка интерфейса" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Вы можете использовать системные настройки языка, что в большинстве случаев +использует тот же язык, что и ваша операционная система. Если по какой-то +причине вас это не устраивает, снимите галочку и выберите подходящий язык из +списка. Вы можете использовать фильтр чтобы быстро найти нужный вам язык в +списке. Смена языка требует перезапуска <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_сеть">12.5. Сеть</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Эти настройки обеспечивают связь <em>Subsurface</em> с различными источниками данных в Интернет. Они +влияют на подключение к облачному хранилищу, импорт координат погружений из +<a href="#S_Companion"><em>веб-сервиса Subsurface</em></a> и импорт/экспорт данных из <em>Divelogs.de</em>. +Эти настройки зависят от вашего подключения и поставщика услуг Интернет, который должен предоставить +вам необходимую информацию.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Pref5_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Настройки сети" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Эта вкладка состоит из трех секций:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Прокси +Если для соединения с Интернет используется прокси-сервер, вам необходимо выбрать его тип из +выпадающего списка, после чего указать адрес и порт прокси-сервера. Если прокси-сервер требует +авторизации, укажите имя пользователя и пароль. Обычно эту информацию предоставляет провайдер +Интернет-услуг. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Облачное хранилище</em>: Для того, чтобы хранить журнал погружений в облаке, вам необходимо + указать корректный адрес электронной почты и пароль. Это позволит <em>Subsurface</em> отправить вам + PIN-код и подготовить хранилище. Дополнительно к этому вам предлагаются два параметра: +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Фоновая синхронизация</em> позволяет автоматически синхронизировать журнал в облако, в то время + как вы выполняете другие задачи внутри <em>Subsurface</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Локальное хранение пароля</em> сохраняет пароль на вашем компьютере. Обратите внимание, что + пароль хранится в незашифрованном виде. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Веб-сервис Subsurface</em>: при регистрации в <a href="#S_Companion">веб-сервисе <em>Subsurface</em></a>, вам + генерируется длинный и труднозапоминаемый ключ. Этот ключ необходимо встравить в это поле. + Поставьте галочку в поле <em>Сохранять ID пользователя</em>, чтобы сохранить этот ключ на вашем + компьютере. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_Facebook">12.6. Соединение с <em>Facebook</em></h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Эта вкладка позволяет войти в <em>Facebook</em> для дальнейшей публикации погружений в этой социальной +сети.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Pref6_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Панель авторизации Facebook" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>При указании корректных логина и пароля <em>Facebook</em> вы сможете публиковать профили погружений и +комментарии к ним в своей хронике. Если вы закроете <em>Subsurface</em>, связь с <em>Facebook</em> будет +разорвана. Параметр "Запомнить соединение с Subsurace" на текущий момент ни на что не влияет. +См. подробнее в главе <a href="#S_facebook">Экспорт информации о погружении в <em>Facebook</em></a>.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_геопоиск">12.7. Геопоиск</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> предоставляет возможность геопоиска местоположений по GPS координатам ( +выбранным на карте, введенным вручную либо полученным из вспомогательного приложения) +в Интернет. Очевидно, что эта функция работает только при наличии интернет-соединения. +У вас есть возможно указаться формат названия дайв-сайта, например <em>Страна/Область/Город</em> +(см. рисунок ниже).</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Pref7_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Настройки геопоиска" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_DivePlanner">13. Планировщик <em>Subsurface</em></h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Планировщик погружений <em>Subsurface</em> доступен из главного меню <em>Журнал → +Планировщик</em>. Расчеты азотного насыщения осуществляются по алгоритму Бюльмана +ZH-L16 с добавлением градиент-факторов за авторством Эрика Бейкера.</p></div> +<div class="sidebarblock"> +<div class="content"> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/warning2.png" alt="Внимание" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Планировщик <em>Subsurface</em> ЯВЛЯЕТСЯ ЭКСПЕРИМЕНТАЛЬНЫМ и предполагает, что вы +знакомы с пользовательским интерфейсом программы. Вы можете использовать +планировщик только при условиях:</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Вы обучены планировать погружения и делали это ранее. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +План погружения находится в пределах ваших сертификатов. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Планировщик делает расчеты для усредненного человека и не принимает во +внимание ваши индивидуальные психологическое и физическое состояние и образ +жизни. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Безопасность плана очень зависит от того, как вы используете планировщик. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Вы знакомы с пользовательским интерфейсом <em>Subsurface</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Если вы не уверены в выше изложенном, вам не следует +использовать планировщик. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div></div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_экран_планировщика">13.1. Экран планировщика</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Как и журнал <em>Subsurface</em>, экран планировщика разделен на несколько областей +(см. рисунок ниже). Установочные параметры плана задаются в левой части +экрана. Эти параметры разделены на несколько групп: Доступные газы, Скорости, Планирование, Газы, Погружение.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>В правой верхней части экрана находится профиль планируемого погружения, +который можно менять только с помощью мыши. Это делает использование +планировщика очень простым.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>В правой нижней части экрана находится текстовая область <em>Детальный план +погружения</em>. В ней показываются все детали плана и предупреждения.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/PlannerWindow1_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Начальные экран планировщика" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_пример_планирования_погружения_на_открытом_цикле">13.2. Пример планирования погружения на открытом цикле</h3> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +В левой нижней части экрана планировщика расположен выпадающий список (на рисунке ниже обведен синей линией), предоставляющий варианта типа погружения: +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Открытый цикл (по умолчанию) +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Ребризер замкнутого цикла (CCR) +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Пассивный ребризер полузамкнутого цикла (pSCR) +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Выберите режим Открытого цикла. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Удостоверьтесь, что начальные параметры погружения в верхней левой части + экрана введены правильно. Они включают: начальные дата и время погружения, + атмосферное давление в точке погружения. Давление может быть задано как + высота в метрах над уровнем моря, считая атмосферное давление равным 1.013 бар. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +В таблице, озаглавленной <em>Доступные газы</em>, добавьте информацию об + используемых баллонах и составах смесей. Сделать это можно таким же образом, + как и в случае <a href="#cylinder_definitions">добавления баллонов к погружению</a>. Выберите + тип баллона из выпадающего списка, укажите рабочее давление, Если поле + процентного содержания кислорода (O<sub>2</sub>%) пустое, то эта смесь считается + воздухом. В противном случае введите концентрацию кислорода/гелия. + Дополнительные баллоны можно добавить нажатием на значок "+". +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Профиль планируемого погружения может быть создан двумя способами: +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Перетаскивайте путевые точки (маленькие белые кружки), чтобы создать необходимый вам профиль. + Дополнительные точки можно создать двойным щелчком мыши. Удалить точку можно правым щелчком мыши + ней и выбрав пункт <em>Удалить эту точку</em> из появившегося контекстного меню. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Наиболее эффективный способ создания профиля - ввод необходимых значений в таблицу, + озаглавленную <em>Путевые точки плана</em>. Первая строка таблицы описывает время и глубину спуска с + поверхности. Последующие сегменты описывают донную фазу погружения. Колонка <em>Установка CC</em> важна + только для погружений с ребризером. Точки подъема обычно не указываются, поскольку именно их + планировщик и должен рассчитать. Для добавления нового сегмента нажмите значок "+" в правом + верхнем углу таблицы. Добавленные сегменты автоматически появляются на графике профиля погружения. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_рекреационные_погружения">13.2.1. Рекреационные погружения</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Планировщик <em>Subsurface</em> предлагает изощренный способ планирования рекреационных погружений, т.е. +погружений в бездекомпрессионных пределах. Он также учитывает насыщение азотом после предыдущих +погружений. Но традиционные таблицы тоже позволяют вести расчеты по остаточному азоту. Для чего +тогда нужен планировщик в рекреационных дайвах? При использовании рекреационных таблиц во внимание +принимается максимальная глубина погружения. Однако мало какие погружения выполняются на постоянной +глубине, равной максимальной ("квадратный" профиль). Т.е. таблицы чересчур консервативны в отношении +остаточного азота после предыдущих погружений. Планировщик <em>Subsurface</em> рассчитывает остаточное +азотное насыщение исходя из реальных профилей ранее совершенных погружений также, как это делает +дайв-компьютер во время погружения. Это означает, вы что получаете "кредит" в виде времени, не +проведенного на максимальной глубине во время предыдущих погружений, и как следствие, более долгое +время последующих погружений. Это также означает, что вы должны загрузить все предыдущие погружения +в <em>Subsurface</em>, прежде чем пользоваться планировщиком.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Для планирования погружения вам необходимо указать параметры.</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Убедитесь в правильности даты и времени планируемого погружения. Это позволит правильно вычислить + остаточное насыщение азотом после предыдущих погружений. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Сразу под заголовком <em>Планирование</em> поставьте галочки в полях <em>Рекреационный режим</em> и + <em>Остановка безопасности</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Укажите объем баллонов, тип смеси (воздух или % кислорода) и начальное давление в таблице + <em>Доступные смеси</em> в левой верхней части планировщика. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Планировщик посчитает достаточно ли указанных газов для выполнения погружения. Для того, чтобы + результат был реалистичным, в разделе <em>Газы</em> укажите ваш <em>SAC на дне</em>. Разумные значения лежат + в интервале от 15 до 30л/мин (для новичков и сложных погружений ближе к 30л/мин) +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Укажите газовый резерв, который должен оставаться в баллоне в конце донной части погружения + непосредственно перед подъемом. Зачастую это 50 бар. Этот резерв может понадобиться при всплытии + случись необходимость поделиться воздухом с вашим партнером. Нельзя сколько точно газа может + понадобиться, это зависит от глубины подъема и скорости. Поэтому большинство школ предусматривают + фиксированный резерв равный 50 или 60 барам, или 25% или 33% (правило третей). +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Укажите глубину погружения, перетаскивая путевые точки на профиле или (что лучше) задавая + необходимые глубины в таблице <em>Путевые точки плана</em>. Для многоуровневых погружений вы также можете + добавить новые сегменты в таблицу или создать новые путевые точки непосредственно на профиле. + <em>Subsurface</em> автоматически пересчитает донное время до максимального в рамках бездекомпрессионного + предела (NDL). +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +При необходимости измените скорость всплытия. Значения по умолчанию считаются безопасными для + рекреационных дайверов. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Профиль в планировщике погружений отражает максимальное время погружения в бездекомпрессионных +пределах согласно алгоритму Бюльмана ZH-L16, а также параметрам газа и глубины, как описано выше. +<em>Subsurface</em> позволяет быстро оценить длительность погружения как функцию глубины, учитывая +азотное насыщение после предыдущих дайвов. План также включает оценку расхода газов исходя из +установок в таблице <em>Доступные смеси</em>. Если начальное давление в баллоне установлено в 0, то +отображаемое время погружения является истинным NDL без учета используемой смеси. Если профиль +погружения отображается КРАСНЫМ цветом, это означает, что превышены рекреационные пределы и либо +глубина, либо время должны уменьшены.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>На рисунке ниже приведен план рекреационного погружения на 30 метров. Несмотря на то, что бездекомрпессионный +предел (NDL) составляет 23 минуты, время погружения ограничено количеством воздуха. Текст в правой +нижней части экрана сообщает о том, что необходим запас воздуха для поддержки партнера при всплытии.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/rec_diveplan.jpg" alt="Рисунок: План рекреационного погружения" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_нерекреационные_погружения_на_открытом_цикле_включая_декомпрессию">13.2.2. Нерекреационные погружения на открытом цикле, включая декомпрессию</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Нерекреационные погружения подразумевают превышение бездекомпрессионных пределов и/или использование +нескольких дыхательный смесей. Планирование таких погружение состоит из трех фаз:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>а) Управление азотом</strong>: включает в себя указание скоростей спуска и всплытия, а +также деко-модели (GFLow, GFHigh или степень консерватизма) в секциях <em>Скорость</em> +и <em>Планирование</em> в левой нижней части экрана. Выберите одну из двух поддерживаемых +деко-моделей: Бюльман или VPM-B. Для модели Бюльмана необходимо указать градиент-факторы +(GFLow и GFHigh). Изначально значения GFLow и GFHigh берутся из настроек <em>Subsurface</em>, +однако, если вы их поменяли в планировщике, значения по умолчанию в настройках не +затрагиваются. Значения градиент-фактора влияют на расчет потолка и его глубину. +Слишком низкие значения GFLow ведут к ранним и более глубоким деко-остановкам. + ** Подробнее читайте в <a href="#S_GradientFactors">настройках градиент-фактора</a> и внешних источниках:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>При выборе VPM-B модели необходимо указать уровень консерватизма в диапазоне от 0 (наименее +консервативный) до 4 (наиболее консервативный). Эта модель обычно предлагает более глубокие +остановки и зачастую делает погружения немного короче по сравнению с моделью Бюльмана. При выборе +этих моделей помните, что это не реальные физиологические, а математические модели, которые +похоже работают на практике.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Вы можете найти больше информации во внешних источниках:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html">Gradient factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts</a> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="http://www.amazon.com/Deco-Divers-Decompression-Theory-Physiology/dp/1905492073/ref=sr_1_1?s=books&ie=UTF8&qid=1403932320&sr=1-1&keywords=deco+for+divers"><em>Deco for Divers</em>, by Mark Powell (2008). Aquapress</a> Southend-on-Sea, UK. ISBN 10: 1-905492-07-3. +Превосходный обзор декомпрессионных моделей Бюльмана и VPM-B. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Скорость всплытия важна в фазе рассыщения в конце дайва и указывается для +нескольких диапазонов глубины, принимая во внимание среднюю глубину как точку +отсчета. Средняя глубина отображается на профиле красной горизонтальной линией. +Скорость всплытия на больших глубинах находится обычно в пределах 8-12 м/мин, +в то время, как возле поверхности она обычно составляет 4-9 м/мин. Скорость +спуска также указывается. Если установлен флажок <em>Падение к первой глубине</em>, +то в фазе спуска будет использоваться максимальная скорость, указанная в секции <em>Скорости</em>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>б) Управление кислородом</strong>: в секции <em>Газы</em> необходимо указать максимальное +парциальное давление кислорода в донной фазе (<em>pO₂ на дне</em>) и во время +декомпрессионных остановок (<em>pO₂ на деко</em>). Обычно используются значения +1.4 и 1.6 бар соответственно, и парциальное давление 1.6 бар является +максимально допустимым. Настройки pO₂ и глубина замены смеси могут быть также +отредактированы в секции <em>Доступные смеси</em>. Обычно планировщик принимает +решение о переключении на новую смесь, когда при подъеме парциальное давление +кислорода в этой смеси опускается ниже значения 1.6 бар.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>в) Управление расходом газов:</strong> Вам необходимо контролировать и учитывать +объем доступных газов, чтобы безопасно вернуться на поверхность,и , возможно, +поделиться с напарником. В секции <em>Газы</em> укажите ваш лучший (но при этом +достаточно консервативный) поверхностный расход воздуха (SAC, иногда именуемый +RMV) в л/мин (в настоящий момент используется только метрическая система). Укажите +SAC отдельно для донной фазы (<em>SAC на дне</em>) и для остановок декомпрессии (<em>SAC +на деко</em>). Обычно это значения находятся в пределах 20-30 л/мин. Для более +точного управления расходом газов не нужно строить догадки, регулярно +контролируйте свой SAC, погружаясь в разных условиях и с разным снаряжением. +Планировщик рассчитывает общий расход газов за все время погружения и выдаст +предупреждение если расход превысит доступный объем газов. Для вашей +безопасности всегда оставляйте резерв газов на случай непредвиденных обстоятельств. +В техническом дайвинге такой резерв может составлять до 66% от общего объема газов.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>И, наконец, вы можете приступить к планированию времени и глубины +погружения. Для этого <em>Subsurface</em> предоставляет уникальный графический +интерфейс. Принцип его работы такой же, как при ручном добавлении погружения в +журнал. После активации планировщика вам будет предложен начальный профиль +погружения на 15 м в течение 40 минут. Путевый точки можно перетаскивать +мышью или с помощью стрелок клавиатуры, Для создания новой точки, дважды +щелкните на линии сегмента. При превышении какого-либо предела (парциальное +давление, объем), <em>Subsurface</em> изменит цвет фона профиля с +ГОЛУБОГО на КРАСНЫЙ.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Каждая путевая точка на профиле создает запись в таблице <em>Путевые точки +плана</em> в левой части экрана. Проверьте, чтобы значение в колонке <em>Используемый +газ</em> соответствовало одной из смесей, указанных в таблице <em>Доступные смеси</em>. +Добавьте необходимые путевые точки с тем, чтобы профиль соответствовал вашему +плану, т.е. присутствовал донная фаза, глубокие остановки (если планируются). +Путевые точки всплытия <em>Subsurface</em> расставит сам с учетом декомпрессионных +обязательств. +Путевые точки можно двигать с помощью мыши или стрелок на клавиатуре. +Точки можно редактировать и создавать непосредственно в таблице +<em>Путевые точки плана</em>. На самом деле, вы можете спланировать погружение +пользуясь только этой таблицей.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Укажите замену баллонов/смесей так же, как это делается в случае +<a href="#S_CreateProfile">ручного создания профиля погружения</a>. События замены смесей +должны соответствовать баллонам и смесям из таблицы <em>Доступные смеси</em>. При +наличии нескольких смесей, <em>Subsurface</em> будет автоматически предлагать замену, +однако вы можете удалить и добавить событие самостоятельно, вызвав контекстное +меню точки правым щелчком мыши.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Ненулевое значение в колонке "Установка СС" в таблице путевых точек означает корректное значение +установки и что погружение на этом сегменте выполняется на CCR-ребризере. Если последний вручную +введенный сегмент выполняется на CCR, декомпрессионные процедуры рассчитываются согласно значения +указанной установки. Если же последний сегмент выполняется на открытом цикле (значение установки кислорода +равно нулю), декомпрессионные обязательства рассчитываются в режиме ОЦ. Замена газов предусмотрена +только для открытого цикла.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Ниже на рисунке приведен пример плана погружения на 45м с использованием EAN26 +и всплытием на EAN50, используя настройки, описанные выше:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/DivePlanner2_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Планирование погружения: настройки" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>После окончания планирование, вы можете сохранить план, нажав на кнопку +<em>Сохранить</em>. План появится в списке погружений.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Детальный план погружения</strong></p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>В правой нижней части экрана планировщика находится текстовая область с +подробным словесным описанием плана погружения. Вы можете изменить его +детализацию с помощью нескольких параметров в секции <em>Заметки погружения</em>. +Если выбран пункт <em>Подробный план</em>, описание будет достаточно многословным. +При превышении каких-либо пределов в нижней части будет выведено +предупреждение.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>При выборе пункта <em>Показать время сегмента</em>, план будет отображать время на +каждой отдельно взятой глубине. Время сегмента ВКЛЮЧАЕТ время, необходимое чтобы +перейти к заданной глубине. Однако, если выбран параметр <em>Показать переходы в +деко</em>, то время переходом показывается отдельно от времени сегментов.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_планирование_погружений_на_ребризере_полузамкнутого_типа">13.3. Планирование погружений на ребризере полузамкнутого типа</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Для планирования таких погружений выберите pSCR в списке, как показано на рисунке выше (список +обведен синей линией). +Параметры pSCR-погружений также задаются в *Настройках* (в главном меню выберите <em>Файл → Настройки</em> +и вкладку <em>Профиль</em>). К этим настройкам относятся уровень метаболизма и отношение сброса (1:10 по +умолчанию). Расчеты принимают также во внимание снижение уровня кислорода в области загубника. Если +значение pO<sub>2</sub> опускается ниже безопасного, в <em>Детальном плане</em> будет отображено предупреждение. +Обычно pSCR погружение выполняется с одним основным баллоном и несколькими аварийными. Поэтому +заполнение таблицы доступных баллонов и путевых точек очень похоже на погружение CCR, описанное +ниже. Однако для pSCR-погружений не указываются установки кислорода. Ниже приведен план погружения +с использованием pSCR. Он очень похож на план CCR ниже, но обратите внимание на более долгий подъем, +что связано с более низким уровнем кислорода, вызванным снижением его количества в области загубника.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Planner_pSCR1_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: планирование pSCR-погружения" /> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_планирование_погружений_на_ребризере_замкнутого_цикла">13.4. Планирование погружений на ребризере замкнутого цикла</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Для планирования таких погружений выберите CCR в списке, как показано на рисунке выше (список +обведен синей линией).</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Доступные смеси</strong>: добавьте в таблицу доступных смесей информацию о баллонах дилуэнта и аварийных +газах. НЕ вводите информацию о кислородном баллоне, поскольку он подразумевается при использовании +режима CCR.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Ввод установок</strong>: укажите значение установки по умолчанию в *Настройках* приложения (в главном меню +выберите <em>Файл → Настройки</em> и вкладку <em>Профиль</em>). По умолчанию для всех добавляемых сегментов +точка установки берется из настроек, он вы можете поменять их по своему желанию. Значение равное +нулю означает, что дайвер перешел на открытый цикл. Декомпрессия всегда рассчитывается используя +последнюю установку вручную добавленного сегмента. Чтобы запланировать переход на ОЦ во время подъема, +добавьте одноминутный сегмент со значением установки равным нулю. Декомпрессионный алгоритм +автоматически не меняет смеси в режиме CCR (когда указана положительная установка), +но делает это для всплытий на открытом цикле.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Профиль погружения на ребризере замкнутого типа может выглядеть так:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Planner_CCR1_f20.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Планирование CCR-погружения, настройка" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Обратите внимание, что в <em>Детальном плане погружения</em> расход газа для CCR-сегментов не рассчитывается +и всегда равен нулю.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_Replan">13.5. Изменение существующего плана</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Обычно, после сохранения плана, он доступен в <strong>Списке погружений</strong>. <em>Subsurface</em> не предоставляет +возможности изменить план из списка. Для того, чтобы изменить план, выберите его в списке. Затем в +главном меню выберите <em>Журнал → Перепланировать</em>. Это действие откроет планировщик с существующим +планом, позволяя изменить его.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>В случае перепланирования у вас появляется возможность <strong>Сохранить новый</strong> план, для того, чтобы +не перезаписывать старый. Если новая копия сохраняется с тем же временем, что и старый план, то они +считаются двумя версиями одного плана и не влияют друг на друга при вычислении декомпрессионных +обязательств.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_планирование_повторных_погружений">13.6. Планирование повторных погружений</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> позволяет планировать повторные погружения при условии, что вы +корректно укажете дату и время начала. При этом учитывается остаточное +насыщение после предыдущего погружения.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Если вы только закончили долгое/глубокое погружение и планируете новое, +выберите последний дайв в списке погружение и активируйте планировщик +<em>Subsurface</em>. В зависимости от времени начала планируемого дайва, остаточное +насыщение предыдущего погружения будет принято во внимание и план будет +построен с учетом этих ограничений.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Если вы используете одну стандартную конфигурацию (например, как в GUE), то +можно создать шаблонное погружение. Чтобы спланировать погружение с этой +конфигурацией, выберите шаблонное погружение в списке и активируйте планировщик: +для нового плана будет использоваться конфигурация из шаблона.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_печать_плана_погружения">13.7. Печать плана погружения</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Вы можете распечатать план погружения с тем чтобы взять его с собой под воду, нажав кнопку <em>Печать</em>. +Альтернативный способ - скопировать текст из <em>Детального плана погружения</em> и вставить его в в ваш +любимый текстовый редактор.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>План погружения имеет много общего с журналом обычного погружения (профиль, примечания и т.д.). +После сохранения плана, его детали и расчет по газам сохраняются в *Примечаниях*. Во время +планирования он может быть распечатан по нажатию кнопки <em>Печать</em>. Однако после сохранения план +выглядит как обычный дайв.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_пункты_главного_меню_subsurface">14. Пункты главного меню Subsurface</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>В этой главе описываются пункты главного меню и их функции. Некоторые пункты +ссылаются на соответствующие главы данного руководства для быстрой навигации.</p></div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_файл">14.1. Файл</h3> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_NewLogbook"><em>Новый журнал</em></a> - Закрывает текущий открытый журнал и + создает новый. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Открыть журнал</em> - Вызывает диалог выбора файла для открытия + журнала. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Открыть облачное хранилище</em> - Загружает ранее сохраненный журнал из + <a href="#S_Cloud_storage"><em>облачного хранилища</em></a>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Сохранить</em> - Сохраняет текущий открытый журнал. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Сохранить в облаке</em> - Сохраняет журнал в <a href="#S_Cloud_storage"><em>облачном хранилище</em></a>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Сохранить как</em> - Сохраняет текущий журнал в файл с новым именем +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Закрыть</em> - Закрывает текущий журнал. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_ExportLog"><em>Экспорт</em></a> - экспортирует текущий журнал или выбранные + погружения в один из форматов. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_PrintDivelog"><em>Печать</em></a> - печать журнала или выбранных погружений. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_Preferences"><em>Настройки</em></a> - настройка параметров <em>Subsurface</em> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_FindMovedImages"><em>Найти перемещенные фото</em></a> - Если ранее загруженные фотографии были перенесены + в другое место, найти их и обновить их местоположение в соответствующих погружениях. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Выход</em> - Выйти из <em>Subsurface</em> +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_импорт">14.2. Импорт</h3> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_ImportDiveComputer"><em>Импорт из дайв-компьютера</em></a> - импорт погружений + из дайв-компьютера +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#Unified_import"><em>Импорт журналов</em></a> - импорт погружений из сторонних + форматов +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_Companion"><em>Импорт координат</em></a> - загрузка координат погружений из + мобильного помощника <em>Subsurface</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_ImportingDivelogsDe"><em>Импорт с сайта divelogs.de</em></a> - импорт погружений + из интернет-сервиса <em>www.Divelogs.de</em>. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_журнал">14.3. Журнал</h3> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_EnterData"><em>Добавить погружение</em></a> - ручное добавление погружения. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Редактировать погружение</em> - Позволяет отредактировать погружение, введенное вручную. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_DivePlanner"><em>Планировщик</em></a> - запускает планировщик погружений. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_Replan"><em>Перепланирование погружения</em></a> - Редактировать существующий план погружения +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_CopyComponents"><em>Копировать параметры погружения</em></a> - скопировать указанные поля погружения + в буфер обмена +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Вставить параметры погружения</em> - вставить из буфера параметры, скопированные ранее, + в выделенные погружения +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_Renumber"><em>Перенумеровать</em></a> - перенумерация списка погружений. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_Group"><em>Авто-группировка</em></a> - автоматическая группировка погружений в + поездки. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_DeviceNames"><em>Мои дайв-компьютеры</em></a> - редактирование названий + дайв-компьютеров. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_Filter"><em>Фильтр погружений</em></a> - фильтрация списка погружений +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_вид">14.4. Вид</h3> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Все</em></a> - показать все четыре панели <em>Subsurface</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Список</em></a> - показать только список погружений. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Профиль</em></a> - показать только профиль погружения. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Информация</em></a> - показать только информационную панель. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Карта</em></a> - показать только карту. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Статистика по годам</em> - показать статистику журнала погружений по годам и + месяцам. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Предыдущий компьютер</em> - переключиться на предыдущий компьютер. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Следующий компьютер</em> - переключиться на следующий компьютер. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Полный экран</em> - переключение полноэкранного режима. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_поделиться">14.5. Поделиться</h3> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +- <a href="#S_Facebook"><em>Facebook</em></a> - поделиться информацией о выбранном погружении в вашей хронике на Facebook. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_помощь">14.6. Помощь</h3> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>О программе</em> - показывает информационное окно с указанием версии + <em>Subsurface</em> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Проверить обновления</em> - проверяет доступность новой версии на + <a href="http://subsurface-divelog.org/">_веб-сайте Subsurface</a>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<a href="#S_UserSurvey"><em>Опрос пользователей</em></a> - помогите нам улучшить <em>Subsurface</em>, заполнив опросник. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Руководство пользователя</em> - открывает этот документ в новом окне. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="APPENDIX_A">15. ПРИЛОЖЕНИЕ А: Настройка ОС для импорта из дайв-компьютера</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_удостоверьтесь_что_установлены_необходимые_драйверы">15.1. Удостоверьтесь, что установлены необходимые драйверы</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/drivers.jpg" alt="Замечание" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Операционной системе вашего настольного компьютера необходим соответствующий +драйвер для с связи с дайв-компьютером в зависимости от того, каким образом +дайв-компьютер подключен (Bluetooth, USB, инфракрасный порт).</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +В Linux вам может понадобиться загрузить соответствующий модуль ядра. + Большинство дистрибутивов делают это автоматически, так что вам не нужно + предпринимать каких-то действий. Однако в некоторых случаях, например + для ИК-устройств, вам придется загрузить дополнительный драйвер. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +В случае Windows OC сама предложит загрузить корректный драйвер сразу + после подключения дайв-компьютера к USB-порту. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Пользователям MAC возможно придется самим найти соответствующий драйвер. + Например, для Mares Puck и других дайв-компьютеров, использующих + интерфейс последовательного USB-порта на основе чипа Silicon Labs CP2101, + необходимый драйвер с именем <em>Mac_OSX_VCP_Driver.zip</em> можно взять на + сайте <a href="http://www.silabs.com/support/pages/document-library.aspx?p=Interface&f=USB%20Bridges&pn=CP2101">Silicon Labs document and software repository</a>. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_HowFindDeviceName">15.2. Как определить имя USB-устройства и получить права доступа</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/usb.jpg" alt="Замечание" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Когда вы подключаете дайв-компьютер с помощью USB-кабеля, обычно <em>Subsurface</em> +предлагает либо список устройств (точек монтирования в случае Uemis Zurich), +либо делает список недоступным, если имя устройства не требуется вовсе. В +редких случаях, если это не работает, попробуй следовать этим инструкциям, +чтобы определить имя устройства самостоятельно:</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">Windows:</div><p>Простым перебором попробуйте COM1, COM2 и т.д. Список содержит все +подключенные COM-устройства.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">Mac OS:</div><p>Список должен содержать все подключенные устройства.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">Linux:</div><p>Наиболее точный способ определить название порта:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Отсоедините USB-кабель от дайв-компьютера +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Откройте терминал +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Введите команду <em>dmesg</em> и нажмите Enter +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Подсоедините USB-кабель к дайв-компьютеру +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Введите команду <em>dmesg</em> и нажмите Enter +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Вы должны увидеть схожие сообщения:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>usb 2-1.1: new full speed USB device number 14 using ehci_hcd +usbcore: registered new interface driver usbserial +USB Serial support registered for generic +usbcore: registered new interface driver usbserial_generic +usbserial: USB Serial Driver core +USB Serial support registered for FTDI USB Serial Device +ftdi_sio 2-1.1:1.0: FTDI USB Serial Device converter detected +usb 2-1.1: Detected FT232BM +usb 2-1.1: Number of endpoints 2 +usb 2-1.1: Endpoint 1 MaxPacketSize 64 +usb 2-1.1: Endpoint 2 MaxPacketSize 64 +usb 2-1.1: Setting MaxPacketSize 64 +usb 2-1.1: FTDI USB Serial Device converter now attached to ttyUSB3 +usbcore: registered new interface driver ftdi_sio +ftdi_sio: v1.6.0:USB FTDI Serial Converters Driver</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Третья строчка снизу показывает, что FTDI USB-адаптер обнаружен и подключен +как устройство <code>ttyUSB3</code>. Для импорта в <em>Subsurface</em> используйте имя +<code>/dev/ttyUSB3</code>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Убедитесь, что у вас есть права на запись в устройство:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>В Unix-подобных операционных системах доступ к USB-портам разрешен только +пользователям, которые являются членами группы <code>dialout</code>. Если пользователь не +root, то он возможно не входит в эту группу и не сможет использовать USB-порт. +Допустим, что имя пользователя <em>johnb</em>.</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Под пользователем root выполните команду <code>usermod -a -G dialout johnb</code> (для + пользователей Ubuntu: <code>sudo usermod -a -G dialout johnb</code>) +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Выполните команду <code>id johnb</code>. Она отображает список всех групп, к которым + принадлежит указанный пользователь. Убедитесь, что в списке групп + присутствует группа <code>dialout</code>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +В некоторых случаях (например, Ubuntu) может потребоваться закрыть текущий сеанс + и войти в систему заново. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Зная название устройства (например, <code>dev/ttyUSB3</code>) и имея права на доступ к +USB-порту, у вас должно получиться импортировать погружения из +дайв-компьютера.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_HowFindBluetoothDeviceName">15.3. Настройка Bluetooth-устройств</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/bluetooth.jpg" alt="Замечание" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Для дайв-компьютеров с Bluetooth-интерфейсом (например, Heinrichs Weikamp Frog +или Shearwater Predator, Petrel или Nerd), процедура получения имени устройства +отличается от той, что описана выше:</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<strong>После включения Bluetooth на дайв-компьютере, убедитесь что он находится в режиме выгрузки.</strong> +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>По вопросам сопряжения дайв-компьютера обратитесь к документации +производителя. В случае Shearwater Predator/Petrel/Nerd выберите <em>Dive Log → +Upload Log</em> и ожидайте сообщения <em>Wait PC</em>.</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<strong>Сопряжение настольного и дайв-компьютера</strong> +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_windows_2">15.3.1. Windows:</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Bluetooth вероятнее всего уже включен. Для сопряжения устройств перейдите в +<em>Панель управления→Устройства Bluetooth→Добавить беспроводное устройство</em>. +Вам будет представлено окно, в котором должен показываться ваш дайв-компьютер. +Нажмите на нем правой кнопкой мыши и из контекстного меню выберите +<em>Свойства→COM порты</em>, чтобы определить название порта. Если вам показываются +несколько портов, выберите тот, который помечен как "Исходящий".</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Для импорта в <em>Subsurface</em> этот порт уже должен быть в списке. Если его там +нет, то введите имя порта вручную.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Примечание: Если у вас возникают проблемы с загрузкой из дайв-компьютера после +использования других программ, попробуйте удалить существующее сопряжение.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_macos">15.3.2. MacOS:</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Нажмите на значке Bluetooth в строке меню и выберите <em>Настроить устройство +Bluetooth…</em>. Дайв-компьютер должен появиться в списке устройств. Выберите +его и выполните процедуру сопряжения. Этот шаг потребуется выполнить один +раз.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>После завершения сопряжения, устройство должно показываться в <em>Subsurface</em> в +списке <em>Устройство или точка монтирования</em> в диалоге импорта.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_linux">15.3.3. Linux:</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Удостоверьтесь, что Bluetooth включен на вашем настольном компьютере. Процесс +сопряжения в этом случае достаточно прост. Например, в Gnome3 в правом верхнем +углу рабочего стола должен быть значок Bluetooth. Выберите <em>Настроить новое +устройство</em>. В появившемся окне выберите дайв-компьютер и выполните +сопряжение. Если у вас запросят PIN-код, попробуйте ввести <em>0000</em>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Установка соединения для загрузки погружений из дайв-компьютеров с интерфейсом Bluetooth, таких, +как <em>Shearwater Petrel</em>, пока что не автоматизирована и в общем случае потребует от вас работы +в коммандной строке. Этот процесс состоит из трех шагов.</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Включите Bluetooth-адаптер и установите сопряжение с дайв-компьютером +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Установите RFCOMM-соединение +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Загрузите погружения с помощь <em>Subsurface</em> +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Убедитесь, что дайв-компьютер в режиме выгрузки. На <em>Shearwater Petrel</em>, <em>Petrel 2</em> и <em>Nerd</em> выберите +в меню <em>Dive Log</em>, затем <em>Upload Log</em>. На дисплее высветится <em>Initializing</em>, <em>Wait PC 3:00</em> и +начнется обратный отсчет. После установки соединения на дисплее высветится <em>Wait CMD …</em> и +отсчет продолжится. Во время загрузки погружений на дисплее отображается надпись <em>Sending</em>, а +затем <em>Sent Dive</em>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Чтобы установить соединение, вам нужно получить полномочия суперпользователя с помощью команд +<code>sudo</code> или <code>su</code>. Для загрузки погружений у пользователя должны быть полномочия. В большинстве +Linux-дистрибутивов пользователю достаточно быть членом группы dialout (что также действительно +и для дайв-компьютеров с USB-интерфейсом). В командой строке введите команду:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><code>sudo usermod -a -G dialout username</code></p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>После этого завершите сеанс и войдите в систему заново.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_включение_bluetooth_контроллера_и_сопряжение_с_дайв_компьютером">15.3.4. Включение Bluetooth-контроллера и сопряжение с дайв-компьютером</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Попробуйте настроить Bluetooth-контроллер и сопряжение с дайв-компьютером посредством штатного +графического интерфейса операционной системы. После перевода дайв-компьютера в режим выгрузки, +щелкните по значку Bluetooth в области уведомлений и выберите <em>Добавить новое устройство</em>. Дайв- +компьютер должен появиться в списке. Если у вас запросяи пароль, введите 0000. Запишите или скопируйте +MAC-адрес дайв-компьютера, он понадобится позже (адрес имеет вид 00:11:22:33:44:55).</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Если этот метод не сработал, попробуйте сделать сопряжение из командной строки. Откройте терминал и +используйте <code>hciconfig</code>, чтобы проверить статус Bluetooth-контроллера:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>$ hciconfig +hci0: Type: BR/EDR Bus: USB + BD Address: 01:23:45:67:89:AB ACL MTU: 310:10 SCO MTU: 64:8 + *DOWN* + RX bytes:504 acl:0 sco:0 events:22 errors:0 + TX bytes:92 acl:0 sco:0 commands:21 errors:0</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Тут мы видим, что контроллер с адресом 01:23:45:67:89:AB подключен как hci0. Его состояние <em>DOWN</em>, +т.е. выключен. Дополнительные контроллеры будут представлены как hci1, и т.д. Теперь необходимо +включить питание контроллера:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>sudo hciconfig hci0 up auth+ (enter password when prompted) +hciconfig +hci0: Type: BR/EDR Bus: USB + BD Address: 01:23:45:67:89:AB ACL MTU: 310:10 SCO MTU: 64:8 + *UP RUNNING PSCAN AUTH* + RX bytes:1026 acl:0 sco:0 events:47 errors:0 + TX bytes:449 acl:0 sco:0 commands:46 errors:0</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Удостоверьтесь, что статус контроллера теперь содержит <code><em>UP</em>, <em>RUNNING</em> и <em>AUTH</em></code>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Если на компьютере несколько Bluetooth-контроллеров, остальные можно выключиться, чтобы избежать путаницы:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>sudo hciconfig hci1 down</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Следующий шаг: установить доверенное сопряжение с дайв-компьютером. В дистрибутивах с установленным +пакетом BlueZ (например, Fedora 22) вы можете использовать <code>blutootctl</code>, который имеет собственную подсказку:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>bluetoothctl +[NEW] Controller 01:23:45:67:89:AB localhost.localdomain [default] +[bluetooth]# agent on +Agent registered +[bluetooth]# default-agent +Default agent request successful +[bluetooth]# scan on <----теперь переведите дайв-компьютер в режим выгрузки +Discovery started +[CHG] Controller 01:23:45:67:89:AB Discovering: yes +[NEW] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Petrel +[bluetooth]# trust 00:11:22:33:44:55 <----вы можете использовать клавишу TAB для автодополнения MAC-адреса +[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Trusted: yes +Changing 00:11:22:33:44:55 trust succeeded +[bluetooth]# pair 00:11:22:33:44:55 +Attempting to pair with 00:11:22:33:44:55 +[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Connected: yes +[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 UUIDs: 00001101-0000-1000-8000-0089abc12345 +[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Paired: yes +Pairing successful +[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Connected: no</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Если будет запрошен пароль, введите 0000. Ничего страшного в том, что в последней строке содержится +фраза <em>Connected: no</em>, главное тут - сообщение строкой выше <em>Pairing successful</em>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Если в системе установлен пакет BlueZ версии 4 (например, в Ubuntu 12.04 до 15.04), то скорее всего +в ней нет <code>bluetoothctl</code>, но есть утилита <code>bluez-simple-agent</code> или просто <code>simple-agent</code>.</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>hcitool -i hci0 scanning +Scanning ... + 00:11:22:33:44:55 Petrel + bluez-simple-agent hci0 00:11:22:33:44:55</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>После сопряжения необходимо установить RFCOMM-соединение.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_установка_rfcomm_соединения">15.3.5. Установка RFCOMM-соединения</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Для установки RFCOMM-соединения используйте следующую команду:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><code>sudo rfcomm -i <controller> connect <dev> <bdaddr> [channel]</code></p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<controller> - Bluetooth-контроллер, <code>hci0</code>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<dev> - устройство RFCOMM, <code>rfcomm0</code> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<bdaddr> - MAC-адрес дайв-компьютера, <code>00:11:22:33:44:55</code> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +[channel] - Bluetooth-канал дайв-компьютера, к которому на необходимо подключиться. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Если канал не указать, по умолчанию будет выбран 1. Основываясь на сообщениях наших пользователей, +ниже приведен список каналов для различных моделей дайв-компьютеров:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +<em>Shearwater Petrel 1</em>: канал 1 +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Shearwater Petrel 2</em>: канал 5 +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Shearwater Nerd</em>: канал 5 +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +<em>Heinrichs-Weikamp OSTC Sport</em>: канал 1 +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Таким образом, чтобы подключить <em>Shearwater Petrel 2</em>, переведите его в режим выгрузки и введите команду:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>sudo rfcomm -i hci0 connect rfcomm0 00:11:22:33:44:55 5 (если вас запросят пароль, введите 0000)</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>В ответ вы должны получить сообщение:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>Connected /dev/rfcomm0 to 00:11:22:33:44:55 on channel 5 +Press CTRL-C for hangup</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Для подключения _Shearwater Petrel 1+ или <code>HW OSTC Sport</code>, переведите компьютер в режим загрузки и введите команду:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>sudo rfcomm -i hci0 connect rfcomm0 00:11:22:33:44:55 (если вас запросят пароль, введите 0000) +Connected /dev/rfcomm0 to 00:11:22:33:44:55 on channel 1 +Press CTRL-C for hangup</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Если номер Bluetooth-канала неизвестен, либо указанный номер не работает, определить его вам поможет +команда <code>sdptool records</code>. Ниже приведен её вывод для дайв-компьютера <em>Shearwater Petrel 2</em>:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code>sdptool -i hci0 records 00:11:22:33:44:55 +Service Name: Serial Port +Service RecHandle: 0x10000 +Service Class ID List: + "Serial Port" (0x1101) + Protocol Descriptor List: + "L2CAP" (0x0100) + "RFCOMM" (0x0003) + Channel: 5</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Если ваш дайв-компьютер не в списке, или номер канала отличается, пожалуйста, сообщите об этом +разработчикам <em>Subsurface</em> через форум пользователей или список рассылки <em>subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org</em>.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect3"> +<h4 id="_загрузка_погружений_в_subsurface">15.3.6. Загрузка погружений в Subsurface</h4> +<div class="paragraph"><p>После установки RFCOMM-соединения и пока идет обратный отсчет режима выгрузки на дайв-компьютере, +перейдите в <em>Subsurface</em>, выберите <em>Импорт → Импорт из дайв-компьютера</em>, укажите производителя +(например, <em>Shearwater</em>), модель (<em>Petrel</em>), устройство или точку монтирования (<em>/dev/rfcomm0</em>) и +и нажмите <em>Загрузить</em>.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="APPENDIX_B">16. ПРИЛОЖЕНИЕ Б: Настройка дайв-компьютеров для импорта</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_ImportUemis">16.1. Импорт погружений из Uemis Zurich</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/iumis.jpg" alt="Замечание" /> +</td> +<td class="content"><em>Subsurface</em> импортирует информацию, хранящуюся в SDA (внутренняя файловая +система Uemis), включая данные о точках погружения и снаряжении. Информация о +напарниках в данный момент недоступна. Сопряжение схоже с USB-компьютерами (и +при этом Uemis заряжается от USB-порта). Главное отличие состоит в том, что +вам нужно указывать не имя порта, а точку монтирования файловой системы +UEMISSDA. В Windows это буква диска (зачастую E: или F:), в Mac это +<em>/Volumes/UEMISSDA</em>, а в Linux это зависит от дистрибутива. Например, в Fedora +это <em>/var/run/media/<имя<em>пользователя>/UEMISSDA</em>. В любом случае _Subsurface</em> +предложить вам варианты в выпадающем списке на диалоге импорта.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>После того, как вы указали точку монтирования, выполните загрузку. Uemis +Zurich имеет одно ограничение (это ограничение прошивки дайв-компьютера, а не +<em>Subsurface</em>) - невозможно загрузить более 40-50 погружений за один раз, +происходит переполнение SDA. Обычно это происходит при первой загрузке. Если +вы импортируете погружения ежедневно или даже после поездки, емкости SDA +вполне достаточно. +Если <em>Subsurface</em> показывает сообщение о переполнении памяти дайв-компьютера, +решение достаточно простое: отключите SDA, выключите и включите +дайв-компьютер, и подключите заново. Начните импорт заново и <em>Subsurface</em> +продолжит загрузку с того места где она прервалась. Возможно вам придется +повторить процедуру несколько раз в зависимости от того, сколько погружений +записано в памяти Uemis Zurich.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_ImportingGalileo">16.2. Импорт погружений из Uwatec Galileo</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/Galileo.jpg" alt="Замечание" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Компьютеры Uwatec Galileo используют беспроводной инфракрасный канал +связи (IrDA). Со стороны настолько ПК используется USB-брелок с поддержкой +протокола последовательного обмена через IrDA (SIR) на контроллере MSC7780 +производства компании MosChip. +В Linux ядро изначально поддерживает протокол последовательного обмена через +IrDA, однако вам придется дополнительно загрузить драйвер для коммуникации с +дайв-компьютером. Самый простой путь: установить пакет irda-tools, +предварительно загрузив его с сайта +<a href="http://irda.sourceforge.net/docs/startirda.html">Linux IrDA Project</a>. После +установки, пользователем <strong>root</strong> выполните в консоли команду <code>irattach irda0</code>.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>После этого <em>Subsurface</em> распознает дайв-компьютер и вы можете выполнить +импорт.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>С Windows ситуация схожая. Драйвера для контроллера MCS7780 доступны на +нескольких интернет-сайтах, например на +<a href="http://www.drivers-download.com/Drv/MosChip/MCS7780/">www.drivers-download.com</a>. IrDA драйверы для +Windows для компьютеров также могут быть загружены с веб-сайта ScubaPro со страницы загрузки +программного обеспечения ScubaPro SmartTrak.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Для Apple Mac, IrDA-соединение через MCS7780 невозможно для версий OSX 10.6 и +выше.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_ImportingDR5">16.3. Импорт погружений из Heinrichs Weikamp DR5</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/HW_DR5.jpg" alt="Замечание" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Когда этот дайв-компьютер подключен как USB-диск, он сохраняет отдельный +UDDF-файл для каждого погружения. Выделите все файл погружения для импорта или +открытия. +Примечание: DR5 не сохраняет ни градиент-факторы, ни информацию а +деко-обязательствах, поэтому <em>Subsurface</em> не может отобразить ее. +Отрегулируйте значения градиент-фактора в <em>Настройках_ _Subsurface</em>, чтобы +увидеть деко-обязательства на профиле, но учтите, что они вероятнее всего +будут отличаться от тех, что показывает DR5.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_ImportingXDeep">16.4. Импорт погружений из xDEEP BLACK</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/HW_xdeepblack.jpg" alt="Замечание" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Каждое погружение должно быть сохранено в файл формата UDDF, используя пункт меню "Export UDDF". +Если дайв-компьютер подключен как USB-устройство, то UDDF-файлы должны быть доступны в директории LOGBOOK. +Примечание: xDEEP BLACK сохраняет время NDL, но не хранит информации о градиент-факторах и декомпрессии, +и следовательно <em>Subsurface</em> не сможет отобразить их. Установите значения градиент-фактора в <em>Настройках_ +(вкладка _Профиль</em>), чтобы отобразить декомпрессионный потолок на профиле погружения, но учтите, что +вероятнее всего деко-обязательства, рассчитанные в <em>Subsurface</em> наверняка будут отличаться от тех, что +показывает xDEEP BLACK.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_импорт_погружений_из_shearwater_predator_petrel_nerd_используя_bluetooth">16.5. Импорт погружений из Shearwater Predator/Petrel/Nerd используя Bluetooth</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/predator.jpg" alt="Замечание" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Инструкции по загрузке погружений через Bluetooth приведены выше в главе <a href="#S_Bluetooth"><em>Подключение _Subsurface</em> к дайв-компьютеру через Bluetooth_</a></td> +</tr></table> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_PoseidonMkVI">16.6. Импорт погружений из Poseidon MkVI Discovery</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/MkVI.jpeg" alt="Замечание" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Загрузка журналов погружений из MkVI осуществляется с помощью специального коммуникационного +адаптера и программного обеспечения <em>Poseidon PC Configuration Software</em>, предоставляемых при +покупке MKVI. Это программное обеспечение работает в ОС Windows и позволяет настраивать +оборудование и хранить журналы погружений. Связь между настольным и дайв-компьютером +осуществляется через инфракрасный порт. Одномоментно можно загрузить данные только одного +погружения, состоящие из трех файлов:</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Конфигурация настроек и ключевые параметры погружения (файл с расширением .txt) +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Детали погружения (файл с расширением .csv) +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Собственный формат журнала погружения (файл с расширение .cvsr). +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> использует файлы с расширением .txt и .csv для импорта погружения.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_импорт_погружений_из_apd_inspiration_ccr">16.7. Импорт погружений из APD Inspiration CCR</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/APDComputer.jpg" alt="Замечание" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Журналы погружений APD Inspiration и похожих CCR дайв-компьютеров можно загрузить, используя +специальный коммуникационный адаптер и программное обеспечение <em>AP Communicator</em>, предоставляемые +при покупке оборудования. Просмотреть журналы на платформах Windows и Mac/OS можно, используя +<em>AP Log Viewer</em>. Вы также можете получить доступ к этим погружениям и из <em>Subsurface</em>. Для +импорта погружений APD Inspiration необходимо выполнить следующие шаги:</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Загрузите погружение используя <em>AP Communicator</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Откройте погружение в <em>AP Log Viewer</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Выберите вкладку "<em>Data</em>" в верхней части экрана. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +На экране необработанных данных нажмите на "<em>_Copy to Clipboard</em>". +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Откройте текстовый редактор, например, Notepad (Windows), или TextWrangler (Mac). +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Вставьте данные из буфера обмена в редактор и сохраните файл с расширением <em>.APD</em> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Находясь в <em>Subsurface</em>, выберите в меню <em>Импорт → Импорт журналов</em>, чтобы открыть + <a href="#Unified_import">диалог универсального импорта</a>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +В окне в правой нижней части выберите тип "APD-файлы" +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +В списке файлов выберите тот, что вы сохранили ранее из текстового редактора. Будет представлено + окно импорта. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Внесите по необходимости изменения в параметры импорта, как описано в главе <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Импорт CSV-файлов</a>. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/APD_CSVimportF22.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Импорт файлов APD log viewer" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Выпадающий список в левом верхнем углу позволяет указать журнал какого именно компьютера необходимо + импортировать. По умолчанию это первый компьютер (DC1). Вы можете последовательно импортировать + данные погружения сначала для DC1, а потом для DC2 (при просмотре погружения в <em>Subsurface</em> вы можете + переключаться между дайв-компьютерами, выбрав в главном меню <em>Вид → След. компьютер</em>). +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Нажмите кнопку <em>Ок</em>, чтобы выполнить импорт. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Журнал погружения APD должен появиться в <em>Subsurface</em>. Деко-потолок, сгенерированный Inspiration, +можно посмотреть на профиле, выбрав соответствующую кнопку на панели слева от профиля погружения. +Оборудование APD не записывает данные о давлении в баллонах, но вы можете указать их самостоятельно +на вкладке <em>Снаряжение</em>.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="APPENDIX_C">17. ПРИЛОЖЕНИЕ В: Импорт журнала погружений из сторонних программ</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Импорт погружений из сторонних программ ведения журналов достаточно прост и +выполняется с помощью универсального импорта, доступного из главного +меню <em>Импорт → Импорт журнала</em>. Подробнее эта функциональность описана в +<a href="#Unified_import">отдельной главе</a>. +Однако в некоторых случаях может потребоваться два шага:</p></div> +<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> +<li> +<p> +Экспорт "чужого" журнала в формат, который может быть разобран +<em>Subsurface</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Импорт этого файла в <em>Subsurface</em>. +</p> +</li> +</ol></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>В этом приложении мы попытаемся рассказать как экспортировать погружения из +сторонних программ. В большей части это касается Linux и Windows.</p></div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_ImportingDivesSuunto">17.1. Экспорт погружений из <strong>Suunto Divemanager (DM3,DM4 и DM5)</strong></h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/suuntologo.jpg" alt="Замечание" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Divemanager 3 (DM3) - старая версия журнала погружений. Современные +дайв-компьютеры Suunto используют Divemanager версий 4 или 5 (DM4 или DM5). Эти две версии +используют разные подходы и имена файлов для экспорта погружений.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemanager 3 (DM3):</strong></p></div> +<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> +<li> +<p> +Запустите <em>Suunto Divemanager 3</em> и войдите под пользователем, для которого +есть погружения в журнале. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Не запускайте импорт погружений из дайв-компьютера. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +В навигационной панели в левой части окна программы выберите погружения. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Используйте мышь и клавиши Ctrl и Shift для выбора одиночных и нескольких +погружений. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Для выбранных погружений используйте пункт меню <em>File → Export</em> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Во всплывающем окне есть одно единственное поле <em>Export Path</em> +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Нажмите кнопку Обзор рядом в этим полем +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +вам будет представлено окно файлового проводника +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +перейдите в директорию для сохранения файла Divelog.SDE +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +при желании измените имя файла +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +нажмите <em>Сохранить</em> +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Вернувшись во всплывающее окно экспорта, нажмите кнопку <em>Export</em> +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Погружения экспортированы в файл Divelog.SDE. +</p> +</li> +</ol></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemanager 4 (DM4) и Divemanager 5 (DM5):</strong></p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Чтобы экспортировать данные журнала DM4 и DM5, вам необходимо узнать +местоположение базы данных, в которой хранятся погружения. Вы можете +использовать как основную, так и резервную копию базы. Ниже описаны оба варианта:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Местонахождение базы данных Suunto DM4 (или DM5):</p></div> +<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> +<li> +<p> +Запустите Suunto DM4/DM5 +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Выберите в меню <em>Help → About</em> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Нажмите <em>Copy</em> после текста <em>Copy log folder path to clipboard</em> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Запустите проводник Windows +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Вставьте текст из буфера обмена в строку навигации проводника +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Файл базы данных называется DM4.db +</p> +</li> +</ol></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Создание резервной копии Suunto DM4:</p></div> +<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> +<li> +<p> +Запустите Suunto DM4/DM5 +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Выберите в меню <em>File - Create backup</em> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +В диалоге выбора файла укажите путь и название резервной копии, в этом +примере мы используем расширение .bak по умолчанию +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Нажмите <em>Save</em> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Погружения сохранены в файл DM4.bak (или DM5.bak) +</p> +</li> +</ol></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_экспорт_погружений_из_atomic_logbook">17.2. Экспорт погружений из Atomic Logbook</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock" id="Atomic_Export"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/atomiclogo.jpg" alt="Замечание" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Компания Atomic Aquatics предлагает собственное программное обеспечение Atomic Logbook для платформы +Windows. Оно позволяет загружать журналы погружений с компьютеров Cobalt и Cobalt 2. Журнал хранится +в базе данных SQLite в файле C:\ProgramData\AtomicsAquatics\Cobalt-Logbook\Cobalt.db. Этот файл +может быть напрямую импортирован в <em>Subsurface</em>.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="Mares_Export">17.3. Экспорт погружений из Mares Dive Organiser V2.1</h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/mareslogo.jpg" alt="Замечание" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Mares Dive Organiser работает исключительно под управлением ОС Windows. Журнал +погружений хранится в фрмате SQL Compact Edition database в файле с +расширением <em>.sdf</em>. База данных содержит данные о всех зарегистрированных +дайверах на данном ПК и о всех используемых дайв-компьютерах Mares. На +сегодняшний день самый надежный способ получить копию журнала - +экспортировать погружения в другой формат, распознаваемый <em>Subsurface</em>.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> +<li> +<p> +Находясь в Dive Organiser, выберите в главном меню <em>Database → Backup</em> и +создайте резервную копию базы данных на рабочем столе. Это создаст ZIP-архив с +именем DiveOrganiserxxxxx.dbf. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Переименуйте файл в DiveOrganiserxxxxx.zip. Внутри ZIP-архива находится +файл <em>DiveOrganiser.sdf</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Извлеките файл с расширением <em>.sdf</em> на рабочий стол вашего ПК. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Пароль для доступа к ZIP-архиву <em>mares</em>. +</p> +</li> +</ol></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="S_ImportingDivinglog">17.4. Экспорт погружений из <strong>DivingLog 5.0 и 6.0</strong></h3> +<div class="admonitionblock"> +<table><tr> +<td class="icon"> +<img src="images/icons/divingloglogo.jpg" alt="Замечание" /> +</td> +<td class="content">Лучший способ перенести журнал погружений из DivingLog в <em>Subsurface</em> - полная конвертация базы +данных. Прочие форматы не содержат все детали погружений, такие как события замены газов, единицы +измерения и т.п. При конвертации базы данных, вся эта информация будет доступна.</td> +</tr></table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Для переноса всех файлов из DivingLog в <em>Subsurface</em> выполните следующие шаги:</p></div> +<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> +<li> +<p> +В главном меню DivingLog выберите <em>File → Export → SQLite</em> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Нажмите на кнопку <em>Установки</em> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Установите <em>RTF2Plaintext</em> в значение <em>true</em> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Закройте диалоговое окно <em>Установки</em> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Нажмите кнопку Экспорт и укажите имя файла +</p> +</li> +</ol></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>После выполнения этих шагов, откройте сохраненный файл с помощью <em>Subsurface</em>, все погружения будут +преобразованы в наш собственный формат. Последним шагом не забудьте сохранить журнал.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_Appendix_D">18. ПРИЛОЖЕНИЕ Г: Экспорт электронных таблиц в CSV-формат</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Многие дайверы ведут журнал погружений в каком-либо электронном формате, зачастую в виде таблицы +с разнообразными информационными полями. Такие журналы могут быть импортированы в <em>Subsurface</em>, но +прежде их надо конвертировать в формат CSV. +Эта глава описывает шаги по конвертации журнала из электронных таблиц в CSV-формат для последующего +импорта в <em>Subsurface</em>. Создание CSV-файла довольно тривиальная задача, хотя это процедура различается +для разных программ для работы с электронными таблицами.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Первым шагом вам нужно правильно организовать данные в таблице так, что первая строка содержала +названия (заголовки) каждой из колонок и информация по каждому погружению хранилась в одной строке. +<em>Subsurface</em> поддерживает множество полей (№ погружения, Дата, Время, Длительность, Напарник, Грузы, +Метки и Примечания). Вы можете организовать данные, следуя простым правилам:</p></div> +<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic"> +<li> +<p> +Дата. Используйте один из форматов: yyyy-mm-dd, dd.mm.yyyy, mm/dd/yyyy +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Длительность. Формат должен быть вида мин:сек. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Система мер. Нужно использовать только одну систему (т.е. нельзя использовать фунты и градусы Цельсия) +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Метки и партнеры. Значения должны быть разделены запятой. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +GPS-координаты. Следует использоваться десятичные доли градусов, т.е. e.g. 30.22496 30.821798 +</p> +</li> +</ol></div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_em_libreoffice_calc_em_и_em_openoffice_calc_em">18.1. <em>LibreOffice Calc</em> и <em>OpenOffice Calc</em></h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Эти программы для работы с электронными таблицами являются частью офисных пакетов с открытым кодом. +Работы с <em>LibreOffice</em> и <em>OpenOffice</em> очень схожа. Формат времени должен быть вида минуты:секунды - [mm]:ss, а формат даты одним из yyyy-mm-dd, dd.mm.yyyy, mm/dd/yyyy. Типичный журнал может выгядеть так:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/LOffice_spreadsheetdata.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Электронная таблица" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Для экспорта файла CSV из LibreOffice в меню выберите <em>Файл → Сохранить как</em>. В появившемся диалоге выберите тип файла <em>Текст CSV (.csv)</em> и выберите опцию <em>Редактировать настройки фильтра</em>.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/LOffice_save_as_options.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Сохранение CSV-файла" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>После нажатия на кнопку <em>Сохранить</em>, выберите <em>Tab</em> в качестве разделителя полей, чтобы избежать конфликтов при использовании запятой в качестве десятичного разделителя, и нажмите <em>OK</em>.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/LOffice_field_options.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Настройки фильтра CSV" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Импортируйте только что сохраненный CSV-файл как описано в главе <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Импорт погружений в CSV-формате</a>.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_microsoft_em_excel_em">18.2. Microsoft <em>Excel</em></h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Excel</em> не предоставляет возможности указать разделитель полей (в руководстве Microsoft он называется +<em>разделитель списка</em>); сделать это можно из <em>Панели управления</em>. После изменения символа-разделителя, +его будут использовать все программы на компьютере. Вы всегда можете вернуться к предыдущему значению, +выполнив следующую процедуру:</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +В Windows нажмите кнопку <strong>Пуск</strong> и выберите <em>Панель управления</em> в правой части окна. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Выберите <em>Региональные настройки</em>. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Выполните следующее: +</p> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +Для Windows 7, выберите вкладку <em>Формат) и нажмите _Настроить</em> +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Для Windows XP, выберите <em>Параметры региона</em> и нажмите <em>Настроить</em> +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Введите новый символ-разделитель в поле <em>Разделитель списка</em>. Чтобы указать символ табуляции, введите слово TAB. +</p> +</li> +<li> +<p> +Последовательно нажмите кнопку <em>ОК</em> дважды. +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Ниже приведен внешний вид <em>Панели управления</em>:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Win_SaveCSV2.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Разделитель списков в Windows" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Чтобы экспортировать журнал погружений в CSV формат:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Откройте журнал в <em>Excel</em>, нажмите на круглую кнопку с логотипом Windows в верхнем левом углу и выберите <em>Сохранить как</em></p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Win_SaveCSV1.jpg" alt="Рисунок: сохранить как в Excel" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Нажимайте непосредственно на пункт <em>Сохранить как</em>, а не на стрелочку справа от него. Это откроет диалоговое окно для сохранения таблицы в альтернативном формате. Из выпадающего списка в нижней части диалога выберите тип CSV, укажите папку для сохранения.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Win_SaveCSV3.jpg" alt="Рисунок: диалоговое окна сохранения CSV-файла в Excel" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Нажмите кнопку <em>Сохранить</em>. Импортируйте только что сохраненный CSV-файл как описано в главе <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Импорт погружений в CSV-формате</a>.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="S_APPENDIX_E">19. ПРИЛОЖЕНИЕ Д: Создание собственных шаблонов печати</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> предоставляет механизм по созданию и изменению шаблонов для печати погружений, что +позволяет гибко менять положение информации на странице. Шаблоны используют HTML и набор инструкций +библиотеки Grantlee.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Доступ к шаблонам осуществляется из диалога печати (см. рисунок В ниже).</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Print1_f22.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Диалог печати" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Кнопки под выпадающим списком шаблонов позволяют <em>Редактировать</em>, <em>Удалить</em>, выполнить <em>Импорт</em> и +<em>Экспорт</em>. Новые или измененные шаблоны хранятся в той же директории, что и журнал, с которым вы работаете +в данный момент. Чтобы изменить существующий шаблон, выберите его названиек в списке и нажмите +кнопку <em>Редактировать</em>.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Окно редактирования шаблона состоит из трех вкладок:</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Template1_f22.jpg" alt="Рисунок: окно редактирования шаблона" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>1) Вкладка <em>Стиль</em> (рисунок <strong>А</strong> выше) управляет шрифтами, междстрочным интервалом и палитрой цветов.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>2) Вкладка <em>Цвета</em> (рисунок <strong>В</strong> выше) позволяет переопределить цвета шаблона</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>3) Вкладка <em>Шаблон</em> (рисунок ниже) дает вам возможность описать шаблон на языке HTML с использованием + примитивов библиотеки Grantlee.</p></div> +<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;"> +<div class="content"> +<img src="images/Template2_f22.jpg" alt="Рисунок: Вкладка редактирования шаблона" /> +</div> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Вы можете адаптировать существующие шаблоны под свои нужды и сохранить их в директории журнала погружений. +После окончания редактирования, используйте функцию <em>Экспорт</em>, чтобы сохранить шаблон с новым именем.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Чтобы шаблон правильно отображался, в нем должны присутствовать следующие элементы:</p></div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_главный_цикл_погружений">19.1. Главный цикл погружений</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> экспортирует в <em>Grantlee</em> список погружений под именем <strong>dives</strong>. Для итерации по погружениям:</p></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="title">template.html</div> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code> {% for dive in dives %} + <h1> {{ dive.number }} </h1> + {% endfor %}</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="title">output.html</div> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code> <h1> 1 </h1> + <h1> 2 </h1> + <h1> 3 </h1></code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Дополнительную информация о <em>Grantlee</em> вы можете найти <a href="http://www.grantlee.org/apidox/for_themers.html">здесь</a>.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_переменные_доступные_в_grantlee">19.2. Переменные, доступные в Grantlee</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> экспортирует только часть информации о погружении:</p></div> +<div class="tableblock"> +<table rules="all" +width="100%" +frame="border" +cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4"> +<col width="50%" /> +<col width="50%" /> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Название</strong></p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Описание</strong></p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">number</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) номер погружения</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">id</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) уникальный ID дайва, должен использоваться для получения профиляe</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">date</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) дата погружения</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">time</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) время погружения</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">location</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) местоположение</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">duration</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) длительность</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">depth</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) глубина погружения</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">divemaster</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) информация о дайв-мастере</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">buddy</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) информация о партнерах</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">airTemp</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) температура воздуха</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">waterTemp</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) температура воды</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">notes</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) примечания к погружению</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">rating</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) рейтинг погружения (от 0 до 5)</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">sac</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) значение SAC</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">tags</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) все метки погружения, перечисленные через запятую</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">gas</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) используемые баллоны</p></td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> +</div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> также экспортирует структуру <strong>template_options</strong>. Эти данные должны использоваться +в определении стилей CSS. В таблице ниже приведены доступные переменные:</p></div> +<div class="tableblock"> +<table rules="all" +width="100%" +frame="border" +cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4"> +<col width="50%" /> +<col width="50%" /> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Название</strong></p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Описание</strong></p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">font</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) семество шрифтов</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">borderwidth</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>int</strong>) значение border-width динамически высчитывается как 0.1% от ширины страницы, минимум 1px</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">font_size</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>double</strong>) размер шрифта в vw (viewport width), в диапазоне от 1.0 до 2.0</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">line_spacing</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>double</strong>) расстояние между строками, диапазон от 1.0 до 3.0</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color1</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) цвет фона</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color2</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) основной цвет ячейки таблицы</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color3</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) дополнительный цвет ячейки таблицы</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color4</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) основной цвет текста</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color5</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) дополнительный цвет текста</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">color6</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">(<strong>string</strong>) цвет рамки</p></td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> +</div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="title">template.html</div> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code> border-width: {{ template_options.borderwidth }}px;</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="title">output.html</div> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code> border-width: 3px;</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Дополнительно <em>Subsurface</em> экспортирует переменную <strong>print_options</strong>. У этой переменной одно поле.</p></div> +<div class="tableblock"> +<table rules="all" +width="100%" +frame="border" +cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4"> +<col width="50%" /> +<col width="50%" /> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Название</strong></p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Описание</strong></p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">grayscale</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Используйте <em>CSS</em> фильтры для преобразования страницы в черно-белый цвет (необходимо добавлять в стиль body, чтобы сделать возможной черно-белую печать)</p></td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> +</div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="title">template.html</div> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code> body { + {{ print_options.grayscale }}; + }</code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="title">output.html</div> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code> body { + -webkit-filter: grayscale(100%); + }</code></pre> +</div></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_определенные_css_селекторы">19.3. Определенные CSS-селекторы</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Так как профиль погружения добавляется после рендеринга, <em>Subsurface</em> использует специальные <em>CSS</em>-селекторы +для поиска в сгенерированном HTML. Вам понадобится добавить селекторы из табдицы ниже.</p></div> +<div class="tableblock"> +<table rules="all" +width="100%" +frame="border" +cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4"> +<col width="33%" /> +<col width="33%" /> +<col width="33%" /> +<tbody> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Селектор</strong></p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Тип</strong></p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Описание</strong></p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">dive_{{ dive.id }}</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">id</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">используется для получения соответствующего профиля погружения</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">diveProfile</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">class</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">каждый div-элемент, содержащий профиль, должен иметь этот селектор класса в дополнение к dive_{{ dive.id }} id-селектору</p></td> +</tr> +<tr> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">dontbreak</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">class</p></td> +<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">предотвращает div с этим классом от разбиаения на две страницы, может быть использован только в потоковых шаблонах (когда data-numberofdives = 0)</p></td> +</tr> +</tbody> +</table> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_приложение_е_частые_вопросы_и_ответы">20. ПРИЛОЖЕНИЕ Е: Частые вопросы и ответы</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="paragraph"><p>ВАЖНО: Отображение профиля погружения не поддерживается в потоковых шаблонах (когда data-numberofdives = 0)</p></div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_специальные_атрибуты">20.1. Специальные атрибуты</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Существует два способа рендеринга - указанное количество погружений на странице и потоковое отображение +(_Subsurface пытается разместить как можно больще погружений на странице).</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Атрибут <strong>data-numberofdives</strong> указывает сколько погружений должно быть отображено на странице</p></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +отобразить 6 погружений на странице: +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code> <body data-numberofdives = 6></code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="ulist"><ul> +<li> +<p> +отобразаить как можно больше погружений: +</p> +</li> +</ul></div> +<div class="literalblock"> +<div class="content"> +<pre><code> <body data-numberofdives = 0></code></pre> +</div></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>ВАЖНО: Все размеры CSS должны быть в относительных единицах, чтобы поддерживать печать на бумаге любого размера.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div class="sect1"> +<h2 id="_приложение_ж_чаво">21. ПРИЛОЖЕНИЕ Ж: ЧаВо</h2> +<div class="sectionbody"> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="SAC_CALCULATION">21.1. Похоже, что <em>Subsurface</em> неправильно считает расход газов и SAC</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Вопрос</em>: Я погружался с баллоном 12.2л, начальное давление 220бар, конечное - 100 бар. Мои расчеты +SAC не совпадают со значением в <em>Subsurface</em>. Возможно ли, что <em>Subsurface</em> считает неверно?</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Ответ</em>: Нет. <em>Subsurface</em> рассчитывает расход газа иначе, и даже лучше, чем вы +ожидаете. В частности, мы принимаем во внимание несжимаемость газа. +Традиционно, расход и SAC считаются по формуле: +<code>расход = объем баллона x (начальное давление - конечное давление)</code></p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>и это правильно для идеального газа, и это то, чему вас учили в теории. Но +"идеального газа" не существует, а реальные газы сжимаются нелинейно с ростом +давления. Также вы упускаете тот факт, что давление одной атмосферы не +равняется одному бар. Поэтому <strong>реальная</strong> формула будет:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><code>расход = (объем_воздуха_в_начале - объем_воздуха_в_конце)</code></p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>где объем воздуха это <strong>не</strong> просто "произведение объема на давление". Это +комбинация из: "примем во внимание сжимаемость газа" (что в принципе не играет +роли до 220 бар, это становится существенным для баллонов с давлением 300 +бар), и "переведем бар в атмосферы" (это основная причина несоответствия). +Напомним: одна атмосфера равняется ~1.013 бар, так что даже без сжимаемости ваш расход газа составит:</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><code>12.2*((220-100)/1.013)</code></p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>что будет около 1445, а не 1464. Т.е. в ваших расчета было лишних 19 литров +из-за разницы между 1 бар и 1 АТМ. Сжимаемость начинает играть свою роль при +давлениях свыше 200 бар и уменьшит расход еще приблизительно на 8 литров, т.о. +вы расходовали около 1437 л при давлении на поверхности.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Поэтому радуйтесь: ваш SAC лучше, чем вы считали. Либо огорчайтесь: у вас в +баллоне меньше воздуха, чем вы думали. И как уже упоминалось, "меньше чем +думали" начинает работать при довольно высоком давлении. Баллон при 400 бар не +содержит в два раза больше воздуха чем при 200 бар. При низких же давлениях +воздух ведет себя почти как идеальный газ.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_на_некоторых_профилях_наблюдаются_различия_во_времени_с_данных_дайв_компьютера_8230">21.2. На некоторых профилях наблюдаются различия во времени с данных дайв-компьютера…</h3> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> игнорирует поверхностное время при различных расчетах (средняя глубина, время дайва, SAC и т.д) +<em>Вопрос</em>: почему время погружения на дайв-компьютере и в <em>Subsurface</em> различаются?</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Ответ</em>: Например, вы решили выполнить проверку плавучести (достаточно глубокую, чтобы +компьютер посчитал это началом погружения), после чего всплыли на поверхность и еще 5 минут +прождали своего напарника. Ваш дайв-компьютер может посчитать длительность этого погружения +50 минут, потому что компьютер находится в режиме погружения, а <em>Subsurface</em> посчитает +длительность этого дайва равной 45 минутам, потому что вы действительно погружались 45 минут. +Особенно это заметно, если вы обучаете новичков OW, вы долгое время находитесь +в воде, но основное время проводите на поверхности. И это нельзя считать долгим погружением.</p></div> +</div> +<div class="sect2"> +<h3 id="_при_загрузке_отсутствуют_некоторые_погружения">21.3. При загрузке отсутствуют некоторые погружения</h3> +<div class="paragraph" id="DC_HISTORY"><p><em>Вопрос</em>: У меня не получается загрузить все мои погружения, только недавние. При этом руководство +по моему дайв-компьютеру утверждает, что он хранит историю ,например, 999 погружений.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Ответ</em>: История погружений и профиль погружения - две большие разницы. История +хранит только общее количество погружений и общее время, проведенное под водой. +С другой стороны, журнал хранит профили погружений, но объем его памяти +ограничен. Точно количество хранимых профилей зависит от частоты дискретизации +и длительности погружений. Как только память переполняется, старые погружения +перетираются новыми. Поэтому мы можем загрузить последний 13, 30 или 199 +погружений.</p></div> +<div class="paragraph"><p>Если вы выгрузили погружения в разные программы для ведения журналов перед тем как они были +перезаписаны, есть вероятность, что <em>Subsurface</em> сможет импортировать их. Однако, если погружения +были только в вашем дайв-компьютере, они не могут быть восстановлены после того как были +перезаписаны новыми погружениями.</p></div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +</div> +<div id="footnotes"><hr /></div> +<div id="footer"> +<div id="footer-text"> +Последнее обновление 2015-12-15 13:35:30 PST +</div> +</div> +</body> +</html> |